Search Results

Dadra and Nagar Haveli Tourism Policy Administration of Union Territory of Daman & Din and Dadra r Nagar Haveli District Izzduatriea Centre, Department of Industries N O T I F I C A T I O N no. ore/mums/ir-zo1a/aoia-1s/ l9 nat«a $ /oz/fora The Administrator of UT Administration of Daman & Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli is pleased to introduce Industrial Policy — 2018 to provide fresh impetus to industrial growth and employment generation in line with new policy initiatives of the Union Government with mission to create Daman 8s Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli region as a valued investment destination with best-in-class infrastructure by providing an investor friendly, efficient and transparent business climate, the right resources and market linkages to make these UTs a preferred investment destination. The Policy enclosed herewith shall come into effect from the date of its notification. This is issued with the approval of the Hon’ble Administrator, Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli vide Diary No. 350607 Dated 14/05/2018. By order and in the name of the Administrator, Daman 8s Din and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli Encl: Industrial Policy — 2018 (Pg. 1 to 25) Copy to:- l) PPS to Administrator, DD & DNH ( Ch i Parekh J General manager (DIC} Department of Industries 2) PA to Advisor to Administrator, DD & DNH 3) All Secretaries, DD & DNH 4) All H.O.s, DD & DNH 5) All Industrial Association, DD & DNH 6) Dy. Secretary (Official Language), DD for translation in Hindi 7) The SIO, NIC, DD & DNH for uploading on website 8) Dy. Director (Printing), DD & DNH for publication in Official Gazette U.T.s of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli Industrial Policy —2018 The UT Administration is committed to the sustainable and inclusive development of the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli. The Government is keen to accelerate the economic and industrial development of these UTs through growth and employment oriented policies and schemes that turn the UTs of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli, into the most preferred investment destination. The UT Administration had adopted the existing Industrial Policy in the year of 2015. However, the need for adopting an updated policy framework, incorporating new schemes and thrust areas, was increasingly being articulated by key stakeholders of the economy - the Government, Industries and the Business Community. This new Industrial Policy is a first step in the direction of making the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli a preferred Industrial and Investment Destination. The policy aims for sustainable industrialization with focus on employment generation, product competitiveness, value addition in products and higher export oriented growth while conserving all aspects of environment. It envisages strong and specific initiatives to ensure timely and hassle-free guidance / clearances to new entrepreneurs. The policy has specific monitoring mechanism with provision for regular assessment of its performance. The new Policy intends to leverage the comparative strengths of the UT and to propel it among the most preferred global business destinations. The new Industrial Policy will be an instrument through which the Administration could achieve the vision of “Prosperous UT o/ Damon & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli” Post 1991 period, the Indian economy has witnessed remarkable economic growth, riding on the strength of huge private investment, infrastructure improvements and regulatory changes. Progressive Page 1 of 25 Thank you for using www.freepdfconvert.com service! Only two pages are converted. Please Sign Up to convert all pages. https://www.freepdfconvert.com/membership

Time Out This page isn’t available right now. But we’re working on a fix, ASAP. Try again soon. Go Back

Ambiente https://ambiente.messefrankfurt.com/ See what's happening at the world's leading trade fair for consumer goods. Exciting prospects are opening up for exhibitors and trade visitors in the areas of dining, giving and living with high-level contacts, the latest developments in the market and design, as well as trends and opportunities in all segments.

NPME https://www.nigeriapharmaexpo.com/ NIGERIA PHARMA MANUFACTURES EXPO - Explore the untapped potential of the West and Central African pharmaceutical markets As its name suggests, NIGERIA PHARMA MANUFACTURES EXPO is an exhibition focused on pharmaceutical processing machinery, packaging machinery, packaging materials and consumables, API, bulk drugs, additives, excipients, laboratory reagents, glassware and equipment, analytical, R&D equipment and biotechnological instruments, environment. Control of Eqpts & Services, Utilities Products & Services. Nigeria's pharmaceutical manufacturing sector contributes to nation-building with total investments in excess of 300 billion naira, which pays taxes and other fees and employs more than 600,000 people. June 2008 in Abuja which raised awareness and showcased the resources, contributions and innovative pharmaceuticals - Proudly Made in Nigeria to our citizens, policy makers and the international community through Nigeria Pharma Manufactures Expo.

Arunachal Pradesh Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Tourism Development Plan Arunachal Pradesh February 2010 Prepared by: Heritage Tourism Division Supported by: Indian National Trust for Ministry of Tourism Art and Cultural Heritage (INTACH) Government of India New Delhi New Delhi Submitted to Ministry of Tourism, Government of India February 2010 Prepared by Heritage Tourism Division Indian National Trust for Art and Cultural Heritage (INTACH) Consultant Afro-Asian Development Consortium Acknowledgments: INTACH would like to extend their thanks to the following persons: 1. Mr. Sanjay Kothari, Additional Secretary, Department of Tourism, Government of India 2. Dr. R.N. Pandey, Addition Director General, Department of Tourism, Government of India 3. Ms. Bandhana Deori, Secretary Tourism and Urban Development, Government of Arunachal Pradesh 4. Mr. A.K. Singh, Director Tourism, Government of Arunachal Pradesh 4. Mr. Ashok Madhukar, Principal Advisor, Afro-Asian Development Consortium 5. Mr. Rajiv Chawla, Consultant 6. Mr. Arun Gupta, Advisor, INTACH Acknowledgments Contents Executive Summary Preface Contents Page No. Chapter 1 Present Tourism and Future Trends Global Scenario 34 National Scenario State Scenario Arunachal Pradesh Tourism Policy- 2003 Chapter 2 Development Paradigm Development Perspective 52 National Tourism Policy Development Approach and Strategy Development Matrix Chapter 3 State Profile Natural Resources 66 District Profiles: - Places of Tourist Interest - Tourist Facilities and Accommodations Tawang West Kameng East Kameng Papum Pare Kurung Kummey Lower Subansiri Upper Subansiri West Siang East Siang Upper Siang Lower Dibang Valley Dibang Valley Lohit Anjaw Changlang Tirap People and Culture (Livelihood and Lifestyle etc.) Festivals Handlooms and Crafts Handlooms- Present Scenario Strategy for development of Handlooms Crafts Strategy for development of Crafts Products and By-products Development Strategy for Cane and Bamboo Carpets Chapter 4 Tourism Promotion Tourism Market Overview Proposed Marketing Strategy Public Relations Present Marketing Efforts Marketing Objectives Tourist Circuits Promotion Programme Tourist Information Services Network Strategy Sales Promotion Other promotional issues 111 Chapter 5 Human Resource Development for Tourism Human Capital and Tourism Industry HRD Tourism Sector of Arunachal Pradesh Important Issues for HRD Planning Formal and specialized Education Scope for HRD HRD Initative Capacity Building through Formal Education Training Courses 125 Chapter 6 Strategic Approach India Northeast Region Vision 2020 Arunachal Pradesh State Tourism Sector – Capital Intensity Tourism Sector – Force Multiplier Tourism Development – Economic Activity Economic Growth Targets Tourism Growth Targets Projected Tourist Arrivals Projected Tourist Arrivals per capita Environment The Road Ahead Create new Infrastructure and Markets Brand Build Up 134 Chapter 7 Strategic Direction Strategic Directions Role of Technology Demand Driven INTACH Hospitality Field Survey Plan Development Process Tourist’s Planning Process Tourism Perspective Sustainable Tourism Tourism Sector – Enabling Policy 145 Chapter 8 Strategic Initiatives The Role of the State 159 Tourism – A strategic sector for development of Arunachal Pradesh Past Development Initiatives and Current needs The Missing Links: Skills Tourism Growth Planning Strategic Initiatives Proposed Growth Driver Projects Demonstration Projects – Tourism Sector Growth Driver Projects – Strategic Start Up Projects Investment Strategy Growth Driver Projects – State Initiative Projects Resource Mobilization – Funds North-eastern Council Schemes North-eastern Development Finance Corporation Limited Government of Arunachal Pradesh – Schemes Banks Financial Institutions Institutional Investors Equity Investment Workshop Ministry of Tourism – Extract of Specific Schemes Resource Mobilization – Private Sector Resource Mobilization – Human Resource Development Implementation Plan Sustainability Cost Recovery and Risk Management Chapter 9 Key Achievements Employment Generation 230 Key Achievements Direct (Tangible) Key Achievements Direct (Intangible) Key Achievements Indirect Appendix A Agreement between INTACH and Ministry of Tourism, Government of India Appendix B Outline for Development of Tourism Plan for Arunachal Pradesh Tourism Development Plan - Arunachal Pradesh Executive Summary Tourism is service-oriented sector which has made rapid strides globally in terms of gross revenue and foreign exchange earnings. The tourism industry generates more employment opportunities (particularly in remote and backward areas) as well as develops necessary infrastructure like roads and telecom in the economy. The tourism sector stimulates other economic sectors through its backward and forward linkage and cross-sectional synergies with sectors like agriculture, horticulture, poultry, handicrafts, transport and construction. It contributes to the national integration; preserves natural and cultural environment; as well as enriches social and cultural lives of the people. It has the capacity to create substantial job opportunities, particularly for unskilled and semi-skilled workers as well as to alleviate the poverty in the country. Tourism gives a financial incentive to preserve architectural heritages and helps the survival of art forms, crafts and culture. It is a composite of service providers, both public and private, which includes travel agents and tour operators; air, rail, and sea transportation operators; guides; owners of hotels and guest houses and inns, restaurants and shops; etc. The state has very low volume of tourism both of domestic and overseas areas. The most important determinant of foreign tourist arrival has been the permit system to enter the State. The tourist traffic is directly related to determine of infrastructure in the State and upliftment of the local communities to handle tourist traffic. Arunachal Pradesh Tourism Policy – 2003 emphasizes: - Citizen Government Partnership - Public – Private Partnership - Tourism Investment Policy - Government’s own initiatives To develop tourism industry as an Engine of Growth and harness its potential for the benefit of the people of Arunachal Pradesh. The Department for Development of North Eastern Region (DONER), regional bodies like the North Eastern Council (NEC) have the mandate to accelerate the pace of socio-economic development in the North Eastern Region as well as to synergies the efforts of the Central and State Governments for balanced growth of the region. Arunachal Pradesh is endowed with splendid natural beauty, flora/fauna and rich cultural heritage, which are prime assets for tourism to take place but one finds development in tourism sector as not taken place in State. Keeping in mind the requirement to provide economic opportunities to the local communities as also the need to preserve the fragile eco-system and the ethnic identity of the people, tourism development plan has been designed to achieve both eco as well as cultural sustainability. We have adopted the development paradigm enunciated by Mahatma Gandhi. We have suggested the development of tourism to be linked with the local community through their mobilization and organization. Mahatama Gandhi mobilized and organized the Indian society to achieve political rights, thereby getting freedom from the British Yoke. Sustainable tourism plan for Arunachal Pradesh has been prepared to strengthen primary sector (agriculture and allied activities) and secondary sector (manufacturing and mining) for rapid inputs and raw materials in order to improve overall productivity of the economy. The development of the tertiary sector in turn gives a fillip to the primary as well as the secondary sectors from the respective sources to the production centers and from the production centres to the warehouses/wholesale/terminal markets. The focus is given to local community mobilization for the development of tourism awareness, brand development through tourism promotion, setting up tourist city center, wayside amenities, accommodation, city tours and tour packages. INTACH proposed product portfolio for the plan - Cultural, Nature/Eco, Rural, Adventure, Wildlife and Forest, Leisure and Wellness Tourism for the State. Natural and cultural heritage of the State are main resources for development of tourism through which proper destination and product planning. Trekking, mountaineering, wildlife tourism, river rafting and other water sports as well as its peaceful retreats can be promoted under such pristine natural environment. The built resources (indigenous architecture) such as archaeological and historical sites and monuments as well as unique ethnic living heritage (socio-cultural), ethno medicine of the state expressed through festivals and handicraft are strong factors to attract tourist around the globe. It has been identified that the State is not well connected with other States of India; roads are to be improved and there is no adequate way side amenities and accommodation at the places of interest of the State. Two lanes of the road should be built to provide better infrastructure in encouraging the tourism of the State. There are about 82 (Indo-Mongoloid) tribes inhabiting different part of the Arunachal Pradesh speaking different dialects and major sub-tribes are only fourteen. The communities of the State excel in textile weaving, carpet making, cane and bamboo work, wood carving, ivory and pottery work. All the communities make their own clothing. Each ethnic group has a distinct style and fashion reflected in the shape and size of the dresses besides found in the fabric, colour, embroidery ornament and head gears etc. Most of the tribes also prepare, favour and use traditional medicines for themselves. Each district has its own festivals. The acne and bamboo craft strengths of the State offer an exciting and feasible starling point for the development of entrepreneurial attitudes essential for the overall development of the State supported by the tertiary sector initiatives. Mask carving is now a declining art. Few masks are stored in villages and a mask is replaced only when broken. With a decline in custom, few craftsmen have remained, restricted to Kameng. Tourism to Arunachal Pradesh needs to be promoted by an aggressive and well coordinated marketing strategy and to be successful as a Brand in the market place. The State can be a strong contender for hosting international events on Cultural and Heritage tourism, Eco- tourism, Adventure tourism. Tourism linked activities and programmes of regional associations, like, SAARC, BIMST-EC and SAARC Adventure Camp held in Darjeeling in West Bengal can be held in Arunachal Pradesh, which has immense potential for adventure tourism. The proposed tourism Board should take up these issues with the Ministries of Tourism, Culture, Youth Affairs and Sports and the External Affairs of the Government of India for organizing such events. Arunachal Pradesh has diverse attraction for the development of tourism to identify strategic circuits for which effective marketing strategies are required to be worked out for promotion of tourism. The product portfolio offered for promotion of the State tourism conceived seven broad categories of tourism typologies viz. Cultural, Nature/Eco, Rural, Adventure, Wildlife and Forest, Leisure and Wellness Tourism. Marketing involves several activities – establishing the marketing objectives; formulating the marketing strategy; preparing and implementing the promotion programme; and providing tourist information services. Marketing planning can be done for both international and domestic tourists and a combination of these. Arunachal Pradesh being unexplored State, connectivity and accommodation are important factor, which need to form part of tourism product so that people are informed. Fairs and festivals, tribal games, handicraft, sunrise experience, border flag meeting etc. should be linked with accommodation so that tourism product could have a meaning for people to come and stay at various locations in the State. Tourists are required a line permit through State Department of Home, therefore, it deters them visiting the State. This may be looked into and tourists need not be asked for the inner line permit. Major cultural activities focusing around the religious festivals, like, Dance, Musical nights, Open-air Evening Cultural programmes should be organized where the tourists’ participation should be encouraged. There should also be a system of awarding Prize to the participations. Some other events specific to Arunachal’s tradition and culture should also be organized. Marketing of Arunachal Pradesh as a tourist destination is fairly at a low key with low promotional visibility. Print media, electronic media and event based promotions, like, festivals, fairs and exhibitions are included in marketing efforts. Eco-tourism in the different geo-climatic zones of the State should be emphasized promoting the tourism of the State. Tourism as a major engine for growth and to harness its direct and multiplier effects for employment and poverty alleviation in an environmentally sustainable manner, human resource development constitutes a key area in tourism planning. This increases productivity and efficiencies in the hospitality functions and to provide sustainable employment opportunities in the areas where options for other gainful avocations are limited. Specialized and professional manpower are required for different sub-sector of the travel and hospitality industry related to tourism. Employment opportunities (direct and indirect) will be generated in the tourism sector. A well designed plan for capacity building and manpower training local, regional, national and international experiences will help make tourism development successful. An efficient manpower base would help in promoting the economic, social, cultural and the environment objectives. Awareness, training, education, research and management activities for different stakeholders groups will be incorporated in the development of human resources. Manpower training may be provided through formal education system as well as tailor-made workshops and awareness programmes. Major service providers from the formal education system to the tourism industry in the State will be tagged with the main course of action for tourism development. For example, Rajiv Gandhi University has started three years back 1-year P.G. Diploma in Hotel Management and Tourism. Human Resource Development initiatives for promoting and developing education programmes can enhance awareness about nature conservation and sustainable use, local and indigenous cultures and their relationship with tourism. Capacity building through formal and specialized training should be a part of the planning exercise. Various types of vocational courses should be organized on different tourism related subjects for various stakeholders, like, tour operators, taxi, operators, hoteliers, guides, personnel in the hotel and catering services and media. Strategic Plan Tourism Sector The tourism sector provides incentives to foster the quality of environment, generates more employment opportunities (particularly in remote and backward areas) as well as develops necessary infrastructure facilities like roads, telecom and medical services, in the economy Tourism Sector Growth • Foreign Tourists: This segment shows a CAGR of 13% for tourist arrivals and CAGR of approximately 25% in terms of foreign exchange earnings. These numbers also show better realization per tourist of 2400 US Dollars in 2007 from 1780 US Dollars in 2004 a CAGR of approximately 10.5%. • Domestic Tourists: The numbers of domestic tourists in India have also grown phenomenally over this period from 366.23 million in 2004 to an estimated 462 million in 2006. It has further grown to 526 million in 2007 giving a CAGR of more than 11% Contribution of the Tourism Sector • India: The contribution of tourism in GDP of the country has been 5.90 per cent in 2003- 04, while employment in tourism sector (both direct and indirect) has been 41.8 million in the same year, thus accounting for 8.78 per cent of total employment in the country. • Arunachal Pradesh: The following table shows the sustained, positive and reassuring growth of the tourist traffic in Arunachal Pradesh over the 3 year period from 2006 to 2008 after the sudden jump in the tourist traffic in 2004. The foreign tourist arrival, about 2 % of all tourists, has also shown a very high growth rates: 50-75% over the same periods though the numbers are small. Tourist 2006 2007 2008 CAGR (2004 base year) Arunachal Domestic 80137 91100 89292*2 22.47% Arunachal - Foreign 706 2212 3020 50%-75% Arunachal Total 80843 93312 92392 22.5% Strategic Approach “Tourism Development is an “Economic Activity with Social Impact” Tourism Growth Targets Tourism, as a growth driver for the state and direct impact on the trade sector, needs to contribute at least to the regional average of 13% and we would like to set a target of 10% for this sectors contribution to GSDP. We are taking a conservative and sustainable approach for target setting and planning for the increase at: • CAGR of 15% in the numbers • CAGR of 10% in the spend per tourist. In order to achieve these targets we will have to: • Build the Brand and facilitate tourist • Improve activities and opportunities for the tourist to spend Projected Tourist Arrivals Tourist 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 Domestic 118087 135800 156171 179596 206536 Foreign 3994 4593 5282 6074 6985 Total 122081 140393 161453 185670 213521 The Road Ahead The tourism development plan to achieve the above key objectives and have a significant impact in the medium term of 3-5 years will be based upon the following principle: • Build Upon the Existing – short to medium term initiatives • Create New Infrastructure and Markets- medium to long term initiatives • "Brand Build Up" plan to be launched by the State Strategic Directions The Tourism Development Plan is “Need Based” and “Tourist Centric.” What is the guiding principle? • Benefit to the state and its people – income transfer and distributive character. • Sustainable in respect of both tangible and intangible assets. What is the Plan expected to deliver? • Initiatives for building the tourism sector for its contribution to the economic growth and employment needs of the state • Ensure tourism related businesses and investments are viable and sustainable • Key initiatives for the next 3-5 years • Competitive approach to the tourism market • Collaborative effort of all the stakeholders and consultation process between the Government, Industry and the Civil Society for the design, implementation, ownership, participation and achievement of set objectives. • Sustainable for the protection of the environment and culture of the people Role of Technology a) A real time data base is to be created for tracking developments and take corrective action to meet the objectives and targets therein. b) Enhance the role of affordable and appropriate technology to meet the needs of market access (information & reservations etc), knowledge ( skills etc) and funds (on line payments etc). Demand Driven - Need Based Plan In order to maximize our returns we need to address the gaps in the system for the tourism infrastructure and facilities. “TIME” spent provides the opportunity for the tourist to spend some money at the tourist site / destination visited and facilitate the income transfer to the area Connectivity: Guwahati airport is the gateway for air connectivity has to be well equipped to facilitate high end tourists visiting the state. There is also an urgent need to connect Itanagar, Tawang, Ziro , Passighat etc with by regular air services. Regional airline network would also facilitate regional tour packages and Intra - region movement of the tourists. Currently the tourist is at the mercy of the service provider for the quality of service and the price. The situation is almost the same at the railway station and the bus terminus. Roads & Facilities: The entry to Arunachal Pradesh on the Guwahati-Tawang sector has to be made impressive as it is the key route and also vital for the Brand development. Bus / Taxi service with air conditioned vehicles and fixed rates have to be introduced for the Guwahati- Tawang sector. Wayside facilities are to be added on all routes as they are inadequate today. Hotels: A key need is the availability of clean and secure accommodation, more so in the case of eco-tourism and village tourism.. In the current environment the tour operators have to move full camp sites to cater to the needs of the foreign tourists who are the mainstay of special interest tourism. Itanagar, capital of the state, has to enhance its availability of rooms. Towns on Circuits 1 and 2 need special attention in view of their high tourism potential. The standard of the entire hotel industry in the state needs to be improved. The quality of the hotel and restaurant industry with proper grading is vital. The staff needs to be trained for all the services in the hospitality sector and also given proper attire. Travel Agents Awareness & Training Program: There is a need for the training of the travel agents in the key areas of the current and emerging market states of India besides the dominant domestic tourist state of West Bengal. The well equipped travel agent can better promote the state as a destination. Special Interest Groups: Special packages are to be developed for this segment of the tourist market as this attracts mostly the foreigners. The packages besides the eco-tourism, wild life tourism, river rafting would cover community living experience and hospitality in their traditional environments. Local Participation & Skills Development: for the success of the tourism development and the comfort of the tourists the local community should take the ownership of the facilities and also the skills of the local youth are to be developed for meeting the needs of the tourism sector. Strategic Initiatives Role of the State: State plays a crucial role in the development process and with the basic policies in place, the state has now to act as: • “Agent of Change” beyond the role of a facilitator and a regulator • Trigger Private Sector, including communities, based investment • Promote “Public-Private-Community Partnership” for the economic development of the state • “Participatory Approach” to bring about ownership and sustainability in the development initiatives • Create an “Entrepreneurial” society to reduce dependence on either Government jobs or grant driven projects for State GDP and employment generation The need of the hour is to create “Delivery Mechanisms” to deliver the intent of the policy. Need based “Strategic Initiatives” proposed by us are targeted to fill this gap to sustain and enhance the contribution of the tourism sector. Past Development Initiatives & Current Needs The Government of Arunachal Pradesh has taken up various initiatives in the past for the development of the tourism sector. These initiatives have included destinations, circuits and wayside amenities and funded, almost all, by different schemes of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and negligible amount from states own resources. The private sector participation has been at an extremely low profile due to early stage of private sector and entrepreneurship development in the state. Poor access to credit and land regulations have also been a limiting factor. Based upon information received from the State Tourism Department, shows the investment trends for the last 5 years have been less than 1% of the state GDP and almost all from the Central Government Grants. The major driver for tourism during this period has been the air fare eligibility for LTC travelers of the government and public sector employees to travel to the states in the North East. It is expected to keep this incentive till the growth stabilizes and the stimulus may not be required. The Missing Links: Infrastructure: In the absence of a State Tourism Strategic Plan, Comprehensive Tourism Policy (current & updated- last made in 2003), Destination Development (facilities at the specific tourist sites) most of the projects are encouraged by the different Grant Schemes of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and with very little linkages for the tourism infrastructure on a holistic and demand driven basis. The resources are thinly spread and show low quality and capacity to service high paying tourists as well as high end budget tourists as the expectations are way beyond what is being offered. The current infrastructure does not allow the tourists to spend money for accommodation, at destinations, entertainment, shopping and restricts the income transfer for the benefit of the people in the state. The poor infrastructure and low capacity also inhibits the travel and tour trade to take aggressive stance to promote tourism. Land: is the most critical issue in the development of the tourism infrastructure. The complex and unresolved issue of land ownership and lease by the private sector is the single biggest barrier to investments by the local or outside the state investors. It also does not allow the projects to access funds from the financial institutions and / or banks, even if they are viable and sustainable. Connectivity: The most important need of connectivity – telecom and internet for information, communication and confirmations etc is not included in these projects Roads: Tourism depends on the basic infrastructure of roads and these leave a lot to be desired. In some areas of interest to high paying tourists the roads are almost nonexistent as they are of extremely BAD quality and back breaking. Good quality road connectivity to destinations is a pre-requisite and non-negotiable. Skills: The need of the “Human Resource Skills” starts at the level of information and facilitation be it at the tourist originating states with needs for holiday or a business visit planning or at the gateways to the state for the tourist (airports, rail heads, road transport stations - bus & taxi) to reach their destinations in the state for their holiday or business. Arunachal, being a hill state the dominant means for transport is the road transport system .The bus and taxi drivers are the first ambassadors for the state that interacts with the tourists and the behaviour of help or exploitation decides the impressions the tourist carries. This is important as the word of mouth is the best advertisement and supports all efforts for “Brand” development. The grossly inadequate and poor wayside amenities and the eating houses (dhabas included) on the route also create a lasting impression for the facilities the state is providing for the tourists. The most common need of a clean and functional toilet is yet to be met. We have to train the people and create a mind set to benchmark their infrastructure and services such that it makes the journey pleasant. The rash highway driving is full of near misses and does not add to any comfort of the tourist as the fear of an accident is always upper most in the mind of a traveler. The lack of highway / city information support system leaves the tourist in the lurch. Current and relevant route and city maps are essential and should be available at all gateways and other visible pick up points at the commonly visited places by the tourist. A special cadre of Tourist Police, well informed and trained will go a long distance to meet this need. Low cost information leaflets/ brochures etc are required at the destinations / sites on the itinerary of the tourist to enrich the visit and also ensure time is spent at these stops. There is an urgent need for well trained and certified guides at such stops. We also need to upgrade the skill set of the service providers at these tourist destinations and sites, be it the tea stall, fruit vendor or a handicraft seller. Tourism Segment Growth Planning Strategic planning is a dynamic process and it is recommended that the plan be reviewed every 3 years based upon the trends visible in the 2nd year. Strategic Initiatives proposed are of 2 types: 1. Start Up: Strategic Initiatives that are basic and need to be in place over a reasonable period of time (5 years) and the quality and content updated from time to time based upon baseline studies and feedback. Some of these initiatives, to be taken up on priority, are to trigger private sector and community participation by demonstration effect of the government initial investments, either through central government grant funds, state funds, PPP etc. The following are some examples: a. Brand Development for the State b. Information & Facilitation Centers c. Skills Development & Capacity Building d. Tourist City Centers e. Inns/ Guest Houses in low traffic areas f. Rural Tourism g. Home Stay-Rural Area h. Tourism Sector Investment Opportunity Profiles i. Tourism Cluster Promotion The state has abundant forest resources with a large variety of flora and fauna. It is recommended that a Task Force be created for the development of “Wild Life Tourism – Community Based”. Department of Forest would be a key partner and knowledge resource in the Task Force. 2. Tourist Infrastructure Capacity These initiatives are to be primarily taken by the private sector and the community with appropriate tourism development policy in place. In order to attract investors and facilitate investments the government should pro-actively identify Tourism sector project opportunities and present them on the state web site as well as hold Investor Workshops periodically. This initiative will go a long way in the development of the tourism sector. Land, being a basic need, action should be taken to resolve the issue of participation by outside the state residents in the projects as current land regulations are highly restrictive and do not allow/ encourage participation of outsiders. A complete review of the land policy needs to be done keeping in mind the local traditional ownership and state of development of local entrepreneurship. Policy should not allow exploitation on the basis of land speculation Growth Driver Projects What are Growth Driver Projects and the Need? Projects which fulfill one or many of the following objectives are Growth Driver Projects and are needed to be initiated by the government or its agencies. 1. Projects with long gestation period for economic recoveries and hence difficult for funding by normal financing channels. They would be driven by grant components and/or long term debt funds with generally have a moratorium of 3-5 years and repayment of 10-15 years thereafter. Such funding is normally not accessible to the private sector. Most of the projects in this category are Infrastructure Projects: access roads to the destinations, destination development in remote areas, projects with low tourist traffic at present but need to be developed for strategic reasons of equitable development of the various regions of the state etc. 2. Projects where benefits are for the larger community and cannot be funded by individual entrepreneurs. Brand Building of the state is one such project which needs to be done by the government as the benefits are not only for the tourism sector but overflows into many areas including Investments in the state in many sectors like education, health care, industry etc 3. Projects for Capacity Building is of a nature for the general benefit of the state and the impact is on a long term basis. a. Human Resource Skills Development is one such major project at the level of INDIVIDUALS and would benefit other sectors like retail, healthcare, besides travel and tourism. A state wide structured initiative has to be launched for the benefit of the youth and to enhance their employability. b. Institutional Capacity will enhance the ability within the state to conceive, design, develop and implement programs and projects in the state for the benefit of all. The impact of capacity building is also on the mindset for development of the tourism sector. This would also include the Tourism Department and others within the government and its institutions that contribute to the development of the tourism infrastructure and facilitate the travel and enhance the experience of the tourist. The civil society institutions and the community based traditional institutions will also benefit from these programs and develop participation and ownership for the success of the Tourism Development Plan. The entire travel and tour trade within the state needs to be upgraded to meet the needs of linkages within their trade network in India and the other countries abroad c. IT Network is a critical need in current times. Information flow and access for planning by individuals, bookings and confirmations, payment gateways etc are to be facilitated by a high speed and reliable IT network within the state linking all the players in the sector. Such a network will make it easy for the foreign travel and tour operators as well as individuals to plan a trip to the state. It will facilitate Brand Build up as well as create an advantage for the state when it is competing with other destinations both within the country and abroad. 4. Information & Awareness Campaigns and setups are Critical Projects that need to be started immediately as other projects are dependent on them. Information centers at the rail, road and air gateways, important states of tourist origin and cities within the state are an example of this need. 5. Demonstration Projects: The most important need of a tourist is affordable, safe and standard accommodation along with rest facilities on the highways as roads are the only means of transportation in the hill areas. Franchised brands provided the credibility needed for the comfort of the motorist and ensured minimum standards and eliminated exploitation. Projects listed below will fill the gap in the tourism needs as well as these will trigger similar private sector initiatives by the demonstration projects acting as demonstrator with multiplier effect. • Wayside Amenities, • Inns /Guest Houses • Rural Tourism, Home Stay etc 6. Transportation: There is a need to connect major centers for the tourist in the state with the gateways for rail, road and air which all happen to be in Assam and Guwahati being the main gateway for all travelers in the North East. Tourist Busses / Coaches / Taxis, both air-conditioned and non air conditioned need to be operated by the Tourism department either directly or in partnership of the private sector, communities, and retired service personnel to connect the gateways. Fixed fares to be charged and published. 7. City Tours: Conducted City tours with proper Guides achieve the twin objective of explaining the local heritage and opportunity for the local community to benefit from the regulated stops by selling goods and services to the tourists at these stops. It is more organized and transparent way of engaging the tourist’s time during the visit to the state. 8. Package Tours: Ensure hassle free travel for the tourists. The numbers are small in the beginning but over time they are a key to the development of tourism as they take away the uncertainty from the tourists mind and create a better success chance for the state being opted as the destination. Package tours also facilitate in better utilization of the accommodation facilities as overnight stays can be planned for destinations other than the main hubs. This provides an opportunity for exposure to the local art, crafts, cuisine and entertainment thereby engaging the local community. 9. Tourist City Centers Tourist City Centers, a new Strategic Initiative, are proposed by us to meet the tourist’s needs on a holistic basis within the state. The Tourist City Center is: • A single point information and facilitation center for the tourist in the city and acts as the center of activity for the entire travel and tour trade in the city and its neighboring area. • A major feature of the Center is that it provides for good affordable accommodation, food court and shops for meeting tourists needs • The Center also provides for the exposure to the local heritage, arts and crafts, cuisine and performing arts including entertainment. • It also provides the base for Guides and City tours as well as day tours to tourist destinations in the area. • The Tourist gets a 9am to 9 pm exposure and in the process transfers financial resources to the local community for their well being and gainful engagement. Skills Development & Capacity Building Strategy The growth in tourism will have to be serviced by a substantial increase in infrastructure, including air-road-rail connectivity, hotels and restaurants. This will need capacity building and skills development, both at institutional and individual levels. Our plan is to train 10,000 people over a 5 year period to create the basic Human Resource for the state. We propose the following areas for skills development and capacity building: • Institutional: The Policy, planning, implementation, monitoring and sustainability of the individual projects and the entire tourism sector within the state will be dependent upon the pro-active action and the support the sector receives from the various government departments and its agencies, public finance institutions and the community at large. • Government: Tourism Department, Industry, Forest Department, Local Administration, Police, Roads, Archeology Transport, Panchayat Raj, Rural Development, Local Communities, Employment, Social Welfare, Culture , Minorities, etc • Public Institutions: Industry and Trade bodies, Travel and Tour Trade, Hotel and Restaurant associations, Transport Sector- bus and taxi operators, NGOs, Community based organizations, Schools and Colleges, Village Council , Arts & Crafts Promotion Agencies etc. • Individuals: Individuals across all activities of the tourism sector need to be trained to meet the emerging needs and expectations of the tourists. This will facilitate the states capacity to manage the growing tourism sector both effectively and efficiently and attract both investors and tourists to the state. Tourism Sector Skills Development Matrix 10000 trained in 5 years Start Up Projects – Implemented over a 3 year period Type & Locations Nos Unit Cost (Rs Crs) Total Cost (Rs Crs) Remarks Lease / Spin Off Possibility Tourist City Centers a) Flagships Itanagar b) Others: Bomdilla / Ziro Passighat c) Mini City Centers Aalo Mechuka Tezu Miao 1 12 41.90 Completely Disinvested -leased out to external 3 5.3 operators including TDC Proposed Right to run the 4 3.5 information & facilitation center with the government Wayside Amenities- & 22 2.75 60.50 Completely Information and Disinvested -leased Facilitation Centers out to external Midways on all Tourist operators including Circuit highways TDC Proposed Location Details- Annexure 1 Right to run the information & facilitation center with the government Inns/Guest Houses 7 1.98 13.86 Yes- Completely Accommodation on all Disinvested -leased circuits out to external Location Details- Annexure 2 operators including TDC Proposed Rural Tourism – one in the identified rural areas of each circuit: Location Details- Annexure 3 Home Stays – 2 cottages in each village identified in; Location Details- Annexure 4 20 40 0.70 0.15 14.0 6.0 Social Worker part of the project for better understanding Yes-Completely Disinvested -leased out to external operators including TDC Proposed Adventure Trekking Routes Location Details- Annexure 5 8 2 16 Adventure- White Water Rafting & River Front Development Location Details- Annexure 6 5 5 25 Pilot Projects 29 1.Heritage Site - Malinithan 1 5 Preservation, Renovation & Development 1 15 2. Wellness Tourism- Flagship Tawang-Tsacha 1 4 3.Eco-Tourism- Flagship Pakke Wildlife Sanctuary 1 5 4.Hydro-Tourism-Lake Dollung Mukh - Center of Excellence - 1 5 5 Not applicable as Water Sports- for capacity Passighat building of the state Skills Development 10,000 5.0 Not applicable as a) Institutional for capacity b) Individual building of the state Information Technology & Communications Network – Capacity Building Management & Security Tourist Facilitation & Online Inner Line Permit ( domestic tourists ) 1 10 Brand Build Up *Marketing: International / National /Regional *Information kits *Niche Market Development 1 lot 20 Total 246.26 Add Grand Total Rs 270.89 Each project will 10% crores be funded contin differently gency (Note: The project cost estimates do not include the cost of land) Pilot Projects The Start Up Projects also include 4 special initiatives as “Pilot Projects” to reach out to high paying traffic and benefit from emerging opportunities. They are distinct in the tourism resource being developed for the individual pilot project. 1. Heritage Site Malinithan 2. Wellness Tourism-Flagship Tawang-Tsacha 3. Eco-Tourism- Flagship Pakke Wildlife Sanctuary 4. Hydro-Tourism-Lake Dollung Mukh Type Numbers Unit Cost- Rs crores Total Cost Rs Crores Accommodation 1000 rooms 50 room Hotels-10 25 room Inns -16 10 room Inns-10 7.5 2.5 0.75 75.00 40.00 7.50 Sub-Total 122.50 Transport Sightseeing 20 seat Buses-75 0.15 11.25 Private Sector Investment New Opportunity & / On Going Projects Sustained The Growth Driver Projects – State Initiated Projects will create new opportunities to meet the need for the 100,000 tourist increase every strategic plan period. They will also enhance the sustainability of the existing projects and the projects in the various stages of implementation. Tourism department can take a pro-active action in preparing the pre-feasibility studies / project profiles for these projects to attract investors from outside and also opportunity for the financial institutions and the banks to invest in the state. The projects needed for tourism infrastructure and to be added every year in the next 5 years to meet the 15% CAGR of domestic tourist arrivals are listed below: 45seat Cars -100 0.05 5.00 Sub-Total 16.25 Food & Beverages Restaurants-10 Fast Food -25 0.50 0.40 5.00 10.00 Sub-Total 15.00 Adventure Tourism River Rafting & Wildlife Tourism etc 2 5 Sub-Total 10.00 Total 163.75 add 10% contingency Grand Total Rs 180.00 Crs Note: The project cost estimates do not include the cost of land Resource Mobilization-Funds Government of India Central Schemes:. The tourism development program also encourages the state governments to take benefit from the various financial assistance schemes of the Department of Tourism, for the planning of the projects in the state. The North Eastern Council Schemes: The North Eastern Council is the nodal agency for the economic and social development of the North Eastern Region which consists of the eight States of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura. North Eastern Development Finance Corporation Ltd:. (NEDFi) was incorporated for the development of industries, infrastructure, animal husbandry, agri-horticulture plantation, medicinal plantation, sericulture plantation, aquaculture, poultry and dairy in the North Eastern states of India. Government of Arunachal Pradesh: The state government will provide the counterpart funds for the development of the tourism sector and its projects from the state budget and also seek support of the Planning Commission during the finalization of the plans Banks:. It is suggested that we form Strategic Partnership with banks to finance projects in specific regions and/or finance specific region and projects therein. These projects could be of a replicable nature and reduce the effort of evaluating each and every project. The Entrepreneur will only be selected based upon the selection criteria. Credit Guarantee Corporation could also be a Strategic Partner in such cases to provide enhanced comfort to the lending banks. Banks, by participating in the tourism development plan and funding the projects there under, would also be able to reduce their gap Credit /deposit ratio, priority sector lending targets and also their community responsibility of financing projects in areas from where they collect their deposits. Financial Institutions: Infrastructure lending Institutions like IL&FS, IDFC and others could be brought in as Strategic partners. However we will need to consolidate the projects under a Program to make them viable in size for these organizations to participate in the funding of the projects across the state. Institutional Investors: PE funds etc: We are in an early stage to be able to access these investors but in the later period of development they will be a strong driver for growth. Equity: Equity funds will come from the various promoters and investors in individual projects based upon their shareholding. Investment Workshops: We propose that the state plans for an Investors Workshop, on an annual basis, after the detailed plans are made and land identified for the project. Invite the investors from other state and also from abroad to participate in large tourism projects. It would be essential to prepare pre-feasibility profiles for each project to be discussed at such events. Lead promoter from the state would also need to be identified to act as the start up partner with the investors from outside. Resource Mobilization-Private Sector The private sector projects will have access to the programs and lending schemes of the Financial Institutions and the Banks as they are also on the search for bankable projects to invest their funds.The projects identified and listed are need based and expected to meet the basic lending norms of DSCR and IRR for economic viability and risk management. The Tourism Policy of the state should include tourism as an “Industry” to facilitate the lending as better conditions are applicable for lending – both for the lender and the borrower. Tourism sector has land as a basic input in almost all projects and the location can make or break the project. The Tourism Policy should also facilitate availability of Land at affordable prices and at appropriate locations. Tourists will not go to remote areas if they are in city. A land bank should be identified for various Resource Mobilization - Human Resource Development Entrepreneurship Development: Development of a vibrant private sector would require the development of “Entrepreneurship” and social acceptance of the Entrepreneur in an environment where “Job Seeking” is a way of life and a stable job – mostly government or its agencies –commands the highest respect in the community. Skills Development & Employability: We are proposing a skills development plan for 10000 trainees to be covered in the next 5 years in tourism and associated sectors, retail, healthcare, etc and would provide an opportunity for the youth to pursue a rewarding career in the state. Managerial Capability: The skills development plan as above would also include the managerial capability development for the implementation and success of the projects under the Tourism Development plan. The availability of good managers locally would also reduce the cost of operations and meet the shortage of good managers across all sectors. Institutional Capacity-Tourism Department: The most important and urgent need for the success of the Tourism Development Plan is the dedicated and committed staff of the Tourism department and its agencies engaged in the development and implementation of the Plan. Implementation a.) 3 Year Work Plan The Strategic Plan, based upon need analysis and demand gaps, to be relevant efficient and effective needs to be implemented in a time bound manner over a period of 3 years after the preparatory / start up period of 1-2 years depending upon the individual nature of the project. The key features are; Year 0 - Preparatory Period: Enabling Environment & Tourism Policy, Approvals & Authorizations for the Strategic Plan, Organization and Staff in place, Strategic Partners in place Year 1 - Start & Build Up: Launch High Priority Projects- State Initiatives, Facilitate launch of Private Sector Initiatives Year 2 - Mid-Term Review: Rationalize Plan and Policy, Growth Mode & Constraints Year 3 - The Road Ahead: Develop New Strategic Plan for the next period and identify New Strategic Partners for the growth b.) Implementation Mechanism: Management Plan An agency needs to be identified immediately, with adequate powers, for implementation of the projects agreed upon under the “Start Up” plan on an emergency & time bound basis and thereafter follow up plans on an annual basis. It is suggested that a Project Director be appointed with 3 Project Managers, each assigned and directly responsible to the Project Director for the implementation of the 3 components listed hereunder: Multi Agency Coordination: Government Departments, Strategic Partners, Resource Mobilization Development Initiatives- non revenue generators: Brand Development, Information & Facilitation centers Tourism Infrastructure - Revenue generators: Wayside Amenities, City Centers, Inns, Rural Tourism & Home Stay and Adventure Tourism It is expected that an effective and efficient implementation agency would be able be bring all projects in operational mode within 12-15 months from the date of individual project launch c.) Implementation Plan: Organization Recommendations-New Structure It is recommended that a new “Tourism Development Corporation” be incorporated as an independent enterprise to enable the State Government implement its tourism development plan and facilitate development of: • Public- Private-Community Partnerships • Participate in “Special Purpose Vehicles” (SPV) to be created for individual / homogenous group of projects • Lease of existing tourism assets for the development of tourism • Resource mobilization from Financial institutions etc • Design, Development , implementation and maintenance of tourism assets Engineering Wing The Tourism Infrastructure will require a dedicated Engineering Wing for design, development, implementation and maintenance of the tourism projects in line with the needs for tourism infrastructure which is different from the normal construction activities. This should be established at the earliest for the implementation of the proposed projects and taking over the ongoing projects for synergy and effectiveness. Human Resource A cadre of dedicated and young executives who are tourist friendly needs to be created for the development of tourism in the state. This cadre is to be trained and benchmarked with the best in the country. The existing staff also needs to be trained outside the state to appreciate the needs of the tourists and methods of delivery. It is also recommended that the average age of the employees be below 40 years as the nature of tourism development involves extensive travel etc and a “Will Do” attitude. Sustainability Initiatives proposed will be designed and implemented with appropriate technology, skills development and management for: Economic Sustainability • Meet the norms for funding by the financial sector and • Comply with good governance practices Social Sustainability • Participation of the local community and direct benefits to the community and the youth employment and income generating opportunities • Social workers are integral part of the project design for rural tourism and home stays to ensure no side effects of tourism are created Environment Sustainability • Projects to be designed with local materials and green technology usage • Pollution Control and Waste Management practices in place on operation. Cost Recovery • The Strategic Initiatives in form of Growth Driver Projects are based upon: - Lending norms for IRR and DSCR to allow access to funds from banks and financial institutions • Create opportunity for Public-Private-Partnership models to be created. • Grant component is only for skills development training for enhanced employability and meeting the needs of skilled human resource for the tourism sector Risk Management The Tourism Development Plan success will depend upon managing the following: Structural Risks • Tourism Development Policy to be pro-active and play the vital role of a facilitator beyond the normal role of a regulator • Government of India special encouragement for the North East States for LTC needs to be continued for at least another 5 years if not 10 years to build the nascent tourism in the region. • Remove procedural hassles which in getting investors and investments • Structural changes are required for managing TOURIST arrival and the risk factors of infrastructure, connectivity, medical aid &evacuation etc need both lead time and funds. Operational Risk • Attitude of the state towards the TOURIST has to be positive, Tourism industry should be recognized as the key driver for inclusive growth in the state and reflected in allocation of funds for the tourism sector in the development plans for the state. • Security perceptions of the tourist need to be addressed by “Brand Build Up” Good planning will reduce and/or eliminate the risk factors to enhance the quality of experience of the tourist. • Mandatory training and certification of all the service providers in the tourism sector- transport, accommodation, Food & beverage, guides etc. • Specify and enforce safety guidelines for all tourist activities Key Achievements- Direct – Tangible Employment Generation: The projects required to meet the needs of 100,000 tourists over the strategic plan period will provide an opportunity to create nearly 13000 jobs, at various skill levels. Targeted Tourism: Tourist with higher disposable income-: Better facilities for the tourists will encourage higher income strata of the society to plan and visit the state. MICE Destination Development-: Better and adequate facilities will encourage the corporate sector to hold their meetings, conventions and exhibitions in the state Week End and Same Day Tourism-: A well planned strategy to reach out to this segment of tourist would be in the interest of tourism promotion and income transfer to the state. Package Tours -“Door to Door”: In order to promote tourism and have an effective utilization plan for the tourism infrastructure we recommend special effort to promote package tours. This would take away the uncertainty in the planning process of the tourist and ensure reliability and credibility. Special attention to be paid to the airline and the railways to develop tour packages jointly and also benefit from the Government of India’s schemes for LTC for the North Eastern states. Growth Rate in Tourists – 15 % CAGR: Good Infrastructure will help achieve the planned growth rate of 15% in the tourist arrivals. This will assist in increasing the tourism income, better utilization for the investment and reduced seasonality impact. Opportunity for Spend Increase-10% CAGR: Destination, wayside facilities including access to local arts and crafts etc will provide the tourist an opportunity to spend more time/money. Skills Development & Employability- 10000 people: The expansion of the tourism sector will create opportunity to absorb and sustain our skills development program for 10000 people/5 years. Creation of “Tourist City Centers”: Our plan proposes to set up Tourist City Centers which will become the lifeline for the tourists across the state. They would also be the center of activity for the residents and creating ownership and participation in the tourism development initiatives Key Achievements- Direct - Intangible Private Sector Participation The tourism development plan will create new opportunities for the participation of the private sector and assisted by the enabling policy of the government it will open opportunities for development of local entrepreneurship and small and medium enterprises which are expected to form the backbone of the tourism infrastructure for both goods and services Public-Private-Community Partnership: The local area development strategies for regional development, community participation and ownership for the success of the project along with the design of the project on economically sustainable basis will create an opportunity for the extended partnership of the Public, Private and the Community and open new avenues for investments. Brand Development: The development of tourism will facilitate creating a brand for the state and encourage investments in the state for its all-round economic development. Key Achievements – Indirect Retail Sector: The increased volume of tourist traffic will also facilitate the growth in the retail sector by meeting the demands of the tourist Crafts and Heritage Products: The tourists buy small gifts for friends and relatives and at the very least some souvenirs’ for themselves. This promotes the sale of local art and craft products and not only creates jobs and income but also facilitates revival and sustainability of local heritage. Better Transport Facilities: In order to meet the needs of the tourist’s better transport services, not only in terms of quality of vehicles but also improved quality of service will also be available to the community. Better restaurants for the community: Tourism creates demand for all type of cuisine and trained cooks provide better quality of food. Local cuisine also gets promoted and ingredients are easily available. Eating out opportunities improve the quality of family life and is also part of family entertainment and bonding. City Center a meeting point for the locals: The new initiative of “Tourist City Center”, in smaller towns, will become the center of all activities for the town and create an environment for the tourists to enjoy and benefit from the local community in understanding their culture and custom. Improved quality of life in the local area: The improved infrastructure and services in the area will improve the quality of life for the residents. Employment and income generation opportunities will also benefit the youth, the most vulnerable section of the society Community Ownership- Facilitate the Tourist The sustained involvement of the local community in the development and operation of the projects and its beneficial impact on their lives will create a sense of ownership and belonging for the residents. This will not only facilitate the tourists but also ensure both economic and social sustainability of the projects in the area. Preface Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and INTACH signed an agreement (Appendix A) on 28th March 2009 to prepare a tourism plan for Arunachal Pradesh. The tourism plan will account for : - Culture (tribal)- traditional festivals and other performing arts - Heritage and other important places - Natural precincts, like, rain forest, wild life centuries etc. - Traditional Crafts - Museums – Government and privately owned reserved areas which promote tribal villages - Local knowledge which needs to be spread out for the benefit of local communities and others A team was constituted with a Strategic Development expert to undertake a tour of Arunachal Pradesh from 1st May to 5th May 2009. The team went to Itanagar and held discussions with the State Government officials along with Secretary Tourism Ms. Bandhana Deori and Director Tourism Mr. A.K. Singh. The discussions were of great help in finalizing the inclusive tourism plan. In Arunachal Pradesh, we also held meetings with the Tour Operators, Travel Agents and the State Government officials during this period. The team went to Ziro and neighboring area from Itanagar to have a feel of the circuit from Itanagar to Ziro and back. The outline prepared by us for “Development of Tourism Plan for Arunachal Pradesh” given at Appendix ‘B’ was explained to them and they promised to send us the details on all aspects mentioned in the outline. INTACH also conducted workshops with travel and tour operators and a hospitality survey to understand the needs and gaps to be addressed. Our Strategic Development Advisor again visited Itanagar and had extensive discussions with the Secretary, Department of Tourism, the Director, Department of Tourism and also representatives of the people from 16th – 20th February 2010. The strategic initiatives and growth development projects identified were agreed upon. We have developed a holistic tourism plan, accounting for the tangible and intangible heritage of the state where current status and the need assessment has been taken care of. Discussions with the stakeholders at different stages were held to determine project scopes and activities. We have also accounted for sustainability and the cost recovery. Skills Development and training of the people employed in the tourism sector through setting up training institutes for getting local boys and girls trained in this area of activity. Our plan has taken into account the long term vision of the State and the tourism perspective as an important component thereof. In order to achieve the key objectives and to bring about a significant impact in the medium term of 3-5 years the Strategic Plan is based on the following principles and to be implemented through identified need based projects. a. Build Upon the Existing infrastructure b. Create new infrastructure and markets c. Brand building up of the state of Arunachal Pradesh The Strategic Plans, in the future, are to be prepared for similar periods adjusting for the emerging needs and lessons learnt. The Tourism Plan will also facilitate the preparation of: • Guidelines to Assess economic viability for each activity we are proposing • Funding of the various projects suggested in the plan. • Carrying capacity of various sites in line with the recommendations of various agencies • Capacity building of the local community so that projects like home-stays, training of guides, craft workshops can be suggested • Entrepreneurship Development for the beneficial participation of the local community in economic opportunities and employment generation • Sustainability and preservation of natural and cultural heritage. • Risk factors for success of the plan and risk mitigation approaches. State Profile Arunachal Pradesh, situated in the north eastern part of India is 83,743 sq km in area and has a long international border with Bhutan to the west (160 km), China to the north and north- east (1080 km) and Myanmar to the east (440 km). It stretches from snow capped mountains in the north to the plains of Brahmaputra valley in the south. Arunachal is the largest state areawise in the north-eastern region. It is a land of lush green forests, deep river valleys and beautiful plateaus. The land is mostly mountainous with Himalayan ranges along the northern borders criss-crossed with mountain ranges running north-south. These divide the State into five river valleys: the Kameng, the Subansiri, the Siang, The Lohit and the Tirap. All these rivers are fed by snows from the Himalayas and countless rivers and rivulets except Tirap which is fed by Patkai Range. The mightiest of these rivers is Siang, called Tsangpo in Tibet, which becomes Brahmaputra after it is joined by the Dibang and the Lohit in the plains of Assam. High mountains and dense forests have disrupted intercommunication between tribes living in different river valleys. Isolation imposed by geography has led different tribes with several dialects to live and flourish with their distinct identities. Nature has endowed the people with a deep sense of beauty which finds delightful expression in their songs, dances and crafts. The climate varies from hot humid in the Shivalik range with heavy rainfall. It becomes progressively cold as one moves northwards to higher altitudes. Trees of various species, plentiful climbers and abundance of cane and bamboo make Arunachal evergreen. Tropical rain forests are to be found in the foothills and the hills in the east on the border with Myanmar. Northern most border is covered with Alpine forests. Amidst the highly rugged terrain, there are green forests and plateaus. Arunachal Pradesh became a full-fledged State on February 20, 1987. Till 1972, it was known as the North-East Frontier Agency (NEFA). It gained the Union Territory status on January 20, 1972 and renamed as Arunachal Pradesh. On August 15, 1975 an elected Legislative Assembly was constituted and the first Council of Ministers assumed office. The first general election to the Assembly was held in February 1978. Administratively, the State is divided into sixteen districts. Capital of the State is Itanagar in Papum Pare district. Itanagar is named after Ita fort meaning fort of bricks, built in 14th Centuary AD. Arunachal Pradesh finds mention in the literature of Kalika Purana and Mahabharata. This place is the Prabhu Mountains of the Puranas. It was here that sage Parshuram atoned for his sin, sage Vyasa meditated, King Bhismaka founded his kingdom and Lord Krishna married Rukmini. The widely scattered archaeological remains at different places in Arunachal Pradesh bear testimony to its rich cultural heritage. Chapter - I Present Tourism Scenario and Future Trends Global Scenario Tourism has always been a major social phenomenon of any society. It is motivated by the natural urge of every human being for new experience, adventure, education, knowledge and entertainment. In order to understand each other's cultures and values as well as to cater several other social, religious and business interests, it has resulted in development of many tourist and infrastructure facilities. This, along with the progress of proper transportation network globally, especially of airways and waterways, has encouraged people to venture out to the foreign lands. It has facilitated the trade and commerce between the different regions of a country and between the different countries. As a result, over the years, it has acquired the status of a key service industry. Tourism plays a key role in achieving the socio-economic goals of the development plans of a nation. It is an important service-oriented sector which has made rapid strides globally in terms of gross revenue and foreign exchange earnings. It is a composite of service providers, both public and private, which includes travel agents and tour operators; air, rail and sea transportation operators; guides; owners of hotels, guest houses and inns, restaurants and shops; etc. They are involved in meeting the diverse interests and requirements of domestic and international tourists. The tourism industry provides incentives to foster the quality of environment, generates more employment opportunities (particularly in remote and backward areas) as well as develops necessary infrastructure facilities like roads, telecom and medical services, in the economy. Tourism industry, after the Second World War, clearly marks as one of the most remarkable economic and social phenomenon of the past century. It has contributed remarkably to the development of areas, local communities and other assets, like, heritage. In fact, it ranks number two after the oil industry and third in India, next to Gem and Jewelery. The number of international arrivals shown an evolution from a mere 25 million international arrivals in 1950 to an estimated 806 million in 2005, corresponding to an average annual growth rate of 6.5%. Source: World Trade Organization, World Tourism Organisation In India, tourism industry holds special position as it not only have potential to grow at a high rate, but also stimulate other economic sectors through its backward and forward linkages and cross-sectional synergies with sectors like agriculture, horticulture, poultry, handicrafts, transport, construction, etc. That is, it can provide impetus to other industries in the country and generate enough wealth to help pay off the international debt. It is the third largest net earner of foreign exchange for the country. The travel and tourism sector contributes to the national integration; preserves natural and cultural environments; as well as enriches social and cultural lives of the people. It has the capacity to create substantial job opportunities, particularly for unskilled and semi-skilled workers as well as to alleviate the poverty in the country. Another important feature of the Indian tourism sector is the contribution to national integration and transformation of the economic lives of the people. Over 500 million domestic tourists, travelling all over the country each year, help create a better understanding of people living in other regions of the country and the cultural diversity. Tourism also gives a financial incentive to preserve architectural heritages and helps the survival of art forms, crafts and culture. Given India's unique endowments of biodiversity, forests, rivers, mountains, historical places, temples and pilgrims, caves, museums, monuments and culture, the industry holds immense strength for obtaining higher growth rate. The challenges in the sector lie in successfully preserving these in their original form, and making them accessible to domestic and international travelers. India offers various categories of tourism products, such as adventure tourism; medical tourism (ayurveda and other forms of Indian medications) wellness tourism, eco-tourism; rural tourism; cruise tourism; meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions (MICE) tourism; etc. Europes’ and Americas’ were the most tourist receiving region between 1950 and 2000. Both regions represent a joint market share of over 95% in 1950 and 76% in 2000 today. Most of the countries link their development with tourism development and it is because of this most of the nations tries to woo more international tourist to their countries and allow their own people to visit different places in the world. India is not an exception to this rule. National Scenario 1.2.1 Government of India Initiatives National Tourism Policy, formulated in the year 2002, aims to develop tourism in India in a systematic manner. It envisages a framework, within which the Government helps to create the basic infrastructure and legislative set up for tourism development, while the private sector helps to provide the quality products and offer active support services. The broad objectives of the policy are to:- • Position tourism as a major engine of economic growth; • Harness the direct and multiplier effects of tourism for employment generation, economic development and providing impetus to rural tourism; • Focus on domestic tourism as a major driver of tourism growth; • Position India as a global brand to take advantage of the burgeoning global travel trade and the vast untapped potential of India as a destination; • Acknowledge the critical role of private sector with Government working as a pro-active facilitator and catalyst; • Create and develop integrated tourism circuits based on India’s unique civilization, heritage and culture in partnership with States, private sector and other agencies • Ensure that the tourists to India gets physically invigorated, mentally rejuvenated, culturally enriched, spiritually elevated and 'feel India from within' International tourism receipts represented in 2003 approximately 6% of worldwide exports of goods and services (as expressed in US$). When considering services exports exclusively, the share of tourism exports increases to nearly 30%. Tourism Receipts, 1950-2005* World Africa Americas Asia and the Pacific Europe Middle East World Africa Americas Asi And the Pacific aEurope Middle East International Tourism Receipts (US$, billion) International Tourism Receipts (euro/ECU, billion) 1950 1960 2.1 6.9 0.1 0.2 1.1 2.5 0.04 0.2 0.9 3.9 0.03 0.1 1970 17.9 0.5 4.8 1.2 11.0 0.4 1980 104.4 3.4 24.7 11.2 61.6 3.5 75.0 2.4 17.7 8.1 44.2 2.5 1990 270.2 6.4 69.3 46.5 142.9 5.1 212.2 5.0 54.4 36.5 112.2 4.0 1995 410.7 8.5 98.4 80.7 212.2 10.9 314.0 6.5 75.3 61.7 162.2 8.3 2000 481.6 10.5 130.8 90.2 232.5 17.6 521.4 11.4 141.6 97.7 251.7 19.0 2004 634.7 19.2 132.0 129.5 328.5 25.5 510.3 15.4 106.1 104.1 264.1 20.5 2005* 682.7 21.5 144.6 140.8 348.3 27.6 548.7 17.3 116.2 113.1 279.9 22.1 Source: World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) © (Data as collected in UNWTO database November 2006) * Receipts data are in current US$ and euro (based on the average annual exchange rate for euro or ECU to US$) and can be strongly influenced by exchange Tourism Sector Growth • Foreign Tourists India's share in international tourist arrivals, which was 0.46 per cent in 2004, has increased to 0.49 per cent during 2005; and further to an estimated 0.52 per cent in 2006 and per cent in 2007. The foreign tourist arrivals have increased from a level of 3.46 million in 2004 to over 5 million in 2007. Similarly, the foreign exchange earnings from tourism have also shown a phenomenal growth from US$ 6.17 billion (Rs.27944 crore) in 2004 to an estimated US$ 11.96 billion (Rs.49413 crore) in 2007. The share of India in world earnings from tourism registered an increase from 0.98 per cent in 2004 to 1.21 per cent in 2006. This segment shows a CAGR of 13% for tourist arrivals and CAGR of approximately 25% in terms of foreign exchange earnings. These numbers also show better realization per tourist of 2400 US Dollars in 2007 from 1780 US Dollars in 2004 a CAGR of approximately 10.5%. • Domestic Tourists The numbers of domestic tourists in India have also grown phenomenally over this period from 366.23 million in 2004 to an estimated 462 million in 2006. It has further grown to 526 million in 2007 giving a CAGR of more than 11% Contribution of the Tourism Sector World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) is the forum for business leaders in the travel and tourism industry. It addresses challenges and opportunities that affect all sectors of the industry globally. WTTC works to raise awareness of travel and tourism as one of the world's largest industries, employing approximately 231 million people and generating over 10.4 per cent of world GDP. Global According to the WTTC, tourism in the year 2008 accounted for 9.9 per cent of global GDP, 11.0 per cent of the total world exports and 8.4 per cent of global employment. It is firmly committed to realizing Indian tourism industry's potential for growth and ensuring maximum and sustainable benefits for everyone involved. Indian travel and tourism industry has been on rise and is gaining popularity amongst travelers all over the world. It is an engine of growth for Indian economy and helps to promote sustained development of infrastructure, such as airports, railways and roads, leading to connectivity of various tourist destinations. Besides, improvement and expansion of existing and new tourism products such as cultural and heritage tourism, rural tourism, adventure tourism, health and healing tourism, etc; promotion of ‘Incredible India’ campaigns; as well as active participation of State Governments therein establish India's competitive advantage in the sector. This has enhanced the foreign exchange earnings of the country as well as improved its trade relations with other nations. All such measures and incentives, undertaken by public and private sectors, are a source of several investment opportunities in the industry. Tourism depends on the economic conditions in major tourism generating markets. When economies grow, level of disposable income will also rise simultaneously. A relatively large part of discretionary income will be spent on tourism or on travel, in particular in the case of emerging economies. A tightening of economic situation on the other hand, will often results in decrease of tourism. Source: World Tourism Organization; International Monetary Fund Apart from developing socio-economic aspects in a society it also generates good amount of foreign exchange because it’s economic climate during the month of summer every year and lot of tourist can visit Arunachal Pradesh and State their during Summer months to enjoy the pleasant weather of the State. Projection given by World Tour Operator both in terms of foreign arrivals and foreign exchange earned from tourist. The third issue, which is limited to the development of tourism industry, is creation of better employment. There is no doubt that the nation started advancing towards economic growth though agriculture and mining sector contributes less and less to the GDP and the tertiary sector became very important and contributes roughly 2/3rd to the GDP. Tourism contributes in the service sector and therefore, it directly contributes towards the 2/3rd of GDP. India The contribution of tourism in GDP of the country has been 5.90 per cent in 2003-04, while employment in tourism sector (both direct and indirect) has been 41.8 million in the same year, thus accounting for 8.78 per cent of total employment in the country. According to the WTTC the tourism sector over next 10 years will grow as follows: Gross Domestic Product (GDP) The contribution of Travel & Tourism to Gross Domestic Product is expected to stay the same at 6.0% (INR3,239.4 bn or US$67.3 bn) in 2009 to 6.0% (INR10,274.1 bn or US$187.3 bn) by 2019. Employment The contribution of the Travel & Tourism economy to employment is expected to rise from 31,105,000 jobs in 2009, 6.4% of total employment or 1 in every 15.6 jobs to 40,037,000 jobs, 7.2% of total employment or 1 in every 13.8 jobs by 2019. Growth Real GDP growth for Travel & Tourism economy is expected to be 0.2% in 2009 and to average 7.7% per annum over the coming 10 years. Exports Export earnings from international visitors and tourism goods are expected to generate 6.0% of total exports (INR811.9 bn or US$16.9 bn) in 2009, growing (nominal terms) to INR 2,819.0 bn or US$51.4 bn (4.1% of total) in 2019. WORLD RANKING The India Travel & Tourism economy is ranked number: • 14 in absolute size worldwide • 144 in relative contribution to national economies • 5 in long-term (10-year) growth Tourism industry offers a whole range of challenges and opportunists in the present millennium in developing countries, like, India where tourism is all set to develop. If these challenges are successfully converted into opportunities, results are imminent and sky would be the limit. It is required to be insured that proper input is supplied to reap the dividends, which are enjoyed by all developing countries. Tourism industry in India is not properly organized. It primarily has a family business to act to this. There are no handful of international players of their sector of tourism market is according to specialization, like, in bound/out bound tour operation i.e. of tour operation and tour travel i.e. of a travel agent but with the increase in pressure of global player this family business is facing a challenge to continue to develop themselves to international standards, they are generally, acquired by or merged with big brothers who do not constitute family business. The role of information technology has tremendously impacted on tourism industry, particularly, the use of internet by maximum number of people engaged in travel trade. Results of a survey on the increase impact of business productivity and individual habits reveals that 94% of the sample group access internet for online communication, 89% of respondents get flight information through internet and 82% of respondents access net to conduct competitive intelligence, 67% respondence make hotel reservations and 58% purchases online tickets. The last two segments are likely to increase in India by 20% in next 2-3 years. This shows that one has to keep a pace with the latest changes and technology to work efficiently and effectively. The technology revolution has also made the customers aware of the vast possibilities available to them. This has made him a self-declared king. Today, it is possible for a tour operator or a travel agent to offer almost entire range of services to a customer under one roof. In other words, customization would be the need of the time with perceived value addition and a higher quality and degree of interaction with customers. On the other side to meet such challenges, travel professionals must possess all the required qualities, energy and contagious enthusiasm. They should have mission to organize for their customers a holiday of their life time. Obviously these travel professionals need to be technology savvy and should have positive considerations with positive attitude. The tourism comprises a complex set of components, which activate actions of a number of socio-economic variables that have significant impact on the quality of life of the people and over all environment of a region. Tourism industry provides government with tax revenues and spurs economic developments through investments in new infrastructure in various tourism destination including backward areas. In the process to tourism development a number of spin- off benefits like optimal utilization of local resources of work force, upgrading of human resources etc. accrue to the economy which intern enhances the purchasing power of local community along with rapid monetization of the economy through advancement of trade and commerce. Creation of economic opportunities forms the basis of tourism development in any region or area. The Manila Declaration (1980) of the World Tourism Organization contained altruistic vision of the promotion of tourism worldwide. Recent thrust has been planning for sustainable tourism development. National Perspective India, despite being endowed with vast potential in the growth of foreign tourist traffic, particularly, to view the heritage and 5 millennium both Tangible and Intangible, recorded a very low growth after independence in 1947. It is for the first time that in 1995 foreign tourist arrival recorded above 2 million for the whole country and the figure continued to remain almost a little over two million till 2003. There has been a great jump thereafter, In 2004 it was around 31/2 million and then rouse to above 5 million in 2007. The following table depicts that trend in foreign tourist arrivals to India between 1996 and 2007. Foreign Tourist Arrivals (FTAs) In India, 1996-2008 Year FTAs (in Million) Percentage (%) change over the previou year 1996 2.29 7.7 1997 2.37 3.8 1998 2.36 -0.7 1999 2.48 5.2 2000 2.65 6.7 2001 2.54 -4.2 2002 2.38 -6.0 2003 2.73 14.3 2004 3.46 26.8 2005 3.92 13.3 2006 4.45 13.5 2007 5.08 14.3 2008 2.72 11.1@ (Jan-June) (P) P: Provisional, @ Growth rate over Jan-June, 2007 Source: (i) Bureau of Immigration, Govt. of India, for 1996-2007 (ii) Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India, for 2008 So far as country-wise of tourists to India is concerned, the government source (Ministry of Tourism & Culture, Govt. of India) indicated that in 2002 more than 18 percent of the total tourists visiting India originated from Bangladesh, while the U.K. has the share of about 16.3% tourists, followed by the USA (14.6%) and Sri Lanka (4.5%). Countries less than 4% share includes Canada and France. Countries having less than 3% share include Germany, Italy, Japan and Malaysia. Netherlands and Singapore have less than 2% share each of Switzerland, South Africa and Israel 1% share each. India’s earning of foreign exchange indicates that the share of the country in the world tourism receipt is almost the lowest till 2003. It is after 2003 when the increase in tourist arrival the receipts have also increased but not phenomenon. The receipts are given in table placed below:- Foreign Exchange Earnings (FEE) (in US$ Million) from Tourism in India, 1996-2008 Year FEE from Tourism in India (in US$ Million) Percentage (%) change over the previous year 1996 2832 9.6 1997 2889 2.0 1998 2948 2.0 1999 3009 2.1 2000 3460 15.0 2001 3198 -7.6 2002 3103 -3.0 2003 4463 43.8 2004 6170 38.2 2005 7493 21.4 2006* 8634 15.2 2007* 10729 24.3 2008 # (Jan-June) 6385 25.5@ * Revised Estimates, # Advance Estimates, @ Growth rate over Jan-June, 2007 Source: (i) Reserve Bank of India, for 1996 to 2007 (ii) Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India, for 2008 So far as country-wise tourist traffic to India is concerned, the government source (Ministry of Tourism & Culture, Govt. of India) indicates that in 2002 more than 18 percent of the total tourists visiting India originated from Bangladesh, while the U.K. has the share of about 16.3% tourists, followed by the USA (14.6%) and Sri Lanka (4.5%). Countries less than 4% share includes Canada and France. Countries having less than 3% share include Germany, Italy, Japan and Malaysia. Netherlands and Singapore have less than 2% share each of Switzerland, South Africa and Israel 1% share each. India’s earning of foreign exchange indicates that the share of the country in the world tourism receipt is almost the lowest till 2003. It is after 2003 when the increase in tourist arrival the receipts have also increased but not phenomenon. Foreign Exchange Earnings (FEE) (in Rs. Crore) from Tourism in India,1996-2008 Year FEE from Tourism in India (in Rs. Crore) Percentage (%) change over the previous year 1996 10046 19.2 1997 10511 4.6 1998 12150 15.6 1999 12951 6.6 2000 15626 20.7 2001 15083 -3.5 2002 15064 -0.1 2003 20729 37.6 2004 27944 34.8 2005 33123 18.5 2006* 39025 17.8 2007* 44360 13.7 2008 # 25825 18.2@ (Jan-June) *Revised Estimates, # Advance Estimates, @ Growth rate over Jan-June, 2007 Source: (i) Reserve Bank of India, for 1996 to 2007 (ii) Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India, for 2008 It may be pointed out that the mode of transportation of foreign tourist to enter India indicates that air continues to be the predominant mode of travel. It constitutes nearly 85% of the foreign traffic. Arrival by sea increases and the share of arrival through land route is roughly 15% comprising tourist from Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan and Pakistan. Domestic Scenario Domestic sector plays a very important role in the growth of over all tourism in India. The following table depicts the trend of Domestic traffic in 1995- 2007 in the country during the period of 1996-2007. Number of Outbound Visits of Indian Nationals, 1996-2007 u 2006 8.34 16.1 2007 9.78 17.3 Source:- Bureau of Immigration, Govt. of India Number of Foreign Tourist Visits to all States/UTs in India, 1996-2007 Year No. of Foreign Tourist Visits (in Million) Percentage (%) change over the previous year 1996 5.03 8.4 1997 5.50 9.3 1998 5.54 0.7 1999 5.83 5.3 2000 5.89 1.1 2001 5.44 -7.8 2002 5.16 -5.1 2003 6.71 30.1 2004 8.36 24.6 2005 9.95 19.0 2006 11.75 18.1 2007* 13.17 12.1 * Provisional Note: Figures for Maharashtra & Chhattisgarh have been estimated Source: State/ UT Tourism Departments Share of Top 10 States/UTs of India The original distribution of domestic tourist during 2007 show that maximum concentration of tourists is in the Southern region followed by Northern Region and Central and Western Region and Eastern region as a last. The flow of tourists to North East is conspicuously low for a followed reason likewise, arrival of foreign tourists to Northern Region because of Taj Mahal is maximum to 31%, and Southern Region to nearly 3%, Eastern Region share is about 13.5% while that of North East is 0.25%. Share of Top 10 States/UTs of India in Number of Domestic Tourist Visits in 2007 Rank State/UT Domestic Tourist Visits * Number Percentage Share (%) 1 Andhra Pradesh 127933333 24.3 2 Uttar Pradesh 116244008 22.1 3 Tamil Nadu 71034651 13.5 4 Karnataka 37825953 7.2 5 Rajasthan 25920529 4.9 6 Uttarakhand 19803280 3.8 7 Maharashtra 19243597 3.7 8 West Bengal 18580669 3.5 9 Madhya Pradesh 13894500 2.6 10 Gujarat 13477316 2.6 Total of top 10 463957836 88.2 Others 62610962 11.8 Total 526568798 100.0 * Provisional Note: Figures for Maharashtra & Chhattisgarh have been estimated Source: State/UT Tourism Departments Changes in Tourists’ Destination Preferences Based on the secondary data available with the North Eastern region (NEC), 2002, it is observed that between mid-90s and end of the decade, interesting permutations occurred in the northeastern states in terms of tourist arrivals. In 1995, Tripura ranked first followed by Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram, Nagaland and Arunachal Pradesh. This scenario underwent a reshuffle between the years due to the changing socio- political and development priorities within the states, which, inter alia, re-positioned the States in tourists’ preference. In 2001, Assam ranked first (from 5th to 1st) followed by Tripura (1st to 2nd), Meghalaya (2nd to 3rd), Manipur (3rd to 4th), Mizoram (4th to 5th ), while Nagaland and Arunachal Pradesh retained their rankings at 6th and 7th respectfully. The changing dynamics in the popularity ranking is shown in the Table below: Change in Tourists’ Destination Preference Rank State (1996) State (2001) 1. Tripura Assam 2. Meghalaya Tripura 3. Manipur Meghalaya 4. Mizoram Manipur 5. Assam Mizoram 6. Nagaland Nagaland 7. Arunachal Pradesh Arunachal Pradesh Source: NEC, Shillong, 2002 1.2.16 Popularity Ranking among Foreign Tourists: The following table presents the popularity ranking among of foreign tourists coming to the North Eastern States. Popularity Ranking among Foreign Tourists Rank State (1996) State (2001) 1. Meghalaya Assam 2. Assam Meghalaya 3. Manipur Nagaland 4. Tripura Arunachal Pradesh 5. Mizoram Manipur 6. Nagaland Mizoram 7. Arunachal Pradesh Source: NEC, Shillong, 2002 Popularity ranking of the northeastern states among foreign tourists shows Assam to be the most sought-after destination, followed by Meghalaya, Nagaland and Arunachal Pradesh. As per knowledgeable sources in the tourism industry of the region, wildlife is fast emerging as the biggest draw for the foreign tourists in Assam, while natural beauty and bio-diversity are the key pull-factors for Arunachal Pradesh. 1.3. State Scenario Although tourism sector in India is in the process of commendable progress, the potentials of many places are still unexplored. Arunachal Pradesh, which is a treasure house of nature’s beauty, place of Buddhist cult, mystic land of ethnic tribes mingled with legends and myths and the most potential places for adventure tourism is still unexplored for being developed as an ideal tourist destination on the tourism map of the country. Popularity ranking of the northeastern states finds Arunachal Pradesh as a last state for foreign tourists to visit. However, the major attraction for the State of Arunachal Pradesh among the foreign tourists are its huge potential for adventure sports, particularly river rafting, mountaineering and trekking as also the floral and faunal wealth which draws special interest tourists, despite restrictions imposed through restricted area permit. The state has a very low volume of tourism both of domestic and overseas areas. However, the foreign tourists’ arrival to North East is itself much lower than the expected place. 1.3.1 Future Trend The volume of tourists’ to a particular destination is determined by a number of factors, motivation amongst these factors is most important for a traveler to visit a particular destination. Apart from these factors also included visitors yearning to have holiday, to have rest and relaxation, to have entertainment and adventure depending on the inventory of tourist products in and around the destination in competence their aspiring factors. Moreover, availability of infrastructure facilities comprising with logistic support services also plays a key roles in determining the tourist volume. Tourist demand also depends on individual income and other prices offer by the tourism sector. The major obstacles for overseas travelers are the element of expenses, inability to get time off, language barriers of security at destination and food problems. The most important determinant of foreign tourist arrival has been the permit system to enter the State. The institutional constraint has been perhaps more stringent than other economic factors affecting tourist visits. The State of Arunachal Pradesh is devoid of traffic in indispensable volume of tourists, despite having immense potential for being a worthy tourist destination. Therefore, the tourist traffic is directly related to determine of infrastructure in the State and upliftment of the local communities to handle tourist traffic. Arunachal Pradesh Tourism Policy - 2003 Salient Features Vision Statement: To develop tourism Industry as an Engine of Growth and to harness its potential for the benefit of people of Arunachal Pradesh. Mission Statement: a. Maximisation of the positive benefits of tourism b. Introduction of key ideas and actions to guide tourism management and development Objectives of the Policy a. Planning for sustainable development of tourism b. Protection of heritage (Natural, Cultural, Traditional Values) c. Reduction of poverty and revenue capture by the local community d. Capacity building and creation of mechanisms in support of small and medium enterprises e. Formulation of strategies that will exploit opportunities and potential of the State. f. Development Policies (PWD, Transportation Network) that support and promote the various attractions of the State g. Securing involvement of the largest number of stakeholders in the decision making, resource allocation and utilisation. Major Stakeholders: Institutional and Partnership Framework a. Government of Arunachal Pradesh b. Government of India c. Private sector (Organized and Unorganised) Emphasis on: a. Citizen- Government partnership b. Public - Private Partnerships c. Tourism Investment Policy d. Government's own initiatives Chapter – II Development Paradigm Development Perspective The development of tourism is recognized as an important process to eliminate poverty, unemployment and to promote a dialogue amongst civilizations and provide different streams of culture to mingle as well as to preserve the environmental goods. Tourism per se, and particularly, for the niche types viz. nature, wildlife, wilderness and eco-tourism provides the right backdrop for disseminating the economic growth particularly, in economically backward areas. International Perspective i) WTO Tourism 2020 vision, the document prepared by World Tourism Organisation (WTO) has forecasted that international tourist arrivals will reach the figure of 1.56 billion by the end of year 2020 out of which 1.18 billion will be intra regional and 0.38 billion would be long haul travelers. South Asia which witnessed positive signs in 2000 with the growth of 11% will record an average growth of 6.2% over the period 1995-2020, compared to the world average of 4.1%. The forecast of WTO is almost working out will till now, particularly when the estimates increases in tourism arrivals from international market. ii) WTTC The World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) has estimated that the economic value of personal travel and tourism in South Asia would grow at the rate of 7.3% per annum, in real terms which is likely to reach $ 52.2 billion by the year 2013. WTTC has predicted that the over all impact of travel and tourism in South Asia is likely to contribute about 5.3% of their Gross Domestic Product in 2013. This sector will also generate employment to the tune of 36 million by that year. Price competitiveness in the South Asian countries has been identified as the key advantage though for establishing the region as an international destination, much remained to be done in the areas of basic infrastructure development, environmental awareness, adoption of modern technologies, development of human resources in the tourism sector, liberalization of access regime (for eg Visa, restricted area permit etc.) and social development. iii) Agenda 21 The agenda 21 and the principles of sustainable development endorsed by 182 Heads of State at the United Nation’s Earth Summit at Rio de Janerio in the early nineties provides an important framework for the travel and tourism industry. The Agenda 21 document for tourism industry emphasizes on the need to protect the natural and cultural resources as also to aim for sustainable development of the communities and countries in which tourism activities take place. Tourism heavily depends upon the natural and cultural resources of a country/region and has an important role to play in this existence for conservation and preservation. iv) SAARC Declaration The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) recognizes the enormous tourism potential in the region and the possibilities of development of intra regional as well as international tourism. SAARC declaration at the end of the 12th Summit held in Islamabad in January 2004, called for the need to promote South Asia as a Tourist destination and designated the year 2005 as South Asian Tourism Year. The SAARC working group on tourism was established and the fist meeting of the group was held in Colombo on 16th -17th August 2004 where representatives of ASEAN were also present. The working group, while emphasizing on Public Private Partnership, made a number of recommendations, which include, inter-alia, promotion and sustainable development of eco tourism, cultural tourism and natural tourism collaboration in human resource development in tourism sector etc. v) SASEC Tourism Under the South Asia Sub- Regional Economic Cooperation (SASEC) involving Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal (BBIN) the tourism Ministers of the four countries acknowledged that inter regional travel in the sub regional will assume similar significance as inter regional travel in the future and emphasized upon the need to develop a sub regional perspective in tourism planning. It would realize when the sub region receives more than 300 million international visitors per year with the combined revenue reaching $ 3.5 billion in 2002. The per capita spend of each tourist have been estimated as US $ 1073 per visit. Asian Development Bank in reflection of its experience in tourism cooperation in the Greater Mekong sub region comprising six countries had carried out a similar tourism development project for the SASEC countries. vi) BIMST-EC Declaration As a sequel to the Bay of Bengal initiative for Multi Sartorial and Economic Cooperation (BIMST-EC) Summit Declaration of Bangkok in 2004, the BIMST-EC Tourism Ministers’ Round Table and Workshop was held in Kolkata in February 2005. In its joint declaration at the concluding session of the 3 day deliberations the seven BIMST-EC countries viz. Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka and Thailand agreed to reap the maximum advantage from plethora of heritage, cultural, adventure, eco tourism and MICE tourism products in a sustainable manner and devise attractive and cost effective thematic tour packages connecting different tourist destinations in the member countries. The meet also agreed for a pro-active joint marketing campaign to promote BIMST-EC countries as a composite tourism destination and recognized the need for closer cooperation in transport networks. One of the foundations of BIMST-EC was to encourage Public Private Partnership and to make tourism a catalyst of available synergies for doubling tourism activities in the region in the next five year plan. vii) The Asian Corridor The ADB has envisaged an Asian Corridor linking Thailand in the east with Afghanistan in the west with tourism development in the BIMST-EC countries as one of the objectives. With this, the Northeastern region of India will be connected with Myanmar and Thailand by road that will also help in the enhancement of trade. As sub-regional initiative, it is proposed to launch a trilateral highway project linking the three South-Southeast Asian countries for enhancing trade, investment and tourism. The ADB has planned to undertake a joint tourism development plan which will focus on infrastructure, human resource development and harmonization of policies like visas, immigration and other related issues. For this ADB IS likely to set up a regional cooperation fund under BIMST-EC with a corpus of US$ 3 million. National Tourism Policy The development perspective for tourism is clearly set out in the ‘Vision Statement’ of the National Tourism Policy of 2002. It outlines the overarching objectives to achieve a superior quality of life for India’s people through Tourism which would provide a unique opportunity for physical invigoration, mental rejuvenation, cultural enrichment and spiritual elevation. The basic principles for achieving this is through evolving a framework based on Public Private Partnership and community orientation. Under the new tourism policy, tourism is proposed to be placed in the concurrent list so as to provide a constitutional recognition to the tourism sector. • Position tourism as a major engine of economic growth; • Harness the direct and multiplier effects of tourism for employment generation, economic development and providing impetus to rural tourism; • Focus on domestic tourism as a major driver of tourism growth. • Position India as a global brand to take advantage of the burgeoning global travel trade and the vast untapped potential of India as a destination; • Acknowledges the critical role of private sector with government working as a pro-active facilitator and catalyst; • Create and develop integrated tourism circuits based on India’s unique civilization, heritage, and culture in partnership with States, private sector and other agencies and • Ensure that the tourist to India gets physically invigorated, mentally rejuvenated, culturally enriched, spiritually elevated and “feel India from within”. DONER/NEC The Department for Development of North Eastern Region (DONER), regional bodies like the North Eastern Council (NEC) have the mandate to accelerate the pace of socio-economic development in the North Eastern Region as well as to synergise the efforts of the Central and State Governments for balanced growth of the region. Plans are being evolved to undertake more cost-effective joint marketing initiatives aimed at intra-regional and interregional tourist markets as well as market research and analyses for encouraging tourism in the region. Experiences show that destination marketing on a joint / regional basis can be effective and can produce great efficiencies of scale. Development Approach and Strategy Arunachal Pradesh is endowed with resplendent natural beauty, flora/fauna and rich cultural heritage, which are prime assets for tourism to take place but one finds development in tourism sector as not taken place in State. Remoteness of the destinations, under developed tourism products as well as lack of adequate infrastructure and promotion/ marketing strategy have deprived this rich resources from the main stream of national and domestic tourist traffic. Keeping in mind the requirement to provide economic opportunities to the local communities as also the need to preserve the fragile eco-system and the ethnic identity of the people, tourism development plan has been designed to the both eco as well as culture sustainable. The sustainability has been drawn from the development paradigm taken from the ethos propounded by Mahatma Gandhi for attaining freedom for the Indian masses. The special coverage of the plan encompasses the entire State and along suitable sites on different circuits. Based on the resource potential of the State and in the line with the objectives of the new tourism policy of Government of India, the development planning strategy for tourism is based on the following resources: a) People and Culture b) Natural Beauty and Solitude c) Floral and Faunal Diversity d) Archeological, Historical, Religious sites and Monuments Development Strategy The broad strategies to be adopted for the development of tourism in Arunachal Pradesh are given below: • Development of Linkages and Circulation corridors through Circuit / Extended Circuit and Sub-Circuit Planning • Augmentation of the existing and Development of new destinations and products • Emphasis on eco-tourism, nature tourism and rural tourism through community initiatives and partnerships and encouraging small and micro enterprises and promotion of Self Employment schemes. • Conservation and management of natural resources through promotion of eco-tourism in partnership with local communities • Market Segmentation and Focused Promotional Strategy • Promotion and highlighting of the indigenous / tribal culture, lifestyles and the traditional wisdom of ethno-science among the communities. • Promotion and show casing the rivers, bio diversity, forest and wildlife wealth of the State. • Utilizing the natural, geo-physical resources viz. mountains, passes, gorges and the water wealth of rivers, high altitude lakes, waterfalls, etc for adventure sports, leisure and recreation. • Promotion of the religio-cultural, pilgrimage, architectural and built-up resources lying across the State. • Promotion of Festivals and Tribal Sports • Promotion of Local Handicrafts and Cuisine • Widening of the Tourist Season • Sustaining the Destination Life Cycle through upgradation / augmentation • Seeking synergy from the joint promotion of the North East Region • Creation of investment opportunities for the private sector and livelihood options for the local communities • Human Resource Development and Capacity building, social empowerment and improvement in the quality of life of the indigenous people • Institutional Set-up and Tourism Management • Environment Conservation and Management • Communication, Education, Publicity and Awareness • Synergising with the North East by way of the following: • Development of the narrow gauge railway line from Rangapara (Tezpur) to Murkongselek (Jonai) near Ruksin Check Gate - the gateway to Pasighat • Developing the river route over Brahmaputra from Tezpur to Dibrugarh • Introduction of Tourist Ferry across the Brahmaputra from Dibrugarh to Sonari Ghat and from Dibrugarh to Oiram Ghat 2.4. Product Portfolio The suggested product portfolio for Arunachal Pradesh consists of the following: 1. Cultural Tourism 2. Nature / Eco Tourism 3. Rural Tourism 4. Adventure Tourism 5. Wildlife & Forest Tourism 6. Leisure Tourism 7. Wellness Tourism The product rationale is presented in the following paragraphs. 1. Cultural Tourism Arunachal Pradesh has a rich cultural heritage and varied and vibrant lifestyles of the indigenous tribal communities. Fairs and festivals resplendent with traditional ritual forms of the tribes passed on through generations are unique in their socio-cultural content. The State has immense potential for cultural tourism. 2. Nature / Eco-Tourism The rich bio-diversity of Arunachal Pradesh resplendent with snow-capped mountains, passes, gorges, rivers, lakes, waterfalls, streams and the vastly undulating forested terrain makes the State an ideal destination for nature lovers and eco-tourists. Eco-tourism activities in different locations spread across the State involving the local communities productive, responsible and ecology sensitive have to be made for sustainability of the resource base. 3. Rural Tourism The increasingly stressful urban settings provide an opportunity to urban dwellers with a recreational space amidst rural landscapes with natural and cultural diversity. In a way, tourism in rural areas can be categorized as cultural tourism where a visitor seeks to enhance personal experience through exchange of knowledge, interactions with different cultures and environment. Rural tourism can also form the base for eco-tourism, heritage tourism or simply recreation tourism. 4. Adventure Tourism Arunachal Pradesh with its basket of natural resources spread over a widely undulating terrain can be a haven for adventure sports. Mountaineering, trekking (low, semi and high altitude), mountain biking, river rafting, angling, water sports (in the lakes and rivers), aero sports like paragliding, hang gliding, hot air ballooning, etc are the ingredients that can make the State an attractive destination for adventure sports both nationally and internationally. 5. Wildlife & Forest Tourism With the second highest (68 per cent) forest cover among all the states in the country, Arunachal Pradesh has 2 (two) national parks, 11 (eleven) wildlife sanctuaries, 1 (one) biosphere reserve, 2 (two) tiger reserves, 4 (four) elephant reserves, 16 (sixteen) reserved forests and many Anchal forests spread all over the State. Doimara Reserve Forest, Pakhui Wildlife Sanctuary, Kane Wildlife Sanctuary, Dihang-Dibang Biosphere Reserve / Dibang Wildlife Sanctuary / Mouling National Park, D'Ering Wildlife Sanctuary, Namdhapha National Park, etc, which are home to some of the rare and endangered faunal species (including avifauna) have potential as international destinations for wildlife tourism / forest tourism. 6. Leisure Tourism The whole of the State is a repository of breath taking landscapes, plateaus, passes, mountains, gorges, glaciers, waterfalls, rivers, streams, lakes and forests. Added to this, the sparse population density makes Arunachal Pradesh a unique destination for nature lovers, solitude seekers and leisure tourists as well as the film industry for location shooting. Natural beauty and solitude are the two sterling tourism resource attributes that can extend the cutting edge in tourism promotion for the State. 7. Wellness Tourism The pristine, pollution free, salubrious environs of Arunachal Pradesh along with its much esteemed repertoire of traditional medicine provide the right combination to be the wellness-cum-rejuvenation destination for the tourists seeking to experience indigenous medicine of the tribal communities. The State holds immense potential for emerging as a global destination for herbal healthcare and rejuvenation through indigenous medicine of the various tribal communities. Development Matrix The development matrix provides tourist resources to be developed, viz. infrastructure (both general and tourism specific), amenities and facilities for accommodation, recreational, adventure sports and special interest tourism, visitor management and support service, human resource development and environment management, etc, which in essence complete the tourism production system. The development components on which comprehensive Investment Plan and Financing Options have been worked out are summarized below. Tourism Development Components Sl. No Development Components 1. Adventure Tourism 2. Fairs and Festivals 3. Tourist Accommodation 4. Restaurant, Bar and Cafeteria 5. Wayside (Midway) Amenities 6. Transportation 7. Human Resource Development 8. Tourism Promotion Some of these tourism development components have been indicated in separate Chapters, others are listed below. In addition to the above, the Master Plan has been responsive to the extra-State development needs, which have direct impact on tourism development in Arunachal Pradesh. However, the same has not brought within the purview of Investment Planning for the State. Details of the development components have been presented in the following section. i) Accommodation Creation of new/additional accommodation infrastructure have been formulated in keeping with the different categories of tourists identified to visit Arunachal Pradesh during the Plan Period. The suggested types of accommodation are Resorts, Hotels, Tourist Cottages, Eco- Lodge/ Huts and Host villages/ Host Accommodation. ii) Restaurant, Bar and Cafeteria Restaurant, Bar and Cafeteria have been proposed for all the six main tourist circuits, extended and sub circuits. The same have been suggested on the basis of the following: a) Establishment of Restaurant, bar and cafeteria is based on the mean tourist population i.e. the average number of tourist arrivals expected per day on the basis of peak season tourist nights. b) The seasonality factors of the peak season of the proposed six tourist circuits have been take into consideration. c) It is assumed that 60% of tourists will avail the restaurant, bar and cafeteria facilities in every circuit. iii) Wayside (Midway) Facilities Wayside (Midway) Facilities have been proposed for all the six Main Tourist Circuits including Extended and Sub-Circuits. The same have been suggested on the basis of the following, i) The seasonality factors in the circuits and the static tourist population i.e. the maximum number of simultaneous tourist arrivals per day during peak season, ii) The geo-physical condition of the local terrain and normal breaks required in a continuous journey for rest, re-filling and refreshments, iii) One Wayside Facility for 150 visitor / night in each circuit. iv) Transportation The planning for the development of the transportation sector has been based on the likely demand for various transportation vehicles and infrastructure demand. The vehicle demand specific to the tourism needs has been further segmented into three specific transport system usage viz. Mini cab, Maxi cab and Luxury Midi buses. Demand projections for transportation has been made on the basis of tourist arrivals during the peak as well as lean season, the peak season tourist days, tourist transport days and occupancy rates. v) Airports / Heliports Inadequate transportation facilities have been one of the stumbling blocks in the growth and development of Arunachal Pradesh. For bringing the geographically isolated regions of the State within the mainstream of transport network of the country and abroad, the air-service network will have to be rejuvenated. A study conducted earlier by the North Eastern Development Finance Corporation Ltd. (NEDFi) on the prospects of a regional air-service network for the North-East showed that given the additional opportunity to operate outside the region also, the regional air service could be a viable proposition. Against the said backdrop and in view of the envisaged tourist inflow to Arunachal Pradesh during the plan period, it is suggested that the Airport Authority of India (AAI), NEC and the State Government work towards upgradation / operationalisation of the airports at Ziro, Daporijo, Along, Pasighat, Tezu and Bomdila suitable for 70/50 seater aircraft operation during the first phase and establish / upgrade the heliports at Naharlagun (Itanagar), Tawang, Rupa, Seppa, Anini. City pairs outside the State should be established with Guwahati, Tezpur and Dibrugarh in Assam. vi) Solid Waste Disposal The basis for estimating generation of solid waste has been as follows. i) Solid Waste generated will be 0.5 kg / Tourist / Day ii) Cost for Disposal: Rs. 8000/- + 800/- per kg. The augmentation of solid waste disposal system in tandem with increased tourist volumes has been considered in details. The technical infrastructure requirements and the physical targets are based on the mean tourist population i.e. the average number of tourist arrivals expected per day on the basis of peak season tourist nights. Based on expert opinion, the capital investment norm of Rs. 80.00 lakh per MT of solid waste disposal (which includes disposal trucks, bulldozers, small trolleys, landfills etc.) has been considered. In addition, an annual maintenance cost at the rate of 10% per annum has been assumed. The cost becomes high due to the long distance covered for collection of solid wastes from different nodes within the Circuits as well as from the hinterland thereof. vii) Water Supply The basis for estimating Water Supply cost during the increased volume of tourist activities is as follows. i) Water Consumption - 140 (LPD) ii) Rate Rs. 21/- per day viii) Sewage Disposal The sewage disposal system has been envisaged for drainage of sewerage from point sources near the development of areas / sites and linking the same with the existing sewerage system in the vicinity. The basis for estimating sewage disposal has been as follows: 1) 80 % of Water Supply would be converted as sewage (i.e. 112 ltr. per Tourist / day) 2) Cost considered: Rs. 40/- per ltr. The augmentation of sewerage system in pace with tourism development has been considered in details. The technical infrastructure requirements and the physical targets are based on the mean tourist population i.e. the average number of tourist arrivals expected per day on the basis of peak season tourist nights. Based on industry norms and discussions with experts, a capital investment of Rs. 3 crore per MLD of sewage disposal has been considered. An additional cost of 20% and 12% on capital expenditure has been provided for drainage and annual maintenance. The total investment plan for augmentation of sewerage system has been made circuit-wise and phase-wise over the 15 year Plan Period ix) Power The basis for estimating power has been as follows: i) The average electricity consumption will be about 0.75 KW per tourist bed. ii) Room Bed ratio considered is 1 : 1.8 iii) The average project cost of micro Hydel Power Projects having a capacities between one (I) MW and three (3) MW in a hilly regions works out to Rs. 6 crore approx. per MW of power generated, (excluding the cost of transmission and distribution). Development Paradigm Inter-sectoral growth models indicate that the overall growth of an underdeveloped economy (dominated by agriculture and/or primary sector activities) comes initially from a 'big push', i.e. major investments in the secondary sector (i.e., the manufacturing sector activities), which absorbs the surplus labour of the primary sector / agriculture, and keeps growing by drawing several of the basic inputs (raw materials, besides labour) from the primary sector. In turn, it provides the primary sector with improved (mechanized) inputs (seeds, fertilizer, pesticides, etc) on one hand and more user-friendly, facilitating consumption items, on the other. This process is replicated in the development of the tertiary sector, basically in the form of transport, communication, trade and commerce, banking and financial activities as well as by the development of the social infrastructure viz. health, education, capacity building, entertainment, etc. The development of the tertiary sector in turn gives a fillip to the primary as well as the secondary sectors by better and quicker supply of inputs (including raw materials) from the respective sources to the production centers and from the production centers to the warehouses/wholesale/terminal markets. As a result, each sector reinforces the activities of the other sectors thereby improving the overall productivity of the economy significantly. However, in geographically disadvantaged economies with limited resources or access limitation to resources, the development impetus might well originate from the tertiary sector itself, which gives a boost not only to the secondary sector but also the primary sector. In the present context of tourism development is envisaged with a major spurt in tourism activities propelled by investments therein in the form of accommodation, primary and secondary infrastructure, transportation, travel, trade etc., with their forward and backward linkages, the first visible impacts will be in the form of expanded livelihood options and employment opportunities for the local people and a resultant increase in their incomes. This would in turn give rise to the establishment of series of micro level, small and medium sector enterprises engaged in the manufacture of goods required by the tertiary sector activities e.g., engineering, construction materials, paper and paper products, wooden/ steel furniture, packaged/fast good, bakery items and mineral water, handloom and ready made garments, traditional medicine, etc. Thus employment opportunities in the secondary sector will be opened up where general as well as specialized skills will be in demand. The existing handicrafts and handloom manufacturing activities will also get a substantial upward thrust. The spill over effect of the development of the tertiary sector will extend opportunities to the agriculture sector by way of improved facilities (e.g. transportation, communication, warehousing, marketing, etc.) and inputs and generation of more effective demand for the produce of the primary sector. On the social front the evolution of the tertiary sector will provide opportunities for modernization while major precautions should be taken to control degradation of the environment, ensure food security of the local people and the adoption of appropriate technologies. It would be interesting to bring Mahatma Gandhi’s development paradigm into effect for developing tourism in the State of Arunachal Pradesh. He had suggested that development of urban area is better linked with the development of local community, which is to be made through, mobilizing and organizing the local community e.g., achieving people objectives. He had mobilized and organized the Indian society to achieve political rights thereby getting freedom for the nation from the British Yoke. Here we will have to take same development paradigm into account to allow the local community to get organized after being mobilized for development of tourism. Being a multi disciplinary activity the local community will have to be given lessons in various areas of development and such lessons should be given periodically to them till they imbibe the ethos which we would like them to do so. The over all multiplier effect of the initial thrust would envisage the tertiary sector led growth. Distributing the eco sensitive character of the State by any other development model is likely to create more problems in respect of sustainable development of the State and it’s economy as well as of the welfare of the local community. Chapter – III State Profile Introduction Arunachal Pradesh, the land of immense natural beauty and cultural heritage, provides ample scope to attract tourists. The mountain ranges, valleys, forests and biodiversity, rivers and lakes are the existing natural wealth of the State. This wealth is the base resource for development of tourism in the State through proper destination and product planning. Trekking, mountaineering, wildlife tourism, river rafting and other water sports as well as its peaceful retreats can be promoted under such pristine natural environment. This would need a lot of improvement so that people can stay comfortably and go out for observing natural heritage and come back. Leisure tourism is an important subject, which needs to be developed in this State The built resources such as archaeological and historical sites and monuments as well as living heritage (culture) of the state expressed through dance, art, crafts and some of the resources which have strong pull factor to attract tourist from different corners of the globe. With this unique ethnic diversity and distinctive socio-cultural heritage with wide repertoire with colourful festivals and dances resplendent in myriad hues are some of the resources which could be so showcased for tourism promotion. Indigenous architecture, ethno medicine and skilled craftsmanship of the tribal communities have great appeal before the discerning tourists. In the succeeding paragraphs district wise profiles and resources identified for the development of the State tourism has been provided with the contextual references to the present tourist circuits. Natural Resources The total geographical area of the State is 83,743 sq kms. Out of which 70% constitute broad and narrow valley, 10% foot hills and flat areas and 20% constitutes snow clad peak areas. The population density is low (13 persons sq km. as per 2001census).The permanent agricultural operations are confined to around 55% of the total geographical area. About 62% of the total forest area of the state is under unclassified forest where the local people exercise their traditional rights and of which a large portion of the area are under shifting cultivation. Arunachal Pradesh is a natural garden of more than 20,000 identified species of medicinal plants and many more still remain unidentified. In the course of shifting cultivation remarkable varieties of flora and fauna are disappearing, which need immediate attention for extensive and intensive studies. Traditional knowledge is dynamic and subjective in nature, embedded with socio cultural and spiritual instincts, and may include informal experimentation in a given socio-ecological environment to solve a particular problem, may it be agriculture, animal husbandry, handicraft, food, medicine or natural resources management. The placement of traditional practices after exploration is not only important for its dissemination and learning but also its preservation and protection from bio piracy. The forest eco-system is to be preserved and managed for wildlife improvement, soil and water resources conservation, maintenance and improvement of bio-diversity medicinal plant and for what is now termed as eco-tourism to improve the economic potentiality of the people living in and around forest. Tropical forests are living museum and laboratories that have yielded only a tiny fraction of treasures to scientific study. Wildlife in the natural system constitutes the most important component of the ecosystem, which participates affectively in the energy flow and bio-geo-chemical cycling. Animal-plant, plant-plant and animal –animal interaction are the basic milestone of the success of an ecosystem and its productivity. As such, the richness of the ecosystem means the capacity of hold high species diversity but deforestation has threatened the very fabric of the survival of wildlife and the ecosystem in the region. This area is the habitat of as many as 55 major mammalian species of which 17 are extremely rare. Changes of traditional institutions and customary laws exist in managing natural resources in a self governed tribal society of Arunachal Pradesh. . DISTRICT WISE TOURISM RESOURCES OF ARUNACHAL PRADESH DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Tawang LOCATION: It is bordered by Tibet in the North, Bhutan in the South-West and Sela ranges separate West Kameng district in the East. AREA: 2085 sq. km POPULATION (2001 census): 38924 Male:21846; Female: 17078 LITERACY RATE: 47.3% ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Monpa HOW TO REACH From Guwahati or Tezpur, one has to go to Bhalukpong in West Kameng district of Arunachal Pradesh and from there via Bomdila and Sela Pass one can go to Tawang by road. (Tezpur to Bomdilla 165km, Bomdilla to Tawang 183 km). There are regular bus services by APST as well as by private agencies. The nearest railway stations are at Tezpur and Rangapara and the nearest airport is at Tezpur. Airports/Helipads a) Tawang Helipad b) Salonbari ( Tezpur ) Airport – 358 kms. Nearest Railway station a) Bhalukpong :298 kms b) Rangapara North 350 kms. ACCOMMODATION a) Tourist lodge b) Circuit House c) Hotels PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Tawang Distance from Itanagar : 547 Kms Accommodation : Hotel Buddha, Hotel Gorichen, Hotel Sangrilla, Hotel Paradise, Hotel Mcleodganj, Hotel Dongpho, Hotel Massang, Hotel NEFA, Hotel Alpine, Hotel Gangchen, Hotel Tawang Inn, Hotel Tourist Hut, Hotel Samdupling, Hotel Dolma, Hotel Monyul, Hotel Anapurna, Hotel Rainbow, New Circuit House, Old Circuit House, Tourist Lodge, PWD IB (Tawang), Hotel Tashi Access : By road/AP Helicopter Service 1. Chugmi ranges and Twang Chu river and valley. 2. Twang monastery funded by Mera Lama Lodre Gyaltso during 17th centaury AD. The library in the monastery has a big collection of ancient books and manuscripts where the famous Buddhist scriptures of Kangyur and Tangyur inscribed in gold are preserved. 3. Nyamjang Chu river and valley. 2. Urgyelling Distance from Tawang : 4 Kms Accommodation : It is located within Tawang Township Access : By road, AP Helicopter Service 1. Birth place of Thangyang Gyatso. Bramadug Chaung / Sengsarbu Ani Monastery, Gyanggong Ani Monastery, Nunneries located in the far of reaches of the mountains 3. Jaswant Garh Distance from Tawang : 63 Kms Access : By Road 1. War memorial founded in memory of Martyrs of the 1962 India-China War. 4. Zemithang Distance from Tawang : 94 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB and Tourist Lodge Access : By Road 1. Brokenthang waterfalls. Gorchan Chorten, Sarsang, Sandrukpen Monastery built in stone in the 17th to 18th century. It is believed that this stupa is the 2nd largest Buddhist stupa after Budhnath stupa in Asia. 5. Lumla Distance from Tawang : 50 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB and Tourist Lodge Access : By Road, AP Helicopter Service 1. Nam-Tsering waterfalls 6. Taktsang Distance from Tawang : 46 Kms Access : By Road 1. Sangatsar lake, home of snow pigeon and musk deer. Buddhist pilgrimage centre, where Guru Padma Sambhwa is reported to have offered prayers. 7. Nagula Distance from Tawang : 28 Kms Access : By Road 1. Pangkeng lake, high altitude mountain pass. 8. Sela Distance from Tawang : 80 Kms Access : By Road 1. High mountain ranges, Sela lake, Bangajang Monestery. 9. Jang Distance from Tawang : 34 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Nuranang waterfalls, Gorichan peak, proposed wild life sanctuary for protecting red panda and musk deer, Lhou- proposed reserved forest. DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Bomdilla LOCATION: West Kameng district of Arunachal Pradesh is located at 260 54' to 280 01'North Latitude and 910 30' to 920 40' East Longitude. The altitude of the district varies from 650` to 13714 ft. The district is surrounded by Tibet region of China in the North, Bhutan on the West Kameng and East Kameng district of Arunachal Pradesh are in the North West and East respectively. The Southern boundary adjoins Sonitpur District of Assam AREA: 7422 Sq. Km POPULATION (2001 census): 74,599 Male: 42,542; Female: 32,057 LITERACY RATE: 60.8% ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Monpas, Sherdukpen, Akas, Mijis and Khowas (Buguns) PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Bhalukpong Distance from Bomdila : 90 Kms Accommodation : Forest Guest House, IB/Circuit House, Hotel, Hornbill, Hotel Solu, Hotel Ama Yangri, Hotel Sambhala Access : By Road 1. Ruins of Bhalukpong, Kameng river suitable for fishing and water sports, Archaeological ruins of king Bhaluka’s fort of 10th to 12th century. 2. Lagela Gompa at Morshing Distance from Bomdila : 90 Kms. Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Old trekking trails 3. Sessa Distance from Bomdila : 73 Kms Access : By Road 1. Orchid conservation sanctuary 4. Rupa Distance from Bomdila : 18 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB, Hotel Arohi, Hotel Sawne Access : By Road 1. Waterfalls, eagle nest wild life sanctuary, Rupa Gompa 5. Shergaon Distance from Bomdila : 60 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Rock face suitable for adventure sports, scenic beauty 6. Hot spring at Dirang Distance from Bomdila : 45 Kms Accommodation : Tented accommodation available, Tourist Lodge Access : By Road 7. Shangti Distance from Bomdila : 52 km Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Sangti valley 8. Bomdila Distance from Tezpur : 52 Kms Accommodation : Hotel Shipyangpong, Hotel Dawa, Hotel Bomdila, Hotel Pasang, Hotel Pine Ridge, Hotel La, Hotel Yatri Niwas, Hotel Sangrila, Tourist Lodge, Circuit House, Forest Guest House, Hotel Native Inn, Hotel Elysium, Hotel Potola, Hotel Himland, Hotel Samurai Access : By Road 1. Buddhist monasteries, Gonpatse monastery built by Rev. Gonpatse Rimpoche, Archaeological sites and monuments Craft centre, District Library and Museum, Yak/Sheep breeding and rearing centres, Apple orchards etc. Kangte and Gorichen ranges, Tenga river and valley, Bomdi – La (Pass) 9. Tipi Distance from Tezpur : 65 Kms: Accommodation : Forest rest house, Hotel Retreat Access : By Road 1. Waterfalls, Orchid museum and Herbarium with more than 450 Orchids species. 10. Sela & Sange, SELA PASS Nechiphu (Zero Point) Distance from Tezpur : Sange – 238 Kms, Sela Pass – 268 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) at Sange Access : By Road 1. Panoramic views 11. Jamiri Distance from Tezpur : 124 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 1. Megalithic stone rock 12. Dirang Distance from Tezpur : 203 Kms Accommodation : Tourist Lodge, Hotel Pemaling and Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Hot water springs, Orchid conservation sanctuary, Lish Gompa, Dirang Dzong, Apple nursery, Kiwi farm, Hydel Power project. Ruins of Dimachung-Betali 13. Betali Distance from Tezpur : 105 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 1. Scenic beauty 2. Stone sculpture 14. Tenzingaon Distance from Tezpur : 215 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 1. Scenic beauty, Tibetan settlement and carpet weaving centre, Gyuto monastery, Tantric University of the Lamas 15. Doimara reserve forest Distance from Tezpur : 70 Kms Access : By Road 1. Famous for Rhododendron and Orchids HOW TO REACH One can reach Tezpur by flight via Kolkata. From Guwahati /Tezpur one has to proceed to Bomdila by road which takes about 4 hours from Bhalukpong and 6 hours from Tezpur. So, it is necessary to halt on the way in Bhalukpong. Accommodation facilities like Government rest house, tourist lodge and hotels are available in the way in Bhalukpong, Bomdila & Dirang. ACCOMMODATION Tourist Lodge (Bomdila) Cicuit House (Bomdila) Forest IB (Bomdila) Cicuit House (Bhalukpong) Circuit House/IB (Rupa) Circuit House/IB (Dirang) Circuit House/IB (Jamiri) Circuit House/IB (Kalaktang) Circuit House/IB (Nafra) Bomdila Tourist Lodge Dirang Shyphiang-pong Hotel Hotel – La DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Seppa LOCATION: East Kameng district is situated in the Western part of Arunachal Pradesh which exactly lies to the east of West Kameng District. It is lying between 92.36' E and 93.24' E longitudes and 26.56' to 27.59' N latitudes AREA: 4134 Sq. Kms POPULATION (2001 census): 57179 Male: 28802; Female: 28377 LITERACY RATE: 40.16% ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Nyishi ACCOMMODATION: Seppa Circuit house HOW TO REACH Airports/Helipads: a) Seppa Helipad b) Salonibari ( Tezpur ) Airport Nearest Railway station a) Bhalukpong148 km PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Pappu Valley Distance from Seppa : 21km Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 2. Pakke-Valley Distance from Seppa : 140km Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 3. Passu Valley Distance from Seppa : 78km Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 4. Naksha Parbat Distance from Seppa : 225 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 1. Archaeological site of a 14th to 15th century A.D. settlement 5. Pakhui wild life sanctuary Distance from Seppa : 225 kms. Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 6. Pampoli horticulture garden Distance from Seppa : 8 Kms Access : By Road 7. Seppa - Bameng Craft Centres, District library and museum Distance from Seppa : 72 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 1. Natural beauty, District museum, craft centre and library 8. Lada Distance from Seppa : 38 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : Trek Route 9. Chayangtajo Distance from Seppa : 81km Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 1. Chayangtajo is famous for "Gorichaan", the snow peaked Mountain which can also be seen from Bameng. Hill station, Archaeological sites 10. Bameng Distance from Seppa : 48km Accommodation : Govt. IB (PWD) Access : By Road 1. Hill station 2. Kameng River valley DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Yupia LOCATION: The Papum Pare District the capital district of Arunachal Pradesh is situated in the North–Eastern part of India. It is located in between latitude 26 55’N and 28 40’ and longitude between 92 40’ and 94 21’. AREA: 2875 sq km POPULATION (2001 census): 122003 Male: 64184; Female: 57819 LITERACY RATE: 69.3 % ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Nyishi ACCOMMODATION a) Circuit house b) Ashoka Hotel c) Bomdila Hotel d) Arun Subansiri Hotel HOW TO REACH Airports/Helipads: a) Naharlagun Helipad b) Itanagar Helipad Nearest Railway station a) Harmati (Assam) PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Itanagar Distance from Yupia :18 km Accommodation : Hotel Donyi Polo Ashok, Hotel Arun Subansiri, Hotel Bomdila, Hotel Blue Pine, Hotel Kameng, Hotel Itafort, Hotel Alpine, Hotel Aane, Circuit House, Banquet Hall Access : By Road and AP Helicopter service 1. Itanagar has been identified with Mayapur, the capital of the 11th century AD Jitri dynasty. At Itanagar, one can find historical fort called Ita Fort, dating back to the 14-15 centuries, after which it is named. 2. Ganga Lake (Gekkar Sinyi) is a beautiful picnic spot, 6 kms away from Itanagar. 3. Consecrated by the Dalai Lama, the Buddhist temple is a beautiful yellow roofed shrine reflects the extensive Tibetan influence and provides good views of Itanagar and the surrounding countryside. 4. Jawaharlal Nehru State Museum provides a kaleidoscope of Arunachal Pradesh and one can see wood carvings, musical instruments, textiles, handicrafts and archeological finds, while a workshop in the Handicrafts Centre specializes in traditional cane manufacture. It also has a library section. 2. Yupia Distance from Itanagar : 18 km Access : By Road and AP Helicopter service 3. Naharlagun Distance from Itanagar : Accommodation : Hotel Arunachal, Hotel Rajhans, Hotel Simang, Hotel Chandni, Tosum Hotel, State Guest House Access : By Road and AP Helicopter service 1. Craft centre, Polo park, Mini zoo, Nursery forest, Shiv temple DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Koloriang LOCATION: North-west – Tibet North-east – Upper Subansiri district South - Lower Subansiri and Papumpare district West - East Kameng district POPULATION (2001 census): 42518 Male: 21117; Female: 21401 LITERACY RATE: 25.7% ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Nyishi HOW TO REACH Airport : Tezpur Nearest Railway Station: Tezpur PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Koloriang Accommodation : Govt. Circuit House Access : By Road 1. Scenic beauty 2. Sangram Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. River paging, Rural landscape 3. Parsiparlo Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Kamala river, Archaeological Neolithic site. DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Ziro LOCATION: AREA: 10,135 Sq.km POPULATION (2001 census): 55726 Male: 28425; Female: 27301 LITERACY RATE: 60.79% (Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Apatani, Nyishi, Sulung HOW TO REACH Airports/Helipads Old Ziro / Tezpur Nearest Railway station North Lakhimpur (Assam) PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Ziro Distance from Itanagar : 167 kms Accommodation : Hotel Highland, Hotel Centre Point Hapoli, Hotel Blue Pine, Hotel Pine Ridge Hotel, Circuit House Access : By Road and AP Helicopter Service 1. Kile Pakho: A ridge located at 7 km. from old Ziro where one can see a clear view of Ziro plateau on one side and snow range of Himalayas called “Nyime Pembu” on the other. 2. Pine Grove: Pine clad area about 3 km. from old Ziro. 3. Midey: 2 Km from old Ziro, this is famous for gigantic Sat-Nii Piisha And Samenii, a Blue pine tree (Pinus wallichina) being biggest and tallest tree in the Apatani valley 4. Ziro Putu: From this hillock one can have bird’s eye view of Apatani plateau. 5. Dolo Mando: A hillock of legendary love affairs between Dolo & Mando. It is located at 2 kms. from Hapoli towards Old Ziro on the western side of Ziro – Daporijo Road. 6. Shiva Lingam at Kardo Forest: It is believed that this Lingam in Ziro has been mentioned in the Shivapurana in 17th chapter of the ninth section (Nava Khand ke Satrahwa Adhyaya) edition 1893 that the tallest Shiva Lingam will appear at a place which will be called Lingalaya and the later the whole will be known as Arunachal. It is about 4 Km away from Hapoli township. The height of Shiva Lingam is 25ft. and 22 ft width at Kardo. 7. Paddy cum fish cultivation, district craft center, Apatani villages of Hari and Hong. 2. Talley Valley Distance from Ziro : 32km Access : By Road 1. Taley Wild Life Sanctuary: It has a diverse flora and fauna ranging from sub- tropical to alpine forests. Home to endangered species like, clouded leopard 3. Hapoli Distance from Ziro : 32km Accommodation : Hotel Highland, Hotel Centre Point Hapoli, Hotel Blue Pine, Hotel Pine, Circuit House Access : By Road and AP Helicopter Service 1. Tarin Fish Farm: About 3.5 km from Hapoli Town, one can see beautiful high altitude fish farm where breeding of high altitude fishes is done. 2. Dilopolyang -Maniipolyang : A twin hillock on the way to Talley Valley after crossing Siro village is a scenic grassland land beneath the natural forests. 4. Raga Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Scenic beauty 5. Yazali Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Panaromic view of Panyor River 6. Yachuli Accommodation : Forest Rest House Access : By Road 1. River Kole 7. Ranganadi Accommodation : NEPCO Guest House Access : By Road 1. Panyor River and River valley ACCOMMODATION Hapoli Guest House, Old Ziro, Hotels Blue Pine, Arunachal Guest House, Peack Lodge, Jumolharie, Moda and Pine Ridge, Circuit house, Hapoli, Peak lodge, Hapoli, Blue Pine Hotel Hapoli DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Daporijo LOCATION: West – Kurung Kumey district North and Northwest - Tibet (China) South and Southwest - Lower Subansiri district West and Southeast - West Siang district POPULATION (2001 census): 55346 Male: 28240; Female: 27106 LITERACY RATE: 50.3% ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Tagin, Nyishi ACCOMMODATION a) Circuit house, Daporijo b) Hotel Santosh c) Kanchanjangha HOW TO REACH Airports/Helipads a) Airport Daporijo / Tezpur / Dibrugarh Nearest Railway station a) Silapathar (Assam) b) North Lakhimpur (Assam) c) Tezpur d) Dibrugarh PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Daporijo Distance from Itanagar : 423 km Accommodation : Hotel Santanu, Hotel Kanchanjunga, Hotel Green View, Circuit House Access : By Road 1. Kamala Reserve Forest, Sigem – Daporijo Reserve Forest, 2. Menga Cave dedicated to Lord Shiva temple, 3. Bamboo and cane suspension bridge over river Subansiri DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Along LOCATION: bounded on the North by China, on the East by Upper Siang & East Siang districts, on the South by Assam and on the West by Upper Subansiri & Lower Subansiri districts of Arunachal Pradesh, AREA: 8325 Sq. km POPULATION (2001 census): 103, 918 Male: 54, 349; Female: 49, 569 LITERACY RATE: 60.31 % ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Adi, Memba HOW TO REACH Airports/Helipads Airport Along / Dibrugarh Nearest Railway station Tezpur and Dibrugarh PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Malinithan Distance from Along : By bus and car from Silapathar. Likabali,8 Km from Silapathar. Accommodation : Govt. IB at Likabali Access : By Road 1. Archaeological site dating between 10th to 14th century, it is set on a mound of about 60 metres high, overlooking the vast stretch of the Brahmaputra Valley. Malinithan is associated with the Krishna legends. According to the tradition, Krishna and Rukmini, daughter of King Bhishmak, took a rest at this place on their way to Dwaraka from Bhishmaknagar. They were received cordially by Siva and his consort Durga (Parvati) as guests. Durga garlanded them with choicest flowers. At this, Krishna, in praise, addressed her as Malini (mistress of the garden). Since then, the place came to be known as Malinithan or Malinisthan - the seat of Malini. 2. Relics of stone images of Malinithan littered all over the mound came to notice from the early twenties of the present century. In course of a series of excavations beginning from 1968 and ending in 1971, ruins of temples and valuable sculptures were unearthed at this site. Beautifully designed and decorated basement of a temple, divine images, icons of Hindu deities, fine sculptures with animal motifs and floral designs, broken columns and panels with carvings were among the huge mass of stony remains, which were dug out as if from a buried treasure. 3. Ruins of a big temple belonging to 14th - 15th century. The Brahmical images, namely Indira on Airavata, Kartikeya on peacock, Surya on chariot, Ganesha with mouse and huge Nandi Bull can be seen on the site. 2. Akashiganga Access : By bus and car from Silapathar, 12 Km from Likabali. 1. Water falls considered auspicious by Hindus for washing away of sins. Pilgrimage town for Hindus associated with legend of Kalika Puran. It is believed that the this place is associated with the legend narrated in the Kalika Purana (8th Century A.D.) that where the corpse of Sati (Parvati) was cut into pieces by Vishnu with his discus at the refusal of Siva to part away with it, her head fell somewhere near Akashiganga. 2. The Sacred Kund. 3. Mechuka Accommodation : Govt. IB and Circuit House Access : By Road and AP Helicopter Service 1. The Gompa at Mechuka is one of the oldest monasteries called Samten Yongcha of Mehayana sect located at a hilltop in the western most part of Mechuka. This Gompa as per oral history of Membas is a contemporary of the great Tawang monastery. 2. Mechuka lake 4. Along Accommodation : Circuit House, Hotel Magson, Hotel Agam, Hotel Holiday, Hotel Cottage, Yongbo Hotel Access : By Road and AP Helicopter Service 1. At the confluence of Sipu and Siyom river, it is one of the oldest towns. Sites to visit are Patum bridge, Dony- Polo temple, District Museum. 5. Kamki Access : By Road 1. Natural beauty 6. Basar Accommodation : Govt. IB, Circuit House, Hotel Bam Access : By Road 1. Natural beauty 7. Kane Access : By Road 1. Kane Wildlife Sanctuary, Home of red Panda and leopard DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Pasighat LOCATION: 27.30 to 29.420 N latitude & 94.420 to 95.350 E longitude. Boundary : North - Upper Siang District South - Dhemaji District, Assam East - Dibang Valley District West - West Siang District. AREA: 4,005 sq km POPULATION (2001 census): 87,397 Male: 45265; Female: 42,132 LITERACY RATE: 60.72 % ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Minyong, Padam, Pasi HOW TO REACH Airports/Helipads Pasighat / Dibrugarh and Guwahati (Assam), Mebo Helipad Nearest Railway station Murkong Silek PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Pasighat Distance from Itanagar : 285 Kms Accommodation : Siang Guest House, Hotel Donyi Polo, Hotel Siang, Hotel East, Hotel Oman, Hotel Sangpo, Arun Park Hotel, Hotel Anne Access : By Road and AP Helicopter Service 1. Historic town is surrounded with the natural beauty of the Siang River and the oldest administrative settlement of Arunachal Pradesh was established in 1912 during the British era. 2. Trekking and white water sports are possible. 2. Kekar Monying (Black Rock) Distance from Pasighat : 67 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. A mountain cliff near Rottung is an important historical place because it was here that the Adi put up a strong resistance against the British in 1911. Komsing, a village on the left bank of the Siang is the place of Williamson's murder and a stone epitaph bearing the name of Noel. 3. Gom-si (Rani) - Archaeological site Distance from Pasighat : 55 Kms Access : By Road 1. Early Medieval Period (probably Pre-Ahom) pieces have been found here. The site has a big rectangular Canal measuring 3.5 meters wide and a pond. A mound has been unearthed inside the Canal area from where 13 different sizes of bricks have been found from its brick wall. 4. Dr. Daying Ering Wild Life Sanctuary Distance from Pasighat : 17 Kms Accommodation : Forest Rest House Access : By Road and By Boat 1. One has to cruise through River Siang by country boat to reach the place. During September - February, a variety of migratory birds like cranes, wild-ducks, storks, water- fowls etc. from Siberia and Mongolia come here making it a paradise for the bird watchers during September to February each year. It is veritable delight to amateur and professional ornithologists. The forest islands are home for hog deer, hispid hare, wild buffalo, Sambars, elephant and other rainforest macro and micro fauna. 5. Pangin Distance from Pasighat : 83 Kms Accommodation : Government IB Access : By Road 1. It presents a rare sight where the blue waters of Siyom meet the green Siang and established spot for fishing and angling. 6. Boleng (Angling) Distance from Pasighat : 100 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Situated at the confluence of Simong and Siang Rivers. 7. Bodak Distance from Pasighat : 25 Kms Access : By Road 1. Situated on the banks of River Siang and popular for angling and fishing spot. 8. Mebo Distance from Pasighat : 15 Kms Access : By Road 1. Situated on the banks of Siku River is a small settlement with distinct natural beauty. The flocking of thousands of pigeons on the salty bank of Siku is a visual treat. 9. Komsing (Monument) 1. Site for British erected epitaph / memorial stone of Sir Neol Williamson. 2. Scenic beauty of the surrounding mountains. 10. Kebang 1. Historical place near Rottung with a memorial of a tribal (Adi) Martyr Marmur Jomoh. ACCOMMODATION Park Hotel Pasighat. Sanggo Hotel Pasighat. Hotel East Hotel Siang Hotel Donyi-Polo Hotel Yirang Hotel Hill Beauty Arun Hotel Circuit House (New) Circuit House (Old) I.B. and G.T.C. Guest House DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Yingkiong LOCATION: Between 94 Deg. - 95 Deg. North North - China (Tibet) Southwest - East Siang District East - Dibang Valley & Lower Dibang Valley West - West Siang District POPULATION (2001 census): 33363 Male: 18057; Female: 15306 LITERACY RATE: 49.80 % (Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Adi Galong, Adi, Minyong, Mishing HOW TO REACH Nearest Railhead Murkongselek - 221 KM from Yingkiong via Pasighat Nearest Airport Lilabari (North Lakhimpur) - 329 KM from Yingkiong via Along Dibrugarh / Guwahati (Assam) ACCOMMODATION Yingkiong Circuit House Jengging Circuit House PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Mariyang & Pekimodi Distance from Yingkiong : 54 Kms Accommodation : Govt. Circuit House/ Govt. IB Access : By Road/ AP Helicopter Service upto Yingkiong and Tuting 1. It is situated at a hillock overlooking the confluence of the river Yammeng and Yamne. Apart from scenic beauty, one can go and see the Damro village, which is known to be the largest village of Upper Siang District (10 KMs from Mariyang). Pekimodi, which is famous in Adi folklore is 34 KMs away from Mariyang. 2. Tuting - Gelling Distance from Yingkiong. : 225 Kms Accommodation : Govt. Circuit House/ Govt. IB Access : By Road/ AP Helicopter Service upto Yingkiong and Tuting 1. River Tsangpo enters here from Tibet and is locally named Tsang Chu, which is further named river Siang in the South and Bramhaputra in Assam. 2. Rimpoche's Residence, Curved images of Lord Buddha Memba, a Nyingma Sect. of Mahayana Buddhist inhabits Gelling Cricle. There is a 3 hours trekking from Gelling to Bishing where a series of beautiful cataract falls down from mountain above 300 feet. The remnants of Kapangla Pass is still present near Gelling. Earlier, this pass was the main trade route for Adis and Tibet. 3. Yingkiong - Ekodumbing - Riutala Distance from Yingkiong. : 45 Kms Access : By Trek/ AP Helicopter Service upto Yingkiong and Tuting 1. Ekodumbing (Riutala) is under Simong territory. During the month of October and November the people of Simong arrive here in group to collect EMO (Aconite), which is used for hunting. there is also Yameng Lake at Eco-Dumbing. Now a days the place has acquired religious importance for the Buddhists. They call Eko Dumbing as Riutala and regard it as a paradise of Awalokeshwara. The Buddhists Pilgrims from far flung areas arrive here in the month of August and September to offer their prayers. Riutala is a hill which is interspersed by many lakes. Around this place there are many caves which give shelter to pilgrims. 4. Yingkiong - Tuting - Dewakota Distance from Yingkiong. : 160 Kms (Tuting to Dewakota – 3 days trek) Accommodation : AP Helicopter Service upto Yingkiong and Tuting Access : By Road/ AP Helicopter Service upto Yingkiong and Tuting 1. Nay Dewakota: The natives believe that Guru Rimpoche has kept many sacred treasure / script at Dewakota, which are yet to be revealed and deciphered. There are many holy spots like Sindura, Guru Durpuk and numerous caves which were said to have been used by Guru Padma Sabbawa. The caves can accommodate more than 100 pilgrims at a time. They are opened only during winter season, during rest of the year, the caves remain submerged under Yangshang Chu river. 2. The Membas of Gelling and Khambas of Singha believe that the present pilgrim places like Dewakota, Riutala, Pema Shree, Dakar Tashi and Jachung were engraved by Lord Guru Rimpoche or Guru Padma Sabbawa - the Second Buddha. 5. Yingkiong - Tuting - Tsitapuri Distance from Yingkiong. : 160 Kms (Tuting to Tsitapuri 4 days trek) Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road/ AP Helicopter Service upto Yingkiong and Tuting. 1. Tsitapuri is believed to be the paradise of Lord Guru Rimpoche. A spectacular sight of this place is that there are more than 108 lakes in it. Lake Danakhosa is one of them, from where river Nyigong (Yangshang Chu) and Jeying Chu originate. Buddhist people believe that those who are fortunate or have pure heart witness different wild animals and a Gompa with a queue of Lamas with their prayer wheel and beads in their hands on the island. The lake is surrounded by barren mountain valleys covered with snow throughout the year. 6. Mouling National Wildlife Sanctuary Distance from Yingkiong. : 8 Kms upto Camp site Accommodation : Forest Guest House Access : By trek/ AP Helicopter Service upto Yingkiong and Tuting 1. It is located in the right bank of river Siang and is a reserved house for diverse flora and fauna. Ornamental plants like foxtail, orchids are abundant in this area. One can venture into this park during winter season by seasonal trekking path from Bomdo and Ramsing villages. Inside the sanctuary, there are many attractive waterfalls. Dabung Waterfall and Nirbung Waterfall are two of them. DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Roing LOCATION: North: Dibang Valley District West : East Siang District East : Lohit District AREA: 3900 sq. km POPULATION (2001 census): 51,237 Male: 27,562; Female: 23,675 LITERACY RATE: 60.34 % (Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Adi, Mishing and Galo ACCOMMODATION a) Circuit House Roing c) Donyi Polo Hotel HOW TO REACH Nearest Railway Station: Tinsukia Nearest Airport: PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Mayudia Distance from Roing : 43 Kms Accommodation : Tourist Lodge and Forest Rest House Access : By Road 1. It is nestled at a height of 2655 m amidst lofty hills, lush green forests and breathtaking landscapes. Trekking in high altitudes in chilled weather can be done here. 2. Kunduli Distance from Roing : 28 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Archaeological site of 8th century of the Chutia and Ahom dynasties having golden period called Kunduli Valley civilization. 2. Ruins of a temple of Goddess Tameswari Siv linga 3. Mahao Distance from Roing : 28 Kms Accommodation : Forest Rest House Access : By Road Area : 281.5 sq. km 1. Mahao Wildlife Sanctuary: It is a living treasure for Scientists i.e. Ornithologists, Zoologist, Botanists, Ecologists. The altitude varies from 400m to 3568m 2. Mahao Lake: Part of the Mahao Wildlife Sanctuary, situated at an altitude of nearly 3000 feet, this is the natural stretch of water which is considered to be one of the most beautiful spots in Arunachal Pradesh. Trekking the small pathway leading to the lake through the virgin forest is a wonderful experience. Geologists have classified this Lake as Oliogotropic (Low Nutrient) Lake. Where no fish is available is called as Low Nutrient Lake. 4. Sally-a lake resort Distance from Roing : 5 Kms Accommodation : Forest Rest House Access : By Road 1. The lake overlooks the beautiful valley down below on the far horizon and the Dibang River. 5. Iphipani Distance from Roing : 12 km Access : By Road 1. One can get a picturesque view of the plain valley of river Dibang. One can also do fishing and angling. 6. Bomjir Distance from Roing : 34 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road/ Boat 1. Dibang Reserve Forest: Sisiri River flows through this forest which is home to a rich flora and fauna. 7. Nizomaghat Distance from Roing : 90 Kms Access : By Road 1. This is a historical Nizamghat established by Britishers in the nineteenth century, named after the British Political Officer J.F.Needham. It was the access point for the Britishers to enter in the hills. A small ferry here connects Dambuk to Roing. 8. Hunli Distance from Roing : 90 km Accommodation : Government IB Access : By Road 1. It is at an altitude of 5000 feet. Two hours of trek from the town is an interesting cave temple at Kupunli near Hunli. 9. Bhismaknagar Distance from Roing : 30 km Access : By Road 1. Bhismaknagar fort is tentatively dated to 8th century and is recorded as the oldest archaeological site in the region. The site was first explored by I. Block in 1848 and afterward it was excavated from 1965-70. The complex houses the ruins of brick-built structure of 1860.52 sq. meters plinth area, having three halls, two extension rooms and six entrances in all. 10. Rukmini Nati (Archaeological Site) Distance from Roing : 12km Access : By Road 1. Rukmini Nati ruins of Chidu Chimri Fort of Princess Rukmini situated at the heart of Chimiri village dates back to 10th century. There are remains of burnt and baked bricks, which indicates the progress of the erstwhile civilization. 11. Devnath Village Access : By Road 1. There is an old brick well with designs of birds, bows and arrows. 12. Injonu Village Access : By Road 1. An ancient granite stone image of Ganesha dating around 9th-10th centuries has been found here. 13. Dambuk Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road/ boat crossing 1. There is an old random rubble masonry wall built in the 19th century by the Padams. 14. Ita and Padum Pukhuri Distance from Roing : 14km Access : By Road 1. It is a historical brick built pond located at Ithili village. A few hundred yards apart from Itapukhuri is situated Padum Pukhuri where in the month of October/November, hundreds of lotus flowers bloom in it. 15. Kampona Pond Distance from Roing : 17km Access : By Road 1. It is situated at Idili village. Kampona is the abode of Nag Raja, as per Adi belief. 16. Roing Accommodation : Govt. Guest House and Hotels Access : Can be accessed from the adjacent state-Assam by road and air. Visitors can reach Roing by road from Tinsukia via Dhola and Sadiya. One has to cross mighty Brahmaputra River while traveling from Tinsukia via Dhola ghat/Sadiya Ghat to Roing. One can also come from Tezu via Sunpura road or from Pasighat via Dambuk and Nijomghat. A tourist can also enter the district from Paglam area. The nearest airports are at Dibrugarh (Mohanbari) and Guwahati (Gopinath Bordoloi International Airport) in Assam. Helicopter (Pawan Hans) flights are available from Guwahati, Dibrugarh/Mohanbari and Naharlagun. One can travel by Indian Airlines and Sahara Flights up to Dibrugarh/Mohanbari from where one can travel by land route. 1. Picturesque town in a valley in banks of Dibang River. 2. Nehru Van Udyan: Beautiful forest park on the banks of Deopani with an Orchidium. 3. Bailey Bridge: it is the longest bailey bridge in Asia on Deopani river over which the mountainous road leads to the upper regions of the district. 4. Rehko: Place where Reh festival is held in February. 5. Tribal villages of Idu Mishmi Community. ACCOMMODATION Circuit House Anchal Samiti Guest House Eje Breeze Tower Mayudia Tourist Lodge Sally Lake Guest House Hotel Lasa Hotel Mimu DIBANG VALLEY DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Anini LOCATION: North and East: Tibet South: Lower Dibang Valley West: Upper Siang District POPULATION (2001 census): 6,483 Male:3880; Female: 2603 LITERACY RATE: 53 % (Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Idu Mishmis HOW TO REACH Nearest Airport: Mohanbari (Dibrugarh) in Assam Helipad: Mohanbari Nearest Railway Station: Tinsukia (Assam) PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Anini Accommodation : Govt. Circuit House, Govt. IB Access : By Road/ AP Helicopter Service 1. Dibang Wildlife Sanctuary: Spread in an area of 4149 sq km, it is home to musk deer, takin, black bear, leopard etc. and a large number of rare avi-fauna. 2. Etalin Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Situated at the confluence of Dri and Tangon rivers and famous for the Etalin Bridge. 3. Popuh Access : No Road 1. It is a place of mythological importance and an important holy place of the Idu Mishmis. LOHIT DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Tezu LOCATION: North & East: China South : Changlang District POPULATION (2001 census): 1,25,086 Male: 67150; Female: 57936 LITERACY RATE: 56.05% ( Male: %; Female: %) MAJOR TRIBES: Mishmi, Khamti, Singpho HOW TO REACH 1. Tezu is connected to the adjacent state-Assam by road and air. Visitor can reach Tezu by bus, private vehicle and taxies from Tinsukia, Dhola. One has to cross the rivers Noa-dehing, Digaru and a few rivulets. 2. There are two check-gates. One is at Dirak near Mahadevpur at Lekang Circle and the other is at Sunpura at Sunpura circle. The distance from Dirak gate to Tezu and from Sunpura to Tezu is about 65 Kms. and 30 Kms. respectively. 3. There is direct Arunachal Pradesh state transport (APST) bus service connection from Tinsukia to Tezu. The Tinsukia APST bus station is situated at Tinsukia Township along with the bus station of the Assam state transport service. Private buses/taxis are also available at Tinsukia. 4. The nearest airports are at Dibrugarh (Mohanbari) and Guwahati (Gopinath Bordoloi International Airport) in Assam. Helicopter (Pawan Hans) flights are available from Dibrugarh and Naharlagun. One can travel by Indian Airlines and Sahara Flights up to Mohanbari from where one can travel through land route. Airports/Helipads Tezu, Airport Nearest Railway station Tinsukia ( Assam ) PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Tezu Accommodation : Hotel Osin, Hotel Sharma, Hotel Mother, Hotel Saru, Hotel Recess, Tourist Lodge, Govt. Circuit House Access : By Road and Ferry and AP Helicopter Service 1. District Museum and Craft Centres. 2. Ruined mud fort in the city. 2. Parasuram Kund Distance from Tezu : 24 km Accommodation : Pilgrimage Camp Access : By Road 1. Parasuram Kunda ('Prabhu Kuthar'), a place of pilgrimage is situated in the lower reaches of the river Lohit is associated with Parasuram's matricide where Parasuram had come for to dip to wash off his sins. Religious people, saints come to this kund on Makarsakranti which falls on the 14th January every year. 3. Namsai Distance from Tezu : 60 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Namsai Reserve forest rich in flora and fauna. 2. There are several Buddha-Vihar locally called Chong in the Khamtis area. The CHONG of Namsai, Sub.Division and Mon-mao, near the junction of Wakro-Tezu road is big and attractive. The world Peace Pagoda located in a river island at Chongkham is ideal for meditation in front of Buddha statues that surrounds in inner core of the vihar. 3. The Khamti Raja's Chong at Guna Nagar at Chongkham is famouse for relics of Gautama Buddha. All the Chongs and statues of Lord Buddha are made in the Thai- architectural style. 4. Chowkham Distance from Itanagar : 25 kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Nodal point for Manabahum and Tengapani Reserve forest. 5. Wakro Distance from Tezu : 36 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : The nearest road point is near Twam village on Chongkham- Wakro road from where one has to start trekking for the lake. 1. Kamlang Reserve Forest: Home to rich flora and fauna 2. Glow Lake: It is a beautiful spot with background of snow clad mountains and rich flora and fauna in and around the lake. ACCOMMODATION At Tezu: Inspection Bungalow, Tourist Lodge. One can also stay at Namsai Circuit House, Inspection Bungalow or Hotel in the Sub. Divisional Head Quarter-Namsai on way to Tezu. Other stay-places are: Forest Rest House Sharma Hotel Oshin Hotel Mother Hotel Saru Hotel Circuit House Forest Rest House The Mishmis mainly perform two types of dance called Buiya and Nuiya. The Khamtis Mask-dance is an attractive dance where two dancers wear shirts spotted design and on their heads masks of cock's heads are put on with its crown at the top and the Beal projecting over the foreheads. These two dancers dance like fighting cocks. 95 1. Dong Distance from Tezu : 200 km Access : No direct Road connection 1. The spectacular view of snow-capped mountains and blue pine forest is worth watching besides having glimpse of first sunray. 2. Dong and Dicku Reserve Forest. 2. Walong Distance from Tezu : 220 Kms Accommodation : Govt. IB 1. There are hot Springs 5 km from Walong. There is also a war memorial in memory of the soldiers who sacrificed their life in the war against Chinese in 1962. 3. Hawa Camp Distance from Tezu : 33 km Access : By Road 1. One can have panoramic eye-view of the magnificent Lohit Valley and sunrise and sun set view from this spot. 4. Hayuliang Distance from Tezu : Accommodation : Govt. IB, Tourist Yatri Niwas Access : By Road 1. Confluence of Lohit and Delai rivers. 5. Kibithu and Dichu Accommodation : Govt. IB Access : By Road 1. Last Indian territorial post near Indo-Tibetan border. Lama villages and their culture and lifestyle can be seen here. 6. Jia / Koronu Access : By Road 1. There is an archaeological site at Padam Pukhuri and Ahom Pukhuri. DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Changlang LOCATION: The District lies between the Latitudes 26°40'N and 27°40'N, and Longitudes 95°11'E and 97°11'E .It is bounded by Tinsukia District of Assam and Lohit District of Arunachal Pradesh in the north, by Tirap District in the west and by Myanmar in the south-east. POPULATION (2001 census): 1,25,422 Male: 65,821; Female: 59,601 LITERACY RATE: 51.3% ( Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: The inhabitants of Changlang District are the Tangsas, Singphos and Tutsas. The Tangsa tribe comprises of a number of Sub-Tribes, namely Muklom, Havi, Longchang, Mossang, Jugli, Kimsing, Ronrang, Mungrey, Longphi, Longri, Ponthai, Sangwal, Tikhak, Yungkuk, Sakieng and Thamphang. They occupy the southeastern hills of the district along Indo-Myanmar border and Namchik basin. The Singphos occupy the plain foothills area of northern part of the district under Miao, Bordumsa and Diyun circles. The Tutsas live in the western part of the district under Changlang and Khimiyong circles. Other tribes who have migrated to the district are Noctes (APST), Lisus (Yobin), and Deoris. The Tibetans, Chakmas and Hajongs came as refugees. HOW TO REACH To reach Changlang District Headquarter, Dibrugarh airport and Tinsukia rail station are the nearest points. Assam State Transport Corporation and Arunachal Pradesh State Transport buses ply daily from Dibrugarh to Changlang via Tinsukia and Margherita. Air: Changlang township is 136 km from the nearest Airport at Mohanbari, Dibrugarh, Assam. Rail: It is 96 km from the nearest long distance Railway station Tinsukia Railway Station, Assam and 45 km from the nearest Passenger Railway station, Margherita Railway Station, Assam. Road: Good motorable road is connected up to Changlang township. It is 140 km from Dibrugarh, 95 km from Tinsukia, 44 km from Margherita and 110 km from Miao. Airports/Helipads Changlang Helipad 0 Nearest Railway station Margherita (Assam) 45 ACCOMMODATION Circuit house Changlang Tourist Lodge, Miao PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Namdapha Distance from Miao : 24 Kms Access : Area: 1985.23 sq km 1. It is a Tiger Reserve and National Park with lush green vegetation, impenetrable pristine and virgin forests declared as Tiger Reserve by the Government in 1983. 2. The Noa-Dihing River meanders through the forest fed by numerous tributaries and has a rich variety of aquatic life. It is the only forest in the world, which is the home to four feline species viz. tiger, leopard, snow leopard and clouded leopard. The forest has more than 150 timber species and some of the rare species of medicinal plants like ‘Mishmi Teeta’. 2. Places within Namdapha: 1. Deban: A forest camp on the bank of the river Noa-Dihing. 2. Firm base: The track leading to the idyllic spot is enveloped by luxuriant forest and it is not uncommon to come across birds and wild animals on the way. 3. Hornbill: It is a homing ground for hornbills. 4. Haldibari: This picturesque camping spot, lies across the Noa-Dehing River can be reached by boat. 5. Bulbulia: This is an enchanting camping site overlooking a large aquifer and derives its name from its several natural springs. 6. Camera Point: This camping site, offers a vantage point for a breath-taking view of Namdapha and its lush green landscape. 7. Motijheel: There are pair of large forest-encased aquifers in this spot providing grazing pasture for a number of herbivores. 8. Gandhigram: This is the remotest and the last village in India wedged China and Myanmar and is the home land of Lisu (Yobin) tribe. A weeklong trek through lush jungles is more enjoyable for those having a craving for adventure. 3. Miao Distance from Margerita (Assam) : 64 Kms. 1. It is situated at bank of River Noa-Dihing. The interesting things to see are Mini zoo, Forest museum, Wildlife Library and Tibetan refugee settlement where colourful woollen carpets of various designs are produced, oil drilling at Kharsang and Manabum. 4. Jairampur Distance from Margerita (Assam): 44 Kms 1. The famous historic 'Stilwell Road' passes through this small town from Ledo, Assam, India to Kunming, Yunnan Province, China via Burma. The World War II cemetery of about 1,000 graves of Allied Soldiers is located 6 Km away from Jairampur at the Nampong road. 5. Nampong Distance from Margerita (Assam): 54 Kms 1. The historic Stilwell Road (Ledo Road) passing through the Nampong and goes down to Burma from here. The Pangsau Pass, the Indo-Burma (Myanmar) border is just 12 Km away from Nampong where the famous the Lake of no Return can be viewed from the Pass. 2. The Hell Gate - installed during the World War II, Nampong: Nampong and Pangsau Pass were considered to be "Hell gate" or "Hell Pass" due to difficult terrains in the Indo-Burma Patkai mountain Range. Crossing these places toward Burma were considered to be dangerous and hazardous as Hell during the World War II. 6. Changlang Distance from Margerita (Assam): 57 Kms 1. The visitors can also see typical Tangsa/ Tutsa villages/ houses and interact with the local people. One can also enjoy fishing in the Tirap River passing through the heart of the town. 2. District Craft Centre 3. Tea Gardens 4. Ranglum: Here one can find crashed Aircraft Debris of world war-II which renew the memory of the War and natural salt-water spring. You can also have a view of Myanmar Territory and Patkai hill. Suitable for trekking. 5. Kengkho Village: A beautiful village situated at the bank of Tirap River. 6. Jongpho-Hate: A village under Yatdam circle is very well known for its holy and religious importance because of a 'Shiva Linga' in the entrance of the village 7. Thamlom Village: The goddess of rain locally called 'Tsalrong Long' is one such hitherto unknown manifestation of god’s power in the form of a stone. It is located in Thamlom, a tiny village under Khimiyang circle in Changlang district. DISTRICT HEADQUARTER: Khonsa LOCATION: Latitude 26 38N & 27 47 Longitude 96 16 E & 95 40 E North – Dibrugarh of Assam South – Myanmar East – Changlang District of Arunachal Pradesh West – Sibsagar District of Assam and Mon District of Nagaland AREA: 2362 Sq. kms POPULATION (2001 census): 100326 Male: 52537; Female: 47789 Rural: 85,032; Urban: 15,294 LITERACY RATE: 41.7% (Both Male and Female) MAJOR TRIBES: Nocte, Wanjho and Tutsa HOW TO REACH By Train: The nearest railway stations are at Dibrugarh (120 km), Tinsukia (110 km) or Naharkatia (70 km) in Assam . From these places, daily bus/taxi service is available to the district headquarter, Khonsa. It takes approximately 3 hours each from Dibrugarh and Tinsukia and approximately 2 hours from Naharkatia to reach Khonsa. There is a daily Rajdhani Express and Brahamputra Express from New Delhi to Dibrugarh / Tinsukia via Guwahati. By Bus: Both Govt. and private deluxe bus services are available between Guwahati and Dibrugarh/ Tinsukia. Night service is also available. Then from Dibrugarh or Tinsukia onwards, buses of Arunachal Pradesh State Transport Service (APSTS) to Khonsa have a daily service. Many private taxis / buses also ply on this route. Khonsa has recently been connected to State capital Itanagar by a daily direct bus service of APSTS. By Air: Dibrugarh is connected to Guwahati by air through 2 daily flights. It also has a direct daily flight to New Delhi. From Dibrugarh onwards, taxi or bus service is available. Dibrugarh is also connected to State Capital Itanagar by a daily helicopter (except Sundays) service. Once a week, the helicopter also lands at Khonsa helipad from Dibrugarh. Airports/Helipads a) Helipad Khonsa 0 b) Helipad Deomali 44 c) Helipad Longding 54 Nearest Railway station a) Naharkatia, (Assam) 70 ACCOMMODATION a) Circuit House, Khonsa b) Circuit House, Deomali PLACES OF INTEREST 1. Khonsa Distance from Tinsukia (Assam) : 112 Kms 1. District Handicrafts Centre showcasing district’s craftsmanship. 2. Deomali Distance from Tinsukia (Assam) : 70 Kms 1. Beautiful landscape, famous centre of veneer industry in the north-east and tea gardens. 3. Narottamnagar Distance from Tinsukia (Assam) : 77 Kms 1. Tea and coffee plantations/gardens. 4. Longding Distance from Khonsa: 53 Kms 1. Famous centre of household woodcrafts industry. 2. Base of handicrafts industry of the Wanchos. 3. Natural beauty of the Tissa and the Tissing valleys. People and Culture The tribal communities in Arunachal Pradesh are patrilineal and based on kinship system. The tribal communities generally follow the norms of community endogamy and clan exogamy. A notable feature of each tribe is its belief in its origin from a single ancestor, often a semi-mythical personality. The tribal communities have distinct social groups: 1. Mahayana Bhotia Society - Found in the western part of the Kameng river in West Kameng district and Tawang district in the outer Himalayan regions as well as in the upper regions of Dri, Andra and Yongyap rivers in the Dibang Valley district. 2. Nyishi Society - Found in the region lying between the Subansiri and the Kameng rivers. 3. Adi Society - Found in the areas between Siang and Subansiri districts. 4. Mishmi Society - Found in the Mishmi hills between Dibang and Kameng rivers. 5. Hinayana Khampti, - Found in the Lohit and the Changlang regions. Singphos Society 6. Tangsa, Noctes & Wanchos Group - Found in Tirap & Changlang district. The State has a rich linguistic diversity. Most of the languages belong to Indo-Aryan, Tibeto-Chinese, Siamese-Chinese and Tibeto-Burmese groups. There are 6 (six) types of scripts i.e. Assamese, Devanagaris, Hingna, Mon, Roman and Tibetan, in use in Arunachal Pradesh. Along with these, there are about 50 dialects. The tribal communities practice different religions i.e. Tribal Religion, Buddhism, Christianity and Hinduism. Livelihood and Lifestyle – Most of the communities are agriculturalists. There are large land and forest ownership with shifting and terrace cultivation. The communities are also engaged in hunting, gathering, fishing, animal husbandry, poultry, fruit growing, piggery, etc. Some of the communities have now adopted newer forms of economic practices, such as terrace cultivation, settled cultivation, business and trade. Earlier barter trade was a common practice among the communities that gradually changed over to monetised trade through market economy. Arunachal Pradesh has now monetised its economy as part of its integration with the mainstream economy. The communities of Arunachal Pradesh excel in textile weaving, carpet making, can and bamboo work, wood carving, ivory and pottery works along with their agricultural activities. All the communities make their own clothing. Each ethnic group has a distinct style and fashion reflected in the shape and size of the dresses besides found in the fabric, colour, embroidery ornaments and head gears (for male members) etc. Most of the tribes also prepare, favour and use traditional medicines for themselves. The tribal communities take non-vegetarian food. Consumption of roots and tubers is common among them. The tribal families prepare and consume alcoholic drinks made out of rice and other crops. Social Custom - The settlement pattern in Arunachal Pradesh is basically depends upon the distribution of clans. Majority of the communities practise rules of patri-local residence. The ‘village councils’ (Kebang) or Chieftainship were dominant features of the social institutions of the communities providing a decentralized form of administration. As a traditional form of governance, each village has a head man. The post of headman is hereditary and the succession of the Chief is guided by the society’s norms and traditions. These institutions, in general, administer welfare activities for the tribes, adjudicate dispute, maintain law and order etc. The unity of the communities are mostly balanced / retained with the help of village level administration. While the communities continue with the traditional social economic, cultural and administrative patterns, it often requires for the government to delicately balance the development programmes of the state. Joint family system / extended family system is common among the Arunachal Pradesh tribes. Most of the tribes practise monogamy with few exceptions. Bride-price is common among the tribal communities. The tribal communities of Arunachal Pradesh also have a unique system called dormitory system for the male members, which also serves as an institution of informal learning and socialisation of the youth. Festivals Festivals are an essential part of the socio-cultural life of the people. The festivals having connection with agriculture and celebrated with ritualistic gaiety either to thank God for the providence or to pray for a bumper harvest. Some of the important festivals are:- 1. Mopin of Galos, 2. Solung of Adis, 3. Lossar of Monpas, 4. Dree of Apatanis, 5. Si-Donyi of Tagins, 6. Nyokum of Nyishis, 7. Reh of Idu Mishmis. 8. Chalo Loku of Noctes 9. Oriah of Wangchos 10. Sangken of Khamptis 11. Shapwang Yaung-Manapoi of Singphos 12. Tam Ladu of Mishmis Handlooms and Crafts of Arunachal Pradesh Handlooms Present Scenario Weaving is an art that involves technique and skill, and it is an area in which the women of Arunachal Pradesh are particularly gifted. Their array of colourful textiles uses geometric patterns and motifs that have evolved over the centuries. The patterns have symbolic meanings and these vary among villages, though their intricate patterns and color compositions have remained constant over the generations. For instance blue is associated with Apatanis and Hill – Miris and the color green with Tagins. Apatani Shawls and Basket Silk - The most widely used fiber in West Kameng is a coarse, beige silk called endi produced by saturnid silk worms. The semi-domesticated larvae feed on the Castor trees that are cultivated on a large scale in Assam and Bhutan. The Monpa, Sherdukpen, Apatani and Nishi tribes use cotton for ordinary garments as well as for utilitarian textiles. The yarn is obtained from the plains of Assam. Wool is the principal fiber used for weaving in this high altitude area. Local fleece is spun and made into the cloth needed by each household. Usually, two to three pieces of this cloth are stitched into blankets. Sheep wool, which provides the primary fiber, is obtained locally. Russian merino sheep are also bred for high quality wool yarn. An indigenous fiber called ‘Bank’ used by the Nishi tribe is obtained from the bark of the pudu plant. These fibres are dipped in water and beaten with a stone or wooden stick. When completely dry, beeswax is rubbed over the strands to make the fibre pliable and strong. The fibres are taken out one at a time and twisted with fingers to form a single thread. In Kameng, fibres are almost always spun with a drop spindle. Made of bamboo, it consists of a round, earthen piece at one end, with a notch at the other and is preceded by soaking, drying and simple combing. Thread, kutpa is then spun with the drop spindle. From the spindle, the yarn is transferred to a winding wheel or hand-held skein winder. It is then wound into bails of skein for weaving in natural colours or for dyeing. Today, the weavers also have easy access to markets in the plains of Assam from where they obtain mercerized cotton, blended cotton polyester, and machine-spun woollen and acrylic yams. Cotton is rarely used these days Dyes - Indigenous dyes used to colour yarns came from creepers and leaves. They are of special significance as most of the tribes have special colors associated with them They also represent an intangible heritage of our tribal culture and are important to the region identity. Today, these are supplemented with commercial dyes that have become popular due to their availability and use. The dyes are fixed on the yarns with the use of mordants. Traditionally, sour fruits like wild apple and Isur (stone powder) are used for this purpose. Some of the popular indigenous dyes are as below: Red: Lac is the most ancient of animal dyes, is widely used in Kameng for its brilliant red colour. Yellow pigment comes from the leaves of tsot (Rhubarb) shrubs. Blue: The blue dye comes from the broacl leaf of a shrub called gya that con- tains Indigolin Black: In Kameng, black is obtained from jeha, which is a kind of mud found around stagnant water. White: Normally, natural wool is off-white in color and is used as it is. A purer white is achieved by bleaching the yarn with lime. Looms- Weaving is done using a variety of looms. Weaving on frames in between beams, allowing the crossing and re-crossing of warp threads, is limited to the Kameng districts. The loin or/back-strap loom is found all over Arunachal, chiefly because it is easy to carry, and simple to use. BACK STRAP LOOM The loin loom is used for making fabric that is 16-22 inches wide and narrow strips of pile carpets and blankets, most suited to the tribal lifestyle because it is compact and portable, and can be used inside and outside the house. HORIZONTAL FRAME LOOM: Called the thritak, requires the weaver to sit on a raised seat which is a privilege usually reserved for lamas. Used mainly for weaving cloth and looped carpets, the loom consists of a main frame with two side beams. VERTICAL LOOM The vertical loom or theri is used to weave knotted Tibetan carpets. It consists of a vertical, two-beamed, rectangular wooden frame. Strategy for Development of Handlooms Although for most craftsmen this is not an exclusive occupation, in some cases done mainly by the women folk for family consumption and use. However the distribution of skills and an understanding of the properties and limitations of the material is a valuable resource for the formation and expansion of any handloom and craft-based industry. Hence any strategy should revolve around the local material and its blends and the revival of the inherent tribal skills in the form of new designs and products. For instance weaving being predominated by women has low productivity and cloth is largely woven for personal use and has only secondary priority after their domestic responsibilities. Infact over time the design element in weaving is getting oversimplified to save time. For example the remarkable Apatani shawl needs revival. There is a fairly well-established industry which supplies finished products to Handicraft emporia in the metropolitan cities. This industry is distributed over several locations in Tripura, Assam, Meghalaya and Manipur. Most of these emporia-type products are sold as curios which are far removed from any functional context. Perhaps this factor has contributed to the degeneration in the aesthetic and structural quality standards of these products. An excessive preoccupation with decorative detail with no reference to material properties or traditional form and skill sets should be avoided to create a niche for handlooms from this area. Crafts Women’s Footwear The women wear black, green or blue felted knee-length boots with embroidery in front called maloun beedar. They have woven jute soles that are Tibetan in style. The boots are secured with decorative, hand-woven laces. Jewellery is highly regarded in tribal society. The finely crafted ornaments are handed down from generations to generations and each piece has a deep symbolic meaning. The most beautiful and prized possession of the Monpa women is the ngankor, a necklace made of semi-precious stones. Made of cat's-eye stone, zei, coral zeeru, and turquoise nein, at times the necklace is interspersed with gold nuggets and silver. Women also wear similar bead necklaces of different varieties and colors for instance white pearl necklace interspersed with turquoise and coral or a profusion of colorful bead necklaces. Amulets: To keep away evil spirits, women generally wear a rieun amulet made by lamas, worn on a red and white thread. Intricately carved gold and silver amulets called gao consist of charm cases containing spells or prayers designed to ward off evil spirits. Bangles: All women wear bangles, customarily a pair of the best quality they can afford, set with pale coral and turquoise or heavy bracelets made of mixed metal or silver bracelets that are embellished in the filigree technique. Earrings: Huge silver ear-rings gilded silver rings delicate waist belts. Masks and Paintings The Mahayana stream of Buddhism is responsible, at least in part, for the peaceful way of life of the Monpas and the Sherdukpens. In addition, it has helped adorn their life with a range of art forms, though art is not an end in itself, but part of their quest for the spiritual. Thangka Painting Their creations are designed to take them closer to the Buddhist ideal. Strategy for Development of Crafts Most aren't too well known outside the region. Mask carving is now a declining art. Few masks are stored in villages and a mask is replaced only when broken. With a decline in custom, few craftsmen have remained, restricted to Kameng. Equally disturbing is the decline in the quality of the craftsmanship of these masks. As these crafts have either remained confined to local use or have lost their originality. • Revival Strategy would entail restoring their original skills with a difference in products and end use. • As many of these are also a part of performing arts – these could me made an inherent part of a heritage tourist route which would include dance and performances and shopping alleys selling the local crafts such as Scroll and mural painting, wood carving and jewellery. • Music and mask dances and other performances will tend them a distinct identity and encourage buying by the visitors. Cane and bamboo are domestic crafts that find extensive usage among the tribes of the districts of Arunachal Pradesh. Since the craft is as artistic as it is utilitarian, its use is not restricted to any particular class of society. In fact, craftsmanship using cane and bamboo is not considered so much a profession as a skill borne of necessity. Textures, quality and unusual shapes enhance the appeal of the craft. This craft is largely dependent upon the prevailing ecological conditions within the state. The climate and soil facilitates the luxuriant growth of various species of bamboo, cane and reed. Bamboo is used lo make a variety of baskets, household utensils, suspension bridges, fishing and hunting traps, ornaments, and war implements. Cane, on the other hand, is used mainly for tying, making strings, fine mats, multipurpose baskets and backpacks. Baskets are used for everything from storage to carrying goods on one's back, and a variety of basket weaving techniques are employed for the purpose. Baskets are broadly classified by their specific function — carrying, storage, decorative. Flattened Bamboo Containers: A very interesting and unusual way of using whole or half bamboo culms to make containers was first seen in Manipur and later again in Arunachal Pradesh and Nagaland. Heat is used to flatten a bamboo culm into a sheet without letting it develop any cracks. These sheets are then converted into containers of different shapes and sizes depending on their function. While the basic process of heat-flattening the culm is the same in all three states, the details of the process differ. Monpa Flattened Bamboo Containers: The Monpas from Kameng, the western district of Arunachal Pradesh, make very interesting containers from flattened bamboo. Living at fairly high altitudes where very little bamboo grows, it is particularly creditable that these people collect bamboo from some distance away and use it with such refinement. Thuppuk: This is a container used by the Noctes of Arunachal Pradesh to store rice beer. A number of small whole bamboo containers made from small diameter culms were seen in the district museums of Arunachal. Like miniature beer mugs with lids, some of these were only 75 mm high, but beautifully made, complete with fine braided cane straps and rings. These are used as little pouches for tobacco or valuables. Carrying Baskets: The tribes of the northeastern region use baskets to transport a wide range of goods required for day-to-day living. Grain is carried from the fields to the village granaries, firewood is collected for fuel from the forest, water is carried in bamboo tubes placed inside a basket and fish caught from streams are only some of the products carried in baskets. The weekly purchases from the bazaars and cooked food to the fields are also carried in baskets. In the northeastern region the term "carrying basket" is used for an extremely diverse range of products. Open-Weave Carrying Baskets: Several baskets made in the northeastern region employ the open-hexagonal weave in their construction. The hexagonal weave is used because it is the most economical way of generating a strong surface, i.e., with the use of minimum material leaving relatively large open spaces. As mentioned earlier, these could either have a square base, made up of elements woven at right angles to each other or a polygonal base made in an open-hexagonal weave. In both cases the sides of the basket are made up of two sets of elements extending out of the base where one set moves up the side inclined in the clockwise direction with the other set inclined in the opposite direction. These two sets do not interweave, but form two separate layers, one on the inside surface of the basket and the other on the outer surface. Barsi: The barsi is an open-weave basket used by the Adi Gallong tribe of Siang District in Arunachal Pradesh. This is a general purpose carrying basket used by women for marketing. It is carried with a head-strap made from braided cane splits forming a long belt of uniform width. The basket may be woven from either cane splits or bamboo splits. The weave elements can be either fine or coarse, but the width of these elements is always greater than their thickness. The elements used in the warp are sometimes wider than those of the weft; more often, however, they are of approximately the same dimension. There are three main base-shapes in these baskets. These could be a square or rectangular base, a circular base, or a conical base ending in a sharp point —the last two being fairly similar in construction. Mat Weaving Industry: As the name denotes is not just about matting but an array of innovative products from very fine and flexible bamboo mats. Bamboo mats are flexible only in the direction of the warp as the weft consists of relatively rigid bamboo splits. The flexibility of the weft depends on the flexibility of the splits used. Some mats are woven with a combination of wide and narrow strips of bamboo. Colored or texture warp stripes are made by arranging the warn threads accordingly and sometimes the bamboo strips themselves are dyed. Bamboo matting may be sold by the meter or converted into products. The cost per meter of the malting depends on the fineness of bamboo spins. the width of the mat and the number and colour of warp threads used per 25 mm. Products and By-products A number of products such as fans, lampshades, handbags and various decorative items are made from converting bamboo matting. The simplest is a wall-hanging made from a 600 mm long mat, with a picture painted on it in oil colors by a local artist. The ends of the hanging are stiffened by bamboo splints. Another decorative product made from waste strips of matting are flower sticks. Bamboo table-mats are one of the most popular products. These are woven on the loom in the required length and width. Tea Cozy and Tray Mat: A tea cozy and tray mat makes up another product. Made from very fine bamboo splits less than half a millimeter in width. Folding Fans: Semi-circular and circular fans are made from bamboo matting using the unidirectional flexible quality of the mat. Lampshades: Lampshades are also made from bamboo matting. The idea is a good one, as the texture of the mat is accentuated when it is seen against the light. However, the samples seen were very crudely made without much attention to details. Development Strategy for Cane & Bamboo Product Diversity: This diversity stems from several influencing factors. They are as follows: • The intended function of the product, • The mode of carrying these baskets, i.e. whether they are carried in the hand; slung over one shoulder with a strap; or slung over the back with a strap over the head. • Traditional and cultural differences between ethnic groups. • The availability of suitable raw materials as specific species of bamboo and cane are available in abundance in different areas within the region. • The different ways in which the technology of working with bamboo and cane are understood by the various groups of people. The detailing and structural logic seen in these products show a sensitive understanding of the complex interplay of all the above factors. It is obvious that the high level of refinement seen in the products evolved over a very long period of time. The skill of working with bamboo is extremely widespread, with a large percentage of the ethnic population capable of refined craftsmanship in this material. Although for most craftsmen this is not an exclusive occupation, the distribution of skills and an understanding of the properties and limitations of the material is a valuable resource for the formation and expansion of any craft-based industry. In addition, a range of new products could be developed based on simple modifications of existing types. One such product line could be architectural interior elements such as screens and partitions made from the split bamboo mats and flattened bamboo elements presently being used for house construction by tribal communities. Several tribes in Arunachal make flattened bamboo containers in a variety of shapes for storing and serving food. These could be extended to the production of contemporary products such as salad bowls, serving dishes, and trays intended for both urban upcountry and export markets. The possible new applications could be in the area of sports goods, toys and furniture, to name only a few. In this effort it would be worthwhile exploring the role of bamboo in substituting rapidly declining timber resources. A study on the imports of textiles , crafts and basket ware which includes bamboo products— besides wicker, rattan, and products woven or plaited in other natural materials— indicates a substantial niche and utility market in countries such as the United States, the Federal Republic of Germany, Japan and France. The developing countries of Asia, listed according to their level of export, include the Philippines, Taiwan, Hong Kong, the Republic of Korea, Thailand and Indonesia. It is surprising to note that India has no significant participation in this trade in spite of its massive raw material resources and its fantastic fund of traditional craft skills. Therefore, increased communication, greater awareness through education of the development process is required. There is a definite need to develop industrial entrepreneurship, to assist in the tasks of employment and income generation which are self sustainable. However, sensitive government support would be essential in developing the necessary infrastructure. The acne and bamboo craft strengths of the region offer an exciting and feasible starling point for the development of entrepreneurial attitudes essential for the overall development of the region supported by the tertiary sector initiatives. Carpets Carpets are woven in West Kameng district of Arunachal Pradesh using a variety of techniques. Woven carpets are used chiefly for draping over the barks of yaks and horses. Yak hair is employed, with two tighter stripes formed by the brown warp threads of sheep wool. A meandering pattern is added by binding a white cotton cord after the weaving is complete. The carpet is backed with sheep skin, wool side out. Looped Carpets: Shaggy and rough in appearance, looped carpets have simple designs that may range from one or more narrow strips across each end to a complete self- colored border surrounding a plain field. Patterns in the field, if any, are composed of simple shades consisting of square or straight lines. Simple, star-like patterns and square motifs are scattered over the field. Knotted Carpets: By far the finest and most sophisticated, knolled carpets are woven on a simple vertical loom and have come to be recognized for their fine quality. Designs are composed and colored using graph paper on which the weaver copies the design from the back of an old carpet, slung over the top of the loom. Chapter – IV Tourism Promotion Introduction Marketing of tourism for an area is essential to inform prospective tourists about what the area has to offer and to persuade them to visit it. Market planning needs to be understood as part of the overall tourism planning process, and as it relates to development of the tourism product. Marketing involves several activities — establishing the marketing objectives; formulating the marketing strategy; preparing and implementing the promotion programme; and providing tourist information services. Market planning can be done for both international and domestic tourists or a combination of these. Today tourism industry is highly competitive in the run to attract potential tourists. Arunachal Pradesh is composed of so many diverse attractions that it calls for identification of strategic circuits for which effective marketing strategies are required to be worked out for promotion of tourism. The product portfolio offered for promotion of Arunachal Pradesh has been conceived over 8 (eight) broad categories of tourism typologies viz.(i) Cultural Tourism, (ii) Nature / Ecotourism, (iii) Rural Tourism, (iv) Adventure Tourism, (v) Wildlife and Forest Tourism, (vi) Leisure Tourism, (vii) Special Interest Tourism (viii) Wellness Tourism. Tourism Market Overview Formulating the Marketing Strategy The marketing strategy sets forth the most effective approach to be applied to achieve the marketing objectives. The strategy may include: • Whether the marketing will be general, aimed at general interest tourists, or be selective and directed to specific types of tourist markets. Primary, secondary and opportunity markets are identified. • The general types of promotional techniques to be used and where they should be directed — to tour operators, the tourist consumer or a combination of these. • The timing or priority scheduling of promotional efforts to certain types of markets or countries. Timing may depend on the scheduling of tourism development projects. • The image and reality of the area to be conveyed. A newly developing tourist destination may need to first create a desirable image of itself before engaging in specific promotion. • Any particular obstacles to overcome such as recent political instability or a natural disaster. • Whether promotion offices should be established in the major market source countries, or local marketing representation contracted in those countries, or promotion is handled directly from the home office. • Consideration of any contingencies which may arise such as the opening of previously closed market sources. The marketing strategy should be related to both long term and short term objectives. By doing this, the foundation is laid to achieve the longer-term objectives but with the short term ones planned more specifically. The marketing strategy should be reviewed fairly often. It can be modified, if necessary, depending on market trends and any changes in development of the tourism product. Destination Selection: The Decision Variables Tourism demand is a consumption process influenced by a number of decision variables. At the individual level, attitudes, perceptions and the intensity of motivation play vital role in the decision making framework. The decision making process of a tourism consumption involves four (4) basic elements viz. i) Motivating Elements: These are the energizers of demand, which propel a tourist to visit a particular destination. ii) Filtration Elements: These are the demand constraints (that may be economic, social, psychological/ risk factors), which are assessed before taking final decision. iii) Impacting Elements: These are the promotional elements of a destination which impacts consumer decision making positively or negatively by affecting the motivating elements. iv) Extraneous Elements: These are the influences of culture, family (main decision maker), friends and colleagues, which have bearing upon the consumption type and manner of tourism products. Marketing and promotional strategies therefore should be cognizant of the tourist behavioral patterns. Tourism Product Arunachal Pradesh being unexplored state, it should be possible for the state to develop sustainable tourism, practically for all areas and for all seasons. Connectivity and are informed. Fairs and festivals, tribal games, handicrafts, sunrise experience, border flag meetings, etc. should be linked with accommodation so that tourism product could have a meaning for people to come and stay at various locations in Arunachal Pradesh. Arunachal Pradesh needs a line permit through State Department of Home therefore, it deters people visiting Arunachal Pradesh. This may be looked into and generally, tourists need not be asked for inner line permit. Market Segmentation by Product Typology The likely visitation of domestic and foreign tourists over the different product typologies offered by the State is summarized in the following Table. Product Typology vis-a-vis Tourist Visitation Sl. No. Tourism Typology High Visitation Moderate Visitation 1. Cultural Tourism Foreign Domestic 2. Nature /Ecotourism Foreign Domestic 3. Rural Tourism Domestic Foreign 4. Adventure Tourism Foreign Domestic 5. Wildlife and Forest Tourism Foreign Domestic 6. Leisure Tourism Domestic Foreign 7. Special Interest Tourism Domestic Foreign 8. Wellness Tourism Domestic Foreign Market Segmentation by Spatial Source The following geographic market segments have been identified for promotion of the products and destinations of Arunachal Pradesh. The source markets where thrust will have to be given during the immediate, intermediate and long term periods are given below: Stages and Source Markets Stage States within India International Immediate West Bengal, Maharashtra, Gujarat, Delhi and other N-E States Nepal, Bhutan, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Thailand, China, Japan, South Korea, UK, USA and Israel Intermediate Uttar Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Punjab, Haryana, Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Vietnam, Cambodia, Bangladesh, Canada, Italy, Holland Germany Long Term Himachal Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Chandigarh, Orissa, Kerala, and Karnataka Taiwan, Australia, New Zealand, Spain Proposed Marketing Strategy Like any consumer product, tourism needs to be promoted by an aggressive and well coordinated marketing strategy. And to be successful as a Brand in the market place, all the elements of its marketing mix will have to be managed in a professional way. With a view to attaining the stated objectives the following marketing / promotion strategy has been suggested. Promotion of Events / Fairs and Festivals Arunachal Pradesh can be a strong contender for hosting international events on Cultural and Heritage tourism, Eco-tourism, Adventure tourism. Tourism linked activities and programmes of regional associations like SAARC, BIMST-EC, etc like the SAARC Adventure Camp held in Darjeeling in West Bengal can be held in Arunachal Pradesh, which has immense potential for adventure tourism. The proposed Tourism Board should take up these issues with the Ministries of Tourism, Culture, Youth Affairs and Sports and the External Affairs of the Government of India for organizing such events. In addition, major cultural activities focusing around the religious festivals like Dance, Musical nights, Open-air Evening Cultural programmes should be organized where the tourists’ participation should be encouraged. There should also be a system of awarding Prize to the participants. Some other events specific to Arunachal's tradition and culture should also be orgainsed as follows: i) Brahmaputra Festival and Buddha Mahatsava: The already existing events should be promoted more vigorously. In addition annual River Festivals covering all the major rivers (e.g. Kameng / Subansiri / Siang / Dibang / Lohit / Noa Dihang, etc) should be promoted. ii) Recreating Doimara Trade Fair: The historic Doimara Fair, the origin of which is traced to the first decade of the nineteenth Century has been one of the two nodal centres of cross area trade where the Sherdukpens, Thembang Monpas and merchants from Tibet traded with the British merchants. The historic event can be re-incarnated as an Ethnic Trade Fair and promoted as an annual event. The venue may be rotated among Doimara, Rupa, Kalaktang and Dirang where traders from Tibet (China) may be allowed to participate. iii) Promotion of Tribal Games: Indigenous games of Arunachal Pradesh have been closely attached with celebration and festivities and form a vibrant expression of the cultural identity of the communities. Theme based promotion of some of the games should be made either back- to- back with the local festivals or as stand alone events. The identified games are (i) Mimic Warfare (ii) Mock Hunting (iii) Archery (iv) Snake Games (v) Dragon Trail (vi) Hog’s Rub (vii) Cat and Mouse, etc. Some of the Children's Games should also be highlighted. iv) Tattoo Festival: Tattooing is an important socio-cultural practice among some of the tribes like the Wancho, Apatini, Nyishi, Aka and Tangsa. Promotion of Tattoo Festival may be made either during the major festivals of the communities or separately. Modern tattooing techniques should be utilized to promote this unique art using motifs approved by the said communities. v) Sunrise Experience: Sunrise in Arunachal Pradesh is a unique intangible resource and should be promoted as a privileged experience. Experiencing the country's first sunrise from vantage locations or by ballooning over the mountainscape can be a lifetime experience for the tourists. vi) Border Flag Meetings: The border flag meetings between the Indian and the Chinese armies at selected points on the Indo -Tibet boundary can be promoted for viewing by the tourists. These meetings which are not very frequent can attract domestic tourists. Special arrangements with the Indian Army will have to be made for this purpose. vii) Other festivals and events to be promoted are: - Tribal Dance Festivals, - Food Festival, - Orchid Festival and Flower Show, - Handicrafts Festival, - Festival of Tribal Sports, - Porter's Race (in the eco-tourism destination). Showing films (initially at national level and subsequently at international level) on Adventure Sports - in collaboration with the Dept. of Tourism & Culture, Govt. of India, New Delhi should also be organized. viii) Exhibitions and Workshops may be organized as follows: • Photo Exhibitions on nature and wildlife in association with leading photography instrument makers like Nikon, Kodak, Canon, Olympia in collaboration with internationally popular TV channels like The National Geographic, Discovery, BBC and CNN • Conservation Awareness Workshops in collaboration with world bodies like UNEP, UNESCO, etc. • Observation of World Tourism Day as a fixed annual event • Institution of Awards for Responsible Tourism for the operators of Travel and Hospitality industry, Ecotourism Committees among the Tribal Communities Appropriate planning linking the other Northeastern States should be made for integrating the fairs and festivals of the region as a whole. A calendar of events of the major Fairs and Festivals should be prepared. ix) Overseas Representation: International awareness on Arunachal Pradesh needs to be created through the Indian embassies and the front desks of Air India and the Tourism Department of the Government of India x) Tourism Exhibitions: The Department of Tourism has been participating in various tourism related fairs and marts held in the country. It is suggested that the current endeavour be stepped up by promoting various themes of Arunachal Pradesh. Representing Arunachal Pradesh at the major fairs / events / exhibitions at the both national and international level. Some of these are suggested below: • WTM / PATA / IATO/ TAAI Meets / Annual Conference. • Beijing International Travel and Tourism Market (B1TTM), Beijing International • Tourism Expo (BITE) • Business Travel Show (Germany), Korea World Travel Fair, Thailand Travel Mart. • TTF Kolkata, Bangalore, Hydrabad, etc. India Travel Mart Public Relations Major thrust should be given to Public Relations in the source markets during the first phase of tourism development for making brand ‘Arunachal’ as a premium product. This is essential to create the right image for Arunachal in the marketplace where active cooperation is needed from the hoteliers, transport operators, etc, for developing complementarities between the source and the destination markets. Organizing Familiarization (FAM) tours of the major tour operators, travel agents, airlines in the source markets particularly South and South East Asia region need to be initiated to promote Buddhist and cultural packages targeted at both domestic and international tourists as part of promoting the North East as a composite destination in collaboration with other States. 117 Inviting travel writers to Arunachal Pradesh who in turn can write about their impressions in their respective papers. This is a very effective method of stimulation of the motivational elements of a would-be tourist. Organising familiarization (FAM) trips for journalists, travel writers, tour operators, airlines, etc. from the SAARC/ BIMST-EC countries under full local hospitality by the APTDB. A FAM trip had already been organized to North Eastern States for BIMST-EC delegates. Present Marketing Efforts Marketing of Arunachal Pradesh as a tourist destination is fairly low keyed with low promotional visibility. On present reckoning however, some marketing efforts have been taken, which include the print media, electronic media and event based promotions like festivals, fairs and exhibitions. The Directorate of Information, Public Relation and Printing of the Government of Arunachal Pradesh, publishes brochures/leaflets and propaganda materials on general tourism related issues. The Department of Tourism, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh supported by Government of India, jointly brings out brochures and promotional collaterals in general as also highlighting fairs and festivals (Bramhaputra Festival, Buddha Mohotsav, etc.). The Environment and Forest Department, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh also brings out literatures like Namdapha Nature News, etc. on forest and wildlife. These apart, some initiatives are also been taken up by Directorate of Sports & Youth Affairs, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh and the Directorate of Research, Govt. of Arunachal Pradesh. In addition to the above a number of tour operators like Purvi Discovery, Jungle Travels India (Assam based) and Liza Travels, Kon Travels & Tourism Private Ltd., Donyi Hango Tours, etc of Arunachal Pradesh also publish leaflets, brochures and other tourist literature highlighting places of tourist interest, tour programmes, etc. However, the information brochures of the sub-agents are qualitatively inferior for attracting potential visitors. So far as the electronic media is concerned, the Directorate of Tourism, Government of Arunachal Pradesh has hosted a web site highlighting the destinations spread over the approved tourism circuits. The State Government also undertakes cultural programmes and supports exhibitions at national and international levels. State Tourism Department also participates either directly or indirectly through its authorized tour operators in event like the Travel and Tourism Fair (TTF), an annual event in Kolkata and Bangalore. The present level of promotional and publicity programmes initiated by Arunachal Pradesh are not much effective for attracting tourists in viable numbers round the year so as to sustain the sectoral economy. Tourism marketing is virtually absent in Arunachal Pradesh. Travel writers rarely cover the State. Information on the State is difficult to obtain and a large number of Indians may not even be aware of the location of the State. The major limiting factors for the low-trap inertia in tourism marketing can be attributed to the following. i) Low priority accorded to the tourism sector in the State Plan. ii) Despite a number of circuits having already identified, the critical gaps in their linkages have still remained due to weak interaction among different stakeholder Departments iii) Tourism as an economic activity has been unable to build confidence among private entrepreneurs for Investment in the State. iv) Regional tourism i.e. tourism within the Northeastern States has also remained low-keyed having minimum linkage effects on Arunachal Pradesh. v) The general sense of insecurity among tourists over political disturbances in the Northeastern region. vi) Entry restrictions to Arunachal Pradesh (Inner Line Permit and Restricted Area Permit) Establishing the Marketing Objectives In the comprehensive and integrated planning approach, the marketing objectives are represented by the market targets of the types and numbers of tourists to be attracted. The targets are expressed in terms of the approximate numbers of tourist arrivals by type, average length of stay, and other characteristics. The tourist groups aimed for should be closely related to the tourism product and the kinds of tourists and tourism desired. The major objectives of tourism marketing are as follows: • Creation of a sustainable demand base at the national and international levels for consumption of the tourism products and services through a set of dynamic promotional strategies • Balanced distribution of tourists over time and space. • Emphasis on Quality tourism over Quantity tourism. • Positioning Arunachal Pradesh in national and global tourism map. • Establishing a brand image of Arunachal Pradesh • Promoting myths and cultural ethos of the tribal communities. • Showcasing the DSPs of the products which have sufficient strength to pull the tourists and thereby, monopolising the products from the competitive basket of other States. • Ensuring the selling of right tourist products to the right market segment at appropriate time and affordable price. • Promoting logistics for attracting high spending tourists keeping in view, control of budget tourists to check mass tourism particularly in 'eco and ethnic' sensitive zones. • Widening the seasonal base • Promoting activity based tourism particularly during lean period so as to reduce /mitigate seasonality of tourist arrivals. • Deepening the market penetration of the existing source markets in the area • Augmentation/up gradation of tourismdestinations/products life cycles for maintaining their sustainability. • Product upgradation particularly for attracting repeat visitation for obviating the indifference in satisfaction' fatigue. In already developed tourist destinations, the marketing objectives may also relate to changing the types of markets, such as aiming for higher quality or special interest markets. Such objectives must, of course, be coordinated with corresponding changes made in the tourism product of attractions, facilities and services. The marketing strategy should be related to both the longer and shorter-term objectives. By doing this, the foundation is laid to achieve the longer-term objectives but with the shorter- term ones planned more specifically. The marketing strategy should be reviewed fairly often. It can be modified, if necessary, depending on market trends and any changes in development of the tourism product. Tourist Circuits The supply base of tourism in Arunachal Pradesh has been spread 11 (eleven) main circuits as mentioned hereunder: • Circuit I - Tezpur - Bhalukpong - Bomdila – Tawang Circuit • Circuit II - Itanagar - Ziro - Daporijo-Aalo – Pasighat Circuit • Circuit III - Pasighat - Jengging – Yingkiong- Tuting Circuit • Circuit IV - Tinsukia – Tezu- Hayuliang Circuit • Circuit V - Margherita – Miao – Namdapha Circuit • Circuit VI - Roing – Mayudia-Anini Circuit • Circuit VII - Tezpur- Seijosa-Bhalukpong Circuit • Circuit VIII - Ziro-Palin-Nyapin-Sangram-Koloriang Circuit • Circuit IX - Doimukh-Sagalee-Pakke Kesang-Seppa Circuit • Circuit X - Aalo-Mechuka Circuit • Circuit XI - Daporijo-Taliha-Siyum-Nacho Circuit In addition to the main circuits, as many as 13 Sub Circuits and 4 Extended Circuits have also been identified (Refer Development Plan) with a view to achieving spatial tourism growth. Preparing the Promotion Programme The promotion programme is prepared based on several considerations - the marketing strategy; knowledge of marketing distribution channels; the promotion techniques available; and the amount of the budget. This programme is usually designed for a three- to five-year period. It specifies by year the types of promotion to be undertaken and their estimated costs. Continuing costs, such as for maintenance of offices in the market source countries and local tourist information offices, are usually included in the promotion budget. The most commonly used promotional techniques are as follows: • Preparing printed material such as brochures, posters, maps, postcards and travel agent manuals, and distributing these to travel agents, tour operators and the tourist consumers. • Preparing audio-visual material — slide, film and video shows — for use in travel seminars and other types of presentations. • Advertising in newspapers, magazines, radio and television aimed at the tourist consumers, and in travel trade publications aimed at tour operators. • Attending travel trade fairs, of which there are now many held annually in Europe, North America and East Asia. • Undertaking special promotional trips to the market countries in order to contact travel agents and tour operators. • Inviting and hosting visits by tour operators and travel writers and photographers. • Preparing and publishing guide and general information books about the area, if these are not available commercially. These books can be sold to recover the costs involved. Marketing of specialized forms of tourism such as convention and cruise ship tourism requires specific knowledge and promotional techniques. Promotion of an area and its attractions and facilities should be accurate and honest. If promotion misrepresents the area and tourists are attracted by inaccurate statements made in the promotion, they may well be dissatisfied. This can lead to tourists advising their friends not to visit the area, and to unfavorable publicity in the public media of the market source countries. Promotion should be closely coordinated between the public and private sectors. A common practice is to establish a joint promotion board for coordinating and carrying out promotional activities. This board is jointly funded by the public and private sectors. The private sector will still undertake promotional activities for their own enterprises. The government must provide adequate budget for its share of marketing, if tourism is to be successful. At the same time, marketing should be carefully programmed so as to maximize effective use of the funds that are available. 121 Providing Tourist Information Services An important function of marketing is providing information to tourists before and after they arrive at their destinations. Various types of information should be available — the general geographical, historical and cultural background of the area; the attractions, facilities and services (and their costs) that are available; transportation schedules; location of shopping, medical and postal facilities, consulates, embassies and religious institutions; and other specific information. It is also very important to inform tourists about local customs, dress and behavioral codes, tipping policy, and any security problems they should be aware of. Tourist information offices should be established in convenient locations, and be staffed by knowledgeable personnel. Information officers should have foreign language capabilities where needed. Often, a successful approach is to develop visitor information centres. In addition to information material, visitor centres contain exhibits, offers audio-visual shows and have literature, slides and other material for sale. Networking Strategy The Central Government has finally opened Delhi, Chennai, Mumbai, Kolkata along with 18 other tourist destinations for being linked directly to the Association of South-East Asian Nations (ASEAN) countries by air. Designated carriers from the 10 member ASEAN States, which include Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, the Philippines, Singapore, Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, Brunei and Myanmar will now be able to operate flights to and from the Indian metres apart from 18 other tourist destinations in India. As of now the foreign airlines concerned will make stopovers at four intermediate points - Cambodia, Myanmar, Laos and Vietnam. The whole exercise is aimed to promote the tourism destinations in India in which these countries have interest. According to ASSOCHAM sources, this will help raise the tourist flow to India by at least 35 per cent. At present, only Indian Airlines and Air India have been allowed as designated carriers for the ASEAN countries. With the domestic private airlines brought in at a subsequent stage, there will be a tremendous growth in tourist movement to and from the ASEAN countries in the future. In an earlier move, the Government of India has allowed private domestic airlines to operate flights to SAARC countries from the four metros plus Bangalore and Hyderabad. Other areas of networking will include: 1) Networking with Travel Agents, Private Sector Airlines 2) Networking with mountaineering clubs both within and outside the country. Holding/ organizing Workshops on mountaineering and adventure sports. 3) Tie up arrangements with major International Airlines in the key source markets in South and South East Asia viz. Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Sri Lanka for organizing ‘all inclusive’ tour packages. 4) Networking with major Environment NGOs (eg. WWF) / Nature clubs, etc at national and international levels. 5) To set up / promote setting up of Tourism / Nature Film clubs in the State (selected districts). Sales Promotion Emphasis should be given on promoting Ecotourism in the different geo-climatic zones of Arunachal Pradesh. Collaboration with travel agents and tour operators (both retail and wholesale) in the various States and abroad should be made to promote special theme based packages like Rain Forest Tours, Cloud Forest Tours, Honeymoon Tours, Wellness Tours, Biodiversity Tours, Adventure Trails, Pilgrimage Tours, etc. Incentives should be offered to sell the tourist destinations and packages to the trade channels. Establishing of a permanent channel of communication with the travel-trade through regular issue and distribution of newsletters and bulletins on Arunachal Tourism should also be made. i) Print Media: • Preparation of a Compendium of Hotels, Restaurants, Travel Agents/Tour Operators approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of India, Arunachal Pradesh Tourism Development Board and recognized by the industry associations in the SAARC / BIMST- EC member countries. • Different type of Information for different segment such as Travel Agency, Tour Operator. • Attraction wise information (Cultural Tourism, Adventure Sports, Trek Trail Map, Wildlife Tourism, Ecotourism, Special Interest Areas, Rural Tourism, etc) ii) Media Advertising: • Audio - in the FM channels at the source States in the country • Print Media- Newspapers, Travel magazines, In-flight magazines • Electronic Media - CD, Documentary Film (National Geographic Channel, Discovery, and vernacular channels in the source markets. • Hoardings and Banners Media advertising has to be launched in a selective manner, largely to support the specific promotions / product launches. Media advertising has to remain modest in scope because of the high cost it entails. The imagery of any visual material should be highly inspirational and should emphasize upon the unique aspects of Arunachal as tourist destination. Coining of appropriate promotional slogans for appeal should be made. Professional agencies should be engaged for this purpose. iii) Promotion Pricing: To promote tourism, promotional pricing will have to be adopted in the beginning. This means prices for packages should be low initially to encourage potential customers to try the product. For this purpose, collaborative assistance should be sought from various suppliers of tourism consumption like the railways, airlines, transport operators, accommodation providers and travel agents. iv) Differential Pricing: The package tours should be priced in such a manner that the perceived value of the package is greater than what the tourist hopes to get by traveling on his own. Different packages may be designed based on various tourists’ types. There may be certain exclusive packages for wildlife enthusiasts or adventure sport lovers or golf players. Discounted prices during the lean periods should be offered and properly promoted to attract tourists from both within the country and abroad. Other Promotional Issues i) Source markets for countries viz. Nepal, Bhutan, Sri Lanka particularly for adventure and nature /eco-tourism should be tapped. These countries along with countries like Japan would constitute the principal geographic market segments for initiating focused marketing launch in the first Phase of the proposed Plan period. A dynamic process of periodic market review will be undertaken by the proposed ii) Tourism Development Board for Arunachal Pradesh to broad-base the supply spectrum for ensuring positive growth during the subsequent Phases. ii) The ADB's promotion of the Greater Mekong sub-region as a composite tourist destination involving six countries has become an annual industry event. Similar efforts of events can be mooted under ADB's SASEC programme of tourism which has identified the eastern and northeastern region of India as the common denominator for providing cultural, nature-based and Buddhist destinations. iii) The Ministry of Tourism Government of India had earlier initiated two studied on Taxes levied by the State and Central Governments in the tourism sector and on the Impact of Civil Aviation policies to assess the problems of high taxation rates and the multitude of Central and State level taxes that impact upon the industry. The studies recommended rationalization of both Central and State Taxes like expenditure tax, Service tax, Customer duty, etc. The study should also identify deficiencies in air links with tourist source markets, etc. Chapter – V Human Resources Development for Tourism Introduction The role of Human Resource Development in Tourism Plan is not just creating new jobs but building of capacities for the various functions in the demand - supply chain of tourism production and consumption. With the objective of positioning tourism as a major engine of growth and to harness it's direct and multiplier effects for employment and poverty alleviation in an environmentally sustainable manner, human resource development constitutes a key area in tourism planning. Human resource development is necessary for tourism sector to increase productivity and efficiencies in the hospitality functions, and to provide sustainable employment opportunities in the areas where options for other gainful avocations are limited. Human Capital and Tourism Industry i) Global Perspective a) World Tourism Organisation (WTO) - Manpower is a key for competitiveness in the tourism destinations to emphasize on the development of human capital for sustainability of the tourism industry. b) International Labour Organisation (ILO) – There is a need today to devise social and economic systems, which ensure basic security and employment while remaining capable of adaptation to rapidly changing circumstances in a highly competitive global market. c) Quebec Declaration on Ecotourism - Lack of education facilities, communication systems and other infrastructure facilities are major impediments for growth of sustainable tourism. Private sector investment is important in the training of the local workforce for better human resource inputs in their operations as well as for promoting an ethical and environmentally conscious behaviour. An emphasis of stakeholders’ on environment education and awareness is necessary for development of local community and poverty alleviation. d) WTO's Global Code of Ethics for Tourism – These are giving priority to local manpower development providing appropriate initial and continuous training as well as necessary development of skills and professional activities and exchanges of experience between and among the executives and workers. ii) SAARC Regional Perspective Following actions are needed in the SAARC region for tourism activities taken by the South Asian Regional Conference on Conservation and Ecotourism: - Training and skill development programmes - Consumer awareness and education - Community capacity assessment - Local structures and their values, - Integration of pro-poor and biodiversity agendas, - Inter-stakeholder partnerships A Technical Assistance programme has recently been approved by ADB under the SASEC initiative involving the four South Asian countries viz. Bangladesh, Bhutan, Nepal and India for Human Resource Development and Capacity Building in the tourism sector. iii) National and State Policies • National Tourism Policy The National Tourism Policy recognizes the importance of the country's human capital for maximizing productivity. The Policy notes the high employment potential of the tourism sector and emphasises on the need for training of manpower at different levels among different stakeholders. • Tourism Policy of Arunachal Pradesh The Tourism Policy of the State underscores the requirement of creating a wholly new culture of professionals in hospitality sector with strong emphasis on courtesy management. One of the objectives of the Tourism Policy is to build capacities and create mechanisms to support small and medium enterprises. Human Resource Development (HRD) in Tourism Sector of Arunachal Pradesh Employment opportunities (direct and indirect) will be generated in the tourism sector with specialized skills and professional manpower required for the different sub-sectors of the travel and hospitality industry. A well-designed plan for capacity building and manpower training local, regional, national and international experiences will help make tourism development successful. The aim of the HRD Plan will be to create an efficient manpower base that would help promote the economic, social, cultural and the environmental objectives. HRD for the tourism sector will thus incorporate awareness, training, education, research and management activities for different stakeholder groups. Important Issues for HRD Planning a) Productivity - Tourism industry is regarded as a labour intensive industry. Productivity of personnel depends on the level of education, skill and training in new technologies, which also provides for customer satisfaction as well as career progression for the personnel and ultimately to the overall State economy. Strategies for enhancing productivity include refocusing of core competence, upgrading of skills, creation of new professional profiles, multi-skilling, promotion of team work, etc. b) Education and Training - The increasing demand for quality services in the travel and hospitality sector makes it imperative to provide literate and professionally skilled manpower. c) Women's Role and Empowerment - Women occupies the lower levels of the service hierarchy in the tourism labour market with limited career development opportunities. The growing emphasis on women's empowerment makes it mandatory to provide non-discriminatory opportunities in education and training as part of HRD policy in the tourism sector. d) Child Labour - HRD planning for the tourism sector should be sensitive to the issue of child labour, which is common across the globe in the tourism industry. An estimated 13-19 million children and young people below 18 years of age (nearly 10-15 per cent of the entire workforce of the global tourism industry) are employed in the tourism industry worldwide. e) Human Values – Tourism industry often faces the challenges of commercial sexual exploitation of women and children. This is more prevalent in the developing economies of Asia. Tour operators, hotel staff, taxi drivers and entertainment bodies often work in collusion to satisfy tourist demands. Any HRD planning exercise for tourism should take this issue into account so as to prevent cultural degradation of the destination. Respect for the socio-cultural life and traditional values of the indigenous people of the destinations should be given. f) Environment, Health and Safety - With great emphasis being placed on environment conservation, there is an increasing need for the tourism managers both at Government and private levels to be careful about the environmental impacts during the construction as well as operational phase of tourism development project. Monitoring of the environmental health vis-a- vis carrying capacity of the destination as well as food safety, general health and hygiene and the security environment of the area requires to be done for overall sustainability of the tourism activities. g) Entertainment, Sports and Performing Arts - Tourist destinations are embellished with product and sub-product support where entertainment, sports and performing arts are the vital components. For catering to the tourists' needs, the HRD plan should focus on developing a corpus of trained personnel / experts in the various forms of the said activities from among the local communities. Honing of skills for tribal sports, golf, etc. should be made so as to cater to the tourist destinations. Similar exercises should be undertaken for capacity building for Adventure Tourism, Wildlife and Forest Tourism, Ecotourism Wellness and Rejuvenation Tourism, Special Interest Tourism, etc. Formal and Specialized Education Manpower training may be provided through formal education system as well as tailor- made workshops and awareness programmes. The beneficiaries of the formal education system will be the major service providers to the tourism industry in the State and will be tagged with the main course of action for tourism development. Rajiv Gandhi University has started three year back 1-year P.G. Diploma in Hotel Management and Tourism with two semesters covering the following subjects: 1. Principles of Hospitality, Management and Tourism 2. Food and Beverage 3. Health, Hygiene and Food Nutrition 4. Menu Planning 5. Hospitality and Tourism Marketing 6. Human Resource Management in Tourism and Hospitality Industry 7. Hospitality and Tourism Accounting 8. Hospitality and Tourism Industry Research Project The State is sparsely populated therefore, we feel at present setting up an Institute of Hotel Management may not be worthwhile. However, in other states for specialized and technical education, there are in three types of courses given below: 1. Three year Diploma in Hotel Management for the students who have pass 10 + 2. This type of diploma is being offered by the Polytechnics in the country in various nomenclatures in Hotel Management & Catering Technology. The examinations are being conducted by the State Council of the Technical Education of the States. The syllabi are also prescribed by technical boards, constituted by State Council of technical education. Separate guidelines on norms and standards for diploma level institution (Polytechnic Institutions) are published by the All India Council of Technical Education (AICTE). or Three year Diploma in Hotel Management for the students who have passed 10+2. This type of diploma is offered by National Council for Hotel Management and Catering Technology (NCHMCT). The admission procedure and the examination system has been worked out by National Council for Hotel Management and conducted by the National Council for Hotel Management, and Catering Technology (this diploma is not equivalent to degree of a University). 2. One year Post Diploma course intended to be offered by National Council for Hotel Management and Catering Technology for those candidates who had passed three year diploma after 10+2 level. This post diploma after three year diploma programme has a course duration of 1 year with course contents and academic equivalence to professional degree in Hotel Management & Catering Technology as given below. 3. Four year degree programme in Hotel Management and Catering Technology after 10+2. This programme is being offered by few Universities and colleges affiliated to University. AICTE has determined course structure for the following diploma and degree courses: - Teaching for Three Year Diploma - Teaching for Four Year Degree The Academic Scheme of teaching and evaluation in Hotel Management and Catering Technology for diploma and post diploma courses shall be prescribed by National Council for Hotel Management and Catering Technology (NCHMCT). Staff and Infrastructure Norms should be followed as per the guidelines determined by AICTE. It should be mandatory for the officers and staff of Department of Tourism in the State to attend one-week course of IHM. Scope for HRD Non-availability of the adequate number of skilled manpower is a major constraint in the State. Higher education facilities and vocational training centres are insufficient to meet the future challenges of the tourism industry. The future development of tourism industry in the State will generate a large volume of employment opportunity (direct and indirect) and this future workforce will need specialized training to serve the industry in a professional manner. The scope for Human Resource Development in the State will thus broadly encompasses the following: • Development of New Skills • Importance of Continuous Training • Learning for Competencies • Certification • Training provided by Employers • Filling the Training Gap i.e. matching training demand with training supply • Voluntary Contribution by the private sector for Training, Environment Education, Conservation and Management of community resources by the local population • Technical and Educational support from NGOs, community based associations, academic and research institutions on ecotourism, culture and society. Human Resource Development (HRD) Initiatives Training and capacity building will be initiated both for the existing workforce in the hospitality and travel industry in the State as well as for the new generation to be empowered at the community level and NGOs for promoting programmes, strategies of tourism development while making their activities environmentally, socially, and culturally sustainable. HRD initiatives for promoting and developing education programmes can enhance awareness about nature conservation and sustainable use, local and indigenous cultures and their relationship with tourism. Capacity building through formal and specialized training should be a part of the Planning exercise. Capacity Building through Formal Education Training for manpower development for the tourism sector can be initiated through formal education and training. Formal education system may be divided into two branches viz. (i) Basic Education - to deal with environmental awareness programmes and (ii) Specialised Education - to deal with producing knowledgeable and skilled manpower to meet the demand of the tourism industry. i) Basic Education Following basic education system at the Primary, Secondary and Higher Secondary schools should include courses for building awareness among students in the areas of environmental protection, bio-diversity, conservation of natural resources and codes of ecotourism. The school curriculum should emphasize on: a) Knowledge of environment and cultural diversity. b) Regional history and archaeology. c) Importance of tourism for Arunachal Pradesh, both for conservation purpose and economic benefits. d) Special features of different regions in terms of tourism resources, biodiversity and culture. e) Importance of ensuring hygiene and sanitation in places of tourist interests as well as urban centers from ecology and environment protection angle. Students of Secondary and Higher Secondary schools will have more ability to absorb issues related to environmental protection and conservation of the natural resources. They may be encouraged to set up eco-clubs in the schools and conduct biological tours. School students may be utilized to conduct campaigns in the villages for environmental protection in association with the Village Conservation Committees (VCC). ii) Specialized Education The purpose of specialized education is to create trained manpower for the future with professional knowledge and skill to meet the demands for tourism services. This class of trained manpower will act as the major driving force for the advancement of tourism in Arunachal Pradesh. Specialized education should be divided into the following branches: a) Hospitality - Hotel Management, Catering Technology, Tourism and Travel Management b) Products - Ecotourism, Wildlife Tourism, Adventure Tourism specializing in Trekking, River Rafting, Angling, Mountaineering, Rock Climbing, Biking, First Aid and Emergency Rescue operations. Professionally skilled manpower in adventure tourism may act as Instructors and Guides for tourists. c) Ecology and Environment - Independent subjects to be offered at Undergraduate and Postgraduate levels suitable for field level operators, managers and decision makers. d) Social Sciences - Independent subjects to be offered at Undergraduate and Postgraduate levels suitable for operators, field level managers and decision makers. iii) Vocational Training Vocational courses may cover short-term diplomatic / certification / crash courses on different tourism related subjects for various stakeholders like tour operators, taxi operators, hoteliers, guides, personnel in the hotel and catering services, media, etc. The various types of vocational courses, suitable for tourism development in the State are given below: • Tourism study may be taken up as a Vocational Course at the UG level in the Degree Colleges in the State. • Post Graduate and Management courses can be developed as part of courses in humanities, environmental sciences and management studies streams covering hotel management and catering technology, travel management, adventure tourism, heritage tourism, etc. In all the above courses, history and culture, anthropology, mountain ecology and environment and major economic issues of the State / region should be included. • Tourism should be included as part of the secondary and higher secondary syllabi under Environment Education. • At the primary level eco-tourism can be a part of nature study course. Establishment of Eco-Clubs in schools should be made mandatory. • Interactive meets on tourism, environment conservation and management of common property resources should be organized by the Block level/District level Committees specially formed for the purpose with the Village Conservation Committees. The proposed Tourism Development Board should play a pro-active role in this regard. This would help the communities to be better acquainted with the requirements and role of the tourism sector as well as the tourism values. • Training programmes for the Trainers, Government officials, and other major service providers viz. tour operators, guides, Instructors of Adventure tourism activities, etc. should be organized for increasing efficiencies in manpower for productive dispensation keeping pace with the developed situations. Training is also necessary for villagers on orchid production, handicraft items, food processing for the tourists. Inadequacy in Local Capacities - There is a dearth of skilled technical manpower in the State. A Polytechnic Institute is going to be set up at Itanagar at an estimated cost of Rs. 23 crore under a World Bank aided project. Three more ITIs are likely to be set up at Dirang, Yupia and Miao under the Prime Minister's economic package. The proposed ITI of Yupia would be for woman. Training Courses The courses should be conducted in all remote tourist destinations and to be dealt with should include the following: (a) Destination Management (b) Food Production (c) Restaurant Service (d) Hotel Accounts (e) Lodge Management Training (f) Trek Leadership (g) Medical Aid / Emergency Relief (h) Travel Agency Personnel The local NGOs and Village schools can play an important role in organizing the such training and help in creating awareness among drivers, porters, hotel owners etc. where formal training is not required. Chapter –VI Strategic Approach India- North East Region The North East Region-Vision2020 document for the development of the North East region under Sectoral Strategies for the Region and Economic Development Perspectives for Poverty Eradication in the North East gives special emphasis to Tourism. The document States: “Tourism has tremendous potential in the region. The promotion of tourism calls for widespread augmentation of infrastructure for the hospitality industry (always moderated by ecological and environmental considerations), skill up-gradation in hotel management and in the skills of officials promoting tourism and a thrust on domestic tourists and low budget hospitality services. Tourism may be constructed around four concentric circles: (a) State based i.e. intra-state tourism (b) Multi-state tourism circuits (c) Pan regional tourism within NER and other regions of the country, particularly the eastern region and (d) International tourism with connectivity with neighbouring foreign countries.” Further the Vision 2020 document states: For newly emerging states, and hill states in particular, the inflow of expenditure from an expansion in tourism services is an important driver of economic development. Tourism has tremendous income and employment ripple effects that spread far beyond the actual tourism activity itself, so that benefits disburse quite naturally to owners of small shops, peripheral services, and even to construction banking and handicrafts. In other words, tourism related services are naturally employment intensive. The following table shows the growth of the tourist traffic in the North Eastern Region over a 3 year period from 2003 to 2005. Tourist 2003 2004 2005 CAGR Domestic 31.01 33.60 35.00 6.25 % Foreign 0.30 0.39 0.37 9.24% Total 31.31 33.99 35.37 6.28% (Source: North Eastern Region -Vision 2020) (numbers in lacs) The region received only 35 lac domestic tourists and 37000 foreign tourists in 2005 displaying a very poor footfall and also a drop in the numbers of foreign tourists during the year 2005. The overall growth rate for the North Eastern region is also below the growth rate for India of 13% for foreign tourist arrivals and 11% for domestic tourist arrivals showing opportunity for building the tourism sector in this region. The employment in the Trade, Hotel and Restaurants taken as a proxy for tourism sector employment also shows that against an all India average of 25.3% the employment in these sectors in the region are from a low of 15.3% in Meghalaya to a high of 40.2% in Nagaland ( Source : Vision 2020 – Year 2004-05 ) State Trade , Hotel and Restaurants Arunachal 22.7 % Assam 28.6 % Manipur 19.7 % Meghalaya 15.3% Mizogram 17.1 % Nagaland 40.2 % Sikkim 33.5 % Tripura 27.2 % India 25.3 5 Arunachal Pradesh The following table shows the growth of the tourist traffic in Arunachal Pradesh over the same 3 year period from 2003 to 2005. Tourist (2002) 2003 2004*1 2005 CAGR Arunachal Domestic (4372) 2195 39767 50560 27% on year 2004 Arunachal Foreign (187) 123 321 313 Arunachal Total (4559) 2318 40088 50873 NE Region- Domestic 3101472 3360084 3500000 6.25 % NE Region- Foreigners 29478 39168 37000 9.24% (Source: North Eastern Region -Vision 2020 & data received from the Department of Tourism, Arunachal Pradesh) The following table shows the sustained, positive and reassuring growth of the tourist traffic in Arunachal Pradesh over the further 3 year period from 2006 to 2008 after the sudden jump in the tourist traffic in 2004*1. The foreign tourist arrival, about 2 % of all tourists, has also shown a very high growth rates: 50-75% over the same periods though the numbers are small. Tourist 2006 2007 2008 CAGR (2004 base year) Arunachal Domestic 80137 91100 89292*2 22.47% Arunachal - Foreign 706 2212 3020 50%-75% Arunachal Total 80843 93312 92392 22.5% Note: *2 -does not include 60,000 pilgrims to Parasuram Kund (Source: Data received from the Tourism Department - Total hotel rooms available are 882 & approx 1700 beds) The data shows the growth of tourists both domestic and foreigners is better than the regional averages. Domestic tourist growth rate is better than the all India average of 11%. In respect of the foreign tourists, who constitute 2% of all tourists, the base is so small that even though the growth rate is very high at 50-75% and way above the all India growth rate of 13 % we need to increase the absolute numbers of foreign tourists to enhance our revenue realizations as they constitute an extremely high paying segment with an estimated average of 1800 US Dollars per visitor being spent during the visit excluding travel costs. The employment in the Trade, Hotel and Restaurants taken as a proxy for tourism sector employment also shows that against an all India average of 25.3% growth the employment in these sectors in Arunachal Pradesh has fallen at an average of 8.1% and this needs to be investigated. Year Trade , Hotel and Restaurants 1999-2000 33.5 2004-05 22.7 CAGR -8.1% ( Source : Vision 2020) Tourism Sector -Capital Intensity Tourism has a very positive Labour-capital ratio. An investment of one million rupees (at 1985-1986 prices) would create 89 jobs in the hotel and restaurant industry, compared to 44.7 jobs in agriculture and 12.6 jobs in manufacturing industries. The average for the whole tourism industry is 47.5 jobs for an investment of one million rupees (at 1985-1986 prices). A comparison of labour/capital ratios in different economic sectors is shown in table below: Labour-Capital ratios by sector Sector L-C Ratio Agriculture 12.6 Mining and quarrying 2.06 Railways 0.9 Other transport 13.8 Hotels and restaurants 89.0 Tourism- overall 47.5 Source: Annual Plan 1996-97, Department of Tourism, Government of India. Tourism Sector – Force Multipliers A. GDP (2002-03) Direct Total GDP 2.78% 5.83% Overnight Stay GDP Same Day 1% 1.00% GDP Total 3.78% 6.83% B. Employment Generation (2002-03) Jobs Overnight stay 4.59% 8.27% Jobs Same Day 1% 1% Jobs Total 5.59% 9.27% “Tourism Development is an “Economic Activity with Social Impact” Need Economic Development which is: inclusive, equitable and reduces disparities of gender, urban-rural and different regions and its communities Local Area Development strategies to have direct and positive impact on rural migration and creation of income and job opportunities in rural areas Addresses the issue of proximity based regional linkages, investment and income transfer opportunities in the state and its districts The overall impact of the Tourism Development Plan is dependent upon the political and administrative will of the state to synergize the tourism development plan with the states vision and development strategies. The socially and economically empowered society will have the ability to make choices for improved lifestyle and quality of life. Strong concern for environmental conservation, and that local people should benefit and be involved in tourism. Economic Growth Targets The economic growth targets for Arunachal Pradesh as per the plan periods are: Period GSDP @ 2007-07 prices Rs (Crore) Growth % Population Growth Rate % Per Capita GSDP At 2006-07 prices Rs Per Capita Growth Rate Average % Base Year 2006-07 3089 26425 11th Plan 19685 (3937) 8.75 1.19 162086 7.47 12th Plan 32132 (6426) 11.90 1.14 249644 10.64 13th Plan 31291 (6258) 14.25 1.01 233209 13.10 Required growth rate 11.18 1.13 9.93 Growth rate 2000-01 to 2004- 05 4.05 Source Vision 2020 Tourism Growth Targets Using the Trade, Hotel and Restaurant data as a proxy for Tourism, the contribution at 4.3% of state GSDP is far below the national average of 15.2% and even below the NE Region average of 13%. Tourism, as a growth driver for the state and direct impact on the trade sector, needs to contribute at least to the regional average of 13% and we would like to set a target of 10% for this sectors contribution to GSDP. We need to increase the capacity of the Tourism sector to create an average annual revenue of Rs393 crores in the 11th plan and Rs 642 crores in the 12th plan from the current annual revenue of Rs 132 crores i.e. 4.3% of State Base Year GSDP of Rs 3089 crores for 2006-07. The annual increase of Rs 510 crores by the 12th plan mid period accounts for more than 486% growth in the tourist arrivals and spend i.e. CAGR of approx 24% from the base year 2006-07 The existence of a global positive economic growth indicators and the picking up of the economy in India is creating a favourable environment for the planning of tourism traffic growth both domestic and foreign. In order to achieve substantive economic and social impact, and supported by current growth in the tourist arrivals, we are taking a conservative and sustainable approach for target setting and planning for the increase at: • CAGR of 15% in the numbers • CAGR of 10% in the spend per tourist. In order to achieve these targets we will have to: 1. Build the Brand and facilitate tourist 2. Improve activities and opportunities for the tourist to spend Projected Tourist Arrivals Assumptions: 1. Conservative Base Year is 2008 for which confirmed data is available from the Tourism Department. Total tourists for 2009 estimated at 115000 tourist 2. Growth rate for total tourist is 15% CAGR 3. Foreign tourists are 2% of the total. 4. Connectivity and permissions for the foreigners will not be the constraint. 5. The number of nights used by tourist both foreign and domestic is 5 Tourist 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 Domestic 118087 135800 156171 179596 206536 Foreign 3994 4593 5282 6074 6985 Total 122081 140393 161453 185670 213521 Nights/Tourist Domestic 5 5 5 5 5 Nights/Tourist Foreign 5 5 5 5 5 Projected Tourist Arrivals per Capita The population growth of Arunachal Pradesh is projected as follows and accordingly based upon the 15% CAGR for projected tourist arrival, the tourists per lac population over the planning period are: Year Population Tourist Arrivals Tourist/Lac Population (lacs) 2001 10.98 -------------- population as per the census 2006 11.69 80843* 6915 ( NE Vision document) 2011 12.26 122081 9957 @ 2015 12.84 213521 16629 @ Note: 1. Ministry of Tourism, Government of India projections of 760 million domestic tourists and 11 million foreigners by 2011 will mean approximately an average of 64000 tourists per 100,000 population across the country 2. * Data provided by the Tourism Department, Arunachal Pradesh 3. @ Sikkim today has a tourist per lac population figure of 35000 which is considered to be a very good in terms of carrying capacity management A new growth sector is medical tourism. It is currently growing at around 30% per annum. Medical tourist arrivals are expected to reach one million soon. The tourism industry of India is based on certain core nationalistic ideals and standards which are: Swaagat or welcome, Sahyog or cooperation, Soochanaa or information, Sanrachanaa or infrastructure, Suvidha or facilitation, Safaai or cleanliness and Surakshaa or security. Environment a. Competition We have to realize that like all market driven situations there is competition in the tourism space also, both for the tourist traffic and tourism infrastructure investments. This competition covers the needs of the local, regional, pan-India and foreign tourist. i) An informed tourist collects information, evaluates, refers and then makes the choice of a destination and the offerings by the destination. Pleasant experiences and value for money being the key parameters for word of mouth referral for repeat visit and promotion of the destination for others. This enhances the value of the Brand Build Up exercise the state may embark upon. ii) Investments also are promoted by the tourist indirectly based upon their experiences during the exploration visits. A proactive policy is the best way of reaching out to the investors. Most of the developing countries and its states the biggest issue is licences and permissions. iii) Structural headaches of governance far outweigh the fiscal incentives offered and the investors are not forthcoming. The Tourism Policy to be “Problem Resolution” based rather than “Philosophy” based. The ease of implementation of the policy and automatic approval routes with sunset clauses for restrictions to be integrated into the policy formulation. Other states are competing for the same investment. b. Employment Opportunity The tourism sectors contribution is next only to retail sector and it also supports the development of the retail sector. Together they account for almost 20-25% of all jobs created. The benefit of promoting tourism in naturally endowed areas is even greater as nature is a heritage and little investment gives high returns. 1 in 10 jobs globally are created by the tourism sector and the CAGR is approximately 15%. Such is the impact of this sector on development approaches and strategies. Unlike other service sector jobs, the tourism and retail sector create jobs at all skill levels and being mostly local jobs have a very high income distributive capacity. The multiplier effect is also significant as it creates jobs in its own service sectors like food & beverages, transport, crafts, guides etc. c. Tourism-Emerging New Drivers While everybody wants to promote foreign tourist the key point they miss is that the Indians are the biggest spending tourists in the world. The average spend is in the region of 1500-2000 dollars for a week’s trip. Many countries who would make it difficult for the Indians to get a visa are now giving Visa on arrival. Such is the power of the Indian Tourist and this market needs to be tapped aggressively Government of India is also giving greater emphasis on the development of the states in the North East and this again provides the opportunity to create better infrastructure for promoting tourism with enhanced connectivity and better tourist services. The Road Ahead The plan establishes a benchmark for: a. increasing the number of tourists by 15% CAGR b. increase in spend of the tourist by 10 % CAGR The tourism development plan to achieve the above key objectives and have a significant impact in the medium term of 3-5 years will be based upon the following principle: • Build Upon the Existing – short to medium term initiatives • Create new Infrastructure and Markets- medium to long term initiatives • "Brand Build Up" plan to be launched by the State 6.11.1 Build Upon the Existing: We expect this to be achieved by improving the ongoing activities and creating opportunities for the tourist to spend money on travel, participation in cultural and other activities and purchases of cultural and heritage products. We want to aggressively promote our brand in the already established markets to give better value to the tourist and enhance our image through word of mouth and ensure security of the current tourist traffic while we address new markets. Create new Infrastructure and Markets Infrastructure • Transport Improved connectivity and good quality, reliable and safe inland transport is required for increasing tourist comfort and confidence. The Transport should connect the State with the entry points on the Air and rail network besides the road transit points. These are mostly in Assam. Within the state also adequate and reliable network for the tourists needs to be created. Besides good vehicles we also need to ensure that the drivers are well behaved and well trained for hill driving. They should not drive recklessly as it creates a bad image and no tourist wants to risk their lives. The drivers should also be trained to be Quasi-Guides and facilitate the journey of the tourist • Wayside Amenities All along the road network for the tourist basic facilities of rest rooms and beverages to be created at standard driving time of 1 hour intervals and later at ½ hour intervals. Today this basic need is not attended to leaves a credibility gap in tourist facilitation. • Accommodation The increasing number of tourist would need affordable accommodation at various destinations. Reliable, safe and clean basic accommodation for the tourist is required. These should be built beyond Shillong also to encourage tourists to stay at destinations listed for development and also create a income transfer and job creation opportunity at these places. • New Markets New markets have to be reached to increase the number of tourists and also increased average spends. This would require better facilities and planned activities to cater to new segments of leisure, MICE and adventure tourist. Rural, health and eco-tourism segment needs to be developed. Eco-tourism based wild life tourism, river rafting, trekking etc and other adventure products / activities to be created to reach new class of high end tourists, both domestic and foreigners Regional Tourism should be actively encouraged and facilities strategically located to take advantage of the gap in meeting these needs today. Week end & Same day tourism accounts for approximately 30% and should be actively followed with Guwahati as the key target market. Collaborative efforts with the tour operators to link with the Buddhist circuit as Tawang is a key Buddhist destination. 6.13 Brand Build Up An integrated "Brand Build Up" plan to be launched by the State for creating the image of the State as a safe and enjoyable destination. Tourist Information Centers to be set up across the state and also key market locations in India and managed pro- actively. Chapter – VII Strategic Direction Strategic Directions The Tourism Development Plan is “Need Based” and “Tourist Centric.” What is the guiding principle? (i) Benefit to the state and its people – income transfer and distributive character (ii) Sustainable in respect of both tangible and intangible assets. What is the Plan expected to deliver? (i) Initiatives for building the tourism sector for its contribution to the economic growth and employment needs of the state (ii) Ensure tourism related businesses and investments are viable and sustainable (iii) Key initiatives for the next 3-5 years (iv) Competitive approach to the tourism market (v) Collaborative effort of all the stakeholders and consultation process between the Government, Industry, Civil Society and for the design, implementation, ownership, participation and achievement of set objectives. (vi) Sustainable for the protection of the environment and culture of the people The Next Growth Wave The current economic downturn is an opportunity to create tourism facilities to catch the next growth wave expected in 2-3 years time Government- A key facilitator (i) The larger objective of local area development, disparities reduction and employment to be addressed by the Government besides revenue generation through taxes etc. (ii) Create a Tourism Policy by adopting a strategy of problem resolution and constraints removal for the inception and growth of tourism related enterprises and the development of local entrepreneurship and the private sector. (iii) Facilitate a multi – ministry initiative for the success of the plan (iv) Create a platform for the collaborative effort between the various stakeholders Strategic Partners We should pro-actively seek and search for partners who would add value to the tourism development in the state. They are from Media, Travel and Tour operators, Hotel Chains, Airlines and the Railways Role of Technology (i) A real time data base is to be created for tracking the developments in the tourism sector as they emerge and take corrective action to meet the objectives and targets therein. The current situation is far from satisfactory and in the fast changing world it is many times irrelevant for the managers for any action and also too dated for the planners to derive reasonable benefit. (ii) It is recommended to enhance the role of affordable and appropriate technology to meet the needs of market access ( reservations etc), knowledge (skills etc) and funds ( on line payments etc). Demand Driven - Need Based Plan In order to maximize our returns we need to address the gaps in the system for the tourism infrastructure and facilities. The tourist should not only come to the state and its various destinations but feel good and spend “TIME” at each destination. “TIME” spent provides the opportunity for the tourist to spend some money at the tourist site / destination visited and facilitate the income transfer to the area ,one of the basic requirement of tourism development plan for local area development. Need Assessment We have relied upon various need assessments for the hospitality sector including our own and discussions with the people in the hospitality and travel& trade Asian Development Bank ADB has conducted a survey for the entire eastern region of India and its neighboring countries and held workshops across India and the eastern region. Some of the key areas that are relevant to our effort and need attention are: Travel Related • Regional Airlines for improved connectivity • Create facilities at the Borders • Signage’s-Road side and at destinations • Wayside facilities- toilets etc Develop Human Resource • Create / modernize training facilities • Use competitive advantage of spoken English language • Training and communication skills for tourism officials • Integrated training programs for other stakeholders (Government, Private, Community etc) with Tourism Department • Detailed manuals for each destination for information and training (Priced nominally for revenue generation) • Improve the delivery of culture- standards of interpretation, guides training, printed information etc • Eco-Tourism-Guides with greater depth of knowledge and multi-language capability • Train service providers at the grass root levels-hospitality, retail, transport Product Development • Improve product quality to give better value to the tourists • Develop & promote eco-tourism based on nature & culture • Develop river based products • Seasonality by new products to exploit the uniqueness of the seasons • Convention tourism – small scale • Youth & School tourism to be developed • Home stays in tea gardens etc • Standardization and certification for enhancing the tourists comfort level (NE Region – NE Council ) Heritage Products • Promote handicrafts • Promote weaving • Bamboo & cane based products Marketing & Branding • Awareness programs to remove wrong perceptions of the NE as security risk area • Source market to be flooded with information and training for the North East tourism • Joint marketing for the region to avoid duplication and offer complete experience (combinations of religion, nature, leisure, adventure, wildlife etc) • NE as an Eco-Tourism region • Publicity materials-CDs, brochures, website • Extend the market beyond national borders to the South East Asia • Create “North East” as a Brand Data Management • Harmonize data collection and analysis across the North east States – NEC can help in this • Intra regional arrivals • Linked travels within the region Local Communities • Local communities to be engaged in the development of the infrastructure and services for the tourists • Promote appreciation of tourists • Realize the importance of regional tourists (not foreigners only) Security & Image • Each destination with a Task Force (Police to be included) to manage the destinations and resolve problems. • Cleanliness / hoardings / vehicles / hawkers etc – reduce/minimize hassles Enabling the Private Sector • State regulations for business development • Radical reform of investment regulations-domestic & foreign • Promote PPP • Upgrade the capacities of the institutions, chambers • Pro-active effort to bring the private sector on board for planning and implementation of multi-sectoral projects for tourism development INTACH – Hospitality Field Survey We have also done a direct survey of the hospitality status in the state and the outcome is as follows: Opportunity There is tremendous opportunity for the development of tourism in the state as it has the blessings of nature with abundance of flora, fauna, natural and manmade heritage. The local communities are hospitable and willing to accept tourists. Connectivity Guwahati airport as the gateway for air connectivity has to be well equipped to facilitate tourists visiting the state. They should not only provide printed literature but also assist in reservations of hotels, bus / taxi for the journey to the state. In the current situation the tourist is at the mercy of the service provider for the quality of service and the price and this is not conducive for the Brand development for the state. The situation is almost the same at the railway station and the bus terminus Roads & Facilities The entry to Arunachal on the Guwahati-Tawang sector has to be made impressive as it is the key route and also vital for the Brand development. Bus / Taxi service with air conditioned vehicles and fixed rates has to be introduced for the Guwahati-Tawang sector Hotels Wayside facilities are to be added on all routes as they are inadequate today. In the absence of an effective policy and practice for the registration the hotels are not able to access the financial sector for the need of funds. The standard of the entire hotel industry in the state needs to be improved. New accommodation needs to be added to take care of demand in the peak season. Itanagar, capital of the state, being the hub has to enhance its availability of rooms and as a showcase city of the state, the quality of the hotel and restaurant industry with proper grading is vital for creating a credible and reliable tourism image of the state. Towns on Circuits 1 and 2 need special attention in view of their high tourism potential. Availability of good accommodation will encourage tourists to enhance the duration of their stay in the state for increased revenue from this sector. The staff needs to be trained for all the services in the hospitality sector and also given proper attire. Travel & Tour Trade Feedback We have also held discussions with the tour and trade operators and the following facts are highlighted for action: Connectivity There is a urgent need to connect Itanagar, Tawang, Ziro , Passighat etc with by regular air services and not limited to the current structure of extremely limited seats on the helicopters with Guwahati acting as the primary gateway for the state. Regional airline network would also facilitate regional tour packages and Intra - region movement of the tourists. Travel Agents Awareness & Training Program All the representatives felt that there is a need for the training of the travel agents in the key areas of the current and emerging market states of India besides the dominant domestic tourist state of West Bengal. The well equipped travel agent can better promote the state as a destination. Special Interest Groups Special packages are to be developed for this segment of the tourist market as this attracts mostly the foreigners. The packages besides the eco-, wild life tourism, river rafting would cover community living experience and hospitality in their traditional environments. Accommodation A key need is the availability of clean and secure accommodation, more so in the case of eco-tourism and village tourism. In the current environment the tour operators have to move full camp sites to cater to the needs of the foreign tourists who are the mainstay of special interest tourism Local Participation & Skills Development Both for the success of the tourism development and the comfort of the tourists it is felt that the local community should take the ownership of the facilities and also the skills of the local youth are developed for meeting the needs of the sector. Plan Development Process We are building the Tourism Development Plan based upon the needs and constraints identified. The plan will be targeted to the interventions required. Targets for achieving the growth in both domestic and foreign tourists along with higher spend per tourist will be the basis for planning the basic infrastructure. We are taking in account the past initiatives, lessons learnt and ongoing activities. The basic issue of change and change management during the transition period of 3 years is being kept in mind in the implementation schedule. We have also looked into the issue of the entire north eastern region development process as envisaged in the Vision 2020 and its impact on the state. Local Area Development Strategies along with Replicable Packages for infrastructure development have been considered for participation of the local community, skills development, entrepreneurship and ownership through local enterprises and also enhancement of economic sustainability with low cost technical assistance to the tourism enterprises during the initial stages of the tourism development plan implementation. The Private Sector Development, currently at a very nascent stage will put greater pressure on the government to move beyond the role of the regulator and facilitator and also shoulder the responsibility of the startup entrepreneur for “Growth Driver Projects” and later spin off these enterprises. This could be done through various Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV) for each / a set of projects or through the existing tourism development corporation. Public Private Partnership (PPP) models could also be looked into for larger projects and where there is a larger lead time available. Financial Sector has to play a critical role and be more pro-actively responsible in meeting its obligation to the state beyond using the state for deposit collection. Our Plan is forward looking and based on “Making Things Work”. We have given priority to problem identification and resolution approaches over policy development. The Policy should be an outcome of the issues to be resolved in the development process for grass root planning and successful implementation. Tourist’s Planning Process Tourism is an aggregate of all businesses that directly provide goods and services to facilitate business, pleasure and leisure activities away from home (S Smith 1988 ). Tourism is not spontaneous- it is carefully planned and we need to help in the planning or make planning very simple. We can do this by easy access to information and facilitation outlets. This is to be achieved by media, events, festivals and direct mailing to select target groups. Strategic alliances with tour operators, airlines and railways can help create attractive, no- hassles tour packages and reduce apprehensions to enhance tourist experience and create brand equity to increase tourist traffic. We must also keep in mind that the “Tourism” product is perishable – room nights, bus seats etc cannot be stored away for the future and we must the targeted utilization by dynamic pricing or early bird approach. This will encourage tourist to plan early and fill capacity. Tourists Perspective The effort in traveling to a far off place has to be satisfying in terms of: o Targeted tourist profile and their expectations o Information o Connectivity- access / time / costs o Comfort of stay o Local transport o Highway Rest Points & Facilities o City Rest Points & Facilities Food & Beverages o Tourism Opportunities-products & services o Entertainment – cultural shows o Shopping – heritage & cultural products o “Feel Good” factor -Welcome & not Exploited o Brand Build Up- affordability-availability-reliability-credibility Sustainable Tourism Key Principles of Conservation and Environment Management a) The community to treat the natural and manmade heritage as its own asset and manage it prudently for future generations. b) Risk management strategies to be followed in development of the tourism plan. c) Follow the principles of carrying capacity of the various destinations. d) Environment friendly technologies to be used for accommodation, energy, water etc . Tourism has become an important source of identity, revenues and employment for destinations. With almost a billion people traveling each year the Tourism sector if credited by leading international Tourism authorities including the UNWTO for generating over US$ 1 trillion per annum in direct revenues and the stimulation of 10% of global employment. The Tourism sector inspires investment into, and the development of, essential infrastructure, both general and sector specific. Tourism has become a powerful driver of global understanding, respect, harmony, and of course, commerce. With increases in arrivals of leisure and business travelers to a destination, tourism has the potential to cause damage to a destination’s value and values system as a result of, inter alia, (i) Over-use of infrastructure without re-investment back into maintenance and renewal critical to the ‘engineering’ of the destination (ii) Excessive exposure of natural elements and attractions causing erosion and/or eradication of the environment and ecosystems unique to the destination (iii) Forfeiting of cultural codes and / or principles for the sake of tourist comfort, - generated money and destination competitiveness, ultimately creating a local tourism culture based on short-term personal gains and greed. (iv) Creation and magnification of seasonal peaks and troughs in tourism industry activity, causing destabilisation in the sector’s contribution to the economy and employment. With these risks in mind, governments and private entities are realizing the importance of adoption of an approach to tourism growth which ensures long-term destination development grounded in: 1. Responsibility: encouraging and stimulating tourism growth in a way which builds the industry for the enduring benefit of the destination as a whole – its product, its people, its proposition and its profile. 2. Accountability: absolute respect for, and ownership of, the impact of the sector on the destination at economic and social levels 3. Legacy: maximising Tourism sector opportunity today for the long-term benefit of the destination, its stakeholders and its visitors Areas of Sustainable Tourism Ultimately Sustainable Tourism is a reflection of measurable approach to sector growth and development which focuses and invests directly in ensuring on-going strengthening of the following core elements of the destination, namely: • Essence: The core proposition which uniquely, competitively and proudly defines the destination as a Brand and experience • Earnings: Revenues and investment generated directly and indirectly from tourism activity • Economy: Inter-related, inter-dependent sectors which work together to • Service and support the Tourism industry • Employment: On-going, year-round job creation of the sector • Environment: Safety, stability and survival of the natural surroundings of the • Destination • Eco-systems: Natural eco-systems which inhabit the destination’s land, aqua and air environments. • Equity: The sense of value and worth of the destination, financially and emotionally. The concept of sustainability is fundamentally important to the long-term viability, credibility, authenticity and productivity of the Tourism sector. As leaders of the Tourism sector it is our responsibility to ensure that the richness and rightness of the term is not diminished by the cliché of its application. Extracts from Ref:-Created for CNN’s TASK Group by Anita Mendiratta 7.10 Tourism Sector -Enabling Policy The key issues that need to be addressed in the tourism policy are as under. The FHRAI report 2007-08 has also identified key areas of intervention and the extracts are reproduced hereunder for consideration while finalizing the Tourism Policy (i) Tourism as an industry (ii) Fiscal incentives (iii) Income tax exemptions (iv) Sales tax exemptions (v) Statutory Incentives (vi) Permissions & Licenses- Automatic in 3 days (vii) Land ownership / Lease for outside the state residents (viii) Entrepreneurship Development State wide Campaign (ix) Skills Development (x) State Brand Build up – exhibitions, media etc (xi) Security Perceptions / Automatic Insurance for all registered tourists (xii) Promote Joint ventures and protect outside investors with Government designated investment agency holding controlling shares FHRAI in its report 2007-08 has highlighted the following issues: In order to compete with the leading tourist destinations in Asia like Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, Macau etc, who have a very pro-active tourism policy with low levels of taxation, hotels in India need a rational licensing, procurement and tax structure (especially with regard to taxes imposed by state governments like Luxury Tax, Value Added Tax, Entertainment Tax, State Excise Duty etc.). The complicated licensing regime and the high taxes are stifling growth in our industry. To provide growth, there is a need to take the following steps: (i) Providing tax incentives as given to service exporters, providing the necessary fillip for increasing hotel capacity and tourism infrastructure. (ii) Rationalisation of taxes such as service tax charged by the GOI. Hotels should be exempted from service tax if the guests staying with them pay their invoices in convertible foreign exchange. (iii) Rationalisation of taxes such as Luxury Tax, Value Added Tax (Sales Tax) etc levied by the State Governments. (iv) Capacity building of service providers, taxi drivers, guides and immigration staff. (v) Constant innovation of the Incredible India campaign and penetration into newer markets. (vi) Convergence of tourism with other sectors of the Indian economy. (vii) Continued opening of the skies and improvement of rail-road, seaports, internal waterways and airport infrastructures. As India expands its base in travel and tourism, it will generate many more jobs and the tourism sector will become a major engine for India’s economic growth. In order to be more effective and competitive, we suggest the following specific changes be made Direct Taxes Under the Income Tax Act, 1961, the following changes may be considered favourably: (i) Inclusion of Hotels in Infrastructure: On hotels being included in the infrastructure list just like airports, seaports, railways etc. all new hotel projects will be able to avail the benefit of deductions of 100% in respect to profits and gains for a period of ten years. (ii) Hotels should be given the benefits available through the Section 80-HHD which were available till 2004/05. These benefits allow hotels to get a tax exemption on amounts earned through foreign exchange earnings. (iii) Special category states like Sikkim, Assam, Tripura, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Manipur, Arunachal Pradesh, Uttaranchal and Himachal Pradesh are allowed 100% deductions from profits and gains for five years for computing the total income for promoting Eco Tourism in the country in terms of Income Tax Act 1961, Schedule XIV Part-C, Serial No 15. However, Income Tax authorities have disallowed deductions to hoteliers on the grounds that an activity of a hotel does not constitute an operation as specified in Schedule XIV of the act. This is a set back not only for hoteliers who are in the process of building hotels with eco tourism being the mainstay but also discourages the development of eco friendly hotels, something that this country and the world are in urgent need of. (iv) While computing the total income of an individual, deduction of LTC paid to an employee (government/private) be admissible as is the case for provident funds, mutual funds, insurance etc. (v) In the Income Tax Act 2007/08, Section 80 ID was introduced to encourage development of one, two, three and four-star hotels and Convention Centres of a minimum seating capacity of 3,000 persons built in Delhi, Faridabad, Gurgaon etc. A tax holiday of five years was granted to these hotels. We request that this section not only be extended to hotels in other categories such as five and five-star deluxe hotels but also all hotels being built across the country. We also think that this tax holiday be increased from five to ten years. (vi) As per the latest accounting norms, hotel buildings should be depreciated at a rate of 10% per year. However, hotels need to maintain their facilities in prime condition and this adds a lot of pressure on existing structures, demanding a higher level of maintenance and resulting in higher wear and tear. We suggest that a rate of depreciation of 20% be allowed. Indirect Taxes (i) Exemption from Para 63, Service Tax Act 1994: Hotels and other tourism related service providers who earn foreign exchange have been included as the 13th Sector in the Service Export Promotion Council (SEPC) set up by the Ministry of Commerce GOI. We think that they should be granted exemption to the extent of foreign exchange for services such as commission paid to foreign travel agents, cab rentals, dry cleaning services, health club, and beauty parlour services. (ii) Hotels should be allowed a concessional rate of customs duty for hotels and restaurants in tune with international level of duty. (iii) Preparations such as bread, biscuits, chocolates etc, which are consumed regularly by guests, should be exempted from levy of central excise duty. Sales Tax/Vat/Luxury tax and Others (i) Luxury Tax should be rationalised on the actual amount received by the hotel and not the published tariffs. (ii) A common policy should be established for luxury tax as well as uniform VAT/Sales Tax on Food and Beverage and excise duty on liquor. Economic issues pending with Ministry of Finance (i) A 2% interest subvention should be extended to hotels for being an employment extensive industry similar to textiles, leather, marine and handicrafts which currently enjoy these benefits. (ii) Deletion of hotels from being equated with real estate by the Reserve Bank of India, a condition which implies very high risk levels (3-4% higher than the prime lending rate). (iii) Tourism to be declared as an industry under the Industries (Development and Regulation) Act 1951, which will allow hotels benefits such as getting land banks, exemption of duty on stamp paper, exemption and concessions on VAT, water and electricity charges as per industrial rates, road tax, single window clearance for projects etc. Land / FSI This brings us to another issue faced by mid market, budget and economy hotels. Most of the existing hotels in this category lie in the heart of the city. The low FSI (Floor Space Index or the amount that can be constructed on a given parcel of land) is so low that larger inventories cannot be made. The only alternative left for hotel owners is to buy additional land which is very difficult especially with the prohibitively high land prices across most Indian cities. Chapter – VIII Strategic Initiatives The Role of the State State plays a crucial role in the development process and more so in areas/ regions lagging behind in the development for multiplicity of reasons. State has even greater role to play for reduction of disparities- regional, gender, rural and other disadvantaged groups. India’s development process for over 60 years stands as a testimony for the above strategy even though at many stages the same has been subject to criticism. The “temples of modern India” conceived and built through the early years after independence laid the foundation of a very dynamic society, which even though is battling to solve the problem of population growth and associated poverty, stands at the threshold of a nation creating and using the most advanced technologies and development approaches. Arunachal has taken new initiatives for the state to meet: (i) Constitutional obligation for the development of its people (ii) Equitable socio-economic development (iii) Reduction of regional and other disparities (iv) Empower the people and communities With the basic policies in place, the state has now to act as: (i) “Agent of Change” beyond the role of a facilitator and a regulator (ii) Trigger Private Sector, including communities, based investment (iii) Promote “Public-Private-Community Partnership” for the economic development of the state (iv) “Participatory Approach” to bring about ownership and sustainability in the development initiatives (v) Create an “Entrepreneurial” society to reduce dependence on either Government jobs or grant driven projects for State GDP and employment generation Tourism- A Strategic Sector for Development of Arunachal Pradesh Arunachal Pradesh, with its natural beauty offers a unique opportunity for the development of the tourism sector. This will not only bring about a transfer of income from outside the state to the state but also create a distributive opportunity for the income to reach out in remote areas: areas which have been left out from the mainstream due to their remote locations. Tourism sector will create new opportunity for development of an entrepreneurial society and also jobs at all skill levels, both in urban and rural areas. The tourism growth trends in India and the State are very encouraging and it is essential for the state to benefit from this opportunity. An aggressive and proactive Policy in place duly supported by strong implementation mechanisms can bring about immense benefits to the state and its people. The need of the hour is to create “Delivery Mechanisms” to deliver the intent of the policy. Need based “Strategic Initiatives” proposed by us are targeted to fill this gap to sustain and enhance the contribution of the tourism sector. The development of the tourism sector would entail the following: (i) Mindset to welcome the Tourists with a “SMILE” (ii) Resolution of the issue of LAND, a basic for all tourism projects (iii) Creating a “Brand Equity” for the state to bring tourists and also investment in the tourism infrastructure (iv) Building the local Skills to manage the tourism sector (v) Local Entrepreneurs for joint ventures / franchise for knowledge transfer (iv) Access to funding for the individuals and community based projects beyond the centrally sponsored schemes for the development of the tourism sector. Past Development Initiatives & Current Needs The Government of Arunachal Pradesh has taken up various initiatives in the past for the development of the tourism sector. These initiatives have included destinations, circuits and wayside amenities and funded, almost all, by different schemes of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and negligible amount from states own resources. The private sector participation has been at an extremely low profile due to early stage of private sector and entrepreneurship development in the state. Poor access to credit and land regulations have also been a limiting factor. The following data, based upon information received from the State Tourism Department, shows the investment trends for the last 5 years: Tourism Investments`-Past Budgets (Rs crores) Year Central State Total %GDP 2004-05 10.41 - 10.41 2005-06 19.24 - 19.24 less than 1% 2006-07 17.34 0.33 17.67 2007-08 33.15 - 33.15 2008-09 20.92 - 20.92 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 2004-5 2005-6 2006-7 2007-8 2008-9 List of Schemes sanctioned by the Ministry of Tourism Government of India Year Project Name Amount Sanctioned 2003-2004 1. Construction of Wayside Amenities at Kuporijo 2. Development of Infrastructure at Ganga Lake, Itanagar 3. Eco-Tourist Hut at Changlang (Site changed to Medo) 4. Destination Development of Along, West Siang(C/O Tourist Complex at Along) 5. Destination Development of Zemithang 10.41 2005-2006 1. Destination Development of Hot Spring, Jia at Lower Dibang Valley Distict, Arunachal Pradesh 2. Destination Dev. Of Geara Lake Taraso 3. Circuit Development of Dibrugarh- 19.24 Pasighat-Dying Ering Wild Life Santuary 4. Integrated Development of Siang Circuit 5. Computerization of Arunachal Tourism 6. Construction of Multipurpose Hall at Pasighat/Tourist Lodge at Deomali/ Wayside Amenities at Deomali Entry Gate, Tirap 2006-2007 1. Restoration and Preservation of Historical Heritage of Stone Rampart at Yabgo, Dambuk 2. Development of Tourist Complex at Parsuramkhund 3. Development of Tourism Circuit in Arunachal Pradesh-Dirak-Chowkham- Wakro-Tezu-Hayuliang-Walong 4. Development of Tourist Resort at Hollongi 17.34 2007-2008 1. Development of Tourist Lodge at Geku in Upper Siang District 2. Development & Improvement of Geyakar Sinyi near Itanagar 3. Development of Tourism Circuit in Arunachal Pradesh (Itanagar-Ziro- Daporijo-Basar) 4. Development of Tourist Complex at Tuting, Upper Siang District 5. Development of “Mechuka” Tourism Destination in Arunachal Pradesh 6. Construction of Tourist Complex at Mayudia Lower Dibang Valley in Arunachal Pradesh 7. Development of Jairampur Destination in Arunachal Pradesh 8. Development of Tourism Infrastructure Near Pakhui Wild Life Sanctuary at Seijosa 33.15 2008-2009 River front development and additional accommodation at the Tourist Complex at Aalo in Arunachal Pradesh Destination Development of Morsing in West Kameng District of Arunachal Pradesh Development of Lumla Sub-Circuit, Arunachal Pradesh Development of Dolma Park at Lumla in 20.92 Tawang District, Arunachal Pradesh Construction of Tourist Lodge at Seppa Construction of Tourist Lodge at Tasam Moring near Bameng, East Kameng District Growth of Tourist Arrivals in Arunachal Pradesh The tourist arrival during the 7 year period from 2002 to 2008, for which the state has made investments in the tourism infrastructure development, is as follows: Tourist (2002) 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Arunachal Domestic (4372) 2195 39767 50560 80137 91100 89292 Arunachal Foreign (187) 123 321 313 706 2212 3020 Arunachal Total (4559) 2318 40088 50873 80843 93312 92392 (Tourists) 100000 90000 80000 70000 60000 50000 40000 30000 20000 10000 0 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 The chart above shows positive growth trends of tourist arrivals at a CAGR of over 22% during the period of 2004-08 after sudden jump in 2004. The tourists are mostly Domestic with Foreigners being just 2% of the total tourists. The major driver for tourism during this period has been the air fare eligibility for LTC travelers of the government and public sector employees to travel to the states in the North East. It is expected to keep this incentive till the growth stabilizes and the stimulus may not be required. The Missing Links: Infrastructure In the absence of a State Tourism Strategic Plan, Comprehensive Tourism Policy (current & updated- last made in 2003), Destination Development (facilities at the specific tourist sites) most of the projects are encouraged by the different Grant Schemes of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and with very little linkages for the tourism infrastructure on a holistic and demand driven basis. The resources are thinly spread and show low quality and capacity to service high paying tourists as well as high end budget tourists as the expectations are way beyond what is being offered. The current infrastructure does not allow the tourists to spend money for accommodation, at destinations, entertainment, shopping and restricts the income transfer for the benefit of the people in the state. The poor infrastructure and low capacity also inhibits the travel and tour trade to take aggressive stance to promote tourism. Land is the most critical issue in the development of the tourism infrastructure. The complex and unresolved issue of land ownership and lease by the private sector is the single biggest barrier to investments by the local or outside the state investors. It also does not allow the projects to access funds from the financial institutions and / or banks, even if they are viable and sustainable. The most important need of connectivity – telecom and internet for information, communication and confirmations etc is not included in these projects Tourism depends on the basic infrastructure of roads and these leave a lot to be desired. In some areas of interest to high paying tourists the roads are almost nonexistent as they are of extremely BAD quality and back breaking. Good quality road connectivity to destinations is a pre-requisite and non-negotiable. The Missing Links: Skills The need of the “Human Resource Skills” starts at the level of information and facilitation be it at the tourist originating states with needs for holiday or a business visit planning or at the gateways to the state for the tourist (airports, rail heads, road transport stations - bus & taxi) to reach their destinations in the state for their holiday or business. Arunachal, being a hill state the dominant means for transport is the road transport system .The bus and taxi drivers are the first ambassadors for the state that interacts with the tourists and the behavior of help or exploitation decides the impressions the tourist carries. This is important as the word of mouth is the best advertisement and supports all efforts for “Brand” development. The grossly inadequate and poor wayside amenities and the eating houses (dhabas included) on the route also create a lasting impression for the facilities the state is providing for the tourists. The most common need of a clean and functional toilet is yet to be met. We have to train the people and create a mind set to benchmark their infrastructure and services such that it makes the journey pleasant. The rash highway driving is full of near misses and does not add to any comfort of the tourist as the fear of an accident is always upper most in the mind of a traveler. The lack of highway / city information support system leaves the tourist in the lurch. Current and relevant route and city maps are essential and should be available at all gateways and other visible pick up points at the commonly visited places by the tourist. A special cadre of Tourist Police, well informed and trained will go a long distance to meet this need Low cost information leaflets/ brochures etc are required at the destinations / sites on the itinerary of the tourist to enrich the visit and also ensure time is spent at these stops. There is an urgent need for well trained and certified guides at such stops. We also need to upgrade the skill set of the service providers at these tourist destinations and sites, be it the tea stall, fruit vendor or a handicraft seller. This will assist in creating a higher spend environment for the tourist and increase the income for the people servicing the tourist as well as enrich the tourist’s experience. Tourism Growth Planning The rapid increase in tourism is being fuelled by a wide range of contributory factors as outlined in the table below. Tourism Segment Growth Drivers • Domestic tourism • Rapidly increasing purchasing power of the middle class. • Better road connectivity • Evolving lifestyle • International tourism • Development of internationally acclaimed destinations such as Goa, Kerala & Rajasthan and the Golden triangle • Favourable perception of Brand India • Attractive market that motivates foreign business travelers Planning Module The past trends and projected number of tourists based upon a CAGR of 15% it is clear that the increase in the number of tourists is over 100,000 for the next period of 5 years and the same is expected to continue for longer period and grow at a faster pace if proper initiatives are taken and tourism development support systems (both hardware and software) are in place. We have taken a Planning Module of 100,000 tourist addition per Strategic Plan period of 3 years. The infrastructure needs are demonstrated and the planned capacity needs can be extrapolated for future Strategic Plan period of 3 years. Strategic planning is a dynamic process and it is recommended that the plan be reviewed every 3 years based upon the trends visible in the 2nd year. Domestic Tourism The large numbers of domestic tourists are driving the tourism sector growth. This is because of work, leisure, increased disposable income in the hands of the younger generation and lifestyle changes. Considering that the total domestic tourists were 550 million during the period of these survey even small percentages are large in terms of absolute numbers to be catered to in the different segments. The tourism infrastructure will have to meet the needs of the various segments of travelers and provide adequate, affordable and available facilities and services for transport, accommodation and entertainment for the tourists besides the development of the tourist’s sites and destinations. The survey conducted by the Ministry of Tourism has shown the following pattern: Distribution of Tourists by Purpose (%) (Domestic) Purpose Urban Rural All India Business & Trade 10.7 6.6 7.7 Leisure & Holiday 8.7 5.0 6.0 Religious & Pilgrimage 16.2 12.9 13.8 Social 52.9 61.0 58.9 Others 11.6 14.4 13.7 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: MoT and NCAER Domestic Tourism Study Summary of Domestic Tourism Statistics (2002) Urban Rural All India Estimated households (Million) 55.2 140.6 195.7 Estimated tourist households (Million) 21.9 64.9 86.8 Number of trips (Million) 60.9 168.6 229.4 Number of package trips (Million) 1.3 2.6 3.9 Number of tourists (Million) 157.0 392.4 549.4 Number of same day tourists (December 2002) 67.0 176.0 243.0 Number of trips per households 2.78 2.60 2.64 Number of tourists per trip 2.58 2.33 2.39 Average expenditure (Rs.) per trip 2,043 1,160 1,389 Average expenditure (Rs.) per package trip 2,129 1,288 1,558 Average expenditure (Rs.) per same-day trip 119 78 89 Distribution of tourists by purpose (%) Business & Trade 10.7 6.6 7.7 Leisure & Holiday 8.7 5.0 6.0 Religious & Pilgrimage 16.2 12.9 13.8 Social 52.9 61.0 58.9 Others 11.6 14.4 13.7 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: MoT and NCAER Domestic Tourism Study Strategic Initiatives proposed are of 2 types: Start Up Priority Initiatives Strategic Initiatives that are basic and need to be in place over a reasonable period of time (5 years) and the quality and content updated from time to time based upon baseline studies and feedback. Some of these initiatives, to be taken up on priority, are to trigger private sector and community participation by demonstration effect of the government initial investments, either through central government grant funds, state funds, PPP etc The following are some examples: (i) Brand Development for the State (ii) Information & Facilitation Centers (iii) Skills Development & Capacity Building (iv) Tourist City Centers (v) Inns/ Guest Houses in low traffic areas (vi) Rural Tourism (vii) Home Stay-Rural Area (viii) Tourism Sector Investment Opportunity Profiles (ix) Tourism Cluster Promotion Eco Tourism / Wild Life Tourism The state has abundant forest resources with a large variety of flora and fauna. The forests are classified as: national parks, wild life sanctuaries and conservation reserves. It is recommended that a Task Force be created for the development of “Wild Life Tourism – Community Based”. Department of forest would be a key partner and knowledge resource in the Task Force. Tourist Infrastructure Capacity Initiatives that are required on a continuing basis to meet the demands for infrastructure on year to year basis due to increasing number of tourists. These initiatives are to be primarily taken by the private sector and the community with appropriate tourism development policy in place. The funding of these initiatives is from the regular financial intermediation and based upon economic sustainability and meeting the norms of prudent financial management. In order to attract investors and facilitate investments the government should pro- actively identify Tourism sector project opportunities and present them on the state web site as well as hold Investor Workshops periodically. This initiative will go a long way in the development of the tourism sector. The projects indentified should meet the financial sector lending norms of IRR and DSCR as applicable to both short and long gestation period projects. Special schemes need to be in place to encourage local entrepreneurship. Land being a basic need action should be taken to resolve the issue of participation by outside the state residents in the projects as current land regulations are highly restrictive and do not allow/ encourage participation of outsiders. Te development process globally is driven by investments coming from outside as they also bring in markets and technology. A complete review of the land policy needs to be done keeping in mind the local traditional ownership and state of development of local entrepreneurship. Policy should not allow exploitation on the basis of land speculation. The following are some examples: a. Wayside Amenities b. Inns/ Guest Houses c. Hotels / Motels d. Home Stays e. Rural Tourism f. Food & Beverages g. Transport Services h. Travel and Tour Trade i. Bed & Breakfast Schemes in Cities Growth Driver Projects What are Growth Driver Projects and the Need? Projects which fulfill one or many of the following objectives are Growth Driver Projects and are needed to be initiated by the government or its agencies. 1. Projects with long gestation period for economic recoveries and hence difficult for funding by normal financing channels. They would be driven by grant components and/or long term debt funds with generally have a moratorium of 3-5 years and repayment of 10- 15 years thereafter. Such funding is normally not accessible to the private sector. Most of the projects in this category are Infrastructure Projects: access roads to the destinations, destination development in remote areas, projects with low tourist traffic at present but need to be developed for strategic reasons of equitable development of the various regions of the state etc. 2. Projects where benefits are for the larger community and cannot be funded by individual entrepreneurs. Brand Building of the state is one such project which needs to be done by the government as the benefits are not only for the tourism sector but overflows into many areas including Investments in the state in many sectors like education, health care, industry etc 3. Projects for Capacity Building is of a nature for the general benefit of the state and the impact is on a long term basis. a) Human Resource Skills Development is one such major project at the level of INDIVIDUALS and would benefit other sectors like retail, healthcare, besides travel and tourism. A state wide structured initiative has to be launched for the benefit of the youth and to enhance their employability. b) Institutional Capacity will enhance the ability within the state to conceive, design, develop and implement programs and projects in the state for the benefit of all. The impact of capacity building is also on the mindset for development of the tourism sector. This would also include the Tourism Department and others within the government and its institutions that contribute to the development of the tourism infrastructure and facilitate the travel and enhance the experience of the tourist. The civil society institutions and the community based traditional institutions will also benefit from these programs and develop participation and ownership for the success of the Tourism Development Plan. The entire travel and tour trade within the state needs to be upgraded to meet the needs of linkages within their trade network in India and the other countries abroad c) IT Network is a critical need in current times. Information flow and access for planning by individuals, bookings and confirmations, payment gateways etc are to be facilitated by a high speed and reliable IT network within the state linking all the players in the sector. Such a network will make it easy for the foreign travel and tour operators as well as individuals to plan a trip to the state. It will facilitate Brand Build up for the state as well as create an advantage for the state when it is competing with other destinations both within the country and abroad. 4. Information & Awareness Campaigns and setups are Critical Projects that need to be started immediately as other projects are dependent on them. Information centers at the rail, road and air gateways, important states of tourist origin and cities within the state are an example of this need. 5. Demonstration Projects The most important need of a tourist is affordable, safe and standard accommodation along with rest facilities on the highways as roads are the only means of transportation in the hill areas. The road system in the USA developed due to the wayside facilities and accommodation as MOTELs. Franchised brands provided the credibility needed for the comfort of the motorist and ensured minimum standards and eliminated exploitation. In order to promote and facilitate tourists in the state it is imperative for the Tourism Plan to provide for these facilities which are non- existent or grossly inadequate. Projects listed below will fill the gap in the tourism needs as well as these will trigger similar private sector initiatives by the demonstration projects acting as demonstrator with multiplier effect. • Wayside Amenities, • Inns /Guest Houses • Rural Tourism, • Home Stay etc 6. Transportation There is a need to connect major centers for the tourist in the state with the gateways for rail, road and air which all happen to be in Assam and Guwahati being the main gateway for all travelers in the North East. Tourist Busses / Coaches / Taxis, both air-conditioned and non air conditioned need to be operated by the Tourism department either directly or in partnership of the private sector, communities, and retired service personnel to connect the gateways. The Tourism department LOGO must be clearly visible for confidence building and bookings done at the tourism department Kiosks at these gateways. Fixed fares to be charged and published. The facility will go beyond pure transportation to the cities in the state but also move the tourist away from the clutches of unscrupulous travel / taxi operators who exploit the tourist both in terms of money and content and create an unhappy tourist who is likely to become a negative brand ambassador. 7. City Tours Conducted City tours with proper Guides achieve the twin objective of explaining the local heritage and opportunity for the local community to benefit from the regulated stops by selling goods and services to the tourists at these stops. It is more organized and transparent way of engaging the tourist’s time during the visit to the state 9. Package Tours ensure hassle free travel for the tourists. The numbers are small in the beginning but over time they are a key to the development of tourism as they take away the uncertainty from the tourists mind and create a better success chance for the state being opted as the destination. Package tours also facilitate in better utilization of the accommodation facilities as overnight stays can be planned for destinations other than the main hubs. This provides an opportunity for exposure to the local art, crafts, cuisine and entertainment thereby engaging the local community. 9. Tourist City Centers Tourist City Centers, a new Strategic Initiative, are proposed by us to meet the tourist’s needs on a holistic basis within the state. The Tourist City Center is: (i) A single point information and facilitation center for the tourist in the city and acts as the center of activity for the entire travel and tour trade in the city and its neighboring area. (ii) A major feature of the Center is that it provides for good affordable accommodation, food court and shops for meeting tourists needs (iii) The Center also provides for the exposure to the local heritage, arts and crafts, cuisine and performing arts including entertainment. (iv) It also provides the base for Guides and City tours as well as day tours to tourist destinations in the area. (v) The Tourist gets a 9am to 9 pm exposure and in the process transfers financial resources to the local community for their well being and gainful engagement. Demonstration Projects-Tourism Sector “Wayside Amenities” Project – Arunachal Pradesh 1. The Need Tourism is one of thrust sectors for growth in the hill state of Arunachal Pradesh. Employment and distributive growth is the need of the hour and tourism offers an excellent avenue as it creates income transfers and actively involves local communities. The primary means of transport for the tourists in the hill area is through roads. However, the infrastructure available for these tourist is very minimal if not absent in the hill region. There are clearly identified needs of clean wash rooms - especially for women, rest points offering credibility, reliability in quality of products and services and security. Developing “Wayside Amenities” for the tourist across the state including remote areas will attract more tourist and also increase the tourist spend in the state. 2. The Project The project consists of a chain of branded cafés. This project is based on a Public – Private – Community Partnership (PPCP) model. The location of our outlets in the hill areas will provide new opportunities for the local entrepreneurs, create new jobs in the local communities and also provide access to market for heritage products and local produce. The Structure of project consists of about 50 outlets classified as Base stations/ Nodes and Modular outlets. The base stations will work as distribution points and training grounds for the other outlets and also provide additional services. Base Stations will be flagship outlets located at strategic points so as to serve as centre of the supply chain and as training grounds for other outlets. Module A is the basic module for all outlets. It will offer the basic services such as Clean Toilets, Tea & Coffee, Beverages (Soft drinks, Bottled water, flavored milk etc.),Basic Packaged foods counter, Basic Travel Requisites (OTC Drugs, travel pack etc.), Forest Produce and Local Tourist Guides Module B can be added on to Module A based on the demand. It will offer add on services to the basic module such as Communication Center (Telephone/ email), ATM machine, Add on retail products (Souvenirs, travel requisites like books, magazines, audio cassettes etc.), Forest Nursery Products Module C will be added on to the module B at places with high traffic such as tourist spots and roads between major tourist destinations. It will have extra seating space and offer add on services to Module B like Heat and Eat Food, Kiddy rides and play area and Facilitate emergency medical care. 3. Benefits to Key Stakeholders The State gets an opportunity to create 50 new entrepreneurs, 250 direct jobs and 1250 indirect jobs .The development of this infrastructure will promote tourism and increased tourism income in the state and create demand for ethnic products. The Local Communities will benefit from the jobs created, income enhancement opportunities and access to markets for their produce. The Entrepreneur benefits from a new income generation opportunity, skill up gradation and enterprise sustainability by being part of a larger project. The Tourists gets access to high quality facilities, reliable quality products and services, and an opportunity to enjoy nature and access to ethnic products WAYSIDE AMENITIES (Government of India, Ministry of Tourism- Press Report) Wayside amenities should be located after about every 50kms. on the way leading to the tourist destinations/circuits. A workshop held in Delhi on World Class Tourism Infrastructure in which Mr. Sujit Banerjee said, “We have proposed to set up wayside amenities every 25-30 kms on national and state highways, district roads, smaller roads that connect highways and places of tourism importance. This will be achieved in coordination with the Ministry of Surface Transport which has given its assent.” A proposal to set up amenities will be funded through: investments from state tourism boards, PPPs and if required, through Central Financing Assistance (CFA). Banerjee said, "The important aspect of this project is that the amenities may be established on private land as well. Suppose there is a conventional dhaba, we can ascertain the viability of the same wherein a small area can be designated for the amenity with appropriate signage. We are working on the modalities." The ministry is considering three different forms of amenities: only with a washroom, washroom with a small room to serve refreshments, and one on a larger scale having 10-12 tables for dining with washrooms. "These facilities will be basic in nature for travelers who need a clean environment for a stopover during long road journeys," he explained. The decision on locations will be left to the respective states. Banerjee added, "These amenities could have different designs depending on the states, depicting their architecture and culture. State governments, we expect, will soon start sending their proposals to private operators for this projects. This project will be vital for us to promote rural tourism." Following facilities for Wayside Amenities are: (i) Eating place, drinking water and wash rooms; (ii) Dormitory for rest; (iii) Facility of telephone; (iv) Fueling facilities; (v) Sufficient parking space for different categories of vehicles segregating the parking for buses and trucks from car and other light vehicles; (vi) Repair shops (mechanical and electrical) and shops for spare parts; (vii) A kiosk for sundry items; (viii) A space for spreading awareness about various government welfare programmes including first aid facility; and (ix) Landscaping; (x) Recreational facilities (xi) Vehicle accessories and workshops (xii) Information hoardings and landscaping etc. (xiii) Illumination (xiv) Improvement of road and parking INN’s / Guest Houses Project – Arunachal Pradesh The INNs/ Guest houses are based upon a standardized modular design and expandable and they target the Family Tourists – Budget Tourist corresponding to 1 & 2 star hotels. Overall project investment is envisaged at Rs 25 crores (excluding cost of land) creating 500 rooms and providing direct and indirect employment to 2000 people. They are proposed to be taken up gradually, in the next 5 years by 2015, to include all tiers 1, 2 and 3 cities / towns in the state and provide reliable, secure and standardized high quality accommodation to the budget and family tourists. Four Inns are proposed to be taken up in the initial stage as part of Growth Driver Projects. The benefits will accrue due to demonstration factor and multiplier effect at various locations in cities other than Itanagar where the Flagship Inn will be located. They could be taken up in partnership with the local community to facilitate access to land and create local participation and ownership. Inns would also facilitate creation of budget accommodation for tour packages to be developed for structured tourism. 1. The Need Tourism is one of thrust sectors for growth in the hill state of Arunachal Pradesh Employment and distributive growth is the need of the hour and tourism offers an excellent avenue as it creates income transfers and actively involves local communities. The primary means of transport for the tourists in the hill area is through roads. However, the infrastructure available for these tourist is very minimal if not absent in the hill region. There are clearly identified needs of overnight stay accommodation in form of Inns / Hotels offering credibility, reliability in quality of products and services and security. Developing “INNs” for the tourist across the state including remote areas will attract more tourist and also increase the tourist spends in the state. 2. The Project The project consists of a chain of branded “INNs”. This project is based on a Public – Private – Community Partnership (PPCP) model. The location of our INNs in the hill areas will provide new opportunities for the local entrepreneur. The Structure of project consists of about 29 modular INNs across the state and would contribute to the development of tourism infrastructure across the state. The flagship INN located at Itanagar will serve as centre of training for other INNs. Location Capacity Rooms each Numbers Total Capacity Rooms Remarks Itanagar 50 1 50 Flagship & Training Center Circuit 1 Circuit 2 25 8 200 Phase 1 Other circuits cities, towns and tourist destinations 12 20 240 Phase 2 Total 29 490 (say 500 ) 3. Benefits to Key Stakeholders The State gets an opportunity to create about 100 new entrepreneurs, 1000 direct jobs and another 1000 indirect jobs .The development of this infrastructure will promote tourism and increased tourism income in the state and create demand for ethnic products. [ The Local Communities will benefit from the jobs created, income enhancement opportunities and access to markets for their produce. The Entrepreneur benefits from a new income generation opportunity, skill up gradation and enterprise sustainability by being part of a larger project. The Tourists gets access to high quality facilities, reliable quality products and services, and an opportunity to enjoy nature and access to ethnic products 8.8.3. Hotels / Motels – The Critical Need This segment of the tourism infrastructure is proposed to be taken up basically by the Private Sector and hence not included in the list of “Growth Driver Project” to be initiated by the state. However the following issues need to be addressed by an appropriate Tourism Development Policy so that an attractive enabling environment exists for the investors and investments are economically viable for the investors and financial institutions to provide access to funds as these projects have a long gestation period. A key need for the tourism infrastructure is good and affordable accommodation. The accommodation exists in the following 3 segments: (a) 5star, 4 star and heritage hotels (b) Three, two & one star hotels and (c) Small budget hotels, guesthouses & inns in the unorganized sector. The sluggish investment scenario in the hotel and tourism segment implies that most of the investors are not willing to come forward because of the inherent problems there in like: 1. Lack of hotel sites, expensive land available through auctions 2. Construction of hotel is capital-intensive and it has a long gestation period 3. There are few Government incentives presently available to the hotel industry 4. There is extremely large number of approvals / sanctions required to construct and operate a hotel (regulatory process) as well as uncertainties of permissions. 5. Inadequate returns on the investment as compared to other sectors of the Economy Over the five-year period from 1999-00 to 2003-04, the compounded annual growth rate has been the strongest in the ‘budget segment’. During this period, the revenue per available room (RevPAR) for the 3-star category has grown at 11%, the 4-star segment has grown at 9% and slowest growth was recorded in the 5-star deluxe segment that grew at a marginal 1.2% only (source: survey for 2005-06 done for FHRAI by HVS International). With rise in domestic tourism, overall occupancy in the non-luxury sector has already touched 65%-70% across the country. Demand for the mid-priced or non-luxury segment is being fuelled by a surge in mid-management corporate travel (junior business executives, medical representatives) and domestic tourism. Foreign corporate and holiday travelers also fuel demand for budget hotels. Tourism Policy- Affirmative Actions for Accommodation • The formation of budget hotels in the country needs a multi-prong strategy from the State Governments/local authorities in terms of land pricing, moderate taxation and speedy approvals. • The state could consider for budget hotels a 10- year tax incentives, reimbursement of stamp-duty and lower transfer fee for leasehold land. • In order, to keep the tariffs competitive, budget hotels should also be extended concession on entertainment and luxury tax. The base tariff for luxury tax needs to be revised to above Rs. 2000/- per night room rent and periodically raised. • Land availability and the auction of hotel plots is linked to the real –estate values of the land, which makes the project cost prohibitively high and setting-up of budget hotels becomes an economically un-viable proposition. Growth in the accommodation will trigger small businesses and self-employment. These activities can range from providing tour and guidance services to setting-up of hotels, restaurants, souvenir shops and local handicrafts outlets. Findings from the primary survey – Domestic Tourists Accommodation required by the domestic tourists 70% Average bed nights per visitor Domestic 1.12 Foreigner 1.36 Person per room 2.09 1.15 Type of accommodation required Luxury 2.16 Budget 30.23 Others 67.61 (Source: ACNielsen ORG-MARG Pvt. Ltd. Assessment of requirement of Hotel Room / Accommodation in Metro Cities 10 and 50 major Tourist Centres in India –MoT Feb 2008) The growing number of domestic tourist, encouraged by the incentive given by the government for the Government and public sector employees, offers an unique opportunity for the private sector to invest in the Hotel industry. A pro-active action needs to be taken by the government to initiate a dialogue with all the stakeholders, including the financial sector, to identify and resolve the bottlenecks to growth Rural Tourism & Home Stays We propose to use development of rural tourism as one our most important tourism promotion initiative. It is easy low cost high return initiative and takes the benefit of tourism to remote areas of the state. Rural tourism has also been a key component of Ministry of Tourism various initiative and also interfaces with the rural development and panchayat raj. Rural tourism could thus trigger an all round development of the rural areas by providing jobs and income generating opportunities for the residents, women empowerment and community participation and ownership for both economic and social sustainability of the project. Government of India has also conducted an impact assessment study and the results are very encouraging. In view of the multi-dimensional impact of rural tourism and home stays the extracts of the study are being reproduced. Rural Tourism and home stay Projects are to be carefully designed to protect the heritage and avoid negative impact of un-regulated tourism. The residents of the area have to be prepared to understand the project and its impact and supported by a sociologist to act as a counselor during the early stages for both the tourist and the residents. Following are the excerpts from the study: The Ministry of Tourism, Government of India is implementing Rural Tourism Scheme to promote village tourism as the primary tourism product to spread tourism and its socio- economic benefits to rural and its new geographic regions in India. The primary beneficiaries are rural communities (especially women and unemployed youth), PRI representatives, tourists etc. Under the 10th Five Year Plan thrust has been given to promote village tourism as the primary tourism product to spread tourism and its socio-economic benefits to rural and its new geographic regions. For creation or improvement of infrastructure at the selected site, various activities have been undertaken, viz, improvement of surroundings of the village which include landscaping, development of parks, fencing, compound wall etc; improvements of roads within the Panchayat limits; illumination in the village; provision for improvement in solid waste management and sewerage management; procurement of equipments directly related to tourism, like water sports, adventure sports, eco-friendly modes of transport for moving within the tourism zone; refurbishment of the monuments; signages; reception centres; tourist accommodation and other work/activities directly related to tourism. Further to build capacity and enhance the participation of local community, various software activities are undertaken by implementing agencies like Non Government Organisations (NGO) / Panchayat Raj Institutions (PRI)/ etc. The objectives of the software activities is to develop a sustainable Rural Tourism product, convergence with the Ministry’s Rural Tourism Scheme (Hardware) through tourismawareness, capacity building for tourism/hospitality services, gender equity, creation of Gurukul, environment care and marketing of traditional art and folk forms. Various activities at the selected sites that have been undertaken include the baseline survey of the site; enhancing local community awareness of the tourism process; gender sensitization; capacity building/design inputs related to art & craft skills, cultural & natural heritage; Gurukul process;capacity building for various aspects of visitor handling; convergence with other yojanas/schemes in the site; environment care and access to cleaner technology with local material, local skills and local traditional styles; marketing convergence including the travel trade for domestic and international visitors. Based on the Tenth Five Year Plan goals of the Government of India, and on the United Nations Development Assistance Framework priorities of strengthening decentralization and promoting gender equality, Government of India- United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Country Programme (2003-2007) has been initiated. UNDP has committed funding support to the Government of India (Ministry of Tourism) for the Endogenous Tourism Project initiative. The Project seeks to promote local culture and craft based eco-tourism for sustainable livelihoods and integrated rural development during the 10th Five Year Plan. The primary facilitation of the Endogenous Tourism Project is for capacity building / direct training; thereby enabling low-income village communities create and articulate their skills from within. IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF SCHEME Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism projects, particularly on Tourist arrivals Most of the sites chosen for rural tourism project have inherent advantages in terms of historic importance, craft, culture, cuisine, natural beauty etc. It was assessed that prior to the intervention of Ministry of Tourism, there were five basic issues hindering the flow of tourist. • Lack of basic infrastructural facilities for tourists like sanitation, drinking water • facility, wayside amenities • Lack of accommodation and fooding facilities • Lack of awareness about the site importance and the need for local guides • Need to maintain hygienic and good sanitation conditions at the sites • Xenophobia among the local population With the intervention of Ministry of Tourism, there has been considerable change. Though, it is too early to assess quantitatively the increase in the number of tourists (in most of the cases, the project is not yet completed), but our study shows that the Xenophobia (fear towards unknown) has been removed from the mind of the local people. The smaller radii in the tourism circuit have been identified within the destination for keeping the tourist stay for more than a day. Different goal setting exercises have been conducted with the host community in due participation and suggestion of village committee as well as the District Coordination Committee. The following factors have complemented and are indicative of the fact that Rural Tourism scheme has been successful in attracting more tourists and elongating their period of stay in the village. • Effective documentation of the site by preparation of Brochures, cards, websites etc depicting the site attractions. This has helped in marketing the sites even among foreign tourists. • Equipping the artisans to produce the artistic products with good quality. Encouraging product diversification and provision of marketing linkages as well as credit facilities has increased sales of the local art and craft forms from the craft interpretation centre. • Documentation of traditional festivals and folk lore has been carried to the tourists. • Improvement in the cleanliness and hygiene in the village and environmental awareness among the people has fostered a conducive atmosphere for tourists at few places. The drainage system, garbage disposal system etc has changed the Sanitation and health of the village. • Guide training among the local youths has led to an increasing number of youths helping the tourists in knowing the places of attraction in the villages. • Concept of home stays with food, clean water and toilets being promoted among the host community has resolved the problem of accommodation on one hand and on the other hand helped the tourists to feel a part of the local community. • Training of the women/ the host community in preparation of different types of cuisine and other hospitality aspects has also resulted in increasing the satisfaction level of the visitors. • The tourist arrival to control villages is constant over a period of time. Not much of efforts have been done by local community members to increase the total inflow to the destinations. Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism Projects, Particularly on Employment Generation – overall and for the Local Population The overall goal of the rural tourism is to create a community managed rural tourism model through strengthening livelihoods of the local communities and the preservation and development of local heritage of the villages. Due to the initiatives taken by the Ministry of Tourism to promote rural tourism, a number of avenues for employment of local population have opened. The direct and indirect sources of income are enumerated below: • The employment of local youths as tour guides has given gainful employment to a large number of unemployed youth in the village. The concept of homestays with toilets has supplemented the income of the host population. • A large number of tea stalls, small restaurants, pan shops etc have started functioning due to the increase in inflow of tourists, which has again improved the socio-economic conditions of the local people. • As local resources (labour and material) were used to construct the hardware structure under this scheme in the villages, a number of people have got employed. • The revival of Tourism products like folk arts by formation of activity groups has also helped the local population. These folk arts provides link with the past and bring alive ancient traditional art forms and culture. They also helped in perpetuating legacy for the future. The support to rejuvenate the folk arts has lead to the revival of the folk arts and also providing livelihoods to the practitioners of the arts. • A vital aspect of the Rural Tourism Scheme was to check the migration of the artisans from the village. To tackle the problem of migration, the artisans in different categories like stone carvers, pot makers, wood carvers, painters, weavers etc have been given trainings and exposure visits. Their product has been effectively promoted via different means and they have been taught about product diversification and demand of market, which has ultimately enhanced their income and stopped the migration. • Integration of gender perspectives into the tourism industry has also evolved as an important concept through the Rural Tourism Scheme, as it is the major employer of women and offers various opportunities for independent income generating activities for them. The Self Help Groups (SHGs) which were either non functional or disintegrated and have been provided/ will be provided financial and marketing linkages helping them to increase their income. In control villages, due to lack of concept of integration of existing economic activity with the tourism, the villagers lack the basis understanding of alternative livelihood opportunity Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism Projects, Particularly on Preservation and Improvement of Environment One of the biggest challenges of the tourism industry is that success should not destroy, what attracts the visitors in the first place i.e. the environment. During the field visits, it was observed that there is change in villager’s attitudes towards cleanliness, hygiene and sensitiveness towards environment. The changes in relation to preservation and improvement of environment that were noticed during the field visit are listed below: • Solid Waste Management: Solid Waste Management (SWM) Training has been imparted by the NGOs/ implementing agencies to the villagers covering issues like awareness generation; appropriate waste segregation; disposal of plastics; reuse and recycling of plastic, composting and vermi-composting. The measures adopted have improved the environment and facilitated the tourists. After training, the villagers have initiated waste management and started collection, segregation and dumping of the waste in designated areas. The SWM brought in the much required scientific approach to the whole process of waste management and a proper disposal of plastic which was unchecked. It also gave Waste Management a new perspective in terms ‘waste as wealth’ and ‘waste as source of income’. • Beautification and Landscaping of the village: It has been reported that the rural tourism has improved the natural beauty of the rural tourism sites. Beautiful parks; renovation of old and heritage buildings, temples, mosques etc; decoration of entry gates etc have gone a long way in attracting the tourists by presenting them a clean and environment friendly village. • Sanitation and Personal Hygiene: The quality of the living conditions of the local community and their standard of living has improved at select rural tourism sites. For the development of village, people have showed their priority towards sanitation. For instance, in Lachen (Sikkim), the cows and yaks roam in plenty and pose a threat to health of the villagers. To spread awareness among people, various measures have been undertaken under the rural tourism scheme. For instance, for improvement in health and hygiene, camps and demonstrations of hygienic practices; workshop on cleanliness has been organized. This has resulted in improved living condition of the local community through proper hygienic practices. Again, for improvement in the sanitation facilities, need assessment was done with the local community to identify the needs of the people in the improvement of sanitation. Environmental awareness workshops were organized. The output of all these has been creation of sanitation facilities such as the toilet facilities for the usage of local community and enhancement in awareness on the utilization of created infrastructure. In control villages, the participation of local community members for improvement of sanitational condition is limited and lack the concept of improved sanitational conditions in the village can increase stay period of tourist which would ultimately lead to enhancement of income generation Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism Projects on Direct Revenue Generated One of the most important objectives of the rural tourism programme is to increase the income flow of the local population and improving their quality of life. After receiving training on various aspects like hospitality management, guide training, visitor handling, linguistic ability etc, many rural unemployed youths have come forward and started working as guides. Youth who were already employed in the profession, have improved their skills on visitor handling. Most of them neither could speak in English nor had any formal degree. These guides have now become much more organised and many have opted for various courses and certification, which will increase their income in future. Besides, the development of home-stays in this programme has resulted in a smooth flow of income for the host community. They have been given training on cleanliness, preparation of cuisines and other vital aspects of visitor handling. During the field survey, it was found that in Kumbhalanghi (Kerala), the charges of rooms are as high as Rs 1200 per day. Besides, the host community also earns by serving the guests with different types of cuisines. Artisans and craftsmen in the villages are another set of people whose earning has moderately increased due to the efforts taken under rural tourism scheme. They have participated in various workshops and training sessions, updating their knowledge and skill on modern designs, colours, technology and experimented with different models. While participating in the local festivals or in national events, they have earned good profit by selling their products. In control villages, artisans still use traditional techniques and designs for their product. It leads to low demand for their product in the market. Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism Projects on Self-Sustainability of Projects Another major objective of the rural tourism is to build the capacity of local communities so that the projects may be sustainable in long run. In most of the rural tourism sites, the community has been effectively mobilised and their capacity being built (especially for UNDP supported sites). The local community has been trained to manage the tourism site, all by its own for sustainability. The community has been equipped through the goal setting exercises in the maintenance of the site; outcomes of the tourism through community participation and effective monitoring of all the said activities. The Village Coordination Committee, consisting of both genders has enabled the local community in the activities for the successful results. The active participation in need assessment, group discussion, disadvantaged groups, women, and unemployed youth has also been ensured in this process. This institution building among the artisan community has resulted in the formation of Federation of artisans, VLCs, SHGs, producer groups etc. These institutions are constituted to manage the site on sustainable basis. In control villages, the concept of self sustainability totally lacking amongst the local communities Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism Projects on System of Maintenance of Facilities for Tourists The maintenance of the facilities created is an aspect which requires a lot of attention or else the utilities and civil structures created would either be destroyed due to sheer negligence or would not be able to draw the desired number of tourists. At Paranpur (Madhya Pradesh), it has been observed that the structures like Kala Kendras, Craft Museums, Toilets, Parking sheds, rest rooms etc are maintained by the villagers under the direct supervision of the village panchayat. This also serves an important objective of the rural tourism i.e. to increase the livelihood opportunities of the locals. For maintaining these facilities, in many places (or already in place in many sites) the local youths and women are working as sweepers, guards, cleaners, facilitators, receptionists etc. Thus not only the structures gets utilized and maintained, but the people also get gainful employment resulting in self sustainability. Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism Projects of Publicity/ Campaign Launched by the Agency Implementing the Project for Attracting Tourists The publicity/campaign launched by various NGOs and implementing partners has helped in projecting the particular sites as places in the tourism circuit of India. Earlier, the visitors were either unaware about the site or didn’t stop over in the village. Due to the publicity and marketing efforts of the Ministry of Tourism, State departments and the implementing partners, situation is gradually changing. Various publicity methods have been adopted to promote tourism at the sites like documentation of the site with the campaign of “Incredible India”; preparation of brochures, cards depicting the site attractions; developing websites explaining in details the history, culture, food, craft etc of the site; strategic tie-up with various tour operators and travel agents to market the site; video shooting; Taking natives to exposure visits to unknown places, thereby spreading the culture through word of mouth ; putting up signages in villages so that visitors know exactly what to see or where to go and conducting workshops in places like Delhi Haat etc where the true art form of the natives is showcased thereby getting more recognition to the villages. Impact Assessment of Rural Tourism Projects on Involvement of Travel agents/ Tour Operators to Promote destinations The travel agents and tour operators are playing an important role in promotion of the destinations. Most of these places were till recently unknown to many domestic and foreign tourists. However, most of tour operators who conduct package tours, (taking the people for sight seeing to different places and arrange for their accommodation and food too) have started taking the visitors to these sites now. Though it is still at a nascent stage, with volume of tourists slowly increasing to the sites, however the efforts are in place to promote these sites. During interaction with private tour operators, it has been reported that the situation is slowly changing and visitors are now desirous to see these destinations. Perception, Experience and Expectation of Tourists about the Facilities Available During the interaction with tourists (both domestic and international), overall the visitors seem to be truly satisfied with their trip to India. While some of them were in the site for the first time, few others had repeated their tour. The positives of the rural tourism according to them are enumerated below: • India being a land of diversity, this type of trips gives a platform to visit the hinterlands and meet the rural people. • Local community warmth and the natural beauty of the places is really enchanting • Their expectations have been fulfilled, as they felt a part of the family itself • They really enjoyed the home stays and talking and mixing with people • Added attraction for them was that the local art and crafts were being made in front of them and the process being explained to them. • It was a great experience to witness the way of living, to exchange views with rural people and being close to nature. • They enjoyed the hospitality of the people who were very receptive. Skills Development & Capacity Building Strategy for Arunachal Pradesh Background The growth in tourism will have to be serviced by a substantial increase in infrastructure, including air-road-rail connectivity, hotels and restaurants. Department of Tourism, Ministry of Tourism & Culture, Government of India, undertook a study to assess the manpower requirement in the hotel and restaurant sector as well as the tour and travel operation business. The extracts of the key findings are: Hotels in India • There are an estimated 1.2 million hotel rooms in the country. However, the star • category hotels account for a mere 7% (approximately 80000 rooms). • There are almost 750,000 people working in hotels across India. In addition, there are more than 1 lakh employees working in motels on state & national highways. • A bulk of the employees (approximately 60%) are working in F&B service, Kitchen and Housekeeping. • Almost 80% of the employees in key hotel functions such as F&B, front office and housekeeping are young; they are less than 40 years old. • Hotels in the unorganized sector employ largely untrained manpower. Restaurants in India • Our estimate is that there are at least 140,000 restaurants in urban India. • Conventional restaurants account for the largest population (30%), followed by sweet shops (16%), fast food outlets (16%) and dhabas (13%). • There are almost 1.85 million people working in restaurants across India. • In addition, there are more than 1.3 million people employed in small restaurants and dhabas on the state and national highways. • Almost 70% of the employees in key functions of F& B service and kitchen are less than 30 years old. • Almost 20% of those employed in F & B of conventional restaurants, cafes and fast food outlets are diploma holders either from private hotel management institutions or Food Craft Institutes. Dhabas, largely, employ untrained manpower. Travel Trade Business in India • There are approximately 6000 travel trade companies/ firms in the country. • The population of these agencies could be growing at 7.5 - 10% annually. • This sector employs almost 83,500 people. Of them, a significant proportion is in functions such as ticketing, tour operations and accounts/ administration. • Almost 44% of the employees in ticketing have a formal IATA/ UTA certificate or a diploma in travel & tour management; 17% of those in administration also have a formal education in travel & tour management. Overall, 17.5% of the employees have formal training in tour and travel management. Emerging Needs for Skills Development and Capacity Building Strategy for Arunachal Pradesh With the growth in the tourism sector and needs for the capacity building and skills development, both at institutional and individual levels. Our plan is to train 10,000 people over a 5 year period to create the basic Human Resource for the state. We propose the following areas for skills development and capacity building: Institutional The Policy, planning, implementation, monitoring and sustainability of the individual projects and the entire tourism sector within the state will be dependent upon the pro-active action and the support the sector receives from the various government departments and its agencies, public finance institutions and the community at large. In order to ensure proper awareness and understanding of the importance of this sector it is proposed that the people in these offices are exposed to a sensitization program and also to specific support and skills therein needed from their respective organizations. This initiative will also create synergy and better utilization of state resources. Government Tourism Department, Industry, Forest Department, Local Administration, Police, Roads, Archeology Transport, Panchayat Raj, Rural Development, Local Communities, Employment, Social Welfare, Culture , Minorities, etc Public Institutions Industry and Trade bodies, Travel and Tour Trade, Hotel and Restaurant associations, Transport Sector- bus and taxi operators, NGOs, Community based organizations, Schools and Colleges, Village Council, Arts & Crafts Promotion Agencies etc. Individuals Individuals across all activities of the tourism sector need to be trained to meet the emerging needs and expectations of the tourists. This will facilitate the states capacity to manage the growing tourism sector both effectively and efficiently and attract both investors and tourists to the state. We have identified the following core areas for the skills development: Information and Facilitation centers Front Desk Tour Planning Reservations Travel and Tour Trade Ticketing Tour Planning Tour Escorts & Guides Transport Owners Drivers Conductors Guides Heritage & Religious sites Community Heritage & Sacred Forests etc Forests- Flora & Fauna Eco Tourism-Mountains ,rivers, lakes etc Hotels, Resorts, Rural Tourism, Wayside Facilities Reservation – IT enabled Guest Relations Housekeeping Food & Beverages Kitchen Restaurants and “DHABAS” Housekeeping Food & Beverages Kitchen Handicrafts Product & Services development & display Sales & Customer Relations Performing Arts Dance, Drama, Music Folklore & Story telling Adventure Tourism Mountains- trekking, Mountains- biking Water Sports – River & lake Paragliding etc Environment Sustainability Water Pollution Waste Management Tourism Sector Skills Development Matrix 10000 trained in 5 years Growth Driver Projects - Strategic Start Up Projects Stakeholders Interface The government departments, its agencies and other institutions and enterprises engaged in the following activities are the stakeholders in the project either directly or indirectly: • Culture & Heritage • Nature • Government- development initiatives • Private Sector-tour operators/investors • Local Community- entrepreneurs/jobs • Financial Sector-Opportunity/CSR/Community Act • Tourists Various stakeholders meetings were held at different times and needs assessed from the travel and tour operators, hospitality industry and civil society besides discussions and information with the government departments and field visits. This was interactive and very beneficial as: • Part of a process to promote participation and ownership of the initiatives to achieve the desired outcomes • Critical to bottom up planning as the implementation success is dependent upon the details at the operational levels and not brevity of the policy • Provides knowledge of past initiatives and their failure / success • Makes the information more objective The environment is for all round efforts to succeed rather than criticize. Investment Strategy The Investment Strategy proposed for the development of the tourism sector is driven by the need to create the Brand and the basic facilities to attract more tourists to the state. Having started this action the private sector will initiate investments in the facilities based upon economic returns in a demand driven situation. The government has to have enabling policies in place to encourage the same. Strategic alliances with the financial sector are required to make the access to funds simpler for the tourism sector. The initial investment by the government will also give it the lead time required to solve the issue of land for encouraging outside investors, essential for the development and participation by the private sector. The investments initiated by the government can explore all funding routes: grants from central government, budgetary support of loans from the state government, public private partnership, Regional development funds and also other funds dedicated to the rural development and employment generation. We are proposing the following matrix for the overall investments: Investor Type % Remarks Government Growth Driver Projects 20% Start up and Spin Off-5yrs Private Sector Core Investments in 80% Dispersed & Ownership Community Tourism Infrastructure The private sector investments will be more sustainable after growth driver projects are launched by the government as explained above. The overall opportunity from the growth of the tourism sector will open new avenues for the financial institutions and the banks to proactively fund the tourism sector projects which they are reluctant to do so due to issue of land, adequate entrepreneurial development in the state and collaterals at all levels of funding. Consolidation of the projects under one Program will enable larger player ( ILFS, IDFC, PE Funds etc) to participate as financial partners or joint venture partners. Each project by itself is very small for these to participate and thus excluding the state from access to investments by such large players. Growth Driver Projects – State Initiated Projects Start Up Project A Dual Approach strategy for the development of tourism in the state is being adopted to enhance the experience of the tourist by better infrastructure on the existing high traffic routes as well as create new destinations adjunct to the main circuits and sub circuits to take the benefit of tourism to new areas and for mainstreaming these areas. The following need based projects were identified and are to be taken up at the earliest by the state government as they are critical for the development of the tourism sector and benefits will accrue widely across the state. These projects will trigger private and community based investments as well as sustains the investments already made by the private sector. The locations of the project have been identified based upon the current trends, revealed by the Department of Tourism baseline study for the tourism in the state, and the need to develop the two key tourist traffic circuits for the increased tourist inflow and higher spend. 1 Tezpur- Bhalukpong-Bomdilla-Tawang including sub-circuit Bhalukpong-Tipi-Seijosa 50 % tourists 2 Itanagar-Ziro –Daporizo-Along- Passighat 37% tourists The development of areas adjunct to the main circuits will support tourist traffic builds up in all areas across the state and the need is felt to create new destinations and products for the tourists for better coverage and experience. Infrastructure and promotion of tourism in other circuits (13% in total), which receive between 2-4% of the total tourists individually will be driven by development needs and not economic sustainability initially. The numbers are very small at this stage and would build up over time as they get integrated into the tourist map of the state. The basic infrastructure of roads and communication is required to be in place before mass tourism can happen. State resources should not be spread thinly for an efficient and effective tourism development approach and Government accommodation and other infrastructure should be spruced up to meet the tourism development needs. Eco-tourism, especially wild life and river rafting needs to be promoted as “Boutique Tourism” and not mass tourism due to carrying capacity and the possible negative impact on the environment. This needs low infrastructure but better security, training and medical aid and evacuation facilities. The border areas have to be dealt with special security concerns as the major target group for Eco-Tourism-wildlife and adventure are foreigners. In order to get high paying foreign tourists we need to explore minimum returns per night for the state either as Tourist fees or as Floor rates for Hotel etc per night. We have to actively discourage low paying tourists in this eco-sensitive zone and border areas as most will be staying in remote villages and home stays. Each type of project selected for the start up is unique in character as it addresses a very specific need and fills in the gap in the current set up. The projects are demand driven and as the tourist traffic builds up they will be replicated by the private sector and the skills and knowledge created within the state will benefit all in this infrastructure expansion drive later. The projects are to be structured in a manner that the revenue earning component of the project can be spun off later on to create new resources for the Tourism Department/ Agency identified / created to implement the Tourism Development Plan and enable them to develop new destinations with these resources. They are likely to become self sustained within the period of 5 years from commercial operations. We have already highlighted the need to implement the Strategic Plan in a period of 3 years with a start up / preparatory period of 1-2 years for the plan to be relevant and effective for the state and derive benefits from the growing tourism. Pilot Projects The Start Up Projects also include 4 special initiatives as “Pilot Projects” to reach out to high paying traffic and benefit from emerging opportunities. They are distinct in the tourism resource being developed for the individual pilot project. 1. Heritage Site Malinithan 2. Wellness Tourism-Flagship Tawang-Tsacha 3. Eco-Tourism- Flagship Pakke Wildlife Sanctuary 4. Hydro-Tourism-Lake Dollung Mukh Start Up Projects – Implemented over a 3 year period Type & Locations Nos Unit Cost (Rs Crs) Total Cost (Rs Crs) Remarks Lease / Spin Off Possibility Tourist City Centers c) Flagships Itanagar d) Others: Bomdilla / Ziro Passighat c) Mini City Centers Aalo 1 12 41.90 Completely Disinvested -leased out to external 3 5.3 operators including TDC Proposed Right to run the 4 3.5 information & facilitation center with the Mechuka Tezu Miao government Wayside Amenities- & 22 2.75 60.50 Completely Information and Disinvested -leased Facilitation Centers out to external Midways on all Tourist operators including Circuit highways TDC Proposed Location Details- Annexure 1 Right to run the information & facilitation center with the government Inns/Guest Houses 7 1.98 13.86 Yes- Completely Accommodation on all Disinvested -leased circuits out to external Location Details- Annexure 2 operators including TDC Proposed Rural Tourism – one in the identified rural areas of each circuit: Location Details- Annexure 3 Home Stays – 2 cottages in each village identified in; Location Details- Annexure 4 20 40 0.70 0.15 14.0 6.0 Social Worker part of the project for better understanding Yes-Completely Disinvested -leased out to external operators including TDC Proposed Adventure Trekking Routes Location Details- Annexure 5 8 2 16 Adventure- White Water Rafting & River Front Development Location Details- Annexure 6 5 5 25 Pilot Projects 29 1.Heritage Site - Malinithan 1 5 Preservation, Renovation & Development 1 15 2. Wellness Tourism- Flagship Tawang-Tsacha 1 4 3.Eco-Tourism- Flagship Pakke Wildlife Sanctuary 1 5 4.Hydro-Tourism-Lake Dollung Mukh - Center of Excellence - 1 5 5 Not applicable as Water Sports- for capacity Passighat building of the state Skills Development 10,000 5.0 Not applicable as c) Institutional for capacity d) Individual building of the state Information Technology & Communications Network – 1 10 Capacity Building Management & Security Tourist Facilitation & Online Inner Line Permit ( domestic tourists ) Brand Build Up *Marketing: International / National /Regional *Information kits *Niche Market Development 1 lot 20 Total 246.26 Add Grand Total Rs 270.89 Each project will 10% crores be funded contin differently gency Tourism Growth Drivers: Start Up Projects Type of Project: Wayside Amenities Total Nos: 22 Annexure No: 1 Circuit No: 1 Route: Balukpong-Bomdilla-Tawang Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Balukpong Balukpong AP Entry - land Balukpong SESA Bomdilla land Bomdilla Sela Sela Pass Tawang land Total - 3 Circuit No: 2 Route: Itanagar-Ziro-Daporji-Aalo-Passighat Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Itanagar Potin Tri- junction Ziro land Ziro Kardo Hills Shivaling - land Ziro Godak Daporji land Daporji Tode Aalo land Igo Tri- junction Entry from highway NH 52 to AP land Aalo Yembung Passighat land Total - 6 Circuit No: 3 Route:Passighat-Jenging-Yingkiong-Tuting Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Passighat Passighat AP Entry - land Boleng 2 routes served Yingkiong/Tuting land Boleng Yingkiong Yingkiong Destination land Total – 3 Circuit No: 4 Route:Tinsukia-Tezu-Hayuliang Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Tinsukia Chokham AP Entry Tezu Land Total – 1 Circuit No: 5 Route: Margherita-Miao-Nomdhapa Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Margherita Namchik AP Entry Miao land Total – 1 Circuit No: 6 Route: Roing – Mayudia- Anini Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Roing land Mayudia land Total 2 Circuit No: 7 Route: Tezpur-Seijosa-Balukpong Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor - - - - Seijosa is very close Land Total – Nil Circuit No: 8 Route: Ziro-Palin-Koloriang Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Ziro Palin Palin Intermediate station Land Palin Koloriang Koloriang Destination Land Total – 2 Circuit No: 9 Route: Itanagar-Doimukh-Sagalee-Seppa Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Itanagar Kheel Sagalee Land Sagalee Nari Camp Seppa Land Total - 2 Circuit No: 10 Route: Aalo-Mechulka Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Aalo Kamba Mechulka Land Total – 1 Circuit No: 11 Route:Daporijo-Siyum-Nacho Start Station En-route Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Daporji Sipi Siyum Total - 1 Tourism Growth Drivers: Start Up Projects Type of Project: Inns & Guest Houses Total Nos: 7 Annexure No: 2 Circuit No: 1 Route: Balukpong-Bomdilla-Tawang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor - - Total - Nil Circuit No: 2 Route: Itanagar-Ziro-Daporji-Aalo-Passighat Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Itanagar - Ziro Ziro Daporji - land Daporji Tirbin Aalo land Aalo Pangin Trijunction Passighat land Total - 3 Circuit No: 3 Route:Passighat-Jenging-Yingkiong-Tuting Start Location Special Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Station Features -- Total – Nil Circuit No: 4 Route:Tinsukia-Tezu-Hayuliang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Total – Nil Circuit No: 5 Route: Margherita-Miao-Nomdhapa Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor --------------------- Total – Nil Circuit No: 6 Route: Roing – Mayudia- Anini Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Roing land Total – 1 Circuit No: 7 Route: Tezpur-Seijosa-Balukpong Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor - - - - Seijosa is very close Total – Nil Circuit No: 8 Route: Ziro-Palin-Koloriang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Ziro Palin Palin Intermediate station Land Total – 1 Circuit No: 9 Route: Itanagar-Doimukh-Sagalee-Seppa Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Seppa Chyayangtajo Total – 1 Circuit No: 10 Route: Aalo-Mechulka Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor ------------------------ Total – Nil Circuit No: 11 Route:Daporijo-Siyum-Nacho Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Daporji Siyum Nacho Nacho Destination Total - 2 Tourism Growth Drivers: Start Up Projects Type of Project: Rural Tourism Total Nos: 20 Annexure No: 3 Circuit No: 1 Route: Balukpong-Bomdilla-Tawang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Shergaon land Rupa land Urgeling land Total - 3 Circuit No: 2 Route: Itanagar-Ziro-Daporji-Aalo-Passighat Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Reru land Deke land Liromoba land Total - 3 Circuit No: 3 Route:Passighat-Jenging-Yingkiong-Tuting Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Rumgong land Mebo land Jengging land Total – 3 Circuit No: 4 Route:Tinsukia-Tezu-Hayuliang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Chowkham land Hayuliang land Total – 2 Circuit No: 5 Route: Margherita-Miao-Nomdhapa Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Hukanjuri land Total – 1 Circuit No: 6 Route: Roing – Mayudia- Anini Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Roing land Anini land Total – 2 Circuit No: 7 Route: Tezpur-Seijosa-Balukpong Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor - - - - Seijosa is very close Total – Nil Circuit No: 8 Route: Ziro-Palin-Koloriang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Palin Land Koloriang Land Total – 2 Circuit No: 9 Route: Itanagar-Doimukh-Sagalee-Seppa Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Doimukh land Pakke land Total – 2 Circuit No: 10 Route: Aalo-Mechulka Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Yorlung land Total - 1 Circuit No: 11 Route:Daporijo-Siyum-Nacho Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Daporijo land Total - 1 Tourism Growth Drivers: Start Up Projects Type of Project: Rural Tourism- Home Stays Total Nos: 40 Annexure No: 4 Circuit No: 1 Route: Balukpong-Bomdilla-Tawang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Shergaon land Rupa land Urgeling land Total - 6 (3 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 2 Route: Itanagar-Ziro-Daporji-Aalo-Passighat Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Reru land Deke land Liromoba land Total - 6 ((3 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 3 Route:Passighat-Jenging-Yingkiong-Tuting Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Rumgong land Mebo land Jengging land Total – 6 (3 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 4 Route:Tinsukia-Tezu-Hayuliang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Chowkham land Hayuliang land Total – 4 (2 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 5 Route: Margherita-Miao-Nomdhapa Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Hukanjuri land Total – 2 (1 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 6 Route: Roing – Mayudia- Anini Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Roing land Anini land Total – 4 (2 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 7 Route: Tezpur-Seijosa-Balukpong Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor - - - - Seijosa is very close Total – Nil Circuit No: 8 Route: Ziro-Palin-Koloriang Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Palin Land Koloriang Land Total – 4 (2 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 9 Route: Itanagar-Doimukh-Sagalee-Seppa Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Doimukh Land Pakke Land Total – 4 (2 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 10 Route: Aalo-Mechulka Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Yorlung Land Total – 2 (1 set of 2 units each) Circuit No: 11 Route:Daporijo-Siyum-Nacho Start Station Location Special Features Next Station Remarks Risk Factor Daporijo Land Total – 2 (1 set of 2 units each) Tourism Growth Drivers: Start Up Projects Type of Project: Adventure-Trekking Routes Total Nos: 8 Annexure No: 5 Circuit No: 1 Route: Balukpong-Bomdilla-Tawang Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor “Gorichen Trekkers Trail” Camp sites / medical aid /communication Total - 1 Circuit No: 2 Route: Itanagar-Ziro-Daporji-Aalo-Passighat Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor Todor Putu Dapo Geko Trail & Tirbin-Yomcha- Kamba-Aalo Camp sites / medical aid /communication Total 1 Circuit No: 3 Route:Passighat-Jenging-Yingkiong-Tuting Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor “Komsing Trek” Village Foreigners- Camp sites / trek drivers medical aid /communication “Singa Trekking Trail” High altitude Foreigners- drivers Camp sites / medical aid /communication Total – 2 Circuit No: 4 Route:Tinsukia-Tezu-Hayuliang Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor Total – Nil Circuit No: 5 Route: Margherita-Miao-Nomdhapa Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor Miao-Nomdapha Camp sites / medical aid /communication Total – 1 Circuit No: 6 Route: Roing – Mayudia- Anini Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor Biosphere Mipi-Tuting Trail Circuit 6 and circuit 3 linked Camp sites / medical aid /communication Total – 1 Circuit No: 7 Route: Tezpur-Seijosa-Balukpong Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor ------------------------ --------------------- Total – Nil Circuit No: 8 Route: Ziro-Palin-Koloriang Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor Bameng- Koloriag Circuit 8 and circuit 9 linked Camp sites / medical aid /communication Total – 1 Circuit No: 9 Route: Itanagar-Doimukh-Sagalee-Seppa Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor Circuit 8 linked Total – Nil Circuit No: 10 Route: Aalo-Mechulka Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor Yorlung- Mechulka Lake site at high altitude Camp sites / medical aid /communication Total - 1 Circuit No: 11 Route:Daporijo-Siyum-Nacho Trekking Route Special Features Route Details Remarks Risk Factor ------------------------- ------------------- Total - Nil Tourism Growth Drivers: Start Up Projects Annexure No: 6 Type of Project: Adventure-White Water Rafting & River Front Development Total Nos: 5 Circuit No: 1 Route: Balukpong-Bomdilla-Tawang Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor Balukpong White Water Rafting & River Front Development Training, Safety Medical Aid, Communication Total - 1 Circuit No: 2 Route: Itanagar-Ziro-Daporji-Aalo-Passighat Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor Tirbin White Water Rafting & River Front Development Training, Safety Medical Aid, Communication Tai White Water Rafting & River Front Total - 2 Development Circuit No: 3 Route:Passighat-Jenging-Yingkiong-Tuting Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor Patum White Water Rafting & River Front Development Training, Safety Medical Aid, Communication Total - 1 Circuit No: 4 Route:Tinsukia-Tezu-Hayuliang Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor --------------------- Total - Nil Circuit No: 5 Route: Margherita-Miao-Nomdhapa Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor ----------------------- Total – Nil Circuit No: 6 Route: Roing – Mayudia- Anini Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor ----------------------- Total – Nil Circuit No: 7 Route: Tezpur-Seijosa-Balukpong Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor ----------------------- Total – Nil Circuit No: 8 Route: Ziro-Palin-Koloriang Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor ----------------------- Total - Nil Circuit No: 9 Route: Itanagar-Doimukh-Sagalee-Seppa Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor ----------------------- Total - Nil Circuit No: 10 Route: Aalo-Mechulka Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor ----------------------- Location Special Features Details Remarks Risk Factor Daporijo White Water Rafting & River Front Development Training, Safety Medical Aid, Communication 8.11.2 Private Sector Investment New Opportunity & / On Going Projects Sustained The Growth Driver Projects – State Initiated Projects will create new opportunities to meet the need for the 100,000 tourist increase every strategic plan period. They will also enhance the sustainability of the existing projects and the projects in the various stages of implementation. Tourism department can take a pro-active action in preparing the pre-feasibility studies / project profiles for these projects to attract investors from outside and also opportunity for the financial institutions and the banks to invest in the state. The projects needed for tourism infrastructure and to be added every year in the next 5 years to meet the 15% CAGR of domestic tourist arrivals are listed below: Resource Mobilization-Funds 8.12.1 Government of India Central Schemes Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, besides developing a policy, has taken many pro-active steps for the promotion of tourism in India. The tourism development program also encourages the state governments to take benefit from the various financial assistance schemes of the Department of Tourism, for the planning of the projects in the state. The Policy & Schemes are given below for quick reference: Tourism Policy and Schemes In order to develop tourism in India in a systematic manner, position it as a major engine of economic growth and to harness its direct and multiplier effects for employment and poverty eradication an environmentally sustainable manner, the National Tourism Policy was formulate in the year2002. Broadly, the “Policy” attempts to:- • Position tourism as a major engine of economic growth; • Harness the direct and multiplier effects of tourism for employment generation, economic development and providing impetus to rural tourism; • Focus on domestic tourism as a major driver of tourism growth; • Position India as a global brand to take advantage of the burgeoning global travel trade and the vast untapped potential of India as a destination; Types Numbers Unit cost in Rs crore Unit cost in Rs crores Accommodation 1000 rooms 50 room Hotels-10 25 room Inns -16 10 room Inns-10 7.5 2.5 0.75 75.00 Crs. 40.00 7.50 Sub-Total 122.50 Transport Sightseeing 20 seat Buses-75 45seat Cars -100 0.15 0.05 11.25 5.00 Sub-Total 16.25 Food & Beverages Restaurants-10 Fast Food -25 0.50 0.40 5.00 10.00 Sub-Total 15.00 Adventure Tourism River Rafting & Wildlife Tourism etc 2 5 Sub-Total 10.00 Total Rs. 163.75 Crs. Add 10% contingency 21 2 Grand Total Rs 180.00 Crs • Acknowledges the critical role of private sector with government working as pro-active facilitator and catalyst; • Create and develop integrated tourism circuits based on India’s unique civilization, heritage, and culture in partnership with States, private sector and other agencies; • Ensure that the tourist to India gets physically invigorated, mentally rejuvenated, culturally enriched, spiritually elevated and “feel India from within”. Keeping is view the basic principles and guidelines of the Tourism Policy, the Ministry of Tourism has been broadly implementing the following schemes/ programs during the 11th Five Year Plan: Guidelines for Plan Scheme (11th) • Scheme for Product/ Infrastructure Development and Destination & Circuits • Scheme of Assistance for Large Revenue Generating Projects • Scheme of Capacity Building for Service Providers (CBSP) • Scheme of Rural Tourism • Scheme of Central Financial Assistance for Information Technology (IT) Projects • Scheme for support to Public Private Partnership in Infrastructure Development (Viability Gap Funding) • Time Share Resorts (TSR) • Market Research- Professional Services • Marketing Development Assistance Scheme for promotion of Domestic Tourism • Revised Guidelines for Adhoc Advertisement • Scheme of financial assistance to the IHMS/FCIS/IITTM/ITIS/Polytechnic etc Guidelines with Application Forms for Recognition / Classification Schemes • Revised Guidelines for Marketing Development Assistance MDA Scheme • Policy For Development And Promotion Of Caravan And Caravan Camping Parks • Revised Guidelines For MDA Scheme for Medical / Wellness Tourism • I T Guidelines for Central Financial Assistance • Scheme of Financial Assistance to the IHMs /FCIs /IITTM/ITIs/ Polytechnic • Revised Guidelines for postings in Overseas India Tourism Offices • Approval of Hotels at Project Stage and Classification & Reclassification of Hotels • Classification of Heritage Hotels • Recognition as approved Travel Agents • Recognition as approved Inbound Tour Operators • Recognition as approved Tourist Transport Operators • Recognition as approved Adventure Tour Operators • Recognition as approved Domestic Tour Operators • Approval of Standalone Air Catering Units • Revised Guidelines for Grant of License for Regional Level Guides • Time Share Resorts (TSR) • Stand Alone Restaurants • Incredible India Bed & Breakfast Guidelines • Guidelines for Approval of Guest Houses • Basic Minimum Standards for Adventure Tourism Related Activities • Guidelines of Apartment of Hotels • Guidelines for Tented Accommodation • Revised Guidelines for CBSP Scheme • Guidelines for Central Financial Assistance for broad basing hospitality education. ( Last Updated On 23 November 2009 ) The North Eastern Council Schemes The North Eastern Council is the nodal agency for the economic and social development of the North Eastern Region which consists of the eight States of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura. The North Eastern Council was constituted in 1971 by an Act of Parliament. The constitution of the Council has marked the beginning of a new chapter of concerted and planned endeavour for the rapid development of the Region. Over the last thirty five years, NEC has been instrumental in setting in motion a new economic endeavour aimed at removing the basic handicaps that stood in the way of normal development of the region and has ushered in an era of new hope in this backward area full of great potentialities. STATEMENT IN REPLY TO RAJYA SABHA UNSTARRED QUESTION NO 1657 RAISED BY SHRI MATILAL SARKAR, M.P. FOR 20TH JULY 2009, REGARDING "NEC PROJECTS". Tourism is one of the thrust areas of the North East Council and below are listed the various schemes for the promotion of tourism in the North East Region: Scheme for Promotion of Tourism in the North Eastern Region and Sikkim • Development of Infrastructure facilities • Tea Tourism • Religious and Cultural Tourism • Eco Tourism • Wild Life Tourism • Rural Tourism • Adventure Sports Water Sports and Golf Tourism • Support to Festivals and Fairs etc • Publicity and Publications etc. including Information Centres for States • Capacity Building in the Tourism Industry • 10th Plan Achievements • Establishment of North East Tourism Development Council NORTH EAST INDUSTRIAL AND INVESTMENT PROMOTION POLICY, 2007 (GENERAL OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR REGISTRATION OF INDUSTRIAL UNITS AND PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING SUBSIDY CLAIMS UNDERVARIOUS SCHEMES UNDER NEIIPP, 2007) Extracts “Subsidy under various subsidy schemes under NEIIPP, 2007 viz. Capital Investment Subsidy Scheme, Central Interest Subsidy Scheme and Comprehensive Insurance Scheme have been devised alognwith necessary checklists to be strictly followed for scrutiny of claims. In addition, general Operational Guidelines have also been evolved which are to be strictly followed by all the State Governments concerned. These have been ‘e-mailed’ to the North Eastern Development Finance Corporation (NEDFi) and may kindly be obtained from them. Specific guidelines have already been provided under the respective subsidy schemes under NEIIPP, 2007”. Establishment of North East Tourism Development Council Background In order to understand the perspective of the State Governments of the region on the concept of establishment of the North East Tourism Development Council (NETDC), a meeting was held under the aegis of H.E. Governor of Assam on 3rd September, 2005. Hon'ble Ministers of Tourism of various North Eastern States, senior officials of Tourism Departments and other stakeholders like Banks, Railways, Airlines, Tour Operators and Entrepreneurs attended the meeting. Everyone present accepted in principle the concept of creation of a common institutional platform called the "North East Tourism Development Council" for all the stakeholders of tourism industry. It was considered essential to create a Corpus Fund for the functioning of the Council through contribution of the North Eastern Council (Rs 1.00 crore), North East Development Financial Corporation Ltd. (Rs 1.00 crore) and the Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India (Rs 8.00 crores). Objective The broad objective of the NETDC would be to facilitate development of tourism industry through effective networking of stakeholders, marketing through creation of a common North East Brand. NETDC would function in such a way that (a) NETDC will not infringe upon individual State Govt. jurisdiction, its plan/ programmes, NETDC would rather augment them; NETDC will not bid for any financial support from the central Govt. out of funds earmarked for the State Govts.; (c) NETDC would be a facilitating body and there will be no involvement in actual infrastructure development. North Eastern Development Finance Corporation Ltd North Eastern Development Finance Corporation Ltd. (NEDFi) was incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956, on August 9, 1995 with its registered office at Guwahati, Assam, for the development of industries, infrastructure, animal husbandry, agri-horticulture plantation, medicinal plantation, sericulture plantation, aquaculture, poultry and dairy in the North Eastern states of India. NEDFi has been promoted by All India Financial Institutions - Industrial Development Bank of India, ICICI Ltd., Industrial Finance Corporation of India, Small Industries Development Bank of India, Insurance Companies - Life Insurance Corporation of India, General Insurance Corporation and its subsidiaries, Investment Company - Unit Trust of India and Bank - State Bank of India. After the creation of DONER, NEDFi has come under the administrative control of this Ministry. NEDFi is the premier financial and development institution of the North East of India. The main objects to be pursued by NEDFi as per its Memorandum of Association is : To carry on and transact the business of providing credit and other facilities for promotion, expansion and modernisation of industrial enterprises and infrastructure projects in the North Eastern Region of India, also carry on and transact business of providing credit and other facilities for promotion of agri-horticulture plantation, medicinal plantation, sericulture plantation, aquaculture, poultry, dairy and animal husbandry development in order to initiate large involvement of rural population in the economic upsurge of the society and faster economic growth of different parts of the North Eastern region. NEDFi with its Products and Services aims to be a dynamic and responsive organization catalyzing the economic development of the Northeast of India. Government of Arunachal Pradesh Schemes The state government will provide the counterpart funds for the development of the tourism sector and its projects from the state budget and also seek support of the Planning Commission during the finalization of the plans Banks The banks, including national, regional and cooperative will form the backbone for the development of the tourism sector and its projects. All projects will require operational funds in form of Working Capital and this has to come from the banks. It is suggested that we form Strategic Partnership with banks to finance projects in specific regions and/or finance specific region and projects therein. These projects could be of a replicable nature and reduce the effort of evaluating each and every project. The Entrepreneur will only be selected based upon the selection criteria. Credit Guarantee Corporation could also be a Strategic Partner in such cases to provide enhanced comfort to the lending banks. Banks, by participating in the tourism development plan and funding the projects there under, would also be able to reduce their gap Credit /deposit ratio, priority sector lending targets and also their community responsibility of financing projects in areas from where they collect their deposits. Financial Institutions Infrastructure lending Institutions like IL&FS,IDFC and others could be brought in as Strategic partners. However we will need to consolidate the projects under a Program to make them viable in size for these organizations to participate in the funding of the projects across the state. Institutional Investors-PE funds etc We are in an early stage to be able to access these investors but in the later period of development they will be a strong driver for growth. Equity Equity funds will come from the various promoters and investors in individual projects based upon their shareholding. Investment Workshops We propose that the state plans for an Investors Workshop, on an annual basis, after the detailed plans are made and land identified for the project. Invite the investors from other state and also from abroad to participate in large tourism projects. It would be essential to prepare pre- feasibility profiles for each project to be discussed at such events. Lead promoter from the state would also need to be identified to act as the start up partner with the investors from outside. MINISTRY OF TOURISM- Extracts of Specific Schemes Ministry of Tourism has been implementing the following two schemes during the 10th Five Year Plan: 1) Major destinations and circuits development 2) Rural Tourism infrastructure development 1) Major destinations and circuits development a) Identification - The destination and circuits will be selected on the basis of its tourism potential in consultation with the State Governments. The destination/circuits to be taken up for development will be identified by the Ministry of Tourism at the beginning of each year. A tourist circuit could be limited to a State or it could be a regional circuit covering more than a State/U.T. The identification of the project, the implementation agency and the mode of channelisation of funds would be done in consultation with the State Government / U.T. Administration. b) Funding pattern of the project – Ministry of Tourism would bear 100% of the project cost based on the project plan and estimates submitted, excluding the items (given below) which are the exclusive responsibility of the State Governments and should be quantified in the DPR. i) Making the land available for development ii) Rehabilitation package iii) Operation, maintenance and management of the assets created iv) External infrastructure like water supply, electricity and roads There may be no ceiling on project cost, Government of India contribution would be capped at Rs.25 crore for destination development and Rs.50 crore for circuit development for identified major destinations and circuits based on tourist traffic. The provisions for preparation of comprehensive DPR for Destinations/Circuits Project will be as follows: Large Destinations/Circuit Project involving central financial assistance of Rs.25 crore and above will be assisted towards the cost of DPR preparation amounting to 50% of the total cost of DPR preparation or Rs.15 lakh, which is lower. DPR for smaller projects are concerned, the assistance will be limited to 50% of the total cost of DPR preparation or Rs.10 lakh, whichever is lower. However, the existing ceiling of Rs.5 crore and Rs.8 crore for destination and circuit respectively would continue for other projects. In respect of each large project involving central financial assistance of Rs. 25 crore and above, the Ministry should formalize MOU with State Government and other stakeholders indicating the works to be undertaken by them in physical and financial terms. Total project should include contribution from State Government and contribution from other stakeholders. c) Codal formalities – There would not be any compulsion to execute projects through CPWD. The execution of projects would primarily be the responsibility of State Government and local agencies. However, whenever a project is to be driven by the Central Government, central agencies could be engaged both for project preparation and for implementation with consent of State/U.T. Govt. concerned. d) Management of assets created – The infrastructure and assets created will be maintained and managed by the State/UT Governments or their agencies with no financial commitment to Government of India. The sustainable maintenance plan for the assets to be created must be built into the project proposal for this purpose. 2) Rural Tourism Infrastructure Development The scheme of Rural Tourism has been set up to promote village tourism as the primary tourism product to spread tourism and its socio-economic benefits to rural and new geographic regions. The implementation would be done through a Convergence Committee headed by the District Collector. Activities like improving the environment, hygiene, infrastructure etc. would be eligible for assistance. Apart from providing financial assistance the focus would be to tap the resources available under different schemes of Ministry of Rural Development, State Governments and other Ministries / Departments of the Government of India. a) Identification of villages – Each State / UT Government will furnish proposals for promotion of Rural Tourism. Based on the merits, the proposals would be identified for implementation in the country. b) Financial Assistance of the project – Rs. 3.00 lakh would be provided to the State Government for engaging an expert for preparing the project report. A maximum of Rs. 50 lakh would be sanctioned under the scheme for hardware activities. c) Codal formalities – The implementing agency shall follow all codal formalities while awarding contracts and procurement and equipments and ensure complete transparency in its transactions. While executing the works the implementing agency shall follow the shedule of rates prescribed by the CPWD or the State PWD or Zila Parishad / Panchayat or DRDA or Rural Engineering Department. However, if there is any item of work to be undertaken does not have rates prescribed by any one of the above mentioned agencies then the District Collector could certify the reasonableness of the rates. d) Management of assets created: The infrastructure and assets created will be maintained and managed by the State / UT Governments or their agencies with no financial commitment to Government of India. The sustainable plan for the assets to be created must be built into the project proposal for this purpose. Resource Mobilization-Private Sector The private sector projects will have access to the programs and lending schemes of the Financial Institutions and the Banks as they are also on the search for bankable projects to invest their funds. The projects identified and listed below are need based and expected to meet the basic lending norms of DSCR and IRR for economic viability and risk management. The Tourism Policy of the state should include tourism as an “Industry” to facilitate the lending as better conditions are applicable for lending – both for the lender and the borrower. Tourism sector has land as a basic input in almost all projects and the location can make or break the project. The Tourism Policy should also facilitate availability of Land at affordable prices and at appropriate locations. Tourists will not go to remote areas if they are in city. A land bank should be identified for various projects to speed up the implementation of the projects required to be taken up by the private sector to augment the tourism infrastructure in the state. Project Total Rs. Crores Equity Rs. Crores Debt Rs. Crores Remarks Hotels etc 135 68 67 Transport 18 4 14 Food &Beverages 16 8 8 Adventure Tourism 11 6 5 Total 180 86 94 Banks & FIs Resource Mobilization - Human Resource Development Entrepreneurship Development Development of a vibrant private sector would require the development of “Entrepreneurship” and social acceptance of the Entrepreneur in an environment where “Job Seeking” is a way of life and a stable job – mostly government or its agencies –commands the highest respect in the community. Entrepreneurship Development would need to be started on a war footing as the ability of the government and its agencies to provide jobs is diminishing in the new economic order. This has to begin at the educational institutions and special programs launched at higher education centers to promote entrepreneurship. Enabling Environment to encourage pro-actively Enterprise Creation has to be part of the state development plans. This will also address the difficult issue of unemployment, migration to urban areas and migration out of the state in search of the employment and long term demographic destabilization as a result thereof. Skills Development & Employability The emerging needs of the jobs would require job specific skill set with the employees. To meet the specific need of the Hospitality sector based upon the Tourism Development plan we are proposing a skills development plan for 10000 trainees to be covered in the next 5 years. Our skills development plan would also facilitate associated sectors of job creation like, retail, healthcare, etc and would provide an opportunity for the youth to pursue a rewarding career in the state rather than migrate as is happening on a large scale at present. The education system would also need to realize the changing economic scenario and incorporate at some stage the skills development program to enhance employability of the educated youth. Managerial Capability The success of any Program or Projects there under depends upon the managerial capability of the organization. Global records show 50% failures of enterprise are because of basically poor: • Managerial capabilities to manage resources at their disposal, • Ability to see emerging trends and plan for the future • Capacity to create an effective organizational structure and succession plan The skills development plan as above would also include the managerial capability development for the implementation and success of the projects under the Tourism Development plan. The availability of good managers locally would also reduce the cost of operations and meet the shortage of good managers across all sectors. Good managers also are creators of new enterprises and this would lead to the development of private sector, mostly SMEs. Institutional Capacity-Tourism Department The most important and urgent need for the success of the Tourism Development Plan is the dedicated and committed staff of the Tourism department and its agencies engaged in the development and implementation of the Plan. The Skills development plan would include not only the staff of tourism departments etc but also those who interact and support the tourism development infrastructure and enabling environment. This would improve the capability of the Tourism staff to deliver results and manage resources better and effectively. The Tourism staff should also be exposed to other organizations within India with success records and globally to centers of tourism in similar economic environment to understand the needs and facilities required for higher paying tourist and to set world class benchmarks and build capacity to meet them in a competitive world. Implementation Plan Implementation-3 Year Work Plan Why 3 years ? The Strategic Plan, based upon need analysis and demand gaps, to be relevant efficient and effective needs to be implemented in a time bound manner over a period of 3 years after the preparatory / start up period of 1-2 years depending upon the individual nature of the project. The key features are: Year 0 Preparatory Period • Enabling Environment & Tourism Policy • Approvals & Authorizations for the Strategic Plan • Organization and Staff in place • Strategic Partners in place Year 01 Start & Build Up • Launch High Priority Projects- State Initiatives • Facilitate launch of Private Sector Initiatives Year 02 Mid-Term Review • Rationalize Plan and Policy • Growth Mode & Constraints Year 03 The Road Ahead • Develop New Strategic Plan for the next period • Identify New Strategic Partners for the growth Implementation Mechanism: Management Plan Individual projects as prioritized, under the Tourism Development Plan, are to be implemented by the State Government and later on disinvested / leased as applicable on case to case basis. An agency needs to be identified / created immediately, with adequate powers, for implementation of the projects agreed upon under the “Start Up” plan on an emergency & time bound basis and thereafter follow up plans on an annual basis. In the Interim period, It is suggested that a Project Director be appointed with 3 Project Managers, each assigned and directly responsible to the Project Director for the implementation of the 3 components listed hereunder: A. Multi Agency Coordination a. Government Departments, b. Strategic Partners c. Resource Mobilization B. Development Initiatives- non revenue generators a. Brand Development b. Information & Facilitation centers C. Tourism Infrastructure- revenue generators a. Wayside Amenities b. City Centers c. Inns d. Rural Tourism & Home Stay e. Adventure Tourism etc Implementation Plan: Organisation Recommendations New Structure It is recommended that a new “Tourism Development Corporation” be incorporated as an independent enterprise to enable the State Government implement its tourism development plan and facilitate development of: • Public- Private-Community Partnerships • Participate in “Special Purpose Vehicles” (SPV) to be created for individual / homogenous group of projects • Lease of existing tourism assets for the development of tourism • Resource mobilization from Financial institutions etc • Design, Development , implementation and maintenance of tourism assets Engineering wing The Tourism Infrastructure will require a dedicated Engineering Wing for design, development, implementation and maintenance of the tourism projects in line with the needs for tourism infrastructure which is different from the normal construction activities. This should be established at the earliest for the implementation of the proposed projects and taking over the ongoing projects for synergy and effectiveness. Human Resource A cadre of dedicated and young executives who are tourist friendly needs to be created for the development of tourism in the state. This cadre is to be trained and benchmarked with the best in the country. The existing staff also needs to be trained outside the state to appreciate the needs of the tourists and methods of delivery. It is also recommended that the average age of the employees be below 40 years as the nature of tourism development involves extensive travel etc and a “Will Do” attitude. Implementation Time frame Each project identified has to have the time frame for implementation as indicated hereunder: A. Preparatory time – 3 months a. Location & Land Allocation/Purchase b. Project Report c. Project partners d. Project in principle clearances from specified agencies e. Project Funding / Sanctions B. Execution- 6-9 months a. Project Manager b. Tender c. Contract Finalization d. Construction e. Fittings & Furnishing C. Operations- 3 months a. Operational Staff in place b. O & M Systems in place c. Trial Runs d. Commercial Launch It is expected that an effective and efficient implementation agency would be able be bring all projects in operational mode within 12-15 months from the date of individual project launch. To be able to do this the peripheral support has to be in place and no holdups due to midway reviews / change of plans and priorities. The operational team should be in place at least 2-3 months before the trail run schedule and be involved and familiar with the final completion of the construction and fitment of the project. Sustainability World Tourism Organization defines as: “…Development [that] meets the needs of the present tourists and host regions while protecting and enhancing the opportunity for the future. It is envisaged as leading to management of all resources in such a way that economic, social and aesthetic needs can be fulfilled, while maintaining cultural integrity, essential ecological processes, biological diversity and life support systems." Sustainable tourism is only viable in the long-term if it balances the ecological, economic, and socio-cultural aspects of tourism. It is a continuous process that requires the informed participation of all relevant stakeholders, strong political leadership, and the ongoing monitoring of ecological, socio-cultural, and economic impacts (WTO, 2004). Arunachal Pradesh Tourism Development Plan Initiatives proposed will be designed and implemented with appropriate technology, skills development and management for: Economic Sustainability • Meet the norms for funding by the financial sector and • Comply with good governance practices Social Sustainability • Participation of the local community and direct benefits to the community and the youth employment and income generating opportunities • Social workers are integral part of the project design for rural tourism and home stays to ensure no negative side effects of tourism are created Environment Sustainability • Projects to be designed with local materials and green technology usage • Pollution Control and Waste Management practices in place on operation. Cost Recovery The Strategic Initiatives in form of Growth Driver Projects are based upon: • Lending norms for IRR and DSCR to allow access to funds from banks and financial institutions • Create opportunity for Public-Private-Partnership models to be created. • Grant component is only for skills development training for enhanced employability and meeting the needs of skilled human resource for the tourism sector Risk Management The Tourism Development Plan success will depend upon managing the following: Structural Risks • Tourism Development Policy to be pro-active and play the vital role of a facilitator beyond the normal role of a regulator. • Government of India special encouragement for the North East States for LTC needs to be continued for at least another 5 years if not 10 years to build the nascent tourism in the region. The growth in the domestic tourism in this region is a direct impact of the LTC scheme and it needs to be supported. • Encourage investors and do away with procedural hassles which are the biggest hurdle today in getting investors and investments. • Structural changes are required for managing TOURIST arrival and the risk factors of infrastructure, connectivity, medical aid &evacuation etc need both lead time and funds. Operational Risks • Attitude of the state towards the TOURIST has to be positive , the tourism industry should be recognized as the key driver for inclusive growth in the state and reflected in allocation of funds for the tourism sector in the development plans for the state. • Security perceptions of the tourist need to be addressed by “Brand Build Up” across the country. • Good planning will reduce and/or eliminate the risk factors to enhance the quality of experience of the tourist. • Mandatory training and certification of all the service providers in the tourism sector- transport, accommodation, Food & beverage, guides etc. • Specify and enforce safety guidelines for all tourist activities Chapter –IX Key Achievements Key Achievements - Employment Generation The projects required to meet the needs of 100,000 tourists over the strategic plan period will provide an opportunity to create nearly 13,000 jobs, at various skill levels in the local area of the projects as listed below: Project Type Direct Total City Centers 820 1640 Wayside Amenities 550 1100 Inns/Guest houses 126 252 Rural Tourism 440 880 Adventure Trekking 600 1200 Adventure-White Water 250 500 Pilot Projects 450 900 Centre of Excellence 100 200 Hotels 2000 4000 Transport-Tourists 340 680 Food & Beverage 700 1400 Total 6376 12752 Key Achievements- Direct – Tangible Targeted Tourism: Tourist with higher disposable income- Better facilities for the tourists will encourage higher income strata of the society to plan and visit the state as it will be in line with the minimum / expected standards of this class of tourist. MICE Destination Development- Better and adequate facilities will encourage the corporate sector to hold their meetings, conventions and exhibitions in the state. This segment is in the higher paying and regular long term planning is involved. This can also balance peak load capacity of the tourism infrastructure Week End and Same Day Tourism- A well planned strategy to reach out to this segment of tourist would be in the interest of tourism promotion and income transfer to the state. A good facility within 2-4 hours of driving time is needed to encourage same day tourism. The infrastructure investments are lower and higher revenues per unit investment are realized from this class of tourist. Package Tours -“Door to Door” In order to promote tourism and have an effective utilization plan for the tourism infrastructure we recommend special effort to promote package tours. This would take away the uncertainty in the planning process of the tourist and ensure reliability and credibility. The state government should register/ accredit the tour operators based upon their market standing. The bigger tour operators should be sought as strategic partners to help build brand equity for the state. Package tours to also start from gateways to the state besides other start points in India. Special attention to be paid to the airline and the railways to develop tour packages jointly and also benefit from the Government of India’s schemes for LTC for the North Eastern states. Growth Rate in Tourists – 15 % CAGR Good Infrastructure will help achieve the planned growth rate of 15% in the tourist arrivals. This will assist in increasing the tourism income, better utilization for the investment and reduced seasonality impact. Opportunity for Spend Increase-10% CAGR Destination and wayside facilities including access to local arts and crafts etc will provide the tourist an opportunity to spend more time and money. The tourist would also be engaged with evening activities of cultural performances, crafts bazaar etc for better experience and in turn spend more. We have taken a very modest target of 10% increase in spend of the tourist whereas the disposable income of the middle class has gone up by approximately 14%. This is a proxy of the buying power with the tourist. Skills Development & Employability- 10000 people The skills development program along with the expansion of the tourism sector, both demand driven, will create opportunity to absorb and sustain our skills development program targeted for 10000 people every 5 years. It is also expected that an increase of 100000 tourists will absorb all of them. Creation of “Tourist City Centers” Our plan proposes to set up Tourist City Centers which will become the lifeline for the tourists across the state over time. They would also be the center of activity for the residents and thus facilitate better and deeper interaction with the tourists, thus enriching their lives and also creating the realization of the importance of tourism for their economy and well being and creating ownership and participation in the tourism development initiatives Key Achievements- Direct - Intangible Private Sector Participation The tourism development plan will create new opportunities for the participation of the private sector and assisted by the enabling policy of the government it will open opportunities for development of local entrepreneurship and small and medium enterprises which are expected to form the backbone of the tourism infrastructure for both goods and services. Public-Private-Community Partnership The local area development strategies for regional development, community participation and ownership for the success of the project along with the design of the project on economically sustainable basis will create an opportunity for the extended partnership of the Public, Private and the Community and open new avenues for investments. Brand Development The state will need to launch a campaign for the creation of a positive image of the State and project it as a secure, credible and reliable tourism destination. The campaign should also create high recall for the promotion of tourism. The development of tourism will facilitate creating a brand for the state and encourage investments in the state for its all-round economic development. The state has below normal investment in the manufacturing sector and thus limited capacity for job creation at all skill levels Key Achievements – Indirect Retail Sector The increased volume of tourist traffic will also facilitate the growth in the retail sector by meeting the demands of the tourist. The skills developed in the retail sector will also support the tourists and give them a pleasant experience during their stay Better quality goods and services required by the tourists also encourages corporate to provide access to new products and at competitive prices to the local retailers and this in turn benefits the local community Crafts and Heritage products The tourists buy small gifts for friends and relatives and at the very least some souvenirs’ for themselves. This promotes the sale of local art and craft products and not only creates jobs and income but also facilitates revival and sustainability of local heritage. Better transport facilities In order to meet the needs of the tourist’s better transport services, not only in terms of quality of vehicles but also improved quality of service will also be available to the community. Better restaurants for the community Tourism creates demand for all type of cuisine and trained cooks provide better quality of food. Local cuisine also gets promoted and ingredients are easily available. Eating out opportunities improve the quality of family life and is also part of family entertainment and bonding. City Center a meeting point for the locals The new initiative of “Tourist City Center” will provide a focal point for meeting all the needs of the tourist. It will also facilitate the lives of the local residents with the facilities of TR Shops and Craft shops. In smaller towns it will become the center of all activities for the town and create a lively environment for the tourists to enjoy and benefit from the local community in understanding their culture and custom. The facility for performing arts will give the tourists an opportunity to engage themselves in the evening and understand the richness of the local culture. Improved quality of life in the local area The improved infrastructure and services in the area will improve the quality of life for the residents. Employment and income generation opportunities will also benefit the youth, the most vulnerable section of the society Community Ownership- Facilitate the Tourist The sustained involvement of the local community in the development and operation of the projects and its beneficial impact on their lives will create a sense of ownership and belonging for the residents. This will not only facilitate the tourists but also ensure both economic and social sustainability of the projects in the area. Annexure ‘A’ WORK AGREEMENT Agreement made on ……………………………..BETWEEN THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA acting through Secretary (Tourism) hereinafter called ‘THE GOVERNMENT’ of the one part and Indian National Trust for Art and Cultural Heritage (INTACH) 71, Lodhi Estate, New Delhi (Registered under the Societies Registration Act XXI of 1860 (No. S/14219)) hereinafter called ‘INTACH’ (which expression shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to include its successors and permitted assigns) of the other part. WHEREAS the Government has taken a decision to “Prepare the Tourism Development Plan for the States of Meghalaya and Arunachal Pradesh”. AND WHEREAS, INTACH has represented to the Government that they are competent to handle such a project efficiently, as they have the necessary expertise. AND WHEREAS, on such representation, the Government has agreed to appoint INTACH and INTACH has agreed to act as an agent of the Government for the project on the terms and conditions set out hereunder. NOW THIS DEED WITNEESES that in consideration of the amounts to be paid by the Government in the manner as mentioned in clause (1), it is agreed by and between the parties as follows: (1) For satisfactory services to be rendered by INTACH to the Government, the Government shall pay to INTACH a total sum of Rs.40,00,000/- (Rupees forty lacs only). The payment of the said amount will be made in 3 installments as follows: (i) Rs.12,00,000/- (30% of the cost) as advance on assignment of work and signing of Work Agreement and submission of Account Payee Demand Draft of equivalent amount by the Consultant. (ii) Rs.20,00,000/- (50% of the cost) on submission of the draft report and its acceptance. (iii) Rs.8,00,000/- (20% of the cost) on submission of final report and its acceptance by the respective State Governments. (2) INTACH shall act as Consultant of the Government with effect from ……………………………..with full power and authority to complete the project. INTACH is hereby fully authorized to do and perform all such lawful acts, deeds and things as deemed necessary and expedient for the purpose aforesaid. (3) The scope of work of the project undertaken by INTACH shall be as under: i) Separate Tourism Development Plan will be prepared for the State of Meghalaya and Arunachal Pradesh. ii) The Tourism Development Plan will focus on opportunities (natural and manmade) participation (community and tourists) and sustainability (economic and environment) and take into account:- a) Tribal culture – traditional festivals and performing arts b) Palaces and temples and other important old buildings c) Natural precincts, like, wild life sanctuaries d) Buddhist culture e) Traditional Crafts f) Museums – Government and privately owned reserved areas which promote tribal villages g) Local knowledge which needs to be spread out for the benefits of local community and others iii) Experts would be deputed to visit two States to determine heritage sites and precinct, formation of tourism circuit, listing of intangible heritage and taking up some villages for their development so that they become tourism friendly and visitors are able to have a useful experience. iv) Input of Tourism Departments of two States would be taken for the Plan. (4) INTACH will not enter into sub-contract with any other agency/party to conduct investigations for the purpose of this project. (5) The Government will exercise control by supervising the conduct of the project and will examine the final report as to same being as per the task entrusted and being done in a professional manner before releasing the final installment. The project shall be completed within 8 months from the date of receipt of the first installment of the project or after signing of work agreement. (6) INTACH shall ensure effective supervision of the fieldwork during the entire period of the project in consultation with the officers of Ministry of Tourism. However, the responsibility for conducting the project as also for the findings and conclusions shall rest on INTACH. (7) The Ministry of Tourism shall extend necessary assistance for getting cooperation of Indian tourism offices and other stakeholders including State Tourism Departments and shall also provide letters requesting them to provide information. (8) INTACH shall be fully responsible for the project. On completion of field work, the INTACH will submit 5 copies of the draft report to the Ministry of Tourism, 10 copies of the Final Report will be submitted within 15 days of receipt of comments on draft report. The Final Report will also be submitted in soft copy in CD in word and pdf format. (9) INTACH shall apply for extension of time giving full justification if due to any unforeseen circumstances the project cannot be completed within stipulated period. The Government would have the sole discretion to allow such an extension. (10) INTACH will not be entitled to publish the report or any part thereof without the clearance from the Government. (11) The settlement of the final installment of the bill shall be done after the report has been found satisfactory by the respective State Governments. (12) If Ministry of Tourism is of the opinion that the project is not being conducted properly, it will issue directives from time to time for ensuring that the project yields meaningful results. If the work of the consultant is not found satisfactory or if there is a delay in submission of the deliverables, an amount, to be decided by the competent authority in Ministry of Tourism, will be deducted from the consultancy fee. (13) Termination of contract Ministry of Tourism may at its sole discretion, stop the project at any time if, in its opinion, the project is not being conducted on prescribed lines or it is unlikely to yield fruitful results. If the Government of India for any reasons were to come to the conclusion that the project should be discontinued, Ministry of Tourism may issue directive to that effect. In case of premature termination of the contract by the Government, Secretary (Tourism) may, at his sole discretion, decide whether INTACH have to refund the amount already paid to them or they are entitled to any remuneration upto the effective date of termination of contract, irrespective of Schedule of payment and of the cost/liabilities incurred on all the works completed in progress till such date. (14) Force Majeure (14) War, invasion, revolution, riots, sabotage, lock-outs, strikes, work shut-downs imposed by Government, Acts of legislature or other authorities, stoppage in supply of material fuel or electricity, break-down of machinery, acts of God, epidemics, fires, earthquakes, floods, explosions, accidents, sea navigation blockage, or any other acts or events, whatsoever which are beyond reasonable control of INTACH and which shall directly or indirectly prevent completion of the project within the time specified in the Agreement, will be considered Force Majeure. INTACH shall be granted necessary extension to cover the delay caused by Force Majeure without any financial repercussions. (15) Arbitration (a) In the event of any question or dispute or differences arising between parties with regard to interpretation of work, rights, liabilities or duties arising out of this Contract, except those where the decision of the Secretary (Tourism) is final, Secretary (Tourism) will nominate a sole Arbitrator in consultation with INTACH for adjudicating the dispute (s). There will be no objection that such Arbitrator is a Government servant, that he has to deal with the matters to which the Contract relates, he has expressed views on all or any of the matter in dispute or difference. The award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties to this contract. (b) The Arbitrator shall have his seat principally in New Delhi or at such other place as may be decided upon by the Arbitrator. The decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties. (c) Each party shall bear its own cost of preparing and presenting its case before the arbitrator. The cost of arbitration (including the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator) shall be shared equally by the parites unless the award provided otherwise, the parties shall continue to perform their obligations under this contract during the arbitration proceedings provided that no payment due or payable by the parties shall be withheld or delayed unless such payment form the direct part of the subject matter of the Arbitration proceedings. (d) The Arbitrator may from time to time with the consent of the parties enlarge the time for making the award. In the event the Arbitrator resigns or becomes incapable to act, the Government shall be entitled to appoint another in place of the outgoing Arbitrator and arbitration proceedings shall continue without recommencement as if such Arbitrator had been originally nominated. (e) The arbitration proceedings shall be in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 and the Rules thereunder and any statutory modifications thereof for the time being in force shall be deemed to apply to the arbitration proceedings under the clause. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set and subscribed their respective hands the day, month and year first above mentioned. Signed by: (A.K. Gupta) Jt. Director (Gen.) Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (Yogendra Narain) Member Secretary, INTACH, New Delhi In the presence of : 1. 2. Annexure ‘B’ Outline for Development of Tourism Plan for Arunachal Pradesh The Tourism Plan aims to enhance the tourism potential in the State while also improving the socio-economic standards of the people. It would be based on the tangible and intangible heritage of the State and it would aim to minimise the adverse impact of tourism on the fragile environmental and cultural heritage of the State. The remit of the Tourism Plan for Arunachal Pradesh will include a study of the current status of tourism in the State, the tourism potential, understanding from the past initiatives & lessons learnt and the their impact as well as emerging tourism trends and needs. Our plan would also scan the architectural, archaeological, natural environments and the tribal culture of the State, their customs, art and beliefs. Arunachal Pradesh covers an area of 84,000 sq km and comprises of 20 tribes divided into 70 sub tribes. Arunachal Pradesh offers a wide range of opportunities for tourists ranging from cultural discovery to mountaineering, trekking and experiencing the nature which remains largely unexplored. Currently, the Northeast region receives only 1% of the total tourist arrival in India. Arunachal Pradesh received 80137 Indian tourists and 607 foreign tourists, in 2007, which was the double of what was in 2004. Only 0.02% of the Indian tourists and 0.01% of the foreign tourists organise a trip in this remote part (sources: Department of Tourism Government of India Tourism Statistics). The Tourism Development Plan will focus on opportunities (natural and manmade) participation (community and tourists) and sustainability (economic and environment) and take into account: • Tribal culture-traditional festivals and performing arts • Palaces and temples and other important old buildings • Natural precincts, like wild like sanctuaries • Buddhist culture • Traditional crafts • Museums- government and privately owned reserved areas which promote tribal villages • Local knowledge which needs to be spread out for the benefits of the local community and others We propose to develop a tourism plan based on: • Nature: nature walks, nature fauna and flora trails • Wildlife tourism: wild life sanctuaries, forest walk. • Adventure travel: rafting, trekking, alpinism, bungee jumping, climbing, camping. • Culture tourism: making visitors aware of the tribal culture and understand their way of living through discovering their craft, history and believes. Cultural tourism should not be intrusive in the lifestyle of the tribes. • Leisure tourism: river cruise, luxury resorts Existing features and component of the State would be looked into: o State profile (economical, social) and background (history). o Geographic components and available period for visits considering the weather constraint of the different areas (monsoon period, snow, etc.). o Demographic details of the population of Arunachal Pradesh. A few tourist circuits have already been identified and are popular amongst tourists. We would as a “Tourism plan approach” build upon the existing circuits and identify & develop new circuits to cater to the needs of the target audience. To gain in efficiency and effectiveness it is essential for both conceptualising of the plan and later to implement it, to work with the local population and involve them in the decision process. We would also look at hiring staff for process facilitation and local NGO for social mobilization and skill development. The plan would also look at convergence of tourism plan with state priorities. The target tourist profile and number would be determined at the onset of the plan. The plan would identify the different project partners and stakeholders involved in the tourism activities. The impact of alternate tourist destinations in the region and the neighbouring countries would be taken into account; the two key factors would be time and expense to get to these destinations. • Identification of areas and resources for Tourism Product Development o Identification of tangible heritage like natural parks, archaeological sites and important monuments like monasteries and temples. o Identification of intangible heritage like music, dance, festivals, food, crafts, weavings, etc o Identify existing and potential trails linking the built heritage sites, natural heritage sites and tribal villages. Along these sites and circuits chosen, the following would be studied to identify the potential and the constraints for developing tourism: • Access and connectivity : o Study of the access to the state and different sites within the state: railway station, airport, road conditions, frequency and quality of public transport and making recommendations for any improvements required to get into the State and reach the destination. o Review the condition of connectivity between tourist’s attractions and along the identified routes o Review the logistic strategies offered by different travel agencies. o Identify condition of traffic, pedestrian areas, park and ride facilities, traffic routing. o Suggestions would be made if improvements are required for further development of the areas. • Infrastructure study : Accommodation, Restaurants and Facilities: o Assessing the number and standard of accommodation and restaurants that are currently available. Detailed concerning the number of visits, their provenance and prices strategy used by the owner of the guest house/hotels. o Study of home-stays possibility through contact with the local community. o Study of amenities (drinking water, sanitation, benches) and signages along the roads. • Tourist Information: o Study of the information available for the tourists e.g. tourist reception, information centre and interpretation centre to get information on accommodation, day trips, treks, bus timings, and also about the heritage and significance of town and the availability of guides. o Survey is needed to get information about the available marketing and communication strategies like booklet, available information on websites. Marketing strategy should be developed to ensure regular flow of tourists. o Suggestion of ways of establishing linkages with national and international trekking agencies and tour operators. o Evaluate the soft skills of the people involved in the information process (front desk, agencies, hotel).Suggestions could be made for further improvement. • Tourist Activities: o existing activities for the tourists like boating, rafting, trekking, forest walks, sight seeing o tourist profile (length of stay, provenance, budget, purpose of visit, interests, etc). Identification of the target group. o Identification of the gaps and the needs of the tourists that haven’t been satisfied during their stays for improvement proposal. o Attitude and acceptance of tourism by host population and other stakeholders. o Analyse the involvement of the locals in the different activities and their benefits. o Listing of the local handicrafts and promote it through development of design and new products, keeping the traditional style of the tribes. o Increasing buying opportunities with well organised shopping centralised places grouping local craft from different villages in one place. The Tourism Plan will outline: • Projects- scope of activities • Project size- tentative outputs • Implementation schedule • Project partners and their roles • Project management • Resources required • Sustainability and cost recovery • Resource mobilization The Tourism Plan will also facilitate the preparation of: • Guidelines to Assess economic viability for each activity we are proposing • Funding of the various projects suggested in the plan. • Carrying capacity of various sites in line with the recommendations of various agencies • Capacity building of the local community so that projects like home-stays, training of guides, craft workshops can be suggested • Entrepreneurship Development for the beneficial participation of the local community in economic opportunities and employment generation • Sustainability and preservation of natural and cultural heritage. • Risk factors for success of the plan and risk mitigation approaches.

ICST 2021 https://www.icstglobal.com International Conference on Sustainable Tourism Tourism is an economic sector in India that has the potential to grow at a high rate and ensure the development of infrastructure in destinations. It has the ability to capitalize on the country's success in the service sector and offer sustainable growth models. Sustainable tourism development will include advancement of some of the niche tourism products or development of additional niche products, such as adventure, medicine, wellness, golf, polo, cruises, meetings, incentives, conferences and exhibitions (MICE), travel pilgrimage / spiritual, film tourism and eco / wildlife / caravan tourism.

Autumn Fair https://www.autumnfair.com/ The Fall Fair is the most important home and gift market of the season. Perfectly timed with the start of the Golden Quarter, the busiest and most profitable shopping season of the year, the Fall Fair provides the ideal platform for vendors to showcase their products and services to thousands of UK and international retailers. Discover exciting new releases including Jewelery, Watches and Fashion (JWF), The Furniture Collection and our evolving Design & Source sector. It is our second year in our new home, the NEC Atrium, and this year will be better than ever. Read on to learn more about the changes we've made, or get in touch today to find a solution for you. Request a stand Download the brochure

GIFA Foundry Trade Fair https://www.gifa.com/ GIFA Forum is primarily aimed at foundry suppliers and covers topics such as: process and product development digitization and information management resource efficiency and environmental sustainability manufacturing and automation technology This forum supports dialogue between suppliers, designers and foundries and achieves synergies for both research and industry.

Kerala Travel Mart The motive to promote tourism and its related activities in the state of Kerala, led to the formation of Kerala Travel Mart Society in 2000. The main objective of this society was to create common ground for travel agents from all over the world and service providers in Kerala. to connect. This not only led to the promotion of tourism, but also led to a professional approach to tourism activities in Kerala. KTM claims to be the only Travel Mart that focuses on a single state, making it a unique brand. Since then, KTM has been the spokesperson for the tourism industry in the state of Kerala. It also remains a non-profit organization that has been interested in promoting tourism and its various sectors. From hotels to service providers, KTM society has been bringing the best in all sectors of tourism and showing it to the world. Its sole aim is the promotion and advancement of Kerala Tourism has been the main force for the success of Kerala Travel Mart. The Company plays a vital role in filtering the best product service providers, allowing customers to make better choices.

MIDEST MARCO https://midest.com/ GLOBAL INDUSTRIE, the only event in France that puts the entire industry at your fingertips. Everyone involved in the industry, whether visitors or exhibitors, can be sure of finding at GLOBAL INDUSTRIE the product, equipment, know-how or solution they are looking for to improve any aspect of their processes, from design to production. and service.

Chandigarh Tourism Policy Tourism Policy GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION Final Report On 20 YEAR PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM DEVLOPMENT IN UNION TERRITORY OF CHANDIGARH March 2003 Submitted by India Tourism Development Corporation TLC Marketing Pvt. Ltd. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Contents for the 20 Year perspective Tourism Master Plan 1. Executive Summary 1 2. The approach a. Guidelines for developing 20 year perspective Master Plans as issued by the Department of Tourism, Government of India 6 b. Background of Consortium partners 11 i. ITDC ii. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu iii. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd c. Approach 15 d. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessment 19 3. Background on the State 21 a. History b. Physical features, Flora and Fauna c. Current infrastructure i. Access – Road, Rail, Air ii. Water & Sewage iii. Power – Electricity iv. Industrial Estates – list of major corporates d. Demographics versus other Northern States District Profiles e. Chandigarh Headquartered Corporate Houses 4. Current Tourism scenario in the State 38 a. Current Chandigarh Tourism Policy b. Inventory of Accommodation c. Current Tourism Statistics 1 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh i. By city ii. Comparative with other Indian States – employment, project spends d. Taxes on Tourism activities e. Fairs & Festivals f. Roles of relevant bodies i. State Tourism Development ii. Urban Development & Town Planning iii. Industrial Development g. Tourism activities of contiguous States 5. Assessment of Tourism Attractions of the State 65 a. How other “City States” have developed tourism b. Inventory of attractions i. Versus criteria ii. By type of tourist and linkages c. Current State Tourism Policy versus National Tourism Policy d. Potential markets and market segments for the State e. Shortlisted projects f. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessments 6. Marketing State Tourism. Case studies of Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal 79 7. Implementation of shortlisted projects 90 a. Setting up a system for coordination of Departments b. Assessing the economic impact of tourism 2 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh c. Setting up Police outposts d. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transporters e. Creating a Tourist/ Cultural Centre f. Promoting traditional cuisine g. Horse race track & Club h. Amusement park i. Linking the sightseeing j. Conference Centre k. Adventure Tourism and Wildlife Tourism 8. Attracting the Private Sector investments in Tourism 126 9. Summary Tables 147 a. Prioritisation of projects b. Job creation c. Funding of projects d. Visitor numbers e. Economic impact 3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This 20 year perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attempts to identify short, medium and long term tourism projects for the Union Territory of Chandigarh using the National Tourism Policy as a guideline. However, all existing and planned projects of Chandigarh Tourism have also been addressed. In these cases, thoughts that complement/ supplement the current thinking have also been listed. We have examined the success of several other “City States” and how they have positioned themselves. Very few, like the Vatican, have the benefit of historical attractions. Some like the Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have natural attractions like beaches. Some traditional trading centers like Hong Kong, Singapore and Dubai have developed as financial hubs. In nearly all cases, however, city states have developed man made attractions with an emphasis on world class recreation and leisure. Gambling – Macau, Monaco & Sun City Horse Racing in Hong Kong & Dubai Sporting events – Singapore, Hong Kong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City Entertainment events – in all the above, Seychelles etc. Interestingly, most do not rely on immediate neighbouring countries as source markets. Several suggested projects do not have any precedent in India. As such, projections of usage and hence revenues are difficult to make. However, these projects have been endorsed by knowledgeable individuals in the Travel & Tourism industry based on their personal experiences. The Plan makes some observations on current practice. Several specific actions and projects have been recommended. These have been divided into those projects to develop and sustain tourism infrastructure and those that generate visitors. These are summarized in the following pages. In all cases, the involvement of the private sector has been examined. The Plan shortlists the following projects Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission approach” on the lines of Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development a. Coordination between Chandigarh Tourism/ Chandigarh Hotels/ Town Planning/ PWD (B&R)/ PHD/ Police/ Trade Associations/ NHAI/ Indian Railways b. The Mission should have a mission statement, a manageable number of objectives and specific activity milestones for effective review. 2. Assessing the Economic Impact of Tourism in Chandigarh. Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless it can demonstrate the economic and social benefits it generates. a. We have suggested annual surveys and the use of multipliers to measure the impact of tourism investments and of tourist spendings 3. Tourism Police outposts. Safety and security are a major concern of travelers. a. We have suggested Tourism Police outposts be set up in the proposed “Tourist Centres” in Chandigarh. The list of locations can be expanded over the Plan period. 4. Accreditisation of Shops and transporters. These are two areas where most tourists feel most insecure in terms of being cheated. a. For shops, we have suggested accreditising shops that have price tagged items and a reasonable return/ refund policy. Shops will carry a Chandigarh Tourism plaque and be advertised in an official map. For Taxis/ auto rickshaws. Must be metered and carry tariff cards. These will be identified with a plaque 5. Cultural/ Tourism Information Centre. This should showcase Chandigarh and be a cross between Dilli Haat and The National Crafts Museum. This center should provide information and reservation capabilities for potential tourists to Chandigarh and neighbouring States. These will provide employment to artisans/ performing artists a. We recommend arts/ crafts, State cuisine and performing arts be showcased b. We recommend some permanent stalls backed by open spaces for stall for celebrating State festivals c. Incorporated into “Recreation & Leisure Centres” in Kishangarh 6. Promoting Traditional Cuisines. Chandigarh has eight neighbouring States each with a rich cultural tradition. We propose that food and cultural festivals be held on a regular basis. We further propose that the existing facility of Kalagram, which has held successful festivals in the past, be utilised. 7. Horse Race Track & Club. There is no good Horse Race track in North India. North India is also home to about 10 stud farms. Hotels in cities like Pune and Bangalore have their week end occupancies boosted by punters from major metros. The Race Club can have other facilities to attract a permanent membership. 8. Amusement park. The Rock Garden/ Sukhna Lake/ Golf Course area is already one hub of tourist activity. An area for an amusement park, for a Sports Complex and a Tourist Health Resort have already been ear-marked in the Chandigarh Master Plan. We propose the Amusement Park be marketed to families traveling Delhi- Shimla with young children to encourage an overnight break. 9. Linking the sightseeing. The distance between the Rock Garden and the area identified for the Amusement park is a long walk but a short auto-rickshaw ride. We propose a vintage narrow gauge railway be set up to link all the points in this Recreation & Entertainment area. 10. Conference Center to attract Business Travellers. Chandigarh Tourism has already identified a plot in Sector 31 next to the CII Regional HQ. We believe that this can cement Chandigarh as the commercial center of North India. 11. Developing the City Centre – Sector 17 – as a social and cultural hub. There is already a trend in this direction. We recommend a partnership between the Sector 17 shop owners and Chandigarh Tourism to develop a calendar of events. We also recommend a relaxation in Excise rules in terms of bar licence costs and hours of operation. 12. Adventure Tourism & Wildlife Tourism. We do not recommend any additional activity in this area other than the ongoing levels. 13. Attracting the Private Sector. We have recommended a package of incentives to attract the Private Sector to invest in tourism related projects in Chandigarh. In all visitor generating projects we have recommended roles for the private sector As a “City State”, Chandigarh does not have the scope – or the space - to develop new projects over a 20 year time span. There is no particular need either in terms of funds or manpower to spread the suggested projects. Guidelines of Dept. of Tourism for 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plans 1. Year wise phasing of investments required having regard to resources available 2. Plan should indicate short term & long term plans, targets and ground realities. 3. Plan should indicate all activities by agency with timeframes 4. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state/UT with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of - Natural resources - Heritage & other socio-cultural assets - Quantitative/ demographic factors - Services & infrastructure available 5. Plan should review the status of existing development/ investment for the development of tourism in the region 6. List and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centers and categorise them on the basis of - inventory of attractions - infrastructure available - degree of popularity - volume of traffic flow 7. Plan should analyse and categorise existing destinations and centers as - stand alone - part of a circuit - niche attractions for special interests 8. Plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations/ centers in terms of - quality of roads/ transportation facilities - civic amenities - en route transit facilities - boarding and lodging facilities 9. Plan should assess traffic flow for assessment of infrastructure requirements based on - Past growth - Suggested links and integration - Future expected developments - Likely investments from State - Investment climate/ incentive for private sector 10. Plan should attempt indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure under different heads and prioritise investment needs over 20 years 11. Plan should identify existing as well as new tourism projects including - expansion/ augmentation, - upgradation of services/ facilities - Destinations & centers 12. Plan should undertake product conceptualization cum feasibility for identified projects covering - locational evaluation - schematic product planning - quantification of individual product parameters - assessment of investment levels - project viability 13. Action plan for implementation of identified projects along with development of infrastructure in conformity with - State/ Central policy objectives & guidelines - National development and funding agencies - WTO’s Bali declaration 14. Project wise potential for employment generation including for women 15. Projection of domestic and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place 16. Prioritise schemes based on employment potential and tourist arrivals 17. Prepare inventory of existing accommodation including paying guest and proposed needs split by various providers including various State Govt depts 18. Each project to be scutinised and finalized with a view to suggesting State Tourism projects to foreign funding agencies 19. Explore sources of funding such as FIs, TFCI. - Suggest incentives for private sector 20. Suggest institutional machinery in the State to oversee/ supervise the development of Tourism infrastructure 21. Build in facilities for performance of local artistes, cultural troupes 22. Cultural complexes to be suggested with the financial help of the State Dept of culture 23. Handicraft shops to be suggested. These can be run by women 24. Include development of potential health resorts. 25. Plan should have an Executive summary 26. Plan should include attractive packages/ schemes to attract private sector investments 27. Environmental issues shouls be dealt with in sufficient detail and EIA made in respect of new projects 28. Plans should include - carrying capacities - instruments of spatial and land use planning - instruments for architectural controls - strategy for local community participation & protection of cultural identity - Awareness programmes for local 29. Measures for mitigating adverse environmental impact and rehabilitation 30. Strategy for privatisation of State and State Tourism Corp owned tourism related properties 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan THE CONSORTIUM We believe that 20-year Tourism Master Plans require detailed knowledge in several domains. To address this need we have formed a consortium of experts. The consortium comprises of India Tourism Development Corporation – ITDC – Consultancy Division with relevant past experience in Master Plans, Technical Consultancy and project execution. TLC Marketing Pvt.Ltd, a marketing consultancy empanelled by The World Tourism Organisation (WTO), Madrid for various aspects of Tourism Development. TLC Marketing will ensure a balanced tourism plan that is marketable to both developers and the Tourist industry Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, an international firm of Chartered Accountants and consultants with a wide range of experience in perspective planning in various industries. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu also have access to their global expertise in the area of Tourism Master Planning. RELEVANT EXPERIENCE India Tourism Development Corporation ITDC was established in 1966 with the objective of developing tourism infrastructure and promoting India as a tourism destination. ITDC has a Consultancy Division which has completed many projects. ITDC has the capability of conducting Techno-Economic feasibility studies, providing Engineering and Technical Services, Mangement Consultancy and Advisory services, consultancy for Adventure Tourism. Assignments already completed by ITDC include Feasibility Reports for hotel projects in Baroda, Calicut, Cochin, Kanpur, Kohlapur, Lucknow, Nagpur, Nainital, Pine, Rishikesh, Varanasi, Raipur, New Delhi, Calcutta, Bangalore and Agartala 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Tourism Master Plans for Assam, Nagaland, Orissa, Pondicherry, Sikkim, Punjab and Tripura. Technical consultancy for multiple hotels, youth hostels, forest lodges and restaurants Special projects for Rail Yatri Niwas, Indian Railways Catering, College of Combat, Institute of Water Sports at Goa. Project consultancy/ Execution – 28 hotels, the IITTM in Gwalior. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd. The Directors of TLC Marketing have been involved with Tourism Development for almost 30 years and have had exposure to Tourism Planning in Egypt, Mexico and India. This has been mainly from the project developer’s aspect and are familiar with the requirements of the parties that invest in Tourism Development. They are also familiar with all aspects of tourism including resorts, cruises, timeshare, charters, conferences etc. Some relevant projects undertaken by the directors of TLC Marketing include Study for the India Convention Promotion Bureau on promoting conferences of various sizes to India Assignment with The Planning Commission for Tourism Development Plans for Uttaranchal and Uttar Pradesh. This included the development of a “tourist train” concept Review of Hotel classification norms covering Heritage and Resort hotels for the Govt. of India, Department of Tourism Feasibility studies for business and leisure hotels at over 40 destinations all India. Entry strategy for a hotel company into India looking at mid level hotels. This involves studying business destinations across India Strategy for a chain of Ayurvedic Spas, initially in the North of India Entry strategy into Timeshare for both mid-market and Luxury Resorts Launch of an Outbound Adventure Tour Operator 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu believes that for achieving a client’s business objectives, a variety of knowledge and skills are required. Our national coverage and international experience allows access to professionals in the industry and other areas of specialisations. Our clients include government bodies, non-government organisations, public sector organisations, private companies and international agencies. Brief details of some of our assignments in the hospitality, tourism and entertainment sectors is set out below: International assignments in hospitality and the tourism sector are detailed below: • Privatisation of Hungary Hotels, which comprises some 45 hotels and over 250 restaurants, in association with the Swiss Bank Corporation and Cazenove & Co. Our UK offices worked with our Budapest office on this extensive assignment. • Business valuation of Astir Hotel Company. We assisted the National Bank of Greece on the proposed sales as part of the Government’s privatisation programme. • Advised the public enterprises reform and divestiture secretariat of the Ministry of Finance, Government of Uganda, on the divestiture of Government owned hotels. • Valuation of four state-owned hotels in Morocco prior to their intended privatisation and sale for the Government of Morocco. In conjunction with the Deloitte & Touche Corporate Finance Group, investment memoranda were subsequently prepared to assist in the privatisation process. Indian assignments in Hospitality and Tourism Sector • Strategic advice to Quality Inns Private Limited. • Business plan for a holiday resort based in Kerala. This is under implementation. • Advisory services provided to an international chain of hotels • Business advisory services for Resort Condominiums International • Business advisory services for Singapore based company, for setting up operations in India in the area of serviced apartments and estate development. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan • Business valuation and due diligence review for Landbase India Limited, • Business advisory services for The Radisson Hotel. • Entry strategy, valuation, negotiations and joint venture identification for Keystone and Venkys. • Trade survey for travel agents and tour operators for a large multinational company. • Review of project parameters and returns compiled for the airport expansion planned for Chennai by the Airports Authority of India. • Economic Feasibility study for setting up a permanent Trade Fair Venue, Madras International Exposition Limited, under the aegis of Federation of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO). Privatisation/ Disinvestment experience • Bharat Heavy Plates & Vessels Ltd., Visakhapatnam • RBL Limited, Calcutta • Tractors Corporation Limited • Bharat Goldmines Limited • Lamps Division of HMT Limited • Paradeep Phosphates Limited Ongoing disinvestments assignments include • IDCOL Cement Limited • The Fertiliser and Chemicals Travancore Limited • Instrumentation Limited • Braithewaite & Co. Limited • Bharat Heavy Plate limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan APPROACH Our approach is as follows 1. Review existing Tourism Policy a. This is reviewed in conjunction with stated National Tourism Policy as State Tourism activities should be in synch with National Policy b. Thisis also reviewed in terms of “Best Practice” of other Indian States and some Internationally successful players. 2. Validate Proposed projects a. Plans still to be implemented were reviewed to validate their broad feasibility 3. Suggest new Tourism Products a. This is done with costs, revenues, timelines and responsibilities. b. A broad Economic Impact assessment is made for each suggested product for both primary and secondary effects. Objective Our objective is to develop 20-year Perspective Tourism Master Plans that encourage sustainable tourism by achieving a balance between the growth of tourism on one hand and the impact on natural, heritage and cultural resources on the other. Criteria The Critical Criteria would be that the Plan should be viable. In other words, it should be attractive and marketable to all agencies involved – The traveler, the Travel industry, State and Government agencies, Financial Institutions, Tourism project developers and last but not least to the local population. The Plan will Clearly indicate short term and long term projects and targets Identify agencies involved and the actions required to be taken by each 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Ensure that each action will have a time frame and an indicative cost Ensure each project will also indicate possible developers and possible sources of funding. Financial structuring arrangements, where relevant will also be indicated. Endeavour to involve the private sector in the development of the plans. This will ensure a buy-in to the finished product. Be based on secondary data – published data, supplied by the State and information obtained in discussions with informed individuals. METHODOLOGY Conduct Inventories Identify existing and potential - attractions - Infrastructure - Access - Environmental impact - Human factors Identify Specific projects Develop balanced Tourist products around each identified attraction Detailed Project analysis Identify each element, the possible developers, sources of funds, incentives etc Final Recommendations Shortlist projects, prioritise over 20 years. - Tourist projections - Employment and other economic benefits Identifying the attractions – the reasons for visiting. 1. The first step would be to make an inventory of all possible visitor attractions both current and potential. These would be studied under a. Long stay – natural and activity resorts such as hill/ beach/ health & fitness/ sports/ wildlife/ shopping and other activities 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan b. Short Stay destination – Business visitors, conferences, weekend stays, pilgrimage c. Short stay itinerary – where the attraction is part of an itinerary and dependent on other links 2. Each attraction will be assessed for “Carrying capacity” using absolute numbers as well as indices such as Tourists/ sq.km, Tourists/ 1000 population. This assessment will use international benchmarks and Best Practices. 3. The Environmental sensitivities will be addressed by a strategy to measure the impact on a. Air quality b. Water and water bodies c. Nature, both flora and fauna d. And on the attraction itself. 4. Based on the above, an assessment of the present and future needs of infrastructural services will be undertaken to cover a. Water b. Electricity c. Sewage and waste disposal d. Communications 5. Based on the potential markets for visiting the attraction, an assessment of the present and future requirements for access will be identified by a. Road b. Rail c. Air d. Water transport 6. There are Human Factors that will also be addressed. These will cover a. Employment b. Inflationary impact c. Cultural impact d. Alienation of locals/ Displacement 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Identifying and Conceptualising Specific Tourism Products Having assessed the attractions available and the broad feasibility of each, the Plan will e develop a balanced Tourist product around each attraction. The Tourist product consists of the following 1. The attraction – the reason for the visit 2. Accommodation – requirements at each level a. Propose incentives for balanced development 3. Recreational facilities – to supplement the attraction. Eg. a hill resort could have rock climbing, paragliding, river & lake fishing, golf, entertainment and shopping 4. Local transportation a. Airport/ station transfers, shuttles, city sightseeing, public transportation 5. Information a. Signage, guides, brochures, photo ops 6. Wayside amenities a. Rest stops, service stations 7. Safety & Security a. Accreditisation of shops etc b. Tourism police Detailed Analysis and Final Recommendations After identifying the Tourism Products to be developed, the Plan will prioritise them over the 20-year perspective, each project will be analysed to detail The key agencies/ organizations involved in developing the product The investment required Identify possible investors and sources of funds and the processes to access these Possible incentives for the development Identify environmentally threatened places and buildings for restoration. Projection of tourist numbers – domestic and international Employment potential – occupations and income levels Other economic, social and cultural benefits Suggestions on marketing the products Environmental Impact Assessment Studies Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies are complex exercises. They are also dependent on the specific projects. For example, projects next to water bodies would require a much deeper assessment of impact on water than other projects that would confine the study to the impact on ground water resources. In the Technical Bid for this project, the Consortium had clearly stated that we are not competent to undertake EIA and would not include them in the final report. However, we are listing out the essential aspects of EIAs. Each attribute must be monitored on a regular basis. Frequency of monitoring may vary from daily for some air samples to annually for soil characteristics. EIAs are best undertaken by specialist organizations like TERI, TARA etc. Attribute Parameters Ambient air quality SPM, RPM, SO2, NO2, CO, CO2, HC etc. Usually 24 hour samples twice a week. Meteorology Surface wind speed and direction, temperatures, relative humidity, rainfall Water quality Physical, Chemical and bacteriological parameters of surface and ground water Ecology Existing flora and fauna. For environmentally sensitive projects, inventory and state of health Noise levels Noise levels in DB(A) Light Lighting levels and impact on fauna, insects Soil Characteristics Parameters relating to agriculture and afforestation potential Land use Trends in land use change for different categories Socio Economic aspects Socio-economic characteristics, labour force characteristics, population statistics and existing amenities, current inflation Geology and mining Geological history, minerals details Hydrology Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, acquifier characteristics of the area 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh HISTORY India attained Independence in 1947; but in the process the territory of British India was partitioned to form India and Pakistan. The large and prosperous Province of Punjab, was divided and Lahore, its capital, fell within the borders of Pakistan, leaving Indian Punjab without a capital. Those who had been compelled to migrate to India keenly felt the loss of Lahore, a city much loved by its inhabitants. Though there was a temporary secretariat at Shimla in Himachal Pradesh, the political leadership decided on the construction of a modern and accessible capital. In March 1948, the Government of Punjab in consultation with the Government of India approved a 114.59 sq. km tract of land at the foot of the Shivalik Hills in Ropar district as the site of the new capital. The city was named after the Mother Goddess Chandi, (Chandi - Goddess of Power + garh - fortress). The temple of the Goddess is on Chandigarh-Kalka Road. The temple is known by the name of Chandi Mandir. Prior to the construction of Chandigarh, the present site was a typical rural tract, with a rainfed subsistence agricultural economy. It was dotted with 24 village settlements, surrounded by cultivated land parcelled into consolidated irregular, small fields. Each settlement had a number of mango groves remnants of which are still visible in parts of the city. There were banyan or pipal trees within the settlements or near village ponds. The majority of houses were kutcha or partially pucca. Among the physical features, the choes, with their broad, shallow, and dry sandy beds, constituted an important element of landscape. These represented undulations in an otherwise level topography. Hills and mountains provided a panoramic background. The new city was needed not only to serve as a capital but also to resettle thousands of refugees who had been uprooted from West Punjab. India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru enthusiastically supported the project and took sustained interest in its 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh execution. When he visited the project on April 2, 1952, he declared: “Let this be a new town symbolic of the freedom of India, unfettered by the traditions of the past, an expression of the nation’s faith in the future.... The new capital of Punjab will be christened as Chandigarh-a name symbolic of the valiant spirit of the Punjabis. Chandigarh is rightly associated with the name of Goddess Chandi — Shakti, or power.” The responsibility for the design was given to the French architect Le Corbusier or the Crow. With the help of his cousin Pierre Jeanneret, and that of the English couple Maxwell Fry and Jane Drew (alongwith a number of Indian architects prominent amongst them Chief planner Narinder S. Lamba & Chief Engineer J.C. Verma) Chandigarh, the present capital, came into existence at the foothills of the Shivaliks. Profile of People It was built in 1953 and serves as the capital of two states, i.e. Punjab and Haryana. It is administered by the Central Government and is hence classified as an Union Territory. Since 1986 there has been much talk about officially handling it to Punjab on the basis of demography. The issue however continues to be a matter of discussion with many political disputes. Chandigarh had to be a city of migrants as it was built on the land acquired and cleared of existing settlements. One of its objectives was to rehabilitate persons displaced from Pakistan in 1947. Early settlers in the city were government officials transferred from Shimla, the temporary capital of Punjab after partition and displaced persons from Pakistan in search of a new home. According to 1991 census data, around two-third of the city's population were migrants, the remaining one-third were locally born. About one-third of the migrants hail from Punjab, Uttar Pradesh comes next, having contributed one-fifth of them. Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Delhi are other important contributors of migrants. The city has 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attracted migrants from distant states, such as Bihar, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal and Maharashtra. The number of migrants from Nepal is also considerable. Over one-half of migrants to Chandigarh came from other urban places; the rest had a rural base. An urban origin was more typical of migrants from nearby states, such as Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, and Jammu and Kashmir. Migrants from relatively distant states, such as Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and Tamil Nadu, mostly had a rural origin. According 1991 census the Pakistan-born displaced persons reduced to about 4% of all in-migrants. In the early sixties, they accounted for nearly 40% of the total population. PHYSICAL FEATURES Location Chandigarh is located in the Northern part of India and bound by two states, Chandigarh has Punjab to its north and west and Haryana to its south and east. Chandigarh lies at 30o 44'N latitude, 76o 53"E longitude. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Map 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh ROAD MAP Road Transportation The Union Territory of Chandigarh is well served with by an excellent network of roads. The National Highway 21 ( Ambala – Simla) and 22 ( Chandigarh – Manali) link Chandigarh to rest of the country Buses of seven State Road Corporations connect Chandigarh with many cities and towns of neighboring states. The important cities that are connected by buses with Chandigarh are Delhi, Dehradoon, Simla, Manali, Jammu and major Towns of Punjab and Haryana. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh National Highway Development Project – Golden Quadrilateral & North South East West Corridors Note: Red Line: North South East West Corridors Blue Line: Golden Quadrilateral 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Rail Network : Rail Transportation Chandigarh is well connected on the rail network. The main railway routes passing through Haryana are: Kalka-Delhi, Chandigarh-Delhi, Kalka-Amritsar, Kalka-Jodhpur,Kalka-Hawrah,Amritsar-Hawrah, Kalka- Sir Ganganagar (Rajasthan). 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Air Network: Air Transportation Chandigarh Airport is 12 kms. from City Centre, Indian Airlines and Jet Airways connect Chandigarh with Delhi, Leh and Amritsar. Jet has daily flights Delhi – Chandigarh – Delhi. Indian Airlines has a weekly flight Leh – Chandigarh – Leh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Physical Features The geographical area of the U.T. Chandigarh is 114 sq. km. and another 25.42 sq. km. of the hilly area, which has now been declared as 'Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary' was acquired for soil conservation works. Chandigarh lies at 280 feet above sea level, with an average altitude of 362m (m.s.l.). The location of Chandigarh is unique as it lies in the foot hill region and is also adjacent to the plains of north India. As such it contains the vegetation of the foot hills and the north Indian plains.Chandigarh has 27 villages in its jurisdiction and two satellite towns, Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar, conveniently shortened to SAS Nagar, now Mohali, in the Punjab territory and Panchkula in the Haryana territory. Climate Four seasons are noticeable as (i) the rainy season (late-June to mid-September); (ii) the post monsoon or transition season (mid September to mid-November); (iii) the winter of cold season (mid November to mid-March) and (iv) summer or hot season (mid-March to Mid-June). Southwest monsoons commence in late June and usually continue up to mid-September when there are high intensity showers and the weather is hot and humid. May and June are the hottest months of the year with mean daily maximum temperature being about 40oC and mean daily minimum temperature being about 25oC.January is the coldest month with a mean maximum being around 24oC and a mean minimum being around 1.8oC. Fauna In the small and large water bodies there are about a dozen types of fishes, of which Mahseer , Thail and Rohu are more well known. The common frog is Rana tigrina (Indian Tiger Frog) but the other ones are Indian Rice Frog and Indian Burrowing Frog. Two types of tortoise are found. Three four types of lizards are found in buildings, lawns, hedges, etc. and one of these attracts the attention by its brilliant vermilion colour during mating season. Snakes are of quite a many types as Russels Viper, Cobra, Blind Snake, Indian Python, Sand Cobra, Rat Snake etc. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh has numerous types and the permanent population of birds, which may consist of over 100 different kinds. There are also migratory birds visiting during winter from as far off a region as Siberia. It is estimated that about 100 to 200 types of birds primarily visit Sukhna Lake. The number of migratory birds varies from year to year. The common mammals are Grey Musk, Shrew Monkey, Langur, Flying Fox, Tickellis Bat, Stripped Squirrel, Indian Rat, Common Rat, House Mouse, Porcupine, Indian Hare, Common Mongoose, Stripped Hyena, Jackal, Indian Fox, Nilgai, Blackbuck and Chital. Flora The flora of Chandigarh area is in fact very rich, existence of 860 species of flowering plants in Chandigarh and its neighborhood. This excludes the ornamentals species whose number is anybody's guess because amongst the residents of Chandigarh and neighboring areas garden culture and love for ornamental herbs and shrubs is fast growing. Chandigarh region is home to number of plant species with Medicinal importance. Areas like Shivalik Reserve Forests, Sukhna Catchment area, Rock Garden, Rose Garden, adjoining villages, are among the various places where different kinds of Medicinal plants and few to endangered species of the same can be found. The most fascinating feature of the City's landscaping is perhaps the Tree Plantation along avenues, open spaces, green belts and around building complexes. The total forest cover in Chandigarh is 32.42 sq. km., which forms 23.5% of the total area. The green spaces like Parks, Gardens, Green belts, Leisure valley and Road avenues etc. are in addition to the forest cover of 23.5 %. Thus the green cover in the city is more than 33 % with 26 types of flowering trees and 33 types of evergreen trees in Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh DEMOGRAPHIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Chandi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh garh Sq.Km. 1982 44212 55673 222236 443446 50362 342239 294411 1483 114 3287263 Share in India Percent 1982 1.34 1.69 6.76 13.49 1.53 10.41 8.96 0.05 0 100 Population Million 1991 16.46 5.17 7.72 66.18 20.28 44 139.11 9.42 0.64 846.3 Share in India Percent 1991 1.94 0.61 0.91 7.82 2.4 5.2 16.44 1.11 0.08 100 Population Density Per sq.km. 1991 372 93.0 76.0 149.0 403.0 129.0 473.0 6352.0 5632.0 274.0 Avg Annual Growth in Percent 1981-91 2.42 1.89 2.54 2.38 1.89 2.5 2.27 4.15 3.54 2.14 Population (1981-91) Population (Projection) Million 2001 20.1 6.8 10.1 81.2 23.8 54.5 174.3 14.4 0.8 1012.4 Urban Population (Projection) Million 2001 27.5 - - 26.9 31.9 25.4 22.7 - - 28.8 Sex Ratio Females/ 1991 865 976 923 931 882 910 879 827 790 927 1000males Urbanisation Ratio Percent 1991 24.6 8.7 25.5 23.2 29.5 23.0 19.8 90.0 89.7 27.0 Urban Density Per sq.km. 1991 5309 2114 3132 6054 4997 2238 4364 14313 8433 4092 Death Rate Per '000 1996 8.1 8 - 11.1 7.5 8.9 10.2 6.05 4.1 9 Live Birth Rate Per '000 1996 28.2 23 - 32.4 23.5 32.3 34 24.6 16.9 27.5 Work Participation Rate Percent 1991 31 42.83 NA 42.82 30.88 38.87 32.20 31.64 34.94 37.46 Male Percent 1991 48.51 50.64 NA 52.26 54.22 49.30 49.68 51.72 54.34 51.55 Female Percent 1911 10.76 34.81 NA 32.68 4.40 27.40 12.32 7.36 10.39 22.25 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MACRO ECONOMIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Net State Domestic Product (NSDP) at Factor Cost*: - At current prices Rs. Million 1998-89 383990 49310 58120 610187.8 342900 **586500 1527260 365040 8755940 - At 1980-81 prices Rs. Million 1997-98 75450 $14,190 #17540 147480 101420 @116480 273650 *75740 323820 - At 1993-94 prices Rs. Million 1998-99 254090 NA NA NA NA **379720 971390 251650 NA NSDP Growth 1980-81 prices Percent 1997-98 1.1 NA NA 3.1 2 @0.4 2.2 3.3 87.3 Gross State Domestric Product Rs. Million 1997-98 374270 65040 72930 708320 503580 678050 1299770 445100 NA Per Capita Income at 1993-94 Rs. 1998-99 13084 8864 6658 7350 15504 7694 5890 19091 9739 Prices* 2.00 Sectoral Shares: - Agriculture Percent 1997-98 39 27.6 43 41.4 44 **34.2 37 1 31 - Industry Percent 1997-98 21 32.3 8 26.3 15 **24.088 20 83 28 - Services Percent 1997-98 40 40.1 49 32.3 41 **41.72 43 16 41 Sectoral Growth Rates: - Agriculture Percent 1995-96 -6 9 4 -2 0 -6 2 -40 -1 - Forestry & Logging Percent 1995-96 7 10 5 -12 1 2 -25 - -1 - Fishing Percent 1995-96 16 10 14 15 8 -12 6 3 5 - Mining & Quarrying Percent 1995-96 1 14 10 5 16 -18 1 -58 7 - Manufacturing Percent 1995-96 9 13 3 11 10 6 4 13 14 Per Capita Consumption Rs. 1995 5127 4347 7080 3442 5750 4503 3852 NA NA Expenditure * Note: Owing 10 differences in source material used, figures for different States are not strictly comparable. $: 1995-96 #: 1996-97 @: 1998-99 **: 1999-2000 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MINIMUM MONTHLY WAGES OF WORKMEN Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Chandigarh With effect from Jul-00 Jan-99 Mar-93 Mar-00 Nov.99 Feb-00 Jan-96 UNSKILLED 1914.86 1530 NA 825 1796.5 1560 1920 2419 1350 SEMI UNSKILLED A 1964.86 1695 NA 928 1941.55 928 2220 2585 1495 SEMI UNSKILLED B 1989.86 NA NA NA 1875.45 NA NA NA NA SKILLED A 2039.86 1950 NA 1032 2104.55 1032 2660 2843 1657 SKILLED B 2064.86 NA NA NA 1983.45 NA NA NA NA HIGHLY SKILLED 2114.86 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES SCENARIO Recognised Educational Institutions in Northern Region (1998 - 99) State University Professional Colleges for High Middle / Sr.Basic Primary/Jr. * Education general Education School/Jr. School Basic College School HARYANA 5.00 45.00 169.00 3785.00 1788.00 10269.00 HIMACHAL PRADESH 3.00 6.00 557.00 1525.00 1189.00 7732.00 JAMMU & KASHMIR 3.00 12.00 38.00 1351.00 3104.00 10483.00 MADHYA PRADESH 17.00 70.00 413.00 8341.00 21108.00 86858.00 PUNJAB 5.00 64.00 193.00 3325.00 2527.00 12633.00 RAJASTHAN 10.00 70.00 267.00 5633.00 14807.00 35077.00 UTTAR PRADESH 28.00 174.00 676.00 8339.00 20675.00 94476.00 DELHI 11.00 24.00 64.00 1459.00 601.00 2676.00 CHANDIGARH 2.00 7.00 12.00 107.00 34.00 48.00 NORTHERN REGION 84.00 472.00 2389.00 33865.00 65833.00 260252.00 % TO ALL INDIA 35.44 22.17 31.88 30.12 34.62 41.52 INDIA 237.00 2129.00 7494.00 112438.00 190166.00 626737.00 * Includes Deemed Universities and Institutes off National Importance Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh WATER SUPPLY Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 No. of Water Works Nos. NA 5 5 5 (Cums.) No. of Metered Connection Nos. 74892 82184 84294 120000 No. of Un-metered Nos. 9360 23464 23656 20241 Connection WATER CONSUMPTION (A) Domestic Kiloliters 67933 5227262 5334897 5943761 (B) Commercial / Industrial Kiloliters 7992 1833205 1881295 4940444 Per Capita Consumption Kiloliters 97 70 67 95 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POWER Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 Electricity Consumed Lakh KWH 5240.80 8401.89 8491.04 8715.36 Per capita Consumption KWH 816 988 964 955 Agricultural Consumption Lakh KWH 12.71 25.58 26.59 23.02 Industrial Consumption Lakh KWH 2005.16 1792.34 1865.46 1916.35 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 Persons 900914 92118 808796 Census Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population Growth Absolute 258899 25932 232967 1991 - 2001 %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population Sex PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Ratio No.of females per 1000 773 621 792 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of Total 12.13 15.21 11.78 Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Corporates Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 900914 92118 808796 Census Persons Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population 258899 25932 232967 Growth 1991 - 2001 Absolute %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Sex Ratio No.of females 773 621 792 per 1000 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of 12.13 15.21 11.78 Total Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism Policy Chandigarh Tourism has declared the following vision “ Tourism as a major industry in Chandigarh is to be developed by Providing leadership, organizational and strategic direction, Improving the quality of tourism products, Developing places of tourist interest, Providing necessary facilities for all categories of tourist and Marketing Chandigarh’s Tourism products internationally and domestically So as to provide employment and economic, environmental, social and cultural benefits to the citizens of the city beautiful – Chandigarh” In the new economic scenario, Chandigarh Tourism has recognized the need to involve the private sector in the development of tourism infrastructure in conjunction with the Government. The following activities are included in the ‘Tourism Industry’ Accommodation facilities Restaurants and fast food facilities Transportation facilities Tourist entertainment Souvenirs With this background, the objectives have developed as 1. Employment generation. Tourism generates both direct and indirect employment 2. Attract private investment 3. Preserve heritage and tradition. As Chandigarh is a new city, the traditions are related with gardens and festivals 4. Preserve the environment 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh 5. Diversification of the Tourism product into adventure sports, entertainment, leisure etc. 6. To provide adequate publicity both domestic and international 7. Create accommodation facilities – renovate and upgrade existing facilities 8. Develop human resources for Hospitality and Tourism. The following strategic projects have been suggested to implement these objectives 1. Develop Chandigarh as a convention city – attract the MICE segment 2. Eco- tourism wildlife park around the Sukhna Bird sanctuary 3. Sound & Light show at the Rock Garden 4. Further development of Tourist amenities at Sukhna Lake 5. Amusement park 6. Translites and signeages for the convenience of tourists 7. Tourist information center to house other State Tourism offices as well as railways, airlines and trade associations 8. Promotion of Rail Tourism – in particular on the Kalka-Shimla line 9. Promotion of Kalagram as a showcase for the Northern States 10. Development of innovative tourism packages o Buddhist places o Pilgrimages - Hindu and Sikh o Holiday packages to Hill stations o Heritage packages o Adventure packages o NRI packages 11. Promotion of off-season tourism 12. Special Tourism packages for NRIs 13. Development of Chandigarh as a Film City 14. Integrate the police to safeguard the interests of tourists 15. Promotion of week end golf packages 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Another major initiative has been an attempt to integrate Tourism Development in the Northern States of Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir via a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’. The Board would have the Tourism Secretaries of the participating states as members, the Chairmanship rotating between the States. The Board would also have prominent persons from the Tourism industry as members. The primary role is seen as Working out a strategy for integrated approach for promotion of tourism in the region Promotion of interstate Tourism via programmes such as Tourism Trade fairs & Exhibitions Setting up joint information centers Organising interstate package tours Collaboration on Tourism promotion schemes Joint participation in Traevl Industry Trade fairs Joint cultural festivals Linkages of websites Part of this initiative would be to declare a Special Tourism Area for a radius of 100 Km around Chandigarh with the prime objective of allowing the free movement of designated tourism vehicles. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh FAIRS & FESTIVALS Chandigarh citizens celebrate several festivals that are uniquely their own. The Festival of Gardens This is a three-day extravaganza organized in the last week of February; included on the national calendar of festivals. Initially called the Rose Festival it intended to encourage people to stroll through the Rose Garden and enjoy the sight of the blooms. Each year the festival grew: now it includes performances of music and dance, both classical and folk, flower shows, events for children, exhibitions by local artists, photographers and craftsman and a wide range of amusements. Since 1997 it is known as the Festival of Gardens. The city pulls out all the stops for this celebration, reminiscent of ancient India's Vasant Utsav in honor of spring. April Fools' Day (April 1) On this day poets from all over the country gather at Chandigarh to recite verses in a jocular vein. Even those who do not ordinarily enjoy poetry look forward to the Maha Moorkh Sammelan, or Conclave of Colossal Fools. No other city in India hosts such a gathering. Baisakhi Baisakhi is the first day of the new year in the traditional Vikrami calendar, it celebrates the wheat harvest, and it is one of the high points of the year for Sikhs as it is anniversary of the founding of Khalsa. As the capital of two basically agrarian states, Punjab and Haryana, this day sees festivities organized by both the state governments as well as the Administration of the UT, and of course many institutions in the city. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh The Mango festival This festival is held in June. Mango-growers from all over India are invited to enter their prize fruits in the various competitions. Visitors to the fair can see and taste all the traditional varieties of the fruit as well as the latest hybrids from the agricultural universities. It is also an occasion for agro-industries, and food industries processing mango into jams, pickles and canned fruit to display their wares. TEEJ Teej is a traditional holiday celebrated by women in the middle of the monsoon season-generally around the first week of August. The Rock Garden with its swings and pavilions is the festival venue and the day is basically a grand picnic with songs and dances, purchase of new bangles, painting the hands with mehndi. The Indo-Pak Mushaira This gathering in December brings together poets from India and Pakistan. The significance of this event is felt especially by the older generation whose memories go back to the years before the partition of India. For the younger generation it brings home the deep commonalties of language and culture that unite the people of two nations. The Chrysanthemum Show - in December turns the Terraces Flower Garden in the city's Sector 33 into a multi-coloured wall-to-wall carpet of chrysanthemums. Hundreds of varieties of the flower are on display and city gardeners vie for coveted honours in the competitions. The Plaza Carnival 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh This Carnival is on every-Saturday-night is held on an open-air stage set up in Sector 17's central piazza. The weekly three-hour programme draws a large crowd and provides an opportunity for talented local singers, dancers, magicians, comedians, actors and acrobats to do their stuff. The Chandigarh Carnival This carnival is a three-day event celebrated in the second week of November shortly before or after Nehru's birth anniversary on November 14,otherwise known as Children's Day. The carnival opens with a colourful procession, which everyone is encouraged to join. The carnival is a time for students to show their talent (or simply have fun) and elders too participate in a number of competitions and exhibits. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Roles of relevant bodies in Tourism The main bodies that generate and cater to leisure and business travel to the State are 1. CITCO – Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Corporation 2. Urban Development and Town Planning Chandigarh Tourism. The Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO) was set up in 1974 for construction and allotment of industrial sheds and for supply of iron & steel to the industries in Chandigarh. Its original name was Chandigarh Small Industries and Development Corporation Limited (CSIDC). The Chandigarh Administration transferred Hotel Mountview and other cafeterias to the Corporation in 1982. It's name was first changed to Chandigarh Industrial & General Development Corporation Limited (CIGDC) and finally to Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO). In terms of Tourism responsibilities, Chandigarh Tourism plays both developmental and operational roles. Its prime areas of responsibility are 1. Promotion of Chandigarh and its attractions as destinations 2. Creation of tourism related infrastructure 3. Development of accommodation and restaurants 4. Activities pertaining to the preservation of art, culture, history and heritage of the State 5. Establishment of recreation and leisure facilities 6. Tourism related human resource development 7. Promotion of package tours 8. Information and signage 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism is a profitable venture. A short overview of its performance over various activities is given below Unit Hotel Mountview 1997-98 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 824.55 215.71 1998-99 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 891.57 266.84 1999-00 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 1093.08 323.97 Hotel Shivalikview Hotel Parkview Chef Lakeview 677.08 127.68 111.28 145.49 9.98 16.04 651.46 121.22 117.20 81.74 -47.61 12.43 673.31 124.21 160.69 91.11 -4.60 39.98 Chef Bus Stand Rock Garden Canteen Canteens Tours & Travels 41.56 5.44 9.50 10.47 -14.55 -3.00 -18.59 -15.48 38.50 6.61 17.41 9.80 -10.07 0.14 -23.02 -15.24 36.89 1.24 16.88 7.96 -10.84 -0.54 -23.03 -13.54 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh URBAN PLANNING The Department is headed by the Chief Architect who is the Ex-officio Secretary, Urban Planning. The Department consists of two wings. Architectural Wing Town planning Wing Architectural Wing This wing has five basic duties: • To design buildings for the Chandigarh Administration and work entrusted to it by various departments of the Central and State governments and autonomous bodies • To Co-ordinate with the various wings of the Engineering Department both in the planning and construction phases and to incorporate structural designs and other engineering services into the buildings. • Architectural supervision during the course of construction of works designed by the deptt. • To scrutinize building plans submitted to the Estate Office for approval of the Administration and to inspect commercial buildings for issuance of completion certificates by the Estate Office. The Chief Architect's jurisdiction encompasses the entire Union Territory. Town Planning Unit The Town Planning Unit consist of Senior Town Planner with supporting team of Divisional Town Planner, asstt, Town Planners and other draftsmen in different grades. The Senior Town Planner is responsible for implementing the Chandigarh Master Plan proposals. He prepares project reports dealing with different aspects of the development of the city and its surrounding area. He plans 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Industrial Development As this, along with Chandigarh Tourism, is part of CITCO, there is complete coordination within their roles and no overlaps. The Corporation was set-up in 1974 primarily for supplying raw-material to the small scale industries and for construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Some more activities were added subsequently. The details of the industrial activities in chronological order are as under: Year Activity 1974 Construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Supply of iron and steel to the SSI Units. 1978 Industrial Development and Facility Centre ( IDFC ). This Centre was setup with the assistance of Industries Department . 1979 Emporium as marketing outlet for the products of SSI units. 1992 Supply of Petroleum products- Agents for IPCL (Indian Petro Chemical Limited) 2000 Consignment Agency of Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh the Phase-II and II sectors and the left out pockets of Phase I and II with the aim of bring areas under intensive utilization. HE scrutinizes building plans and cases concerning construction in areas falling under the Periphery Control Act. He studies Urban trends, which will require plan revisions and plans for changing traffic and transportation needs. Rehabilitation and resettlement of squatters settlements and other rehabilitation housing projects come under his purview and he also outlines the statutory zoning plans in respect of land for commercial/residential/cultural/educational purposes. In accordance with the Estate Officer, the Senior Town Planner releases land for auction and sets plinth levels. He provides guidance to the Chandigarh Housing Board and prepares plan for the development schemes of Manimajra. He is involved in planning for the integrated development of the Chandigarh Inter-State Region. The Senior Town Plan's jurisdiction encompasses the entire area of the Union Territory of Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Activities of contiguous states UTTAR PRADESH After the formation of separate hill state of Uttaranchal, UP doesn’t account for any breath taking topography as is associated with Uttranchal. Its most important physical feature is the River Ganges, which traverses the length of the state and accounts for some of the oldest cities/ regions of the world. Rivers are a significant physical feature and tourism resource. All important tourist destinations of UP have an attractive riverfront that can be developed. UP Government is concentrating on improving river-based experience by way of improving ghats, improving the experience at the ghats, encouraging water sports, river cruise, Better destination management at key tourism centers by way of urban decongestion, traffic management, ghats and river experience improvement and better accommodation facilities at Varanasi ,Allahabad and Agra. Product Innovation and better packaging of existing products a. The Bundelkhand area has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Lack of connectivity, infrastructure and communication facilities makes it difficult to create a tourism experience. Plans are to start a tourism train to provide connectivity, accommodation and basic infrastructure in a single product. It also provides a “theme” that is attractive and marketable. b. Agra as an International convention and events center. Plans to set up a international size convention facility. Agra has the advantage of instant international positive name recognition. It is well connected with Delhi gateway. Agra has numerous monuments besides Taj Mahal and numerous possible excursions extensions. Agra has ample accommodation in different ranges. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh UTTRANCHAL Tourism has been identified to have the potential to become the main stay of Uttranchal’s economy, and needs to be developed in planned and time bound manner. To achieve this objective the state has taken following steps The state has constituted a high-level Tourism Development Board, which will replace the existing tourism directorate. The role of the board will be a. Formation of a policy and strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state c. Establish standards/norms for and forming policy guidelines for various tourism activities d. Strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investments in the private sector. e. Single window Information and assistance center. Outsourcing Expertise The Uttranchal tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. The board identified seven projects and awarded the work to different agencies. These projects are master plans, which dovetail all developments and have a long-term perspective for sustainable tourism products. Destination Management The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh being the key hubs through which pass the maximum number of tourists in the region would require immediate attention. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Plans need to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. The master plan is being prepared for the Char Dham route, and same might be planned for other important destinations mentioned above. New Destinations New tourism destinations have been identified which will develop and marketed as spokes to hubs. These new destinations will also help in decongesting the hubs. Private Sector Participation The areas and opportunities have been identified for the private sector which are development of accommodation facilities for different categories of tourists, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. To make these investment opportunities attractive special incentives and concessions have been planned. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh RAJASTHAN Tourism is a significant contributor to the economy to Rajasthan economy. Rajasthan has adopted the mission approach for tourism sector to accord very high priority and ensure planned and time bound growth and development of tourism industry in the state to make it a truly “people’s industry” in Rajasthan. a. Rajasthan has estimated tourist accommodation of 19000 rooms in 772 hotels and as per assessment of the state tourism department, 20000 additional rooms will be required by year 2005.The state has decided to encourage more private investment. The state will encourage private investment in developing ancient buildings and heritage properties as tourist resorts; this will have dual advantage of preservation of heritage properties and additional accommodation. b. Traditionally Rajasthan has been depending on it heritage to attract tourists. Rajasthan Government is looking at ways and means of enhancing the tourist products. o The State has rich forest reserves and national parks like Sariska, Bharatpur- Ghana and Rathambore. Other areas, which have the potential for Wildlife, will be promoted. o Rajasthan has rich and varied heritage of handicrafts, handlooms and other products, which are appreciated by and purchased by tourists visiting the State. Efforts will be made to improve direct access of tourists to artisans. RTDC will develop shopping arcades in their existing properties and provide space to artisans to display and market their products. Efforts will be made to set up Shilpgrams and a Handicrafts Museum. o Experience has shown that Fairs and festivals have great tourist appeal and promotional value. Some of the fairs and festivals have become internationally popular like the Pushkar and Dessert Festival, 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Jaisalmer. The Government proposes to consolidate the facilities at such places to make these fairs and festivals more attractive. c. Destination Management o In view of possible exploitation of tourists, Government of may enact a suitable legislation for regulating tourism trade. o The Department of tourism will be empowered to license and inspect such establishments as are engaged in providing services of to tourists. Since there is an existing procedure for classification of Hotels, such establishments will not be brought under the purview of the legislation to avoid duplication of regulatory procedures. o Complaints received through tourists may be readdressed through Tourist Assistance Force. o Care will be taken to avoid unrestricted entry of tourists beyond the carrying capacity of National Parks and Sanctuaries. DELHI Delhi has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Delhi is one of the two major gateways to the country. Delhi has done very little to promote tourism in the state. This tourist has to come to Delhi for visiting all the popular tourist destinations in North India. Delhi is planning to set up 6/8 more Delhi Hatt type of facilities in different parts of Delhi. Efforts are being made to rejuvenate Tuglakabad Fort area. PUNJAB Punjab has done very limited to promote tourism in the state. It has limited heritage assets and the same have been neglected. The Golden Temple or Darbar Sahib is the most frequented pilgrimage center of the state. The Patiala Fort houses the National Sports Academy.Lately the Sheesh Mahal has been used as a backdrop to organize music concerts and contests and the area around the property has been improved. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh CHANDIGARH HOTELS HOTEL SECTOR AMAR 22 A ALANKAR 22 A AROMA 22 C CHANDIGARH 22 C CLASSIC 35 C DIVYADEEP 22 B G.K. INTERNATIONAL 35 C HERITAGE 35 C HIMANI'S 35 C JASMINE 35 C JAMES PLAZA 17 JULLUNDHAR 22 B KAPIL 35 B KC RESIDENCY 35 D KWALITY RESIDENCY 22 A Le CROWN 35 B MAYA PALACE 35 B METRO 35 35 C MONARCH 35 B MOUNTVIEW 10 B PANKAJ 22 A PARK INN 35 PICCADILY 22 B REGENCY 35 B RIKHI 35 B SAMRAT 22 D SHIVALIK VIEW 17 D SOUTHEND 35 C SUNBEAM 22 B CHANDIGARH YATRI 24 B NIWAS PRESIDENT 26 C SOLITAIRE NAC Shivalik Enclave PANCHKULA HOTELS North Park Panchkula - Shimla Road Prabhat Inn *** Panchkula - Shimla Road Oscar Regency Panchkula - Shimla Road Vikrant Panchkula - Shimla Road ZIRAKPUR HOTELS Mark Royal (10 Kms from Panchkula) Bristol (10 Kms from Panchkula) Shagun (10 Kms from Panchkula) Grow Green (10 Kms from Panchkula) NO OF ROOMS 16 12 30 16 14 14 28 14 17 14 N/A 16 13 26 14 16 26 16 14 156 14 26 48 25 16 16 13 57 20 26 30 20 12 50 30+ Info. Not avail. 12 (approx) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food Sales Tax on softbeverages Sales tax on Liquor Annual Bar licence -Rslakhs Excise onconsumption- BeerRs Excise onconsumption-liquorRs Electricity / unit Elcetricity demandMonthperKVA/ 10 for Andhra Pradesh 5% 300 pub 8% 8% 8% hotel nil nil 4.61 108 Assam 20% all pub 7% nil nil 0.5 1.95+75% 3.75+75% 3.70+ 5% 70 Arunachal nil nil nil nil nil nil 0.5 nil nil 2.15 Bihar 7% 151 act 6+1% 11+1% 25+2% 3 1 6.75 2.92 125 Delhi 10% 500 act 8% 10% 20% 4.5 to 7.5 5.25 to 7.0 Goa 15% 500 pub 15% 20% on foreign 0.6 2.90 to 3.30 110 Gujarat 20% 500 act 12% 0.2 3.5 +45% Haryana nil nil NA 10% 20% 20% 5.75 4.02 Himachal Pradesh 10% 150 pub 8% 33% on out of state 0.7 2.8 Jammu & Kashmir 2% 8% 32% 1 3.18 Karnataka 15% 1,000 pub 10% 10% Indian 10% Foreign 60% 2.08 6.2 Kerala 15% 500 act 9% Local 5% imported 13 2 100% Madhya Pradesh 10% all act 9% 10% nil 2 3.63 122 Maharashtra 10% 1,200 act 20% 20% 20% 1.18 to 3.71 2.64 Orissa nil nil nil 8% Indian nil imported 20% 1.5 3.45 Punjab nil nil nil 9% nil nil 1.2 7.95 88 3.39 120 Indian nil imported Rajasthan 8% 1,200 act 14% 50.6% 1.5 to 6.0 11 31 3.72 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food beverages Sales Tax on soft Sales tax on Liquor - Rs lakhs Annual Bar licence Beer - on Rs consumption Excise liquor - on Rs consumption Excise Electricity / unit per KVA/ Month Elcetricity demand Sikkim nil nil nil 8% nil nil 0.06 2.5 Tamil Nadu 20% all Pub 8% 2.2 4 Uttaranchal 5% Uttar Pradesh 5% 1,000 act 8% out of state 32.6% 8 per hotel 8 48 4.13 West Bengal 10% a/c act 17% imported 30% daily 1 to 25 30 to 175 4.88 Chandigarh nil Source : FHRAI 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Transport taxes Token tax/ qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax per month Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce Employment in Hotels & restaurants Own Account Ent Establishments Total Number Employed Number Employed Number Employed Andhra Pradesh 69979 131,082 26504 134,009 96483 265,091 Arunachal 446 823 1029 4,740 1475 5,563 Assam 12005 18,186 14713 56,020 26718 74,206 Bihar 39822 62,201 21599 81,870 61421 144,071 Delhi 10917 14,822 10642 65,402 21559 80,224 Goa 1740 2,578 1189 9,331 2929 11,909 Gujarat 14759 22,622 12945 66,042 27704 88,664 Haryana 11971 15,360 5426 18,682 17397 34,342 Himachal Pradesh 7931 9,937 3214 11,651 11145 21,585 Jammu & Kashmir Karnataka 60093 103,972 34429 160,522 94522 264,494 Kerala 71472 101,290 27483 103,657 98955 204,947 Madhya Pradesh 39248 57,836 24412 96,007 63660 153,843 Maharashtra 47828 73,828 52237 312,763 100065 386,591 Manipur 2174 4,400 794 3,169 2968 7,569 Meghalaya 2222 4,430 3100 11,767 5322 16,197 Mizoram 1010 1,635 619 1,706 1629 3,341 Nagaland 589 1,301 949 4,179 1538 5,480 Orissa 34811 60,779 18007 68,292 52818 129,071 Punjab 10006 13,503 6694 23,984 16700 37,487 Rajasthan 29426 38,606 14820 50,224 44246 88,830 Sikkim 261 593 398 1,809 659 2,402 Tamil Nadu 85563 139,566 36637 167,673 122200 307,239 Uttar Pradesh 73911 103,649 28760 102,230 102671 205,879 West Bengal 68179 92,019 26508 115,903 94687 207,922 Andaman & Nicobar Chandigarh Daman & Diu Dadra & Nagar Haveli Lakshwadeep Pondicherry Source : department of Tourism Transport taxes Token tax/qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax permonth Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Approach to Assessment of Attractions Successful tourism products are those developed to meet the demands of existing and potential markets. These market segments have also been analysed. While analyzing the attractions of Chandigarh, we kept in mind both Chandigarh Tourism Policy and the National Tourism Policy. The approach has been 1. Identification of market segments 2. Listing of all attractions in Chandigarh 3. Mapping the relationship between Chandigarh Tourism and National Tourism Policies 4. Study of “Best Practice” in other City States 5. From the above, a shortlisting of projects. 1 Fitness Trail High Court The Open Hand/ Dove – symbol of Chandigarh Rock Garden scuplture Marketing State Tourism Three case studies are attached – Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal – representing “Best Practice” in the Indian context. Recently, Maharashtra has been very active in promotion. Some pertinent observations are 1. Get the basics in place. In other words set the right conditions for enhancing infrastructure for tourism. Some specific actions taken a. Common approach by all Govt.Departments. Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission and Uttaranchal’s Tourism Development Board ensure that various Govt.Depts and private sector are involved in Tourism plans b. Giving Tourism Industry status. Kerala did this in 1986, Rajasthan in 1989 c. Outsource expertise. Uttaranchal and Rajasthan both utilize professionals for surveys and feasibility studies d. Involve Private sector. Kerala Tourism formed JVs with two major hotel chains to attract investments. It has further set up a Tourism Investment Agency. Rajasthan offered further assistance to develop Heritage hotels. Uttaranchal has earmarked accommodation, restaurants, adventure sports, amusement parks for private development. e. Develop Human resources. Rajasthan and Uttaranchal are encouraging private sector to set up Hotel management and Food craft institutes. There is emphasis on guide training and certification. Uttaranchal plans specialist training facilities for adventure sports. Kerala set up an Institute of Tourism & Travel Studies in 1988 in addition to the IHMCT in Kovalam. f. Emphasis on civic infrastructure. Identified by Uttaranchal as a key area. 2. Enhance the Tourism product. Apart from traditional reasons for visits a. Kerala – Ayurveda and Traditional festivals like Boat races, Elephant March, Nishagandhi Dance festival. Also developing a new Hill Station b. Rajasthan – Direct access to Handicrafts and Handloom artisans, Fairs and festivals, Wildlife. c. Uttaranchal – Adventure sports 3. Concentrate on a few destinations/ activities a. Kerala – Ayurveda, Calicut-Kasargod, Quilon-Alleppey b. Uttaranchal – four hubs of Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh. Adventure sports c. Goa – holidays d. Rajasthan - Heritage 4. Manage Destinations. Involve host population – Rajasthan positions this as a ‘peoples industry’, better connectivity, city decongestion, Safety & Security of tourists – Kerala thinking of an insurance scheme, restricting entry into sensitive areas like National Parks, Registration of establishments catering to tourist needs 5. Product Positioning. Each State needs to develop a USP. a. Kerala – God’s own Country b. Uttaranchal – Every season is the reason c. Goa – 365 days on holiday 6. Promotion to target markets. a. Market segmentation – Relevant market segments, both domestic and international, should be identified geographically and by reason for visit. Eg. Kerala also targets NRIs b. Distribution – Ability to reserve hotels/ tours in source markets c. Sales - Participation in domestic and International trade fairs, familiarization trips for identified agents, sales offices in key markets d. Communications - Focused advertising in trade and travel related media, PR, Interactive websites, e-mail magazines, sweepstake prizes for high profile contests, familiarization trips for identified journalists i. Kerala has hired an agency in the US e. Database maintenance f. Marketing alliances – on-line airlines/ transporters, neighbouring States, destination co-op marketing. How other City States/ small countries position themselves Chandigarh is similar in situation to the city states and small countries around the world. The chart below attempts to analyse some of the more successful city states in terms of their drawing power City State Attractions Singapore Trading - Was a trading post to the Far East – Now a Financial hub – Connectivity to the world Manmade attractions – Jurong Bird Park, Night Safari, Sentosa Island & ropeway, Acquarium – Shopping, night markets – Golf Hongkong – now part of Trading China, but mainly unchanged Shopping Sports – Horse racing, rugby Macau Gambling – Casino/ Jai Alai Formula 1 races Monaco Gambling Casino & entertainment Formula 1 races Dubai Trading – similar to Singapore Shopping Sports – horse racing, power boats, golf, tennis, cricket Events Mauritius/ Bahamas/ Bermuda Beaches Off-shore companies Sun City, South Africa Casino, Golf,water sports, events Very few City States have the benefit of historical attractions such as at the Vatican. Some like Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have the natural attractions of beaches. Most, however, have had to depend on manmade attractions. It is obvious that those city states that have had a history of trading, have managed to develop themselves as World Financial Centers. As part of this development, they have installed infrastructure for communications, in particular, very broadband channels for Internet. Another off shoot of this development is the growth in media. Dubai, in fact, is building a media city. However, the one striking feature in all these cases is the emphasis on world class standard Recreation and Leisure facilities. While facilities have been created for visitors, they are also used by the residents. – Gambling is a major attraction in Macau, Monaco and Sun City. – Horse racing is big in Hongkong and Dubai. – Sporting events attract people to Singapore, Hongkong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City. – Entertainment Events are held in Sun City, Dubai, Hongkong, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Seychelles etc We believe that Chandigarh does have the potential to become a successful city state based on its own draw. It is interesting to note that city States like Dubai, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Mauritius etc do not rely on their immediate neighbours. Market segments for Chandigarh Tourism Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions Residents of Chandigarh Recreation and Leisure appear to be the main 1. Multiplex cinema halls demands. However, Chandigarh residents tend to 2. Amusement Park finish their working days relatively early and night 3. Night food bazaar cum entertainment entertainment demand is limited. 4. Horse Racing Neighbouring States Delhi 1. Transit traffic, specially families with small 1. Delhi - Transit Stopover traffic to Shimla or children on their way to Kulu/ Manali. These start 2. Haryana Kulu/ Manali later in the day from Delhi and the children get 3. Punjab - Short breaks restless after 4 to 5 hours. A good reason to stop 4. Himachal Pradesh Haryana would be an Amusement park. - Recreation & Leisure 2. Recreation & leisure. See comments above. None - Shopping of the contiguous states has developed good R&L - Business facilities except possibly the Gurgaon and - Meetings & Conferences Faridabad districts bordering Delhi. Punjab 3. Shopping. While Jalandhar and Ludhiana have now - Recreation & Leisure got good shopping facilities, they are still behind - Shopping the range offered by Sector 17. If this is combined - Business with R&L, it makes a powerful attraction. - Meetings & conferences 4. Business. This is normally connected with Himachal Pradesh Government. - Recreation & Leisure 5. Meetings and conferences. Chandigarh being the - Shopping State Capital of Haryana and the Punjab as well as - Medical the Northern Region HQ for several trade bodies, can satisfy this need 6. Medical. Medical facilities at the PGI are excellent. The new Fortis Hospital in Mohalli can also contribute to Chandigarh room occupancies Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions The Rest of India Apart from transit to HP, and a very small market No strong offer to attract this segment interested in architecture, the tourism demands from the rest of India are not met by Chandigarh NRIs – Also those of Chandigarh is the Gateway to the Punjab NRI’s could be encouraged to expose their children, many Punjab origin NRI Marriages of whom are negative to India, to the modern city beautiful - Chandigarh Other Foreign No real demand State Tourism Policy > Improving the Developing vs. National Tourism quality of places of Policy tourism tourist vvvv products interest Place Tourism on the Concurrent list Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments Safety & Security of Accreditisation Tourists of Shops, transporters Tourism Accounting System Computerisation Concentrate on one major project as State USP World Heritage sites as opportunity to expand cultural Tourism Themed Cultural Sound & Light Attractions at Rock Garden Providing necessary facilities for tourists Effective signages Have police posts at Tourism Information centres Provide a central reservation facility. Provide linkage between Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake and planned amusement park Other Chandigarh has already declared Tourism as an industry in 1994. However, incentives and concessions need to be reviewed Constitute a State Tourism Board/ Tourism Advisory Council Initiate a system for tracking tourism spends Secretariat & High Court complex?? Develop a documentary on the planning and development of Chandigarh State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Capitalise on Run regular Food traditional cuisines Festivals featuring foods from other States. Actively promote village tourism Exploit the potential of Sukhna Bird Create wildlife sanctuaries sanctuary awareness of the fauna Develop Adventure Improve the Development tourism with safety tourist amenities of the Sports standards at Sukhna lake. center at Kishangarh Recreation & leisure Develop a Dinner Develop an Multiplex Explore the are a vital component cruise on Sukhna amusement possibility of a of the local & regional Lake park. Race Track. This domestic tourism will help week market end occupancies in the hotels MICE to be developed Develop a for tourism, trade and convention commerce centre Develop Eco-tourism Create Develop the through grassroots, environmental Botanical community based consciousness garden movement through gardens Capitalise on the growing awareness of India’s holistic healing traditions Development of Incorporate shopping centers for traditional arts traditional crafts and and crafts with information on them Kalagram State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Promote the events, The quality of the A daily night fairs and festivals both Saturday Sector market can be locally and in the main 17 entertainment developed markets needs to be reviewed Provide the Convention infrastructure for center Business travel The following projects have been shortlisted Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism 13. Attracting the Private Sector Project 1 Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments There is a need to set up a system in Chandigarh to coordinate with other departments whose work has a bearing on Tourism. 1) Currently the following Government agencies have a direct impact on tourism products a) CITCO. Here, both Industrial development and Tourism come under the same department. b) Town Planning c) PWD (B&R) d) PHD for water, sewage & sanitation e) Police 2) Private bodies that are directly involved in tourism are the local chapters of a) FHRAI/ HAI b) TAAI/ IATO c) Transporters association 3) Indirect involvement by private sector corporations for business travel requirements and their related associations i) FICCI/ ASSOCHAM/ PHDCC etc. ii) Informed and committed individuals with current or potential interest in the State 4) Some Central Government agencies are also involved. These are a) NHAI b) Indian railways Two related approaches have been used by other Indian States Rajasthan has used a ‘mission’ approach whereby they have set up the Rajiv Gandhi Tourism Mission. This has the commitment from all State Ministries of giving tourism priority treatment. Uttaranchal is the first State to constitute a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ with participation of both the Government and private sector The roles in planning and identification of projects, problems and solutions are similar. They vary in that the ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ is a body constituted under an Act with broad powers. The ‘Mission Approach’ is not a legal body and is probably easier to implement in states where tourism is not a major industry. Rajasthan - The Mission Approach This is exemplified by Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development. While not a legal entity, the mission has A nodal agency in the Dept of Tourism, Art and Culture Collaborating agencies o RTDC o Dept of Urban Development o Dept of Archaeology & Museums o PWD o General Administration & Civil Aviation o Forest & Environment o Industries Dept o Devasthan Dept o West Zone Cultural Centre o Khadi & Village Industry Board o Archaeological Survey of India The Mission is structured with a Chairman – Chief Minister Empowered committee chaired by the Chief Secretary Mission Director – Secretary Tourism, Art & Culture District level Sub-Mission – Chairman is District Collector Site/ Local – mini mission A Mission Statement has been defined. Ten Mission objectives have been identifies and a 12 point strategy developed to implement the objectives. The mission statement seeks “To make Tourism the peoples industry”. The objectives and strategy were developed with the help of task forces that surfaced problems and solutions on a variety of subjects including Policy needs. 10 Milestones have been defined and for each milestone specific activity and deadlines detailed. The mission Director coordinates with other departments as well as professionals. The Directorate has the following Advisors Advisor Heritage Advisor Handicrafts Advisor Economist Advisor Media & Marketing Advisor Human Resource Development Advisor Research & Development Advisor Ecology/ Sociology As well as consultants from the private sector 1. Uttaranchal - Constitution of a Tourism Development Board A high level Tourism Development Board has replaced the Tourism Directorate. The responsibilities of this board are a. Formulation and Strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state. c. Preparation of plans for various tourist segments and activities, identification and development of projects and ensuring their timely implementation. d. Establishment of standard / norms and framing of policy guidelines for various tourism activities. e. Formulation of a strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investment in the tourism sector. f. A single window solution to all tourism related information, sanction for projects, escort services for obtaining clearances and approvals from other departments. 2. Identifying Key Projects - Based on the present tourist interest and the future potential in each destination. 3. Outsourcing Expertise - The tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. 4. Destination Management - The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Plans to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. 5. New Destinations - New tourism destinations have been identified which will developed and marketed as spokes to hubs to help in decongesting the hubs. 6. Private Sector Participation - The areas of accommodation facilities, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. Special incentives and concessions have been planned. 7. Human Resource Development - Plans to upgrade existing institutes and set up new institutes for diploma and degree training programmes. a) Specialist training for activities like adventure sports etc. b) Self-employment opportunities for local residents to encourage maximum participation of the host community. 8. Infrastructure Development Establishment of world class infrastructure facilities will be the highest priority of Uttranchal government. In order to do this, special efforts are being made to mobilize institutional resources and private sector investment and participation. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh start with a mission approach. This would require the backing of the Governor and the Chief Secretary to make it successful. The mission approach provides the coordination required and gives tourism a better profile with other departments. Project 2 Tourism Accounting System Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless the positive impacts can be demonstrated. Several measures of the changes in economic activity can be generated. The most common are Changes in Sales or spending - The spending of visitors within the local area becomes sales or receipts for local businesses Changes in regional incomes - This is the sum of wages & salaries accruing to workers in these businesses and owners income and profits Changes in employment - Number of jobs supported by the given level of Sales. What is required to be measured for an impact analysis is the changes that occur with the introduction or closing down of facilities. In simple terms, the economic impact is Economic impact= change in # of visitors * average spend/visitor* Multiplier A visitor is defined by someone who lives outside the region so only ‘new’ spendings are measured. The overall impact is normally arrived at by c) Measuring distinct visitor segments eg. Day trips, transit, stayover, business travel, Government expenditure on tourism related activities including museums, cultural activities, recreational parks etc. d) Measuring spending in distinct categories – lodging, restaurants, meals, petrol etc. e) Allocating spending to receiving sectors and applying ratios and multipliers The first two measure primary effects. Secondary effects are of two types a) Indirect effects are changes in spending, income and jobs within the region in sectors that supply goods and services to the tourism sector. This requires an input-output matrix. b) Induced effects are the increased spends by residents from the incomes earned in tourism and the supporting sectors. Multipliers are required to capture the secondary effects and are generally sxpressed as a ratio to direct effects. These can be sales, income and employment multipliers. The World Bank has estimated that for every Rs 10 lakhs invested in India, the following number of direct jobs are created In Tourism projects 47.5 jobs In Hotels and restaurants 89.0 jobs In agriculture 44.7 jobs In Manufacturing 12.7 jobs Tata Consultancy Service has also estimated that for every direct job created in tourism, 4.62 indirect jobs are created in ancillary areas. The World Travel & Tourism Council uses a ‘Direct Revenue Multiplier’ in tourism of 2.07. While the intention of the Ministry of Tourism is to get a better understanding of the positive effects of tourism, at this stage the mechanism is not in place to collect the details in all sectors. Recommendation We suggest that Chandigarh Tourism puts in place a mechanism to collect data on direct effects. This may initially be in the form of annual surveys extrapolated to cover the State and calculated using the multipliers above. This will give Chandigarh Tourism the hard data required to substantiate the benefits of Tourism. Project 3 SAFETY & SECURITY SPECIAL TOURISM POLICE The National Tourism policy states that “There is a need for the creation of a special tourism police force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality.” While the creation of a special force at State level may not be feasible, the spirit of providing a sense of security to travelers is an important aspect. At the very least, all Tourist information centers – see note on the concept – should have a police outpost which can deal with crimes against tourists. The awareness of these police outposts should be widely created with hotels, restaurants and shopping centers in the relevant districts. There is no cost involved in this activity PROJECT 4. ACCREDITISATION OF SHOPS AND TRANSPORT AGENCIES Two other areas where most tourists feel insecure in the sense of being cheated are Tourist shops and transportation. It is suggested that Chandigarh Tourism institute a system of accrediting these establishments. For shops, the requirements are simple All items will be price tagged All sales will be subject to return in undamaged condition Shops will carry the accreditisation plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency For transport, again requirements can be kept simple Taxis/ rickshaws will be metered or carry a tariff sheet No fare will be refused if the taxi/ rickshaw is at a stand Participating transport will carry a plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency Participating transport drivers may be asked to wear a uniform In both cases, complaints will be taken up with the offending shop/ vehicle owner. A repeat complaint will bar the shop/ vehicle from carrying the plaque/ sticker. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh Tourism issue a tourist-cum-shopping guide – preferably in the form of a Chandigarh map - listing accredited shops and transporters. Maps should be given free at hotels, Sukhna Lake, Rock Garden and Sector 17 market. The cost of the guide can be recovered by advertising and sale of guides. PROJECT 6 PROMOTING TRADITIONAL CUISINES Indian cuisine is not just a trend internationally – no longer represented by just Tandoori Chicken – but within the country there is a growing interest in regional cuisine. Kerala vegetarian and non-vegetarian restaurants are thriving. Gujarati, Konkan, Chettinad and Punjabi outlets are being well patronized in the metros. In the past, extremely successful food festivals have been held at Kala Gram. Kalagram is an ideal venue between Chandigarh and Panchkula. It is suggested that State Tourism departments be contacted to conduct food festivals on an ongoing basis. Some arrangement will need to be worked out with the North Region Cultural Centre, but as this is a win-win situation for both parties – and the general public, this should be possible. Kalagram may require additional parking facilities. The neighbouring States of Himachal, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Haryana, Rajasthan, Jammu & Kashmir and Delhi can all be approached to hold festivals in Chandigarh. Chandigarh Tourism is also looking at promoting outbound traffic to adjoining States, and they may wish to use this platform more often. If the months of May to July are excluded, it should be possible to organize a festival every month, thereby giving Chandigarh residents and visitors an additional area of recreation and leisure. The festivals should be accompanied with performing arts and display the State handicrafts. Recommendation We recommend food festivals of various states be held at Kala Gram on an ongoing basis. This activity does not require much additional infrastructure and is in fact a revenue generating activity. Visitor numbers Past food festivals at Kalagram have generated 4-5000 visitors per festival over a 3-4 day festival period. If festivals are held monthly at a fixed period, say second weekend of the month or the full moon nights, the numbers can be sustained. 9 festivals x 5,000 visitors per festival = 45,000 visitors Revenues Revenues to Chandigarh Tourism/ Kalagram will be generated by entrance tickets and stall rentals. Stall owners – handicrafts/ F&B – will have direct sales revenues. Assume expenditure @ Rs 50 per visitor for handicrafts/ F&B/ parking 9 Food & Cultural Festivals/ annum Entrance fees = Rs 10 x 45,000 Stall rentals @ Rs5000 x 9 festival x 15 stalls Revenues to stall owners 45,000 x Rs 50 Costs = Rs 4.5 lakhs = Rs 6.75 lakhs = Rs 22.5 lakhs Venue costs are minimal as infrastructure exists. There will be promotional costs Project 12 Wildlife Tourism The Government of India, Department of Tourism has identified the development of wildlife sanctuaries as a priority item. Specific suggestions are to improve the quality of tourist facilities including Visitor information/ interpretation centers. Chandigarh has the Sukhna Bird sanctuary. As a reserved forest, people are not allowed without permission. This area should not be developed further. However, Chandigarh also has a wealth of flora. While the gardens attempt to highlight this, it is not generally known that there are over 1000 variety of trees in Chandigarh. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure other than that normally budgeted for this activity. Project 12 A Adventure Tourism Chandigarh has limited scope for adventure tourism. Apart from promoting serious boating – rowing, sculls, sailing, regattas - in Sukhna Lake, the area is not conducive to pursuing adventure tourism. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure on this activity other than that normally budgeted. Upgrading the facilities for the above can be taken up by the private sector. Project 5 Concept for Cultural / Tourism Information Centres These should be part of the City ‘Recreation and Leisure’ complex, and are envisioned as centers to showcase the State – a cross between Dilli Haat and National Crafts Museum. At the very least they should have 1. Tourist office with all information on the State 2. Central reservation capabilities for hotel and tour packages. a. These can be manned/ funded by the State Hotel Association & State Travel agent associations b. Space can also be rented to airlines, railways and travel trade associations. 3. A permanent live exhibition of the State’s traditional lifestyle, arts and crafts. This can be modeled on the National Crafts Museum. a. Artisans sell their goods directly and/ or through a central shop. The center provides a platform for the artisan on a revenue share or straight lease. b. State produce can also be sold e.g Basmati rice 4. A permanent restaurant featuring the State cuisine. a. This should be leased with stipulations on the menu and service standards b. The area can also carry periodic photo exhibits/ art exhibits. 5. Some permanent shops can be incorporated and leased out. a. Factory outlets of manufacturers based in the State is one example. 6. An open air amphitheatre to showcase the State’s performing arts a. This should also have screening facilities for documentaries b. This can be leased for private functions including marriages, film shooting 7. Open spaces for putting up stalls for celebrating State festivals a. These can be handicrafts and food stalls leased to private parties. 8. Space should also be allotted to other State Tourism bodies 9. A police outpost where problems faced by tourists can be addressed. Estimated costs for construction of this cultural centers are Activity Budget Tourist office building with space for State tourist offices, Central 50 lakhs reservations office, restaurant and police outpost, other offices Live exhibition of State’s arts and crafts, permanent shops 10-15 lakhs Open air amphitheatre – 750-100 persons 10 lakhs Space for temporary stalls for State festivals 2 lakhs Recommendation This should be set up in the amusement park area planned near Sukhna lake. Visitor numbers The objective of this facility is to provide service, not generate additional visitors, though there will be an indirect effect. Revenues Office rentals 10 offices x Rs10,000/ month Restaurant rental @ Rs 20,000/ month Shop rentals 10 shops x Rs 20,000/ month Amphitheatre rentals 20 functions @ Rs 20,000 Costs = Rs 12.0 lakhs = Rs 2.4 lakhs = Rs 24.0 lakhs = Rs 4.0 lakhs Ongoing costs are for maintenance and common utilities @ Rs 24 lakhs/ year. Funding The initial capital required is Rs 70-75 lakhs. Breakeven is achieved in 4-5 years and thereafter, it is a profitable operation. Attracting the Private Sector While there appears to be no requirement to incentivise the building of hotels, there are other tourism related activities that would need incentives to attract the private sector. We recommend that Chandigarh Government consider the following to develop a package of incentives.. INCENTIVES FOR TRAVEL & LEISURE INDUSTRY 1. Assistance on project report preparation 2. Concessional land for specified projects 3. Entertainment tax exemption for 5 years 4. Capital investment subsidy of 20% subject to a maximum of Rs 20 lakhs 5. Recommendation of loans to Financial Institutions 6. Interest subsidy on loans from approved financial institutions 7. Energy subsidy 8. Concessions on stamp duties/ reimbursement – urban areas, rural areas 9. Concessions on Change in land use fees 10. Excise licence fees concessions 11. Concession on Transport taxes on vehicles used for this activity. INVOLVING THE NON TRAVEL & LEISURE SECTOR IN TOURISM ACTIVITIES Chandigarh has over 25 corporates and PSUs with turnovers of over Rs 100 crores. These all have some commitment to Chandigarh and can be approached for sponsoring various activities that can improve the tourist experience. Greening of the environment – road dividers, green belts, parks Cleaning of the environment – garbage bins and collection Sponsorships of o signage o projects such as handicraft villages o events such as local festivals o information kiosks o tourist literature The companies may be compensated in terms of exposure available. It is also common to have directional signs to the company premises. Project 7 Horse Race Course Horse racing is an activity that draws week end traffic. In India, the main race tracks are in Mumbai and Kolkata. These depend largely on the local population with free income. However, Pune and Bangalore both have successful race tracks where the attendance is from outside the city. The race season in these two cities fills hotels over the normally low weekends. Revenue sources for Race Clubs are Club memberships Sponsorship of Corporate boxes Club house activities F&B concessions/ sales Gate money from attendees. Sponsorship of races. Programme sales Programme advertising Horses pay to race/ stable Share of tote Off-season revenues are buoyed by off track betting. Race tracks around the country pay for live telecasts via satellite. o This brings in viewership of about 2 lakh people Race tracks are also labour intensive, both for the track and for anciliary activities like stud farms, training paddocks, stables and for manning the accommodations for staff, trainers jockeys etc. A quality race course with a 2000 meter track requires an area of about 200 acres depending on the shape of the plot. On clear grounds, a race track can be laid in 100 acres. The area around Chandigarh and Delhi have the best stud farms in the country. Many are owned by political figures. There are at least 10 stud farms in the North where horses are bought for racing across the country. Owners of stud farms currently need to travel to other race tracks to promote their products. The Delhi Race Course does not cater to quality horse races. Setting up a race track is complicated. Tracks like Hongkong, Singapore, Malaysia, Kentucky etc all have their own systems and one suitable for Chandigarh will need to be worked out in conjunction with stud farms, race horse owners, authorities etc. The modern tote systems are totally electronic and cost upto Rs 2 crores. They are backed by broadband access to allow off track betting and satellite broadcast/ reception. The indicated expense of setting up an entire race course with track, club house, stabling, accommodation, tote machines etc is in the region of Rs 40-50 crores minus cost of land. The facility is usually given on long lease. Note Mr. Narendra Lagad from Pune is an acknowledged authority on setting up race courses. He has set up one in Kandy, Sri Lanka. (Contacts are 020-6879495/ 6870217/ 098220-28285 e-mail : narendralagad@hotmail.com ) Recommendation Chandigarh further examine the feasibility of including a Race Course in the Master Plan. The Club can have other sports facilities to attract memberships. Accommodation for out of town visitors should also be examined. The entire project should be in th private sector. Visitor numbers Race attendees 15 race days x 5000 attendees = 75,000 30 off track x 1000 attendees = 30,000 Club Members Permanent members = 500 Out station members = 300 Revenues 1. Gate money Race days 75,000 x Rs50 = Rs 37.5 lakhs Off track 30,000 x Rs 20 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 2. Club memberships 500 members x Rs 2 lakhs = Rs 1000 lakhs 300 outstation x Rs 75,000 = Rs 225 lakhs 3. Monthly dues + usage 300 x Rs 1000 = Rs 3.0 lakhs 300 x Rs 400 = Rs 1.2 lakhs 4. Company sponsored boxes 10 x Rs 5 lakhs/ year = Rs 50 lakhs 5. F&B concessions 45 days x 5 concessions x Rs5000 = Rs 11.25 lakhs 6. Programme sales 1 programme per 4 attendees xRs 10 = Rs 2.6 lakhs 7. Programme advertising @ Rs 1 lakh a programme x 45 = Rs 45 lakhs 8. Race charges 15 races x 8 horses x Rs 5000 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 9. Share of tote 5% of 105K attendees x Rs 200 per = Rs 105 lakhs Plus royalties for live telecasts. Costs - Ongoing 1. Race purses/ prizes – At least 2 prizes per meet can be sponsored by Corporate Houses. 2. Personnel – This includes a. Tote supervisors/ tellers/ gate entrance/ horsemen’s book keeper b. Racing secretariat/ starter/ announcer/ stewards/ paddock judge. Some of these can be voluntary positions c. Club house personnel d. Track maintenance/ security 3. Equipment maintenance. This can be outsourced 4. Insurance 5. Utilities 6. Track Maintenance 7. Advertising. Programme printing Funding recommendation The requirement is Rs 40-50 crores plus cost of land. The entire project should be tendered to the Private Sector. There are a variety of ways this can be managed from JV to fixed leases to profit/ revenue sharing. Project 8 Amusement Park Attracting tourists en route to Himachal Pradesh Up to less than ten years ago, given the state of the highways and the quality of cars, most tourists driving from Delhi to the Himachal destinations of Shimla and Kullu- Manali required up to 6 hours to reach the Chandigarh environments. For many, especially those on their way to Kullu-Manali or those traveling with young children, a stop-over in Chandigarh was very convenient. Today, the distance is covered in 4 hours or less and Chandigarh is now accessed before lunch. Given that the average person can comfortably drive 400 Km or 6 hours a day, they can easily reach Shimla. Also given the fact that car ownership is increasing at over 18% a year and that domestic tourism is increasing at 5% a year, traffic to Himachal out of Delhi will only increase over the next decade. The increased tourism promotion activity of Uttaranchal will also spur the HP Government to promote tourism more actively. Therefore, it is imperative that some portion of the transit traffic to Kullu-Manali is attracted to overnight in Chandigarh. The logical segment to attract is those traveling with children as children tire of long car trips. In short, the attraction should be oriented to children. Therefore, we propose an amusement cum water park. The water park would be a major attraction as most movement to the hills is in the Summer months. This need not be on the scale of a Disney World, but the rides and facilities of Appu Ghar but with quality equipment would suffice. This would also be a facility for the local population of Chandigarh, providing reasonably priced family entertainment, currently available in very limited scope. The ideal location for this facility would be in the Kishangarh area, adjacent to the current leisure areas of Sukhna Lake, the Golf course and the Rock Garden. This has already been identified by Chandigarh Town Planning. The park should be marketed to the specific segment of families with small children traveling to Kulu/ Manali. Possible facilities in an amusement park are listed below. While weekend usage will be high, it is necessary to balance the products to drive traffic throughout the week and throughout the day. The analysis below attempts this. Weekday usage Invest Direct Indirect Attraction AM PM Night ment jobs jobs Amusement Park - Ferris Wheel, slides, rides, dodgem cars Med Hi Hi Animal rides Med Hi Lo Bowling Med Hi Hi Casino/ Slot Machines Lo Med Hi Cultural Centre - Dilli Haat style to showcase the State Hi Hi Hi Fairground stalls - games of chance and skill Med Med Hi Food Court - Vishala/ Chowkidana Lo Lo Hi Go-karting Lo Lo Hi Kiddies play centre - Primeplay, Softlands Hi Hi Med Mini-golf - Putt Putt Med Med Hi Science Centre- Eg. Panorama in Kurukshetra Hi Hi Lo Shopping mall - designer shops a la Santushti, factory outlets, discount clubs Hi Hi Med Roller Skating rink Lo Med Hi Swimming Pool - heated(?) Hi Hi Hi Water Park Lo Med Hi Mini - Zoo Hi Hi Med Name of Park Area in Annual Entrance fees excluding video acres Visitors games and some selected rides. lakhs Child below 1 metre free. Essel World, Gorai 64 18–20 Child Rs.200/ Adult Rs 250 Water Kingdom, Gorai 24 12-14 Child Rs225/ Adult Rs 275 Nicco Park, Kolkata 40 12-13 Kishi Kintha, Chennai 10 VGP Universal, M’puram 8 Appu Garh, Delhi 6-7 MGM, Chennai 5-6 Fun city, Chandigarh 4 Child Rs140/ Adult Rs 140 Fun & Food Village, Delhi 12 5 Nicco Bhubhaneswar 15 2-2.5 Nicco Jamshedpur 8 2-2.5 Great Escapes, Nagpur 2 Visitor numbers Given that Fun City, with its less than prime location, attracts around 5 lakh visitors a year, and that the recommended location can easily attract highway traffic to Himachal, it is not unreasonable to base visitor numbers at 5 lakhs a year going up to 7 over 3-4 years. Visitor spends Factoring in student discounts and free children, Essel World/ Water Kingdom average Rs 175 per visitor. In Chandigarh, the average will probably be around Rs 150. In addition, visitors spend on parking, F&B and souvenirs as also on specialized rides and video games. An average visitor spend on items other than entrance is taken at Rs 50 per visitor. Therefore revenues can be assumed to be 5 lakhs x Rs 150 = Rs 7.5 crores on entrance fees and a further 5 lakhs x Rs 50 = Rs 2.5 crores on other items. Total revenues Rs 10 crores Costs It costs roughly Rs 1.0 crore an acre to create an amusement park. The investment in Chandigarh will be in the region of Rs 15 crores. Funding It is recommended that Chandigarh Tourism tenders the entire project to private sector. There a variety of ways this can be done from JV to various types of leases. Marketing This will be done by the amusement park operator. Project 9 Linking the sightseeing Chandigarh Tourism has recently introduced the Hop-on Hop-off bus linking the sightseeing of Chandigarh in an extremely user-friendly manner. This works very well for attractions that are fairly wide spread from each other where customers are willing to wait the 15 minutes to half an hour for the next lift. However, when attractions are relatively close together, waiting for the bus versus walking to the next attraction becomes a dilemma and an irritant. The main case in point is the 1 km distance between the Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake, both ‘must see’ attractions of Chandigarh. The walk versus the wait for the bus, specially with children, are both unattractive options! The other alternative option is to pay a hefty fare to the auto rickshaws It is understood that Chandigarh Town Planning has proposed leisure activities in the area beyond the Lake and between the existing Golf Course and Kishangarh. These are A sports complex Health resort/ picnic huts Amusement park This, along with the activities already existing in the Sukhna Lake area, make this area a hub of leisure activities, visited by all Chandigarh tourists and most Chandigarh residents. There are several possible solutions to ease this situation for the Chandigarh tourist. Regulate the auto rickshaws to charge the official fares o Auto rickshaws will probably boycott the stand as the potential fare is the minimum drop of flag amount. o It is probably not economically viable to increase the number of buses that would be required to increase frequency over the entire circuit. Introduce a shuttle bus between the two places o This would require one more bus to shuttle every 10 minutes o Customers may not be willing to pay any amount over and above the basic Hop-on Hop-off fare for a bus service that is seen to be part of the same system. Introduce a novel form of cheap transport between the two locations. Some alternatives o Animal drawn buggies o An elevated monorail/ rail system It has been indicated that a 2 Km elevated track would be extremely costly. The monorail is necessarily electric o A conventional rail track with ‘antique’ engines and coaches in miniature. This would be like the narrow gauge railway to Matheran/ Darjeeling. The engine would be a diesel/ electric engine and could be designed like the ‘Fairy Queen’. This would be an attraction in it’s own right. A diesel/ electric train can be run very cost-efficiently. Pollution versus a steam train is minimal Recommendation It is recommended that a narrow gauge track and rake be commissioned to the private sector. Revenues From ticket sales The Rock Garden receives an average of 3,000 – 5,000 visitors a day. All visitors to the Rock Garden also go to Sukhna Lake. With the development of the Recreational Area, the Sports complex, the Tourist & Healht Resort and the Amusement park, the number of visitors can only increase. If 35 -40% of the visitors use the transport, which is an attraction in itself, this is roughly 1500 passengers a day @ Rs 5/ passenger = Rs 2.25 lakhs/ month. If running/ maintenance costs are 50%, net profits are Rs 1 lakh a month for a 70 month breakeven. If the Amusement Park and Tourist Health and Sports Centre are developed in Kishangarh, the numbers will rise dramatically. In addition, there will be opportunity of generating revenues from advertising on the train. Costs The estimated cost for setting down 2 Km of track is Rs 20 lakhs and the cost of the train, 4 coaches with 50 passenger capacity is Rs 20 lakhs. The engine is Rs 30 lakhs for a total project cost of Rs 70 lakhs Sources of funds It is recommended that this project be funded by Chandigarh Tourism. The Indian railways may be approached to set up a mini rail museum in this area. Marketing There is no marketing and promotion necessary and hence no specific marketing costs. Project 10 Conference Centre for Business Travel Businessmen travel to Meet buyers Meet suppliers Visit Home/ branch offices Incentive travel – where the travel is an incentive reward for better performance Attend conferences – own company and business associations The first three reasons for travel cannot be influenced by third parties. Business travel however can be generated to particular destinations through incentive travel and through conferences, conventions and exhibitions. Apart from road, rail and air access which is a common essential to develop these activities, and which is adequate in Chandigarh, each of the above also has its own requirements. Incentive Travel Incentive destinations are typically not those with cultural attractions but those with a wide range of leisure activities and nightlife. The participants of an incentive group are all prize winners of performance awards and are looking for a fun time in a place that ordinarily would be out of reach of their pockets or regular family holiday destinations. Chandigarh is not suited for incentive travel. Meetings, Conventions and Exhibitions Meetings and conferences These are traditionally organized by companies for their own staff, distribution chain and, occasionally, suppliers. They are company need-based to communicate messages that require some interaction to a medium sized audience. The size of the company in terms of number of people and the spread of distribution are the prime drivers of meetings and conferences. Apart from companies headquartered in Chandigarh, those headquartered in the surrounding districts of the Punjab and Haryana are also candidates for holding meetings and conferences in Chandigarh. A listing of such companies is attached. Conventions and Seminars These are meetings held for multiple organizations interested in the same topic. They are usually organized by industry associations, professional associations, management associations, universities and NGOs to discuss topics of common interest. Among the more common conventions are various medical disciplines, religious, environmental subjects etc. However, the local chapter of the association needs to drive the organization of conventions and seminars. Typically, a bid document is put up to the national body that then may make an inspection trip to view facilities. The bid is normally submitted with comprehensive back-up documentation which apart from the core expertise is exhibited, the documentation covers extra-curricular activities during the day for spouses and evening and night entertainment, accommodation facilities, transportation etc. The local chapter must also organize the convention/ seminar. This can be fairly complicated and many organizations do not have in-house expertise. Successful conventions require that organizers are educated in meetings management. Cities that have evolved as convention destinations generally have a dedicated ‘Convention Visitors Bureau’ that works with local organizations to generate conventions. The Bureau has full time employees and a committee made up of representatives from the local tourism, hospitality, transport facilities as well as Associations. The attachment gives some organizations that can generate conventions in Chandigarh. Exhibitions Exhibitions are held to display products. These may be organized by Companies – A launch of new products is usually accompanied by an exhibition Associations – Manufacturing associations, agricultural associations and other industry associations including travel, automobile, job fairs all require exhibition area. Exhibition halls, typically being unfurnished have multi usage potential such as marriages, concerts and other social events. It appears that there is scope for a meetings facility in Chandigarh. Given that hotel capacities, both current and in the future, will be contained by town planning, the conference facility should not be too large. Chandigarh Town Planning has already identified a 7 acre plot in Sector 31, next to the CII Northern region Headquarters. Recommendation It is suggested that this offers A venue for General Body meetings of 600-800 persons (Approx 600-800 sq.mtr). This would be auditorium seating 3-4 break-out rooms. These are not with any fixed seating but should have capacities ranging from 50 to 150 persons theatre style.( Approx 400 sq.mts) Exhibition area of approximately 1500 sq.mtr Business center facilities Restaurant and snack Bar Parking Visitor numbers Typically, utilization of convention and exhibition area space is taken at 25% of capacity, even though it is possible to use spaces more than once a day. Exhibition area space may be better utilised as it has multi-functionality for social occasions. A 600 seat auditorium with break out rooms should see a throughput of roughly 55,000 persons a year. The exhibition space will have utilization for both exhibits and social functions. These are mutually exclusive. If the space is used 25% for exhibitions - 90 days a year including set up and knock down times – in other words exhibits available for 60-65 days, throughput of visitors will be 60-65,000. Of the 270 days available for social functions, we can take a utilization of 40% or 100 days with an average marriage attendance of 500 pax, this will be 50,000 pax. Visitor revenues Revenues from conference hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000/event x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F&B on attendance of 55,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 110 lakhs Revenues from exhibition hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000 x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F& B on attendance of 60,000 x Rs 25 = Rs 15 lakhs Revenues on Social functions Attendance 50,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 100 lakhs Total = Rs 261 lakhs Cost The total cost of construction of approximately 3000 sq.mtrs convention center will be in the region of Rs 8-10 crores. Landscaping 7 acres with parking will be around Rs 15 Lakhs. Profitability of rental income is around 80% - Rs 29 lakhs - and F&B income around 50% - Rs 112 lakhs for a total profitability of Rs 140 lakhs approx. Project viability break even in 5 –7 years. Funding Sources Part of the cost of construction can be de-frayed by Corporates paying to have some of the break-out rooms and possibly the main auditorium named after their company/ founder. ASSOCHAM has done this successfully with their HQ in Delhi. Marketing A convention promotion bureau should be set up. Potential clients for conferences and conventions both in India and abroad are easily identified from ICCA and other association lists. The convention bureau will need to work with their India Chapters to prepare attractive bid documents. Project 11 Energising the City Centre Sector 17 is the City Centre of Chandigarh. While most sectors have their own markets for daily essentials, Sector 17 is where aspirational ‘Lifestyle’ products are retailed. The market has been designed with vast pedestrian spaces and is eminently suitable to be developed as a social and entertainment hub. Apart from the months of May & June, Chandigarh weather is suitable for outdoor activities Evenings - Mid March to end April, July to November During the Day - December to mid March A social and entertainment hub would require Shopping for aspirational items. This trend already exists in Sector 17. Opening hours should allow for late shopping. Night market stalls of handicraft items should be allowed Special Sales periods/ Shopping Carnivals should be announced in advance Range of F&B outlets. There is a reasonable range of outlets. These should be encouraged. Liquor licences should be made more easily available and extension of service should be allowed till 1am. Entertainment Movie Halls/ multiplexes/ open air movies and documentaries Video parlours/ Bowling alleys/ slot machines Street entertainment. Local performing artists and those performing at Kalagram, All the Chandigarh festivals could be moved to Sector 17 – April Fools Day, Mango Festival, Indo-Pak Mushaira, Chrysanthamum Show Administration Energising the City Centre would require the active involvement of the Sector 17 shop keepers who have the most to gain from this initiative. They should be brought into the very initial planning stages. These activities do not require large funding, but coordination is crucial for success. Committees comprised of shop keepers and Chandigarh Administration should be formed for various types of activities. Funding As noted, large funds are not required. It should be possible to levy a small cess on shop turnover to fund activities. Marketing This is aimed to provide a focal point for Chandigarh residents. Communicating events will not require more than posters in Sector 17 and other sector markets. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Prioritisation of selected projects Activity Short term Medium Long term 1-5 years term 5-10 10-20 years years Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Job creation Potential of Projects Activity Total Project Direct jobs Indirect cost created jobs created Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Nil Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs 50 50 Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use per year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept Nil 5 20 “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops Nil 5 20 and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs 350 1000 Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs40 –50 1000 4600 crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores 1000 4000 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs 100 400 10. Conference center to attract business travelers Rs 10 crores 300 1200 11. Developing the City Centre Nil ? 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil - Funding of Projects Activity Total Cost to Other project cost Govt funding sources Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs/ Rs 10 lakhs/ Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use yr year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new Nil Nil concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of Negligible Neglibible shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 Lakhs Rs 75 lakhs Corporate Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Variable Pvt Sector crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores Variable Pvt Sector 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 70 lakhs Lease 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 crores Rs 10 crores Some travelers Corporate 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil Economic impact of short term projects Activity Total Potential Multiplier Project Ongoing Effect Cost Revenues Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs Rs 42 lakhs Rs85 lakhs Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil Rs 33 lakhs Rs70 lakhs 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Rs 3.13 Rs 6.5 crores crores crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 Rs 10 Rs 20 crores crores crores 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 27 lakhs Rs 55 lakhs 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 Rs 2.6 Rs 5.5 travelers crores crores crores 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Cultural/ Tourist centres Project Funding-Rs lakhs 75 Funding Yrs 1-5 75 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 42.4 44.52 46.75 49.08 51.54 54.11 56.82 59.66 62.64 Operational Costs 5% 24 25.2 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 Operating profits 18.4 19.32 20.29 21.3 22.37 23.48 24.66 25.89 27.19 Traditional Cuisine Project Funding-Rs lakhs Nil Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 45000 47250 49613 52093 54698 57433 60304 63320 66485 69810 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 60/ 5% 27.02 28.37 29.79 31.28 32.85 34.49 36.21 38.02 39.92 41.92 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 6.75 7.09 7.44 7.81 8.20 8.61 9.05 9.50 9.97 10.47 Total Revenues 33.77 35.46 37.23 39.1 41.05 43.1 45.26 47.52 49.9 52.39 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 24 25.20 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 37.23 Operational Profits 9.77 10.26 10.77 11.31 11.88 12.47 13.10 13.75 14.44 15.16 Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Horse Race Track & Club Project Funding-Rs lakhs 5,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 4,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 1,000 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues- Rs lakhs Visitor numbers 000's 5% 105.0 110.3 115.8 121.6 127.6 134.0 140.7 Club Memberships 25/yr 600 625 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Monthly dues 5% 4.2 4.41 4.63 4.86 5.11 5.36 5.63 Corporate Boxes 5% 50 52.50 55.13 57.88 60.78 63.81 67.00 Programme 5% 47.6 49.98 52.48 55.10 57.86 60.75 63.79 Share of tote/ Race charges 5% 111 116.55 122.38 128.50 134.92 141.67 148.75 Gate money-Rs.lakhs 5% 43.5 45.68 47.96 50.36 52.87 55.52 58.29 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 11.25 11.81 12.4 13.02 13.67 14.36 15.08 Total Revenues 600 625 317.6 330.9 345 359.7 375.2 391.5 408.5 Amusement Park Project Funding-Rs lakhs 3,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 3,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 500 525 551.3 578.8 607.8 638.1 670 703.6 738.7 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Total Revenues 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Note : These two projects should be tendered out. The above spreadsheets give Operational revenues and visitor numbers for decision making purposes Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Linking the sightseeing Project Funding-Rs lakhs 70 Funding Yrs 1-5 70 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 550 5% 550 577.5 606.4 636.7 668.5 702 737.1 773.9 812.6 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs5/ 10% 27.5 31.76 33.35 35.02 36.77 38.61 40.54 42.56 44.69 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 15 15.75 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 Operational Profits 12.5 16.01 16.81 17.65 18.54 19.46 20.44 21.46 22.53 Conference Centre Project Funding-Rs lakhs 1,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 1,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Conference visitors 000s 5% 55 57.75 60.64 63.67 66.85 70.2 73.71 77.39 81.26 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 110 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 170.6 Rentals -Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Exhibition visitors 000s 5% 60000 63000 66150 69458 72930 76577 80406 84426 88647 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 25/ 5% 15 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 23.27 Rentals- Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Social function visitors 000s 5% 50000 52500 55125 57881 60775 63814 67005 70355 73873 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 10% 100 115.5 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 Total Revenues 261 291.1 305.7 321 337 353.8 371.5 390.1 409.6 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 112 117.6 123.5 129.7 136.1 142.9 150.1 157.6 165.5 Operational Profits 149 173.5 182.2 191.3 200.9 210.9 221.5 232.5 244.1

ASEAN TOURISM FORUM 2022 https://atf2022cambodia.com/ The ASEAN Tourism Forum (ATF) is a cooperative regional effort to promote the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) as a tourism destination. This annual event involves all sectors of the tourism industry from the 10 ASEAN member states: Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. The ATF was established in 1981. Each year, the ATF organization rotates among member countries and 2021 marks the 40th anniversary of the event.

Korea Pack https://www.koreapack.org Korea Packaging Science and Technology Society, Korea Packaging Organization, Korea Food Industry Promotion Agency, Korea Compliance Laboratories, Jeonju University

POLICY Following policies of different states , UTs and Government of India have been featured and the list is ever-growing. Education Policy * Energy Policy and Renewable Energy Policy * Environmental Governance * Tourism Policy * Taxation Policy and Development * Poverty and Social Disparity * Urban Policy and Community Development * Finance, Banking & Monetary Policy * Industrial Policy & MSME Development * Strategic Relation and Security Andaman and Nicobar island tourism policy GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION Final Report On 20 YEAR PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM DEVLOPMENT IN UNION TERRITORY OF CHANDIGARH March 2003 Submitted by India Tourism Development Corporation TLC Marketing Pvt. Ltd. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Contents for the 20 Year perspective Tourism Master Plan 1. Executive Summary 1 2. The approach a. Guidelines for developing 20 year perspective Master Plans as issued by the Department of Tourism, Government of India 6 b. Background of Consortium partners 11 i. ITDC ii. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu iii. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd c. Approach 15 d. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessment 19 3. Background on the State 21 a. History b. Physical features, Flora and Fauna c. Current infrastructure i. Access – Road, Rail, Air ii. Water & Sewage iii. Power – Electricity iv. Industrial Estates – list of major corporates d. Demographics versus other Northern States District Profiles e. Chandigarh Headquartered Corporate Houses 4. Current Tourism scenario in the State 38 a. Current Chandigarh Tourism Policy b. Inventory of Accommodation c. Current Tourism Statistics 1 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh i. By city ii. Comparative with other Indian States – employment, project spends d. Taxes on Tourism activities e. Fairs & Festivals f. Roles of relevant bodies i. State Tourism Development ii. Urban Development & Town Planning iii. Industrial Development g. Tourism activities of contiguous States 5. Assessment of Tourism Attractions of the State 65 a. How other “City States” have developed tourism b. Inventory of attractions i. Versus criteria ii. By type of tourist and linkages c. Current State Tourism Policy versus National Tourism Policy d. Potential markets and market segments for the State e. Shortlisted projects f. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessments 6. Marketing State Tourism. Case studies of Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal 79 7. Implementation of shortlisted projects 90 a. Setting up a system for coordination of Departments b. Assessing the economic impact of tourism 2 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh c. Setting up Police outposts d. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transporters e. Creating a Tourist/ Cultural Centre f. Promoting traditional cuisine g. Horse race track & Club h. Amusement park i. Linking the sightseeing j. Conference Centre k. Adventure Tourism and Wildlife Tourism 8. Attracting the Private Sector investments in Tourism 126 9. Summary Tables 147 a. Prioritisation of projects b. Job creation c. Funding of projects d. Visitor numbers e. Economic impact 3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This 20 year perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attempts to identify short, medium and long term tourism projects for the Union Territory of Chandigarh using the National Tourism Policy as a guideline. However, all existing and planned projects of Chandigarh Tourism have also been addressed. In these cases, thoughts that complement/ supplement the current thinking have also been listed. We have examined the success of several other “City States” and how they have positioned themselves. Very few, like the Vatican, have the benefit of historical attractions. Some like the Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have natural attractions like beaches. Some traditional trading centers like Hong Kong, Singapore and Dubai have developed as financial hubs. In nearly all cases, however, city states have developed man made attractions with an emphasis on world class recreation and leisure. Gambling – Macau, Monaco & Sun City Horse Racing in Hong Kong & Dubai Sporting events – Singapore, Hong Kong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City Entertainment events – in all the above, Seychelles etc. Interestingly, most do not rely on immediate neighbouring countries as source markets. Several suggested projects do not have any precedent in India. As such, projections of usage and hence revenues are difficult to make. However, these projects have been endorsed by knowledgeable individuals in the Travel & Tourism industry based on their personal experiences. The Plan makes some observations on current practice. Several specific actions and projects have been recommended. These have been divided into those projects to develop and sustain tourism infrastructure and those that generate visitors. These are summarized in the following pages. In all cases, the involvement of the private sector has been examined. The Plan shortlists the following projects Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission approach” on the lines of Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development a. Coordination between Chandigarh Tourism/ Chandigarh Hotels/ Town Planning/ PWD (B&R)/ PHD/ Police/ Trade Associations/ NHAI/ Indian Railways b. The Mission should have a mission statement, a manageable number of objectives and specific activity milestones for effective review. 2. Assessing the Economic Impact of Tourism in Chandigarh. Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless it can demonstrate the economic and social benefits it generates. a. We have suggested annual surveys and the use of multipliers to measure the impact of tourism investments and of tourist spendings 3. Tourism Police outposts. Safety and security are a major concern of travelers. a. We have suggested Tourism Police outposts be set up in the proposed “Tourist Centres” in Chandigarh. The list of locations can be expanded over the Plan period. 4. Accreditisation of Shops and transporters. These are two areas where most tourists feel most insecure in terms of being cheated. a. For shops, we have suggested accreditising shops that have price tagged items and a reasonable return/ refund policy. Shops will carry a Chandigarh Tourism plaque and be advertised in an official map. For Taxis/ auto rickshaws. Must be metered and carry tariff cards. These will be identified with a plaque 5. Cultural/ Tourism Information Centre. This should showcase Chandigarh and be a cross between Dilli Haat and The National Crafts Museum. This center should provide information and reservation capabilities for potential tourists to Chandigarh and neighbouring States. These will provide employment to artisans/ performing artists a. We recommend arts/ crafts, State cuisine and performing arts be showcased b. We recommend some permanent stalls backed by open spaces for stall for celebrating State festivals c. Incorporated into “Recreation & Leisure Centres” in Kishangarh 6. Promoting Traditional Cuisines. Chandigarh has eight neighbouring States each with a rich cultural tradition. We propose that food and cultural festivals be held on a regular basis. We further propose that the existing facility of Kalagram, which has held successful festivals in the past, be utilised. 7. Horse Race Track & Club. There is no good Horse Race track in North India. North India is also home to about 10 stud farms. Hotels in cities like Pune and Bangalore have their week end occupancies boosted by punters from major metros. The Race Club can have other facilities to attract a permanent membership. 8. Amusement park. The Rock Garden/ Sukhna Lake/ Golf Course area is already one hub of tourist activity. An area for an amusement park, for a Sports Complex and a Tourist Health Resort have already been ear-marked in the Chandigarh Master Plan. We propose the Amusement Park be marketed to families traveling Delhi- Shimla with young children to encourage an overnight break. 9. Linking the sightseeing. The distance between the Rock Garden and the area identified for the Amusement park is a long walk but a short auto-rickshaw ride. We propose a vintage narrow gauge railway be set up to link all the points in this Recreation & Entertainment area. 10. Conference Center to attract Business Travellers. Chandigarh Tourism has already identified a plot in Sector 31 next to the CII Regional HQ. We believe that this can cement Chandigarh as the commercial center of North India. 11. Developing the City Centre – Sector 17 – as a social and cultural hub. There is already a trend in this direction. We recommend a partnership between the Sector 17 shop owners and Chandigarh Tourism to develop a calendar of events. We also recommend a relaxation in Excise rules in terms of bar licence costs and hours of operation. 12. Adventure Tourism & Wildlife Tourism. We do not recommend any additional activity in this area other than the ongoing levels. 13. Attracting the Private Sector. We have recommended a package of incentives to attract the Private Sector to invest in tourism related projects in Chandigarh. In all visitor generating projects we have recommended roles for the private sector As a “City State”, Chandigarh does not have the scope – or the space - to develop new projects over a 20 year time span. There is no particular need either in terms of funds or manpower to spread the suggested projects. Guidelines of Dept. of Tourism for 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plans 1. Year wise phasing of investments required having regard to resources available 2. Plan should indicate short term & long term plans, targets and ground realities. 3. Plan should indicate all activities by agency with timeframes 4. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state/UT with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of - Natural resources - Heritage & other socio-cultural assets - Quantitative/ demographic factors - Services & infrastructure available 5. Plan should review the status of existing development/ investment for the development of tourism in the region 6. List and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centers and categorise them on the basis of - inventory of attractions - infrastructure available - degree of popularity - volume of traffic flow 7. Plan should analyse and categorise existing destinations and centers as - stand alone - part of a circuit - niche attractions for special interests 8. Plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations/ centers in terms of - quality of roads/ transportation facilities - civic amenities - en route transit facilities - boarding and lodging facilities 9. Plan should assess traffic flow for assessment of infrastructure requirements based on - Past growth - Suggested links and integration - Future expected developments - Likely investments from State - Investment climate/ incentive for private sector 10. Plan should attempt indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure under different heads and prioritise investment needs over 20 years 11. Plan should identify existing as well as new tourism projects including - expansion/ augmentation, - upgradation of services/ facilities - Destinations & centers 12. Plan should undertake product conceptualization cum feasibility for identified projects covering - locational evaluation - schematic product planning - quantification of individual product parameters - assessment of investment levels - project viability 13. Action plan for implementation of identified projects along with development of infrastructure in conformity with - State/ Central policy objectives & guidelines - National development and funding agencies - WTO’s Bali declaration 14. Project wise potential for employment generation including for women 15. Projection of domestic and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place 16. Prioritise schemes based on employment potential and tourist arrivals 17. Prepare inventory of existing accommodation including paying guest and proposed needs split by various providers including various State Govt depts 18. Each project to be scutinised and finalized with a view to suggesting State Tourism projects to foreign funding agencies 19. Explore sources of funding such as FIs, TFCI. - Suggest incentives for private sector 20. Suggest institutional machinery in the State to oversee/ supervise the development of Tourism infrastructure 21. Build in facilities for performance of local artistes, cultural troupes 22. Cultural complexes to be suggested with the financial help of the State Dept of culture 23. Handicraft shops to be suggested. These can be run by women 24. Include development of potential health resorts. 25. Plan should have an Executive summary 26. Plan should include attractive packages/ schemes to attract private sector investments 27. Environmental issues shouls be dealt with in sufficient detail and EIA made in respect of new projects 28. Plans should include - carrying capacities - instruments of spatial and land use planning - instruments for architectural controls - strategy for local community participation & protection of cultural identity - Awareness programmes for local 29. Measures for mitigating adverse environmental impact and rehabilitation 30. Strategy for privatisation of State and State Tourism Corp owned tourism related properties 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan THE CONSORTIUM We believe that 20-year Tourism Master Plans require detailed knowledge in several domains. To address this need we have formed a consortium of experts. The consortium comprises of India Tourism Development Corporation – ITDC – Consultancy Division with relevant past experience in Master Plans, Technical Consultancy and project execution. TLC Marketing Pvt.Ltd, a marketing consultancy empanelled by The World Tourism Organisation (WTO), Madrid for various aspects of Tourism Development. TLC Marketing will ensure a balanced tourism plan that is marketable to both developers and the Tourist industry Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, an international firm of Chartered Accountants and consultants with a wide range of experience in perspective planning in various industries. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu also have access to their global expertise in the area of Tourism Master Planning. RELEVANT EXPERIENCE India Tourism Development Corporation ITDC was established in 1966 with the objective of developing tourism infrastructure and promoting India as a tourism destination. ITDC has a Consultancy Division which has completed many projects. ITDC has the capability of conducting Techno-Economic feasibility studies, providing Engineering and Technical Services, Mangement Consultancy and Advisory services, consultancy for Adventure Tourism. Assignments already completed by ITDC include Feasibility Reports for hotel projects in Baroda, Calicut, Cochin, Kanpur, Kohlapur, Lucknow, Nagpur, Nainital, Pine, Rishikesh, Varanasi, Raipur, New Delhi, Calcutta, Bangalore and Agartala 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Tourism Master Plans for Assam, Nagaland, Orissa, Pondicherry, Sikkim, Punjab and Tripura. Technical consultancy for multiple hotels, youth hostels, forest lodges and restaurants Special projects for Rail Yatri Niwas, Indian Railways Catering, College of Combat, Institute of Water Sports at Goa. Project consultancy/ Execution – 28 hotels, the IITTM in Gwalior. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd. The Directors of TLC Marketing have been involved with Tourism Development for almost 30 years and have had exposure to Tourism Planning in Egypt, Mexico and India. This has been mainly from the project developer’s aspect and are familiar with the requirements of the parties that invest in Tourism Development. They are also familiar with all aspects of tourism including resorts, cruises, timeshare, charters, conferences etc. Some relevant projects undertaken by the directors of TLC Marketing include Study for the India Convention Promotion Bureau on promoting conferences of various sizes to India Assignment with The Planning Commission for Tourism Development Plans for Uttaranchal and Uttar Pradesh. This included the development of a “tourist train” concept Review of Hotel classification norms covering Heritage and Resort hotels for the Govt. of India, Department of Tourism Feasibility studies for business and leisure hotels at over 40 destinations all India. Entry strategy for a hotel company into India looking at mid level hotels. This involves studying business destinations across India Strategy for a chain of Ayurvedic Spas, initially in the North of India Entry strategy into Timeshare for both mid-market and Luxury Resorts Launch of an Outbound Adventure Tour Operator 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu believes that for achieving a client’s business objectives, a variety of knowledge and skills are required. Our national coverage and international experience allows access to professionals in the industry and other areas of specialisations. Our clients include government bodies, non-government organisations, public sector organisations, private companies and international agencies. Brief details of some of our assignments in the hospitality, tourism and entertainment sectors is set out below: International assignments in hospitality and the tourism sector are detailed below: • Privatisation of Hungary Hotels, which comprises some 45 hotels and over 250 restaurants, in association with the Swiss Bank Corporation and Cazenove & Co. Our UK offices worked with our Budapest office on this extensive assignment. • Business valuation of Astir Hotel Company. We assisted the National Bank of Greece on the proposed sales as part of the Government’s privatisation programme. • Advised the public enterprises reform and divestiture secretariat of the Ministry of Finance, Government of Uganda, on the divestiture of Government owned hotels. • Valuation of four state-owned hotels in Morocco prior to their intended privatisation and sale for the Government of Morocco. In conjunction with the Deloitte & Touche Corporate Finance Group, investment memoranda were subsequently prepared to assist in the privatisation process. Indian assignments in Hospitality and Tourism Sector • Strategic advice to Quality Inns Private Limited. • Business plan for a holiday resort based in Kerala. This is under implementation. • Advisory services provided to an international chain of hotels • Business advisory services for Resort Condominiums International • Business advisory services for Singapore based company, for setting up operations in India in the area of serviced apartments and estate development. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan • Business valuation and due diligence review for Landbase India Limited, • Business advisory services for The Radisson Hotel. • Entry strategy, valuation, negotiations and joint venture identification for Keystone and Venkys. • Trade survey for travel agents and tour operators for a large multinational company. • Review of project parameters and returns compiled for the airport expansion planned for Chennai by the Airports Authority of India. • Economic Feasibility study for setting up a permanent Trade Fair Venue, Madras International Exposition Limited, under the aegis of Federation of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO). Privatisation/ Disinvestment experience • Bharat Heavy Plates & Vessels Ltd., Visakhapatnam • RBL Limited, Calcutta • Tractors Corporation Limited • Bharat Goldmines Limited • Lamps Division of HMT Limited • Paradeep Phosphates Limited Ongoing disinvestments assignments include • IDCOL Cement Limited • The Fertiliser and Chemicals Travancore Limited • Instrumentation Limited • Braithewaite & Co. Limited • Bharat Heavy Plate limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan APPROACH Our approach is as follows 1. Review existing Tourism Policy a. This is reviewed in conjunction with stated National Tourism Policy as State Tourism activities should be in synch with National Policy b. Thisis also reviewed in terms of “Best Practice” of other Indian States and some Internationally successful players. 2. Validate Proposed projects a. Plans still to be implemented were reviewed to validate their broad feasibility 3. Suggest new Tourism Products a. This is done with costs, revenues, timelines and responsibilities. b. A broad Economic Impact assessment is made for each suggested product for both primary and secondary effects. Objective Our objective is to develop 20-year Perspective Tourism Master Plans that encourage sustainable tourism by achieving a balance between the growth of tourism on one hand and the impact on natural, heritage and cultural resources on the other. Criteria The Critical Criteria would be that the Plan should be viable. In other words, it should be attractive and marketable to all agencies involved – The traveler, the Travel industry, State and Government agencies, Financial Institutions, Tourism project developers and last but not least to the local population. The Plan will Clearly indicate short term and long term projects and targets Identify agencies involved and the actions required to be taken by each 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Ensure that each action will have a time frame and an indicative cost Ensure each project will also indicate possible developers and possible sources of funding. Financial structuring arrangements, where relevant will also be indicated. Endeavour to involve the private sector in the development of the plans. This will ensure a buy-in to the finished product. Be based on secondary data – published data, supplied by the State and information obtained in discussions with informed individuals. METHODOLOGY Conduct Inventories Identify existing and potential - attractions - Infrastructure - Access - Environmental impact - Human factors Identify Specific projects Develop balanced Tourist products around each identified attraction Detailed Project analysis Identify each element, the possible developers, sources of funds, incentives etc Final Recommendations Shortlist projects, prioritise over 20 years. - Tourist projections - Employment and other economic benefits Identifying the attractions – the reasons for visiting. 1. The first step would be to make an inventory of all possible visitor attractions both current and potential. These would be studied under a. Long stay – natural and activity resorts such as hill/ beach/ health & fitness/ sports/ wildlife/ shopping and other activities 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan b. Short Stay destination – Business visitors, conferences, weekend stays, pilgrimage c. Short stay itinerary – where the attraction is part of an itinerary and dependent on other links 2. Each attraction will be assessed for “Carrying capacity” using absolute numbers as well as indices such as Tourists/ sq.km, Tourists/ 1000 population. This assessment will use international benchmarks and Best Practices. 3. The Environmental sensitivities will be addressed by a strategy to measure the impact on a. Air quality b. Water and water bodies c. Nature, both flora and fauna d. And on the attraction itself. 4. Based on the above, an assessment of the present and future needs of infrastructural services will be undertaken to cover a. Water b. Electricity c. Sewage and waste disposal d. Communications 5. Based on the potential markets for visiting the attraction, an assessment of the present and future requirements for access will be identified by a. Road b. Rail c. Air d. Water transport 6. There are Human Factors that will also be addressed. These will cover a. Employment b. Inflationary impact c. Cultural impact d. Alienation of locals/ Displacement 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Identifying and Conceptualising Specific Tourism Products Having assessed the attractions available and the broad feasibility of each, the Plan will e develop a balanced Tourist product around each attraction. The Tourist product consists of the following 1. The attraction – the reason for the visit 2. Accommodation – requirements at each level a. Propose incentives for balanced development 3. Recreational facilities – to supplement the attraction. Eg. a hill resort could have rock climbing, paragliding, river & lake fishing, golf, entertainment and shopping 4. Local transportation a. Airport/ station transfers, shuttles, city sightseeing, public transportation 5. Information a. Signage, guides, brochures, photo ops 6. Wayside amenities a. Rest stops, service stations 7. Safety & Security a. Accreditisation of shops etc b. Tourism police Detailed Analysis and Final Recommendations After identifying the Tourism Products to be developed, the Plan will prioritise them over the 20-year perspective, each project will be analysed to detail The key agencies/ organizations involved in developing the product The investment required Identify possible investors and sources of funds and the processes to access these Possible incentives for the development Identify environmentally threatened places and buildings for restoration. Projection of tourist numbers – domestic and international Employment potential – occupations and income levels Other economic, social and cultural benefits Suggestions on marketing the products Environmental Impact Assessment Studies Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies are complex exercises. They are also dependent on the specific projects. For example, projects next to water bodies would require a much deeper assessment of impact on water than other projects that would confine the study to the impact on ground water resources. In the Technical Bid for this project, the Consortium had clearly stated that we are not competent to undertake EIA and would not include them in the final report. However, we are listing out the essential aspects of EIAs. Each attribute must be monitored on a regular basis. Frequency of monitoring may vary from daily for some air samples to annually for soil characteristics. EIAs are best undertaken by specialist organizations like TERI, TARA etc. Attribute Parameters Ambient air quality SPM, RPM, SO2, NO2, CO, CO2, HC etc. Usually 24 hour samples twice a week. Meteorology Surface wind speed and direction, temperatures, relative humidity, rainfall Water quality Physical, Chemical and bacteriological parameters of surface and ground water Ecology Existing flora and fauna. For environmentally sensitive projects, inventory and state of health Noise levels Noise levels in DB(A) Light Lighting levels and impact on fauna, insects Soil Characteristics Parameters relating to agriculture and afforestation potential Land use Trends in land use change for different categories Socio Economic aspects Socio-economic characteristics, labour force characteristics, population statistics and existing amenities, current inflation Geology and mining Geological history, minerals details Hydrology Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, acquifier characteristics of the area 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh HISTORY India attained Independence in 1947; but in the process the territory of British India was partitioned to form India and Pakistan. The large and prosperous Province of Punjab, was divided and Lahore, its capital, fell within the borders of Pakistan, leaving Indian Punjab without a capital. Those who had been compelled to migrate to India keenly felt the loss of Lahore, a city much loved by its inhabitants. Though there was a temporary secretariat at Shimla in Himachal Pradesh, the political leadership decided on the construction of a modern and accessible capital. In March 1948, the Government of Punjab in consultation with the Government of India approved a 114.59 sq. km tract of land at the foot of the Shivalik Hills in Ropar district as the site of the new capital. The city was named after the Mother Goddess Chandi, (Chandi - Goddess of Power + garh - fortress). The temple of the Goddess is on Chandigarh-Kalka Road. The temple is known by the name of Chandi Mandir. Prior to the construction of Chandigarh, the present site was a typical rural tract, with a rainfed subsistence agricultural economy. It was dotted with 24 village settlements, surrounded by cultivated land parcelled into consolidated irregular, small fields. Each settlement had a number of mango groves remnants of which are still visible in parts of the city. There were banyan or pipal trees within the settlements or near village ponds. The majority of houses were kutcha or partially pucca. Among the physical features, the choes, with their broad, shallow, and dry sandy beds, constituted an important element of landscape. These represented undulations in an otherwise level topography. Hills and mountains provided a panoramic background. The new city was needed not only to serve as a capital but also to resettle thousands of refugees who had been uprooted from West Punjab. India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru enthusiastically supported the project and took sustained interest in its 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh execution. When he visited the project on April 2, 1952, he declared: “Let this be a new town symbolic of the freedom of India, unfettered by the traditions of the past, an expression of the nation’s faith in the future.... The new capital of Punjab will be christened as Chandigarh-a name symbolic of the valiant spirit of the Punjabis. Chandigarh is rightly associated with the name of Goddess Chandi — Shakti, or power.” The responsibility for the design was given to the French architect Le Corbusier or the Crow. With the help of his cousin Pierre Jeanneret, and that of the English couple Maxwell Fry and Jane Drew (alongwith a number of Indian architects prominent amongst them Chief planner Narinder S. Lamba & Chief Engineer J.C. Verma) Chandigarh, the present capital, came into existence at the foothills of the Shivaliks. Profile of People It was built in 1953 and serves as the capital of two states, i.e. Punjab and Haryana. It is administered by the Central Government and is hence classified as an Union Territory. Since 1986 there has been much talk about officially handling it to Punjab on the basis of demography. The issue however continues to be a matter of discussion with many political disputes. Chandigarh had to be a city of migrants as it was built on the land acquired and cleared of existing settlements. One of its objectives was to rehabilitate persons displaced from Pakistan in 1947. Early settlers in the city were government officials transferred from Shimla, the temporary capital of Punjab after partition and displaced persons from Pakistan in search of a new home. According to 1991 census data, around two-third of the city's population were migrants, the remaining one-third were locally born. About one-third of the migrants hail from Punjab, Uttar Pradesh comes next, having contributed one-fifth of them. Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Delhi are other important contributors of migrants. The city has 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attracted migrants from distant states, such as Bihar, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal and Maharashtra. The number of migrants from Nepal is also considerable. Over one-half of migrants to Chandigarh came from other urban places; the rest had a rural base. An urban origin was more typical of migrants from nearby states, such as Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, and Jammu and Kashmir. Migrants from relatively distant states, such as Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and Tamil Nadu, mostly had a rural origin. According 1991 census the Pakistan-born displaced persons reduced to about 4% of all in-migrants. In the early sixties, they accounted for nearly 40% of the total population. PHYSICAL FEATURES Location Chandigarh is located in the Northern part of India and bound by two states, Chandigarh has Punjab to its north and west and Haryana to its south and east. Chandigarh lies at 30o 44'N latitude, 76o 53"E longitude. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Map 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh ROAD MAP Road Transportation The Union Territory of Chandigarh is well served with by an excellent network of roads. The National Highway 21 ( Ambala – Simla) and 22 ( Chandigarh – Manali) link Chandigarh to rest of the country Buses of seven State Road Corporations connect Chandigarh with many cities and towns of neighboring states. The important cities that are connected by buses with Chandigarh are Delhi, Dehradoon, Simla, Manali, Jammu and major Towns of Punjab and Haryana. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh National Highway Development Project – Golden Quadrilateral & North South East West Corridors Note: Red Line: North South East West Corridors Blue Line: Golden Quadrilateral 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Rail Network : Rail Transportation Chandigarh is well connected on the rail network. The main railway routes passing through Haryana are: Kalka-Delhi, Chandigarh-Delhi, Kalka-Amritsar, Kalka-Jodhpur,Kalka-Hawrah,Amritsar-Hawrah, Kalka- Sir Ganganagar (Rajasthan). 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Air Network: Air Transportation Chandigarh Airport is 12 kms. from City Centre, Indian Airlines and Jet Airways connect Chandigarh with Delhi, Leh and Amritsar. Jet has daily flights Delhi – Chandigarh – Delhi. Indian Airlines has a weekly flight Leh – Chandigarh – Leh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Physical Features The geographical area of the U.T. Chandigarh is 114 sq. km. and another 25.42 sq. km. of the hilly area, which has now been declared as 'Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary' was acquired for soil conservation works. Chandigarh lies at 280 feet above sea level, with an average altitude of 362m (m.s.l.). The location of Chandigarh is unique as it lies in the foot hill region and is also adjacent to the plains of north India. As such it contains the vegetation of the foot hills and the north Indian plains.Chandigarh has 27 villages in its jurisdiction and two satellite towns, Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar, conveniently shortened to SAS Nagar, now Mohali, in the Punjab territory and Panchkula in the Haryana territory. Climate Four seasons are noticeable as (i) the rainy season (late-June to mid-September); (ii) the post monsoon or transition season (mid September to mid-November); (iii) the winter of cold season (mid November to mid-March) and (iv) summer or hot season (mid-March to Mid-June). Southwest monsoons commence in late June and usually continue up to mid-September when there are high intensity showers and the weather is hot and humid. May and June are the hottest months of the year with mean daily maximum temperature being about 40oC and mean daily minimum temperature being about 25oC.January is the coldest month with a mean maximum being around 24oC and a mean minimum being around 1.8oC. Fauna In the small and large water bodies there are about a dozen types of fishes, of which Mahseer , Thail and Rohu are more well known. The common frog is Rana tigrina (Indian Tiger Frog) but the other ones are Indian Rice Frog and Indian Burrowing Frog. Two types of tortoise are found. Three four types of lizards are found in buildings, lawns, hedges, etc. and one of these attracts the attention by its brilliant vermilion colour during mating season. Snakes are of quite a many types as Russels Viper, Cobra, Blind Snake, Indian Python, Sand Cobra, Rat Snake etc. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh has numerous types and the permanent population of birds, which may consist of over 100 different kinds. There are also migratory birds visiting during winter from as far off a region as Siberia. It is estimated that about 100 to 200 types of birds primarily visit Sukhna Lake. The number of migratory birds varies from year to year. The common mammals are Grey Musk, Shrew Monkey, Langur, Flying Fox, Tickellis Bat, Stripped Squirrel, Indian Rat, Common Rat, House Mouse, Porcupine, Indian Hare, Common Mongoose, Stripped Hyena, Jackal, Indian Fox, Nilgai, Blackbuck and Chital. Flora The flora of Chandigarh area is in fact very rich, existence of 860 species of flowering plants in Chandigarh and its neighborhood. This excludes the ornamentals species whose number is anybody's guess because amongst the residents of Chandigarh and neighboring areas garden culture and love for ornamental herbs and shrubs is fast growing. Chandigarh region is home to number of plant species with Medicinal importance. Areas like Shivalik Reserve Forests, Sukhna Catchment area, Rock Garden, Rose Garden, adjoining villages, are among the various places where different kinds of Medicinal plants and few to endangered species of the same can be found. The most fascinating feature of the City's landscaping is perhaps the Tree Plantation along avenues, open spaces, green belts and around building complexes. The total forest cover in Chandigarh is 32.42 sq. km., which forms 23.5% of the total area. The green spaces like Parks, Gardens, Green belts, Leisure valley and Road avenues etc. are in addition to the forest cover of 23.5 %. Thus the green cover in the city is more than 33 % with 26 types of flowering trees and 33 types of evergreen trees in Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh DEMOGRAPHIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Chandi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh garh Sq.Km. 1982 44212 55673 222236 443446 50362 342239 294411 1483 114 3287263 Share in India Percent 1982 1.34 1.69 6.76 13.49 1.53 10.41 8.96 0.05 0 100 Population Million 1991 16.46 5.17 7.72 66.18 20.28 44 139.11 9.42 0.64 846.3 Share in India Percent 1991 1.94 0.61 0.91 7.82 2.4 5.2 16.44 1.11 0.08 100 Population Density Per sq.km. 1991 372 93.0 76.0 149.0 403.0 129.0 473.0 6352.0 5632.0 274.0 Avg Annual Growth in Percent 1981-91 2.42 1.89 2.54 2.38 1.89 2.5 2.27 4.15 3.54 2.14 Population (1981-91) Population (Projection) Million 2001 20.1 6.8 10.1 81.2 23.8 54.5 174.3 14.4 0.8 1012.4 Urban Population (Projection) Million 2001 27.5 - - 26.9 31.9 25.4 22.7 - - 28.8 Sex Ratio Females/ 1991 865 976 923 931 882 910 879 827 790 927 1000males Urbanisation Ratio Percent 1991 24.6 8.7 25.5 23.2 29.5 23.0 19.8 90.0 89.7 27.0 Urban Density Per sq.km. 1991 5309 2114 3132 6054 4997 2238 4364 14313 8433 4092 Death Rate Per '000 1996 8.1 8 - 11.1 7.5 8.9 10.2 6.05 4.1 9 Live Birth Rate Per '000 1996 28.2 23 - 32.4 23.5 32.3 34 24.6 16.9 27.5 Work Participation Rate Percent 1991 31 42.83 NA 42.82 30.88 38.87 32.20 31.64 34.94 37.46 Male Percent 1991 48.51 50.64 NA 52.26 54.22 49.30 49.68 51.72 54.34 51.55 Female Percent 1911 10.76 34.81 NA 32.68 4.40 27.40 12.32 7.36 10.39 22.25 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MACRO ECONOMIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Net State Domestic Product (NSDP) at Factor Cost*: - At current prices Rs. Million 1998-89 383990 49310 58120 610187.8 342900 **586500 1527260 365040 8755940 - At 1980-81 prices Rs. Million 1997-98 75450 $14,190 #17540 147480 101420 @116480 273650 *75740 323820 - At 1993-94 prices Rs. Million 1998-99 254090 NA NA NA NA **379720 971390 251650 NA NSDP Growth 1980-81 prices Percent 1997-98 1.1 NA NA 3.1 2 @0.4 2.2 3.3 87.3 Gross State Domestric Product Rs. Million 1997-98 374270 65040 72930 708320 503580 678050 1299770 445100 NA Per Capita Income at 1993-94 Rs. 1998-99 13084 8864 6658 7350 15504 7694 5890 19091 9739 Prices* 2.00 Sectoral Shares: - Agriculture Percent 1997-98 39 27.6 43 41.4 44 **34.2 37 1 31 - Industry Percent 1997-98 21 32.3 8 26.3 15 **24.088 20 83 28 - Services Percent 1997-98 40 40.1 49 32.3 41 **41.72 43 16 41 Sectoral Growth Rates: - Agriculture Percent 1995-96 -6 9 4 -2 0 -6 2 -40 -1 - Forestry & Logging Percent 1995-96 7 10 5 -12 1 2 -25 - -1 - Fishing Percent 1995-96 16 10 14 15 8 -12 6 3 5 - Mining & Quarrying Percent 1995-96 1 14 10 5 16 -18 1 -58 7 - Manufacturing Percent 1995-96 9 13 3 11 10 6 4 13 14 Per Capita Consumption Rs. 1995 5127 4347 7080 3442 5750 4503 3852 NA NA Expenditure * Note: Owing 10 differences in source material used, figures for different States are not strictly comparable. $: 1995-96 #: 1996-97 @: 1998-99 **: 1999-2000 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MINIMUM MONTHLY WAGES OF WORKMEN Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Chandigarh With effect from Jul-00 Jan-99 Mar-93 Mar-00 Nov.99 Feb-00 Jan-96 UNSKILLED 1914.86 1530 NA 825 1796.5 1560 1920 2419 1350 SEMI UNSKILLED A 1964.86 1695 NA 928 1941.55 928 2220 2585 1495 SEMI UNSKILLED B 1989.86 NA NA NA 1875.45 NA NA NA NA SKILLED A 2039.86 1950 NA 1032 2104.55 1032 2660 2843 1657 SKILLED B 2064.86 NA NA NA 1983.45 NA NA NA NA HIGHLY SKILLED 2114.86 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES SCENARIO Recognised Educational Institutions in Northern Region (1998 - 99) State University Professional Colleges for High Middle / Sr.Basic Primary/Jr. * Education general Education School/Jr. School Basic College School HARYANA 5.00 45.00 169.00 3785.00 1788.00 10269.00 HIMACHAL PRADESH 3.00 6.00 557.00 1525.00 1189.00 7732.00 JAMMU & KASHMIR 3.00 12.00 38.00 1351.00 3104.00 10483.00 MADHYA PRADESH 17.00 70.00 413.00 8341.00 21108.00 86858.00 PUNJAB 5.00 64.00 193.00 3325.00 2527.00 12633.00 RAJASTHAN 10.00 70.00 267.00 5633.00 14807.00 35077.00 UTTAR PRADESH 28.00 174.00 676.00 8339.00 20675.00 94476.00 DELHI 11.00 24.00 64.00 1459.00 601.00 2676.00 CHANDIGARH 2.00 7.00 12.00 107.00 34.00 48.00 NORTHERN REGION 84.00 472.00 2389.00 33865.00 65833.00 260252.00 % TO ALL INDIA 35.44 22.17 31.88 30.12 34.62 41.52 INDIA 237.00 2129.00 7494.00 112438.00 190166.00 626737.00 * Includes Deemed Universities and Institutes off National Importance Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh WATER SUPPLY Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 No. of Water Works Nos. NA 5 5 5 (Cums.) No. of Metered Connection Nos. 74892 82184 84294 120000 No. of Un-metered Nos. 9360 23464 23656 20241 Connection WATER CONSUMPTION (A) Domestic Kiloliters 67933 5227262 5334897 5943761 (B) Commercial / Industrial Kiloliters 7992 1833205 1881295 4940444 Per Capita Consumption Kiloliters 97 70 67 95 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POWER Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 Electricity Consumed Lakh KWH 5240.80 8401.89 8491.04 8715.36 Per capita Consumption KWH 816 988 964 955 Agricultural Consumption Lakh KWH 12.71 25.58 26.59 23.02 Industrial Consumption Lakh KWH 2005.16 1792.34 1865.46 1916.35 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 Persons 900914 92118 808796 Census Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population Growth Absolute 258899 25932 232967 1991 - 2001 %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population Sex PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Ratio No.of females per 1000 773 621 792 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of Total 12.13 15.21 11.78 Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Corporates Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 900914 92118 808796 Census Persons Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population 258899 25932 232967 Growth 1991 - 2001 Absolute %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Sex Ratio No.of females 773 621 792 per 1000 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of 12.13 15.21 11.78 Total Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism Policy Chandigarh Tourism has declared the following vision “ Tourism as a major industry in Chandigarh is to be developed by Providing leadership, organizational and strategic direction, Improving the quality of tourism products, Developing places of tourist interest, Providing necessary facilities for all categories of tourist and Marketing Chandigarh’s Tourism products internationally and domestically So as to provide employment and economic, environmental, social and cultural benefits to the citizens of the city beautiful – Chandigarh” In the new economic scenario, Chandigarh Tourism has recognized the need to involve the private sector in the development of tourism infrastructure in conjunction with the Government. The following activities are included in the ‘Tourism Industry’ Accommodation facilities Restaurants and fast food facilities Transportation facilities Tourist entertainment Souvenirs With this background, the objectives have developed as 1. Employment generation. Tourism generates both direct and indirect employment 2. Attract private investment 3. Preserve heritage and tradition. As Chandigarh is a new city, the traditions are related with gardens and festivals 4. Preserve the environment 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh 5. Diversification of the Tourism product into adventure sports, entertainment, leisure etc. 6. To provide adequate publicity both domestic and international 7. Create accommodation facilities – renovate and upgrade existing facilities 8. Develop human resources for Hospitality and Tourism. The following strategic projects have been suggested to implement these objectives 1. Develop Chandigarh as a convention city – attract the MICE segment 2. Eco- tourism wildlife park around the Sukhna Bird sanctuary 3. Sound & Light show at the Rock Garden 4. Further development of Tourist amenities at Sukhna Lake 5. Amusement park 6. Translites and signeages for the convenience of tourists 7. Tourist information center to house other State Tourism offices as well as railways, airlines and trade associations 8. Promotion of Rail Tourism – in particular on the Kalka-Shimla line 9. Promotion of Kalagram as a showcase for the Northern States 10. Development of innovative tourism packages o Buddhist places o Pilgrimages - Hindu and Sikh o Holiday packages to Hill stations o Heritage packages o Adventure packages o NRI packages 11. Promotion of off-season tourism 12. Special Tourism packages for NRIs 13. Development of Chandigarh as a Film City 14. Integrate the police to safeguard the interests of tourists 15. Promotion of week end golf packages 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Another major initiative has been an attempt to integrate Tourism Development in the Northern States of Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir via a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’. The Board would have the Tourism Secretaries of the participating states as members, the Chairmanship rotating between the States. The Board would also have prominent persons from the Tourism industry as members. The primary role is seen as Working out a strategy for integrated approach for promotion of tourism in the region Promotion of interstate Tourism via programmes such as Tourism Trade fairs & Exhibitions Setting up joint information centers Organising interstate package tours Collaboration on Tourism promotion schemes Joint participation in Traevl Industry Trade fairs Joint cultural festivals Linkages of websites Part of this initiative would be to declare a Special Tourism Area for a radius of 100 Km around Chandigarh with the prime objective of allowing the free movement of designated tourism vehicles. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh FAIRS & FESTIVALS Chandigarh citizens celebrate several festivals that are uniquely their own. The Festival of Gardens This is a three-day extravaganza organized in the last week of February; included on the national calendar of festivals. Initially called the Rose Festival it intended to encourage people to stroll through the Rose Garden and enjoy the sight of the blooms. Each year the festival grew: now it includes performances of music and dance, both classical and folk, flower shows, events for children, exhibitions by local artists, photographers and craftsman and a wide range of amusements. Since 1997 it is known as the Festival of Gardens. The city pulls out all the stops for this celebration, reminiscent of ancient India's Vasant Utsav in honor of spring. April Fools' Day (April 1) On this day poets from all over the country gather at Chandigarh to recite verses in a jocular vein. Even those who do not ordinarily enjoy poetry look forward to the Maha Moorkh Sammelan, or Conclave of Colossal Fools. No other city in India hosts such a gathering. Baisakhi Baisakhi is the first day of the new year in the traditional Vikrami calendar, it celebrates the wheat harvest, and it is one of the high points of the year for Sikhs as it is anniversary of the founding of Khalsa. As the capital of two basically agrarian states, Punjab and Haryana, this day sees festivities organized by both the state governments as well as the Administration of the UT, and of course many institutions in the city. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh The Mango festival This festival is held in June. Mango-growers from all over India are invited to enter their prize fruits in the various competitions. Visitors to the fair can see and taste all the traditional varieties of the fruit as well as the latest hybrids from the agricultural universities. It is also an occasion for agro-industries, and food industries processing mango into jams, pickles and canned fruit to display their wares. TEEJ Teej is a traditional holiday celebrated by women in the middle of the monsoon season-generally around the first week of August. The Rock Garden with its swings and pavilions is the festival venue and the day is basically a grand picnic with songs and dances, purchase of new bangles, painting the hands with mehndi. The Indo-Pak Mushaira This gathering in December brings together poets from India and Pakistan. The significance of this event is felt especially by the older generation whose memories go back to the years before the partition of India. For the younger generation it brings home the deep commonalties of language and culture that unite the people of two nations. The Chrysanthemum Show - in December turns the Terraces Flower Garden in the city's Sector 33 into a multi-coloured wall-to-wall carpet of chrysanthemums. Hundreds of varieties of the flower are on display and city gardeners vie for coveted honours in the competitions. The Plaza Carnival 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh This Carnival is on every-Saturday-night is held on an open-air stage set up in Sector 17's central piazza. The weekly three-hour programme draws a large crowd and provides an opportunity for talented local singers, dancers, magicians, comedians, actors and acrobats to do their stuff. The Chandigarh Carnival This carnival is a three-day event celebrated in the second week of November shortly before or after Nehru's birth anniversary on November 14,otherwise known as Children's Day. The carnival opens with a colourful procession, which everyone is encouraged to join. The carnival is a time for students to show their talent (or simply have fun) and elders too participate in a number of competitions and exhibits. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Roles of relevant bodies in Tourism The main bodies that generate and cater to leisure and business travel to the State are 1. CITCO – Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Corporation 2. Urban Development and Town Planning Chandigarh Tourism. The Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO) was set up in 1974 for construction and allotment of industrial sheds and for supply of iron & steel to the industries in Chandigarh. Its original name was Chandigarh Small Industries and Development Corporation Limited (CSIDC). The Chandigarh Administration transferred Hotel Mountview and other cafeterias to the Corporation in 1982. It's name was first changed to Chandigarh Industrial & General Development Corporation Limited (CIGDC) and finally to Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO). In terms of Tourism responsibilities, Chandigarh Tourism plays both developmental and operational roles. Its prime areas of responsibility are 1. Promotion of Chandigarh and its attractions as destinations 2. Creation of tourism related infrastructure 3. Development of accommodation and restaurants 4. Activities pertaining to the preservation of art, culture, history and heritage of the State 5. Establishment of recreation and leisure facilities 6. Tourism related human resource development 7. Promotion of package tours 8. Information and signage 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism is a profitable venture. A short overview of its performance over various activities is given below Unit Hotel Mountview 1997-98 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 824.55 215.71 1998-99 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 891.57 266.84 1999-00 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 1093.08 323.97 Hotel Shivalikview Hotel Parkview Chef Lakeview 677.08 127.68 111.28 145.49 9.98 16.04 651.46 121.22 117.20 81.74 -47.61 12.43 673.31 124.21 160.69 91.11 -4.60 39.98 Chef Bus Stand Rock Garden Canteen Canteens Tours & Travels 41.56 5.44 9.50 10.47 -14.55 -3.00 -18.59 -15.48 38.50 6.61 17.41 9.80 -10.07 0.14 -23.02 -15.24 36.89 1.24 16.88 7.96 -10.84 -0.54 -23.03 -13.54 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh URBAN PLANNING The Department is headed by the Chief Architect who is the Ex-officio Secretary, Urban Planning. The Department consists of two wings. Architectural Wing Town planning Wing Architectural Wing This wing has five basic duties: • To design buildings for the Chandigarh Administration and work entrusted to it by various departments of the Central and State governments and autonomous bodies • To Co-ordinate with the various wings of the Engineering Department both in the planning and construction phases and to incorporate structural designs and other engineering services into the buildings. • Architectural supervision during the course of construction of works designed by the deptt. • To scrutinize building plans submitted to the Estate Office for approval of the Administration and to inspect commercial buildings for issuance of completion certificates by the Estate Office. The Chief Architect's jurisdiction encompasses the entire Union Territory. Town Planning Unit The Town Planning Unit consist of Senior Town Planner with supporting team of Divisional Town Planner, asstt, Town Planners and other draftsmen in different grades. The Senior Town Planner is responsible for implementing the Chandigarh Master Plan proposals. He prepares project reports dealing with different aspects of the development of the city and its surrounding area. He plans 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Industrial Development As this, along with Chandigarh Tourism, is part of CITCO, there is complete coordination within their roles and no overlaps. The Corporation was set-up in 1974 primarily for supplying raw-material to the small scale industries and for construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Some more activities were added subsequently. The details of the industrial activities in chronological order are as under: Year Activity 1974 Construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Supply of iron and steel to the SSI Units. 1978 Industrial Development and Facility Centre ( IDFC ). This Centre was setup with the assistance of Industries Department . 1979 Emporium as marketing outlet for the products of SSI units. 1992 Supply of Petroleum products- Agents for IPCL (Indian Petro Chemical Limited) 2000 Consignment Agency of Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh the Phase-II and II sectors and the left out pockets of Phase I and II with the aim of bring areas under intensive utilization. HE scrutinizes building plans and cases concerning construction in areas falling under the Periphery Control Act. He studies Urban trends, which will require plan revisions and plans for changing traffic and transportation needs. Rehabilitation and resettlement of squatters settlements and other rehabilitation housing projects come under his purview and he also outlines the statutory zoning plans in respect of land for commercial/residential/cultural/educational purposes. In accordance with the Estate Officer, the Senior Town Planner releases land for auction and sets plinth levels. He provides guidance to the Chandigarh Housing Board and prepares plan for the development schemes of Manimajra. He is involved in planning for the integrated development of the Chandigarh Inter-State Region. The Senior Town Plan's jurisdiction encompasses the entire area of the Union Territory of Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Activities of contiguous states UTTAR PRADESH After the formation of separate hill state of Uttaranchal, UP doesn’t account for any breath taking topography as is associated with Uttranchal. Its most important physical feature is the River Ganges, which traverses the length of the state and accounts for some of the oldest cities/ regions of the world. Rivers are a significant physical feature and tourism resource. All important tourist destinations of UP have an attractive riverfront that can be developed. UP Government is concentrating on improving river-based experience by way of improving ghats, improving the experience at the ghats, encouraging water sports, river cruise, Better destination management at key tourism centers by way of urban decongestion, traffic management, ghats and river experience improvement and better accommodation facilities at Varanasi ,Allahabad and Agra. Product Innovation and better packaging of existing products a. The Bundelkhand area has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Lack of connectivity, infrastructure and communication facilities makes it difficult to create a tourism experience. Plans are to start a tourism train to provide connectivity, accommodation and basic infrastructure in a single product. It also provides a “theme” that is attractive and marketable. b. Agra as an International convention and events center. Plans to set up a international size convention facility. Agra has the advantage of instant international positive name recognition. It is well connected with Delhi gateway. Agra has numerous monuments besides Taj Mahal and numerous possible excursions extensions. Agra has ample accommodation in different ranges. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh UTTRANCHAL Tourism has been identified to have the potential to become the main stay of Uttranchal’s economy, and needs to be developed in planned and time bound manner. To achieve this objective the state has taken following steps The state has constituted a high-level Tourism Development Board, which will replace the existing tourism directorate. The role of the board will be a. Formation of a policy and strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state c. Establish standards/norms for and forming policy guidelines for various tourism activities d. Strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investments in the private sector. e. Single window Information and assistance center. Outsourcing Expertise The Uttranchal tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. The board identified seven projects and awarded the work to different agencies. These projects are master plans, which dovetail all developments and have a long-term perspective for sustainable tourism products. Destination Management The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh being the key hubs through which pass the maximum number of tourists in the region would require immediate attention. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Plans need to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. The master plan is being prepared for the Char Dham route, and same might be planned for other important destinations mentioned above. New Destinations New tourism destinations have been identified which will develop and marketed as spokes to hubs. These new destinations will also help in decongesting the hubs. Private Sector Participation The areas and opportunities have been identified for the private sector which are development of accommodation facilities for different categories of tourists, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. To make these investment opportunities attractive special incentives and concessions have been planned. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh RAJASTHAN Tourism is a significant contributor to the economy to Rajasthan economy. Rajasthan has adopted the mission approach for tourism sector to accord very high priority and ensure planned and time bound growth and development of tourism industry in the state to make it a truly “people’s industry” in Rajasthan. a. Rajasthan has estimated tourist accommodation of 19000 rooms in 772 hotels and as per assessment of the state tourism department, 20000 additional rooms will be required by year 2005.The state has decided to encourage more private investment. The state will encourage private investment in developing ancient buildings and heritage properties as tourist resorts; this will have dual advantage of preservation of heritage properties and additional accommodation. b. Traditionally Rajasthan has been depending on it heritage to attract tourists. Rajasthan Government is looking at ways and means of enhancing the tourist products. o The State has rich forest reserves and national parks like Sariska, Bharatpur- Ghana and Rathambore. Other areas, which have the potential for Wildlife, will be promoted. o Rajasthan has rich and varied heritage of handicrafts, handlooms and other products, which are appreciated by and purchased by tourists visiting the State. Efforts will be made to improve direct access of tourists to artisans. RTDC will develop shopping arcades in their existing properties and provide space to artisans to display and market their products. Efforts will be made to set up Shilpgrams and a Handicrafts Museum. o Experience has shown that Fairs and festivals have great tourist appeal and promotional value. Some of the fairs and festivals have become internationally popular like the Pushkar and Dessert Festival, 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Jaisalmer. The Government proposes to consolidate the facilities at such places to make these fairs and festivals more attractive. c. Destination Management o In view of possible exploitation of tourists, Government of may enact a suitable legislation for regulating tourism trade. o The Department of tourism will be empowered to license and inspect such establishments as are engaged in providing services of to tourists. Since there is an existing procedure for classification of Hotels, such establishments will not be brought under the purview of the legislation to avoid duplication of regulatory procedures. o Complaints received through tourists may be readdressed through Tourist Assistance Force. o Care will be taken to avoid unrestricted entry of tourists beyond the carrying capacity of National Parks and Sanctuaries. DELHI Delhi has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Delhi is one of the two major gateways to the country. Delhi has done very little to promote tourism in the state. This tourist has to come to Delhi for visiting all the popular tourist destinations in North India. Delhi is planning to set up 6/8 more Delhi Hatt type of facilities in different parts of Delhi. Efforts are being made to rejuvenate Tuglakabad Fort area. PUNJAB Punjab has done very limited to promote tourism in the state. It has limited heritage assets and the same have been neglected. The Golden Temple or Darbar Sahib is the most frequented pilgrimage center of the state. The Patiala Fort houses the National Sports Academy.Lately the Sheesh Mahal has been used as a backdrop to organize music concerts and contests and the area around the property has been improved. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh CHANDIGARH HOTELS HOTEL SECTOR AMAR 22 A ALANKAR 22 A AROMA 22 C CHANDIGARH 22 C CLASSIC 35 C DIVYADEEP 22 B G.K. INTERNATIONAL 35 C HERITAGE 35 C HIMANI'S 35 C JASMINE 35 C JAMES PLAZA 17 JULLUNDHAR 22 B KAPIL 35 B KC RESIDENCY 35 D KWALITY RESIDENCY 22 A Le CROWN 35 B MAYA PALACE 35 B METRO 35 35 C MONARCH 35 B MOUNTVIEW 10 B PANKAJ 22 A PARK INN 35 PICCADILY 22 B REGENCY 35 B RIKHI 35 B SAMRAT 22 D SHIVALIK VIEW 17 D SOUTHEND 35 C SUNBEAM 22 B CHANDIGARH YATRI 24 B NIWAS PRESIDENT 26 C SOLITAIRE NAC Shivalik Enclave PANCHKULA HOTELS North Park Panchkula - Shimla Road Prabhat Inn *** Panchkula - Shimla Road Oscar Regency Panchkula - Shimla Road Vikrant Panchkula - Shimla Road ZIRAKPUR HOTELS Mark Royal (10 Kms from Panchkula) Bristol (10 Kms from Panchkula) Shagun (10 Kms from Panchkula) Grow Green (10 Kms from Panchkula) NO OF ROOMS 16 12 30 16 14 14 28 14 17 14 N/A 16 13 26 14 16 26 16 14 156 14 26 48 25 16 16 13 57 20 26 30 20 12 50 30+ Info. Not avail. 12 (approx) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food Sales Tax on softbeverages Sales tax on Liquor Annual Bar licence -Rslakhs Excise onconsumption- BeerRs Excise onconsumption-liquorRs Electricity / unit Elcetricity demandMonthperKVA/ 10 for Andhra Pradesh 5% 300 pub 8% 8% 8% hotel nil nil 4.61 108 Assam 20% all pub 7% nil nil 0.5 1.95+75% 3.75+75% 3.70+ 5% 70 Arunachal nil nil nil nil nil nil 0.5 nil nil 2.15 Bihar 7% 151 act 6+1% 11+1% 25+2% 3 1 6.75 2.92 125 Delhi 10% 500 act 8% 10% 20% 4.5 to 7.5 5.25 to 7.0 Goa 15% 500 pub 15% 20% on foreign 0.6 2.90 to 3.30 110 Gujarat 20% 500 act 12% 0.2 3.5 +45% Haryana nil nil NA 10% 20% 20% 5.75 4.02 Himachal Pradesh 10% 150 pub 8% 33% on out of state 0.7 2.8 Jammu & Kashmir 2% 8% 32% 1 3.18 Karnataka 15% 1,000 pub 10% 10% Indian 10% Foreign 60% 2.08 6.2 Kerala 15% 500 act 9% Local 5% imported 13 2 100% Madhya Pradesh 10% all act 9% 10% nil 2 3.63 122 Maharashtra 10% 1,200 act 20% 20% 20% 1.18 to 3.71 2.64 Orissa nil nil nil 8% Indian nil imported 20% 1.5 3.45 Punjab nil nil nil 9% nil nil 1.2 7.95 88 3.39 120 Indian nil imported Rajasthan 8% 1,200 act 14% 50.6% 1.5 to 6.0 11 31 3.72 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food beverages Sales Tax on soft Sales tax on Liquor - Rs lakhs Annual Bar licence Beer - on Rs consumption Excise liquor - on Rs consumption Excise Electricity / unit per KVA/ Month Elcetricity demand Sikkim nil nil nil 8% nil nil 0.06 2.5 Tamil Nadu 20% all Pub 8% 2.2 4 Uttaranchal 5% Uttar Pradesh 5% 1,000 act 8% out of state 32.6% 8 per hotel 8 48 4.13 West Bengal 10% a/c act 17% imported 30% daily 1 to 25 30 to 175 4.88 Chandigarh nil Source : FHRAI 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Transport taxes Token tax/ qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax per month Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce Employment in Hotels & restaurants Own Account Ent Establishments Total Number Employed Number Employed Number Employed Andhra Pradesh 69979 131,082 26504 134,009 96483 265,091 Arunachal 446 823 1029 4,740 1475 5,563 Assam 12005 18,186 14713 56,020 26718 74,206 Bihar 39822 62,201 21599 81,870 61421 144,071 Delhi 10917 14,822 10642 65,402 21559 80,224 Goa 1740 2,578 1189 9,331 2929 11,909 Gujarat 14759 22,622 12945 66,042 27704 88,664 Haryana 11971 15,360 5426 18,682 17397 34,342 Himachal Pradesh 7931 9,937 3214 11,651 11145 21,585 Jammu & Kashmir Karnataka 60093 103,972 34429 160,522 94522 264,494 Kerala 71472 101,290 27483 103,657 98955 204,947 Madhya Pradesh 39248 57,836 24412 96,007 63660 153,843 Maharashtra 47828 73,828 52237 312,763 100065 386,591 Manipur 2174 4,400 794 3,169 2968 7,569 Meghalaya 2222 4,430 3100 11,767 5322 16,197 Mizoram 1010 1,635 619 1,706 1629 3,341 Nagaland 589 1,301 949 4,179 1538 5,480 Orissa 34811 60,779 18007 68,292 52818 129,071 Punjab 10006 13,503 6694 23,984 16700 37,487 Rajasthan 29426 38,606 14820 50,224 44246 88,830 Sikkim 261 593 398 1,809 659 2,402 Tamil Nadu 85563 139,566 36637 167,673 122200 307,239 Uttar Pradesh 73911 103,649 28760 102,230 102671 205,879 West Bengal 68179 92,019 26508 115,903 94687 207,922 Andaman & Nicobar Chandigarh Daman & Diu Dadra & Nagar Haveli Lakshwadeep Pondicherry Source : department of Tourism Transport taxes Token tax/qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax permonth Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Approach to Assessment of Attractions Successful tourism products are those developed to meet the demands of existing and potential markets. These market segments have also been analysed. While analyzing the attractions of Chandigarh, we kept in mind both Chandigarh Tourism Policy and the National Tourism Policy. The approach has been 1. Identification of market segments 2. Listing of all attractions in Chandigarh 3. Mapping the relationship between Chandigarh Tourism and National Tourism Policies 4. Study of “Best Practice” in other City States 5. From the above, a shortlisting of projects. 1 Fitness Trail High Court The Open Hand/ Dove – symbol of Chandigarh Rock Garden scuplture Marketing State Tourism Three case studies are attached – Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal – representing “Best Practice” in the Indian context. Recently, Maharashtra has been very active in promotion. Some pertinent observations are 1. Get the basics in place. In other words set the right conditions for enhancing infrastructure for tourism. Some specific actions taken a. Common approach by all Govt.Departments. Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission and Uttaranchal’s Tourism Development Board ensure that various Govt.Depts and private sector are involved in Tourism plans b. Giving Tourism Industry status. Kerala did this in 1986, Rajasthan in 1989 c. Outsource expertise. Uttaranchal and Rajasthan both utilize professionals for surveys and feasibility studies d. Involve Private sector. Kerala Tourism formed JVs with two major hotel chains to attract investments. It has further set up a Tourism Investment Agency. Rajasthan offered further assistance to develop Heritage hotels. Uttaranchal has earmarked accommodation, restaurants, adventure sports, amusement parks for private development. e. Develop Human resources. Rajasthan and Uttaranchal are encouraging private sector to set up Hotel management and Food craft institutes. There is emphasis on guide training and certification. Uttaranchal plans specialist training facilities for adventure sports. Kerala set up an Institute of Tourism & Travel Studies in 1988 in addition to the IHMCT in Kovalam. f. Emphasis on civic infrastructure. Identified by Uttaranchal as a key area. 2. Enhance the Tourism product. Apart from traditional reasons for visits a. Kerala – Ayurveda and Traditional festivals like Boat races, Elephant March, Nishagandhi Dance festival. Also developing a new Hill Station b. Rajasthan – Direct access to Handicrafts and Handloom artisans, Fairs and festivals, Wildlife. c. Uttaranchal – Adventure sports 3. Concentrate on a few destinations/ activities a. Kerala – Ayurveda, Calicut-Kasargod, Quilon-Alleppey b. Uttaranchal – four hubs of Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh. Adventure sports c. Goa – holidays d. Rajasthan - Heritage 4. Manage Destinations. Involve host population – Rajasthan positions this as a ‘peoples industry’, better connectivity, city decongestion, Safety & Security of tourists – Kerala thinking of an insurance scheme, restricting entry into sensitive areas like National Parks, Registration of establishments catering to tourist needs 5. Product Positioning. Each State needs to develop a USP. a. Kerala – God’s own Country b. Uttaranchal – Every season is the reason c. Goa – 365 days on holiday 6. Promotion to target markets. a. Market segmentation – Relevant market segments, both domestic and international, should be identified geographically and by reason for visit. Eg. Kerala also targets NRIs b. Distribution – Ability to reserve hotels/ tours in source markets c. Sales - Participation in domestic and International trade fairs, familiarization trips for identified agents, sales offices in key markets d. Communications - Focused advertising in trade and travel related media, PR, Interactive websites, e-mail magazines, sweepstake prizes for high profile contests, familiarization trips for identified journalists i. Kerala has hired an agency in the US e. Database maintenance f. Marketing alliances – on-line airlines/ transporters, neighbouring States, destination co-op marketing. How other City States/ small countries position themselves Chandigarh is similar in situation to the city states and small countries around the world. The chart below attempts to analyse some of the more successful city states in terms of their drawing power City State Attractions Singapore Trading - Was a trading post to the Far East – Now a Financial hub – Connectivity to the world Manmade attractions – Jurong Bird Park, Night Safari, Sentosa Island & ropeway, Acquarium – Shopping, night markets – Golf Hongkong – now part of Trading China, but mainly unchanged Shopping Sports – Horse racing, rugby Macau Gambling – Casino/ Jai Alai Formula 1 races Monaco Gambling Casino & entertainment Formula 1 races Dubai Trading – similar to Singapore Shopping Sports – horse racing, power boats, golf, tennis, cricket Events Mauritius/ Bahamas/ Bermuda Beaches Off-shore companies Sun City, South Africa Casino, Golf,water sports, events Very few City States have the benefit of historical attractions such as at the Vatican. Some like Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have the natural attractions of beaches. Most, however, have had to depend on manmade attractions. It is obvious that those city states that have had a history of trading, have managed to develop themselves as World Financial Centers. As part of this development, they have installed infrastructure for communications, in particular, very broadband channels for Internet. Another off shoot of this development is the growth in media. Dubai, in fact, is building a media city. However, the one striking feature in all these cases is the emphasis on world class standard Recreation and Leisure facilities. While facilities have been created for visitors, they are also used by the residents. – Gambling is a major attraction in Macau, Monaco and Sun City. – Horse racing is big in Hongkong and Dubai. – Sporting events attract people to Singapore, Hongkong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City. – Entertainment Events are held in Sun City, Dubai, Hongkong, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Seychelles etc We believe that Chandigarh does have the potential to become a successful city state based on its own draw. It is interesting to note that city States like Dubai, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Mauritius etc do not rely on their immediate neighbours. Market segments for Chandigarh Tourism Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions Residents of Chandigarh Recreation and Leisure appear to be the main 1. Multiplex cinema halls demands. However, Chandigarh residents tend to 2. Amusement Park finish their working days relatively early and night 3. Night food bazaar cum entertainment entertainment demand is limited. 4. Horse Racing Neighbouring States Delhi 1. Transit traffic, specially families with small 1. Delhi - Transit Stopover traffic to Shimla or children on their way to Kulu/ Manali. These start 2. Haryana Kulu/ Manali later in the day from Delhi and the children get 3. Punjab - Short breaks restless after 4 to 5 hours. A good reason to stop 4. Himachal Pradesh Haryana would be an Amusement park. - Recreation & Leisure 2. Recreation & leisure. See comments above. None - Shopping of the contiguous states has developed good R&L - Business facilities except possibly the Gurgaon and - Meetings & Conferences Faridabad districts bordering Delhi. Punjab 3. Shopping. While Jalandhar and Ludhiana have now - Recreation & Leisure got good shopping facilities, they are still behind - Shopping the range offered by Sector 17. If this is combined - Business with R&L, it makes a powerful attraction. - Meetings & conferences 4. Business. This is normally connected with Himachal Pradesh Government. - Recreation & Leisure 5. Meetings and conferences. Chandigarh being the - Shopping State Capital of Haryana and the Punjab as well as - Medical the Northern Region HQ for several trade bodies, can satisfy this need 6. Medical. Medical facilities at the PGI are excellent. The new Fortis Hospital in Mohalli can also contribute to Chandigarh room occupancies Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions The Rest of India Apart from transit to HP, and a very small market No strong offer to attract this segment interested in architecture, the tourism demands from the rest of India are not met by Chandigarh NRIs – Also those of Chandigarh is the Gateway to the Punjab NRI’s could be encouraged to expose their children, many Punjab origin NRI Marriages of whom are negative to India, to the modern city beautiful - Chandigarh Other Foreign No real demand State Tourism Policy > Improving the Developing vs. National Tourism quality of places of Policy tourism tourist vvvv products interest Place Tourism on the Concurrent list Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments Safety & Security of Accreditisation Tourists of Shops, transporters Tourism Accounting System Computerisation Concentrate on one major project as State USP World Heritage sites as opportunity to expand cultural Tourism Themed Cultural Sound & Light Attractions at Rock Garden Providing necessary facilities for tourists Effective signages Have police posts at Tourism Information centres Provide a central reservation facility. Provide linkage between Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake and planned amusement park Other Chandigarh has already declared Tourism as an industry in 1994. However, incentives and concessions need to be reviewed Constitute a State Tourism Board/ Tourism Advisory Council Initiate a system for tracking tourism spends Secretariat & High Court complex?? Develop a documentary on the planning and development of Chandigarh State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Capitalise on Run regular Food traditional cuisines Festivals featuring foods from other States. Actively promote village tourism Exploit the potential of Sukhna Bird Create wildlife sanctuaries sanctuary awareness of the fauna Develop Adventure Improve the Development tourism with safety tourist amenities of the Sports standards at Sukhna lake. center at Kishangarh Recreation & leisure Develop a Dinner Develop an Multiplex Explore the are a vital component cruise on Sukhna amusement possibility of a of the local & regional Lake park. Race Track. This domestic tourism will help week market end occupancies in the hotels MICE to be developed Develop a for tourism, trade and convention commerce centre Develop Eco-tourism Create Develop the through grassroots, environmental Botanical community based consciousness garden movement through gardens Capitalise on the growing awareness of India’s holistic healing traditions Development of Incorporate shopping centers for traditional arts traditional crafts and and crafts with information on them Kalagram State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Promote the events, The quality of the A daily night fairs and festivals both Saturday Sector market can be locally and in the main 17 entertainment developed markets needs to be reviewed Provide the Convention infrastructure for center Business travel The following projects have been shortlisted Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism 13. Attracting the Private Sector Project 1 Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments There is a need to set up a system in Chandigarh to coordinate with other departments whose work has a bearing on Tourism. 1) Currently the following Government agencies have a direct impact on tourism products a) CITCO. Here, both Industrial development and Tourism come under the same department. b) Town Planning c) PWD (B&R) d) PHD for water, sewage & sanitation e) Police 2) Private bodies that are directly involved in tourism are the local chapters of a) FHRAI/ HAI b) TAAI/ IATO c) Transporters association 3) Indirect involvement by private sector corporations for business travel requirements and their related associations i) FICCI/ ASSOCHAM/ PHDCC etc. ii) Informed and committed individuals with current or potential interest in the State 4) Some Central Government agencies are also involved. These are a) NHAI b) Indian railways Two related approaches have been used by other Indian States Rajasthan has used a ‘mission’ approach whereby they have set up the Rajiv Gandhi Tourism Mission. This has the commitment from all State Ministries of giving tourism priority treatment. Uttaranchal is the first State to constitute a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ with participation of both the Government and private sector The roles in planning and identification of projects, problems and solutions are similar. They vary in that the ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ is a body constituted under an Act with broad powers. The ‘Mission Approach’ is not a legal body and is probably easier to implement in states where tourism is not a major industry. Rajasthan - The Mission Approach This is exemplified by Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development. While not a legal entity, the mission has A nodal agency in the Dept of Tourism, Art and Culture Collaborating agencies o RTDC o Dept of Urban Development o Dept of Archaeology & Museums o PWD o General Administration & Civil Aviation o Forest & Environment o Industries Dept o Devasthan Dept o West Zone Cultural Centre o Khadi & Village Industry Board o Archaeological Survey of India The Mission is structured with a Chairman – Chief Minister Empowered committee chaired by the Chief Secretary Mission Director – Secretary Tourism, Art & Culture District level Sub-Mission – Chairman is District Collector Site/ Local – mini mission A Mission Statement has been defined. Ten Mission objectives have been identifies and a 12 point strategy developed to implement the objectives. The mission statement seeks “To make Tourism the peoples industry”. The objectives and strategy were developed with the help of task forces that surfaced problems and solutions on a variety of subjects including Policy needs. 10 Milestones have been defined and for each milestone specific activity and deadlines detailed. The mission Director coordinates with other departments as well as professionals. The Directorate has the following Advisors Advisor Heritage Advisor Handicrafts Advisor Economist Advisor Media & Marketing Advisor Human Resource Development Advisor Research & Development Advisor Ecology/ Sociology As well as consultants from the private sector 1. Uttaranchal - Constitution of a Tourism Development Board A high level Tourism Development Board has replaced the Tourism Directorate. The responsibilities of this board are a. Formulation and Strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state. c. Preparation of plans for various tourist segments and activities, identification and development of projects and ensuring their timely implementation. d. Establishment of standard / norms and framing of policy guidelines for various tourism activities. e. Formulation of a strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investment in the tourism sector. f. A single window solution to all tourism related information, sanction for projects, escort services for obtaining clearances and approvals from other departments. 2. Identifying Key Projects - Based on the present tourist interest and the future potential in each destination. 3. Outsourcing Expertise - The tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. 4. Destination Management - The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Plans to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. 5. New Destinations - New tourism destinations have been identified which will developed and marketed as spokes to hubs to help in decongesting the hubs. 6. Private Sector Participation - The areas of accommodation facilities, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. Special incentives and concessions have been planned. 7. Human Resource Development - Plans to upgrade existing institutes and set up new institutes for diploma and degree training programmes. a) Specialist training for activities like adventure sports etc. b) Self-employment opportunities for local residents to encourage maximum participation of the host community. 8. Infrastructure Development Establishment of world class infrastructure facilities will be the highest priority of Uttranchal government. In order to do this, special efforts are being made to mobilize institutional resources and private sector investment and participation. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh start with a mission approach. This would require the backing of the Governor and the Chief Secretary to make it successful. The mission approach provides the coordination required and gives tourism a better profile with other departments. Project 2 Tourism Accounting System Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless the positive impacts can be demonstrated. Several measures of the changes in economic activity can be generated. The most common are Changes in Sales or spending - The spending of visitors within the local area becomes sales or receipts for local businesses Changes in regional incomes - This is the sum of wages & salaries accruing to workers in these businesses and owners income and profits Changes in employment - Number of jobs supported by the given level of Sales. What is required to be measured for an impact analysis is the changes that occur with the introduction or closing down of facilities. In simple terms, the economic impact is Economic impact= change in # of visitors * average spend/visitor* Multiplier A visitor is defined by someone who lives outside the region so only ‘new’ spendings are measured. The overall impact is normally arrived at by c) Measuring distinct visitor segments eg. Day trips, transit, stayover, business travel, Government expenditure on tourism related activities including museums, cultural activities, recreational parks etc. d) Measuring spending in distinct categories – lodging, restaurants, meals, petrol etc. e) Allocating spending to receiving sectors and applying ratios and multipliers The first two measure primary effects. Secondary effects are of two types a) Indirect effects are changes in spending, income and jobs within the region in sectors that supply goods and services to the tourism sector. This requires an input-output matrix. b) Induced effects are the increased spends by residents from the incomes earned in tourism and the supporting sectors. Multipliers are required to capture the secondary effects and are generally sxpressed as a ratio to direct effects. These can be sales, income and employment multipliers. The World Bank has estimated that for every Rs 10 lakhs invested in India, the following number of direct jobs are created In Tourism projects 47.5 jobs In Hotels and restaurants 89.0 jobs In agriculture 44.7 jobs In Manufacturing 12.7 jobs Tata Consultancy Service has also estimated that for every direct job created in tourism, 4.62 indirect jobs are created in ancillary areas. The World Travel & Tourism Council uses a ‘Direct Revenue Multiplier’ in tourism of 2.07. While the intention of the Ministry of Tourism is to get a better understanding of the positive effects of tourism, at this stage the mechanism is not in place to collect the details in all sectors. Recommendation We suggest that Chandigarh Tourism puts in place a mechanism to collect data on direct effects. This may initially be in the form of annual surveys extrapolated to cover the State and calculated using the multipliers above. This will give Chandigarh Tourism the hard data required to substantiate the benefits of Tourism. Project 3 SAFETY & SECURITY SPECIAL TOURISM POLICE The National Tourism policy states that “There is a need for the creation of a special tourism police force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality.” While the creation of a special force at State level may not be feasible, the spirit of providing a sense of security to travelers is an important aspect. At the very least, all Tourist information centers – see note on the concept – should have a police outpost which can deal with crimes against tourists. The awareness of these police outposts should be widely created with hotels, restaurants and shopping centers in the relevant districts. There is no cost involved in this activity PROJECT 4. ACCREDITISATION OF SHOPS AND TRANSPORT AGENCIES Two other areas where most tourists feel insecure in the sense of being cheated are Tourist shops and transportation. It is suggested that Chandigarh Tourism institute a system of accrediting these establishments. For shops, the requirements are simple All items will be price tagged All sales will be subject to return in undamaged condition Shops will carry the accreditisation plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency For transport, again requirements can be kept simple Taxis/ rickshaws will be metered or carry a tariff sheet No fare will be refused if the taxi/ rickshaw is at a stand Participating transport will carry a plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency Participating transport drivers may be asked to wear a uniform In both cases, complaints will be taken up with the offending shop/ vehicle owner. A repeat complaint will bar the shop/ vehicle from carrying the plaque/ sticker. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh Tourism issue a tourist-cum-shopping guide – preferably in the form of a Chandigarh map - listing accredited shops and transporters. Maps should be given free at hotels, Sukhna Lake, Rock Garden and Sector 17 market. The cost of the guide can be recovered by advertising and sale of guides. PROJECT 6 PROMOTING TRADITIONAL CUISINES Indian cuisine is not just a trend internationally – no longer represented by just Tandoori Chicken – but within the country there is a growing interest in regional cuisine. Kerala vegetarian and non-vegetarian restaurants are thriving. Gujarati, Konkan, Chettinad and Punjabi outlets are being well patronized in the metros. In the past, extremely successful food festivals have been held at Kala Gram. Kalagram is an ideal venue between Chandigarh and Panchkula. It is suggested that State Tourism departments be contacted to conduct food festivals on an ongoing basis. Some arrangement will need to be worked out with the North Region Cultural Centre, but as this is a win-win situation for both parties – and the general public, this should be possible. Kalagram may require additional parking facilities. The neighbouring States of Himachal, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Haryana, Rajasthan, Jammu & Kashmir and Delhi can all be approached to hold festivals in Chandigarh. Chandigarh Tourism is also looking at promoting outbound traffic to adjoining States, and they may wish to use this platform more often. If the months of May to July are excluded, it should be possible to organize a festival every month, thereby giving Chandigarh residents and visitors an additional area of recreation and leisure. The festivals should be accompanied with performing arts and display the State handicrafts. Recommendation We recommend food festivals of various states be held at Kala Gram on an ongoing basis. This activity does not require much additional infrastructure and is in fact a revenue generating activity. Visitor numbers Past food festivals at Kalagram have generated 4-5000 visitors per festival over a 3-4 day festival period. If festivals are held monthly at a fixed period, say second weekend of the month or the full moon nights, the numbers can be sustained. 9 festivals x 5,000 visitors per festival = 45,000 visitors Revenues Revenues to Chandigarh Tourism/ Kalagram will be generated by entrance tickets and stall rentals. Stall owners – handicrafts/ F&B – will have direct sales revenues. Assume expenditure @ Rs 50 per visitor for handicrafts/ F&B/ parking 9 Food & Cultural Festivals/ annum Entrance fees = Rs 10 x 45,000 Stall rentals @ Rs5000 x 9 festival x 15 stalls Revenues to stall owners 45,000 x Rs 50 Costs = Rs 4.5 lakhs = Rs 6.75 lakhs = Rs 22.5 lakhs Venue costs are minimal as infrastructure exists. There will be promotional costs Project 12 Wildlife Tourism The Government of India, Department of Tourism has identified the development of wildlife sanctuaries as a priority item. Specific suggestions are to improve the quality of tourist facilities including Visitor information/ interpretation centers. Chandigarh has the Sukhna Bird sanctuary. As a reserved forest, people are not allowed without permission. This area should not be developed further. However, Chandigarh also has a wealth of flora. While the gardens attempt to highlight this, it is not generally known that there are over 1000 variety of trees in Chandigarh. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure other than that normally budgeted for this activity. Project 12 A Adventure Tourism Chandigarh has limited scope for adventure tourism. Apart from promoting serious boating – rowing, sculls, sailing, regattas - in Sukhna Lake, the area is not conducive to pursuing adventure tourism. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure on this activity other than that normally budgeted. Upgrading the facilities for the above can be taken up by the private sector. Project 5 Concept for Cultural / Tourism Information Centres These should be part of the City ‘Recreation and Leisure’ complex, and are envisioned as centers to showcase the State – a cross between Dilli Haat and National Crafts Museum. At the very least they should have 1. Tourist office with all information on the State 2. Central reservation capabilities for hotel and tour packages. a. These can be manned/ funded by the State Hotel Association & State Travel agent associations b. Space can also be rented to airlines, railways and travel trade associations. 3. A permanent live exhibition of the State’s traditional lifestyle, arts and crafts. This can be modeled on the National Crafts Museum. a. Artisans sell their goods directly and/ or through a central shop. The center provides a platform for the artisan on a revenue share or straight lease. b. State produce can also be sold e.g Basmati rice 4. A permanent restaurant featuring the State cuisine. a. This should be leased with stipulations on the menu and service standards b. The area can also carry periodic photo exhibits/ art exhibits. 5. Some permanent shops can be incorporated and leased out. a. Factory outlets of manufacturers based in the State is one example. 6. An open air amphitheatre to showcase the State’s performing arts a. This should also have screening facilities for documentaries b. This can be leased for private functions including marriages, film shooting 7. Open spaces for putting up stalls for celebrating State festivals a. These can be handicrafts and food stalls leased to private parties. 8. Space should also be allotted to other State Tourism bodies 9. A police outpost where problems faced by tourists can be addressed. Estimated costs for construction of this cultural centers are Activity Budget Tourist office building with space for State tourist offices, Central 50 lakhs reservations office, restaurant and police outpost, other offices Live exhibition of State’s arts and crafts, permanent shops 10-15 lakhs Open air amphitheatre – 750-100 persons 10 lakhs Space for temporary stalls for State festivals 2 lakhs Recommendation This should be set up in the amusement park area planned near Sukhna lake. Visitor numbers The objective of this facility is to provide service, not generate additional visitors, though there will be an indirect effect. Revenues Office rentals 10 offices x Rs10,000/ month Restaurant rental @ Rs 20,000/ month Shop rentals 10 shops x Rs 20,000/ month Amphitheatre rentals 20 functions @ Rs 20,000 Costs = Rs 12.0 lakhs = Rs 2.4 lakhs = Rs 24.0 lakhs = Rs 4.0 lakhs Ongoing costs are for maintenance and common utilities @ Rs 24 lakhs/ year. Funding The initial capital required is Rs 70-75 lakhs. Breakeven is achieved in 4-5 years and thereafter, it is a profitable operation. Attracting the Private Sector While there appears to be no requirement to incentivise the building of hotels, there are other tourism related activities that would need incentives to attract the private sector. We recommend that Chandigarh Government consider the following to develop a package of incentives.. INCENTIVES FOR TRAVEL & LEISURE INDUSTRY 1. Assistance on project report preparation 2. Concessional land for specified projects 3. Entertainment tax exemption for 5 years 4. Capital investment subsidy of 20% subject to a maximum of Rs 20 lakhs 5. Recommendation of loans to Financial Institutions 6. Interest subsidy on loans from approved financial institutions 7. Energy subsidy 8. Concessions on stamp duties/ reimbursement – urban areas, rural areas 9. Concessions on Change in land use fees 10. Excise licence fees concessions 11. Concession on Transport taxes on vehicles used for this activity. INVOLVING THE NON TRAVEL & LEISURE SECTOR IN TOURISM ACTIVITIES Chandigarh has over 25 corporates and PSUs with turnovers of over Rs 100 crores. These all have some commitment to Chandigarh and can be approached for sponsoring various activities that can improve the tourist experience. Greening of the environment – road dividers, green belts, parks Cleaning of the environment – garbage bins and collection Sponsorships of o signage o projects such as handicraft villages o events such as local festivals o information kiosks o tourist literature The companies may be compensated in terms of exposure available. It is also common to have directional signs to the company premises. Project 7 Horse Race Course Horse racing is an activity that draws week end traffic. In India, the main race tracks are in Mumbai and Kolkata. These depend largely on the local population with free income. However, Pune and Bangalore both have successful race tracks where the attendance is from outside the city. The race season in these two cities fills hotels over the normally low weekends. Revenue sources for Race Clubs are Club memberships Sponsorship of Corporate boxes Club house activities F&B concessions/ sales Gate money from attendees. Sponsorship of races. Programme sales Programme advertising Horses pay to race/ stable Share of tote Off-season revenues are buoyed by off track betting. Race tracks around the country pay for live telecasts via satellite. o This brings in viewership of about 2 lakh people Race tracks are also labour intensive, both for the track and for anciliary activities like stud farms, training paddocks, stables and for manning the accommodations for staff, trainers jockeys etc. A quality race course with a 2000 meter track requires an area of about 200 acres depending on the shape of the plot. On clear grounds, a race track can be laid in 100 acres. The area around Chandigarh and Delhi have the best stud farms in the country. Many are owned by political figures. There are at least 10 stud farms in the North where horses are bought for racing across the country. Owners of stud farms currently need to travel to other race tracks to promote their products. The Delhi Race Course does not cater to quality horse races. Setting up a race track is complicated. Tracks like Hongkong, Singapore, Malaysia, Kentucky etc all have their own systems and one suitable for Chandigarh will need to be worked out in conjunction with stud farms, race horse owners, authorities etc. The modern tote systems are totally electronic and cost upto Rs 2 crores. They are backed by broadband access to allow off track betting and satellite broadcast/ reception. The indicated expense of setting up an entire race course with track, club house, stabling, accommodation, tote machines etc is in the region of Rs 40-50 crores minus cost of land. The facility is usually given on long lease. Note Mr. Narendra Lagad from Pune is an acknowledged authority on setting up race courses. He has set up one in Kandy, Sri Lanka. (Contacts are 020-6879495/ 6870217/ 098220-28285 e-mail : narendralagad@hotmail.com ) Recommendation Chandigarh further examine the feasibility of including a Race Course in the Master Plan. The Club can have other sports facilities to attract memberships. Accommodation for out of town visitors should also be examined. The entire project should be in th private sector. Visitor numbers Race attendees 15 race days x 5000 attendees = 75,000 30 off track x 1000 attendees = 30,000 Club Members Permanent members = 500 Out station members = 300 Revenues 1. Gate money Race days 75,000 x Rs50 = Rs 37.5 lakhs Off track 30,000 x Rs 20 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 2. Club memberships 500 members x Rs 2 lakhs = Rs 1000 lakhs 300 outstation x Rs 75,000 = Rs 225 lakhs 3. Monthly dues + usage 300 x Rs 1000 = Rs 3.0 lakhs 300 x Rs 400 = Rs 1.2 lakhs 4. Company sponsored boxes 10 x Rs 5 lakhs/ year = Rs 50 lakhs 5. F&B concessions 45 days x 5 concessions x Rs5000 = Rs 11.25 lakhs 6. Programme sales 1 programme per 4 attendees xRs 10 = Rs 2.6 lakhs 7. Programme advertising @ Rs 1 lakh a programme x 45 = Rs 45 lakhs 8. Race charges 15 races x 8 horses x Rs 5000 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 9. Share of tote 5% of 105K attendees x Rs 200 per = Rs 105 lakhs Plus royalties for live telecasts. Costs - Ongoing 1. Race purses/ prizes – At least 2 prizes per meet can be sponsored by Corporate Houses. 2. Personnel – This includes a. Tote supervisors/ tellers/ gate entrance/ horsemen’s book keeper b. Racing secretariat/ starter/ announcer/ stewards/ paddock judge. Some of these can be voluntary positions c. Club house personnel d. Track maintenance/ security 3. Equipment maintenance. This can be outsourced 4. Insurance 5. Utilities 6. Track Maintenance 7. Advertising. Programme printing Funding recommendation The requirement is Rs 40-50 crores plus cost of land. The entire project should be tendered to the Private Sector. There are a variety of ways this can be managed from JV to fixed leases to profit/ revenue sharing. Project 8 Amusement Park Attracting tourists en route to Himachal Pradesh Up to less than ten years ago, given the state of the highways and the quality of cars, most tourists driving from Delhi to the Himachal destinations of Shimla and Kullu- Manali required up to 6 hours to reach the Chandigarh environments. For many, especially those on their way to Kullu-Manali or those traveling with young children, a stop-over in Chandigarh was very convenient. Today, the distance is covered in 4 hours or less and Chandigarh is now accessed before lunch. Given that the average person can comfortably drive 400 Km or 6 hours a day, they can easily reach Shimla. Also given the fact that car ownership is increasing at over 18% a year and that domestic tourism is increasing at 5% a year, traffic to Himachal out of Delhi will only increase over the next decade. The increased tourism promotion activity of Uttaranchal will also spur the HP Government to promote tourism more actively. Therefore, it is imperative that some portion of the transit traffic to Kullu-Manali is attracted to overnight in Chandigarh. The logical segment to attract is those traveling with children as children tire of long car trips. In short, the attraction should be oriented to children. Therefore, we propose an amusement cum water park. The water park would be a major attraction as most movement to the hills is in the Summer months. This need not be on the scale of a Disney World, but the rides and facilities of Appu Ghar but with quality equipment would suffice. This would also be a facility for the local population of Chandigarh, providing reasonably priced family entertainment, currently available in very limited scope. The ideal location for this facility would be in the Kishangarh area, adjacent to the current leisure areas of Sukhna Lake, the Golf course and the Rock Garden. This has already been identified by Chandigarh Town Planning. The park should be marketed to the specific segment of families with small children traveling to Kulu/ Manali. Possible facilities in an amusement park are listed below. While weekend usage will be high, it is necessary to balance the products to drive traffic throughout the week and throughout the day. The analysis below attempts this. Weekday usage Invest Direct Indirect Attraction AM PM Night ment jobs jobs Amusement Park - Ferris Wheel, slides, rides, dodgem cars Med Hi Hi Animal rides Med Hi Lo Bowling Med Hi Hi Casino/ Slot Machines Lo Med Hi Cultural Centre - Dilli Haat style to showcase the State Hi Hi Hi Fairground stalls - games of chance and skill Med Med Hi Food Court - Vishala/ Chowkidana Lo Lo Hi Go-karting Lo Lo Hi Kiddies play centre - Primeplay, Softlands Hi Hi Med Mini-golf - Putt Putt Med Med Hi Science Centre- Eg. Panorama in Kurukshetra Hi Hi Lo Shopping mall - designer shops a la Santushti, factory outlets, discount clubs Hi Hi Med Roller Skating rink Lo Med Hi Swimming Pool - heated(?) Hi Hi Hi Water Park Lo Med Hi Mini - Zoo Hi Hi Med Name of Park Area in Annual Entrance fees excluding video acres Visitors games and some selected rides. lakhs Child below 1 metre free. Essel World, Gorai 64 18–20 Child Rs.200/ Adult Rs 250 Water Kingdom, Gorai 24 12-14 Child Rs225/ Adult Rs 275 Nicco Park, Kolkata 40 12-13 Kishi Kintha, Chennai 10 VGP Universal, M’puram 8 Appu Garh, Delhi 6-7 MGM, Chennai 5-6 Fun city, Chandigarh 4 Child Rs140/ Adult Rs 140 Fun & Food Village, Delhi 12 5 Nicco Bhubhaneswar 15 2-2.5 Nicco Jamshedpur 8 2-2.5 Great Escapes, Nagpur 2 Visitor numbers Given that Fun City, with its less than prime location, attracts around 5 lakh visitors a year, and that the recommended location can easily attract highway traffic to Himachal, it is not unreasonable to base visitor numbers at 5 lakhs a year going up to 7 over 3-4 years. Visitor spends Factoring in student discounts and free children, Essel World/ Water Kingdom average Rs 175 per visitor. In Chandigarh, the average will probably be around Rs 150. In addition, visitors spend on parking, F&B and souvenirs as also on specialized rides and video games. An average visitor spend on items other than entrance is taken at Rs 50 per visitor. Therefore revenues can be assumed to be 5 lakhs x Rs 150 = Rs 7.5 crores on entrance fees and a further 5 lakhs x Rs 50 = Rs 2.5 crores on other items. Total revenues Rs 10 crores Costs It costs roughly Rs 1.0 crore an acre to create an amusement park. The investment in Chandigarh will be in the region of Rs 15 crores. Funding It is recommended that Chandigarh Tourism tenders the entire project to private sector. There a variety of ways this can be done from JV to various types of leases. Marketing This will be done by the amusement park operator. Project 9 Linking the sightseeing Chandigarh Tourism has recently introduced the Hop-on Hop-off bus linking the sightseeing of Chandigarh in an extremely user-friendly manner. This works very well for attractions that are fairly wide spread from each other where customers are willing to wait the 15 minutes to half an hour for the next lift. However, when attractions are relatively close together, waiting for the bus versus walking to the next attraction becomes a dilemma and an irritant. The main case in point is the 1 km distance between the Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake, both ‘must see’ attractions of Chandigarh. The walk versus the wait for the bus, specially with children, are both unattractive options! The other alternative option is to pay a hefty fare to the auto rickshaws It is understood that Chandigarh Town Planning has proposed leisure activities in the area beyond the Lake and between the existing Golf Course and Kishangarh. These are A sports complex Health resort/ picnic huts Amusement park This, along with the activities already existing in the Sukhna Lake area, make this area a hub of leisure activities, visited by all Chandigarh tourists and most Chandigarh residents. There are several possible solutions to ease this situation for the Chandigarh tourist. Regulate the auto rickshaws to charge the official fares o Auto rickshaws will probably boycott the stand as the potential fare is the minimum drop of flag amount. o It is probably not economically viable to increase the number of buses that would be required to increase frequency over the entire circuit. Introduce a shuttle bus between the two places o This would require one more bus to shuttle every 10 minutes o Customers may not be willing to pay any amount over and above the basic Hop-on Hop-off fare for a bus service that is seen to be part of the same system. Introduce a novel form of cheap transport between the two locations. Some alternatives o Animal drawn buggies o An elevated monorail/ rail system It has been indicated that a 2 Km elevated track would be extremely costly. The monorail is necessarily electric o A conventional rail track with ‘antique’ engines and coaches in miniature. This would be like the narrow gauge railway to Matheran/ Darjeeling. The engine would be a diesel/ electric engine and could be designed like the ‘Fairy Queen’. This would be an attraction in it’s own right. A diesel/ electric train can be run very cost-efficiently. Pollution versus a steam train is minimal Recommendation It is recommended that a narrow gauge track and rake be commissioned to the private sector. Revenues From ticket sales The Rock Garden receives an average of 3,000 – 5,000 visitors a day. All visitors to the Rock Garden also go to Sukhna Lake. With the development of the Recreational Area, the Sports complex, the Tourist & Healht Resort and the Amusement park, the number of visitors can only increase. If 35 -40% of the visitors use the transport, which is an attraction in itself, this is roughly 1500 passengers a day @ Rs 5/ passenger = Rs 2.25 lakhs/ month. If running/ maintenance costs are 50%, net profits are Rs 1 lakh a month for a 70 month breakeven. If the Amusement Park and Tourist Health and Sports Centre are developed in Kishangarh, the numbers will rise dramatically. In addition, there will be opportunity of generating revenues from advertising on the train. Costs The estimated cost for setting down 2 Km of track is Rs 20 lakhs and the cost of the train, 4 coaches with 50 passenger capacity is Rs 20 lakhs. The engine is Rs 30 lakhs for a total project cost of Rs 70 lakhs Sources of funds It is recommended that this project be funded by Chandigarh Tourism. The Indian railways may be approached to set up a mini rail museum in this area. Marketing There is no marketing and promotion necessary and hence no specific marketing costs. Project 10 Conference Centre for Business Travel Businessmen travel to Meet buyers Meet suppliers Visit Home/ branch offices Incentive travel – where the travel is an incentive reward for better performance Attend conferences – own company and business associations The first three reasons for travel cannot be influenced by third parties. Business travel however can be generated to particular destinations through incentive travel and through conferences, conventions and exhibitions. Apart from road, rail and air access which is a common essential to develop these activities, and which is adequate in Chandigarh, each of the above also has its own requirements. Incentive Travel Incentive destinations are typically not those with cultural attractions but those with a wide range of leisure activities and nightlife. The participants of an incentive group are all prize winners of performance awards and are looking for a fun time in a place that ordinarily would be out of reach of their pockets or regular family holiday destinations. Chandigarh is not suited for incentive travel. Meetings, Conventions and Exhibitions Meetings and conferences These are traditionally organized by companies for their own staff, distribution chain and, occasionally, suppliers. They are company need-based to communicate messages that require some interaction to a medium sized audience. The size of the company in terms of number of people and the spread of distribution are the prime drivers of meetings and conferences. Apart from companies headquartered in Chandigarh, those headquartered in the surrounding districts of the Punjab and Haryana are also candidates for holding meetings and conferences in Chandigarh. A listing of such companies is attached. Conventions and Seminars These are meetings held for multiple organizations interested in the same topic. They are usually organized by industry associations, professional associations, management associations, universities and NGOs to discuss topics of common interest. Among the more common conventions are various medical disciplines, religious, environmental subjects etc. However, the local chapter of the association needs to drive the organization of conventions and seminars. Typically, a bid document is put up to the national body that then may make an inspection trip to view facilities. The bid is normally submitted with comprehensive back-up documentation which apart from the core expertise is exhibited, the documentation covers extra-curricular activities during the day for spouses and evening and night entertainment, accommodation facilities, transportation etc. The local chapter must also organize the convention/ seminar. This can be fairly complicated and many organizations do not have in-house expertise. Successful conventions require that organizers are educated in meetings management. Cities that have evolved as convention destinations generally have a dedicated ‘Convention Visitors Bureau’ that works with local organizations to generate conventions. The Bureau has full time employees and a committee made up of representatives from the local tourism, hospitality, transport facilities as well as Associations. The attachment gives some organizations that can generate conventions in Chandigarh. Exhibitions Exhibitions are held to display products. These may be organized by Companies – A launch of new products is usually accompanied by an exhibition Associations – Manufacturing associations, agricultural associations and other industry associations including travel, automobile, job fairs all require exhibition area. Exhibition halls, typically being unfurnished have multi usage potential such as marriages, concerts and other social events. It appears that there is scope for a meetings facility in Chandigarh. Given that hotel capacities, both current and in the future, will be contained by town planning, the conference facility should not be too large. Chandigarh Town Planning has already identified a 7 acre plot in Sector 31, next to the CII Northern region Headquarters. Recommendation It is suggested that this offers A venue for General Body meetings of 600-800 persons (Approx 600-800 sq.mtr). This would be auditorium seating 3-4 break-out rooms. These are not with any fixed seating but should have capacities ranging from 50 to 150 persons theatre style.( Approx 400 sq.mts) Exhibition area of approximately 1500 sq.mtr Business center facilities Restaurant and snack Bar Parking Visitor numbers Typically, utilization of convention and exhibition area space is taken at 25% of capacity, even though it is possible to use spaces more than once a day. Exhibition area space may be better utilised as it has multi-functionality for social occasions. A 600 seat auditorium with break out rooms should see a throughput of roughly 55,000 persons a year. The exhibition space will have utilization for both exhibits and social functions. These are mutually exclusive. If the space is used 25% for exhibitions - 90 days a year including set up and knock down times – in other words exhibits available for 60-65 days, throughput of visitors will be 60-65,000. Of the 270 days available for social functions, we can take a utilization of 40% or 100 days with an average marriage attendance of 500 pax, this will be 50,000 pax. Visitor revenues Revenues from conference hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000/event x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F&B on attendance of 55,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 110 lakhs Revenues from exhibition hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000 x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F& B on attendance of 60,000 x Rs 25 = Rs 15 lakhs Revenues on Social functions Attendance 50,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 100 lakhs Total = Rs 261 lakhs Cost The total cost of construction of approximately 3000 sq.mtrs convention center will be in the region of Rs 8-10 crores. Landscaping 7 acres with parking will be around Rs 15 Lakhs. Profitability of rental income is around 80% - Rs 29 lakhs - and F&B income around 50% - Rs 112 lakhs for a total profitability of Rs 140 lakhs approx. Project viability break even in 5 –7 years. Funding Sources Part of the cost of construction can be de-frayed by Corporates paying to have some of the break-out rooms and possibly the main auditorium named after their company/ founder. ASSOCHAM has done this successfully with their HQ in Delhi. Marketing A convention promotion bureau should be set up. Potential clients for conferences and conventions both in India and abroad are easily identified from ICCA and other association lists. The convention bureau will need to work with their India Chapters to prepare attractive bid documents. Project 11 Energising the City Centre Sector 17 is the City Centre of Chandigarh. While most sectors have their own markets for daily essentials, Sector 17 is where aspirational ‘Lifestyle’ products are retailed. The market has been designed with vast pedestrian spaces and is eminently suitable to be developed as a social and entertainment hub. Apart from the months of May & June, Chandigarh weather is suitable for outdoor activities Evenings - Mid March to end April, July to November During the Day - December to mid March A social and entertainment hub would require Shopping for aspirational items. This trend already exists in Sector 17. Opening hours should allow for late shopping. Night market stalls of handicraft items should be allowed Special Sales periods/ Shopping Carnivals should be announced in advance Range of F&B outlets. There is a reasonable range of outlets. These should be encouraged. Liquor licences should be made more easily available and extension of service should be allowed till 1am. Entertainment Movie Halls/ multiplexes/ open air movies and documentaries Video parlours/ Bowling alleys/ slot machines Street entertainment. Local performing artists and those performing at Kalagram, All the Chandigarh festivals could be moved to Sector 17 – April Fools Day, Mango Festival, Indo-Pak Mushaira, Chrysanthamum Show Administration Energising the City Centre would require the active involvement of the Sector 17 shop keepers who have the most to gain from this initiative. They should be brought into the very initial planning stages. These activities do not require large funding, but coordination is crucial for success. Committees comprised of shop keepers and Chandigarh Administration should be formed for various types of activities. Funding As noted, large funds are not required. It should be possible to levy a small cess on shop turnover to fund activities. Marketing This is aimed to provide a focal point for Chandigarh residents. Communicating events will not require more than posters in Sector 17 and other sector markets. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Prioritisation of selected projects Activity Short term Medium Long term 1-5 years term 5-10 10-20 years years Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Job creation Potential of Projects Activity Total Project Direct jobs Indirect cost created jobs created Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Nil Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs 50 50 Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use per year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept Nil 5 20 “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops Nil 5 20 and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs 350 1000 Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs40 –50 1000 4600 crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores 1000 4000 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs 100 400 10. Conference center to attract business travelers Rs 10 crores 300 1200 11. Developing the City Centre Nil ? 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil - Funding of Projects Activity Total Cost to Other project cost Govt funding sources Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs/ Rs 10 lakhs/ Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use yr year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new Nil Nil concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of Negligible Neglibible shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 Lakhs Rs 75 lakhs Corporate Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Variable Pvt Sector crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores Variable Pvt Sector 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 70 lakhs Lease 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 crores Rs 10 crores Some travelers Corporate 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil Economic impact of short term projects Activity Total Potential Multiplier Project Ongoing Effect Cost Revenues Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs Rs 42 lakhs Rs85 lakhs Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil Rs 33 lakhs Rs70 lakhs 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Rs 3.13 Rs 6.5 crores crores crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 Rs 10 Rs 20 crores crores crores 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 27 lakhs Rs 55 lakhs 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 Rs 2.6 Rs 5.5 travelers crores crores crores 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Cultural/ Tourist centres Project Funding-Rs lakhs 75 Funding Yrs 1-5 75 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 42.4 44.52 46.75 49.08 51.54 54.11 56.82 59.66 62.64 Operational Costs 5% 24 25.2 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 Operating profits 18.4 19.32 20.29 21.3 22.37 23.48 24.66 25.89 27.19 Traditional Cuisine Project Funding-Rs lakhs Nil Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 45000 47250 49613 52093 54698 57433 60304 63320 66485 69810 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 60/ 5% 27.02 28.37 29.79 31.28 32.85 34.49 36.21 38.02 39.92 41.92 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 6.75 7.09 7.44 7.81 8.20 8.61 9.05 9.50 9.97 10.47 Total Revenues 33.77 35.46 37.23 39.1 41.05 43.1 45.26 47.52 49.9 52.39 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 24 25.20 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 37.23 Operational Profits 9.77 10.26 10.77 11.31 11.88 12.47 13.10 13.75 14.44 15.16 Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Horse Race Track & Club Project Funding-Rs lakhs 5,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 4,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 1,000 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues- Rs lakhs Visitor numbers 000's 5% 105.0 110.3 115.8 121.6 127.6 134.0 140.7 Club Memberships 25/yr 600 625 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Monthly dues 5% 4.2 4.41 4.63 4.86 5.11 5.36 5.63 Corporate Boxes 5% 50 52.50 55.13 57.88 60.78 63.81 67.00 Programme 5% 47.6 49.98 52.48 55.10 57.86 60.75 63.79 Share of tote/ Race charges 5% 111 116.55 122.38 128.50 134.92 141.67 148.75 Gate money-Rs.lakhs 5% 43.5 45.68 47.96 50.36 52.87 55.52 58.29 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 11.25 11.81 12.4 13.02 13.67 14.36 15.08 Total Revenues 600 625 317.6 330.9 345 359.7 375.2 391.5 408.5 Amusement Park Project Funding-Rs lakhs 3,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 3,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 500 525 551.3 578.8 607.8 638.1 670 703.6 738.7 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Total Revenues 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Note : These two projects should be tendered out. The above spreadsheets give Operational revenues and visitor numbers for decision making purposes Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Linking the sightseeing Project Funding-Rs lakhs 70 Funding Yrs 1-5 70 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 550 5% 550 577.5 606.4 636.7 668.5 702 737.1 773.9 812.6 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs5/ 10% 27.5 31.76 33.35 35.02 36.77 38.61 40.54 42.56 44.69 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 15 15.75 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 Operational Profits 12.5 16.01 16.81 17.65 18.54 19.46 20.44 21.46 22.53 Conference Centre Project Funding-Rs lakhs 1,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 1,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Conference visitors 000s 5% 55 57.75 60.64 63.67 66.85 70.2 73.71 77.39 81.26 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 110 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 170.6 Rentals -Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Exhibition visitors 000s 5% 60000 63000 66150 69458 72930 76577 80406 84426 88647 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 25/ 5% 15 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 23.27 Rentals- Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Social function visitors 000s 5% 50000 52500 55125 57881 60775 63814 67005 70355 73873 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 10% 100 115.5 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 Total Revenues 261 291.1 305.7 321 337 353.8 371.5 390.1 409.6 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 112 117.6 123.5 129.7 136.1 142.9 150.1 157.6 165.5 Operational Profits 149 173.5 182.2 191.3 200.9 210.9 221.5 232.5 244.1 Dadra and Nagar Haveli Administration of Union Territory of Daman & Din and Dadra r Nagar Haveli District Izzduatriea Centre, Department of Industries N O T I F I C A T I O N no. ore/mums/ir-zo1a/aoia-1s/ l9 nat«a $ /oz/fora The Administrator of UT Administration of Daman & Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli is pleased to introduce Industrial Policy — 2018 to provide fresh impetus to industrial growth and employment generation in line with new policy initiatives of the Union Government with mission to create Daman 8s Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli region as a valued investment destination with best-in-class infrastructure by providing an investor friendly, efficient and transparent business climate, the right resources and market linkages to make these UTs a preferred investment destination. The Policy enclosed herewith shall come into effect from the date of its notification. This is issued with the approval of the Hon’ble Administrator, Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli vide Diary No. 350607 Dated 14/05/2018. By order and in the name of the Administrator, Daman 8s Din and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli Encl: Industrial Policy — 2018 (Pg. 1 to 25) Copy to:- l) PPS to Administrator, DD & DNH ( Ch i Parekh J General manager (DIC} Department of Industries 2) PA to Advisor to Administrator, DD & DNH 3) All Secretaries, DD & DNH 4) All H.O.s, DD & DNH 5) All Industrial Association, DD & DNH 6) Dy. Secretary (Official Language), DD for translation in Hindi 7) The SIO, NIC, DD & DNH for uploading on website 8) Dy. Director (Printing), DD & DNH for publication in Official Gazette U.T.s of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli Industrial Policy —2018 The UT Administration is committed to the sustainable and inclusive development of the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli. The Government is keen to accelerate the economic and industrial development of these UTs through growth and employment oriented policies and schemes that turn the UTs of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli, into the most preferred investment destination. The UT Administration had adopted the existing Industrial Policy in the year of 2015. However, the need for adopting an updated policy framework, incorporating new schemes and thrust areas, was increasingly being articulated by key stakeholders of the economy - the Government, Industries and the Business Community. This new Industrial Policy is a first step in the direction of making the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli a preferred Industrial and Investment Destination. The policy aims for sustainable industrialization with focus on employment generation, product competitiveness, value addition in products and higher export oriented growth while conserving all aspects of environment. It envisages strong and specific initiatives to ensure timely and hassle-free guidance / clearances to new entrepreneurs. The policy has specific monitoring mechanism with provision for regular assessment of its performance. The new Policy intends to leverage the comparative strengths of the UT and to propel it among the most preferred global business destinations. The new Industrial Policy will be an instrument through which the Administration could achieve the vision of “Prosperous UT o/ Damon & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli” Post 1991 period, the Indian economy has witnessed remarkable economic growth, riding on the strength of huge private investment, infrastructure improvements and regulatory changes. Progressive Page 1 of 25 Thank you for using www.freepdfconvert.com service! Only two pages are converted. Please Sign Up to convert all pages. https://www.freepdfconvert.com/membership Delhi Tourism Policy CHAPTER-10 TOURISM Delhi city is sprinkled with dazzling gems: captivating ancient monuments, fascinating museums and art galleries, architectural wonders, a vivacious performing-arts scene, fabulous eating places and bustling markets. With its rich and diverse cultural heritage, Delhi is also used as a gateway for traveling to cities of India. The city is significant for the role it has played throughout history, having been the centre of an empire for the majority of this millennium. It is an important city in the Indian sub continent and comparisons have often been made to other great cities of the world. However, very few cities carry with them, to such an extent, the weight of several layers of continuous history. One can have a fascinating glimpse into the past in Old Delhi, with its labyrinth of narrow lanes, old havelis, and colourful bazaars. Rickshaws wind their way through this crowded, bustling capital of the Mughals, where life continues, much as it did hundreds of years ago. Modern Delhi has a lot more to offer. Delhi has a modern, well-planned and extensive Metro network that connects all corners of Delhi; this network is still growing. New roadways and flyovers have improved connectivity, the latest of which is the Signature Bridge, an ambitious project of Delhi Tourism. Delhi Tourism is on a mission to change status quo and ensure that Delhi becomes a world-class tourist destination and the leader in art, culture, music, theatre, film and entertainment. In 1911, British shifted their capital from Calcutta to Delhi. After independence in 1947, New Delhi was officially declared as the Capital of India. Delhi being National Capital Territory, received maximum foreign travelers and NRIs visiting India. There are Outlays to make Delhi an environmental & eco friendly tourism and cultural & heritage destination. There is need to spread awareness among tourists as well as its citizens regarding Delhi’s glorious past. The schemes of Tourism Department have been implemented by the DTTDC, an undertaking of the Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi incorporated in 1975 to promote tourism in Delhi. Delhi being National Capital Territory, received a large number of foreign travelers and NRIs visiting India. Revised outlay & expenditure of Annual Outlay 2016-17, Approved outlay & Revised Annual Outlay 2017-18 and Annual Outlay 2018-19 for Tourism Department are as under: [` in crore] Sector 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 BE RE Exp BE RE Exp Tourism 26.00 8.08 117.00 18.00 13.18 44.00 Total Outlay of ` 46.21 crore kept in B.E. 2018-19 on Tourism. This includes revenue budget of ` 46.06 crore and capital budget of ` 0.15 crore. An amount of ` 44 crore is kept for implementation of various schemes, programmes and projects under Tourism sector. 1. Tourism Infrastructure Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 500 Lakh I. Up-gradation of Food courts, temporary shops / craft stalls etc. at Dilli Haat, INA Dilli Haat, INA was constructed and inaugurated in March 1994. The Haat needs up gradation in view of wear and tear of infrastructure and changes in user requirements. Most of the area needs face lifting works. However, Food courts, temporary shops and adjoining areas are in very bad condition and needs suitable up gradation and face lifting works. Temporary shops are made with thatch roofing which is of temporary in nature and needs frequent replacement and causes leakages which damage the articles of the artisans, hence the roofing may upgraded to semi permanent structure. Due to frequent damages it gives bad look. Food courts which are in very bad condition also required to be upgraded since no major face lifting had been done since its construction. II. Renovation and Up-gradation of Coffee Home – Connaught Place The Coffee Home is situated in prime location of Connaught Place and serves the cuisines and coffee tea for visitors. Since its inception no major renovation work was taken up. The upgradation work planned to be taken up with some of the alterations. There is only one existing entry from side to coffee home hence one additional entry from main path have been proposed to be opened in up gradation phase. Better Public Conveniences are to be provided at a suitable place in the coffee home since existing conveniences are on back side of Coffee Home. The up gradation work will also consist of suitable furnishing also. III. Development of Open Air-theatre, etc. at Kala Gram near Garden of Five senses DTTDC has in its possession a plot measuring 5.27 acres adjacent near Garden of Five Senses. The plot of land has been allotted by the Development Department, Government of Delhi. DTTDC proposes to develop this site as venue for holding concerts and festivals. The basic infrastructure like water, electricity, barricading, public conveniences, cafeteria, parking etc. would be developed by DTTDC. For day to day operation an operator may be appointed by DTTDC through E-tendering process. This is a on-going state plan-scheme. Development of plot for holding concerts and festivals. During the year 2017-18, an Open air theater has been developed. Further development of venue on this piece of land is to be done during 2018-19. IV. Conceptualization / Documentation Appointment of Transactional Advisor for Development of Tourism Projects It is proposed to take up and develop new Tourism Projects in Delhi. For development of new Tourism Projects, it is required to conduct preliminary feasibility study, conceptualize the new ideas and other related work prior to the actual start of the work for the new Tourism Projects. For these works, the expenditure may be incurred on account of consultation fee to Architect, transaction advisor etc. To prepare concept paper on tourism projects at various existing properties of the Corporation, there is a need of Transactional Advisor/Consultant. V. Renovation & up-gradation of Azad Hind Gram DTTDC has set up Azad Hind Gram at National Highway-10 before Bahadurgarh Border in Tikri Kalan Village. The complex is spread over 06 acres and has a memorial on Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose depicting select episodes from his life. The complex also houses a museum on Indian National Army with audio visual facility. The complex has a life size statue of Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose. DTTDC would like to upgrade and renovate the Netaji Memorial, Indian National Army Museum, public conveniences and parking facility at the Complex. Repair and Up-gradation of pond and renovation of Restaurant complex and Kiosks. VI. Construction of Coffee Home at Janak Puri DTTDC proposed to construct a Coffee Home at Janak Puri subject to more allocation of funds during the year. VII. Construction of Coffee Home at I.P. Extension DTTDC proposes to construct a Coffee Home at I.P. Extension subject to more allocation of funds during the year. An expenditure of about ` 320 lakh incurred during the year 2017-18 on Tourism Infrastructure. 2. River Front Development of Yamuna Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 5 Lakh Every city in the world is associated with a river flowing through it. More than 40 kms. of Yamuna River flows through Delhi. Every Major city like London, Paris etc. has developed the river front of its city and is a major tourist’s attraction. Even in India River Sabarmati in Ahmedabad has been developed by the State Government and has become a public place for its citizens. The Yamuna River to the north of the Wazirabad Barrage is the most pristine stretch of the river in Delhi. The east bank of the river in the stretch along Sonia Vihar is to be developed in an ecological manner to enhance and improve natural habitats and the biodiversity of the riverfront area. The Area of intervention consists of the following: • Around 700 Acres of Land between the Yamuna River and the Sonia Vihar- Pushta Road • Around 5.8 km of the Sonia-Vihar Pushta Road from the Wazirabad Road intersection to the Delhi Border Proposals have already been submitted to the Delhi Govt. for approval of Cabinet. Once the proposal is approved by the Cabinet, consultant for the project will be appointed. Since the project involves development of river fronts the approval of National Green Tribunal will be required and consultant appointed will develop the scheme of the project according to the compliance of the guidelines issued by NGT. Once the project proposal is approved by the NGT, NOC from the Land Owning Agency i.e. Delhi Development Authority will require. However in a meeting held with VC, DDA and Minister of Tourism, Delhi Govt., it was assured by the VC, DDA that once the proposal is agreed by the NGT requisite NOC of DDA will be issued. Once the above approvals/NOC issued, the development work may be started by DTTDC. To begin with, it is proposed to develop the River front in Delhi upstream of the Wazirabad Bridge. The River front would consist of public conveniences, promenades, jogging track, cycle track, sandpit, volleyball courts, restaurants, snack bars and parks. 3. Promotion of Tourism - Delhi as a Destination Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 1055 Lakh This scheme has been divided in Three parts (Part A & B). Part A Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 1045 Lakh Branding Delhi: It is proposed to create a new campaign called “Brand Delhi”. We will re- develop the online presence of destination Delhi through websites, Apps, Maps, Social Media and Micro-sites. Delhi, bearing a rich heritage and history, has immense potential to become one of the most preferred tourist destinations not only in India but also globally. It is land of monuments, dotted with ruins forts, temples with many chapters of history that have unfolded to make Delhi what is today. Myriad episodes of history, a lineage and significant monuments like the Qutab Minar, the stunning Humanyun’s Tomb, the magnanimous Red Fort, the city of Old Delhi. This Delhi, the Old Fort and many more are epitomes of varied historical eras and this is where the real strength of the City lies as far as the tourism in Delhi is concerned. Delhi has a lot to boast about and hence arises the dire need to promote Delhi as one of the most sought after tourist destinations not only in the domestic but also in the international arena. Undoubtedly, tourism requires careful Outlayning and management and in the absence of a concrete Tourism Policy, there is no set Outlay drawn to market the city in the International market so as to showcase the potential of the city as a Tourist Friendly destination. There is a need to initiate steps to market Delhi more effectively and in a strategic manner on the lines of other state Tourism Boards. In order to keep pace with the growing competitive market, it is proposed that, on the lines of other state Tourism departments to carry out aggressive campaigns to Brand Delhi. With an objective to promote tourism in and around the capital city, Delhi Tourism & Transportation Development corporation Ltd. has been playing a role of catalyst and been taking proactive steps in making the city a Tourist Friendly destination. The activities proposed to be undertaken under the scheme emphasized the need to aggressively Brand Delhi through various available mediums. Production of Tourist Literature, Folders, Leaflets, Maps, City Guides, Brochures, CDs : To market Delhi more effectively and in a strategic manner on the lines of other state tourism Boards. DTTDC plans to undertake campaigns for Branding Delhi as a Tourism Destination at national level through various mediums including release of advertisements / advertorials in Travel magazines & Press advertisement, online social media, production of pictorial brochures on Delhi, Radio Jingles, outdoor publicity through Hoardings, Street Furniture, Metro Stations etc. It is also proposed to produce short films on promotion of Delhi – as a tourism Friendly destination and telecast as TV commercials on various channels. Publicity through Print and Electronic Media/ Internet : The plan includes: Production of Film on Delhi: Promoting Delhi as a Tourist Destination and as Film Shooting Destination – Edited versions of both the films for TVC. Promotions through TVCs on various channels, Release of Advertisements in Magazines (Travel & Tourism), Outdoor publicity through Metro Stations, Backlit panels at Airport, Bus shelters, Street Furniture, Air Baggage tags etc., publicity for Delhi Tourism activities like Tours, Travel, Adventure Activities, Dilli Haats through release of advertisements in newspapers and magazines and Social Media. Organization of Fairs & Festivals : Delhi Tourism has been actively organizing cultural events in Delhi to showcase this capital city as a tourist and cultural friendly destination not only for foreign tourists but for domestic travelers and the citizens of Delhi. In this context, it is pertinent to mention that the promotion of cultural tourism has been the main stay of Indian Tourism policy and accordingly, the rich heritage of our country at large and Delhi as a city in particular has been projected from time to time. Our neighboring states such as Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh etc. are excellent examples where cultural tourism has already acquired international positioning and has acted as a catalyst to attract large number of tourists to these destinations. Apart from National & International tourists, NCT of Delhi has its own population of more than 20 million. The citizens of Delhi attend the Fair & Festivals organized by Delhi Tourism with fun and frolic. Participation in National Fairs/ Conferences/ Marts/ Exhibitions : National tourism fairs, conferences, travel marts and travel exhibitions are important for interaction with travel industry, media, airlines and other opinion makers. Further, this is helpful in direct marketing of tourist products and services to the consumers by direct interfacing. Presently, DTTDC participates in limited national tourism fairs. These interactive activities will also be organized in Delhi and simultaneously Delhi will also participate in such exhibitions, marts and conferences within India. Ek Bharat Shreshtha Bharat : The scheme of “Ek Bharat Shreshtha Bharat” launched by Ministry of HRD, Govt. of India which envisages strengthening of existing emotional bonding between the people of our country by promoting and showcasing the rich heritage and culture, tourism, wealth, educational specificities, agricultural traditional practices etc. of each state allowing people to understand and appreciate the diversity that is India, while fostering a sense of common identity. Accordingly engagement matrix for NCT of Delhi has been earmarked with the 8 states of North-Eastern States: with Sikkim & Assam (2016-17), Tripura & Mizoram (2017-18), Arunachal Pradesh & Meghalaya (2018-19) and Manipur & Nagaland (2019-20). The DTTDC proposed to organize culinary festivals with opportunity to learn culinary practices, promotion of Home Stay for visitors, promotion of Rajya- Darshan for tourists, organizing familiarization tour for tour operators of one state, prepare and share with the partner states a book containing information on their culture, customs, traditions, flora & fauna etc. for dissemination to schools colleges, organizing film-festival in the partner state with sub-title, showcase wearing of additional attire of the partner state. Promotion of Delhi as a Film Shooting Destination : Govt. of Delhi under the directions of Ministry of I & B, Govt. of India has appointed MD & CEO, DTTDC as the nodal officer for facilitating Film Shootings in Delhi vide order no. F2/797/TSM/11 dated 3rd August, 2016 of Dy. Secretary (Tsm), GNCTD. Cinema is undoubtedly a powerful tool for the development of a nation. Its impact is immense and it plays an important role in economic expansion. Delhi has been a part of films for a long time now. Its scenic beauty, picturesque locations and historical monuments form interesting backdrops for movies. Delhi also embodies the stark, almost absurd, contrasts of India: A World- Class metro system, the chaos of Old Delhi and the Colonial Serenity of Lutyen’s Delhi. Subsequently, a Film Shooting Facilitation Cell was created within the corporation on the direction of the Chief Secretary, Govt. of Delhi with an objective that DTTDC acts as a nodal agency to act as a bridge between the filmmakers and the stakeholder agencies for facilitating single window clearances of permission for Film Shootings in Delhi. DTTDC is in the process of introducing “Single Window Clearance Mechanism” for film making facility so that the legal formalities to shoot in the city can be performed by visiting only one Government Office. Several steps are being taken to introduce a smooth system for granting permission to Film Producers, to provide them consolidated information on instructions/ guidelines issued by various Departments of Delhi and Ministries of the Government, and to make film shooting a hassle-free experience. Major Tourism Events Sponsored by the Govt. City Information Service (1280) Part B Bed & Breakfast Scheme Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 10 Lakh This scheme started in the month of October, 2007 and to be continued during the year 2018-19 to provide budget accommodation to tourists coming to Delhi and enjoy the traditional Indian Home & Culture and also have the confidence of the families support and protection and go back with pleasant memories. In the Bed & Breakfast accommodation in Delhi, there are two categories facilities i.e. Silver and Gold. The Registration Fee for Gold Category is ` 5000/- and for Silver Category ` 3000/-. The basic facilities available under the Silver and Gold Categories are: Facilities Silver Gold Floor Area of Room 120 sq. ft. 200 sq. ft Size of Bathroom 30 sq. ft 40 sq. ft Washing Machine Not Mandatory Mandatory Refrigerator in the room Not Mandatory Mandatory Telephone with Extension Not Mandatory Mandatory In the bedroom, double bed, AC, Furnishing etc., is mandatory. Maximum 06 rooms can be given to the establishment. The total number of Gold and silver category establishment and rooms registered under this scheme as on 31.03.2017 and target for FY 2018-19 is given below: Status till 31.03.2018 Target 2018-19 Category No. of Establishment No. of Rooms No. of Establishment No. of Rooms Gold 39 160 45 185 Silver 233 965 245 1015 Total 265 1131 290 1200 The list of Bed & Breakfast Establishments registered under the scheme is available on the website of DTTDC and Directory of Bed & Breakfast Accommodation in Delhi was also published and distributed from time to time. An expenditure of about ` 655 lakh incurred during the year 2017-18 on Promotion of Tourism in Delhi. 4. Beautification of Entry Points of Delhi Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 250 Lakh Development of Guru Tegh Bahadur Memorial at NH-I and other entry points of Delhi (i) Entry Point-I at NH-8 (ii) Entry Point-II at Ghazipur (iii) GTB Memorial at NH-I DTTDC proposes to beautify the road entry points to the city. These entry points would have the facility of tourist information office, public convenience, snack- bar, parking, first-aid facility etc. The entry gates would highlight the rich heritage of the city. DTTDC has constructed Guru Tegh Bahadur Memorial at Singhu Border (NH- 1), G.T. Karnal Road, spread over land measuring 11.87 acres as a deposit work of Urban Development Department. The project was set-up under the scheme of beautification of entry point of Delhi. In the landscaped tranquil background, the 24 metres high central pylon with petals at the base represents the Guru and his strength. The C arches denote his three followers and the monoliths represent the 10 Sikh Gurus with their sayings inscribed on them. Urban Development Department has transferred the project to Tourism Department, Govt. of NCT of Delhi. DTTDC is the executive agency for upkeep, maintenance and operation of the project. The MOU between DTTDC and Tourism Department was done in the March 2017 and expenditure of about 243 lakh incurred during the year 2017-18 for upkeep, maintenance and operation of the project. 5. Grant-in-Aid to DTTDC for Tourist Information Centres Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 150 Lakh Delhi Tourism is running Tourist Information Centers at all the main embarkation points in Delhi besides information offices in Kolkata and Chennai. Delhi Tourism disseminates information and distribute literature to the tourists from these offices and a large number of foreign and domestic tourists avail these facilities. The information centers are at the following places in and outside Delhi: • Domestic Airport- Terminal-I • New Delhi Railway Station • Coffee Home, Baba Kharak Singh Marg • I Center, Baba Kharak Singh Marg • Govt of India Tourist Office, Janpath • Dilli Haat, INA • Kolkatta • Chennai 6. Grant-in-Aid to Delhi Institute of Hotel Management & Catering Technology (DIHM & CT) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 100 Lakh (This is GIA but used for capital works) a. Construction of Researcher Block (Boy’s & Girls Hostel) b. Construction of Residential Staff quarters c. Purchase of equipments for labs Delhi Institute of Hotel Management & Catering Technology is an autonomous body established in the year 1983 at Kashmere Gate. The institute was upgraded to the present new building in the year 2012 where the basic infrastructure was available for conducting the classes. During the same year, there was an increase in intake of the students from 60 to 120. Phase- I of the building which includes the academic and administrative block, has been completed and handed over by PWD in 2007 to DIHM & CT. Outlay kept in the Annual Outlay 2018-19 is for construction of Researcher Block (Boys & Girls Hostel) and Residential Staff quarters. During 2013-14, an amount of ` 3 crore was released by the Govt. of NCT of Delhi to DIHM&CT and also DIHM&CT received grant of ` 2 crore from Govt. of India. DIHM&CT has planned to start some revenue generating courses in 2018-19 and impart the in service training to the cooks, waiters, housekeeping and other MTS staff of Government Guest Houses, Govt. Offices, Canteens and Cafeteria etc.. DIHM&CT will start short term summer courses in four trades i.e. Bakery & Patisserie, Indian Cookery, Snacks Cookery and Chinese Cookery for general people, specially students, ladies and housewives. 7. Skill Development of Students in Government Schools Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 100 Lakh The Scheme “Skill Development of Students in Government Schools” (Aatm Nirbharta Ki Aur) is an initiative of Govt. of NCT of Delhi. It is a skill development scheme, aims to channelize the energy of the young students who have passed 8th & 10th standard and are 18 to 28 years age group. Aspirant students will be given training in the hospitality sector in the field of cookery, bakery, housekeeping etc. DIHM&CT is the implementing agency of the scheme. The venue will be the schools under the Education Department, GNCTD. During 2015-16, GIA of ₹ 75 lakh has been released to DIHM&CT towards implementation of this scheme. Initially, 4 Govt. schools has been identified by the Education Department, GNCTD. The DIHM&CT will recruit co-ordinators, data entry operators on contract for monitoring and guiding the schools and trainees. Government will incur the cost of course expenditure on equipment charges which are one time charge. 8. INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT FOR DESTINATIONS AND CIRCUITS (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 2240 Lakh Under this scheme, the following sub-schemes are covered: a. Tourist Complex at Said-ud-Azaib (CSS) b. Grant-in-aid to DTTDC for Chhawala and Kanganheri Water Sports (CSS) c. Grant-in-aid to DTTDC for development of Soft Adventure Park at Sanjay Lake (Capital Assets) (CSS) d. Grant-in-aid to DTTDC for new facilities in Delhi Haat INA, New Delhi (Capital Assets) (CSS) e. GIA to DTTDC for Development of Delhi Haat, Pitampura (CSS) f. GIA to DTTDC for Development of Delhi Haat, Janakpuri (CSS) g. GIA to DTTDC for celebration of Incredible India Festival (CSS) h. GIA to DTTDC for Swadesh Darshan (CSS) The Ministry of Tourism extends Central Financial Assistance to the State Governments/Union Territory Administrations for tourism projects identified in consultation with them for the improvement of existing tourism products and also for developing new ones. Under the Centrally Sponsored Scheme, “Infrastructure Development for Destinations and Circuits”, 100% Central Assistance is given for development of destinations/ circuits including mega projects of world standard and also for rural tourism infrastructure development. The Ministry of Tourism provides financial assistance up to ` 5 crore for the development of Destinations and ` 8 crore for Circuits. The upper limit of financial assistance has been increased to ` 25 crore and ` 50 crore for development of identified mega destinations and circuits respectively. The focus under this revised scheme will be on the improvement of existing product and developing new tourism products to the world standard. It will also focus on Integrated Infrastructure Development of the tourist sites. These tourist sites/destinations would be carefully selected based on its tourism potential. The aim would be to provide all infrastructure facilities required by the tourists within such destinations and circuits. Master Outlaying of these destinations and circuits will be undertaken so as to develop them in an integrated holistic manner. The aim will be convergence of resources and expertise through coordinated action with State Governments / U.Ts and Private Sectors. Tourist Destinations and Circuits in each State would be identified in consultation with the State Governments and would be taken up for development. This would include activities ranging from preparation of a master Outlay to implementation of the master Outlay. Projects to be taken up under this scheme should follow an integrated, projectised, area development approach. Comprehensive DPRs should be prepared for each project after consultations with all the stakeholders. Some of the projects implemented by Delhi Govt. under CSS are as discussed below: I) Tourist Complex at Said-ud-Azaib (CSS) Outlay 2018-19 : ` 35 Lakh (For Capital Assets) DTTDC has developed one of the finest Gardens spread over an area of 20 acres of Garden of Five Senses, Said-ul-Ajaib. Garden of Five Senses is also the venue for the DTTDC flagship festival i.e. Garden Tourism Festival which is held every year. DTTDC is developing the following theme garden at Garden of Five Senses:- • Herbal Garden • Rose Garden • Cacti Garden • Butterfly garden • Fragrance garden Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 192.45 lakh for the project “Development of Theme Garden at Garden of Five Senses, Said-Ul-Ajaib, New Delhi” during 2011-12 with sanction accorded for release of ` 153.96 lakh being 80% of CFA as the first installment for starting the work. Tourism Department has issued a Sanction dated 28.03.2012 of ` 50 Lakh (CFA) to DTTDC for Development of Theme Garden at Garden of Five Senses, Said-Ul-Ajaib, New Delhi under CSS- Outlay out of GOI released amount ` 153.96 lakh. Under this scheme, there was unspent balance of ` 53.96 lakh as on 01.04.2014. An expenditure of ` 40.00 lakh has been incurred during 2014-15. No expenditure has been incurred during 2017-18. There is unspent balance of ` 13.96 lakh as on 01.04.2018. Ministry of Tourism, GOI will release balance amount of ` 40 lakh after furnishing of UC by the DTTDC. II) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Water Sports Complex at Chhawla and Kanganheri (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 40 Lakh (For Capital Assets) Chhawla Water Sports Complex: DTTDC has taken 2.77 acres of land at Chhawla from Irrigation and Flood Control Department on lease basis. DTTDC has set up Chhwala Tourists Complex on Island in Nazafgarh Drain near the campus of Border Security Force. The site is well connected by Road via Nafargarh – Kapashera Road and Metro Line Via Dwarka Sector -21. The following facilities are being created at this site:- • Elevated Walk ways, Restaurant, Boat Jetty, fish Jetty, Toilet Block, Machan, Parking, Pedestrian Path and Club House. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 297.87 lakh during 2007-08 and released an amount of ` 238.30 lakh. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 381.89 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 48.92 lakh. Kanganheri Water Sports Complex: This project is being developed on the piece of land measuring 11.44 acres, which is approximately 2 km from Chhawla Bridge and is located in Kanganheri Village in South West Delhi. The project has accessibility through Nafargarh – Kapasehra Road and Metro Line via Dwarka Sector 21. The following facilities are being created at this site:- • Platform for tents, administrative block, canteen, toilet block, pantry, balloon plaza, water body, overhead tank, underground tank, cycle track, store block and paved parking. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 416.21 lakh during 2007-08 and released an amount of ` 332.97 lakh. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 414.81 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 59.57 lakh. III) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Soft Adventure Park at Sanjay Lake (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 30 Lakh (For Capital Assets) DTTDC has taken over 6.3 acres of land at Sanjay Lake on license fee and revenue sharing basis from DDA for a period of 20 years. The DTTDC has also been allowed boating activities in the lake adjacent to the park. The following structures / works have been completed at the project:- 1. Restaurant Block having carpet area of 119 sq. mts. This includes sitting area, pantry, store, kiosks and publicity utility. 2. Portal cabin structures:- a. Souvenir Shops b. Ticket window c. Toilet block {2} d. Rooms {4} 3. Rain water Harvesting 4 Elevated walk way : 90 M (approx) 5. Walk way along lake : 250 M (approx) 6. Outlayters : 280 M (approx) 7. Pedestrian walk way The boundary wall has been constructed on three sides of the plot of land and on one side the area is protected by the lake. DTTDC is in the process of selection of operator for this project. Basic structure will be provided by the DTTDC and operator will set up the required equipment to operate the Park. The investment is likely to be about ₹ one crore to make the project operational towards the cost of equipment for the activities being proposed, which are as under:- Inflatable Rock Climbing Wall, Rock Climbing (permanent), Burma Bridge, Monkey Bridge, Spider Web, Dismantle able tented accommodation, Monkey crawling, Mountain Biking, Paint ball, Archery, Rifle shooting, Pit Jump, Rappelling, Zorbing, Commando net, Cat walk, Flying Fox, Dirt Track, Day and overnight camping and Bungee Jumping water based game/boating in the lake is also proposed to be allowed. In addition the operator shall also be required to activate the Restaurant Block and other facilities created at the project. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 451.82 lakh during 2010-11 as CFA on 07.05.2010 and released an amount of ` 361.46 lakh being 80% CFA as the first installment for starting the work. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 400.75 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 39.26 lakh. An expenditure of ` 499 lakh (` 56 lakh during 2010-11, ` 304 lakh during 2011-12, ` 75 lakh during 2012-13, ` 64 lakh during 2013-14) has been incurred till April 2014 by the DTTDC. An Amount of ` 361.46 lakh (released by GOI earlier) kept in GNCTD account has been released to DTTDC during 2014-15. IV) GIA to DTTDC for Up-gradation of Dilli Haat at INA (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 10 Lakh (For Capital Assets) DTTDC had set up a tourism project, Dilli Haat at INA, in pursuance of Government Policy for promoting and preserving our immense heritage of human skill. The objective of this first Haat of its kind in the country was to provide a platform to the artisans of different parts of the country to display their ethnic wares. A take off from the traditional ‘bazaar’ where local artisans sell their merchandise, it offers the visitors a fascinating glimpse of India through its array of crafts, foods and folk performances. The project attained vast popularity among foreign & domestic tourists and won PATA Gold Award in the year 1993 and titled with the award of first barrier free project in the year 2005 in view of its wide success. The Haat fascinated Prince Charles so much that he stretched his whistle-stop visit to an hour long fiesta during his visit in the year 2003 and desired to put up a similar Haat in London. The Corporation has organized Dilli Haat exposition at Trafalgar Square in London in association with Govt. of India, Ministry of Tourism in June 2005. The Haat is being visited by most of the foreign delegations during their visit to India. The Haat has completed its 14 years of success, however requires the additions of new concepts like Art Gallery, International Fine Dining, Museum, setting up of more craft stalls in view of meet out the increasing demands. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 72.85 lakh during 2011-12 and released an amount of ` 58.28 lakh. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 249.05 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 14.57 lakh. V) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Dilli Haat at Pitampura (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 10 Lakh (For Capital Assets) VI) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Dilli Haat at Janakpuri (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 100 Lakh (For Capital Assets) Delhi Tourism & Transportation Development Corporation Ltd. (DTTDC) has developed 3rd Dilli Haat at Janakpuri. This project has been developed on a land measuring 08 acres allotted by DDA to DTTDC on lease for 20 years on revenue sharing basis. This Dilli Haat is set up with an objective to promote the national and international tourism activities and to cater the growing tourism needs in West Delhi and Delhi. This project is going to add value to the entire Township, residency and officers in and around west Delhi. 1. The following facilities are provided in Janakpuri Dilli Haat :100 craft shops – to be allotted to the registered artisans of DC (Handloom) and DC (Handicrafts), Ministry of Textile, Govt. of India. 2. 85 open platforms shops - to promote art, craft and handloom and in line with Dilli Haat vision. 3. Dormitory (80 beds) – for specific use for artisans and craft men at nominal charges. 4. Food court - 14 shops are being created to provide food of different states on India through state tourism corporations. 5. Exposition hall – to promote art, cultural events and various initiative / exhibition etc. 6. Music store and museum in two baskets towers – to promote and provide platform for Indian classical music and literature, keeping in view the theme of this Dilli Haat, which is Music. 7. Auditorium and Amphitheatre – an open auditorium with seating capacity of 800 persons and air conditioned auditorium with seating capacity of 800 persons. 8. Public convenience Public convenience such as parking, drinking water, toilets, tourist facilitation center, landscaping, seating spaces, elevators etc. will be provided. ATM and courier services are also proposed. In addition to the above some commercial activities are also incorporated including air conditioned shops, food courts, cafeteria, and fine dining restaurants with banqueting facilities. Originally, Finance Department has restricted and approved the estimated cost of the project as ` 79.96 crore after approval of the EFC of ` 81.44 crore in the meeting held on 20.12.2011. (With GNCTD share of ` 25 crore, GOI share of ` 25 crore and DTTDC share of rest amount of ` 29.96 crore). Govt. of NCT of Delhi already released an amount of ` 25 crore as financial support to DTTDC as mentioned in the EFC minutes in the approved EFC cost of ` 79.96 crore. Ministry of Tourism, GOI has sanctioned an amount of ` 24.36 crores, out of which ` 8.85 crore were released earlier, ` 4.50 crore in 2015-16 and ` 10 crore in 2017-18 by the Ministry of Tourism, GOI. VII) GIA to DTTDC for Celebration of Incredible India Festival (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 15 Lakh DTTDC organized Incredible India Festival at Baba Kharak Singh Marg, New Delhi from 1st - 15th October 2010. The best of Indian Handicrafts, Handlooms and variety of Indian Cuisine was available to the tourists during the festival. The festival was organized on turnkey basis through an agency. The expenditure incurred on this festival was ` 94.92 lakhs. Ministry of Tourism, govt. of India sanctioned ` 100 lakhs and released ` 80 lakhs for this festival. Utilization Certificate has already been submitted for release of balance payment of ` 14.92 lakhs. VIII) GIA to DTTDC for Swadesh Darshan (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 2000 Lakh The scheme is 100% centrally funded and funds are available under this scheme for development of theme based tourism circuits. Project is of development of 7 Heritage Routes with special focus on Mehrauli Node along with construction of elevated walkways connecting Qutub Metro Station to Qutub Minar. Delhi Heritage Circuit comprises of 7 circuits Mehrauli, Tughlaqabad & Suraj Kund, Hauz Khas & Safdarjung’s Tomb, Nizamuddin, Purana Qila & Lodhi Gardens, Shahjahanabad and New Delhi. Spiritual circuit comprises of Dargah Matka Pir, Dargah Hazrat Nizamuddin, Dargah at Chirag Delhi and Quttub Bakhtiyar Kaki, Mehrauli. The Metro Station of Qutub is very far from Qutub Minar and visitors coming to Qutub Minar on Metro find it difficult to reach Qutub Minar due to poor connectivity. Adjacent to Qutub MInar is Mehrauli Archaeological Park which has a number of notified monuments like Jamali Kamali, Quli Khan’s tomb, Raja ki Baoli, Metcalf house besides a number of other monuments. It is proposed that an elevated walkway may be constructed connecting Qutub Metro Station with Qutub Minar which may pass through Mehrauli Archaeological Park. The elevated walkway may have the facility of getting down near important notified monuments like Jamali Kamali, Quli Khan’s Tomb etc. in the Mehrauli Archaeological Park and may finish at Qutub Minar. The cost of the project is approx. ` 100.00 Crores. The appointment of consultant for preparation of detailed project report is under process. After preparation of DPR by the consultant, the Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India will consider & sanction the scheme. Afterwards, the clearances from different agencies will be taken up. Chandigarh Tourism Policy GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION Final Report On 20 YEAR PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM DEVLOPMENT IN UNION TERRITORY OF CHANDIGARH March 2003 Submitted by India Tourism Development Corporation TLC Marketing Pvt. Ltd. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Contents for the 20 Year perspective Tourism Master Plan 1. Executive Summary 1 2. The approach a. Guidelines for developing 20 year perspective Master Plans as issued by the Department of Tourism, Government of India 6 b. Background of Consortium partners 11 i. ITDC ii. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu iii. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd c. Approach 15 d. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessment 19 3. Background on the State 21 a. History b. Physical features, Flora and Fauna c. Current infrastructure i. Access – Road, Rail, Air ii. Water & Sewage iii. Power – Electricity iv. Industrial Estates – list of major corporates d. Demographics versus other Northern States District Profiles e. Chandigarh Headquartered Corporate Houses 4. Current Tourism scenario in the State 38 a. Current Chandigarh Tourism Policy b. Inventory of Accommodation c. Current Tourism Statistics 1 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh i. By city ii. Comparative with other Indian States – employment, project spends d. Taxes on Tourism activities e. Fairs & Festivals f. Roles of relevant bodies i. State Tourism Development ii. Urban Development & Town Planning iii. Industrial Development g. Tourism activities of contiguous States 5. Assessment of Tourism Attractions of the State 65 a. How other “City States” have developed tourism b. Inventory of attractions i. Versus criteria ii. By type of tourist and linkages c. Current State Tourism Policy versus National Tourism Policy d. Potential markets and market segments for the State e. Shortlisted projects f. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessments 6. Marketing State Tourism. Case studies of Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal 79 7. Implementation of shortlisted projects 90 a. Setting up a system for coordination of Departments b. Assessing the economic impact of tourism 2 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh c. Setting up Police outposts d. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transporters e. Creating a Tourist/ Cultural Centre f. Promoting traditional cuisine g. Horse race track & Club h. Amusement park i. Linking the sightseeing j. Conference Centre k. Adventure Tourism and Wildlife Tourism 8. Attracting the Private Sector investments in Tourism 126 9. Summary Tables 147 a. Prioritisation of projects b. Job creation c. Funding of projects d. Visitor numbers e. Economic impact 3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This 20 year perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attempts to identify short, medium and long term tourism projects for the Union Territory of Chandigarh using the National Tourism Policy as a guideline. However, all existing and planned projects of Chandigarh Tourism have also been addressed. In these cases, thoughts that complement/ supplement the current thinking have also been listed. We have examined the success of several other “City States” and how they have positioned themselves. Very few, like the Vatican, have the benefit of historical attractions. Some like the Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have natural attractions like beaches. Some traditional trading centers like Hong Kong, Singapore and Dubai have developed as financial hubs. In nearly all cases, however, city states have developed man made attractions with an emphasis on world class recreation and leisure. Gambling – Macau, Monaco & Sun City Horse Racing in Hong Kong & Dubai Sporting events – Singapore, Hong Kong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City Entertainment events – in all the above, Seychelles etc. Interestingly, most do not rely on immediate neighbouring countries as source markets. Several suggested projects do not have any precedent in India. As such, projections of usage and hence revenues are difficult to make. However, these projects have been endorsed by knowledgeable individuals in the Travel & Tourism industry based on their personal experiences. The Plan makes some observations on current practice. Several specific actions and projects have been recommended. These have been divided into those projects to develop and sustain tourism infrastructure and those that generate visitors. These are summarized in the following pages. In all cases, the involvement of the private sector has been examined. The Plan shortlists the following projects Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission approach” on the lines of Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development a. Coordination between Chandigarh Tourism/ Chandigarh Hotels/ Town Planning/ PWD (B&R)/ PHD/ Police/ Trade Associations/ NHAI/ Indian Railways b. The Mission should have a mission statement, a manageable number of objectives and specific activity milestones for effective review. 2. Assessing the Economic Impact of Tourism in Chandigarh. Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless it can demonstrate the economic and social benefits it generates. a. We have suggested annual surveys and the use of multipliers to measure the impact of tourism investments and of tourist spendings 3. Tourism Police outposts. Safety and security are a major concern of travelers. a. We have suggested Tourism Police outposts be set up in the proposed “Tourist Centres” in Chandigarh. The list of locations can be expanded over the Plan period. 4. Accreditisation of Shops and transporters. These are two areas where most tourists feel most insecure in terms of being cheated. a. For shops, we have suggested accreditising shops that have price tagged items and a reasonable return/ refund policy. Shops will carry a Chandigarh Tourism plaque and be advertised in an official map. For Taxis/ auto rickshaws. Must be metered and carry tariff cards. These will be identified with a plaque 5. Cultural/ Tourism Information Centre. This should showcase Chandigarh and be a cross between Dilli Haat and The National Crafts Museum. This center should provide information and reservation capabilities for potential tourists to Chandigarh and neighbouring States. These will provide employment to artisans/ performing artists a. We recommend arts/ crafts, State cuisine and performing arts be showcased b. We recommend some permanent stalls backed by open spaces for stall for celebrating State festivals c. Incorporated into “Recreation & Leisure Centres” in Kishangarh 6. Promoting Traditional Cuisines. Chandigarh has eight neighbouring States each with a rich cultural tradition. We propose that food and cultural festivals be held on a regular basis. We further propose that the existing facility of Kalagram, which has held successful festivals in the past, be utilised. 7. Horse Race Track & Club. There is no good Horse Race track in North India. North India is also home to about 10 stud farms. Hotels in cities like Pune and Bangalore have their week end occupancies boosted by punters from major metros. The Race Club can have other facilities to attract a permanent membership. 8. Amusement park. The Rock Garden/ Sukhna Lake/ Golf Course area is already one hub of tourist activity. An area for an amusement park, for a Sports Complex and a Tourist Health Resort have already been ear-marked in the Chandigarh Master Plan. We propose the Amusement Park be marketed to families traveling Delhi- Shimla with young children to encourage an overnight break. 9. Linking the sightseeing. The distance between the Rock Garden and the area identified for the Amusement park is a long walk but a short auto-rickshaw ride. We propose a vintage narrow gauge railway be set up to link all the points in this Recreation & Entertainment area. 10. Conference Center to attract Business Travellers. Chandigarh Tourism has already identified a plot in Sector 31 next to the CII Regional HQ. We believe that this can cement Chandigarh as the commercial center of North India. 11. Developing the City Centre – Sector 17 – as a social and cultural hub. There is already a trend in this direction. We recommend a partnership between the Sector 17 shop owners and Chandigarh Tourism to develop a calendar of events. We also recommend a relaxation in Excise rules in terms of bar licence costs and hours of operation. 12. Adventure Tourism & Wildlife Tourism. We do not recommend any additional activity in this area other than the ongoing levels. 13. Attracting the Private Sector. We have recommended a package of incentives to attract the Private Sector to invest in tourism related projects in Chandigarh. In all visitor generating projects we have recommended roles for the private sector As a “City State”, Chandigarh does not have the scope – or the space - to develop new projects over a 20 year time span. There is no particular need either in terms of funds or manpower to spread the suggested projects. Guidelines of Dept. of Tourism for 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plans 1. Year wise phasing of investments required having regard to resources available 2. Plan should indicate short term & long term plans, targets and ground realities. 3. Plan should indicate all activities by agency with timeframes 4. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state/UT with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of - Natural resources - Heritage & other socio-cultural assets - Quantitative/ demographic factors - Services & infrastructure available 5. Plan should review the status of existing development/ investment for the development of tourism in the region 6. List and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centers and categorise them on the basis of - inventory of attractions - infrastructure available - degree of popularity - volume of traffic flow 7. Plan should analyse and categorise existing destinations and centers as - stand alone - part of a circuit - niche attractions for special interests 8. Plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations/ centers in terms of - quality of roads/ transportation facilities - civic amenities - en route transit facilities - boarding and lodging facilities 9. Plan should assess traffic flow for assessment of infrastructure requirements based on - Past growth - Suggested links and integration - Future expected developments - Likely investments from State - Investment climate/ incentive for private sector 10. Plan should attempt indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure under different heads and prioritise investment needs over 20 years 11. Plan should identify existing as well as new tourism projects including - expansion/ augmentation, - upgradation of services/ facilities - Destinations & centers 12. Plan should undertake product conceptualization cum feasibility for identified projects covering - locational evaluation - schematic product planning - quantification of individual product parameters - assessment of investment levels - project viability 13. Action plan for implementation of identified projects along with development of infrastructure in conformity with - State/ Central policy objectives & guidelines - National development and funding agencies - WTO’s Bali declaration 14. Project wise potential for employment generation including for women 15. Projection of domestic and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place 16. Prioritise schemes based on employment potential and tourist arrivals 17. Prepare inventory of existing accommodation including paying guest and proposed needs split by various providers including various State Govt depts 18. Each project to be scutinised and finalized with a view to suggesting State Tourism projects to foreign funding agencies 19. Explore sources of funding such as FIs, TFCI. - Suggest incentives for private sector 20. Suggest institutional machinery in the State to oversee/ supervise the development of Tourism infrastructure 21. Build in facilities for performance of local artistes, cultural troupes 22. Cultural complexes to be suggested with the financial help of the State Dept of culture 23. Handicraft shops to be suggested. These can be run by women 24. Include development of potential health resorts. 25. Plan should have an Executive summary 26. Plan should include attractive packages/ schemes to attract private sector investments 27. Environmental issues shouls be dealt with in sufficient detail and EIA made in respect of new projects 28. Plans should include - carrying capacities - instruments of spatial and land use planning - instruments for architectural controls - strategy for local community participation & protection of cultural identity - Awareness programmes for local 29. Measures for mitigating adverse environmental impact and rehabilitation 30. Strategy for privatisation of State and State Tourism Corp owned tourism related properties 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan THE CONSORTIUM We believe that 20-year Tourism Master Plans require detailed knowledge in several domains. To address this need we have formed a consortium of experts. The consortium comprises of India Tourism Development Corporation – ITDC – Consultancy Division with relevant past experience in Master Plans, Technical Consultancy and project execution. TLC Marketing Pvt.Ltd, a marketing consultancy empanelled by The World Tourism Organisation (WTO), Madrid for various aspects of Tourism Development. TLC Marketing will ensure a balanced tourism plan that is marketable to both developers and the Tourist industry Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, an international firm of Chartered Accountants and consultants with a wide range of experience in perspective planning in various industries. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu also have access to their global expertise in the area of Tourism Master Planning. RELEVANT EXPERIENCE India Tourism Development Corporation ITDC was established in 1966 with the objective of developing tourism infrastructure and promoting India as a tourism destination. ITDC has a Consultancy Division which has completed many projects. ITDC has the capability of conducting Techno-Economic feasibility studies, providing Engineering and Technical Services, Mangement Consultancy and Advisory services, consultancy for Adventure Tourism. Assignments already completed by ITDC include Feasibility Reports for hotel projects in Baroda, Calicut, Cochin, Kanpur, Kohlapur, Lucknow, Nagpur, Nainital, Pine, Rishikesh, Varanasi, Raipur, New Delhi, Calcutta, Bangalore and Agartala 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Tourism Master Plans for Assam, Nagaland, Orissa, Pondicherry, Sikkim, Punjab and Tripura. Technical consultancy for multiple hotels, youth hostels, forest lodges and restaurants Special projects for Rail Yatri Niwas, Indian Railways Catering, College of Combat, Institute of Water Sports at Goa. Project consultancy/ Execution – 28 hotels, the IITTM in Gwalior. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd. The Directors of TLC Marketing have been involved with Tourism Development for almost 30 years and have had exposure to Tourism Planning in Egypt, Mexico and India. This has been mainly from the project developer’s aspect and are familiar with the requirements of the parties that invest in Tourism Development. They are also familiar with all aspects of tourism including resorts, cruises, timeshare, charters, conferences etc. Some relevant projects undertaken by the directors of TLC Marketing include Study for the India Convention Promotion Bureau on promoting conferences of various sizes to India Assignment with The Planning Commission for Tourism Development Plans for Uttaranchal and Uttar Pradesh. This included the development of a “tourist train” concept Review of Hotel classification norms covering Heritage and Resort hotels for the Govt. of India, Department of Tourism Feasibility studies for business and leisure hotels at over 40 destinations all India. Entry strategy for a hotel company into India looking at mid level hotels. This involves studying business destinations across India Strategy for a chain of Ayurvedic Spas, initially in the North of India Entry strategy into Timeshare for both mid-market and Luxury Resorts Launch of an Outbound Adventure Tour Operator 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu believes that for achieving a client’s business objectives, a variety of knowledge and skills are required. Our national coverage and international experience allows access to professionals in the industry and other areas of specialisations. Our clients include government bodies, non-government organisations, public sector organisations, private companies and international agencies. Brief details of some of our assignments in the hospitality, tourism and entertainment sectors is set out below: International assignments in hospitality and the tourism sector are detailed below: • Privatisation of Hungary Hotels, which comprises some 45 hotels and over 250 restaurants, in association with the Swiss Bank Corporation and Cazenove & Co. Our UK offices worked with our Budapest office on this extensive assignment. • Business valuation of Astir Hotel Company. We assisted the National Bank of Greece on the proposed sales as part of the Government’s privatisation programme. • Advised the public enterprises reform and divestiture secretariat of the Ministry of Finance, Government of Uganda, on the divestiture of Government owned hotels. • Valuation of four state-owned hotels in Morocco prior to their intended privatisation and sale for the Government of Morocco. In conjunction with the Deloitte & Touche Corporate Finance Group, investment memoranda were subsequently prepared to assist in the privatisation process. Indian assignments in Hospitality and Tourism Sector • Strategic advice to Quality Inns Private Limited. • Business plan for a holiday resort based in Kerala. This is under implementation. • Advisory services provided to an international chain of hotels • Business advisory services for Resort Condominiums International • Business advisory services for Singapore based company, for setting up operations in India in the area of serviced apartments and estate development. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan • Business valuation and due diligence review for Landbase India Limited, • Business advisory services for The Radisson Hotel. • Entry strategy, valuation, negotiations and joint venture identification for Keystone and Venkys. • Trade survey for travel agents and tour operators for a large multinational company. • Review of project parameters and returns compiled for the airport expansion planned for Chennai by the Airports Authority of India. • Economic Feasibility study for setting up a permanent Trade Fair Venue, Madras International Exposition Limited, under the aegis of Federation of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO). Privatisation/ Disinvestment experience • Bharat Heavy Plates & Vessels Ltd., Visakhapatnam • RBL Limited, Calcutta • Tractors Corporation Limited • Bharat Goldmines Limited • Lamps Division of HMT Limited • Paradeep Phosphates Limited Ongoing disinvestments assignments include • IDCOL Cement Limited • The Fertiliser and Chemicals Travancore Limited • Instrumentation Limited • Braithewaite & Co. Limited • Bharat Heavy Plate limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan APPROACH Our approach is as follows 1. Review existing Tourism Policy a. This is reviewed in conjunction with stated National Tourism Policy as State Tourism activities should be in synch with National Policy b. Thisis also reviewed in terms of “Best Practice” of other Indian States and some Internationally successful players. 2. Validate Proposed projects a. Plans still to be implemented were reviewed to validate their broad feasibility 3. Suggest new Tourism Products a. This is done with costs, revenues, timelines and responsibilities. b. A broad Economic Impact assessment is made for each suggested product for both primary and secondary effects. Objective Our objective is to develop 20-year Perspective Tourism Master Plans that encourage sustainable tourism by achieving a balance between the growth of tourism on one hand and the impact on natural, heritage and cultural resources on the other. Criteria The Critical Criteria would be that the Plan should be viable. In other words, it should be attractive and marketable to all agencies involved – The traveler, the Travel industry, State and Government agencies, Financial Institutions, Tourism project developers and last but not least to the local population. The Plan will Clearly indicate short term and long term projects and targets Identify agencies involved and the actions required to be taken by each 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Ensure that each action will have a time frame and an indicative cost Ensure each project will also indicate possible developers and possible sources of funding. Financial structuring arrangements, where relevant will also be indicated. Endeavour to involve the private sector in the development of the plans. This will ensure a buy-in to the finished product. Be based on secondary data – published data, supplied by the State and information obtained in discussions with informed individuals. METHODOLOGY Conduct Inventories Identify existing and potential - attractions - Infrastructure - Access - Environmental impact - Human factors Identify Specific projects Develop balanced Tourist products around each identified attraction Detailed Project analysis Identify each element, the possible developers, sources of funds, incentives etc Final Recommendations Shortlist projects, prioritise over 20 years. - Tourist projections - Employment and other economic benefits Identifying the attractions – the reasons for visiting. 1. The first step would be to make an inventory of all possible visitor attractions both current and potential. These would be studied under a. Long stay – natural and activity resorts such as hill/ beach/ health & fitness/ sports/ wildlife/ shopping and other activities 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan b. Short Stay destination – Business visitors, conferences, weekend stays, pilgrimage c. Short stay itinerary – where the attraction is part of an itinerary and dependent on other links 2. Each attraction will be assessed for “Carrying capacity” using absolute numbers as well as indices such as Tourists/ sq.km, Tourists/ 1000 population. This assessment will use international benchmarks and Best Practices. 3. The Environmental sensitivities will be addressed by a strategy to measure the impact on a. Air quality b. Water and water bodies c. Nature, both flora and fauna d. And on the attraction itself. 4. Based on the above, an assessment of the present and future needs of infrastructural services will be undertaken to cover a. Water b. Electricity c. Sewage and waste disposal d. Communications 5. Based on the potential markets for visiting the attraction, an assessment of the present and future requirements for access will be identified by a. Road b. Rail c. Air d. Water transport 6. There are Human Factors that will also be addressed. These will cover a. Employment b. Inflationary impact c. Cultural impact d. Alienation of locals/ Displacement 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Identifying and Conceptualising Specific Tourism Products Having assessed the attractions available and the broad feasibility of each, the Plan will e develop a balanced Tourist product around each attraction. The Tourist product consists of the following 1. The attraction – the reason for the visit 2. Accommodation – requirements at each level a. Propose incentives for balanced development 3. Recreational facilities – to supplement the attraction. Eg. a hill resort could have rock climbing, paragliding, river & lake fishing, golf, entertainment and shopping 4. Local transportation a. Airport/ station transfers, shuttles, city sightseeing, public transportation 5. Information a. Signage, guides, brochures, photo ops 6. Wayside amenities a. Rest stops, service stations 7. Safety & Security a. Accreditisation of shops etc b. Tourism police Detailed Analysis and Final Recommendations After identifying the Tourism Products to be developed, the Plan will prioritise them over the 20-year perspective, each project will be analysed to detail The key agencies/ organizations involved in developing the product The investment required Identify possible investors and sources of funds and the processes to access these Possible incentives for the development Identify environmentally threatened places and buildings for restoration. Projection of tourist numbers – domestic and international Employment potential – occupations and income levels Other economic, social and cultural benefits Suggestions on marketing the products Environmental Impact Assessment Studies Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies are complex exercises. They are also dependent on the specific projects. For example, projects next to water bodies would require a much deeper assessment of impact on water than other projects that would confine the study to the impact on ground water resources. In the Technical Bid for this project, the Consortium had clearly stated that we are not competent to undertake EIA and would not include them in the final report. However, we are listing out the essential aspects of EIAs. Each attribute must be monitored on a regular basis. Frequency of monitoring may vary from daily for some air samples to annually for soil characteristics. EIAs are best undertaken by specialist organizations like TERI, TARA etc. Attribute Parameters Ambient air quality SPM, RPM, SO2, NO2, CO, CO2, HC etc. Usually 24 hour samples twice a week. Meteorology Surface wind speed and direction, temperatures, relative humidity, rainfall Water quality Physical, Chemical and bacteriological parameters of surface and ground water Ecology Existing flora and fauna. For environmentally sensitive projects, inventory and state of health Noise levels Noise levels in DB(A) Light Lighting levels and impact on fauna, insects Soil Characteristics Parameters relating to agriculture and afforestation potential Land use Trends in land use change for different categories Socio Economic aspects Socio-economic characteristics, labour force characteristics, population statistics and existing amenities, current inflation Geology and mining Geological history, minerals details Hydrology Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, acquifier characteristics of the area 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh HISTORY India attained Independence in 1947; but in the process the territory of British India was partitioned to form India and Pakistan. The large and prosperous Province of Punjab, was divided and Lahore, its capital, fell within the borders of Pakistan, leaving Indian Punjab without a capital. Those who had been compelled to migrate to India keenly felt the loss of Lahore, a city much loved by its inhabitants. Though there was a temporary secretariat at Shimla in Himachal Pradesh, the political leadership decided on the construction of a modern and accessible capital. In March 1948, the Government of Punjab in consultation with the Government of India approved a 114.59 sq. km tract of land at the foot of the Shivalik Hills in Ropar district as the site of the new capital. The city was named after the Mother Goddess Chandi, (Chandi - Goddess of Power + garh - fortress). The temple of the Goddess is on Chandigarh-Kalka Road. The temple is known by the name of Chandi Mandir. Prior to the construction of Chandigarh, the present site was a typical rural tract, with a rainfed subsistence agricultural economy. It was dotted with 24 village settlements, surrounded by cultivated land parcelled into consolidated irregular, small fields. Each settlement had a number of mango groves remnants of which are still visible in parts of the city. There were banyan or pipal trees within the settlements or near village ponds. The majority of houses were kutcha or partially pucca. Among the physical features, the choes, with their broad, shallow, and dry sandy beds, constituted an important element of landscape. These represented undulations in an otherwise level topography. Hills and mountains provided a panoramic background. The new city was needed not only to serve as a capital but also to resettle thousands of refugees who had been uprooted from West Punjab. India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru enthusiastically supported the project and took sustained interest in its 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh execution. When he visited the project on April 2, 1952, he declared: “Let this be a new town symbolic of the freedom of India, unfettered by the traditions of the past, an expression of the nation’s faith in the future.... The new capital of Punjab will be christened as Chandigarh-a name symbolic of the valiant spirit of the Punjabis. Chandigarh is rightly associated with the name of Goddess Chandi — Shakti, or power.” The responsibility for the design was given to the French architect Le Corbusier or the Crow. With the help of his cousin Pierre Jeanneret, and that of the English couple Maxwell Fry and Jane Drew (alongwith a number of Indian architects prominent amongst them Chief planner Narinder S. Lamba & Chief Engineer J.C. Verma) Chandigarh, the present capital, came into existence at the foothills of the Shivaliks. Profile of People It was built in 1953 and serves as the capital of two states, i.e. Punjab and Haryana. It is administered by the Central Government and is hence classified as an Union Territory. Since 1986 there has been much talk about officially handling it to Punjab on the basis of demography. The issue however continues to be a matter of discussion with many political disputes. Chandigarh had to be a city of migrants as it was built on the land acquired and cleared of existing settlements. One of its objectives was to rehabilitate persons displaced from Pakistan in 1947. Early settlers in the city were government officials transferred from Shimla, the temporary capital of Punjab after partition and displaced persons from Pakistan in search of a new home. According to 1991 census data, around two-third of the city's population were migrants, the remaining one-third were locally born. About one-third of the migrants hail from Punjab, Uttar Pradesh comes next, having contributed one-fifth of them. Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Delhi are other important contributors of migrants. The city has 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attracted migrants from distant states, such as Bihar, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal and Maharashtra. The number of migrants from Nepal is also considerable. Over one-half of migrants to Chandigarh came from other urban places; the rest had a rural base. An urban origin was more typical of migrants from nearby states, such as Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, and Jammu and Kashmir. Migrants from relatively distant states, such as Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and Tamil Nadu, mostly had a rural origin. According 1991 census the Pakistan-born displaced persons reduced to about 4% of all in-migrants. In the early sixties, they accounted for nearly 40% of the total population. PHYSICAL FEATURES Location Chandigarh is located in the Northern part of India and bound by two states, Chandigarh has Punjab to its north and west and Haryana to its south and east. Chandigarh lies at 30o 44'N latitude, 76o 53"E longitude. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Map 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh ROAD MAP Road Transportation The Union Territory of Chandigarh is well served with by an excellent network of roads. The National Highway 21 ( Ambala – Simla) and 22 ( Chandigarh – Manali) link Chandigarh to rest of the country Buses of seven State Road Corporations connect Chandigarh with many cities and towns of neighboring states. The important cities that are connected by buses with Chandigarh are Delhi, Dehradoon, Simla, Manali, Jammu and major Towns of Punjab and Haryana. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh National Highway Development Project – Golden Quadrilateral & North South East West Corridors Note: Red Line: North South East West Corridors Blue Line: Golden Quadrilateral 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Rail Network : Rail Transportation Chandigarh is well connected on the rail network. The main railway routes passing through Haryana are: Kalka-Delhi, Chandigarh-Delhi, Kalka-Amritsar, Kalka-Jodhpur,Kalka-Hawrah,Amritsar-Hawrah, Kalka- Sir Ganganagar (Rajasthan). 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Air Network: Air Transportation Chandigarh Airport is 12 kms. from City Centre, Indian Airlines and Jet Airways connect Chandigarh with Delhi, Leh and Amritsar. Jet has daily flights Delhi – Chandigarh – Delhi. Indian Airlines has a weekly flight Leh – Chandigarh – Leh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Physical Features The geographical area of the U.T. Chandigarh is 114 sq. km. and another 25.42 sq. km. of the hilly area, which has now been declared as 'Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary' was acquired for soil conservation works. Chandigarh lies at 280 feet above sea level, with an average altitude of 362m (m.s.l.). The location of Chandigarh is unique as it lies in the foot hill region and is also adjacent to the plains of north India. As such it contains the vegetation of the foot hills and the north Indian plains.Chandigarh has 27 villages in its jurisdiction and two satellite towns, Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar, conveniently shortened to SAS Nagar, now Mohali, in the Punjab territory and Panchkula in the Haryana territory. Climate Four seasons are noticeable as (i) the rainy season (late-June to mid-September); (ii) the post monsoon or transition season (mid September to mid-November); (iii) the winter of cold season (mid November to mid-March) and (iv) summer or hot season (mid-March to Mid-June). Southwest monsoons commence in late June and usually continue up to mid-September when there are high intensity showers and the weather is hot and humid. May and June are the hottest months of the year with mean daily maximum temperature being about 40oC and mean daily minimum temperature being about 25oC.January is the coldest month with a mean maximum being around 24oC and a mean minimum being around 1.8oC. Fauna In the small and large water bodies there are about a dozen types of fishes, of which Mahseer , Thail and Rohu are more well known. The common frog is Rana tigrina (Indian Tiger Frog) but the other ones are Indian Rice Frog and Indian Burrowing Frog. Two types of tortoise are found. Three four types of lizards are found in buildings, lawns, hedges, etc. and one of these attracts the attention by its brilliant vermilion colour during mating season. Snakes are of quite a many types as Russels Viper, Cobra, Blind Snake, Indian Python, Sand Cobra, Rat Snake etc. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh has numerous types and the permanent population of birds, which may consist of over 100 different kinds. There are also migratory birds visiting during winter from as far off a region as Siberia. It is estimated that about 100 to 200 types of birds primarily visit Sukhna Lake. The number of migratory birds varies from year to year. The common mammals are Grey Musk, Shrew Monkey, Langur, Flying Fox, Tickellis Bat, Stripped Squirrel, Indian Rat, Common Rat, House Mouse, Porcupine, Indian Hare, Common Mongoose, Stripped Hyena, Jackal, Indian Fox, Nilgai, Blackbuck and Chital. Flora The flora of Chandigarh area is in fact very rich, existence of 860 species of flowering plants in Chandigarh and its neighborhood. This excludes the ornamentals species whose number is anybody's guess because amongst the residents of Chandigarh and neighboring areas garden culture and love for ornamental herbs and shrubs is fast growing. Chandigarh region is home to number of plant species with Medicinal importance. Areas like Shivalik Reserve Forests, Sukhna Catchment area, Rock Garden, Rose Garden, adjoining villages, are among the various places where different kinds of Medicinal plants and few to endangered species of the same can be found. The most fascinating feature of the City's landscaping is perhaps the Tree Plantation along avenues, open spaces, green belts and around building complexes. The total forest cover in Chandigarh is 32.42 sq. km., which forms 23.5% of the total area. The green spaces like Parks, Gardens, Green belts, Leisure valley and Road avenues etc. are in addition to the forest cover of 23.5 %. Thus the green cover in the city is more than 33 % with 26 types of flowering trees and 33 types of evergreen trees in Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh DEMOGRAPHIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Chandi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh garh Sq.Km. 1982 44212 55673 222236 443446 50362 342239 294411 1483 114 3287263 Share in India Percent 1982 1.34 1.69 6.76 13.49 1.53 10.41 8.96 0.05 0 100 Population Million 1991 16.46 5.17 7.72 66.18 20.28 44 139.11 9.42 0.64 846.3 Share in India Percent 1991 1.94 0.61 0.91 7.82 2.4 5.2 16.44 1.11 0.08 100 Population Density Per sq.km. 1991 372 93.0 76.0 149.0 403.0 129.0 473.0 6352.0 5632.0 274.0 Avg Annual Growth in Percent 1981-91 2.42 1.89 2.54 2.38 1.89 2.5 2.27 4.15 3.54 2.14 Population (1981-91) Population (Projection) Million 2001 20.1 6.8 10.1 81.2 23.8 54.5 174.3 14.4 0.8 1012.4 Urban Population (Projection) Million 2001 27.5 - - 26.9 31.9 25.4 22.7 - - 28.8 Sex Ratio Females/ 1991 865 976 923 931 882 910 879 827 790 927 1000males Urbanisation Ratio Percent 1991 24.6 8.7 25.5 23.2 29.5 23.0 19.8 90.0 89.7 27.0 Urban Density Per sq.km. 1991 5309 2114 3132 6054 4997 2238 4364 14313 8433 4092 Death Rate Per '000 1996 8.1 8 - 11.1 7.5 8.9 10.2 6.05 4.1 9 Live Birth Rate Per '000 1996 28.2 23 - 32.4 23.5 32.3 34 24.6 16.9 27.5 Work Participation Rate Percent 1991 31 42.83 NA 42.82 30.88 38.87 32.20 31.64 34.94 37.46 Male Percent 1991 48.51 50.64 NA 52.26 54.22 49.30 49.68 51.72 54.34 51.55 Female Percent 1911 10.76 34.81 NA 32.68 4.40 27.40 12.32 7.36 10.39 22.25 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MACRO ECONOMIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Net State Domestic Product (NSDP) at Factor Cost*: - At current prices Rs. Million 1998-89 383990 49310 58120 610187.8 342900 **586500 1527260 365040 8755940 - At 1980-81 prices Rs. Million 1997-98 75450 $14,190 #17540 147480 101420 @116480 273650 *75740 323820 - At 1993-94 prices Rs. Million 1998-99 254090 NA NA NA NA **379720 971390 251650 NA NSDP Growth 1980-81 prices Percent 1997-98 1.1 NA NA 3.1 2 @0.4 2.2 3.3 87.3 Gross State Domestric Product Rs. Million 1997-98 374270 65040 72930 708320 503580 678050 1299770 445100 NA Per Capita Income at 1993-94 Rs. 1998-99 13084 8864 6658 7350 15504 7694 5890 19091 9739 Prices* 2.00 Sectoral Shares: - Agriculture Percent 1997-98 39 27.6 43 41.4 44 **34.2 37 1 31 - Industry Percent 1997-98 21 32.3 8 26.3 15 **24.088 20 83 28 - Services Percent 1997-98 40 40.1 49 32.3 41 **41.72 43 16 41 Sectoral Growth Rates: - Agriculture Percent 1995-96 -6 9 4 -2 0 -6 2 -40 -1 - Forestry & Logging Percent 1995-96 7 10 5 -12 1 2 -25 - -1 - Fishing Percent 1995-96 16 10 14 15 8 -12 6 3 5 - Mining & Quarrying Percent 1995-96 1 14 10 5 16 -18 1 -58 7 - Manufacturing Percent 1995-96 9 13 3 11 10 6 4 13 14 Per Capita Consumption Rs. 1995 5127 4347 7080 3442 5750 4503 3852 NA NA Expenditure * Note: Owing 10 differences in source material used, figures for different States are not strictly comparable. $: 1995-96 #: 1996-97 @: 1998-99 **: 1999-2000 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MINIMUM MONTHLY WAGES OF WORKMEN Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Chandigarh With effect from Jul-00 Jan-99 Mar-93 Mar-00 Nov.99 Feb-00 Jan-96 UNSKILLED 1914.86 1530 NA 825 1796.5 1560 1920 2419 1350 SEMI UNSKILLED A 1964.86 1695 NA 928 1941.55 928 2220 2585 1495 SEMI UNSKILLED B 1989.86 NA NA NA 1875.45 NA NA NA NA SKILLED A 2039.86 1950 NA 1032 2104.55 1032 2660 2843 1657 SKILLED B 2064.86 NA NA NA 1983.45 NA NA NA NA HIGHLY SKILLED 2114.86 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES SCENARIO Recognised Educational Institutions in Northern Region (1998 - 99) State University Professional Colleges for High Middle / Sr.Basic Primary/Jr. * Education general Education School/Jr. School Basic College School HARYANA 5.00 45.00 169.00 3785.00 1788.00 10269.00 HIMACHAL PRADESH 3.00 6.00 557.00 1525.00 1189.00 7732.00 JAMMU & KASHMIR 3.00 12.00 38.00 1351.00 3104.00 10483.00 MADHYA PRADESH 17.00 70.00 413.00 8341.00 21108.00 86858.00 PUNJAB 5.00 64.00 193.00 3325.00 2527.00 12633.00 RAJASTHAN 10.00 70.00 267.00 5633.00 14807.00 35077.00 UTTAR PRADESH 28.00 174.00 676.00 8339.00 20675.00 94476.00 DELHI 11.00 24.00 64.00 1459.00 601.00 2676.00 CHANDIGARH 2.00 7.00 12.00 107.00 34.00 48.00 NORTHERN REGION 84.00 472.00 2389.00 33865.00 65833.00 260252.00 % TO ALL INDIA 35.44 22.17 31.88 30.12 34.62 41.52 INDIA 237.00 2129.00 7494.00 112438.00 190166.00 626737.00 * Includes Deemed Universities and Institutes off National Importance Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh WATER SUPPLY Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 No. of Water Works Nos. NA 5 5 5 (Cums.) No. of Metered Connection Nos. 74892 82184 84294 120000 No. of Un-metered Nos. 9360 23464 23656 20241 Connection WATER CONSUMPTION (A) Domestic Kiloliters 67933 5227262 5334897 5943761 (B) Commercial / Industrial Kiloliters 7992 1833205 1881295 4940444 Per Capita Consumption Kiloliters 97 70 67 95 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POWER Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 Electricity Consumed Lakh KWH 5240.80 8401.89 8491.04 8715.36 Per capita Consumption KWH 816 988 964 955 Agricultural Consumption Lakh KWH 12.71 25.58 26.59 23.02 Industrial Consumption Lakh KWH 2005.16 1792.34 1865.46 1916.35 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 Persons 900914 92118 808796 Census Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population Growth Absolute 258899 25932 232967 1991 - 2001 %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population Sex PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Ratio No.of females per 1000 773 621 792 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of Total 12.13 15.21 11.78 Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Corporates Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 900914 92118 808796 Census Persons Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population 258899 25932 232967 Growth 1991 - 2001 Absolute %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Sex Ratio No.of females 773 621 792 per 1000 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of 12.13 15.21 11.78 Total Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism Policy Chandigarh Tourism has declared the following vision “ Tourism as a major industry in Chandigarh is to be developed by Providing leadership, organizational and strategic direction, Improving the quality of tourism products, Developing places of tourist interest, Providing necessary facilities for all categories of tourist and Marketing Chandigarh’s Tourism products internationally and domestically So as to provide employment and economic, environmental, social and cultural benefits to the citizens of the city beautiful – Chandigarh” In the new economic scenario, Chandigarh Tourism has recognized the need to involve the private sector in the development of tourism infrastructure in conjunction with the Government. The following activities are included in the ‘Tourism Industry’ Accommodation facilities Restaurants and fast food facilities Transportation facilities Tourist entertainment Souvenirs With this background, the objectives have developed as 1. Employment generation. Tourism generates both direct and indirect employment 2. Attract private investment 3. Preserve heritage and tradition. As Chandigarh is a new city, the traditions are related with gardens and festivals 4. Preserve the environment 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh 5. Diversification of the Tourism product into adventure sports, entertainment, leisure etc. 6. To provide adequate publicity both domestic and international 7. Create accommodation facilities – renovate and upgrade existing facilities 8. Develop human resources for Hospitality and Tourism. The following strategic projects have been suggested to implement these objectives 1. Develop Chandigarh as a convention city – attract the MICE segment 2. Eco- tourism wildlife park around the Sukhna Bird sanctuary 3. Sound & Light show at the Rock Garden 4. Further development of Tourist amenities at Sukhna Lake 5. Amusement park 6. Translites and signeages for the convenience of tourists 7. Tourist information center to house other State Tourism offices as well as railways, airlines and trade associations 8. Promotion of Rail Tourism – in particular on the Kalka-Shimla line 9. Promotion of Kalagram as a showcase for the Northern States 10. Development of innovative tourism packages o Buddhist places o Pilgrimages - Hindu and Sikh o Holiday packages to Hill stations o Heritage packages o Adventure packages o NRI packages 11. Promotion of off-season tourism 12. Special Tourism packages for NRIs 13. Development of Chandigarh as a Film City 14. Integrate the police to safeguard the interests of tourists 15. Promotion of week end golf packages 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Another major initiative has been an attempt to integrate Tourism Development in the Northern States of Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir via a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’. The Board would have the Tourism Secretaries of the participating states as members, the Chairmanship rotating between the States. The Board would also have prominent persons from the Tourism industry as members. The primary role is seen as Working out a strategy for integrated approach for promotion of tourism in the region Promotion of interstate Tourism via programmes such as Tourism Trade fairs & Exhibitions Setting up joint information centers Organising interstate package tours Collaboration on Tourism promotion schemes Joint participation in Traevl Industry Trade fairs Joint cultural festivals Linkages of websites Part of this initiative would be to declare a Special Tourism Area for a radius of 100 Km around Chandigarh with the prime objective of allowing the free movement of designated tourism vehicles. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh FAIRS & FESTIVALS Chandigarh citizens celebrate several festivals that are uniquely their own. The Festival of Gardens This is a three-day extravaganza organized in the last week of February; included on the national calendar of festivals. Initially called the Rose Festival it intended to encourage people to stroll through the Rose Garden and enjoy the sight of the blooms. Each year the festival grew: now it includes performances of music and dance, both classical and folk, flower shows, events for children, exhibitions by local artists, photographers and craftsman and a wide range of amusements. Since 1997 it is known as the Festival of Gardens. The city pulls out all the stops for this celebration, reminiscent of ancient India's Vasant Utsav in honor of spring. April Fools' Day (April 1) On this day poets from all over the country gather at Chandigarh to recite verses in a jocular vein. Even those who do not ordinarily enjoy poetry look forward to the Maha Moorkh Sammelan, or Conclave of Colossal Fools. No other city in India hosts such a gathering. Baisakhi Baisakhi is the first day of the new year in the traditional Vikrami calendar, it celebrates the wheat harvest, and it is one of the high points of the year for Sikhs as it is anniversary of the founding of Khalsa. As the capital of two basically agrarian states, Punjab and Haryana, this day sees festivities organized by both the state governments as well as the Administration of the UT, and of course many institutions in the city. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh The Mango festival This festival is held in June. Mango-growers from all over India are invited to enter their prize fruits in the various competitions. Visitors to the fair can see and taste all the traditional varieties of the fruit as well as the latest hybrids from the agricultural universities. It is also an occasion for agro-industries, and food industries processing mango into jams, pickles and canned fruit to display their wares. TEEJ Teej is a traditional holiday celebrated by women in the middle of the monsoon season-generally around the first week of August. The Rock Garden with its swings and pavilions is the festival venue and the day is basically a grand picnic with songs and dances, purchase of new bangles, painting the hands with mehndi. The Indo-Pak Mushaira This gathering in December brings together poets from India and Pakistan. The significance of this event is felt especially by the older generation whose memories go back to the years before the partition of India. For the younger generation it brings home the deep commonalties of language and culture that unite the people of two nations. The Chrysanthemum Show - in December turns the Terraces Flower Garden in the city's Sector 33 into a multi-coloured wall-to-wall carpet of chrysanthemums. Hundreds of varieties of the flower are on display and city gardeners vie for coveted honours in the competitions. The Plaza Carnival 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh This Carnival is on every-Saturday-night is held on an open-air stage set up in Sector 17's central piazza. The weekly three-hour programme draws a large crowd and provides an opportunity for talented local singers, dancers, magicians, comedians, actors and acrobats to do their stuff. The Chandigarh Carnival This carnival is a three-day event celebrated in the second week of November shortly before or after Nehru's birth anniversary on November 14,otherwise known as Children's Day. The carnival opens with a colourful procession, which everyone is encouraged to join. The carnival is a time for students to show their talent (or simply have fun) and elders too participate in a number of competitions and exhibits. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Roles of relevant bodies in Tourism The main bodies that generate and cater to leisure and business travel to the State are 1. CITCO – Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Corporation 2. Urban Development and Town Planning Chandigarh Tourism. The Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO) was set up in 1974 for construction and allotment of industrial sheds and for supply of iron & steel to the industries in Chandigarh. Its original name was Chandigarh Small Industries and Development Corporation Limited (CSIDC). The Chandigarh Administration transferred Hotel Mountview and other cafeterias to the Corporation in 1982. It's name was first changed to Chandigarh Industrial & General Development Corporation Limited (CIGDC) and finally to Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO). In terms of Tourism responsibilities, Chandigarh Tourism plays both developmental and operational roles. Its prime areas of responsibility are 1. Promotion of Chandigarh and its attractions as destinations 2. Creation of tourism related infrastructure 3. Development of accommodation and restaurants 4. Activities pertaining to the preservation of art, culture, history and heritage of the State 5. Establishment of recreation and leisure facilities 6. Tourism related human resource development 7. Promotion of package tours 8. Information and signage 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism is a profitable venture. A short overview of its performance over various activities is given below Unit Hotel Mountview 1997-98 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 824.55 215.71 1998-99 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 891.57 266.84 1999-00 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 1093.08 323.97 Hotel Shivalikview Hotel Parkview Chef Lakeview 677.08 127.68 111.28 145.49 9.98 16.04 651.46 121.22 117.20 81.74 -47.61 12.43 673.31 124.21 160.69 91.11 -4.60 39.98 Chef Bus Stand Rock Garden Canteen Canteens Tours & Travels 41.56 5.44 9.50 10.47 -14.55 -3.00 -18.59 -15.48 38.50 6.61 17.41 9.80 -10.07 0.14 -23.02 -15.24 36.89 1.24 16.88 7.96 -10.84 -0.54 -23.03 -13.54 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh URBAN PLANNING The Department is headed by the Chief Architect who is the Ex-officio Secretary, Urban Planning. The Department consists of two wings. Architectural Wing Town planning Wing Architectural Wing This wing has five basic duties: • To design buildings for the Chandigarh Administration and work entrusted to it by various departments of the Central and State governments and autonomous bodies • To Co-ordinate with the various wings of the Engineering Department both in the planning and construction phases and to incorporate structural designs and other engineering services into the buildings. • Architectural supervision during the course of construction of works designed by the deptt. • To scrutinize building plans submitted to the Estate Office for approval of the Administration and to inspect commercial buildings for issuance of completion certificates by the Estate Office. The Chief Architect's jurisdiction encompasses the entire Union Territory. Town Planning Unit The Town Planning Unit consist of Senior Town Planner with supporting team of Divisional Town Planner, asstt, Town Planners and other draftsmen in different grades. The Senior Town Planner is responsible for implementing the Chandigarh Master Plan proposals. He prepares project reports dealing with different aspects of the development of the city and its surrounding area. He plans 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Industrial Development As this, along with Chandigarh Tourism, is part of CITCO, there is complete coordination within their roles and no overlaps. The Corporation was set-up in 1974 primarily for supplying raw-material to the small scale industries and for construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Some more activities were added subsequently. The details of the industrial activities in chronological order are as under: Year Activity 1974 Construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Supply of iron and steel to the SSI Units. 1978 Industrial Development and Facility Centre ( IDFC ). This Centre was setup with the assistance of Industries Department . 1979 Emporium as marketing outlet for the products of SSI units. 1992 Supply of Petroleum products- Agents for IPCL (Indian Petro Chemical Limited) 2000 Consignment Agency of Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh the Phase-II and II sectors and the left out pockets of Phase I and II with the aim of bring areas under intensive utilization. HE scrutinizes building plans and cases concerning construction in areas falling under the Periphery Control Act. He studies Urban trends, which will require plan revisions and plans for changing traffic and transportation needs. Rehabilitation and resettlement of squatters settlements and other rehabilitation housing projects come under his purview and he also outlines the statutory zoning plans in respect of land for commercial/residential/cultural/educational purposes. In accordance with the Estate Officer, the Senior Town Planner releases land for auction and sets plinth levels. He provides guidance to the Chandigarh Housing Board and prepares plan for the development schemes of Manimajra. He is involved in planning for the integrated development of the Chandigarh Inter-State Region. The Senior Town Plan's jurisdiction encompasses the entire area of the Union Territory of Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Activities of contiguous states UTTAR PRADESH After the formation of separate hill state of Uttaranchal, UP doesn’t account for any breath taking topography as is associated with Uttranchal. Its most important physical feature is the River Ganges, which traverses the length of the state and accounts for some of the oldest cities/ regions of the world. Rivers are a significant physical feature and tourism resource. All important tourist destinations of UP have an attractive riverfront that can be developed. UP Government is concentrating on improving river-based experience by way of improving ghats, improving the experience at the ghats, encouraging water sports, river cruise, Better destination management at key tourism centers by way of urban decongestion, traffic management, ghats and river experience improvement and better accommodation facilities at Varanasi ,Allahabad and Agra. Product Innovation and better packaging of existing products a. The Bundelkhand area has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Lack of connectivity, infrastructure and communication facilities makes it difficult to create a tourism experience. Plans are to start a tourism train to provide connectivity, accommodation and basic infrastructure in a single product. It also provides a “theme” that is attractive and marketable. b. Agra as an International convention and events center. Plans to set up a international size convention facility. Agra has the advantage of instant international positive name recognition. It is well connected with Delhi gateway. Agra has numerous monuments besides Taj Mahal and numerous possible excursions extensions. Agra has ample accommodation in different ranges. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh UTTRANCHAL Tourism has been identified to have the potential to become the main stay of Uttranchal’s economy, and needs to be developed in planned and time bound manner. To achieve this objective the state has taken following steps The state has constituted a high-level Tourism Development Board, which will replace the existing tourism directorate. The role of the board will be a. Formation of a policy and strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state c. Establish standards/norms for and forming policy guidelines for various tourism activities d. Strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investments in the private sector. e. Single window Information and assistance center. Outsourcing Expertise The Uttranchal tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. The board identified seven projects and awarded the work to different agencies. These projects are master plans, which dovetail all developments and have a long-term perspective for sustainable tourism products. Destination Management The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh being the key hubs through which pass the maximum number of tourists in the region would require immediate attention. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Plans need to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. The master plan is being prepared for the Char Dham route, and same might be planned for other important destinations mentioned above. New Destinations New tourism destinations have been identified which will develop and marketed as spokes to hubs. These new destinations will also help in decongesting the hubs. Private Sector Participation The areas and opportunities have been identified for the private sector which are development of accommodation facilities for different categories of tourists, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. To make these investment opportunities attractive special incentives and concessions have been planned. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh RAJASTHAN Tourism is a significant contributor to the economy to Rajasthan economy. Rajasthan has adopted the mission approach for tourism sector to accord very high priority and ensure planned and time bound growth and development of tourism industry in the state to make it a truly “people’s industry” in Rajasthan. a. Rajasthan has estimated tourist accommodation of 19000 rooms in 772 hotels and as per assessment of the state tourism department, 20000 additional rooms will be required by year 2005.The state has decided to encourage more private investment. The state will encourage private investment in developing ancient buildings and heritage properties as tourist resorts; this will have dual advantage of preservation of heritage properties and additional accommodation. b. Traditionally Rajasthan has been depending on it heritage to attract tourists. Rajasthan Government is looking at ways and means of enhancing the tourist products. o The State has rich forest reserves and national parks like Sariska, Bharatpur- Ghana and Rathambore. Other areas, which have the potential for Wildlife, will be promoted. o Rajasthan has rich and varied heritage of handicrafts, handlooms and other products, which are appreciated by and purchased by tourists visiting the State. Efforts will be made to improve direct access of tourists to artisans. RTDC will develop shopping arcades in their existing properties and provide space to artisans to display and market their products. Efforts will be made to set up Shilpgrams and a Handicrafts Museum. o Experience has shown that Fairs and festivals have great tourist appeal and promotional value. Some of the fairs and festivals have become internationally popular like the Pushkar and Dessert Festival, 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Jaisalmer. The Government proposes to consolidate the facilities at such places to make these fairs and festivals more attractive. c. Destination Management o In view of possible exploitation of tourists, Government of may enact a suitable legislation for regulating tourism trade. o The Department of tourism will be empowered to license and inspect such establishments as are engaged in providing services of to tourists. Since there is an existing procedure for classification of Hotels, such establishments will not be brought under the purview of the legislation to avoid duplication of regulatory procedures. o Complaints received through tourists may be readdressed through Tourist Assistance Force. o Care will be taken to avoid unrestricted entry of tourists beyond the carrying capacity of National Parks and Sanctuaries. DELHI Delhi has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Delhi is one of the two major gateways to the country. Delhi has done very little to promote tourism in the state. This tourist has to come to Delhi for visiting all the popular tourist destinations in North India. Delhi is planning to set up 6/8 more Delhi Hatt type of facilities in different parts of Delhi. Efforts are being made to rejuvenate Tuglakabad Fort area. PUNJAB Punjab has done very limited to promote tourism in the state. It has limited heritage assets and the same have been neglected. The Golden Temple or Darbar Sahib is the most frequented pilgrimage center of the state. The Patiala Fort houses the National Sports Academy.Lately the Sheesh Mahal has been used as a backdrop to organize music concerts and contests and the area around the property has been improved. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh CHANDIGARH HOTELS HOTEL SECTOR AMAR 22 A ALANKAR 22 A AROMA 22 C CHANDIGARH 22 C CLASSIC 35 C DIVYADEEP 22 B G.K. INTERNATIONAL 35 C HERITAGE 35 C HIMANI'S 35 C JASMINE 35 C JAMES PLAZA 17 JULLUNDHAR 22 B KAPIL 35 B KC RESIDENCY 35 D KWALITY RESIDENCY 22 A Le CROWN 35 B MAYA PALACE 35 B METRO 35 35 C MONARCH 35 B MOUNTVIEW 10 B PANKAJ 22 A PARK INN 35 PICCADILY 22 B REGENCY 35 B RIKHI 35 B SAMRAT 22 D SHIVALIK VIEW 17 D SOUTHEND 35 C SUNBEAM 22 B CHANDIGARH YATRI 24 B NIWAS PRESIDENT 26 C SOLITAIRE NAC Shivalik Enclave PANCHKULA HOTELS North Park Panchkula - Shimla Road Prabhat Inn *** Panchkula - Shimla Road Oscar Regency Panchkula - Shimla Road Vikrant Panchkula - Shimla Road ZIRAKPUR HOTELS Mark Royal (10 Kms from Panchkula) Bristol (10 Kms from Panchkula) Shagun (10 Kms from Panchkula) Grow Green (10 Kms from Panchkula) NO OF ROOMS 16 12 30 16 14 14 28 14 17 14 N/A 16 13 26 14 16 26 16 14 156 14 26 48 25 16 16 13 57 20 26 30 20 12 50 30+ Info. Not avail. 12 (approx) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food Sales Tax on softbeverages Sales tax on Liquor Annual Bar licence -Rslakhs Excise onconsumption- BeerRs Excise onconsumption-liquorRs Electricity / unit Elcetricity demandMonthperKVA/ 10 for Andhra Pradesh 5% 300 pub 8% 8% 8% hotel nil nil 4.61 108 Assam 20% all pub 7% nil nil 0.5 1.95+75% 3.75+75% 3.70+ 5% 70 Arunachal nil nil nil nil nil nil 0.5 nil nil 2.15 Bihar 7% 151 act 6+1% 11+1% 25+2% 3 1 6.75 2.92 125 Delhi 10% 500 act 8% 10% 20% 4.5 to 7.5 5.25 to 7.0 Goa 15% 500 pub 15% 20% on foreign 0.6 2.90 to 3.30 110 Gujarat 20% 500 act 12% 0.2 3.5 +45% Haryana nil nil NA 10% 20% 20% 5.75 4.02 Himachal Pradesh 10% 150 pub 8% 33% on out of state 0.7 2.8 Jammu & Kashmir 2% 8% 32% 1 3.18 Karnataka 15% 1,000 pub 10% 10% Indian 10% Foreign 60% 2.08 6.2 Kerala 15% 500 act 9% Local 5% imported 13 2 100% Madhya Pradesh 10% all act 9% 10% nil 2 3.63 122 Maharashtra 10% 1,200 act 20% 20% 20% 1.18 to 3.71 2.64 Orissa nil nil nil 8% Indian nil imported 20% 1.5 3.45 Punjab nil nil nil 9% nil nil 1.2 7.95 88 3.39 120 Indian nil imported Rajasthan 8% 1,200 act 14% 50.6% 1.5 to 6.0 11 31 3.72 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food beverages Sales Tax on soft Sales tax on Liquor - Rs lakhs Annual Bar licence Beer - on Rs consumption Excise liquor - on Rs consumption Excise Electricity / unit per KVA/ Month Elcetricity demand Sikkim nil nil nil 8% nil nil 0.06 2.5 Tamil Nadu 20% all Pub 8% 2.2 4 Uttaranchal 5% Uttar Pradesh 5% 1,000 act 8% out of state 32.6% 8 per hotel 8 48 4.13 West Bengal 10% a/c act 17% imported 30% daily 1 to 25 30 to 175 4.88 Chandigarh nil Source : FHRAI 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Transport taxes Token tax/ qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax per month Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce Employment in Hotels & restaurants Own Account Ent Establishments Total Number Employed Number Employed Number Employed Andhra Pradesh 69979 131,082 26504 134,009 96483 265,091 Arunachal 446 823 1029 4,740 1475 5,563 Assam 12005 18,186 14713 56,020 26718 74,206 Bihar 39822 62,201 21599 81,870 61421 144,071 Delhi 10917 14,822 10642 65,402 21559 80,224 Goa 1740 2,578 1189 9,331 2929 11,909 Gujarat 14759 22,622 12945 66,042 27704 88,664 Haryana 11971 15,360 5426 18,682 17397 34,342 Himachal Pradesh 7931 9,937 3214 11,651 11145 21,585 Jammu & Kashmir Karnataka 60093 103,972 34429 160,522 94522 264,494 Kerala 71472 101,290 27483 103,657 98955 204,947 Madhya Pradesh 39248 57,836 24412 96,007 63660 153,843 Maharashtra 47828 73,828 52237 312,763 100065 386,591 Manipur 2174 4,400 794 3,169 2968 7,569 Meghalaya 2222 4,430 3100 11,767 5322 16,197 Mizoram 1010 1,635 619 1,706 1629 3,341 Nagaland 589 1,301 949 4,179 1538 5,480 Orissa 34811 60,779 18007 68,292 52818 129,071 Punjab 10006 13,503 6694 23,984 16700 37,487 Rajasthan 29426 38,606 14820 50,224 44246 88,830 Sikkim 261 593 398 1,809 659 2,402 Tamil Nadu 85563 139,566 36637 167,673 122200 307,239 Uttar Pradesh 73911 103,649 28760 102,230 102671 205,879 West Bengal 68179 92,019 26508 115,903 94687 207,922 Andaman & Nicobar Chandigarh Daman & Diu Dadra & Nagar Haveli Lakshwadeep Pondicherry Source : department of Tourism Transport taxes Token tax/qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax permonth Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Approach to Assessment of Attractions Successful tourism products are those developed to meet the demands of existing and potential markets. These market segments have also been analysed. While analyzing the attractions of Chandigarh, we kept in mind both Chandigarh Tourism Policy and the National Tourism Policy. The approach has been 1. Identification of market segments 2. Listing of all attractions in Chandigarh 3. Mapping the relationship between Chandigarh Tourism and National Tourism Policies 4. Study of “Best Practice” in other City States 5. From the above, a shortlisting of projects. 1 Fitness Trail High Court The Open Hand/ Dove – symbol of Chandigarh Rock Garden scuplture Marketing State Tourism Three case studies are attached – Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal – representing “Best Practice” in the Indian context. Recently, Maharashtra has been very active in promotion. Some pertinent observations are 1. Get the basics in place. In other words set the right conditions for enhancing infrastructure for tourism. Some specific actions taken a. Common approach by all Govt.Departments. Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission and Uttaranchal’s Tourism Development Board ensure that various Govt.Depts and private sector are involved in Tourism plans b. Giving Tourism Industry status. Kerala did this in 1986, Rajasthan in 1989 c. Outsource expertise. Uttaranchal and Rajasthan both utilize professionals for surveys and feasibility studies d. Involve Private sector. Kerala Tourism formed JVs with two major hotel chains to attract investments. It has further set up a Tourism Investment Agency. Rajasthan offered further assistance to develop Heritage hotels. Uttaranchal has earmarked accommodation, restaurants, adventure sports, amusement parks for private development. e. Develop Human resources. Rajasthan and Uttaranchal are encouraging private sector to set up Hotel management and Food craft institutes. There is emphasis on guide training and certification. Uttaranchal plans specialist training facilities for adventure sports. Kerala set up an Institute of Tourism & Travel Studies in 1988 in addition to the IHMCT in Kovalam. f. Emphasis on civic infrastructure. Identified by Uttaranchal as a key area. 2. Enhance the Tourism product. Apart from traditional reasons for visits a. Kerala – Ayurveda and Traditional festivals like Boat races, Elephant March, Nishagandhi Dance festival. Also developing a new Hill Station b. Rajasthan – Direct access to Handicrafts and Handloom artisans, Fairs and festivals, Wildlife. c. Uttaranchal – Adventure sports 3. Concentrate on a few destinations/ activities a. Kerala – Ayurveda, Calicut-Kasargod, Quilon-Alleppey b. Uttaranchal – four hubs of Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh. Adventure sports c. Goa – holidays d. Rajasthan - Heritage 4. Manage Destinations. Involve host population – Rajasthan positions this as a ‘peoples industry’, better connectivity, city decongestion, Safety & Security of tourists – Kerala thinking of an insurance scheme, restricting entry into sensitive areas like National Parks, Registration of establishments catering to tourist needs 5. Product Positioning. Each State needs to develop a USP. a. Kerala – God’s own Country b. Uttaranchal – Every season is the reason c. Goa – 365 days on holiday 6. Promotion to target markets. a. Market segmentation – Relevant market segments, both domestic and international, should be identified geographically and by reason for visit. Eg. Kerala also targets NRIs b. Distribution – Ability to reserve hotels/ tours in source markets c. Sales - Participation in domestic and International trade fairs, familiarization trips for identified agents, sales offices in key markets d. Communications - Focused advertising in trade and travel related media, PR, Interactive websites, e-mail magazines, sweepstake prizes for high profile contests, familiarization trips for identified journalists i. Kerala has hired an agency in the US e. Database maintenance f. Marketing alliances – on-line airlines/ transporters, neighbouring States, destination co-op marketing. How other City States/ small countries position themselves Chandigarh is similar in situation to the city states and small countries around the world. The chart below attempts to analyse some of the more successful city states in terms of their drawing power City State Attractions Singapore Trading - Was a trading post to the Far East – Now a Financial hub – Connectivity to the world Manmade attractions – Jurong Bird Park, Night Safari, Sentosa Island & ropeway, Acquarium – Shopping, night markets – Golf Hongkong – now part of Trading China, but mainly unchanged Shopping Sports – Horse racing, rugby Macau Gambling – Casino/ Jai Alai Formula 1 races Monaco Gambling Casino & entertainment Formula 1 races Dubai Trading – similar to Singapore Shopping Sports – horse racing, power boats, golf, tennis, cricket Events Mauritius/ Bahamas/ Bermuda Beaches Off-shore companies Sun City, South Africa Casino, Golf,water sports, events Very few City States have the benefit of historical attractions such as at the Vatican. Some like Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have the natural attractions of beaches. Most, however, have had to depend on manmade attractions. It is obvious that those city states that have had a history of trading, have managed to develop themselves as World Financial Centers. As part of this development, they have installed infrastructure for communications, in particular, very broadband channels for Internet. Another off shoot of this development is the growth in media. Dubai, in fact, is building a media city. However, the one striking feature in all these cases is the emphasis on world class standard Recreation and Leisure facilities. While facilities have been created for visitors, they are also used by the residents. – Gambling is a major attraction in Macau, Monaco and Sun City. – Horse racing is big in Hongkong and Dubai. – Sporting events attract people to Singapore, Hongkong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City. – Entertainment Events are held in Sun City, Dubai, Hongkong, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Seychelles etc We believe that Chandigarh does have the potential to become a successful city state based on its own draw. It is interesting to note that city States like Dubai, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Mauritius etc do not rely on their immediate neighbours. Market segments for Chandigarh Tourism Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions Residents of Chandigarh Recreation and Leisure appear to be the main 1. Multiplex cinema halls demands. However, Chandigarh residents tend to 2. Amusement Park finish their working days relatively early and night 3. Night food bazaar cum entertainment entertainment demand is limited. 4. Horse Racing Neighbouring States Delhi 1. Transit traffic, specially families with small 1. Delhi - Transit Stopover traffic to Shimla or children on their way to Kulu/ Manali. These start 2. Haryana Kulu/ Manali later in the day from Delhi and the children get 3. Punjab - Short breaks restless after 4 to 5 hours. A good reason to stop 4. Himachal Pradesh Haryana would be an Amusement park. - Recreation & Leisure 2. Recreation & leisure. See comments above. None - Shopping of the contiguous states has developed good R&L - Business facilities except possibly the Gurgaon and - Meetings & Conferences Faridabad districts bordering Delhi. Punjab 3. Shopping. While Jalandhar and Ludhiana have now - Recreation & Leisure got good shopping facilities, they are still behind - Shopping the range offered by Sector 17. If this is combined - Business with R&L, it makes a powerful attraction. - Meetings & conferences 4. Business. This is normally connected with Himachal Pradesh Government. - Recreation & Leisure 5. Meetings and conferences. Chandigarh being the - Shopping State Capital of Haryana and the Punjab as well as - Medical the Northern Region HQ for several trade bodies, can satisfy this need 6. Medical. Medical facilities at the PGI are excellent. The new Fortis Hospital in Mohalli can also contribute to Chandigarh room occupancies Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions The Rest of India Apart from transit to HP, and a very small market No strong offer to attract this segment interested in architecture, the tourism demands from the rest of India are not met by Chandigarh NRIs – Also those of Chandigarh is the Gateway to the Punjab NRI’s could be encouraged to expose their children, many Punjab origin NRI Marriages of whom are negative to India, to the modern city beautiful - Chandigarh Other Foreign No real demand State Tourism Policy > Improving the Developing vs. National Tourism quality of places of Policy tourism tourist vvvv products interest Place Tourism on the Concurrent list Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments Safety & Security of Accreditisation Tourists of Shops, transporters Tourism Accounting System Computerisation Concentrate on one major project as State USP World Heritage sites as opportunity to expand cultural Tourism Themed Cultural Sound & Light Attractions at Rock Garden Providing necessary facilities for tourists Effective signages Have police posts at Tourism Information centres Provide a central reservation facility. Provide linkage between Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake and planned amusement park Other Chandigarh has already declared Tourism as an industry in 1994. However, incentives and concessions need to be reviewed Constitute a State Tourism Board/ Tourism Advisory Council Initiate a system for tracking tourism spends Secretariat & High Court complex?? Develop a documentary on the planning and development of Chandigarh State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Capitalise on Run regular Food traditional cuisines Festivals featuring foods from other States. Actively promote village tourism Exploit the potential of Sukhna Bird Create wildlife sanctuaries sanctuary awareness of the fauna Develop Adventure Improve the Development tourism with safety tourist amenities of the Sports standards at Sukhna lake. center at Kishangarh Recreation & leisure Develop a Dinner Develop an Multiplex Explore the are a vital component cruise on Sukhna amusement possibility of a of the local & regional Lake park. Race Track. This domestic tourism will help week market end occupancies in the hotels MICE to be developed Develop a for tourism, trade and convention commerce centre Develop Eco-tourism Create Develop the through grassroots, environmental Botanical community based consciousness garden movement through gardens Capitalise on the growing awareness of India’s holistic healing traditions Development of Incorporate shopping centers for traditional arts traditional crafts and and crafts with information on them Kalagram State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Promote the events, The quality of the A daily night fairs and festivals both Saturday Sector market can be locally and in the main 17 entertainment developed markets needs to be reviewed Provide the Convention infrastructure for center Business travel The following projects have been shortlisted Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism 13. Attracting the Private Sector Project 1 Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments There is a need to set up a system in Chandigarh to coordinate with other departments whose work has a bearing on Tourism. 1) Currently the following Government agencies have a direct impact on tourism products a) CITCO. Here, both Industrial development and Tourism come under the same department. b) Town Planning c) PWD (B&R) d) PHD for water, sewage & sanitation e) Police 2) Private bodies that are directly involved in tourism are the local chapters of a) FHRAI/ HAI b) TAAI/ IATO c) Transporters association 3) Indirect involvement by private sector corporations for business travel requirements and their related associations i) FICCI/ ASSOCHAM/ PHDCC etc. ii) Informed and committed individuals with current or potential interest in the State 4) Some Central Government agencies are also involved. These are a) NHAI b) Indian railways Two related approaches have been used by other Indian States Rajasthan has used a ‘mission’ approach whereby they have set up the Rajiv Gandhi Tourism Mission. This has the commitment from all State Ministries of giving tourism priority treatment. Uttaranchal is the first State to constitute a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ with participation of both the Government and private sector The roles in planning and identification of projects, problems and solutions are similar. They vary in that the ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ is a body constituted under an Act with broad powers. The ‘Mission Approach’ is not a legal body and is probably easier to implement in states where tourism is not a major industry. Rajasthan - The Mission Approach This is exemplified by Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development. While not a legal entity, the mission has A nodal agency in the Dept of Tourism, Art and Culture Collaborating agencies o RTDC o Dept of Urban Development o Dept of Archaeology & Museums o PWD o General Administration & Civil Aviation o Forest & Environment o Industries Dept o Devasthan Dept o West Zone Cultural Centre o Khadi & Village Industry Board o Archaeological Survey of India The Mission is structured with a Chairman – Chief Minister Empowered committee chaired by the Chief Secretary Mission Director – Secretary Tourism, Art & Culture District level Sub-Mission – Chairman is District Collector Site/ Local – mini mission A Mission Statement has been defined. Ten Mission objectives have been identifies and a 12 point strategy developed to implement the objectives. The mission statement seeks “To make Tourism the peoples industry”. The objectives and strategy were developed with the help of task forces that surfaced problems and solutions on a variety of subjects including Policy needs. 10 Milestones have been defined and for each milestone specific activity and deadlines detailed. The mission Director coordinates with other departments as well as professionals. The Directorate has the following Advisors Advisor Heritage Advisor Handicrafts Advisor Economist Advisor Media & Marketing Advisor Human Resource Development Advisor Research & Development Advisor Ecology/ Sociology As well as consultants from the private sector 1. Uttaranchal - Constitution of a Tourism Development Board A high level Tourism Development Board has replaced the Tourism Directorate. The responsibilities of this board are a. Formulation and Strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state. c. Preparation of plans for various tourist segments and activities, identification and development of projects and ensuring their timely implementation. d. Establishment of standard / norms and framing of policy guidelines for various tourism activities. e. Formulation of a strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investment in the tourism sector. f. A single window solution to all tourism related information, sanction for projects, escort services for obtaining clearances and approvals from other departments. 2. Identifying Key Projects - Based on the present tourist interest and the future potential in each destination. 3. Outsourcing Expertise - The tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. 4. Destination Management - The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Plans to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. 5. New Destinations - New tourism destinations have been identified which will developed and marketed as spokes to hubs to help in decongesting the hubs. 6. Private Sector Participation - The areas of accommodation facilities, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. Special incentives and concessions have been planned. 7. Human Resource Development - Plans to upgrade existing institutes and set up new institutes for diploma and degree training programmes. a) Specialist training for activities like adventure sports etc. b) Self-employment opportunities for local residents to encourage maximum participation of the host community. 8. Infrastructure Development Establishment of world class infrastructure facilities will be the highest priority of Uttranchal government. In order to do this, special efforts are being made to mobilize institutional resources and private sector investment and participation. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh start with a mission approach. This would require the backing of the Governor and the Chief Secretary to make it successful. The mission approach provides the coordination required and gives tourism a better profile with other departments. Project 2 Tourism Accounting System Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless the positive impacts can be demonstrated. Several measures of the changes in economic activity can be generated. The most common are Changes in Sales or spending - The spending of visitors within the local area becomes sales or receipts for local businesses Changes in regional incomes - This is the sum of wages & salaries accruing to workers in these businesses and owners income and profits Changes in employment - Number of jobs supported by the given level of Sales. What is required to be measured for an impact analysis is the changes that occur with the introduction or closing down of facilities. In simple terms, the economic impact is Economic impact= change in # of visitors * average spend/visitor* Multiplier A visitor is defined by someone who lives outside the region so only ‘new’ spendings are measured. The overall impact is normally arrived at by c) Measuring distinct visitor segments eg. Day trips, transit, stayover, business travel, Government expenditure on tourism related activities including museums, cultural activities, recreational parks etc. d) Measuring spending in distinct categories – lodging, restaurants, meals, petrol etc. e) Allocating spending to receiving sectors and applying ratios and multipliers The first two measure primary effects. Secondary effects are of two types a) Indirect effects are changes in spending, income and jobs within the region in sectors that supply goods and services to the tourism sector. This requires an input-output matrix. b) Induced effects are the increased spends by residents from the incomes earned in tourism and the supporting sectors. Multipliers are required to capture the secondary effects and are generally sxpressed as a ratio to direct effects. These can be sales, income and employment multipliers. The World Bank has estimated that for every Rs 10 lakhs invested in India, the following number of direct jobs are created In Tourism projects 47.5 jobs In Hotels and restaurants 89.0 jobs In agriculture 44.7 jobs In Manufacturing 12.7 jobs Tata Consultancy Service has also estimated that for every direct job created in tourism, 4.62 indirect jobs are created in ancillary areas. The World Travel & Tourism Council uses a ‘Direct Revenue Multiplier’ in tourism of 2.07. While the intention of the Ministry of Tourism is to get a better understanding of the positive effects of tourism, at this stage the mechanism is not in place to collect the details in all sectors. Recommendation We suggest that Chandigarh Tourism puts in place a mechanism to collect data on direct effects. This may initially be in the form of annual surveys extrapolated to cover the State and calculated using the multipliers above. This will give Chandigarh Tourism the hard data required to substantiate the benefits of Tourism. Project 3 SAFETY & SECURITY SPECIAL TOURISM POLICE The National Tourism policy states that “There is a need for the creation of a special tourism police force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality.” While the creation of a special force at State level may not be feasible, the spirit of providing a sense of security to travelers is an important aspect. At the very least, all Tourist information centers – see note on the concept – should have a police outpost which can deal with crimes against tourists. The awareness of these police outposts should be widely created with hotels, restaurants and shopping centers in the relevant districts. There is no cost involved in this activity PROJECT 4. ACCREDITISATION OF SHOPS AND TRANSPORT AGENCIES Two other areas where most tourists feel insecure in the sense of being cheated are Tourist shops and transportation. It is suggested that Chandigarh Tourism institute a system of accrediting these establishments. For shops, the requirements are simple All items will be price tagged All sales will be subject to return in undamaged condition Shops will carry the accreditisation plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency For transport, again requirements can be kept simple Taxis/ rickshaws will be metered or carry a tariff sheet No fare will be refused if the taxi/ rickshaw is at a stand Participating transport will carry a plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency Participating transport drivers may be asked to wear a uniform In both cases, complaints will be taken up with the offending shop/ vehicle owner. A repeat complaint will bar the shop/ vehicle from carrying the plaque/ sticker. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh Tourism issue a tourist-cum-shopping guide – preferably in the form of a Chandigarh map - listing accredited shops and transporters. Maps should be given free at hotels, Sukhna Lake, Rock Garden and Sector 17 market. The cost of the guide can be recovered by advertising and sale of guides. PROJECT 6 PROMOTING TRADITIONAL CUISINES Indian cuisine is not just a trend internationally – no longer represented by just Tandoori Chicken – but within the country there is a growing interest in regional cuisine. Kerala vegetarian and non-vegetarian restaurants are thriving. Gujarati, Konkan, Chettinad and Punjabi outlets are being well patronized in the metros. In the past, extremely successful food festivals have been held at Kala Gram. Kalagram is an ideal venue between Chandigarh and Panchkula. It is suggested that State Tourism departments be contacted to conduct food festivals on an ongoing basis. Some arrangement will need to be worked out with the North Region Cultural Centre, but as this is a win-win situation for both parties – and the general public, this should be possible. Kalagram may require additional parking facilities. The neighbouring States of Himachal, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Haryana, Rajasthan, Jammu & Kashmir and Delhi can all be approached to hold festivals in Chandigarh. Chandigarh Tourism is also looking at promoting outbound traffic to adjoining States, and they may wish to use this platform more often. If the months of May to July are excluded, it should be possible to organize a festival every month, thereby giving Chandigarh residents and visitors an additional area of recreation and leisure. The festivals should be accompanied with performing arts and display the State handicrafts. Recommendation We recommend food festivals of various states be held at Kala Gram on an ongoing basis. This activity does not require much additional infrastructure and is in fact a revenue generating activity. Visitor numbers Past food festivals at Kalagram have generated 4-5000 visitors per festival over a 3-4 day festival period. If festivals are held monthly at a fixed period, say second weekend of the month or the full moon nights, the numbers can be sustained. 9 festivals x 5,000 visitors per festival = 45,000 visitors Revenues Revenues to Chandigarh Tourism/ Kalagram will be generated by entrance tickets and stall rentals. Stall owners – handicrafts/ F&B – will have direct sales revenues. Assume expenditure @ Rs 50 per visitor for handicrafts/ F&B/ parking 9 Food & Cultural Festivals/ annum Entrance fees = Rs 10 x 45,000 Stall rentals @ Rs5000 x 9 festival x 15 stalls Revenues to stall owners 45,000 x Rs 50 Costs = Rs 4.5 lakhs = Rs 6.75 lakhs = Rs 22.5 lakhs Venue costs are minimal as infrastructure exists. There will be promotional costs Project 12 Wildlife Tourism The Government of India, Department of Tourism has identified the development of wildlife sanctuaries as a priority item. Specific suggestions are to improve the quality of tourist facilities including Visitor information/ interpretation centers. Chandigarh has the Sukhna Bird sanctuary. As a reserved forest, people are not allowed without permission. This area should not be developed further. However, Chandigarh also has a wealth of flora. While the gardens attempt to highlight this, it is not generally known that there are over 1000 variety of trees in Chandigarh. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure other than that normally budgeted for this activity. Project 12 A Adventure Tourism Chandigarh has limited scope for adventure tourism. Apart from promoting serious boating – rowing, sculls, sailing, regattas - in Sukhna Lake, the area is not conducive to pursuing adventure tourism. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure on this activity other than that normally budgeted. Upgrading the facilities for the above can be taken up by the private sector. Project 5 Concept for Cultural / Tourism Information Centres These should be part of the City ‘Recreation and Leisure’ complex, and are envisioned as centers to showcase the State – a cross between Dilli Haat and National Crafts Museum. At the very least they should have 1. Tourist office with all information on the State 2. Central reservation capabilities for hotel and tour packages. a. These can be manned/ funded by the State Hotel Association & State Travel agent associations b. Space can also be rented to airlines, railways and travel trade associations. 3. A permanent live exhibition of the State’s traditional lifestyle, arts and crafts. This can be modeled on the National Crafts Museum. a. Artisans sell their goods directly and/ or through a central shop. The center provides a platform for the artisan on a revenue share or straight lease. b. State produce can also be sold e.g Basmati rice 4. A permanent restaurant featuring the State cuisine. a. This should be leased with stipulations on the menu and service standards b. The area can also carry periodic photo exhibits/ art exhibits. 5. Some permanent shops can be incorporated and leased out. a. Factory outlets of manufacturers based in the State is one example. 6. An open air amphitheatre to showcase the State’s performing arts a. This should also have screening facilities for documentaries b. This can be leased for private functions including marriages, film shooting 7. Open spaces for putting up stalls for celebrating State festivals a. These can be handicrafts and food stalls leased to private parties. 8. Space should also be allotted to other State Tourism bodies 9. A police outpost where problems faced by tourists can be addressed. Estimated costs for construction of this cultural centers are Activity Budget Tourist office building with space for State tourist offices, Central 50 lakhs reservations office, restaurant and police outpost, other offices Live exhibition of State’s arts and crafts, permanent shops 10-15 lakhs Open air amphitheatre – 750-100 persons 10 lakhs Space for temporary stalls for State festivals 2 lakhs Recommendation This should be set up in the amusement park area planned near Sukhna lake. Visitor numbers The objective of this facility is to provide service, not generate additional visitors, though there will be an indirect effect. Revenues Office rentals 10 offices x Rs10,000/ month Restaurant rental @ Rs 20,000/ month Shop rentals 10 shops x Rs 20,000/ month Amphitheatre rentals 20 functions @ Rs 20,000 Costs = Rs 12.0 lakhs = Rs 2.4 lakhs = Rs 24.0 lakhs = Rs 4.0 lakhs Ongoing costs are for maintenance and common utilities @ Rs 24 lakhs/ year. Funding The initial capital required is Rs 70-75 lakhs. Breakeven is achieved in 4-5 years and thereafter, it is a profitable operation. Attracting the Private Sector While there appears to be no requirement to incentivise the building of hotels, there are other tourism related activities that would need incentives to attract the private sector. We recommend that Chandigarh Government consider the following to develop a package of incentives.. INCENTIVES FOR TRAVEL & LEISURE INDUSTRY 1. Assistance on project report preparation 2. Concessional land for specified projects 3. Entertainment tax exemption for 5 years 4. Capital investment subsidy of 20% subject to a maximum of Rs 20 lakhs 5. Recommendation of loans to Financial Institutions 6. Interest subsidy on loans from approved financial institutions 7. Energy subsidy 8. Concessions on stamp duties/ reimbursement – urban areas, rural areas 9. Concessions on Change in land use fees 10. Excise licence fees concessions 11. Concession on Transport taxes on vehicles used for this activity. INVOLVING THE NON TRAVEL & LEISURE SECTOR IN TOURISM ACTIVITIES Chandigarh has over 25 corporates and PSUs with turnovers of over Rs 100 crores. These all have some commitment to Chandigarh and can be approached for sponsoring various activities that can improve the tourist experience. Greening of the environment – road dividers, green belts, parks Cleaning of the environment – garbage bins and collection Sponsorships of o signage o projects such as handicraft villages o events such as local festivals o information kiosks o tourist literature The companies may be compensated in terms of exposure available. It is also common to have directional signs to the company premises. Project 7 Horse Race Course Horse racing is an activity that draws week end traffic. In India, the main race tracks are in Mumbai and Kolkata. These depend largely on the local population with free income. However, Pune and Bangalore both have successful race tracks where the attendance is from outside the city. The race season in these two cities fills hotels over the normally low weekends. Revenue sources for Race Clubs are Club memberships Sponsorship of Corporate boxes Club house activities F&B concessions/ sales Gate money from attendees. Sponsorship of races. Programme sales Programme advertising Horses pay to race/ stable Share of tote Off-season revenues are buoyed by off track betting. Race tracks around the country pay for live telecasts via satellite. o This brings in viewership of about 2 lakh people Race tracks are also labour intensive, both for the track and for anciliary activities like stud farms, training paddocks, stables and for manning the accommodations for staff, trainers jockeys etc. A quality race course with a 2000 meter track requires an area of about 200 acres depending on the shape of the plot. On clear grounds, a race track can be laid in 100 acres. The area around Chandigarh and Delhi have the best stud farms in the country. Many are owned by political figures. There are at least 10 stud farms in the North where horses are bought for racing across the country. Owners of stud farms currently need to travel to other race tracks to promote their products. The Delhi Race Course does not cater to quality horse races. Setting up a race track is complicated. Tracks like Hongkong, Singapore, Malaysia, Kentucky etc all have their own systems and one suitable for Chandigarh will need to be worked out in conjunction with stud farms, race horse owners, authorities etc. The modern tote systems are totally electronic and cost upto Rs 2 crores. They are backed by broadband access to allow off track betting and satellite broadcast/ reception. The indicated expense of setting up an entire race course with track, club house, stabling, accommodation, tote machines etc is in the region of Rs 40-50 crores minus cost of land. The facility is usually given on long lease. Note Mr. Narendra Lagad from Pune is an acknowledged authority on setting up race courses. He has set up one in Kandy, Sri Lanka. (Contacts are 020-6879495/ 6870217/ 098220-28285 e-mail : narendralagad@hotmail.com ) Recommendation Chandigarh further examine the feasibility of including a Race Course in the Master Plan. The Club can have other sports facilities to attract memberships. Accommodation for out of town visitors should also be examined. The entire project should be in th private sector. Visitor numbers Race attendees 15 race days x 5000 attendees = 75,000 30 off track x 1000 attendees = 30,000 Club Members Permanent members = 500 Out station members = 300 Revenues 1. Gate money Race days 75,000 x Rs50 = Rs 37.5 lakhs Off track 30,000 x Rs 20 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 2. Club memberships 500 members x Rs 2 lakhs = Rs 1000 lakhs 300 outstation x Rs 75,000 = Rs 225 lakhs 3. Monthly dues + usage 300 x Rs 1000 = Rs 3.0 lakhs 300 x Rs 400 = Rs 1.2 lakhs 4. Company sponsored boxes 10 x Rs 5 lakhs/ year = Rs 50 lakhs 5. F&B concessions 45 days x 5 concessions x Rs5000 = Rs 11.25 lakhs 6. Programme sales 1 programme per 4 attendees xRs 10 = Rs 2.6 lakhs 7. Programme advertising @ Rs 1 lakh a programme x 45 = Rs 45 lakhs 8. Race charges 15 races x 8 horses x Rs 5000 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 9. Share of tote 5% of 105K attendees x Rs 200 per = Rs 105 lakhs Plus royalties for live telecasts. Costs - Ongoing 1. Race purses/ prizes – At least 2 prizes per meet can be sponsored by Corporate Houses. 2. Personnel – This includes a. Tote supervisors/ tellers/ gate entrance/ horsemen’s book keeper b. Racing secretariat/ starter/ announcer/ stewards/ paddock judge. Some of these can be voluntary positions c. Club house personnel d. Track maintenance/ security 3. Equipment maintenance. This can be outsourced 4. Insurance 5. Utilities 6. Track Maintenance 7. Advertising. Programme printing Funding recommendation The requirement is Rs 40-50 crores plus cost of land. The entire project should be tendered to the Private Sector. There are a variety of ways this can be managed from JV to fixed leases to profit/ revenue sharing. Project 8 Amusement Park Attracting tourists en route to Himachal Pradesh Up to less than ten years ago, given the state of the highways and the quality of cars, most tourists driving from Delhi to the Himachal destinations of Shimla and Kullu- Manali required up to 6 hours to reach the Chandigarh environments. For many, especially those on their way to Kullu-Manali or those traveling with young children, a stop-over in Chandigarh was very convenient. Today, the distance is covered in 4 hours or less and Chandigarh is now accessed before lunch. Given that the average person can comfortably drive 400 Km or 6 hours a day, they can easily reach Shimla. Also given the fact that car ownership is increasing at over 18% a year and that domestic tourism is increasing at 5% a year, traffic to Himachal out of Delhi will only increase over the next decade. The increased tourism promotion activity of Uttaranchal will also spur the HP Government to promote tourism more actively. Therefore, it is imperative that some portion of the transit traffic to Kullu-Manali is attracted to overnight in Chandigarh. The logical segment to attract is those traveling with children as children tire of long car trips. In short, the attraction should be oriented to children. Therefore, we propose an amusement cum water park. The water park would be a major attraction as most movement to the hills is in the Summer months. This need not be on the scale of a Disney World, but the rides and facilities of Appu Ghar but with quality equipment would suffice. This would also be a facility for the local population of Chandigarh, providing reasonably priced family entertainment, currently available in very limited scope. The ideal location for this facility would be in the Kishangarh area, adjacent to the current leisure areas of Sukhna Lake, the Golf course and the Rock Garden. This has already been identified by Chandigarh Town Planning. The park should be marketed to the specific segment of families with small children traveling to Kulu/ Manali. Possible facilities in an amusement park are listed below. While weekend usage will be high, it is necessary to balance the products to drive traffic throughout the week and throughout the day. The analysis below attempts this. Weekday usage Invest Direct Indirect Attraction AM PM Night ment jobs jobs Amusement Park - Ferris Wheel, slides, rides, dodgem cars Med Hi Hi Animal rides Med Hi Lo Bowling Med Hi Hi Casino/ Slot Machines Lo Med Hi Cultural Centre - Dilli Haat style to showcase the State Hi Hi Hi Fairground stalls - games of chance and skill Med Med Hi Food Court - Vishala/ Chowkidana Lo Lo Hi Go-karting Lo Lo Hi Kiddies play centre - Primeplay, Softlands Hi Hi Med Mini-golf - Putt Putt Med Med Hi Science Centre- Eg. Panorama in Kurukshetra Hi Hi Lo Shopping mall - designer shops a la Santushti, factory outlets, discount clubs Hi Hi Med Roller Skating rink Lo Med Hi Swimming Pool - heated(?) Hi Hi Hi Water Park Lo Med Hi Mini - Zoo Hi Hi Med Name of Park Area in Annual Entrance fees excluding video acres Visitors games and some selected rides. lakhs Child below 1 metre free. Essel World, Gorai 64 18–20 Child Rs.200/ Adult Rs 250 Water Kingdom, Gorai 24 12-14 Child Rs225/ Adult Rs 275 Nicco Park, Kolkata 40 12-13 Kishi Kintha, Chennai 10 VGP Universal, M’puram 8 Appu Garh, Delhi 6-7 MGM, Chennai 5-6 Fun city, Chandigarh 4 Child Rs140/ Adult Rs 140 Fun & Food Village, Delhi 12 5 Nicco Bhubhaneswar 15 2-2.5 Nicco Jamshedpur 8 2-2.5 Great Escapes, Nagpur 2 Visitor numbers Given that Fun City, with its less than prime location, attracts around 5 lakh visitors a year, and that the recommended location can easily attract highway traffic to Himachal, it is not unreasonable to base visitor numbers at 5 lakhs a year going up to 7 over 3-4 years. Visitor spends Factoring in student discounts and free children, Essel World/ Water Kingdom average Rs 175 per visitor. In Chandigarh, the average will probably be around Rs 150. In addition, visitors spend on parking, F&B and souvenirs as also on specialized rides and video games. An average visitor spend on items other than entrance is taken at Rs 50 per visitor. Therefore revenues can be assumed to be 5 lakhs x Rs 150 = Rs 7.5 crores on entrance fees and a further 5 lakhs x Rs 50 = Rs 2.5 crores on other items. Total revenues Rs 10 crores Costs It costs roughly Rs 1.0 crore an acre to create an amusement park. The investment in Chandigarh will be in the region of Rs 15 crores. Funding It is recommended that Chandigarh Tourism tenders the entire project to private sector. There a variety of ways this can be done from JV to various types of leases. Marketing This will be done by the amusement park operator. Project 9 Linking the sightseeing Chandigarh Tourism has recently introduced the Hop-on Hop-off bus linking the sightseeing of Chandigarh in an extremely user-friendly manner. This works very well for attractions that are fairly wide spread from each other where customers are willing to wait the 15 minutes to half an hour for the next lift. However, when attractions are relatively close together, waiting for the bus versus walking to the next attraction becomes a dilemma and an irritant. The main case in point is the 1 km distance between the Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake, both ‘must see’ attractions of Chandigarh. The walk versus the wait for the bus, specially with children, are both unattractive options! The other alternative option is to pay a hefty fare to the auto rickshaws It is understood that Chandigarh Town Planning has proposed leisure activities in the area beyond the Lake and between the existing Golf Course and Kishangarh. These are A sports complex Health resort/ picnic huts Amusement park This, along with the activities already existing in the Sukhna Lake area, make this area a hub of leisure activities, visited by all Chandigarh tourists and most Chandigarh residents. There are several possible solutions to ease this situation for the Chandigarh tourist. Regulate the auto rickshaws to charge the official fares o Auto rickshaws will probably boycott the stand as the potential fare is the minimum drop of flag amount. o It is probably not economically viable to increase the number of buses that would be required to increase frequency over the entire circuit. Introduce a shuttle bus between the two places o This would require one more bus to shuttle every 10 minutes o Customers may not be willing to pay any amount over and above the basic Hop-on Hop-off fare for a bus service that is seen to be part of the same system. Introduce a novel form of cheap transport between the two locations. Some alternatives o Animal drawn buggies o An elevated monorail/ rail system It has been indicated that a 2 Km elevated track would be extremely costly. The monorail is necessarily electric o A conventional rail track with ‘antique’ engines and coaches in miniature. This would be like the narrow gauge railway to Matheran/ Darjeeling. The engine would be a diesel/ electric engine and could be designed like the ‘Fairy Queen’. This would be an attraction in it’s own right. A diesel/ electric train can be run very cost-efficiently. Pollution versus a steam train is minimal Recommendation It is recommended that a narrow gauge track and rake be commissioned to the private sector. Revenues From ticket sales The Rock Garden receives an average of 3,000 – 5,000 visitors a day. All visitors to the Rock Garden also go to Sukhna Lake. With the development of the Recreational Area, the Sports complex, the Tourist & Healht Resort and the Amusement park, the number of visitors can only increase. If 35 -40% of the visitors use the transport, which is an attraction in itself, this is roughly 1500 passengers a day @ Rs 5/ passenger = Rs 2.25 lakhs/ month. If running/ maintenance costs are 50%, net profits are Rs 1 lakh a month for a 70 month breakeven. If the Amusement Park and Tourist Health and Sports Centre are developed in Kishangarh, the numbers will rise dramatically. In addition, there will be opportunity of generating revenues from advertising on the train. Costs The estimated cost for setting down 2 Km of track is Rs 20 lakhs and the cost of the train, 4 coaches with 50 passenger capacity is Rs 20 lakhs. The engine is Rs 30 lakhs for a total project cost of Rs 70 lakhs Sources of funds It is recommended that this project be funded by Chandigarh Tourism. The Indian railways may be approached to set up a mini rail museum in this area. Marketing There is no marketing and promotion necessary and hence no specific marketing costs. Project 10 Conference Centre for Business Travel Businessmen travel to Meet buyers Meet suppliers Visit Home/ branch offices Incentive travel – where the travel is an incentive reward for better performance Attend conferences – own company and business associations The first three reasons for travel cannot be influenced by third parties. Business travel however can be generated to particular destinations through incentive travel and through conferences, conventions and exhibitions. Apart from road, rail and air access which is a common essential to develop these activities, and which is adequate in Chandigarh, each of the above also has its own requirements. Incentive Travel Incentive destinations are typically not those with cultural attractions but those with a wide range of leisure activities and nightlife. The participants of an incentive group are all prize winners of performance awards and are looking for a fun time in a place that ordinarily would be out of reach of their pockets or regular family holiday destinations. Chandigarh is not suited for incentive travel. Meetings, Conventions and Exhibitions Meetings and conferences These are traditionally organized by companies for their own staff, distribution chain and, occasionally, suppliers. They are company need-based to communicate messages that require some interaction to a medium sized audience. The size of the company in terms of number of people and the spread of distribution are the prime drivers of meetings and conferences. Apart from companies headquartered in Chandigarh, those headquartered in the surrounding districts of the Punjab and Haryana are also candidates for holding meetings and conferences in Chandigarh. A listing of such companies is attached. Conventions and Seminars These are meetings held for multiple organizations interested in the same topic. They are usually organized by industry associations, professional associations, management associations, universities and NGOs to discuss topics of common interest. Among the more common conventions are various medical disciplines, religious, environmental subjects etc. However, the local chapter of the association needs to drive the organization of conventions and seminars. Typically, a bid document is put up to the national body that then may make an inspection trip to view facilities. The bid is normally submitted with comprehensive back-up documentation which apart from the core expertise is exhibited, the documentation covers extra-curricular activities during the day for spouses and evening and night entertainment, accommodation facilities, transportation etc. The local chapter must also organize the convention/ seminar. This can be fairly complicated and many organizations do not have in-house expertise. Successful conventions require that organizers are educated in meetings management. Cities that have evolved as convention destinations generally have a dedicated ‘Convention Visitors Bureau’ that works with local organizations to generate conventions. The Bureau has full time employees and a committee made up of representatives from the local tourism, hospitality, transport facilities as well as Associations. The attachment gives some organizations that can generate conventions in Chandigarh. Exhibitions Exhibitions are held to display products. These may be organized by Companies – A launch of new products is usually accompanied by an exhibition Associations – Manufacturing associations, agricultural associations and other industry associations including travel, automobile, job fairs all require exhibition area. Exhibition halls, typically being unfurnished have multi usage potential such as marriages, concerts and other social events. It appears that there is scope for a meetings facility in Chandigarh. Given that hotel capacities, both current and in the future, will be contained by town planning, the conference facility should not be too large. Chandigarh Town Planning has already identified a 7 acre plot in Sector 31, next to the CII Northern region Headquarters. Recommendation It is suggested that this offers A venue for General Body meetings of 600-800 persons (Approx 600-800 sq.mtr). This would be auditorium seating 3-4 break-out rooms. These are not with any fixed seating but should have capacities ranging from 50 to 150 persons theatre style.( Approx 400 sq.mts) Exhibition area of approximately 1500 sq.mtr Business center facilities Restaurant and snack Bar Parking Visitor numbers Typically, utilization of convention and exhibition area space is taken at 25% of capacity, even though it is possible to use spaces more than once a day. Exhibition area space may be better utilised as it has multi-functionality for social occasions. A 600 seat auditorium with break out rooms should see a throughput of roughly 55,000 persons a year. The exhibition space will have utilization for both exhibits and social functions. These are mutually exclusive. If the space is used 25% for exhibitions - 90 days a year including set up and knock down times – in other words exhibits available for 60-65 days, throughput of visitors will be 60-65,000. Of the 270 days available for social functions, we can take a utilization of 40% or 100 days with an average marriage attendance of 500 pax, this will be 50,000 pax. Visitor revenues Revenues from conference hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000/event x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F&B on attendance of 55,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 110 lakhs Revenues from exhibition hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000 x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F& B on attendance of 60,000 x Rs 25 = Rs 15 lakhs Revenues on Social functions Attendance 50,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 100 lakhs Total = Rs 261 lakhs Cost The total cost of construction of approximately 3000 sq.mtrs convention center will be in the region of Rs 8-10 crores. Landscaping 7 acres with parking will be around Rs 15 Lakhs. Profitability of rental income is around 80% - Rs 29 lakhs - and F&B income around 50% - Rs 112 lakhs for a total profitability of Rs 140 lakhs approx. Project viability break even in 5 –7 years. Funding Sources Part of the cost of construction can be de-frayed by Corporates paying to have some of the break-out rooms and possibly the main auditorium named after their company/ founder. ASSOCHAM has done this successfully with their HQ in Delhi. Marketing A convention promotion bureau should be set up. Potential clients for conferences and conventions both in India and abroad are easily identified from ICCA and other association lists. The convention bureau will need to work with their India Chapters to prepare attractive bid documents. Project 11 Energising the City Centre Sector 17 is the City Centre of Chandigarh. While most sectors have their own markets for daily essentials, Sector 17 is where aspirational ‘Lifestyle’ products are retailed. The market has been designed with vast pedestrian spaces and is eminently suitable to be developed as a social and entertainment hub. Apart from the months of May & June, Chandigarh weather is suitable for outdoor activities Evenings - Mid March to end April, July to November During the Day - December to mid March A social and entertainment hub would require Shopping for aspirational items. This trend already exists in Sector 17. Opening hours should allow for late shopping. Night market stalls of handicraft items should be allowed Special Sales periods/ Shopping Carnivals should be announced in advance Range of F&B outlets. There is a reasonable range of outlets. These should be encouraged. Liquor licences should be made more easily available and extension of service should be allowed till 1am. Entertainment Movie Halls/ multiplexes/ open air movies and documentaries Video parlours/ Bowling alleys/ slot machines Street entertainment. Local performing artists and those performing at Kalagram, All the Chandigarh festivals could be moved to Sector 17 – April Fools Day, Mango Festival, Indo-Pak Mushaira, Chrysanthamum Show Administration Energising the City Centre would require the active involvement of the Sector 17 shop keepers who have the most to gain from this initiative. They should be brought into the very initial planning stages. These activities do not require large funding, but coordination is crucial for success. Committees comprised of shop keepers and Chandigarh Administration should be formed for various types of activities. Funding As noted, large funds are not required. It should be possible to levy a small cess on shop turnover to fund activities. Marketing This is aimed to provide a focal point for Chandigarh residents. Communicating events will not require more than posters in Sector 17 and other sector markets. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Prioritisation of selected projects Activity Short term Medium Long term 1-5 years term 5-10 10-20 years years Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Job creation Potential of Projects Activity Total Project Direct jobs Indirect cost created jobs created Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Nil Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs 50 50 Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use per year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept Nil 5 20 “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops Nil 5 20 and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs 350 1000 Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs40 –50 1000 4600 crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores 1000 4000 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs 100 400 10. Conference center to attract business travelers Rs 10 crores 300 1200 11. Developing the City Centre Nil ? 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil - Funding of Projects Activity Total Cost to Other project cost Govt funding sources Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs/ Rs 10 lakhs/ Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use yr year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new Nil Nil concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of Negligible Neglibible shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 Lakhs Rs 75 lakhs Corporate Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Variable Pvt Sector crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores Variable Pvt Sector 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 70 lakhs Lease 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 crores Rs 10 crores Some travelers Corporate 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil Economic impact of short term projects Activity Total Potential Multiplier Project Ongoing Effect Cost Revenues Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs Rs 42 lakhs Rs85 lakhs Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil Rs 33 lakhs Rs70 lakhs 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Rs 3.13 Rs 6.5 crores crores crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 Rs 10 Rs 20 crores crores crores 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 27 lakhs Rs 55 lakhs 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 Rs 2.6 Rs 5.5 travelers crores crores crores 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Cultural/ Tourist centres Project Funding-Rs lakhs 75 Funding Yrs 1-5 75 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 42.4 44.52 46.75 49.08 51.54 54.11 56.82 59.66 62.64 Operational Costs 5% 24 25.2 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 Operating profits 18.4 19.32 20.29 21.3 22.37 23.48 24.66 25.89 27.19 Traditional Cuisine Project Funding-Rs lakhs Nil Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 45000 47250 49613 52093 54698 57433 60304 63320 66485 69810 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 60/ 5% 27.02 28.37 29.79 31.28 32.85 34.49 36.21 38.02 39.92 41.92 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 6.75 7.09 7.44 7.81 8.20 8.61 9.05 9.50 9.97 10.47 Total Revenues 33.77 35.46 37.23 39.1 41.05 43.1 45.26 47.52 49.9 52.39 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 24 25.20 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 37.23 Operational Profits 9.77 10.26 10.77 11.31 11.88 12.47 13.10 13.75 14.44 15.16 Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Horse Race Track & Club Project Funding-Rs lakhs 5,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 4,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 1,000 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues- Rs lakhs Visitor numbers 000's 5% 105.0 110.3 115.8 121.6 127.6 134.0 140.7 Club Memberships 25/yr 600 625 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Monthly dues 5% 4.2 4.41 4.63 4.86 5.11 5.36 5.63 Corporate Boxes 5% 50 52.50 55.13 57.88 60.78 63.81 67.00 Programme 5% 47.6 49.98 52.48 55.10 57.86 60.75 63.79 Share of tote/ Race charges 5% 111 116.55 122.38 128.50 134.92 141.67 148.75 Gate money-Rs.lakhs 5% 43.5 45.68 47.96 50.36 52.87 55.52 58.29 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 11.25 11.81 12.4 13.02 13.67 14.36 15.08 Total Revenues 600 625 317.6 330.9 345 359.7 375.2 391.5 408.5 Amusement Park Project Funding-Rs lakhs 3,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 3,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 500 525 551.3 578.8 607.8 638.1 670 703.6 738.7 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Total Revenues 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Note : These two projects should be tendered out. The above spreadsheets give Operational revenues and visitor numbers for decision making purposes Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Linking the sightseeing Project Funding-Rs lakhs 70 Funding Yrs 1-5 70 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 550 5% 550 577.5 606.4 636.7 668.5 702 737.1 773.9 812.6 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs5/ 10% 27.5 31.76 33.35 35.02 36.77 38.61 40.54 42.56 44.69 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 15 15.75 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 Operational Profits 12.5 16.01 16.81 17.65 18.54 19.46 20.44 21.46 22.53 Conference Centre Project Funding-Rs lakhs 1,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 1,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Conference visitors 000s 5% 55 57.75 60.64 63.67 66.85 70.2 73.71 77.39 81.26 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 110 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 170.6 Rentals -Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Exhibition visitors 000s 5% 60000 63000 66150 69458 72930 76577 80406 84426 88647 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 25/ 5% 15 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 23.27 Rentals- Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Social function visitors 000s 5% 50000 52500 55125 57881 60775 63814 67005 70355 73873 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 10% 100 115.5 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 Total Revenues 261 291.1 305.7 321 337 353.8 371.5 390.1 409.6 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 112 117.6 123.5 129.7 136.1 142.9 150.1 157.6 165.5 Operational Profits 149 173.5 182.2 191.3 200.9 210.9 221.5 232.5 244.1 Tripura Tourism Policy Tourism Policy 2020 - 25 Shri Biplab Kumar Deb Hon’ble Chief Minister, Tripura MESSAGE I am delighted to learn that the Department of Tourism is bringing out the “Tourism Policy 2020-2025”. I understand that tourism in Tripura has come a long way and it is one of main engines of economic development. The initiative taken by the Department like launching Paryatan Sahayak Prakalp scheme for promoting entrepreneurship, introducing tourist friendly activities like audio guides, guides, eco- friendly vehicles, development of destinations like Chabimura, Unkaoti, Matabari and Neermahal are praiseworthy. The impact of these initiatives will be visible in coming years and will help in transforming Tripura as one the most important tourist destination in India. I hope that the Department will continue to play the perfect host to tourists from around the world by presenting the best we have as a destination and also at the same time preserving the tradition, culture, values and the interest of the people of Tripura. I hope that the Tourism Policy will be a guiding document for all the stakeholders to promote Tripura as a premier tourist destination. Wishing all success. Biplab Kumar Deb Shri Pranajit Singha Roy Hon’ble Minister, Tourism, Government of Tripura MESSAGE The tourism sector in Tripura has been growing consistently with lot of innovative activities being undertaken. However it has been observed that this growth has been in an unorganised manner with all the stakeholders of this sector working independently. It has been felt that all these stakeholders have to be brought together so that the vision of Tripura being a world class tourist destination is realised. This policy formulation is one of the steps towards achieving this vision. Tourism in Tripura began very small and has been growing consistency. Today the state attracts more than 5 lakh domestic and foreign tourist every year and has created a mark for itself on the tourism map of the country. I expect the tourism sector to grow more. This policy aims at facilitating this growth and at the same time ensuring that this growth in accordance with the traditional and cultural values of the state. The Government also aims to provide an environment conducive to the growth of the tourism sector so that all the stakeholders especially private investors are encouraged. This policy document also aims to provide this framework of conducive working environment. The policy document has been prepared after consultation with various stakeholders as at various stages and it focuses on identifying thrust areas for tourism in the State, the strategy to be adopted to make Tripura a world class destination, encouraging private partnerships, boosting local entrepreneurship and local community involvement in promoting tourism and all the same preserving the environment, heritage and culture of the state. I believe that this policy will strengthen the tourism sector of the State and will contribute not only for development of tourism but in overall economic development of the State. Pranajit Singha Roy Tourism Policy of Tripura 1. Preamble Global Tourism Scenario: A large number of people are travelling across the world- be it for work, pleasure or for enjoying the natural beauty or to understand the different cultures. As one of the most prominent human activities with positive outcomes, Tourism facilitates understanding of history, culture and traditions of our nation as well as of other countries. It promotes national integration, universal brotherhood and social integration. It offers opportunities for people to people exchange, generating employment opportunities, earning foreign exchange and this raising living standards. According to the annual analysis quantifying the global economic and employment impact of travel and tourism in 185 countries, World Travel & Tourism Council’s (WTTC) research reveals that the sector has grown at 3.9% during 2018. It contributed to $8.8 trillion to the global economy and accounted for 319 million jobs, equivalent to one in every ten jobs. Tourism Scenario in India Tourism sector is one of the largest employment generators in India and plays a very significant role in promoting inclusive growth of the less-advanced sections of the society. According to India Tourism Statistics 2019 published by Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India, Foreign Tourist Arrivals in India in 2018was 10.56 million and witnessed annual growth of 5.2%. The estimated Foreign Exchange Earnings from tourism during 2018 was Rs.1, 94,892 Cr with annual growth rate of 9.6%1.Domestic tourist visits to all States and UTs in 2018 was 1854.9 Million registering annual growth rate of 11.9%. The Indian tourism industry is responsible for creating 23 million direct jobs (or 5.5% of total jobs in India) and 36.6 million direct and indirect jobs (or 8.7% of total jobs in India). Tourism Scenario in Tripura: Tripura is a hilly North-Eastern State of India blessed with natural rich topography, unique geographical location with tropic of cancer passing through its heart. The State, an abode of rich floral and faunal biodiversity, unique landscapes and moderate climate throughout the year has immense potential for tourism .Peaceful co-existence of nineteen indigenous tribes along with Bengali and Manipuri communities in the State, their diverse cultural streams and faiths, traditional art, music and festivals, beautiful handloom and handicrafts constitute irresistible charm as a tourist destination. It has spellbound rock cut sculptures of archaeological significance, Buddhist pilgrimage sites and the royal palaces that add to the charm. During 2018-19, total 5,29,879 tourists visited Tripura including 1,12,955 foreign tourists. 1India Tourism Statistics 2019; Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India The bulk of foreign tourists are from Bangladesh followed by tourists from USA, Canada and UK. Though in small numbers, tourists from Serbia, Sweden, Hungary and New Zealand visited Tripura in 2018-19. Tourist arrival registered 10% annual growth during 2018-19. Evolution of Tourism sector in Tripura: Tourism has been declared as an Industry in Tripura way back in1987. Realizing the potential of Tourism in the socio-economic development of the State, the State Government has set up Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Limited in 2008 for professional management and giving further impetus to tourism sector in the State. The Corporation has been registered in 2009 and since it’s functioning the revenue generation is continuously increasing indicating the opportunity for further expansion of this sector. Earlier Tourism Department was part of Information and Cultural Affairs Department but in 2013 a separate Tourism Directorate has been set up and it acts as an administrative department for the Tourism Corporation. People’s outlook towards tourism in the state: The sociable, art loving, ritualistic and festive character of local people is very conducive for tourism development in the State. People’s outlook towards tourism is positive and full of enthusiasm as this has potential for socio-economic development of the local communities. In fact, community participation in tourism development will be vital for success of tourism in Tripura. 2. Need for Tourism Policy in Tripura Tourism continued to develop in an unorganised manner with various departments engaged in tourism development and facilitation but working in isolation with each other. Thus, a need for a joint and collaborative approach has been felt which would address tourism in a holistic manner through an integrated approach. There is an urgent need to consolidate all existing missions and plans, and together with strong participation of the tourism stakeholders to develop Tripura as preferred tourist destination. Considering ever growing and changing tourism industry, the policy shall provide guidance for bringing sustainability through inclusive growth, enhancing capacities of tourism stakeholders as well as for developing regulatory frameworks, which shall ensure quality experience for visitors to the State. At this stage of tourism development, the visitors’ perspectives also need to be factored in. Increasingly people are looking for authentic and distinctive experiences. Additionally, need to conserve the culture and nature has gained even more importance. This requires a comprehensive guiding document in the form of a policy for shaping Tripura’s tourism sector, which has been a long felt need in the state. 3. Vision To promote sustainable tourism in Tripura, with emphasis on enhancing tourist experience, placing Tripura on tourism map of the world as one of the leading tourist destinations and also enabling economic and social development by linking tourism with the livelihood opportunities for local communities. 4. Mission a. To make Tripura nationally and internationally acclaimed all-season Tourist destination. b. To provide world class amenities and facilities to the tourists at all destinations and also provide well managed public amenities on the highways. c. To highlight rich culture, heritage, wildlife, bio-diversity so as to provide unique experience of unexploited wonderland to the tourists. d. To disseminate Tripura’s rich history, cultural and traditional aspects related to the ancient kingdom. e. To facilitate involvement of private sector in establishment and management of tourism infrastructure. f. To encourage local communities in management of tourist destinations as well as hosting activities like home-stay. g. To generate employment opportunities for the local communities in sectors directly and indirectly linked with the tourism. 5. Guiding Principles The tourism policy will be based on the following guiding principles: a. Promotion of religious tourism based by developing places of worship of all faiths. b. To promote eco-tourism in the State in collaboration with the Forest Department. c. Undertake measures to provide best experience to the tourists in terms of information, logistics amenities, security and hospitality. d. Establish active and coordinated participation of Government departments, voluntary organizations, the local community and other stakeholders of tourism sector. e. Set up an institutional mechanism to promote private investment. f. To create enabling framework for public-private partnerships in developing tourism products, projects and services. 6. Validity period of Policy This policy shall remain in force for five years from the date of its issuance and projects started/established/ expanded operationally during such period shall qualify for benefits/exemption/concessions under the provision of this Policy. However, tourism projects established / expanded before the issuance of this policy shall be dealt with as per the provisions of the then prevailing policy. 7. Strategy The following will be the strategy to be adopted to realise the vision of development of Tourism in Tripura: A) Tourism Infrastructure Optimization: The development of infrastructure is key for promoting tourism in the State. This will be taken up in the following ways. i. Destination and Basic Infrastructure Development: a. Destination development will be taken up through Central Govt and State Govt schemes. For each destination, a master plan will be developed, so that comprehensive development of amenities and facilities is ensured. While planning the tourism destinations, Global Sustainable Tourism Council (GSTC) Criteria will be adhered by the Tourism Department, which is aimed to bring all stakeholders together to achieve sustainable tourism. GSTC Criteria serve as the global baseline standards for sustainability in travel and tourism. They are the result of a worldwide effort to develop a common language about sustainability in tourism. They are arranged in four pillars listed as sustainable management, Socio economic impacts, Cultural impacts and Environmental impacts (including consumption of resources, reducing pollution and conserving biodiversity and landscapes). b. Department of Tourism (DoT) will collaborate with State Govt. Departments like Urban Development, PWD, Transport, Tripura State Electricity Corporation amongst others for continuous improvement and maintenance of basic infrastructure such as roads, drinking water, power, hygiene, transport, and solid waste management. c. Priority areas will include setting up of hotels, restaurants, spas and resorts, tourist centres, parking areas, entertainment centres, amusement parks, ropeways, golf course, standardized budget accommodation etc. d. New tourism destinations across the State will be identified and prioritized for development. Every year 1-2 destinations will be focused so that they can be developed in all respects for the tourists. e. Efforts to include Tourism related aspects in action plan of all departments, particularly Forest, Handloom and Handicrafts, Information and Cultural Affairs for promotion of fairs and festivals of Tripura as listed in Annexure-1,Public Works Department, Industry (for tea tourism), Horticulture and other Departments of the State for holistic development. f. Highest priority will be accorded to conservation and preservation of natural resources and beauty at eco-tourism destinations. ii. Development of Way Side Amenities a. Way side amenities will include setting up cafeteria, souvenir shop, parking facility, toilet complex etc on the major roads leading to tourist destinations. b. The way side amenities will be developed on the government land along the National / State High ways or near the tourist locations, or developed in private land by the interested entrepreneur. c. All way side amenities to carry out the brand name of Tripura Tourism. d. In case of government land, the tourism department will ensure that land is allotted / leased to the Tourism Department with a provision to be managed by the Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Limited (TTDCL) and TTDCL will do the bid management for developing the way side amenities in that location. The land leasing will be taken up as per the guidelines formulated by the State Government from time to time. e. In case of private land, the owner of the land or any other person after seeking due permission or arrangement with the owner of the land, can propose to set up way side amenities. The proposal will be given to Tourism Department, which will examine and provide approval. In this case the developer will require to pay a royalty or commission to State Government, as per the procedure laid down. f. Way side amenities will be promoted under the Paryatan Sahayak Prakalp (Details included in Annexure II) scheme launched by Department of Tourism. iii. Development of Tourist Circuits a. Tourist Circuits linking Eco-Tourism, religious and entertainment places of interests to the tourist will be designed and developed. b. Based on the profile of the tourists i.e. domestic and foreign, separate tourist packages will be developed and marketed in the suitable forums. c. Special efforts will be made to develop international tourist circuit and promote in Bangladesh. The places involved will be Moynamoti in Bangladesh along with Pilak and Boxanagar in Tripura that can be developed as archaeological / Buddhist tourist circuits. d. Similarly, there are 6 Shaktipeethas in Bangladesh which can be linked with Tripura Sundari Shaktipeetha in Tripura and developed into an international religious circuit. e. Along these circuit routes, Home stay will be promoted to provide lifestyle and cultural experience of Tripura to the tourists. B) Improving Connectivity: i. Efforts would be taken to ensure direct flights from major cities to Agartala. ii. Operationalisation of Kailashahar Airport, will help to reach Unakoti and Jampui Hills tourists destinations conveniently. iii. There are 22 helipads in Tripura. Therefore, helicopter tourism can be promoted and “Tripura Hawai Darshan” will be started by using the services of Pawan Hans every weekend. iv. The Tourism Department will also work with the Indian Railways and IRCTC for providing affordable tourist packages. v. Tourism Department will work with the NHAI, PWD Department and Rural Development department to improve the connectivity to Tourist Destinations on priority. vi. The Tourism Department in coordination with the concerned departments of the State, will take steps to ensure proper hygienic conditions and to prevent the exploitation of tourists on national and state highways and at tourist places. vii. Police and Highway Patrol to be ensured on all major state and national highways connecting major tourism destinations in co-ordination with Home Department and Highway Authorities C) Human Resource Development: i. In service sector like tourism, availability of skilled staff is essential for delivery of hospitality services professionally. The Government will invest in human resource development so that the managerial and technical skill is made available with the State. Tourism Department will facilitate the operationalisation of Hotel Management Institute at Anandnagar at the earliest ii. All the personnel directly and indirectly engaged in the tourism sector will be trained in hospitality related aspects with assistance from National level apex institutes-like IITM, IIFM, IHMs, etc. DoT shall put emphasis on youth, women, under privileged and disadvantaged sections of the society. Skill trainings and Capacity Building workshops shall be organized to make them employable in the tourism sector. iii. Professional guides will be trained, certified and deployed at tourist locations and at arrival points. iv. Service related training will be provided periodically to all the registered home stay owners, restaurant staff and hoteliers and their staff so that the tourists enjoy warm hospitality during their stay in the State. v. Feedback and 3rd Party Skill Assessment of Trainings provided and Trainees after completion of trainings shall be carried out. vi. DoT will also encourage Hoteliers/Travel Operators/Tour Agents to induct trained and certified guides/workforce for better absorption in the tourism sector. vii. A pool of consultants / experts shall be empanelled to provide necessary training like general etiquettes, English speaking and other languages, cooking, nature guides, heritage guides, resort operations etc as per the demand of the industry. viii. Convergence with Central government schemes like Hunar se Rozgar Yojana of Ministry of Tourism and other ministries shall be ensured. ix. Licensing and certification of tour guides shall be ensured to standardize their services and accreditation of travel agents shall be promoted x. Tourism sector institutions of the State shall be encouraged to include sustainable development strategies as part of their curriculum. xi. Emphasis on capacity building of Local Communities: a. Special incentive scheme “Paryatan Sahayak Prakalp” has been adopted to promote entrepreneurship and people participation in development of tourism related infrastructure & services in Tripura, where subsidised interest loans upto Rs. 5 Lakhs are given to youths. b. Transparent guidelines and standard procedures will be laid down to allow local communities to participate in the management of the tourist destinations and services. c. Active participation of local bodies will be ensured by sensitizing them towards tourism. d. In promoting the local cuisine, costume, art, handicraft and local heritage etc, involvement of local communities is crucial and it will be encouraged. e. Retail outlets for local products, arts, crafts, cuisine, etc will be encouraged wherever feasible f. Community kitchens and cluster of public conveniences at rural locations will be encouraged largely through private entrepreneurs/SHGs D) Marketing & Promotion: i. Social media and digital media will be used widely for marketing the tourist destinations. This will be key for advertisement and promotion strategy. ii. Along with this, destination and package wise new brochures, posters will be printed and short films on destinations will be developed. iii. One key area for marketing and promotion is the Information centres situated in airport, railway station and integrated check posts. The existing information centers will be upgraded and new such information centers will be planned in major airports and railways stations. iv. The participation in leading national and international tourism fairs will be taken up strategically so as to market the tourist destinations in a better way. v. Familiarization tours of the leading tour operators of the country and overseas will be taken up in major tourist destinations so that they are marketed well in the State. vi. Road shows in key national and international markets will be taken up to promote the tourist destinations vii. Signage’s of the international class will be installed on the national, state and at the important tourist highways and stations. viii. Destination Management Organizations (DMO) will be promoted locally, first at Agartala for promoting destinations in concerted manner for standardization of services. DMOs are non-government professional body that market a destination by attracting right quantum of tourists and synergizes activities at local tourist destinations. Responsibilities of a DMO include: • Facilitate reservations for villas, resorts, hotels, homestays • Provide travel management and guides • Act as local partners for group and event organizers • Acts as receptive agents for travel agents, tour operators • Training and capacity building activities for local communities • Tourism products and business development ix. DoT shall undertake initiatives to develop Coffee table books, Documentaries and knowledge material for tourists. These will focus on diversity of Tripura such as its flora, fauna, heritage, festivals and local culture covering tourism destinations x. A 5 year calendar of events across Tripura will be developed including 5 signature events that will be organized annually. Indigenous products will be promoted as part of the event calendar xi. The advertisement will be taken up by the Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Limited (TTDCL) as accordingly approved by the board of TTDCL from time to time. xii. Emphasis towards attracting International Tourists: It has been observed that international tourists prefer visiting places with rich cultural heritage, eco-friendly locations and the locations that offer them unique experience. As Tripura has all these types of locations, steps should be taken to attract international tourists. As the first step to attract international tourists, a detailed strategy will be created for top 5 visiting countries to catalyse the demand of inbound tourism including strategic link up with overseas tourism boards. a. Making linkages with the international circuits of religious and cultural significance and marketing the tourist destinations. b. Efforts will be taken to ensure travel, accommodation bookings and transit seamless and comfortable to the tourists. c. All efforts will be made to access national as well international tourist markets for marketing, branding, promotion of local Tourism Products. d. Comprehensive feedback mechanism of tourist experience shall be developed. E) Attracting Private Investments: i. To encourage establishment of tourism projects through private investment, land bank at suitable locations will be identified and created by the tourism department. ii. As tourism has been accorded the status of Industry, the, Incentives, Subsidies/Concessions will be made available to augment the establishment of various tourism facilities like hotels and resorts in the State, like to any other industry. iii. Private transport operators will be linked to tourism areas and encouraged to provide quality transport services. iv. To encourage MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences and Exhibitions) Tourism in the State, establishment and management of convention centres with private investment will be promoted. v. To provide quality accommodation to tourists in the state, establishment of star category hotels with private investment will be encouraged. F) Safety & Security i. A disaster management plan will be created for major tourist destinations to brace for any eventuality. A dedicated helpline number will be launched exclusively for the tourists. ii. To provide safeguard for tourist, tourist police / private security persons will be deployed at various locations. An assessment will be made regarding the requirement of the police personnel / private security guards and they will be sensitised accordingly. iii. Tourism Department shall liaison with mobile operators to ensure efficient connectivity for all tourism destinations in the state especially far-flung areas iv. Tourists will be provided with information with the better use of information technology and communication mediums. Through mobile based applications they will be provided tourism information. v. Tourist destinations will be equipped with modern telecommunication facilities and ICT. vi. Enabling appropriate accessibility for physically challenged will be promoted at key tourist destinations. 8. Thrust Areas of Tourism in Tripura Eco Tourism Eco-Tourism is a new concept, developed around the idea of travelling to places of natural beauty, moving around and staying at places bestowed with nature for few days. It involves participation of local communities in overall economic development of area, learning environment friendly way of life and support conservation efforts while observing nature and wildlife. Tripura has immense scope for eco-tourism. The State is virtually free from industrial pollution. Its green forests, blue hills, enchanting rivers are basis on which eco- friendly tourism can be developed through: a. Tripura is an ideal place for developing eco-tourism activities like jungle safaris, trekking, rock climbing, forest trails, nature walks, angling, camping etc. All these activities are to be conducted in a manner that promotes awareness of the environment and helps maintain the ecological balance. b. Wildlife Tourism is an integral part of Eco Tourism. At present there are 04 (four) Sanctuaries, 02 (two) National Parks. Department of Toursim proposes to work actively with the Wildlife Wing of the Forest Deptt. to further develop and improve wildlife parks/zoos, bird watching towers and other public utility services for the facility of the tourists. Initiatives shall be taken in collaboration with the Forest Department to preserve/protect these areas from mass tourism flows and development. c. Development of Lakes and wetlands is also part of eco-tourism. The department will take steps in coordination with the Forest Department to maintain and enhance their beauty by undertaking development in an integrated manner. d. Policy for Eco-tourism in Forest & Wildlife areas has been outlined by Government of India. It will be followed as and where applicable. e. Forest Department will also make an endeavour to declare some areas for eco-friendly recreation. f. Creation of infrastructural facilities like good quality tents, cottages-on-stilts with provisions for ethnic food and other logistics will be taken up in the eco tourism sites along with river cruise, water sports etc. g. Dumbur lake will be developed into world class destination with the financial assistance of the Central Government / Externally Aided Project in order to develop activities like water sports, angling, bird watching, setting up of house boats, development of artificial beaches etc. h. Nature Camps, Eco-friendly accommodation, trekking and nature walks, visitor interpretation centers amongst others shall be promoted. i. Guides and naturalists shall be trained and certified in coordination with the Forest Department. j. TTDCL will conduct feasibility study to create cycle trails near selected rivers, natural parks and sanctuaries to discover natural and cultural aspects of the region. k. TTDCL will create interpretation center to promote edutainment in forest sector. Adventure Tourism: a. There is a need to make comprehensive adventure tourism promotion plan for the State by laying down the regulatory framework for enforcement of safety standards.TTDCL shall set out eligibility criteria for entities aspiring to enter the Adventure Tourism segment to safeguard the tourists from the perils of the various adventure tourism activities b. For the promotion of adventure sports, the TTDCL will identify the various adventure sports activities that can be taken up at different location and they will be developed in public private partnership mode. As the first step, TTDCL will work in close coordination with Adventure Tour Operators & Associations to frame resource mapping for developing potential adventure tourism activities. c. To attract private investment in Adventure tourism, TTDCL can offer land on lease or license. Procedure to offer the land on lease shall be followed in accordance with the guidelines issued by the State Government from time to time. d. As training and safety standards are key to adventure sports, training on different aspects of the adventure sports to the youths, will be facilitated by TTDCL. e. TTDCL will make provision for quality equipment needed for adventure activities. These shall be made available in the nearest tourism department office. f. TTDCL will market and promote adventure destinations and expeditions in domestic and international platforms. Spiritual Tourism: a. A detailed infra-gap assessment shall be carried out at major pilgrimage destinations to address the key infrastructure issues in collaboration with Temple Trusts. b. Service Level Agreements for maintaining cleanliness and hygiene with professional agencies in the domain shall be undertaken. c. Funding from CSR shall also be explored for solid waste management, provisioning of tourist amenities etc at prominent pilgrimage destinations. d. Smart solutions will be promoted in collaboration with Temple Trusts to implement services like Wi-Fi, CCTV cameras, display screens, Prasad vending cash cards, visitor management amongst others. e. With the help of local bodies regular cleanliness drives shall be ensured at religious destinations. f. TTDCL shall create Tourist Facilitation Centres to enhance tourists experience at religious destinations. These centres shall ensure centralized booking facilities, tourist information, food etc. g. Tourism Department plans to develop Tripura Sundari Matabari Temple as world class tourist destination in consultation with the Mandir Trust.Along with tourist amenities, Tourism Department will also develop Ropeway from Udaipur Railway Station upto Matabari temple, in PPP mode. This ropeway will become a major tourist attraction. h. Tourism department in collaboration with other States, will market Tripura Sundari Temple as part of shaktipeeth circuit. These efforts will be especially with Assam, so that all tourist visiting Kamakhya can also visit Tripura Sundari temple. i. An annual seven days Kharchi Mela at Old Agartala Chaturdas temple during the month of July has come to be as known as Mahamillan utsav of the tribal & non-tribal, where lakhs of people and Sadhus congregate. This shall be highlighted in publicity campaigns in domestic tourist circuits with an appropriate tagline giving forceful punch to spiritual tourism. j. The Buddhist circuit in Tripura comprising Benuban Vihar, Mahamuni and Nabincharra will be promoted, especially in South East Asia to attract tourists. TTDCL will conduct road shows in the South East Asian countries to promote Buddhist Tourism. k. With similar focus, the centres of other faiths also will be developed and promoted in the relevant market segments. Ethnic Tourism: a. Tripura is a unique in it’s cultural and ethnic diversity. The State is a home land to 19 ethnic tribes and groups, each having its own cultural heritage, life customs, religious beliefs, language, food habits, folk songs and dances which are rich and varied. b. TTDCL shall conduct Social Impact Assessment in collaboration with the Department of Tribal Welfare and Department of Forest for development of eco-ethnic tourism activities in due consultation with representatives from tribal communities. This will ascertain their willingness to participate in eco-ethnic tourism activities. c. A detailed resource mapping study shall be undertaken by analyzing the market potential of eco ethnic tourism d. Only activities and facilities having least impact on the natural resources and the tribal culture shall be permitted. e. Marketing strategies shall be developed for promotion of eco ethnic tourism activities based on sound market research and segmentation analysis and make wide use of electronic, print and cyber media. f. Destinations thus identified shall be developed in accordance with the carrying capacity of the region, and also ensured that the activities causes minimal disturbance to the social diaspora and natural ecosystem g. Tourism infrastructure for promoting eco ethnic tourism activities shall be environment friendly, low impact aesthetic architecture, including solar energy, waste recycling, rainwater harvesting, natural cross-ventilation and proper sewage disposal and merging with the surrounding habitat. h. TTDCL shall work in close coordination with Tripura Handloom & Handicrafts Development Corporation to promote the tribal products i. Accreditations like Craft Mark, Geographical Indication (GI) shall be promoted for the products developed by the tribal people, to adhere to the principals of fair trade. j. TTDCL will identify villages to develop the traditional architecture and tourism related infrastructure. k. TTDCL will also identify in the existing tourist locations and also new locations to provide the experience of local cuisine, handloom and handicrafts, art and dance forms. Efforts will be undertaken to form Village tourism Committees (VTC) in such tourist locations for effective management of tourism enterprises. SHGs of villages shall be promoted to work as supporting VTCs. l. appropriate synergies would be ensured with financial institutions to provide funds for renovating the rural homes so as to ensure attractive, clean and comfortable stay of visiting tourists. m. Some of the identified activities for promotion under eco-ethnic theme are as under:  Rural Immersion Programmes including festivals and folklore  Rural Homestays  Local cuisine  Handicraft development  Participation in tribal rituals  Tribal Sports  Village walks and Jungle Treks, Bird watching etc. Film Tourism: a. The objective will be to project and establish, Tripura as an ideal shooting destination, and for this an exhaustive publicity campaign shall be taken up by the tourism department. b. Film Tourism is an area which can be explored in Tripura, as till date no major films were shooted here. To promote film tourism, the producers need to be given incentives so that they find a reason to do shooting here. c. Also film producers face various difficulties in co-ordinating with different departments while asking permission for local level shooting. Tourism Department will co-ordinate with these departments to obtain the legal mandatory permissions needed for film producers. This service can be extended to the concerned producer company on best effort basis d. It will also be required to declare Director Tourism as the sole authority for granting all type of permissions related to film shootings and the fee thus be collected by the Tourism department could be further remitted to the concerned departments. e. In addition to this the department will invite investment from private parties for setting up of the film cities, studios and hiring of filming equipment etc. for which govt. land could be provided on PPP basis. f. Organize familiarization tours for major production houses in India and across the world for key tourist destinations in Tripura. g. To ensure safety and security to the film makers a separate film shooting wing will be formed in collaboration with the Home Department and respective District Tourism Officers on the concerned area. h. TTDCL shall lease out various instruments available for film shooting in close coordination with other departments like Education, Culture, amongst others. i. TTDCL in consultation with the production houses will retain film shooting sets/structures which can have touristic value. Tea & Golf Tourism: a. There are 54 Tea Estates in Tripura. Coordination with the management of the tea gardens can effectively do a lot in promoting tea tourism in the State. Tourism Department will engage and persuade some of the willing tea gardens to be a partner in the tea tourism packages. The quantum of land allowed and activities permitted shall be as per the provisions of TLR& LR Act as amended from time to time. b. Traditional houses in Tea Estates could be converted into home stays wherein the tourists could enjoy the beauty right from tea plantations upto tea packaging. Many of these tea gardens can be developed to have golf courses. c. TTDCL will also organise Tea Festivals in consultation with the Tea Board. Wellness Tourism: a. A detailed market plan shall be developed to promote medical & wellness tourism in association with concerned stakeholders including reputed medical institutions and practitioners, medical service providers, amongst others. b. Focus would be towards offering medical as well as wellness facilities to the rural/sub- urban regions of the State by developing seamless connectivity to the destinations. c. TTDCL shall also include these centres in it packages and promote them at national and international platforms like travel marts, road shows etc. d. Apart from this Tourism Department also proposes to develop ayurvedic spa /health resorts in association with the private sector at various locations in the State. e. Training the youth in Panchkarma and other therapies will also be undertaken by tourism department through concerned departments. Heritage Tourism: a. Heritage zones will be earmarked around site like Unakoti, Udaipur, Pilak, Baxanagar, etc and accordingly master plans will be developed for comprehensive tourism development of the region. To improve the maintenance of these destinations efforts will be taken to create ownership among locals. Feasibility of creating heritage trails will be also considered. b. Greater coordination with Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) will be ensured and all efforts will be taken to make “UNAKOTI”- a World Heritage Site. c. To increase length of stay of tourists’ development of tourist villages near existing heritage attractions will be encouraged by engaging local communities. Border Tourism: a. TTDCL will encourage tourism activities along the bordering areas of the state. Intensive marketing and promotional activities will be adopted to increase tourist visits from neighbouring states. b. Access to infrastructure to these destinations shall be developed by collaborating with other state agencies to enable smooth commute. Arts, Crafts and Souvenirs: a. Promotion of local art and culture, generation of income and employment as it is a major component of tourism policy. The tourism department will endeavour to encourage the development of souvenir industry linked to local crafts, events and places which would promote a distinctive image of the State both within and outside the State. The private sector will also be encouraged to patronize and promote local folk, culture and crafts for the visiting tourists. b. Development of souvenir industry including standardised packaging is of utmost importance for which leading institutions and voluntary organisations in the country like NID, NIFT, IIPD, NCDPD etc will be actively engaged. 9. Role of Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Ltd: The role of Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Ltd (TTDCL) for implementation of tourism policy is important. The role of the Corporation will be as follows; i. While providing tourism services, the TTDCL shall play a crucial role in establishment, expansion, marketing and advertisement of tourism related infrastructure and services. ii. TTDCL shall identify new areas for development of Tourism destinations and facilities through public and private investment. iii. TTDCL shall focus on management of core tourist services, and as per the need will be allowed to hand over its units to private sector for operation under management agreement or on a long-term lease. iv. To resolve issues related to tourism promotion, management and operations, effective steps shall be taken up in co-ordination with stakeholders of tourism industry. v. Tourism projects shall be established and appropriate support to investors to invest in new undeveloped areas with tourism potential shall be streamlined. vi. As and when required TTDCL can expand its units and develop new areas of tourism through profits realized. vii. TTDCL shall take up up-gradation and maintenance of tourist lodges and other assets regularly to provide better facilities to the tourists. viii. TTDCL shall set up a Project Monitoring Unit (PMU) for taking up intense promotional activities, attracting private investments, investor facilitation, providing incentives and subsidies to investors. 10. Tourism Projects The following activities will be treated as tourism projects to avail various facilities and subsidies as applicable under the Schemes of the State and Central Governments. The definitions of these projects will be updated as per the guidelines issued by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and Department of Tourism, Government of Tripura, from time to time: • Hotel (Star, Deluxe and Standard Class). • Health Farm/Resort/Health and Wellness Resort. • Resort, Camping Site and Fixed tenting units. • Wayside Amenities. • Heritage Hotel. • Facilities for Meetings, Incentives, Conferences and Exhibitions (MICE). • Museum/Aquarium/Theme Parks. • Bed and Breakfast /Home Stay Units. • Golf Course. • Rope way. • Water Park and Water Sports. • Amusement Park. • Adventure tourism. • Cruise Tourism and House Boats. • Film studio and development of infrastructure and installation of equipment for film making. • Sound and light show/ Laser show. • Other activities related to tourism as notified by Tourism Department of Central / State Government, from time to time. 11. Investor Facilitation and Promoting Private partnerships i. Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Limited (TTDCL) shall function as the nodal agency for investor facilitation under this policy. ii. The engagement of private partners for suitable tourism projects will be according to the guidelines issued by the State Government from time to time. iii. For Investment Promotion in Tourism, Corporation shall work in coordination with Directorate of Industries and Tripura Industrial Development Corporation also to provide permissions, incentives and subsidies for the enterprises and projects in Tourism sector. iv. At State level, for implementation of Investment promotion activities, for granting of permissions / registration / no objections / licenses to Investor of establishment of Tourism Projects, Deputy Managing Director, TTDCL shall be nominated as the single point of contact. v. The Deputy MD shall get resolved all such Investment related proposals in tourism sector through the committees constituted at State and District level and coordinate with various departments for necessary approvals. vi. Private projects where forest/revenue clearances are needed will be dealt on priority within a specified time not exceeding 30 days. 12. Planning for Future Developments Tourism shall plan holistically for all its future tourism developments, in order to achieve the same the following practices shall be adopted: i. Tourism Roadmap The department shall undertake the exercise to create a long-term tourism roadmap of the state. In doing so TTDCL shall engage consultants, as required, to prepare a comprehensive tourism roadmap covering the detailed resource mapping exercises of potential and new tourism destinations. Thus, TTDCL can prioritize these destinations and make action plans for implementation. TTDCL shall also engage experienced operations/experts in various domains to get domain specific information on various destinations. One of the scope of services under the tourism roadmap exercise will be identify potential tourism projects. TTDCL shall use the Tourism Roadmap while preparing its own annual tourism budgets and adhere to the roadmap for seamless integration of the action plan. ii. Tourism Investment Summits The department along with TTDCL shall organize tourism investment summits as an annual affair, as it brings down the investors under one roof and facilitates the investments in tourism domain. Secondly, it is an excellent platform for the State Tourism Department to showcase various projects that are on offer for private sector participation. iii. Convergence of Tourism Projects The department shall ensure that it benefits from various schemes that are centrally sponsored for tourism development and related works. Some of the schemes targeted towards the same are Swadesh Darshan, PRASAD, HRIDAY, AMRUT, Swachh Bharat Mission, Skill Development Mission etc. TTDCL shall apply under the mentioned schemes and gain funds for tourism development. Apart from these, TTDCL shall also make a framework to utilize CSR related funds at tourism destinations. TTDCL shall also encourage projects which are green and uses renewable energy as practice by providing them faster approvals and simultaneously providing special incentives to be decided on case to case basis. 13. Incentives and Subsidy for Tourism Projects The State Government has granted the status of Industry to the Tourism Sector in 1987. The incentives and subsidies as promoted by the industry department and as detailed out in Tripura Industrial Investment Promotion Incentive Scheme 2017 and subsequent amendments will be applicable to the projects undertaken for tourism department. 14. Allotment of land for establishing Tourism Projects through private investment i. The State Government can make land available for establishment and development of all types of Tourism Units as per the existing procedures. ii. All Development Authorities, Agartala Municipal Corporation, Municipality Councils, Tripura Housing Board, Nagar Panchayat, Gram Panchayat, Forest, Industry Department and District Collectors would be requested to identify suitable land for the establishment of Tourism units, as per the requirement. iii. After demarcation and ensuring the land is encumbrance free and other issues, and after recommendation by the land allotment committees, the identified land will be sent by the concerned District Magistrate and Collector, to the revenue department for allotment / lease in favour of Tourism department. iv. Land so identified shall be set apart and reserved for tourism units. Information of such Land Bank would be made available on the Website of concerned Body/ District Collector/ Revenue Department and on Tourism department Website. v. Such identified Government land / land on which assets are erected and are transferred to the Tourism Department would be developed as per prevalent guidelines of the Government. vi. Tourism department through TTDCL will put the land to the identified use, either directly or through leasing /licensing out such land in and open, fair and transparent manner for investments, operations and management by the private investor. vii. Similarly any assets like heritage properties or any other assets that can be promoted under tourism, will be taken up by Tourism Department and operationalised through TTDCL. viii. The procedure for leasing out of Government land allotted / leased to Tourism Department will be according to the guidelines issued by the State Government from time to time. 15. Constitution of State/District Tourism Promotion Council: i. State Tourism Promotion Council (STPC) a. The State Tourism Promotion Council shall be established at the State Level. This Council under the Chairmanship of Hon’ble Chief Minister, shall be constituted with nominated stakeholders in tourism sector. b. The State Tourism Council shall be empowered to take decision for various schemes and projects emanating out of the State Tourism Policy. c. The Council shall meet as and when necessary and at least once in a quarter d. The functions of STPC shall be as follows; • Review the implementation and effectiveness of the State Tourism policy and undertake necessary amendments if required to achieve the objectives of the policy • Recommend enabling institutional structure necessary to implement this policy including establishing effective single window clearance system • Prioritize the current projects and review implementation targets • Advise on interdepartmental coordination on matters related to this policy • Invite industry stakeholders to understand their challenges and adopt suitable measures to mitigate the same • Establish a governance structure for regular management of each major destination/ tourism asset • Strategy to devise Brand, Communication and Promotion plan • Strategy towards being an enabler through PPP projects • Unlock Tourism inhibitors like land acquisition, etc. ii. District Tourism Promotion Council a. In various parts of State, cultural and tourism centric events are organized at local levels. Therefore, at each district level, District Tourism Promotion Council (DTPC) shall be constituted under the chairmanship of the District Magistrates and Collectors. b. While the State Tourism Council will drive the policy initiatives, the roll out of specific initiatives will reside with District Tourism Councils for smooth implementation of tourism projects at district level. This is essentially a decentralized arrangement, where local government engage with industry partners to promote tourism. c. Following are the key responsibilities: • Clear planning covering locations, events, etc. • Coordinate fund allocation by agencies as per budgets • Monitor implementation of the projects and assistance to private stakeholder to facilitate investments • Planning, Implementation and Regulation at the tourist sites in greater detail as set out by STC. • Identify land parcels for tourism development in the district • Nodal agency for ideas and information related to tourism at the district • Develop economically viable Tourism Projects for development • License, regulate and accreditation of tourism ventures as per the Tourism Department guidelines • Encourage/facilitate travel writers, media and bloggers for promoting places of tourist interest in the district • Prepare the local event list at the district level • Facilitate convergence of resources of various agencies for the development of tourism infrastructure& development and updation of tourism information for districts • Organize and facilitate training programs for the benefit of stakeholders in the tourism industry • Facilitate the formation of local tourism destination development bodies with local community participation for development of tourism assets • Facilitate and support the development of eco-tourism societies • Promote the development of tourism master plans for each district • Skill profiling of local population to create lists for guides, freelancers, photographers, home-stay addresses and develop a tourism service provider database 16. Tourism Excellence Awards Annual Tourism Awards will be instituted for recognition of excellence in tourism products and services as also for contribution to the growth of tourism in the State. The various categories are mentioned below: a. Best Entrepreneur in Tourism b. Best Woman Entrepreneur in Tourism c. Best Start-up in Tourism d. Most Innovative Tourism Project e. Best ICT-enabled Tourism Project f. Best-maintained Tourism Asset (Swachhta-Puraskar) g. Recognition to Hotels, Tour Operators, Agents h. Green Tourist operator taken up eco-friendly tourism measures. (Significantly contributing to the growth of Tourism in the State). 17. Implementation of Tourism Policy In order to make available required facilities/ rebate/ license etc. to tourism projects concerned departments shall issue necessary guidelines, notifications or amend the rules. In this context, if difference of opinion arises or difficulties emerge, then matters including clarifications/ explanations / disputes shall be placed before the Empowered Committee comprising of following members under the Chairmanship of Chief Secretary for resolution:- • Principal Chief Conservator of Forests • Principal Secretary, Finance • Principal Secretary, Tourism • Principal Secretary, Information and Cultural Affairs • In-charge Secretary of department related with the case • Director Tourism , shall be the Member Secretary. Committee may take decision in accordance with the prevailing policy and the decision thus taken shall be final and binding on all concerned and its compliance shall be mandatory for the concerned department. Committee shall discharge all the responsibilities mandated under this policy. ***** A. LIST OF FAIRS & FESTIVALS OF TRIPURA ANNEXURE - I Fairs & Festivals Venue & Time Pous Sankranti Fair At Tirthamukh every year in January Pilak Tourism & Archaeological Festival At Pilak every year in Non.-Dec. Rajarshi Festival At Bhubaneshwari Temple every year in the month of May. Ashokastami Festival At Unakoti every year in April Goria Festival Month of Baisakh (April) for 7 days Buddha Purnima Festival Every year in the month of May at Udayan Buddha Vihar, Lord Buddda Temple &Mahamuni Pagoda. Kharchi Festival At ChaturdashDevta Temple every year in July Boat Race Festival At Rudrasagar Lake &Gandacherra every year in August Chabimura Festival At Chabimura every year in September/October Dumboor Festival Every year in October/ November at Gandachara Diwali Festival At Matabari every year in October / November Neermahal Tourism Festival At Neermahal every year in December B. TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE AND CORPORATE OFFICE ADDRESS 1. Tripura Tourist Information Centre, Head Office of Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Ltd,Swetmahal, Palace Compound, Agartala, Tripura, Phone: +913812325930 2. Tripura Tourist Information Centre, Agartala Maharaja Bir Bikram Kishore Manikya Airport, Tripura Phone: +913812342394 3. Tripura Tourist Information Centre, Akhaura Integrated Check Post, Agartala, Tripura, 4. Tripura Tourist Information Centre, Netaji Subhash Chandra International Airport, Kolkata, West Bengal, Phone +91 9432985706/ +91 9038244957. 5. Tripura Tourist Information Centre, Tripura Bhawan, 1- Pretoria Street, Kolkata-71, West Bengal, Phone:+9133 22825703/ 0624/ 2297, E-mail:- tripuratourism.kol@gmail.com. 6. Tripura Tourist Information Centre, Tripura Bhawan, Salt Lake, Kolkata, West Bengal, Phone: +913323340213. 7. CORPORATE OFFICE:Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Ltd, Swetmahal, Palace Compound, Agartala, Tripura West, Pin – 799001, Phone: +913812325930, e-mail: tripuratourism09@rediffmail.com,Website:www.tripuratourism.gov.in ***** ANNEXURE - II GOVERNMENT OF TRIPURA TOURISM DEPARTMENT ******** Guidelines for the “Interest subvention scheme” to promote entrepreneurship in tourism sector. 1. Background: a. Tripura has very high potential to become a great tourist destination in the North East India. There are many tourist locations in the State that are not well known across the country and there are many more tourist locations that are yet to be explored. In order to enable the tourism sector in Tripura to grow, the best strategy is to involve all the stakeholders and simultaneously create an eco-system to increase the number of stakeholders. b. Hence the scheme ‘’PARYATAN SAHAYAK PRAKALP’’ on interest subvention scheme for tourism sector is being proposed to promote the people involvement in tourism sector in Tripura. 2. Objective: The objective of the scheme is to promote entrepreneurship in tourism sector by providing interest subsidy to eligible persons to enable them to take up activities in tourism sector. Through this scheme, it is intended to facilitate the access of loans to tourism related projects and upon successful repayments, as an incentive, the interest component will be borne by the State Government. 3. Details of the Scheme: a. The interest subvention scheme is to promote entrepreneurship in Tourism Sector. b. This scheme will be applicable only to loans taken up for tourism related activities, up to maximum of Rs. 5.00 lakh per loan per person. c. Bank may extend loan beyond Rs. 5.00 lakh as per project cost and security offering within their norms. But, the support from the Government on interest subvention will be extended only upto the loan of Rs. 5.00 lakh. d. If the borrower repays the loan regularly to the bank then as an incentive at the end of every 6 months the interest component will be paid back to the beneficiary. e. The interest subvention will be paid for a period of first 5 years only calculated from the day of sanction of the loan. After that for the remaining period of the loan, the interest will be paid by the borrower. f. The amount of interest repaid under the scheme will be calculated at 8% interest rate or actual interest rate, whichever is lower. g. Borrower will contribute 5% of the project cost as margin. h. The following projects can be taken up under this scheme a. Home stay facilities b. Way side amenities – pay and use toilets, restaurant, dhabas etc. c. Boats – Speed boats, house boats, shikara etc d. Water / adventure sport facilities e. Promoting heritage tourism, eco-tourism etc f. Managing yoga / ayurvedic facilities near tourist locations g. Eco friendly transport near the tourist zones h. Any other innovative projects related to tourism sector 4. Eligibility Criteria: a. Individuals above 18 years of age upto the age of 50 years will be eligible for this scheme. b. Preference will be given to unemployed youths and to those who have completed graduation or diploma in Hotel Management or Travel and Tourism or undergone any skill development in Tourism related skills under the Prime Minister Kushal Vikash Yojana (PMKVY) or any others schemes will also get preference during the course of selection. c. Only one person from a family will be eligible for this scheme. d. Only if the borrower pays regular EMI, then the interest component will be repaid by the Government. If he/she defaults the payment for three consecutive months, as verified by the banker, then he/she will automatically cease to be the beneficiaries of the scheme. e. The borrower shall not be entitled to receive subvention facility in case of becoming a loan defaulter and unable to repay the loan within loan repayment schedule fixed by the bank. 5. Procedure: a. The scheme will be implemented by Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Ltd (TTDCL). b. Applications will be received on continuous basis throughout the year, through online portal (www.tripuratourism.gov.in). c. All the applications received in previous month will be examined by the committee on 10th of next month and if 10th is a holiday then on the immediate next working day. d. A committee with representatives of Industry department and Bankers will be formed to examine the projects. The members of the Committee will be as follows • MD,TTDCL :- Chairperson • Representative of Industry Department : - Member • Lead District Manager (West Tripura) : - Member • RM, State Bank of India : - Member • RM, UBI : - Member • MD, Tripura Gramin Bank : - Member • MD,TSCB : - Member • Any other invitee members as per the requirement. e. The committee will assess the project proposal both from the suitability to the overall tourism development plan of the State and also for its financial soundness. f. The such recommended applications will be forwarded to the banks for sanctioning of the loan. The respective banks after sanction of the loan will inform TTDCL. g. After the sanction and loan disbursal, the bankers will keep a record of repayment of the loans. All such loans where repayments are regular, interest component of these loans will be calculated and forwarded to TTDCL, once in every six month i.e. as on 1st July and 1st January. TTDCL will then pay the interest of all such regular repaying loans to the respective beneficiary as per the details provided by the bank subject to maximum of 8% of interest rate. h. There will be periodical supervision of the Tourism Department on the scheme and on the projects undertaken for necessary facilitation or handholding. 6. Loan Tracking: The loan tracking will be undertaken by the concerned Bank disbursing the loan. The Lead Bank shall maintain a detailed statement of loan repayments on the basis of quarterly information furnished by the concerned Banks. A Nodal Officer will be appointed from the side of TTDCL and one each from the Banks participating in the Scheme for coordination. 7. Repayment of loans: The loans are to be repaid to the concerned Bank disbursing the loan as per its terms and conditions. The interest subvention support from the government will be released twice in a year. The bank will submit consolidated statement (borrower wise) to the department with their declaration with their repayment status of the loan. In case of any loan account turned to NPA beneficiary will not be allowed to receive the interest subvention from the government. However, on up gradation of the loan account to standard account within the tenure of loan, the borrower will be entitled to receive the interest subvention. The repayment of the loan by the candidates should be between the bank and candidates and no guarantee shall be given by the Government. However, government may extend support on recovery process as it extending in other loan scheme. 8. Implementation: The project should be implemented within 3 (three) months of granting the Loan and should start earning income within one year. If the project is not started within three months then it will cease to be sponsor by the scheme. The Loan amount must be spent only for the sanctioned project. Diversion of the Loan amount to any other purpose is strictly prohibited. END Application for “Paryatan SahayakPrakalp” To, The Managing Director, Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Ltd, Swetmahal, Palace Compound, Agartala, Tripura West. Sir/ Madam, I would like to avail the benefit of “Interest Subvention Scheme for Tourism Sector”. The required details are furnished hereunder:- 1. Name of theApplicant:- (In Block Letters) 2. Father/ Husband/ GuardiansName:- 3. Full address of theapplicant:- (a) Habitation/Area- (b) Gram Panchayat/ Ward No- (c) Block/Nagar Panchayat/Municipal Corporation- (d) Sub-division- (e) P/S- (f) District- (g) Mobile No- (h) AadharNo- 4. Date ofBirth:- 5. Gender:- Male/Female 6. Caste:- ST/SC/OBC/UR 7. Economic Status:- APL/BPL/AdhocBPL/NFSA 8. EducationalQualification:- (Highest) 9. Skill Development Training(if any):- 10. Project Details:- (a) Name of theProject:- (b) Location of theProject:- (c) Total Cost ofProject:- (d) Whether New Project or ExistingProject:- (e) Personal investment other than BankLoan:- (f) Preferred bank for loan:- 1. Bank name:- 2. Branch name:- (g) Expected Return PerYear:- (h) Scope of Employment Generation:- If any, then for how manypersons:- (i) Detail project proposal enclosed:-Yes/No 11. Accountdetails: b) Name of the Bank &Branch: c) Accountnumber: d) IFSC code of the bank: e) PAN CardNo: I do hereby declare that the details furnished above are true and best of my knowledge and belief. I further request you to kindly grant my application and oblige thereby. Date:- Place: - ----------------------------------- Signature of the Applicant .................................................... For Official Use Only................................................... I do hereby recommended this application of Sri/Smt............... ................................................,Address....................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... for availing of “Interest Subvention Scheme for Tourism Sector”. Date:- Place:- MANAGING DIRECTOR Tripura Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. Swetmahal, Place Compound, Agartala, Tripura ................................................................................................................................... ................. N: B: - Documents to be submitted by the applicant (Xerox Copy):- 1) PRTC/Citizenship ofCandidate. 2) ROR. 3) RationCard. 4) AadharCard. 5) Admit Card/SchoolCertificate. 6) Caste Certificate in case ofST/SC/OBC. 7) Qualification Certificate. 8) Training Certificate ifany. 9) A hand sketch map of the Location of ProposedProject. 10) Copy of bank passbook. END Page 29 of 29 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy SUNRISE STATE OF ANDHRA PRADESH TOURISM POLICY 2015-2020 SUNRISE STATE ANDHRA PRADESH I invite you to Sunrise Andhra Pradesh, the treasure-trove of opportunities. My government is fully committed to making Andhra Pradesh as one of the top three states in India by 2020. Our ideas are big and our vision is global. Join us in growth and prosperity. - Nara Chandrababu Naidu Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh Table of Contents Contents 1. Preamble 4 Sunrise Andhra Pradesh 4 Tourism potential in Andhra Pradesh 4 Mission-based approach to developing tourism 5 2. Tourism investment policy approach 6 Policy vision 6 Policy objectives 6 Policy targets 7 Policy validity 7 Policy Instruments 7 Tourism Investment strategy 8 Uniform Tourism Zone across the State 8 3. Tourism Infrastructure projects 9 Eligible Tourism Infrastructure projects 9 Private sector investments in Tourism Infrastructure projects : Fiscal Incentives 10 Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance 10 Land Conversion Charges 11 Registration and Stamp duty 12 VAT/CST/SGST 12 Luxury Tax 12 Entertainment Tax 13 Energy Tariffs 13 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes 13 PPP investments in Tourism Infrastructure Projects : Fiscal Incentives 13 Land Conversion Charges 13 Allotment of Land for PPP projects 13 Registration and Stamp duty 14 VAT/CST/SGST 14 Luxury Tax 14 Entertainment Tax 15 Energy Tariffs 15 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes ......... 15 Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development 15 Government projects under Tourism Infrastructure : Fiscal Incentives 15 Mega Tourism Infrastructure projects 15 Additional incentives for Tourism Infrastructure projects 16 Performance based incentives 16 Marketing incentives 16 Special conditions for Tourism Infrastructure projects 16 4. Tourism Services 17 Eligible Tourism Services 17 Incentives for setup and operations of Tourism Services 18 Investment subsidy 19 Marketing support for Tourism Services 20 Special conditions for Tourism Services 20 5. Institutional arrangements 21 Enabling a conducive environment for tourism investments 21 State Tourism Promotion Board (STPB) 21 State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) 21 Empowered Committee (EC) 22 Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT) 22 6. Marketing and Promotion of Andhra Pradesh for Tourism 23 7. Skill Development and Capacity Building in Tourism sector 24 Promote Andhra Pradesh as tourism education hub 24 Promote capacity building programs across entire tourism eco-system 25 Safety & Security of Tourists 25 8. Annexure 26 Abbreviations 27 Definitions 27 1PREAMBLE Sunrise Andhra Pradesh Andhra Pradesh is the State of Opportunities. The State now targets to be among the top 3 states in India by 2022 and a developed state by 2029. With the second longest coastline of 974 kilometers in the country, a rich historical and cultural heritage, ancient and spiritual temples, serene valleys and hills; the new state of Andhra Pradesh with 13 districts holds vast tourist potential, hitherto. Andhra Pradesh is strategically located on the south-eastern coast of India and is a natural gateway to East & South-East Asia. The state has a population of 4.93 crore (Census - 2011), accounting for 4% of country’s population. The State provides an amalgamation of factors conducive to high growth and accelerated development, such as strong infrastructure, highly talented technical manpower, enterprising population and dynamic leadership. These offer immense opportunities for ushering in growth, development and resurgence of the State- the ‘Sunrise State’. Tourism potential in Andhra Pradesh Tourism in India has grown by leaps and bounds over the years, with each region of India contributing something to its splendor and exuberance. The ‘Incredible India’ campaign which showcases the best that India has to offer to tourists, now commands worldwide attention. Andhra Pradesh has the distinction of being a leading tourism destination in India and is presently, the third most visited State in terms of domestic tourism. In 2013, 152.1 million domestic tourists visited Andhra Pradesh, which was about 13.3% of the total domestic tourism market. The State is a microcosm within itself – offering unmatched tourism potential to investors and tourists. It offers multitude of theme-based options to explore across its length and breadth. As part of its Tourism Mission strategy, the State offers nine major Tourism themes: 1) Beach & Water-based 2) Eco-tourism 3) Buddhist 4) Religious 5) Heritage 6) Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE)& Infrastructure development 7) Recreation/Adventure 8) Spiritual/Wellness 9) Medical These nine major themes are further categorized into 42 sub-themes. 04 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Service Sector Mission Urban Development Mission Primary Sector Mission Realization of SwarnAndhra Vision 2029 Social Empowerment Mission Industry Sector Mission Infrastructure Mission Knowledge and Skill Development Mission Mission-based approach to developing tourism Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) has envisaged a Mission- based approach to firmly set Andhra Pradesh on the path of sustainable development and growth. Seven missions have been identified to provide support in managing externalities and enhance inter-departmental synergy for improving outcomes and reducing delays. The Service Sector Mission would focus on enhancing job opportunities and providing further fillip to sectors such as tourism, construction, hospitality, financial services, education, IT and other allied activities. The Tourism sub-mission will work under the ambit of the Service Sector Mission. The Tourism sub-mission will primarily focus on two key aspects: a) Theme-based development: It will focus on developing tourism projects under themes of beach & water-based, eco-tourism, Buddhist, religious, heritage, MICE & infrastructure development, recreation/adventure, spiritual/wellness and medical. b) Destination-based development through Hub & Spoke model: It will focus on developing tourism circuits on a hub & spoke model. The emphasis will be on developing five important tourism hubs (Visakhapatnam, Vijayawada, Tirupati, Rajahmundry- Kakinada and Srisailam-Nagarjuna Sagar) by 2020, and all other district headquarters as tourism hubs by 2029. Through this policy, GoAP endeavors to make the state more conducive and attractive for potential investors and provide an impetus to the tourism sector. GoAP firmly believes that this sector can be a major growth engine for economic development, employment generation and eradication of poverty by promoting investments in the tourism sector. 2TOURISM INVESTMENT POLICY APPROACH Andhra Pradesh is on the threshold of evolving as the most preferred tourist destination in the country. The State offers myriad experiences to tourists, and multifarious opportunities to investors. The proactive Tourism Policy, coupled with abundant and world-class tourism opportunities available in the State, shall place the State on the tourism map of the world. The intrinsic potential of developing Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services in Andhra Pradesh, when leveraged effectively and creatively, would make the State highly competitive and possibly, unmatched across other domestic and international destinations. GoAP aims to create an enabling environment to encourage private investments. The State will provide potential private investors with excellent support infrastructure and access to a host of scenic locations, virgin beaches, backwaters, pristine forest areas and divine destinations for developing world-class Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services. To develop Andhra Pradesh as one of the most preferred tourist destinations through sustained investments, robust Tourism Infrastructure Projects & Services, and provide world-class diverse tourist experience. Tourism shall be a major engine of economic growth in Andhra Pradesh, enabling socio- economic development of the state through enhanced revenues, employment generation and significantly contributing to the GDP of the state. The objectives of this policy are: a) To position Andhra Pradesh as a globally recognized tourism destination b) To become the most preferred choice for tourism investments in the country c) To enable tourism sector to become a significant employment generator d) To deliver world-class experiences by offering unique and diverse Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services e) To nurture and sustain the rich culture, heritage and environment of the State 06 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Policy Targets In line with the objectives, the following targets have been set: a) To be the most preferred State in India for domestic tourist arrivals, and among top 12 states for international tourist arrivals b) To facilitate investments in the tourism sector to the tune of Rs 10,000 crore and contribute 7% to the State GDP by 2020 c) To facilitate creation of 5 lakh additional jobs in the tourism sector Policy Validity a) The Policy will be valid from date of notification to March 31, 2020. b) The Tourism Policy 2015-20 will supersede any GO/Circular issued earlier, which are in contravention to the provisions of this policy. Policy Instruments Various policy instruments have been detailed in this policy document to facilitate achievement of the policy targets: } Enabling a conducive environment for setting up and operating tourism infrastructure projects and services } Incentives to encourage and promote private investments } Industry status for Tourism Infrastructure projects for specified purposes } Comprehensive skill development and capacity building in the tourism sector } Marketing & branding of the sunrise state as a globally recognized tourist destination and facilitating investments through a dedicated Investment Promotion team Tyda, Araku Kolleru Lake, West Godavari GoAP envisages that a majority of new projects in the Tourism sector will be driven by private sector investment. A relatively smaller proportion of projects will be through Public-Private Partnerships (PPP) and direct government investment. a) Private Sector Projects: To ensure that Tourism Infrastructure projects & services, facilities and standards are among the best in the world, the Government aims to primarily attract private sector investments in tourism sector, including purchase/lease of land to undertake Tourism Infrastructure projects or Tourism Services b) PPP Projects: PPPs can be established across all the major themes and sub-themes identified under the Tourism Mission strategy. This may include developing/ operating/ maintaining Tourism Infrastructure Projects or offering Tourism Services on behalf of, or in partnership with, the State Government. c) Government Projects: GoAP, through a designated government agency, will undertake select tourism projects where government investment is required to drive tourist activities. To achieve the target investment of Rs 10,000 crore by 2020, the Tourism Department will develop a Shelf of Projects outlining the investment opportunities in the State. However, this list is indicative and not exhaustive. A Land Bank for Tourism Projects will also be created and maintained to ensure timely grounding of Tourism Infrastructure projects. Tourist destinations are spread across the State. However, while the attractions are wide spread, tourist inflow is not. In order to balance tourist inflows and encourage maximum investment in the State, the Tourism Policy emphasizes minimum restrictions and maximum incentives to all investors. Accordingly, incentives in this Policy are proposed to be applied uniformly across the State, irrespective of the location of the Tourism Infrastructure Project or Tourism Service. 3TOURISM INFRA- STRUCTURE PROJECTS In line with the vision of the Tourism Policy, GoAP is committed to providing maximum incentives and concessions to encourage private investments for setting up and operating Tourism Infrastructure Projects in Andhra Pradesh as detailed below. Eligible Tourism Infrastructure projects a) The State Government has identified the following Tourism Infrastructure Projects based on the priorities and alignment with the state’s aspirations: i. Hotels (Three-Star or above category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) ii. Resorts, including beach resorts, jungle resorts, hill resorts etc. (Three-Star or above category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) iii. Heritage Hotels (Heritage Basic, Heritage Classic, Heritage Grand as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) iv. Amusement Parks v. MICE Centers vi. Golf Courses vii. Botanical Gardens viii. Urban/Rural Haats ix. Tourism & Hospitality Training Institutes x. Wayside Amenities xi. Spiritual/Wellness Centers xii. Museums b) To be eligible for incentives, the project needs to be a new Tourism Infrastructure Project and compliant with the definitions and minimum requirements as prescribed in Section 8.2. c) Tourism Department will periodically review the list of eligible Tourism Infrastructure Projects and propose inclusions / deletions / modifications, wherever necessary. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Penukonda Fort, Anantpur Private sector investments in Tourism Infrastructure projects: Fiscal Incentives Complementary / Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance a) Tourism Department will work with other concerned departments to ascertain, and link up, provision of major connecting infrastructure required to be established for the specific Tourism Infrastructure Project b) In addition, Tourism Department will provide incentives from the tourism budget for ‘Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance’ to support investors in providing last-mile connectivity for establishing comprehensive Tourism Infrastructure Projects in the State. c) The incentive will be targeted to provide support to investors in the form of establishing or, where already available, strengthening complementary / linkage infrastructure as per the specific requirement of the Tourism Infrastructure Project, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost. d) Complementary / linkage infrastructure could be in the form of: i. Road access a. From an existing road up to the project site b. Where a road is not available, the Government will provide all necessary revenue record information for the investor to acquire Right of Way. ii. Power connectivity a. From an existing transmission/distribution line till the project site b. Switching station and transformer at the project site can be covered iii. Water and Sewerage connection a. Connection charges, road cutting charges, plumber costs b. Connectivity to Sewage Pumping Station / Sewage Treatment Plant 10 iv. Transport infrastructure a. Facilitate cab services from nearest airport / railway station / bus station for tourist activity b. Bus stand at closest feasible point on the APSRTC route v. Communication network a. Facilitate access to network connectivity for mobile, internet connectivity vi. Health services a. Facilitate access to ambulance services vii. Security services a. Project Site to be covered for safety & security under the jurisdiction of the nearest police station b. Mobile police patrolling in the vicinity of the project site, as deemed feasible by the local police station e) The responsibility for applying and procuring all required approvals for establishing / strengthening complementary / linkage infrastructure will rest with the private investor. The Tourism Department will render necessary assistance as and when required f) The total cost of the Tourism Infrastructure Project will be as per the Appraisal Report prepared by a Scheduled Commercial Bank and duly certified by a registered Chartered Accountant (CA). The incentives towards Complementary / Linkage infrastructure will be applicable as per the provisions below: Total Project Cost 01^ enables investors to benefit from Capital interest subsidy, stamp duty concessions & much more. Further, it lays special emphasis on development of emerging avenues of Tourism through offerings such as hot air balloons, ropeways, funiculars, golf etc. The policy wiU enhance the Ease of Doing Business in Tourism sector through creation of land banks, appointment of nodal officers, and setting up of High Power Empowered Commitlee and a Single Window Clearance System. Moreover, Ihe polic>, is closely integrated willi skilling of youth and regional communities through training gap analysis, planned approach for disaster management and a robust ICT infrastructure. 1 am confident that the policy will him out to be a key enabler for the next stage of growth of the scclor and position Uttarakhand as the leading tourism destination for traditional as well as emerging avenues of tourism. CONTENT 14 Preamble 15 1.2 Definitions 16 1.3 SWOT Analysis 16 1.4 Major Challenges of Uttarakhand Tourism 17 2. Vision & Objectives 18 n曹■■蜃譬春《零1«零曹《«曹《暑零«««曹》»零譬》»零》»零》»曹零》«零_«曹，》暴擎暴擊嘗零《<蜃《馨曹曹暑《««»«零參 2.2 The Objectives of the Uttarakhand tourism policy 2018 18 2.3 Guiding Principles: The guiding Priciples of 19 the Uttarakhand Tourism Policy 3. Development Strategy 3.1 Development of Potential Land banks .... 3.2 Potential Tourism place 3.3 Identified Tourism Products / Themes .... 4. Product Development & Opportunities 4.1 Wellness & Health Ecotourism and Wildlife Tourism Adventure Tourism Film Tourism Golf Tourism Service Apartments Ho me stay Health, Rejuvenation & Medical Tourism. Discover your roots Ropeways Air Connectivity/Helipads Public Private Partnership (PPP) 5. Institutional Framework 30 5.1 High Powered Empowered Committee (HPEC) 30 5.2 Ease of Doing Business and Single Window Clearance 32 5.3 Process Flow of Project approval by HPEC 33 5.4 Process Flow for Approval in Single Window Clearance System 34 6. Incentives / Subsidies 36 6.1 Incentives^ Subsidies under MSME Policy 2015 36 as amended in March 2016 & 2018 6.2 Incentives & Subsidies for larger tourism projects in 37 which investment extends rupes 10 crore under Mega Industrial & Investment Policy - 2015 6.3 Eligible Entity under Tourism 38 6.4 Conditions for avail concessions and incentives 40 6.5 Other Conditions 40 42 42 4 3 Marketing & Branding 44 8.1 Marketing, Branding and Use of ICT 44 8.2 Com rn© n G6 m© nt 45 Nepal and Tibet It is one of the fastest growing States in India, The state's GSDP increased at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 5.34% between FY 12-18. More than 70% of the state is under forest cover, playing the critical role of green lung. The presence of almost all agro-climatic zones provides commercial opportunities for traditional as well as high value agriculture. Proximity to the national capital and abundant natural resources (including water and hydropower) have enabled the state to develop industrial parks in the plainer regions. Tourism is unarguably one of the most important sectors to the state's economy. The tourism not only contributing for over 50% of the total GSDP from 2006-07 to 2016-171, but also providing livelihood across all parts of the state (including hinterland areas.) As the State moves on its vision to become a Green Economy, tourism sector will play an important role in realizing the State's socio-economic goals. The number of tourists visiting Uttarakhand has consistently increased from around 19.45 million in 2006 to 31.78 million in 20162, and registered CAGR of 5.03%. A recent World Tourism & Travel Council (WTTC) report has pegged India as the 7th largest tourism economy globally in terms of absolute size, and further forecasts the sector to grow at 7% between 2017 and 2027, and the State Uttarakhand is expected to match this trend in terms of tourist arrivals. Figure 1: Tourist Projections - Uttarakhand 1.2 Definitions 1.2.1 The definition of various expressions used in this policy are as follow (a) Tourism means all types of tourism in modern parlance such as religious Tourism, Cultural Tourism, Pilgrimage Tourism, Adventure Tourism, Sports Tourism, Medical & Wellness Tourism, Heli tourism, Ecotourism, Film Tourism, Wildlife Tourism, etc. (b) Infrastructure means power, water, and sewerage, transport infrastructure facilities established for individual or common use. (c) Subsidy means Financial assistance granted by the Government of Uttarakhand or its Departments under various expense components for tourism. (d) Concession means a financial relief or benefit or certain relaxation in procedure granted by Government of Uttarakhand or its Departments to Tourism related units upon fulfilment of certain conditions by them. (e) The GST levied on the inter-State supply of goods or services by the State Government of Uttarakhand (f) Money used towards ownership of fixed capital by Tourism Units (g) Expansion means building the additional capacity by a tourism enterprise that is engaged in commerce Operations. 1.3 SWOT Analysis Tablel: SWOT analysis of Tourism in Uttarakhand Weakness Several Parts of Uttarakhand are known for being favourite destinations for retired people/pensioners to settle down; thus the potential of future market for luxurious second homes/holiday homes is here. Cluster of higher education facilities in Dehradun offers opportunities for advanced environmental centre combining research, education and general conservation/ ecotourism awareness among students and visitors; 1.4 Major Challenges of Uttarakhand Tourism 1.4.1 Disaster Prone Areas - There are numerous instances where development is on disaster prone high risk zones. 1.4.2 Unplanned infrastructure development in and around Hill areas. Destinations like Mussoorie, Nainital, Ranikhet, Char Dham, Jim Corbett, Binsar etc. are over-crowded during peak tourist seasons and need urgent interventions like identification of permissible carrying capacities to enable sustainable planning, traffic and tourist management strategies. 1.4.3 Tourist Management during Char Dham Yatra. 1.4.4 Solid Waste Management at tourism destinations. 1.4.5 Inadequate railways and airways connectivity and expansion of airports. 1.4.6 Limited big ticket private investments (especially in star category hotels) To ensure necessary basic amenities at all tourist destinations like - parking, toilets, signages at strategic locations, ATMs, dispensaries, ticketing counters, internet and telecom facilities etc. j. To enhance ease of doing business (investor facilitation) by strengthening single window clearance process for faster approvals of tourism entities k. To ensure the involvement of other State and Central Government Ministries/ Departments to leverage their strengths and schemes (eg. Swadesh Darshan, PRASAD, AMRUT, Swachh Bharat Mission, Wellness Centre under Ayushman Bharat Scheme, Start-Up India, Hunar Se Rozgar etc.) for improvement of tourism infrastructure in the state. 2.3 Guiding Principles: The guiding principles of the Uttarakhand Tourism Policy are as follows:- a. Aggressive Marketing and Branding of Uttarakhand Tourism by running campaigns, roadshows, appointing influential celebrity as State’s Tourism Brand Ambassador, radio jingles, social networking and other appropriate platforms. b. To ascertain capacity building of tourism workforce and increase employment through skill development c. To solicit participation and funding support from private sector, multilateral organisations and allied countries and donation from charitable agencies, individuals, Government Bonds, CSR, etc. in tourism infrastructure development. d. Strengthening Tourism Trade Facilitation through single window clearance, appointing nodal officers, land banks and tourism investor’s meets/platforms. Government of Uttarakhand has decided to develop ‘13 District 13 Destinations’. This important initiative is targeted towards holistic development of the state and will take tourism to the last mile and far flung yet beautiful districts of Uttarakhand. 3.1. Development of Potential Land banks 3.1.1 UTDB shall create a land banks for tourism purpose in every district, as the Uttarakhand Government has decided to develop one new tourism destination in each of the 13 districts. 3.1.2 State Government has formulated H Uttarakhand Tourism Land Pooling & Implementation Rules 2017” to enable faster and easier land identification and pooling procedures for tourism. This procedure shall also provide a suitable platform (to be developed on PPP mode) for new theme based criterion. 3.1.3 The State Government shall adopt a ‘Focused Intervention Approach’ to identify suitable land parcels in identified tourism themes. 3.2 Potential Tourism place. 3.2.1 Geographical Information System (GIS) shall be leveraged for mapping of different tourist destinations across the state, which will be a ready reckoner to investors (refer map for potential tourism destinations). 3.2.2 Department of Tourism shall conduct detailed resource mapping after every 2 years for all natural, cultural, heritage tourism sites and update the information on GIS based platforms. 3.2.3 Kiosks shall be placed at important and strategic places like Airport, Railway Stations, ISBT and in the premises of other key departments (viz. Dept, of Industries, AYUSH, Skill, Forest department etc.) for potential investors and tourists to impart information on potential tourism projects, land details, policies, approval processes, incentives and subsidies etc. 3.2.3 Tourism development will be a focus for lesser developed yet potential areas, so that employment opportunities are created and economic growth is ushered. Adventure i J ^ \ dt ^ - ^ f ： i ^ ^ ? i1-| Rafting-Shivpuri, Tons, Kali Skiing- Auli, Dayara, KhaliyaTop Trekking - Gangotri Kalindi khal - Badrinath, Devariyatal - Chandershila, Govindghat- Ghangariya - Valley of Flowers, Almora- Jageshwar- Binsar, Bedni Bugyal, Chopta, Pindari Glacier Trek, Milam Glacier Trek, Om Parvat- Aadi Kailash etc. Aero Sports: Helium & Hot Air Balloons/Blimps - Pithoragarh, Naukuchiyatal, Tehri, Bedni Bugyal, Chopta etc. Mountain Biking- Nainital, Mussoorie, Almora etc. Pilgrimage, Cultural & Festivals Gangotri, Yamunotri, Kedarnath, Badrinath, Rishikesh, Haridwar, Jageshwar, Ba'ynath, Piran Kaliyar, Hemkund Sahib, Nanda Devi, Chota Kailash, Patal Bhuvaneshwar, Nanakmatta, Panch Prayag, Panch Kedar, Panch Badri, Nanda RajjatYatra, Uttarayani Mela, Kumbh Mela, Ramman Festival etc. Wildlife & Bird Sanctuaries Jim Corbett National Park, Rajaji National Park, Binsar Wildlife Sanctuary, Kedarnath Musk Deer Sanctuary, Nanda Devi National Park, Askot Musk Deer Sanctuary, Neel Dhara Pakshi Vihar, Benog Wildlife Sanctuary, Govind Wildlife Sanctuary, Gangotri National Park, Kedarnath Sanctuary etc.. Nature and Landscape Mussoorie, Nainital, Chakrata, Dhanaulti, Almora, Kausani, Lansdowne, Mukteshwar, Ranikhet, Chaukauri, Pithoragarh, Khirsu etc. Health, Rejuvenation & Medical Rishikesh, Haridwar, Tapovan, Dehradun, Haldwani etc EGO/ Rural Tourism Mana, Chopta, Chakrata, Deoriyatal, Pallyu, Shaukiyathal, Bageshwar, and Munsyari, Dodital, Dayara Bugyal, Kanatal, Sattal, Chaiinsheel, Mori etc. Water sports, Cruise, Yachts Tehri Dam Reservoir, Nainital, Nanaksagar, Baur Jalashaya, Naukuchiyatal, Bhimtal, Sattal, Maneri etc. MICE Dehradun, Nainital, Haridwar, Rishikesh Buddhist Rock Edict Kalsi Dehradun, Govisairn (Kashipur) Heritage Tourism Narendranagar (Tehri), Gujrugarhi (Pauri), Uppugarhi (Tehri), Pithoragarh Fort (Pithoragarh), Chandpurgarhi (Chamoli), Vairat Kila (Chakrata), Katarmal Sun Temple (Almora), Devalgarh (Pauri), Nelong Valley (Uttarkashi) etc. Uttarakhand Theme-wise Major Destinations MICE Adventure Pilgiimage, Cultural & Festivals Wildlife & Bird Sanctuaries Nature & Landscape Health, Rejuvenation & Spiritual Eco / Rural Tourism Water sports India Uttarakhand is extremely rich in natural and cultural heritage, religious destinations and festivals etc. UTDB shall prepare a Detailed Tourism Road Map by March 2019 having complete inventory of tourism resources - products/activities, destinations, potential for tourism development, status of the existing infrastructure, gaps, and tourism stakeholders along with action plan in phase wise manner. The Department shall develop Tourism Zones' in strategic locations of the state to make vibrant tourism destinations. The Department shall create land banks for these tourism zones and special rules for faster approval processes, land use shall be formulated etc. This will enable the State Tourism to develop and implement target oriented phased development of regional destinations considering special tourism products and alternate tourism options. Few of the identified tourism products after Stakeholders Consultations are discussed below: 4.1 Wellness & Health Uttarakhand since ages is known for its therapeutic products. The state is well known for its varied species of famous medicinal plants and herbs. Over the decade, numerous private operators offering wellness and rejuvenation products have mushroomed especially in the Haridwar-Rishikesh belt. With the advent of wellness and rejuvenation products, this segment has further established a high demand thus it shall be promoted in other suitable regions of the state. Now towards further promoting the products of this category of tourism strengthening the segment and professionally running and maintaining the same, UTDB shall put concerted efforts as follows:- The standard operation procedure (SOP) mentioned in the policy must be made after extensive consultation with the stakeholders so that they are fair and practical. In order to check global standards, the quality and services for treatments and therapies shall be standardized and finalised as per national and international best practices. iii. UTDB shall encourage NABH accredited wellness centres operating in the state with a ‘Mark of Excellence^ The NABH accreditation for wellness centres has been pioneered by the Ministry of Tourism and Ministry of AYUSH. iv. UTDB and Department of AYUSH, Government of Uttarakhand shall jointly develop a high-value brand of accredited wellness and rejuvenation centres in the state with Private Sector Participation. v. NABH certification and adherence to the provisions of National AYUSH Mission (NAM) is mandatory. • The Department of AYUSH shall carry regular checks at these centers to ensure quality of services. • UTDB and Department of AYUSH shall also promote these centres on their websites. • UTDB shall ensure convergence of benefits for accredited wellness centres through schemes of Ministry of Tourism and Ministry of AYUSH. 4.2 Ecotourism and Wildlife Tourism i. UTDB shall work in close co-ordination with the Ecotourism Board of Department of Forest and provide civic and tourist amenities in national parks and wildlife sanctuaries jointly along with Forest Department to ensure visitor satisfaction. ii. Ecotourism activities shall be developed with the help of Forest Department so that the rich biodiversity of the state. iii. Planning for such destinations will be done by engaging the local communities to ensure equitable distribution of benefits and socio-economic upliftment of the local population may propagate / disseminate. iv. The model of Tripartite agreements between department of Tourism, Department of Forest and Communities (ETCs /EDCs) shall be explored to operate forest based ecotourism sites v. Nature Interpretation Centres, Nature Camps, Bird watching, Nature Tour Programs etc. of international standards shall be organized. vi. While encouraging wildlife tourism it shall be ensured that it does not disturb, deteriorate or have any negative impact on the environment. vii. Ecotourism guides and naturalists shall be trained and certified in co-ordination with the Forest Department. 4.3 Adventure Tourism Private sector participation will be encouraged to develop adventure tourism activities in the state. These activities will include water sports, white water rafting, aero sports, paragliding, para sailing, hot air ballooning, mountain biking, trekking, mountaineering, rock climbing, bungee jumping, etc. UTDB being a nodal agency shall prepare guidelines and rules for regulation and safety for adventure tourism activities in the state. 4.4 Film Tourism i. Uttarakhand has been a hot-spot of film shooting locations where Nainital, Mussoorie, Ganga, Char Dham, Jim Corbett and Hilly Terrains of Kumaon & Garhwal are some famous places for shooting. ii. The Department of Tourism shall facilitate production houses in faster approvals for filming sites, and thus strengthen symbiotic relationship between the production houses and the state. iii. UTDB shall identify places of interest for film industry and make online catalogue of destinations and liaison with information department. 4.5 Golf Tourism i. UTDB shall work in close coordination with Department of Sports and Indian Golf Union to identify potential investors, locations feasible for Golf & Mini Golf. ii. A detailed resource mapping study understanding the market potential and saleability of the Golfing shall be undertaken. 4.6 Service Apartments Service apartments are usually operated by caretakers hired by its owners to provide comfortable stays to visitors for short-term or long term stays. Utilizing vacant residential units can solve the issue of room shortages and simultaneously provide alternate and additional income to the owners. Department shall assist for registration and capacity building. Department shall formulate policy/guidelines for service apartments. 4.7 Homestay. Homestay unit visitors get experience of rural life, culture and cuisine of host community. Homestay has resulted as a means of alternative livelihood this can also play a vital role for resolving shortage of rooms for tourist in various areas. Special emphasis shall be given on storytelling and handicrafts/souvenirs for which the youths would be encouraged to undergo trainings, as this will help them serve tourists better and earn extra income. Air Connectivity/Helipads The Department shall develop helipads at prominent tourism destinations in coordination with Department of Civil Aviation with basic amenities like Toilets, Restroom and Kitchenette. Public Private Partnership (PPP) Non-profitable and closed units of Tourism Corporations will be given on lease to private sector for better and profitable operations of the units through competitive bidding on case to case basis. Private sector participation shall be encouraged in the provisioning of tourist amenities, like wayside amenities, convention centre, ropeways, public conveniences, parking lots, wayside motels, shopping facilities, local transportation training centres etc. The Roles and Responsibilities of the HPEC ^ To prioritize, sanction and approve applied private sector tourism projects for availing state’s incentives and subsidies ^ To inspect, visit, review and monitor any projects regarding its implementation, execution, operation and management. To recommend special legislation for formation of appropriate regulatory mechanism, robust grievance redressed mechanism as may be required for the project. Floor Area Ratio (FAR) - The HPEC shall review, revise/modily the existing FAR applicable to tourism units and send recommendations to concerned Departments/Authorities for implementation. Rame and issue guidelines for PPP initiatives in tourism sector. Approve specific service levels for the Private Partner and ensure formulation of Service Level Agreement (SLA) between the Private Partner and UTDB. Review progress of major projects/programmes undertaken and analyse the achievements with respect to the targets, both financial & physical and decide on corrective actions, if required. Ensure appropriate auditing & monitoring standards are developed and maintained in order to ensure highest standards of transparency and accountability. To constitute from time to time, any committees/sub-committees from various experts /members and/or staff and assign specific responsibilities. Periodic feedback and suggestions from the stakeholders (such as representative of local community) tourism professionals (tour operators, hoteliers etc.) representatives from Government agencies, industry bodies, practitioners, academicians etc. The HPEC shall meet at least 3 times in one year. To support the objective of HPEC, UTDB will Create a dedicated Program Management Unit (PMU) for implementation of projects, which may include hired consultancy firm (Transaction Advisors, PMC, etc.) if required to improve the capacity and capability of the Department. Availability of Land: List of land banks with area, infrastructure and distances is given on GIS based portal where GIS data is integrated with Google maps, and is available on SIIDCUL GIS System. The 'first-corne-first-serve, principle is followed for land allotment, and the procedure needs to be completed within 30 days of application. Also, E-Stamp facilily is now available at all the sub-registrar offices. Further, clear timelines have been provided for land use and land conversion. Construction Permit Enablers: The Government has introduced Comprehensive Formal Building Bye Laws. An Automatic Building Plan Approval Management System has been established by the Government to facilitate quick processing, standardisation, effective monitoring and disposal of building plan permissions. An online Registration form for Building Plan Approval is available on the SIDA’s online portal. The Government has fixed a deadline for the grant of Building Permit Approval (CTE) and Completion Certificate (CTO) issued by SIDA, i.e. 30 working days. Environment Registration Enablers: A comprehensive list of procedures and 31/31 documents required for application are available on the UEPPCB’s website. The provision for an online Consolidated Consent and Authorisation form (CCA Application) for Water/Air Consent & Hazardous Waste Authorization has been made. Also, the calculation for the Consent Fee can be done through an online fee calculator. The Government has also fixed a timeline for approval/rejection of applications. Single Window: The Single Window Clearance System (SWCS) viz. Udyog Mitra was formed as a consequence to The Uttarakhand d ， 1 Picture Window ]and Submission of CAFwith supporting documents Scrutiny by District Nodal Officer Moda officer reverts to Investor Forward Investment PropossaLto Concerned Department revert to Nodal Officer with comments of Dept comments & submits to committee Rejected with comments NodaL Officer Issues order regarding in-prindpLe approval/rejection 灘J To attract tourism investment in the State the State Cabinet has accorded Industry Status’ to tourism and considered tourism as a mainstay of the state economy. Now, the investors can avail attractive incentives and subsidies akin to industry under MSME Policy-2015, where total project cost is upto INR 10 Cr. The department has also made separate provisions under Mega Industrial & Investment Policy - 2015 (As amended in 2018) for attracting larger tourism and allied projects, where project cost is above INR 10 Cr. The details of available incentives and subsidies are as follows: 6.1 lncentives& Subsidies under MSME Policy 2015 as amended in March 2016 & 2018 (up to capital investment of INR 10 Cr.) To promote sustainable tourism development in less developed areas, the State has been divided into five categories (as per MSME Policy-2015 for the purpose of quantum of incentives/subsidies as under Table 4: Categorization of Districts for Incentives/subsidies Whole Districts of Pithoragrah, Uttarkashi, Chamoli, Champawat, Rudraprayag and Bageshwar. ^ Whole District of Almora. ^ All hilly development blocks of District Pauri Garhwal, Tehri Garhwal. (Excluding regions under category B+). ^ All hilly development blocks of District Nainital and Dehradun. (Excluding regions under category B+). Dhalwala, Muni Ki Reti, Tapovan and adjoining plain regions of Fakot development block of District Tehri Garhwal. Kotabagh development block of District Nainital. Plain regions of Kalsi development block of District Dehradun. Regions located above 650 mtrs from sea level in Raipur, Sahaspur, Vikasnagar and Doiwala development blocks of District Dehradun. Ramnagar and Haldwani development blocks of District Nainital. Whole Districts of Haridwarand Udham Singh Nagar Remaining area of DistriGt Dehradun and Nainital (which are not included in category 'B , 'B+1 and 'C'). ■ shall be notified separate// ty Department of MSME on the basis of recommendation c ^ Kotdwar, Sigaddi and adjoining plain regions of Dugadda development block of district Pauri Garhwal. Interest Subsidy on the interest of Bank Loan: 6 % (Maximum INR 5 Lakhs per year) shall be available to the eligible Women’s Entrepreneur / Service providing enterprises in the whole State. Incentives & Subsidies for larger tourism projects in which investment extends Rupees 10 crores under Mega Industrial & Investment Policy - 2015 Department has made separate provisions to encourage larger tourism projects in the state by offering an array of incentives and subsidies. On the basis of Capital Investment Project shall be classified as large, Mega & Ultra Mega as follows: 1 Housing department in order to promote tourism shall charge 10% of the circle rate towards the land use conversion for any land parcel for tourism and entertainment purpose 6.3 Eligible Entity under Tourism In view of the potential of tourism in the state and lack of opportunity for traditionally defined enterprises / tourism unit, definition of enterprises / tourism unit to be expanded to include following tourism activities so that they can get the benefits as per the MSME (where Capital Investment is up to INR 10 Cr.) and Incentives available to larger tourism projects (where Capital Investment is above INR 10 Cr.) as Government has granted industrial status to tourism industry also. 1. Hotels, Motels 2. Floatels / Floating resorts 3. Expansion of existing Hotels/Resorts etc. (min. expansion/ addition of 15 rooms per Hotel/Resort unit) 4. Heritage Hotels/Entities Yoga, Ayurveda and Naturopathy Resorts Spa & health resorts/ Wellness resorts Ecolodges & Perennial Camps Tourist resort/tourist village Local cuisine restaurants Restaurants Wayside facilities on National Highways or State Highways wherein restaurants and parking are available Private Parking Lots Amusement Park MICE convention centres (minimum covered hall with carpet area of 5,000 sq. feet) Activities in Rural tourism, Cultural Tourism Festivals & Carnivals (Cultural, Local, Literature, Film, Food, theme based etc.) Sound & Light shows, LASER shows etc. Adventure activities such as - trekking, rock climbing, water sports, boat race, skating, fishing, aero sports etc. Ropeways, funiculars etc. Caravan, Motor Houses, Cruise boats, Yachts, house boats and establishment of boat clubs. Operation of helium and hot air balloon, Blimps Off-Road vehicles, air taxi, amphibians Handicrafts / Shilpgram Tourism or Hospitality Training Centres (including foreign language teaching centre) Production and marketing of traditional Crafts and other artwork Work related to maintenance of Cultural and Historical heritage Tourism activities related to environment conservation/jungle safari/lodges etc. Service Apartments Facade - All the new upcoming tourism units has to ensure that the Facade (Entrance) of the Tourism Unit resembles Uttarakhand Architecture (vernacular architecture) to promote the ironic and unique heritage of the state. Energy Management - All the new tourism units in Urban Areas has to ensure (self-certification) that at least 10% of energy consumption through installed capacity is met through renewable energy sources. UTDB shall independently conduct an audit to verify authenticity of self-certification. Support Infrastructure - All the new tourism units (both in Urban and Rural areas) have to ensure adequate support infra - access, parking, safety etc. while planning the tourism unit. Viability Gap Funding (V6F) - As per incentives from the Ministry of Tourism, viabilily gap funding shall be available to tourism infrastructure projects that are to be undertaken through Public Private Partnerships. The quantum of VGF provided under this scheme is in the form of a capital grant at the stage of project construction. The amount of VGF will be equivalent to the lowest bid for capital subsidy, but subject to a maximum of 20% of the total project cost3. 6.5 Other Conditions The total benefits accrued from subsidies shall not be more than the cost of the project. It shall be mandatory for beneficiary to operate the tourism units for the next five years. If the tourism unit does not abide by these terms and conditions then it will have to return the subsidy amount with 15% simple interest to the State otherwise State may take any suitable action against the unit to recover the money. All the tourism units who have availed the incentives shall have to report their operations, employment generation, audited financial statements and details of incentives received to the department of tourism or any agency appointed by Department on yearly basis. inistry of Tourism, Viability Gap Scheme for Revenue Generating Tourism Projects Conduct capacity building training programmes jointly with Uttarakhand Skill Development Mission (UKSDM) to cater the needs of various tourism service providers like drivers, cooks, guides, cleaners, front office executives etc. The UTDB will also encourage hoteliers/travel operators/ tour agents to induct trained and National Skill Qualification Framework (NSQF) certified guides/workforce for better absorption in the tourism sector Department of Tourism shall prepare a framework for Hotel Industry to rate hotels in broader categories of Gold, Silver & Bronze basis the level of services provided All efforts shall be made to develop skills required for the tourism sector with help of national level apex institutes like IITTM, IIFM, Culinary Inst. Noida, IHMs& National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) etc. A pool of consultants / experts/ tourism aggregators shall be empanelled to provide necessary training like general etiquettes, English speaking and other languages, cooking, nature guides, heritage guides, resort operations etc. as required. UTDB shall periodically identify interested youths, operators, students, entrepreneurs to provide capacity building and training in the hospitality sector - some of such themes are as follows - Naturalist, Heritage Monument Guides, General Etiquettes/Guest Handling, Guest PR, Cooking, House-keeping, F&B, Language Proficiency - English / French etc. Certification - UTDB will periodically certify tourism sector workforce and arrange refresher courses for earlier certified guides for standardization and knowledge up-gradation. In addition UTDB shall also recognise and certify already employed Tourism Workforce through Pradhan Mantri Kausha! Vikas Yojna under Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Skill Development The Uttarakhand Skill Development Mission has been providing free skill development training programmes to youth over all 13 districts. Special skilling centre shall be established develop concerning the tourism unit area besides, trained youth shall be given priority in Government aided schemes. Incentives and subsidies to private sector shall be given for providing skill development and training in tourism sector. Convergence with Central Government schemes like Hunar se Rozgar Yojna of Ministry of Tourism and other ministries shall be ensured. UTDB shall reimburse 100% course fee of incumbents / trainees belonging to women, disadvantaged, under-privileged and economic weaker sections of the society in tourism and allied domains. State-level awards shall be given to encourage organizations and individuals working in the field of tourism for appreciation and recognition of Self Employment. 8.1 Marketing, Branding and Use of ICT ^ Aggressive Branding and Marketing exercises shall be undertaken by the Department/UTDB and the State will launch its new marketing campaign to boost tourist inflow and better outreach. ^ UTDB shall appoint reputed marketing and branding consultants/ agencies/ firms for promoting the tourism. ^ Presence of State Tourism in international and national tourism events/marts, roadshows, expo's etc. shall be ensured. ^ UTDB shall give more emphasis on imparting awareness on policy incentives and subsidies to locals, so that they can benefit the most and trigger self-employment. ^ UTDB shall ensure strengthening of ICT infrastructure to provide year round access to all destinations in the State especially the remote tourist locations. ^ UTDB shall liaison with mobile operators to ensure good connectivity for all tourism destinations in the State especially far-flung areas. ^ A four-digit 24X7 Tourism Helpline number shall be set up to provide instant help to tourists. This service will be made available and run in Hindi, English and other prominent foreign languages which may be added in due course. ^ The strength of Tourist Police shall be increased and shall be deployed at all prominent tourism spots. Special emphasis shall be given to the security of female tourists. ^ Cleanliness drives at important tourist destinations with the help of Student self service groups CBO’s, corporate etc. shall be conducted. ^ The State shall organize annual excellence awards to honour individual/organizations doing exemplary work in the field of tourism to encourage provision of best services by them. ^ To provide information to the tourists, Tourism Information Centres shall established at prominent airports, railway stations and bus stations of the country. ^ State's image shall be improved through strategic advertising campaigns through print, electronic and outdoor media. ^ Tourism information, research and forecasts shall be made more effective to serve the needs of the industry and Government. ^ Use of social media shall be maximized for tourism publicity. Department’s website, fecebook page, Twitter handle etc. will be enriched further. Z Tourists shall be provided information’s with the better use of information technology and communication mediums. They shall be given tourism friendly information. Through mobile based applications ^ In order to facilitate and augment tourism sector investments, the State shall organise Exhibitions &Tourism Investment Summits regularly to showcase various tourism offerings like; Potential Tourism Projects, Souvenirs, ^ Handicrafts, Policy Incentives and Subsidies etc. through the Exhibition & Tourism Investment Summits. ^ The Department shall organise an annual Carnival on a larger scale in which cultural parades, musical nights, sound and light shows, fireworks shall be included besides, activities attracting tourist shall also be included etc. Special package targeting Carnival shall be prepared for making it a vibrant event. ^ Digital Marketing techniques shall be utilized to inform and educate tourists on the uniqueness of the tourist destinations and products thereby enhancing the State’s image and perception. ^ Department of Tourism shall create mobile application and knowledge based games to cater to the new generation of tourists. ^ The Department of Tourism portal www.uttarkhandtourism.gov. inshall be the primary gateway for all consumer and trade marketing programmes. 8.2 Commencement The Uttarakhand tourism policy 2018 shall come into form the date of issuing notification in this regard by State government and shall applicable for next Five years. The implementation of the policy shall be reviewed every year at State level and amendments shall be made as required. vdxlVI^'S 9 2000 'HT?cT c^ 27 ^ c^ WT A 3jR^lcc| ^ 3TTHTI vJxiVl^'S f§^ilel^ cjfT cieis^l A feTcT t sft^ ^Mlel ^ ffl^cl 访 石RT 丁 ci^ni # i 耶开TW 希 cilcicii 洽 Ri^Rici 写M A ^ W # | ci?t vSto^o^toito ('dcDel ^CMK)兮 Iclxiltl crt1 2012—18祐命?PT 5.34 yf和m命聊仰qif?cp识洽穿含f命| 70 yfcTW ^ arf&cjT ^TFT WTeff 洽 3TT^ll^cl t f^ sR^leil ^cf 叫 fcKuT ^ yfeT TT^cpjpf I^TTcTT 11 ^ eFF-FT "^ft c^ ^ vJleiqiy Cf?f vdqR^lRl MyqyMlcl sfr? T5^T cj5T c^ feT^ qiRJifo-qc^ 3TW? 5f^FT cfr^t # | ^\ ^ ^Mdl,VliyRlcD ^THT^pft (\ITeT ^ 对WPT ^f§Cl) cf?t vJMel^TcTT 洽如丨^1 给嘯兮 3ftETtPtc}T ^wf c]5t ^Tm^fT tl cjft 3T2fcW^TT A MJC-I W T^cpjpf ^ tl MJC-1 T 兮可f 2006-07 ^ 2016—17' cgeT 叫卬el 吓可的可 dcMK ^ ^T c^cfeT 50 wla^lci 洽 3Tf&cj7 q]j|c；N # cT^T yJc叫洽可ft (^?^T 给嘯 ^f§cl)兮 方T 3j|\ril|clc|7| c^ STcRR yRT # I f^) ^cT 3T?} 〇yc|代TT cj5t 3ixp% MRCPC^-II (artqcf^) 3fk 3TTT^ t, H4C-1 ^ ^IT ^ ^MlRricp 奴 3TTl?fe c^ 研可R M 抑1^uf ^jpran I^RTT^TTI OTVI^'S 兮 MJCCP] C}TT ^5TT ^ erf 2006 A eTWT 19.45 Pi lei ^-1 ^ cnf 20162 ^ 3178 Plfel'LM 而 eFTTcTN 碑钟 t 奴耶河兮 CAGR 5.03 Wlcl^ld 制谕補I FM俞负J丽c}7t%eT (WTTC)命彳yf 3WN c^ Sn^TT? ^NeT clff __ 取 7命 TO洽哥贫 MJC-1 3T2faTWTT 示 硕兮 ^leciRga f^\ W 3ft^ 2017 ^ 2027 ^ WH ^ ^ ^ 7 yfc^TcT 市T ^qf^N fe[T "W 吉 I VJTIVI^'S YT^T ^ ^T ^ 3TFFFT 访 ”碎 ^ y^fcT c^ cj5t 3rtaTT CJTT \ITT^t 11 I: 8〇 50 40 30 20 10 —可0^1■。翁。命0 細…士 I 3^-f ^ Trffer^t PI^IM^ | ⑷CK 'JTIVI^'S MJC'I |c|c|7Ki (■qo^To^to&ito) ^ ^T^r c^ 1eR ^ y^FI cr^ 2001 ^ MJC'I 希仿可T§1■试t Ru侧 d細 而 TT^JT ^fcTT WftcT CDVMI 3ff^ Jicicq ^Teft c}5t M6^N c}9 feR I^St ^ clff 3TTcI^fcT cJr^TT STT I 'UtlRl ^TeT ^ qJc-l 请&勾 &Keim Sfrt 吉 iff t% y^ci：切叫丨 viteitRic^l 3ft^ 切叫丨 rffejlRici?! c}5t Rlc^Ria 卬洽 &负 MRdd-l tl ^lival'y S^ferwn 勻 eFTTcTR ^ ^ ^ c^ 如Pml c^ feR 3TW? ^T 11 3T?fercR5TT 兮 Pivav ^ ^Rj grj C^ vjElPiq] C^ feR srf^RcT 〇L||q^iR|c|7 ^tfeeT cf^T PnfuT cjf^ c^ feR ^F\ Vl^l'Kl f3TT # 3[k feRilcel SPftcIf^T 互M Rl'KllRcl 右可3^ 访 HR 洽 ^TWT% c|7i \^o^o^To, feRjlcel 专 1%^T 3PT 今 Wl如ft IcIc^Ki cj^t 3Tl^Ff cTcJT 5l1KlR|c|7 ^TTc^fTSft cJTt V^VJIMIV ^ ^ ^cR 访 MRCM叫 cJ?f ^^eT c^ ^ 3TPI〇IIJ WcTT t MJC'I ^cf W^HcRTf cjrf vrilqa 1%ITT \JTPTI MJC'I #fcT, ?TeT ^ &IMR c^ WFT 访 3]^+iN 而 WFT 确请 兮 MJC'I C^ WeT |c|c|7Ki ^l^flfer cj5T q1\ji叫丨 c^ feR MRc^le^a #1 1.2 MRUH丨与… 1.2.1 #fcT ^ CJTT ip5T Icrt^F^T 3Tl^cqf^Tf cj?T Pl^ll^'div t — (a) Tourism means all types of tourism in modern parlance such as religious Tourism, Cultural Tourism, Pilgrimage Tourism, Adventure Tourism, Sports Tourism, Medical & Wellness Tourism, Heli tourism, Ecotourism, Film Tourism, Wildlife Tourism, etc. (b) Infrastructure means power, water, and sewerage, transport infrastructure facilities established for individual or common use. (c) Subsidy means Financial assistance granted by the Government of Uttarakhand or its Departments under various expense components for tourism. (d) Concession means a financial relief or benefit or certain relaxation in procedure granted by Government of Uttarakhand or its Departments to Tourism related units upon fulfilment of certain conditions by them. (e) The GST levied on the inter-State supply of goods or services by the State Government of Uttarakhand (f) Money used towards ownership of fixed capital by Tourism Units (g) Expansion means building the additional capacity by a tourism enterprise that is engged in commerce Operations. ■ (1) WWR 'STTeT 命孤T siomi 說碎 gPi^)Rjici Rifl'd 命 W 呵 yV'dig'i ^ft I (?) ill^Ul MJC-1, T^f03TT^0#0^0, ^T^zr, WOM sfr? 可可命 W^R cITT eTFT Old'll J I (3) HHI6Ric|7 MJC'I JlRllc||Snfl 请^命 cBP屮I, ^f^T, ^Jft \JlP屮丨,减 cilR^I, ^?T—^ell^rsjl 3fh? cTT^ 1% crq|(cb'j| c^ m^T 3TM—m^T c^ &||\JIIV1' c^ feT^ 热im”iy 耆 I (4) ^FTWR 访训 Kil 洽取TT^T ^rg^PT ^ feR yl\JlJliy 命 3TW? ^T 制 I 哺 cj5t ^TT^ferar Rilciyai, efte- ^if§c?r w S'KlRleM 命 ill^ui sfr? ^tR^frrar MJC^I cirT 邮rni說可T fcZFf &NNI W羽丽曾I (s) VJXIVI^'S 请可袁开Fit 涼 3]C|卬丨彳T PIFcT t PTRT oulxDq'i 希 Picim c^ feR ^tcTcir c^ WT ^ vITHT WcTT # 3TcT: ^ STM^f 命=f t ^teft^ ^=f cl? feT^ ^ft ^rfcf^^r ^ 勾丨\J1K clft ^TTcpTT 11 (6) ^6VI^1 ^5^ f^TSTT ^tcl^JT ^ ^T&if&cT del M'UfqyuT c^ c^ WT ^ RlEJlI^fq] ^cf MJCCP! ^ ^TT ^ROT/ \^cr—MJC'I nfeT vJllJl^ci?di C^ feT^J 3TcRf? vJMel^T c|7Vlel 11 1.4 vivKI'dsi^ cf>f ^s?T ^itfcRI 3Tm^T WTlcfcT ^To-IT A ^ cj^ ^3^I6VUI ^ Pi eld # Wr 3Tm^T ^TTfcfcT ^5^ vjfiRa” 给嘯碎 |c|c|7Ki 耳3TT # 1 MSI^I ^ 3TKiMKi 命给嘯兮 3]Pl^tRld ^TWTcT lc|c|7Ki | "WeT vM ^T^T, 4%TTeT, Vl^il^cl,可WH, t^R可'窗二豕研传I讯可可M兮3^15卬帝^―讀 W^\ 11 ^TcTcT |c|c|7Ki, ^Rbc|7 奴 可 观AffliTl 涼可取可 3T^=TO f^HT^PT 妒丽而 t%p6^Vul f^ITT ^THT 3TT取硕 # | "cTT^TFI W^\ c^ 办M MJ〇C|7 PI^PT | 市农取汾石3]MR|^C 51^T I STM^fm ^eT 3ff^ HTcMTcT 3ft^ |c|>K1iy I 3Tf&cI7 c〇IT cTT^ l^jft M ^Pld 治叩 I (Rf^ 可可洽 如ft 请 兮)I 3TeM旧叫小州市t T 请可 兮 vitc^ll^cl ^cf ICIC^RHCI cfr^fT RJI^^ ^ STeqc^ieil'l H clTT ^PTOM 命 I 柏 Jia〇y ^T^r ^TT^TFf ^rr^T 访 可互 观洽 w'icdil^ci f^J \JTPW I srm^T ymyCT ^ra CJTT &NMI STN 叶叫卬 ^dei叫 yl；b川3TT 魂 3flM々rSJl vlRl-C^'d—cc) W\ WftcT CI7VMI RJI^H^ t% IRfecJTf 取3TFf可洽环^可合yfflcnei研TK[被市H ftmT可1丑访I 可洽 ^fWTcT IcIc^Ki feR ftvjff ^ ^cf ^ff ^ ^T^IMTICII ^cf tci^T wracn cUfr^lff ^ d抑151 洽前民市Wfe, ^H|RJ1C|7 丽 ^iif^a本讲―讀治cf； cJfT ^Tcra c^ ^ fc] 可〇芒To洁to命〇 51汾可兮 ^P^to^to^lo Vic4c|7 2 C^f M^icl VHyRlc|7, ^I^RlcD MJC'I ^-Teff CITT ICR^CT ^Mpq^lc^yui cf^jj 咖 命〇3TT^〇?可 STT^TTf^T 布(dcwVi)取 vJMel^T 卬州$叫1 I ^H^TfcIcT H Jc'l MR^ll\Jl'1l3ff 妒而 Rlc^ui, ^%tcRTt, 3T^=ft^T, vikr^lS叫 3ft^ ^ cfft \JiNc|7iyl cjr^ c^ feT^J ^TTfcIcT Pi如|CD、I 奴 H Jcc|7l' C^ feT^ ^TFff v^- 3TI^o^To^To€to 3ff^ IcmFff f^TFT, 3TT^T, fc|c|7Ki, cPT IcpTFT 神iR cj? qR^y 兮你3f^ elJll^ \J1II MJC'I IcIc^Ki ^TFTf ^ ^ MJC'I STe^T ^FcR Rl^Ricl f3TT t 3ff^ \IT?f MJC'I c}?T ^il〇M|i| 咐取會,f^) v]\JlJIIV 3TcT^R ^Rjlcl c^TT STTl^fe yRT I if^T-^FM. 'itcgpqqicilel, l^6vl, ^^TTeT, ^Mdl 写邵危 I Nl与RbJl_锊Acllel, ^T^t, 3TeRfeT 别|(^ I JiJlH “丨\|叫叫匀3HT, oitRc^^i, sRaiV, \JTFf^cR, 如叫叫 ^VN c^lei^y, ^if§^i.响确，$eim, Mldlel ^q^t^qy,叫MCDMTII,向 TOFT,面“丨、向姑，廊 VlvJlvJim ^T^T. v^TlVNuft ^eTT, ^\], W^T Msledd ftR w^\ VIVJIIVJTI W^\ ci叫\J?1CI 3T^fT^T C^^IV'II^T t%^R ST^HRW, ^TOf, 31 Wlc ^T^JT 3TOTWT, ^%eT £TM ^ Rl6IV. RH1jI cTO^jftcT fc^N, ^ftfe cTO^jffcr Rlgiv, ^PTf# ' 3T^fT^^r 抑 IR I 3Tt^ 命职命T 4%TTeT, ^c|7ymi, 3T河机 亦丽TWT, gT^&qy, Rl^ilyMiG, oH^Tc^T, SRSIV. CIMICM, ^6VI^, 5eSI"ll I ^PTT, ^'IMCII. WWT. ^qR^ldlel, WePJ ^IRb^llcllel, 3#^ ^TOTT%. ^ff%cTTeT. ^^IVI ^TM,卬Nlcllel, 'dlcicllel, "cTT^fteT, 别 IR | l^svl WJ \JldRPT, ^l^lcllel. #? \Jlel丨抓, 'itcgpqqicilel, ^RcTTeT. ^Idcilel, #%cTTeT. 米1^士丨 啦crcu (Rock EdiGt) MeT# TfffcT#?^T (c^i^yv) 叫叫叫Y (f&^5t), ^\JJ^JIC51 (f&svl), R^IVMIG ^tt, ^i^yyjic5l 3viclcbeii (WWT),卬ciwei 疋f 的(STc^ffeT), ^qelJIG (#^1), ^ellJl ^TT^t (v^ccTWT^ft)抑iR I sfteff. 6^5IV, Vl^ll&iMI, ^Vl^. ^T^T, \JlNcj5l^Cfft, ^FRHt, jfiRkyic, WTf^TT, ji1vlcg^. “丨州叫 七iif§匀押iR 丨 Uttarakhand Theme-wise Major Destinations MICE Adventure Pilgiimage, Cultural & Festivals Wildlife & Bird Sanctuaries Nature & Landscape Health, Rejuvenation & Spiritual Eco / Rural Tourism India OTvra^ 砰故兮 2019 而如N 中^丨丨 | q'jvJl'II 希 ST^TcT MJC^I 对那柯而妒 lc|qyu|^vjcMI^ jiRiRil£rat, ^KTCZT. MJC叫 Ici^Ki 命拼[KHT, 〇|扣丨叫 gPi^i^l cj5t yf^rfer srtr? ^ c^ f%cMW cCT "cTWT cf^ ^ c}^ ql剩 I 'dpHleld I fc^TFT ^To-ir ^ ^Teff ^ YtW yJc叫 ^TcTccff 可T PlHfui ^ feT^- "MJC'I \jfTT ^TTftcT C}^JT | fcPTFT MJC^I ^T ICIC^RHCI C^ feT^J f cfT f^TT Mil小II sfr? cTc^TeT 3T^=ft^T Vllfb^l 命妒亩 vJMqlJl 3TTf^ c^ feT^ tcR^ ftf^RTR Pl^fRd \J1I^J11 IM 可 ^yu|Kliy / yf% ?teeT/ ytcT R\JIV 15 3i laRcra Wf 命碑） ^tZ: tcPTFT 'JMvWci cj?t ^ 1%# ^ft Jllcllc|& 兮邮did ^TCFKTT t ^TT f^T# 3T^T MJC'I ^if&cT MR^\J1^1|/ 右可研 JlfflRll^ 被 3|丨〇|扣c|7dl 职今取 ^llPlel 职 OTTCTI %\ H'Jc'l 叫I3lt clfT yJc叫 命 4\J1 叫|3ft c^ 〇qqg|Jell 3fcMeT 命河（viability gap funding-VGF) 可w \JII小丨丨 i 砰 d\JHI cT?cT VGF clft ira^T cj5t VJTT^ cfleff cf5t Tjjft 3^M 命 研兮 MR^VJI'II Pnfui 请取u[亩 士H \Jiiilj WFf 4>^|| | ^p^t〇^t〇4t〇 ^fFRT—"^FRI "CR 与％中砰峨桐斌 咖 vieiftii'i c^t 3TrfrR2I ;ffciT ^ 5FfrfT ^ yR|itl>J| yc；M cfr?^ c^ fef^ f^rf%rf g^TT I yt細FT命侍尚兔技贫耶（Theme)赫-诉质何命(Naturalist), f^Tfirr ww Tn^5 (Heritage Monument Guide), WTRI ftresrar?/ srrfri^i SPRSITR, sifrfl^T ^PRTRcff, Wx^cTT,取-cimw (House Keeping), wrsf ^ ^ M^ui—^jo^to^to^ro NPFRI 匕-I 扣TT 柄承兩f制t 讀 y^iui Tra afr? ^ ^ yRi除r 川細命 中^ui 尺4 写fFT 可承 侍I舍 Ri^^K cfTt c^cTfSTT cRTff | ^t cW^krt cf^T ■gsfPFP^f cffr?M fcfcfTRf ziWTr 承 3rrfff?r ^(RO#〇I^TO (Recognitio门 of Prior Learning)示:>IfTSFf 令可Rim cf^m-| y1^T5T°TT3ff cfTT 'Sl^RTOT ^ ^RFxT ^ ;ff4l^frr off vfi!i)41 "tjcf ^fl^I W ^KT cffr?M iJeJTTcfFf cfr^FIT VJII如丨丨 I cffRM jc)ct)|vH 耶可 c^ ;fT5ft 13 vjpTT^t ^ ^cfTstf ^ 角c^kM f^cfTRT cfTRfe^T 'fi^llclrl cf^? ^T 11 q4cii cfff ®TFI ^^gfr 1^?rw ^T?M 戒 I^TTW 滴 ^rr^ 市 I ^fnw # iri^sr0! ¥iF?r ^c[T3Tf cffr vH州'< ^T?T ^M^emRia/^l^cJlPlrt 羽—亦5FTN •M'M'll^lf 竒 ■ Plcmil 'ST^Ff 确 vril如ft i Pl^l 命3 被 44^^ 含^ 奇 cfffYIet f^cf^RT 时 yR丨邪^ 的命 feiii ylrdl^'i 柯 y滴 i '^沖K 滴■M'l'^Histf, v^'ii ydc'i ^raiera 戒 gK 令 YT^FTR ■y'M'ii, 承 Sl^lrl 3l1奸fR可 'QplR^rT 倚HIT vjfT^TT I ^[p^t〇^t〇4t〇, snf^Trff/ ■nf^dl Tf%5网爾成 f^WRTvjpit 可训M c^ c|fc)rl TTcf snMcf^ ^TCf ^ C^VJTK cnf c^ fera 100% Trf^TSiFT ?Jecp c^t 说讲滴 "^fflrT SilK cf^ffT | M4pf cf^% cncfr ^fRansri ^4 OMR-CI'MI 細弁而4职向命伶成不可研彻[yWRvrll糾 ^TT^T PiqiRi^ll 命 W ^ l^i^t c^ ITcTR—y^TN ^ srf&c}7 \jfN ^TT cTTfe srf&cJT ^ 3Tt&cJ7 eTT^T fteT ^ 3ft^ ^ylvn^ny 酋&兮 ff每裙石请 I 观丽 3f^ 偷 24X7 ^Rfc可 te^eTT^T H Jcci?]偷而阪T WNdl c}? feT^ "^f^TlftcT cj5t \J1I小Tl I ^T cf^t 1%^t. Sf^vift ^TM 3#^ 3T^T ：2^ ^TM3ff, ftpraff f^) ^ ^fteT W W?n #, ^ I lei cl f^TT \J1■小丨丨I H Jc叫命&兮 3j^cpyuHq cjrrf W ^cT13Tt c^ yTcltTFT clr^ cIT^ OLifcJn/ 七1 叫O'l'l clfT 七1—HlPlcl efr?^ c}? feT^J qif?c|7 vj^&ccll yV'WIV 而 3TPTTVJPT f^T \J1I小丨丨 | ueTh 3ft^ WWR cjft snq^qc|7cli Tjfrf ^ feT^J 义炉叫I, 3I^WN ^cf cf^t slgay 丽洽 3^-TTcmTcft &NNI \J1I小丨丨 | ."WPP# H Jc'l c^ y^TR—TOR fert' 士I el 而 Sff&WR 羽命T f^J] \J1I 小 IT I cf5t 細f|c^ t^eT CJTT &RTUT \J1I^JII I ^fteffRrafT ^TWP? C^ ^TT^Fft C^ wisely 洽 H JCCD'I 涼切叫IJ C}5T VJII^TI I 士如 Wft^FT C^ y jc叫 3T^c^eT \JlNc^|yl 命 wMTi ^ c^ ^ ^ c^ ^jrf cjf?^ ^cf c^ teT^ W^\ ^TWT? yqfPml ^cf (Tourism Investment Summit) c^ 洽 ftf^T H Jcc|? JllclIclI^Tft \M ^TltcTcT IRfe^T MR^'I\J1'1I, Affma yledig'i. 3ft^? ^rft^T ^ y^R—TOR f^T \JI丨小丨丨 l tHTm ^pHlelci t^TT \J1I小丨丨 ^ ^pHlelcl f^TT \JII小|| | c|?iRqel W\ 脚Ra W^\ ^ fc^\ Qc|5\j| 1%^ \JTT4 H Jcci7l cjfT 切”丨 ira^T W^, xrtfe^T Jici〇u ^Teff yWcrc'd cjft RlRl^Ccll c^ yfcT f^lf§TcT c}^ c^ feT?J feRjICeT ^fTc^f^T CICD^CI?市T W^t7 f^T \Jll4Jll Rjl-d^ ft? cj?t ^fcT ^6C1V ^PT I femm CJTT q&rm^ wceT www.uttarakhandtourism.gov.in wr 训士勹丨对 奴 oymiy ICTWT 叫4刺1 c^ feT^ yT5#fci7 y^T (Gateway) ^TT i 8.2 i ^ ycTOFT W\ cTTvra ; 卬 〇nf ^ ^ 3TTCRW ^ eft wfr^pr ft YES BANK, India's fourth largest private sector Bank with a pan India presence across all 29 states and 7 Union Territories of India, headquartered in the Lower Parel Innovation District (LPID) of Mumbai, is the outcome of the professional & entrepreneurial commitment of its Founder Rana Kapoor and its Top Management team, to establish a high quality, customer centric, service driven, private Indian Bank catering to the future businesses of India. YES BANK has adopted international best practices, the highest standards of service quality and operational excellence, and offers comprehensive banking and financial solutions to all its valued customers. YES BANK has a knowledge driven approach to banking, and offers a superior customer experience for its retail, corporate and emerging corporate banking clients. YES BANK is steadily evolving as the Professionals' Bank of India with the long term mission of "BUILDING THE FINEST QUALITY LARGE BANK OFTHE WORLD IN INDIA： NOTES NOTES Prepared by YES/7 BANK ▼

Magical Kenya Travel Expo https://mkte.co.ke ​

Mizoram Tourism Policy Tourism Policy CONTENTS List of figures 4 List of tables 5 Acknowledgements 6 Prologue 7 Executive Summary 8 Perspective Plan 33 1. Introduction 33 Background of Tourism Development Global Tourism Trends Tourism Policy in India Objectives of Tourism Development in India Environmental and Ecological Parameters Tourism Development in the Northeast Tourism Development in Mizoram Objectives of the Study Methodology 2. Mizoram 43 Introduction Geography People and Culture Natural Environment and Ecology Socio-economics Evolution 3. Tourism in Mizoram 52 Tourism Status Tourism Potential People’s outlook towards Tourism Government’s outlook towards Tourism Present Budget and Economics of Tourism Development Sustainability 4. Basic Tourism infrastructure in Mizoram 57 Communication Network Telecommunication Network Information Technology Entry Permit Offices Tourism Department Network of Information Centres Accommodation Facilities Restaurants Basic Services 5. Positive and Negative Factors 63 Northeast Region Mizoram State 6. Proposed Tourism Policy 65 General Recommendations for the Northeast Region General Recommendations for Mizoram State General Recommendations for the Existing / Proposed Projects Specific Unique Projects for Mizoram Specific Unique Tourism Circuits for Mizoram 7. Tourism Trends and Implications 98 Tourism Research and Documentation Past & Existing Tourism Trends Future Tourism Implications Evaluation & Future of Tourism 8. Financial Implications and Funding Avenues 103 Financial Implications Privatisation Strategy Governmental Funding Avenues Institutional Funding Avenues 9. Tourism Economics, Cost - Benefit Analysis & Employment Generation 117 Tourism Economics Role of Tourism in National Socio-economic Development Present Economics of Mizoram Tourism Future Economics of Mizoram Tourism Cost – Benefit Analysis – Tourism in Mizoram Employment Generation From Tourism Development in Mizoram 10. Community & Women’s Participation 131 11. Proposed Strategy & Action Plan 135 12. Proposed Phased Development 138 13. Block Estimate & Feasibility 141 14. Conclusion 144 Appendices 145 a. Guidelines for preparation of Perspective Plan 146 b. Questionnaire 149 c. Format for interviews 154 d. General information 160 e. Tourist accommodation 162 f. Proposed tourist amenities & prioritised projects (1999-2000) 163 g. Projects proposed for 2001-2002 164 h. Projects sanctioned during 2001-2002 165 i. Ongoing projects under CSS 166 j. Staff remuneration scales & facilities provided 168 k. Tourist data for 1999-2000 to 2001-2002 169 l. Projection of tourists for 2002-2003 170 m. Proposed schemes for prioritisation under CSS for 2001-2002 171 n. Latest provisional population figures of district HQ 172 o. Tourist arrival statistics 173 p. Road distance from Aizawl 174 q. Caves in Mizoram 175 r. Annual maintenance expenditure 176 s. Hydro electric projects in Mizoram 177 t. Norms of the Ministry of Environment and Forests 178 u. General Guidelines for the Up-gradation of existing infrastructure 185 v. General Guidelines for the Development of new infrastructure 191 w. List of Voluntary Organisations in Mizoram 195 x. Checklist for Transport Facilities 196 y. Environment Impact Questions 205 z. Assessment for Barrier Free Infrastructure 213 aa. International Tourist Arrivals – World wise 223 bb. International Tourist Receipts – World wise 224 cc. Domestic & Foreign Tourist Visits to India – Region wise 225 dd. Distribution of approved hotels and rooms in Northeast India 226 ee. Sources of Information 227 ff. National Wildlife Action Plan on Tourism 228 gg. Central Govt. Ministries for Tourism Development collaboration 229 hh. Institutional Funding Agencies for Tourism Development 231 References 233 Map of North East India LIST OF FIGURES 1. Map of NE region 39 2. Map of Mizoram 41 3. Children of Mizoram 46 4. Natural Beauty of Mizoram 47 5. Orchids of Mizoram 49 6. Jhoom Cultivation of Mizoram 50 7. Evolving Mizos 51 8. Tourist Lodge, Lunglei 59 9. Rih Dil Lake, Mynmar 85 10. Vantawng Waterfall 90 11. Cityscapes – Aizawl 93 12. Mizo women 133 LIST OF TABLES 1. Region wise distribution of Arrivals/Receipts in the World 34 2. World Top Tourism Earners 35 3. Estimated Domestic & Foreign Tourist Visits to NE & Mizoram 52 4. Mizoram State Budget for Tourism Development 54 5. Maintenance Expenditure of Mizoram Tourism 54 6. Projects sanctioned during 1998 – 2001 55 7. Allocation to Northeast Region under the 9th Plan 55 8. Trends & Projection of Tourist Arrivals in Mizoram 99 9. Existing status & Projected needs of Accommodation 100 10. General Evaluation of Tourism Destinations in Mizoram 102 11. State Govt.’s outlay (general) for 10th Five Year Plan 103 12. State Govt.’s outlay (category wise) for 10th Five Year Plan 104 13. Mizoram State Budget for Tourism Development 120 14. Maintenance Expenditure of Mizoram Tourism 120 15. Average per capita per day Tourist Expenditure 127 16. Direct Economic Benefits 127 17. Indirect Economic Benefits 128 18. Cost Benefit Analysis 129 19. Generation of Direct Employment 130 20. Ratio of Male / Female in the Tourism Staff 133 21. Block Estimate 141 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 1. Staff of the Department of Tourism (MR), Govt. Of India 2. Staff of the Department of Tourism, Mizoram 3. Various interviewees 4. Various respondents to the questionnaire 5. Various tourists, tour organizers, travel agents 6. Staff of various libraries 7. Consultants & staff of ‘The Designers’ 8. Various government officials, State of Mizoram 9. People of Mizoram PROLOGUE Northeast region has been a fascination for us since our earlier encounters with the Sikkim Himalayas and the great Brahmputra of Assam, during the last two decades. Our professional projects in these regions gave us opportunities to explore this region of wonderful natural beauty, unique treasure of diverse flora and fauna and ethnic culture of very warm people. However visiting Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura under the assignment of the Department of Tourism, Govt. of India, opened up unimaginable insights for us. It gave us an opportunity to understand the Northeast more closely. Each state has its own charm and its unique identity of varied landscapes and people. We were able to feel and understand innumerable problems of the people otherwise hidden behind their ever-smiling faces. The explorations in Mizoram have been a delightful experience. This is the land of lush green hills gently floating in misty white clouds. Its beautiful people exude happiness, hospitality and selfless service. The first sight of Aizawl city, the capital of Mizoram, through a narrow pass on the national highway, and also its most enchanting nightscapes have made everlasting impressions on our minds. Equally memorable are the experiences at the sacred lake Rih Dil in Myanmar, just across the border and also a night cruise through the river Khawthlangtuipui up to the Bangladesh border. The enthusiasm of the Director, Joint Director and the other officials of the Tourism Department, Mizoram and also the local people during these field trips was commendable. We had never imagined of the awe inspiring cultural transition, rather revolution amongst the Mizo society, till we visited Mizoram. However, as we interacted with them more closely, particularly in the remote villages, the traditional selfless warmth was revealed to us. We dedicate this study report to the PEOPLE OF MIZORAM. We are extremely grateful to the Department of Tourism, Government of India for giving us this invaluable opportunity to understand the Northeast. We faced a lot of hurdles during this endeavour. The short time frame coincided with the torrential monsoon. The communication was difficult. Adverse climate, landslides, frequent cancellations of flights etc. regularly disrupted our travel plans. Accessibility to the remote regions was almost impossible. Over and above all this, we also had a brush with encounters of insurgency. In spite of these obstacles, we have tried our best efforts to evolve a strategy for the sustainable tourism development in the region. We are hopeful that these efforts would attract more tourists to the Northeast to bring in socio-economic revolution in the region in the coming years. We strongly feel that entire country must contribute intellectually, politically and financially for the total rejuvenation of this neglected region. ULHAS RANE PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF TOURISM IN THE STATE OF MIZORAM 1. INTRODUCTION: Tourism has become one of the most flourishing industries in the world. Today, it is the second largest and fastest growing industry, next only to the petroleum industry. Worldwide, tourism is emerging as one of the biggest employers compared to any other economic sector. It offers opportunities for economic, cultural and political exchanges, generates employment, foreign exchange and raises living standards. It facilitates social integration and international understanding. The vast potential and the need for rapid development was recognised only in the Seventh Plan, subsequent to which tourism was accorded the status of an Industry, thereby encouraging private investments in this sector. The national action plan for tourism (1992), defines the objectives of tourism development in India and the primary strategy for its development: a. It is a unifying and a nation-building force, through fostering greater national and international understanding, particularly amongst the youth of the country. b. It serves to preserve and enrich India’s cultural heritage. c. It brings socio-economic benefits. The strategy for achieving these objectives has been outlined as: a. Improvement of tourist infrastructure b. Developing areas on a selective basis for integrated growth, along with the marketing of destinations on the basis of a ‘Special Tourism Area’ concept. c. Restructuring and strengthening of institutions for development of human resources. d. Evolving a suitable policy for increasing foreign tourist arrivals and foreign exchange earnings. Environmental Parameters: Any development has to consider its possible adverse impacts on the surrounding environment and the conservation of various ecological elements must be considered as a priority obligation. Tourism development projects generally tend to be within ecologically sensitive regions such as hills, seashores, lakes, rivers, national parks/sanctuaries, and heritage sites. Insensitive and haphazard planning for tourism development can ruin these regions of natural heritage. The tourism development plan for a region must carry out environmental impact assessment and work out sustainable management strategies. In the case of Mizoram, which lies in the ecologically sensitive region of the northeast India, the priority consideration for tourism development should be environmental and ecological conservation. The region also has very rich ethnic tribal culture and the whole tourism development plan should be sensitive to all the heritage parameters. Considering the unique and environmentally fragile region of northeast India in general, and Mizoram in particular, it is almost imperative that the tourism planning of the region should evolve around the concept of Eco-tourism. Tourism development in Northeast India & Mizoram: It is unfortunate that due to socio-political and geographical reasons, the entire Northeast has remained neglected and backward from the development point of view. In spite of very high literacy rate in the region (around 80%), progress and benefits have not reached the Northeast even today. The concept of Tourism development is very recent in this region and is in its infancy. A few states like Sikkim and Assam have taken a few strides in developing tourism, with emphasis on eco-tourism, wildlife tourism, cultural tourism and adventure tourism. The other states have also commenced their efforts during the last decade. However, the tourism development of the Northeast region needs to be targeted via a regional approach rather than an individual state approach. The basic needs for tourism development of the region are efficient infrastructure, good connectivity between the states and peace in the region. The entry permit formality required for a few states for both domestic and international tourists is a major deterrent to the region’s tourism attractiveness. Objectives of the Study: The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India commissioned this study in order to prepare a 20-year perspective plan for the sustainable development of tourism in various Indian states with the following major objectives: a. Prepare a 20-year perspective plan for developing sustainable tourism in the state, providing a phased programme while considering the available resources b. Indicate short-term and long-term plans, targets and ground realities c. Indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies with a definite time frame to achieve these activities d. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to natural resources, heritage and other socio-cultural assets, quantitative and demographic factors such as population, employment, occupation, income levels, services and infrastructure. 2. TOURISM IN MIZORAM: Mizoram, a mountainous region that became the 23rd state of the Indian Union in February 1987, is sandwiched between Myanmar in the east and the south and Bangladesh and Tripura in the west with its northern frontiers touching Assam and Manipur. Mizoram hills are steep and run north – south and are separated by rivers, which flow in between creating deep gorges. The Mizo community is changing fast and adopting western culture. Many of the present customs are mixtures of their old tradition and western style of life. Mizoram has the highest literacy rate (95%) in the country and people are peaceful and hospitable. The young state of Mizoram is economically weak and is entirely dependent on its agriculture. Inefficient infrastructure and poor connectivity are the major deterrents for tourists. The entry permit formality for both domestic and international tourists is another hurdle for tourists. However, the State Department of Tourism has developed satisfactory tourist facilities, within a short span of its activity. The state has excellent potential for tourism development with emphasis on eco-tourism and adventure tourism. However the success of its tourism highly depends on the infrastructure development of the entire Northeast region. Agriculture is the major occupation of the people of Mizoram. Shifting cultivation (Jhumming) is pre-dominantly practiced in Mizoram, which has degraded the natural forests of Mizoram to a very large extent. Presently, efforts are on to wean away the farmers from the destructive practice of Jhumming and to adopt new and sustainable agricultural practices. The state situated in the transitional region of tropical and temperate environment is also bestowed with hills having steep slopes, deep valleys, rivers, natural lakes, plains etc. thus creating varied ecosystems in a relatively small region. The forests of Mizoram could be broadly classified as: North – Tropical Wet Evergreen Forest South – Tropical Moist Deciduous Forest East – Subtropical Pine Forest (mixed with broad leaved species) However, for a state like Mizoram, which is blessed with natural resources, any attempt of socio-economic development has to be considered with utmost concern for the natural environment. And considering this factor alone agriculture and tourism could be the best alternatives for the bright future of Mizoram. The status of tourism is reflected in the following statistical data of tourist visits in the northeast and Mizoram: ESTIMATED DOMESTIC & FOREIGN TOURIST VISITS (1998 –2000) 1998 1999 2000 Prop. to the total (%) Location Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For. Northeast Region (7states except Sikkim) 529784 2909 567284 3570 1489112 11788 0.7 0.2 Mizoram 23998 126 27139 216 28221 235 0.0 0.0 Mizoram has tremendous and quite unique tourism potential. This could be tapped mainly through the concept of eco-tourism. Nature / wildlife tourism, adventure tourism, cultural / heritage tourism, leisure tourism, international border tourism could be some special tourist packages. The state government declared its Industrial Policy in March 1993, wherein tourism has been declared as an industry. Many incentives and financial assistance are being proposed for creation of tourist infrastructure through private participation. However there have been no responses till now. The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India, under the ministry of Tourism and Culture has been providing liberal financial and technical support for the tourism development in the state based on the projects received from the states. In the present scenario, the state government’s outlook towards tourism development is of total dependence on central assistance. Considering the external adverse factors of complex nature, which are beyond the control of the state government, it is unlikely that the tourism development in the state can be self-sustaining in the near future. However looking at the bright tourism potential, enthusiasm of the state government, peaceful ambience and the expected rise in tourist arrivals and receipts, it looks quite possible to make tourism in the state sustainable in a decade. It will require futuristic vision, conscious and planned efforts at all levels and a disciplined action plan and implementation strategy. In the meanwhile, sympathetic approach of the central government will be required to stabilise the socio-political situation in the northeast followed by overall infrastructure development in the region. 3. POSITIVE & NEGATIVE FACTORS: NORTHEAST REGION (8 states – Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura, Mizoram, Manipur & Nagaland): General Negative Factors of NE Region: Insurgency, Isolated/Neglected & Backward region, Difficult / rugged terrain, Intermittently adverse climatic conditions, particularly in monsoon, Earthquake prone region, Inappropriate Time Zone, Poor communication infrastructure / connectivity to mainland and also within the NE states, Poor development infrastructure: power, roads, industry, transportation, Lack of higher / Professional education & research facilities, Jhum cultivation causing degradation of natural resources, Lack of exposure to the outside world, Lack of professionalism in attitude and management, Lack of discipline, Lack of emergency medical facilities, Loss of ethnic culture especially in the hilly region General Positive Factors of NE Region: Wonderful Natural Beauty of Mountains and Rivers, Unique and endemic flora and fauna, Large percentage of land under forest cover, Low population density, Clean and unpolluted Environment, Closeness to five international boundaries – Nepal, Bhutan, China, Myanmar, Bangladesh, Peaceful cultural relationship with international communities of Myanmar and Bangladesh, Diversity of very charming ethnic cultures, Diversity of folk art forms particularly music and dances, Peaceful intermingling of diverse communities, faiths and cultures Hospitality and warmth of people, Mysticism of the region creating awe and curiosity, Great potential for Eco-tourism and Adventure tourism, Unexplored region for tourism development MIZORAM STATE: General Negative Factors of Mizoram: Degradation of forests / wildlife, Entry formalities i.e. ILP / RAP, Poor Connectivity to the other northeast states and mainland, Poor infrastructure of road / rail / air, Loss of ethnic culture, Poor Water and Power supply, Health Hazard – mosquitoes, excessive smoking and chewing of Pan / tobacco / gutka etc., Over population / concentration in Aizawl city, Limitation in availability of decent vegetarian food General Positive Factors of Mizoram: The land of wonderful scenic natural beauty, Exciting topography of hill ranges and deep valleys, Pleasant and moderate climate throughout the year, Unique geographical location within the transition zone of tropical and temperate ecosystems, Tropic of Cancer passes through the heart of Mizoram, Closeness to the international boundaries of Myanmar and Bangladesh, The most peaceful state of the country, Very high literacy rate, Warm, peace loving, sociable, happy and selfless people, Unique hill architecture and Rainwater harvesting methods, Very low crime rate, Beggar free ambience even in the urban areas, Clean and pollution free environment, Organic agriculture and horticulture, Fast changing society with a mix of modernity and tradition, receptive to new ideas 4. TOURISM POLICY FOR MIZORAM The broad approach for the tourism development in the Northeast should be regional (incorporating Indian states and neighbouring countries) rather than local. Individual states in the Northeast do have their own specific identity, which should reflect in their detailed local proposals. The Tourism Development in the Northeast region will depend on integrated approach, involving various government departments, private entrepreneurs, voluntary organisations and local community. This approach will also help in evolving local people’s perception towards tourism development as a strong tool for socio-economic upliftment, with self-dependence and without environmental destruction of the region. The Tourism Policy for the entire Northeast Region should be based on the concept of Eco-tourism with very wide parameters. The eco-tourism should not just mean nature tourism, but also should consider environmental / heritage conservation and education as a core feature. The strategy is four fold: • Regional (NE) infrastructure development • General infrastructure development in the state • Development of existing / proposed tourism projects • Development of new unique and specific Tourism Projects and Tourism Circuits We recommend the strategy of stabilisation for the next five years. That will include: • Complete all incomplete / under construction works of the approved projects • Obtain approval for the projects in the pipeline awaiting sanction from the Department of Tourism, New Delhi; commence and complete those works as soon as possible • Do not apply for any more new, infrastructure projects • Carry out total up-gradation of the entire infrastructure to bring it to excellent standards • All efforts should be concentrated to identify and develop new and unique tourist spots and tourist circuits with very minimum basic amenities • Simultaneously, additional efforts should be focussed on effective publicity and marketing through innovative and professional approach . SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM PROJECTS FOR MIZORAM: • Zokhawthar / Tiau River / Rih Dil Lake (Myanmar border) Region, International Collaborative Project • Tlabung / Khawthlang Tuipui River Region at Bangladesh border, a Composite Project • Eco-tourism, Wildlife & Adventure Tourism Projects • Cultural Tourism through integration at the International / Interstate Tri-Junctions • Handicraft / Agriculture Centre at Thenzawl • Defence Tourism • Water Tourism • Rural Tourism • Geography / Astronomy Centre at the Tropic of Cancer • Urban Tourism • Regional Nature Parks: Ecological Park – Lawngtlai, Botanical Park / Orchid Sanctuary – Lunglei, Zoological Park – Aizawl • Heritage Tourism: Historical Caves, Historical site at Rengdil (Mamit district), Lunglei: 1st church in Mizoram • Tourism Festivals: Christmas & New Year, Festivals in collaboration with Star Hotels SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM CIRCUITS FOR MIZORAM: Tourism Circuits is a very popular concept in the tourism sector today. The development of such circuits and organising tours on these circuits becomes economical for both tourists and tourism departments. • Heritage circuit: (Caves, Lunglie Church, Rengdil, Ethnic Villages under Rural Tourism, Handicraft Centre) • Wildlife circuit: (All sanctuaries & National Parks) • International Border Circuit: (Myanmar border circuit, Bangladesh border circuit) • Interstate Circuit: (Mizoram – Tripura (via Jampui hills, Mizoram – Manipur circuit) • River Tourism Circuit: (Perennial Rivers – Kolodyne, Tlawng, Tuirial, Khawthlangtuipui) 5. TOURISM ECONOMICS IN MIZORAM The general indication of past trends and future projections for 20 years is as under: Trends & Projections of Tourist Arrivals at the major Tourist Destinations: Destination Past Trends Future Projections (Annual-average) 1999 2000 2001 2002- 2006 2007- 2011 2012- 2016 2017- 2021 Zokhawthar/Rih Dil Lake 819 1915 10000 15000 25000 50000 Tlabung/Khawthlan g Tuipui River Region 1683 2944 3000 5000 10000 20000 Dampa Tiger Reserve Phawngpui (Blue Mountain) National Park 227 493 3000 5000 10000 20000 Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary International Tri- junctions 2000 3000 5000 10000 Interstate Tri- junctions 1000 2000 4000 8000 Handicraft Centre at Thenzawl 1000 2000 4000 7000 10000 Defence Tourism 1000 2000 4000 8000 Rural Tourism 2000 4000 7000 12000 Astronomy Centre 2000 5000 Urban Tourism- Aizawl 11036 19923 20000 30000 60000 120000 Regional Parks at Lawngtlai/Lunglei/ Aizawl 1889 3647 7000 12000 20000 35000 Heritage Tourism/Circuit 1000 2000 3000 5000 Wildlife Circuit 2000 4000 8000 15000 International Border Circuit 3000 5000 10000 20000 River Tourism Circuit 1000 1500 2500 4000 TOTAL FOR MIZORAM 25372 26881 29413 33000- 48000 52000- 77000 88000- 155000 180000- 315000 Note: The numbers here are the total of domestic & foreign tourists, foreigners being approx. less than 1% of the total tourists. The percentage of foreign tourists could increase only with very special efforts. The past trends show approximate annual increase of 10%. This rate will continue for the first ten years, after which it may increase to 15%-20%. Since the destination wise details of past trends are not available, assumptions are made based on the availability of rooms/beds and 40% occupancy. It is our assessment that the present and ongoing projects should provide these minimum facilities to give preliminary impetus for tourism attraction in Mizoram. The development of innovative tourism destinations combined with appropriate marketing and publicity strategy should attract steady tourist inflow to Mizoram. General Evaluation of Tourist Destinations in Mizoram: (Note: The evaluation is graded on 1 to 10 scale from poor – fair – best, based on the existing status) Destination Attracti ons Popula rity Infrastructure Volume of Traffic Flow Overall Average Zokhawthar/Rih Dil Lake 8 6 5 5 6.00 Tlabung/Khawthlang Tuipui River Region 8 6 4 5 5.75 Dampa Tiger Reserve 5 4 3 3 3.75 Phawngpui (Blue Mountain National Park) 8 5 4 5 5.50 Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary 5 3 3 2 3.25 International Tri- junctions 8 8 4 4 6.00 Interstate Tri-junctions 6 6 4 3 4.50 Handicraft Centre at Thenzawl 8 7 5 5 6.25 Defence Tourism 8 8 3 3 5.50 Rural Tourism 8 6 4 3 5.25 Astronomy Centre 6 5 3 2 4.00 Urban Tourism-Aizawl 8 8 7 6 7.25 Regional Parks at Lawngtlai/Lunglei/Aiza wl 8 8 6 5 6.75 Heritage Tourism/Circuit 5 5 3 3 4.00 Wildlife Circuit 8 8 4 3 5.75 International Border Circuit 8 8 5 5 6.50 River Tourism Circuit 6 5 4 3 4.50 Overall Average for Mizoram 7.12 6.24 4.18 3.82 5.33 We feel that future picture is quite optimistic. Even considering the limitations of the last two parameters (due to the existing status), the average rating worked out for all major destinations varies between 3.25 and 7.25, whereas overall average for Mizoram works out approx. 5.33 (i.e. Fair). This provides us confidence to state that once the recommendations of the perspective plan are implemented, the future of Mizoram Tourism will be very bright. State Government’s Proposed Outlay (Category wise) for the 10th Five-Year Plan for Tourism (Rs. In Lakhs): S. No. Category 2002- 2003 2003- 2004 2004- 2005 2005- 2006 2006 2007 Total for 10th Plan 1 Infrastructure Development 44.00 209.45 2 Product Development 3 Entrepreneurship Development 4 Enhanced Facilitation 5 Human Resource Development 6.00 20.15 6 Research & Computerisation 7 Promotion & Marketing 9.00 60.00 8 Environmental & Cultural Conservation 9 Provision for Incentives 10 Monitoring & Evaluation 11 Strengthening of Organisation 12 Staff Salaries 131.00 755.40 13 TOTAL 190.00 1045.00 • Privatisation Strategy: The role of the Tourism Department should be to develop the tourism potential in the state by creating infrastructure and developing tourist spots. It should get out of the implementation process as early as possible. The privatisation of various facilities with different strategies makes the projects sustainable in the long run. However, in the present nascent stage, it may not be possible for the department to attract private entrepreneurs who could take risk and invest funds since the tourism market is unpredictable. The Tourism Department will have to prepare its own strategy of sustainability through economic / participatory / collaborative projects for the next ten years. At the same time efforts must be continued to involve the private participation in the creation of infrastructure, through attractive incentives and benefits. A few popular tourist spots could be offered on a BOT basis as an experiment. • Action Plan for Privatisation: a) Fiscal evaluation of the existing infrastructure on a realistic / business- like manner, according to various categories. b) Auction / offer Tourist Lodges to private entrepreneurs / authentic NGOs/ reputed charitable institutions on an appropriate terms and conditions. c) Offer restaurants to reputed charitable institutions, particularly Women’s Organisations for management on lucrative terms and conditions d) Offer service oriented infrastructure like booking counters, information booths, STD booths etc. to the deprived sector (educated unemployed, handicapped, women, students etc) in an individual / organisational capacity. This offer could be charitable/subsidised. e) Offer incentives to the existing staff to form co-operatives to run / manage existing Tourist Lodges, Restaurants etc. on reasonable terms and conditions. f) Offer new infrastructure development to Village Councils, NGOs, private entrepreneurs etc. on a turnkey basis (BOT i.e. built, operate, transfer), if necessary, even on long term basis. g) Offer development of smaller infrastructure like wayside amenities, public toilets, tourist transport etc. to existing local entrepreneurs on lucrative terms and conditions. h) Offer financial incentives like interest free loans, soft loans, tax concessions, low lease rent etc. to encourage private participation in the tourism industry i) Offer remote area concessions and incentives to private entrepreneurs for the development of tourism destinations and infrastructure in remote regions. These could include free land, partial subsidy for development etc. j) Give wide publicity to the schemes being offered for privatisation. Keep the terms of offer lucrative like low/refundable deposits, quick decisions on proposals etc. k) Protect long-term government interest by legally safeguarding the terms of offers and agreements. The terms should also ensure long- term maintenance of infrastructure and quality service. l) The Department should work out effective strategy to regularly monitor the privatised properties and ensure the quality of service. • Governmental Funding Avenues: The Tourism Department must try various funding avenues in the process towards making activities economically feasible and sustainable. The state / central governments may provide limited assistance for the initial gestation period. However, a definite strategy has to be worked out for the long-term maintenance of such facilities. Other funding avenues should be tapped. Various government departments and organisations provide specialised funding for specific projects related to their activities and tourism sector being a versatile sector could tap these resources. • Institutional Funding Avenues: There are many national and international organisations / universities which are interested in long term ecological research and appropriate development in the regions like Northeast. The tourist infrastructure could be also used for such complementary activities and made sustainable. The Institutional Funding Agencies may be classified under the following categories: National Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) International NGOs International Government Agencies Inter Governmental Organisations (IGOs) • Modalities of Funding: The above-mentioned funding agencies have their own norms and modalities for funding. Most of them have their own specific interests in the areas to provide funding e.g. environment, forests, water, infrastructure, heritage, education, tourism, rural development, women’s empowerment etc. Generally all funding agencies have their own formats of application for the funding. They also have time frames and schedules. Most of the funding agencies prefer to collaborate with the Government Departments, however they also like to involve NGOs and also look for people’s participation. International Funding Applications need to be routed through the Ministry of External Affairs and also the Central Government Ministries related to the Projects. The international funding agencies have different approaches. Some provide funding in a form of Grant and also technical know-how / human resources etc. These are collaborative projects, bilateral or multilateral. The ODA and European Union provide funding in this manner. These are generally long term projects (5 to 10 years) and the funding agencies regularly monitor the progress of the project through their own consultants / specialised institutions. These agencies generally provide 100% funding on the cost estimates worked out jointly, however they ensure the commitment of the grantee to look after, maintain and continue the project in future. The agreements / MOUs ensure these clauses for the commitment. These agencies also ensure the participation of the grantee in the form of existing infrastructure including human resources, land etc. at the beginning of the project. The Mizoram Tourism could attempt to get such funding for following specific projects: 1. Rih Dil Lake Project as an International Collaborative, Heritage and Cultural Integration Project 2. Handicraft & Agriculture Centre at Thenzawl as a Rural Development & Women’s Empowerment Project 3. Cultural Tourism Centres at International / National tri-junctions as Cultural Integration Project 4. Geography / Astronomy Centre at the Tropic of Cancer as an Educational Project 5. Phawngpui (Blue Mountain) National Park as an Eco-tourism / Eco-development / Adventure tourism Project There are other funding agencies, which are basically financial institutions like Asian Development Bank (ADB), Overseas Economic Corporate Fund (OECF), now JBIC, International Monetary fund (IMF) etc. These agencies provide soft loans for mostly development projects. They have their own parameters to decide about the eligibility components. Such funding is generally provided to the Government Departments and there are standard norms of sureties for repayments etc. They also insist for proportionate investment / participation from the recipient. For example, the JBIC provides financial assistance in a form of soft loan up to maximum 85% of the total project costs. The eligible components for JBIC are Land Cost, Infrastructure Development Cost, Compensation / Rehabilitation cost, Duties & Taxes, Interest during the implementation of the project etc. These loans are provided to the State Government Departments on the approval of the Ministry of External Affairs. Most of the times, 30% of the approved amount as provided as Grant and 70% as Loan. This type of funding is very useful for tourism development projects, wherein the State Governments do not have financial resources to develop the basic tourism infrastructure and at the same time, once such an infrastructure is created they can start generating revenue on a regular basis. However, the state government will need to provide the seed money to the extent of 15% of the project cost The Mizoram Tourism could attempt to get such funding for following specific projects: 1. Urban Tourism i.e. development of Aizawl and Lunglei 2. Regional Parks at Aizawl, Lunglei and Lawngtlai 3. Development of Tourism Infrastructure i.e. roads & services at the tourist destinations, signage etc. 4. Computerisation of tourism services, Publicity infrastructure, Capacity Building etc. 5. Cultural Centres in other parts of the country • Tourism Economics: In 2001, T & T in India will generate Rs. 1,564 billion in economic activity (total demand), making India the 22nd largest tourism market in the world. The contribution of the T & T Economy to GDP is impressive in dollar terms. The potential contribution of tourism to India’s GDP as seen today is at 5.3% as compared to the world average of 10.7%, and India ranks 140th in the world when tourism’s contribution to GDP is measured. In terms of employment, India’s T & T Economy accounts for 25 million jobs (World Rank 2). This translates to a share of 6% of all employment, giving India a rank of 140. The Department of Tourism’s estimates of T & T Industry jobs are 4.2 million. Similarly, despite employment of 12.3 million and a world rank of 2, the T & T Industry in India contributes 2.9% of total employment as compared to a world average of 3.1% and ranks 111th in terms of percentage contribution to total employment. Tourism can play an important, pioneering and effective role in achieving the growth targets set out for the nation. The primary objective of tourism development in India is to accelerate economic growth significantly, so as to meet a series of socio-economic imperative that are unique to India. 6. BLOCK ESTIMATE & FEASIBILITY The Block Estimate is worked out to give overall idea of the financial involvement of this Perspective Plan. The estimate does not include recurring costs. S.No. Item Approx. Qty. Rate Amount (In Lakhs) I BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE 1 Up-gradation of Infrastructure: Average built up area per T. Lodge – 800 Sq. M. X 15 Nos. 12000 Sq. M. 2500 300 2 Up-gradation, Construction of roads (2 lane) up to the tourists destinations / infrastructure 50.00 Kms 4000000 2000 3 Up-gradation / maintenance of Vehicles – 5 Jeeps & 2 buses 10 years 1000000 100 4 New vehicles – Jeeps, Mini buses & maintenance 10 Nos 1000000 100 5 Landscape & Environment Design 50 Sites 600000 300 2800 II PUBLICITY / MARKETING 6 Signage & Hoardings 200 Nos 50000 100 7 Publicity, Literature etc. 20 years 1000000 200 8 Computerisation & Information Technology 20 years 2000000 400 9 Information Counters 20 Nos 500000 100 10 Programmes, Activities 20 years 500000 100 900 III HUMAN RESOURCE / RESEARCH 11 Documentation & Research of Cultural Heritage 3 years Lump sum 100 12 Capacity Building, Staff Training 20 years 2000000 400 500 IV TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE 13 Cultural Centres in Metro cities 5 Nos 10000000 500 14 New Wayside Toilets / Amenities 20 Nos 1000000 200 15 New Tourist Lodges 15 Nos 10000000 1500 2200 V PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 16 Urban Tourism 2 Cities 100000000 2000 17 International Coll. Projects 2 Nos 100000000 2000 18 Tourism Festivals – 2 nos 20 years 1000000 200 19 New Large Projects 15 Nos 50000000 7500 20 Tourism Circuits 4 Nos 10000000 400 12100 21 Total 18500 22 Unforeseen 10 % 1850 23 Contingencies 5 % 925 24 Inflation 10 % 1850 25 Administrative Expenses 10 % 1850 26 Consultancy Fees 10 % 1850 27 GRAND TOTAL 26825 SAY APPROX. 27000 THE BLOCK ESTIMATE: RS. TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY CRORES ONLY FEASIBILITY OF THE PROJECT: The Block Estimate shows the total Perspective Plan Outlay for 20 years is approximately around Rs. 270 Crores only. After looking at the item heads and also the strategic approach following points need specific mention: 1. The items 1 to 5 covering the Basic Infrastructure amount to Rs.28.00 Crores, which is approx. 10.37 % of the total cost 2. The items 6 to 10 covering the Publicity and Marketing amount to Rs. 9.00 Crores, which is approx. 3.33 % of the total cost 3. The items 11 & 12 covering Human Resource Development & Research amount to Rs. 5 Crores, which is approx. 1.85 % of the total cost 4. The items 13 to 15 covering Tourism Infrastructure, some of which is in the pipeline and awaiting approval amount to Rs. 22 Crores, which is approx. 8.15 % of the total cost 5. The items 16 to 20 covering new innovative Tourism Product Development amounts to Rs. 121 Crores which is approx. 44.81 % of the total cost 6. The items 25 & 26 covering Administrative and Consultancy expenses amount to Rs. 37.00 Crores, which is approx. 13.7 % of the total cost The major item in this Plan is the new innovative Product Development projects, which takes about 44.81 % of the total outlay. Considering the strategy already mentioned in the earlier chapters for these projects, it is clear that these projects will be collaborative projects, likely to be sponsored by various other departments and funding agencies. The Mizoram Tourism will have to invest its time and preliminary expenses for the preparation of the detailed proposals, which will be about 20 % of the cost of these projects i.e. 8.96 % of the total cost. This could be manageable within the resources provided by the state and also assistance provided by the central government. The Publicity & Marketing activities take about 3.33 % of the total cost which is also manageable within the resources of the state government complemented with other sponsorships. The costs of Basic Infrastructure including up-gradation of existing infrastructure, creating new service infrastructure and new projects (already in the pipeline and awaiting approval), which is about 10.37 % of the total cost amounting to approx. Rs. 28.00 Crores over the period of 20 years could be within the budgetary provision of the Ministry of Tourism, GOI. Under the present allocation, the special provision for the 8 states of Northeast region is Rs. 14.80 Crores i.e approx. Rs. 1.85 Crores per state. Cost Benefit Analysis of the Perspective Plan for Mizoram Tourism Year Direct Benefits Indirect Benefits Total Cost Investment Net Incremental Benefits 1 2 3 4 5 6 2002-03 45.72 52.87 98.59 25.00 73.59 2003-04 52.81 59.92 112.73 25.00 87.73 2004-05 60.99 70.53 131.52 32.00 99.52 2005-06 70.43 81.45 151.88 32.00 119.88 2006-07 81.36 94.09 175.45 16.00 159.45 2007-08 93.99 108.69 202.68 16.00 186.68 2008-09 108.53 125.51 234.04 11.50 222.54 2009-10 125.35 144.97 270.32 11.50 258.82 2010-11 144.80 167.46 312.26 11.00 301.26 2011-12 167.26 193.43 360.69 11.00 349.69 2012-13 201.95 233.55 435.50 10.75 424.75 2013-14 243.86 282.02 525.88 10.75 515.13 2014-15 294.45 340.53 634.98 10.25 624.73 2015-16 355.51 411.14 766.65 10.25 756.40 2016-17 429.32 496.50 925.82 7.75 918.07 2017-18 518.40 599.51 1117.91 7.75 1110.16 2018-19 625.98 723.94 1349.92 7.75 1342.17 2019-20 755.82 874.09 1629.91 7.75 1622.16 2020-21 912.62 1055.43 1968.05 6.50 1961.55 2021-22 1102.06 1274.51 2376.57 6.50 2370.07 Thus the proposal of the Perspective Plan as worked out looks economically feasible. It is also envisaged that there will be average 10 % annual increase in the tourist traffic due to these overall efforts. It may boost further more after 5 / 10 years. The overall increase by 100 % in the next 10 years will itself make the Mizoram Tourism a profit-making department. At present level also, they have almost managed to cover the recurring costs. We feel that the Perspective Plan will not only be economically feasible but also will make the Tourism Development in Mizoram very sustainable. 7. PROPOSED PHASED DEVELOPMENT The Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development of the State of Mizoram is envisioned for the next 20 years. Such a large and broad visionary plan requires to be phased out in a systematic manner for its realistic detailed planning and implementation. The biennial phased development is proposed starting from the approval of the Perspective Plan. General guidelines for such a Phased Development is discussed hereunder: 1. Year 1 & 2: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 10.00, Publicity – 3.00, Human Resource – 3.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 4.00, Product Development – 20.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 50.00 Crores 2. Year 3 & 4: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 10.00, Publicity – 3.00, Human Resource – 1.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 10.00, Product Development – 30.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 64.00 Crores 3. Year 5 & 6: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 5.00, Publicity – 1.00, Human Resource – 1.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 5.00, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 32.00 Crores 4. Year 7 & 8: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 1.00, Publicity – 1.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 1.00, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 23.00 Crores 5. Year 9 & 10: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Publicity – 0.50, Tourism Infrastructure – 1.00, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 22.00 Crores 6. Year 11 & 12 Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Publicity – 0.50, Tourism Infrastructure –0.50, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 21.50 Crores 7. Year 13 & 14: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 20.50 Crores 8. Year 15 & 16: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 5.00 thus Total – Rs. 15.50 Crores 9. Year 17 & 18: Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Product Development – 5.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 15.50 Crores 10. Year 19 & 20: Approx. Investment: Product Development – 6.00, Misc. – 7.00 thus Total – Rs. 13.00 Crores NOTE: The planning process will continue throughout since the projects will be further phased out according to the budget availability. Up-gradation process will continue for the first five years. The other activity-based projects will continue throughout. 8. COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION & EMPLOYMENT GENERATION: In the absence of economic infrastructure and other manufacturing agencies, agriculture continues to be the main occupation of about 90 % of people in Mizoram. The 1961 census revealed the poor economic condition of Mizoram while it was one of the districts of Assam. It contributed only 1.5 % of the state’s income. The total income of Mizoram district was estimated at Rs. 5.36 crores of which 77 % came from agriculture, 1% from mining and manufacturing, 5.6 % from commerce, transport etc., 13 % from Public services and the balance from the other services. The per capita income stood at Rs. 206/- at that time. The costs and benefits for Mizoram Tourism could be projected as the following: Hotel Rooms: Over the next 20 years (2002 to 2021) the expected number of tourists in Mizoram ranges between 33,000 and 2,70,000 and the subsequent need of rooms ranges between 500 and 3000. Thus the investments will range from Rs. 50 Crores in 2002 and Rs. 300 Crores in 2021. Most of this investment will be in private sector. Employment generation: Direct – 2 persons per room, Indirect – 4 persons per room. Thus 500 to 3000 rooms will generate direct employment for 1000 to 6000 persons and indirect employment for 2000 to 12,000 persons making the total employment for 3000 to 18,000 persons over the next 20 years Air Transport: As per the requirements of Mizoram, the need for 33,000 tourists in 2001 to 2,70,000 in 2021 will be 1 to 3 aircrafts. These could also be shared with the adjoining Northeast states. Thus the investment will range from Rs. 500 Crores in 2002 to Rs.1500 Crores in 2021. Employment Generation: Average 450 persons per aircraft. Thus 450 to 1350 persons may be employed between 2002 and 2021. Other Transport (Railway & Road): The majority of the tourists will depend on these transport system. Intra state transport will be also through these means. The needs for the number of tourists from 33,000 to 2,70,000 over the next 20 years will be approximately 1 % per day. Thus approximate requirements will be 6 buses (2/3 passengers) and 25 jeeps/taxis (1/3 passengers) in 2002, increasing to 50 buses and 200 jeeps/taxis in 2021. The investment will range from Rs. 300 lakhs (2002) to Rs. 2500 lakhs (2021) Employment Generation: Average 6 persons per bus and 3 persons per jeep/taxi. Thus approximately 100 to 900 persons may get employment in this sector between 2002 and 2021. This employment will be mostly for local people. The requirements of investment in the development of rail linkage and subsequent employment generation cannot be predicted at this stage, however it will be a considerably economical venture. Foreign Exchange: At present the number of foreign tourists to Mizoram is very negligible (approx. 1 %). With more emphasis on tourism development and conscious efforts to attract foreign tourists this may improve to 5 % over the next 20 years. Thus foreign exchange earning will be to the tune of Rs. 1 Crore (visitor spending) and Rs. 0.4 Crores (aviation) in 2002, which may increase to Rs. 4 Crores (visitor spending) and Rs. 1 Crore (aviation) in 2021. The overall costing of the Tourism Development in Mizoram under this 20- year perspective plan has been worked out as a Block Estimate. The total outlay of the Perspective Plan over the next 20 years (2002 – 2021), amounts to Rs. 270 Crores, i.e. approximately Rs. 13.5 Crores per year. The Perspective Plan proposal envisages about 30 % investment from the Government (Central and State) Sector and 70 % investment from the private sector. The Projects will be self-supporting, thus taking care of the recurring costs and future maintenance and up-gradation costs. The growth rate will be low in the preliminary years (up to 5 years), however depending on the initiative and other socio-economic conditions in the Northeast region, the growth rate could increase substantially and the state will accrue all the benefits. • The total outlay of the Perspective Plan over the next 20 years (2002 – 2021), amounts to Rs. 270 Crores, i.e. approximately Rs. 13.5 Crores per year. • It has been estimated that in tourism sector, the investment of Rs. 10 lakhs creates about 58 jobs. Thus Mizoram Tourism has potential to create approx. 7830 jobs every year, on the implementation of the Perspective Plan. • In addition to the job/employment generation directly in the tourism sector, tourism development also creates opportunities for self-employment in the service sector, e.g. booking counters, information counters, STD booths, cyber centres, tourist guides, tourism transport, taxi service, courier service etc. • There will be tremendous opportunity in the secondary employment sector, which provides bulk services to tourism industry, e.g. construction industry, farming and food production, furnishing and equipment suppliers, professionals and consultants etc. Generation of Direct Employment on Implementation of the Perspective Plan for Mizoram: Year Additional Tourist Inflow Direct Employment (15 tourists for 1 employment) 2002-03 33000 2200 2003-04 36300 2420 2004-05 39930 2662 2005-06 43923 2928 2006-07 48315 3221 2007-08 53147 3543 2008-09 58462 3897 2009-10 64308 4287 2010-11 70738 4715 2011-12 77812 5187 2012-13 89484 5965 2013-14 102906 6860 2014-15 118342 7889 2015-16 136094 9072 2016-17 156508 10433 2017-18 179984 11998 2018-19 206981 13798 2019-20 238029 15868 2020-21 273733 18248 2021-22 314793 20986 The present status of the economy of Mizoram is dismal. The basic economy is agriculture-based, which is seasonal and unpredictable. The other sector that provides employment opportunities is the Government Service Sector, which also has stagnated. The state does not have the potential for industrial development to provide large employment opportunities. Even business opportunities are limited due to the geographical isolation of the state from the country and also due to the socio-economic problems of the region. Mizoram has tremendous natural resources and they need to be conserved for its overall enhancement in the long term. Considering all these factors, Tourism Development based on strong emphasis of Eco-tourism will be the best opportunity for the socio-economical upliftment of the state of Mizoram. The success of Tourism Development in the state like Mizoram particularly, will hinge on local participation. Mizoram already has a strong sector of Voluntary Organisations. The women and youth in Mizoram are also very active, outgoing and full of enthusiasm. This potential can be tapped for multiple purposes. It will achieve employment generation in the otherwise deprived section of the society, will allow the government activity of tourism development to grow like an efficient business and at the same time will bring in the feeling of ownership amongst the local people. Women’s Participation: The community participation through JTMP should be also complemented with another concerted effort to ensure the participation of Women in Tourism Development and Management. It is commendable that women in Mizoram are industrious, outgoing, full of enthusiasm and already in the forefront in many sectors. However, special opportunities must be created for their active involvement in the tourism sector. This is not necessarily to help them but also to help the tourism sector since it is in need of have human resources with aptitudes for service and hospitality. The women should be encouraged, with due incentives to take major responsibilities to run some of the activities of the tourism department. Even here, they should be treated like equal business partners. The scope and terms of reference have to be worked out jointly and carefully. The participatory projects, both JTMP and WTP, have the potential to create enthusiasm amongst a large sector of Mizo society. This would reduce the burden of the tourism department substantially and in turn will create tremendous enhancement in the tourism business. 9. PROPOSED STRATEGY & ACTION PLAN: STRATEGY: • Formation of Tourism Council at the State Government level to oversee the implementation and progress of the Perspective Plan for Tourism Development. • Formation of Steering Committee at the Secretariat level to work out the detailed project development plan and to delegate its implementation. • Formation of the Co-ordinating Committee at the Tourism Department level to obtain all the approvals from the central and state government and work out detailed implementation plan and supervise the project work • Appointment of Professional Consultants to prepare the Master Plans and the Detailed Feasibility Reports (DFR) for specific projects • Appointment of Professional Consultants to work out detailed Project Plans and Estimates for various projects according to the DFR • Appointment of Agencies to implement the Projects according to the detailed project plans, guidelines and specifications • Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation of the progress of various project • Quarterly assessment of the Projects • Completion reports of the Projects • Appointment of Agencies to manage the completed Tourism Projects • Implementation of the Phased Development • Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation • Annual Fiscal Assessment of the Project Work • Annual Fiscal and Technical Audit of the Project Work • Annual Overall Assessment ACTION PLAN: • Technical approval of the Perspective Plan for Tourism Development • Organisation of a Seminar (3/5 days, in Mizoram) for the detailed presentation of the Perspective Plan followed by discussion, brainstorming and strategic action to launch the Tourism Development Project. • Formation of all the advisory, controlling, supervising, co-ordinating and implementing committees should take place within 3 months of the approval. • The committees will finalise the prioritisation of the projects for the first five years and initiate further action for the implementation of those projects. This decision should be taken within 6 months of the approval. • The appointments of Professional Consultants for the individual projects, which have been prioritised by the committees. This process should be completed within 6 months of the approval so that the Consultants commence the work of preparation of the Master Plan and the DFR in the 7th month • The Consultants complete and submit the Master Plan and the DFR of the respective Tourism Projects within 12 months of the approval. • The Committees will approve the Master Plan and the DFR of various projects and initiate further action to make financial provision for the implementation and also to appoint the Consultants to prepare the detailed Project Plans and Estimates. This action will be taken within 15 months of the approval. • The Working Groups will be given the responsibility of certain projects within the Perspective Plan, which could be implemented in- house by the Tourism Department. The implementation action on such projects will commence within 6 months of the approval. • The Consultants will complete and submit the detailed Project Plans and Estimates within 18 months of approval. The Committees will assess and initiate these projects for implementation within 24 months of approval. • The Agencies will be appointed for the implementation of the projects. The Project works will commence immediately and shall be completed within 36 months of the approval. • The Committees will continue regular monitoring and assessment in consultation with the Professional Consultants. • The routine work and activities of the Tourism Department will continue through the Working Groups of the Tourism Department. • The Committees will carry out annual Fiscal and Technical audit of the Project Work in progress. • The further progress of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development will continue with the similar strategy according to the phase wise development plan. The Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development of the State of Mizoram is envisioned for the next 20 years. Such a large and broad visionary plan requires to be phased out in a systematic manner for its realistic detailed planning and implementation. 10. CONCLUSION: The proposed Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development in Mizoram takes into consideration all facts and recommends new and innovative complementary concepts without too much of financial liabilities. Mizoram Tourism will get a tremendous boost due to these innovative large projects, which have varied character and could attract tourists from varied avenues. It is also possible to attract tourists to Mizoram at multiple times because of these diverse activities and attractions. Mizoram state, like the others in the Northeast Region, has to deal with various difficulties, infrastructure hurdles and socio-political problems. These are beyond the control of one single state. It will take sometime to resolve these issues, when tourism in the region will start growing. The Perspective Plan envisages this and attempts to make the Tourism Department act like a catalyst to augment the tourism potential of the state. Over the years, tourism will be a community activity in Mizoram with Mizoram Tourism taking a role of the initiator and facilitator. 20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF TOURISM IN THE STATE OF MIZORAM CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION 1. BACKGROUND OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT Man started travelling long distances after the invention of the wheel, about ten thousand years ago. Later on he created carts and also used animals to pull them. This provided speed and comfort to his travels. Some men travelled long distances for different reasons. About 2500 years ago, Goutam Buddha travelled to share the Truth that he had discovered, with the people of the world. His disciples travelled all over the world to spread the message of Buddhism. Alexander the Great, who was born in Greece, travelled eastwards up to India with a mission to conquer the world. About a thousand years ago, Adi Shankaracharya travelled from Kerala to all parts of India to spread the message of Hinduism. In this process, he set up four dhams in four directions of India, which have become sacred places for the people of India to visit every year. A lot of people in India have been travelling every year on pilgrimage tours to the Himalayas and to the sacred rivers of Ganga and Yamuna. Columbus and Vasco-da- Gama travelled in search of new land. There had been human migrations in history in the quest of fertile land and better opportunities. The Aryans who lived in Central Asia moved to Europe and India for environmental, social, political and economical reasons. However some people travelled in search of knowledge due to tremendous curiosity. They maintained travel accounts, which became historical records. Chinese travellers, Fa-hien and Hieun Tsang, who visited ancient India, provided a lot of information on ancient India through their travelogues. This was travel, but not Tourism as we see it today. The concept of Modern Tourism is not more that 50 / 60 years old. The world has become small due to the inventions brought out by the science and technology. Travel and communication has become very easy and convenient. The industrialization has also made our life easy. People do not have to work as hard as they did about a hundred years ago. They have leisure time to rest. They get holidays from work. Employers not only encourage their employees to take holiday, but also subsidies their travel. This has resulted in a travel boom all over the world. It has been estimated in 1997, that around 500 crores people travel for holidays every year and about 65 crores out of them travel internationally. This travelling to various destinations for pleasure and business cum holiday, by spending your own money is Modern Tourism. This tourism brings prosperity in the areas visited by people. It also brings people of the world closer to each other. 2. GLOBAL TOURISM TRENDS Tourism has become one of the most flourishing industries in the world. Today, it is the second largest and fastest growing industry, next only to petroleum industry. Worldwide, tourism is emerging as one of the biggest employers than in any other economic sector. It offers opportunities for economic, cultural and political exchanges, generates employment, foreign exchange and raises living standards. It facilitates social integration and international understanding. International tourism has grown steadily since 1950, as also tourism expenditure. The revenue from international tourism means a lot to the host country as it is contributed by foreign visitors in foreign exchange. This becomes very useful for the host country for its economic and infrastructure development. The World Tourism Organisation (WTO) estimates that international tourist arrivals will exceed 160 crores by the year 2020. Tourism has become so important and competitive that about 150 countries have set up National Tourist Organisations to attract foreign tourists to their countries and also to encourage their own people to travel within their own country. The following tables will provide a global picture (1996) of the region / country wise distribution of world tourism (Source: WTO): Table 1: REGION WISE DISTRIBUTION OF ARRIVALS / RECEIPTS (1995 & 1996): Region Tourist arrivals (Thousands) % Change Tourist receipts (US $ Million) % Change 1995 1996 96/95 95/94 1995 1996 96/95 95/94 Africa 19,045 19,593 2.9 2.7 6,980 7,621 7.6 7.2 America 110,768 115,572 4.3 4.1 100,225 106,330 6.1 5.4 East Asia/ Pacific 83,189 89,774 7.9 7.9 72,738 82,207 13.0 16.9 Europe 335,378 347,329 3.6 2.1 202,507 214,673 6.0 15.5 Middle East 13,703 15,121 10.3 13.2 7,185 8,243 14.7 32.2 South Asia 4,301 4,475 4.0 9.0 3,643 3,948 8.4 14.6 World 566,384 591,864 4.5 3.6 393,278 423,022 7.6 13.1 Table 2: WORLD TOP 20 TOURISM EARNERS (1996) Rank Country International tourism receipts (US $ Million) % Change 96/95 Market Share % of World Total 1 United States 64,373 5.29 15.22 2 Spain 28,428 12.17 6.72 3 France 28,211 2.59 6.68 4 Italy 27,349 - 0.37 6.47 5 United Kingdom 20,415 6.70 4.83 6 Austria 15,095 3.26 3.57 7 Germany 13,168 2.79 3.11 8 Hong Kong 11,200 16.62 2.65 9 China 10,500 20.23 2.48 10 Switzerland 9,892 4.58 2.34 11 Singapore 9,410 14.59 2.22 12 Canada 8,727 8.92 2.06 13 Thailand 8,600 12.21 2.03 14 Australia 8,264 16.39 1.95 15 Poland 7,000 9.38 1.65 16 Mexico 6,898 11.91 1.63 17 Turkey 6,536 31.85 1.55 18 Korea Rep. 6,315 13.19 1.49 19 Belgium 5,893 3.04 1.39 20 Netherlands 5,877 2.00 1.33 TOTAL (1-20) 302,181 7.39 71.43 WORLD TOTAL 423,022 7.56 100.00 3. TOURISM POLICY IN INDIA Economic planning in India has followed the system of five-year plans. Tourism found no mention in the first five-year plan. In the subsequent five- year plans, tourism was included along with the transport sector and emphasis was towards publicity, planning and assistance to states. It is only after 1958, after Tourism development council was established that greater synergy was obtained between various tourism providers, the State Governments, the national carrier, and the travel industry. The economic importance of tourism was formally recognized in the fourth plan with emphasis towards international tourism and creation of tourist infrastructure. In the subsequent policies the focus was towards creation of infrastructure for tourist accommodation. The first attempt to formulate a ‘National Tourism Policy’ was in the year 1982 when a paper on tourism policy was presented before the parliament, which set long-term direction and purpose to tourism development and promotion in India. The vast potential and the need for rapid development was recognized only in the seventh plan, subsequent to which tourism was accorded the status of an Industry, thereby encouraging private investments in this sector. In subsequent plans the primary responsibility of tourism development was with the private sector with the State and Central Government only providing essential infrastructure in specified tourism areas. The national action plan for tourism (1992), defines the objectives of tourism development in India and the primary strategy for development. 4. OBJECTIVES OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA The statement on tourism policy, presented to Parliament in 1982, provides the philosophical underpinnings for the promotion of tourism in India as: d. It is a unifying and a nation-building force, through fostering greater national and international understanding, particularly amongst the youth of the country. e. It serves to preserve and enrich India’s cultural heritage. f. It brings socio-economic benefits. The policy document defines the specific objectives of tourism development in India as: a. To substantially improve facilities for domestic tourists. b. To accord high priority to the development of international tourism, in view of the importance of foreign exchange earning and economic contribution. c. In the recognition of historical and archaeological monuments being the largest element in attracting international tourists to India, to promote cultural tourism. This will be achieved by providing tourist facilities at major centres of cultural interest, in coordination with other agencies including State Governments. d. Tourism development should be a common endeavour of all agencies, so that the combined effort achieves comprehensive and integrated development, enabling tourism to make a positive and effective contribution to the economic growth of the country. In this effort, the Central Government will have primary responsibility in promoting international tourism, while playing a coordinating role supplementing the state effort wherever necessary. e. To promote tourism so as to bring sizable socio-economic benefits to those regions of the country which are rich in tourism potential. f. To promote regional tourism from the South Asian region. g. To adopt a selective approach to determine investment priorities, by adopting a travel circuit concept that will enable intensive development of selected destinations, it will encourage diversification of attractions and will open up backward areas, which hold many tourist attractions. h. To make tourism the vehicle for involving the youth of the country in national integration. i. To create tourism facilities for the lower middle class and the poorer sections of society. j. To adopt a marketing strategy that will broaden the tourist base in existing markets, explore new tourist markets, particularly regions where tourist traffic to India has been growing and to promote inter-regional travel. Amongst other regions, the policy document noted the vast Buddhist population in the Far East and the potential in making India a Buddhist destination. k. To preserve India’s cultural and natural heritage, by educating people in appreciating their heritage. l. To give the Indian people a sense of unity and identity and a sense of belonging and pride, a broadening of their intellectual, emotional and cultural horizons, and to create a better understanding of the land, people and culture of India amongst international tourists. Since the presentation of this policy document to Parliament in 1982, the objectives of the Ministry of Tourism have been further refined in the national action plan for tourism 1992, within the overall framework of the policy document. The objectives have been defined as: a. Socio economic development of regions b. Increasing employment opportunities to double by the end of the century c. Developing and promoting domestic tourism d. Preservation and enrichment of national heritage and environment, including support to arts and crafts e. Development of international tourism and optimisation of foreign exchange earnings to reach Rs. 100 billion from the present Rs. 24 billion f. Diversification of the tourism product to incorporate leisure, adventure, convention tourism, while retaining the traditional image of cultural tourism g. Increase India’s share of world tourist to 1% from the present 0.4% Over the years, the tourism policy has been evolving; the revenue growth from tourism has been increasing. The foreign exchange earnings from tourism went up from Rs. 320 crores in 1975 to Rs. 11000 crores in 1997 at current prices (Report on Service Industries – Dr. Muthia). Tourism today is among the largest earner of foreign exchange in India. The strategy for achieving these objectives has been outlined as: a. Improvement of tourist infrastructure b. Developing areas on a selective basis for integrated growth, along with the marketing of destinations on the basis of a ‘Special tourism area’ concept. c. Restructuring and strengthening of institutions for development of human resources. d. Evolving a suitable policy for increasing foreign tourist arrivals and foreign exchange earnings. 5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Any development has to consider its possible adverse impacts on the surrounding environment and the conservation of various ecological elements must be considered as a priority obligation. The tourism development projects generally tend to be within the ecologically sensitive regions like hills, seashores, lakes, rivers, national parks / sanctuaries, heritage sites. Insensitive and haphazard planning for tourism development can ruin these regions of natural heritage. The tourism development plan for a region must carry out environmental impact assessment and work out the sustainable management strategy. In the case of Mizoram, which lies in the ecologically sensitive region of the northeast India, the priority consideration for tourism development should be environmental and ecological conservation. The region also has very rich ethnic tribal culture and the whole tourism development plan should be sensitive to all the heritage parameters. Considering the unique and environmentally fragile region of the northeast India in general, and Mizoram in particular, it is almost imperative that the tourism planning of the region should evolve around the concept of Eco- tourism. 6. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN THE NORTHEAST From ancient times, India’s Northeast region has been the meeting place of many communities, faiths and cultures. It is a place of magical beauty and bewildering diversity. There are more than 166 ethnic tribes speaking many languages. Some groups have migrated over the centuries from places as far as Southeast Asia. They retain their cultural traditions but are beginning to adapt to contemporary lifestyles. Its jungles used to be dense. Today, the region is considered as one of the unique and fragile Biodiversity Hotspots in the world. The region’s flora and fauna is unique. The terrain is mountainous and rugged. The rivers are mighty. Northeast is unique in lushness of its landscape, the range of communities and geographical and ecological diversity. The region creates enchanting and romantic atmosphere in all the seasons. The Northeast region includes eight states of Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura, Mizoram, Manipur and Nagaland. The region has interesting international borders with Myanmar, China, Bhutan, Nepal and Bangladesh. It is unfortunate that due to socio-political and geographical reasons, entire Northeast has remained neglected and backward from the development. In spite of very high literacy rate in the region (around 80%), the progress and benefits have not reached the Northeast even today. The concept of Tourism development is very recent in this region and is in its infancy. A few states like Sikkim and Assam have taken a few strides in developing tourism, with emphasis on eco-tourism, wildlife tourism, cultural tourism and adventure tourism. The other states have also commenced their efforts during the last decade. Fig. 1: Map of Northeast Region However, the tourism development of the Northeast region needs to be targeted as a regional approach rather than individual state approach. The basic needs for tourism development of the region are efficient infrastructure, good connectivity between the states and peace in the region. The entry permit formality required for a few states for the both domestic and international tourists is a major deterrent for the region’s tourist attraction. The region has tremendous and diverse potential for tourism development, which could attract international and domestic tourists. Concerted and sincere efforts are required from the Central Government to unify these eight states for the infrastructure development and the achievement of peace in the region. 7. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN MIZORAM Mizoram, a mountainous region that became the 23rd state of the Indian Union in February 1987, is sandwiched between Myanmar in the east and the south and Bangladesh and Tripura in the west with its northern frontiers touching Assam and Manipur states. An amalgam of the former north and south Lushai hill districts, Mizoram literally means ‘Land of the Highlanders’. The Mizos belonging to Mongoloid race are original settlers of the Shan state of Burma. They are divided into several tribes, which have turned to Christianity now. Mizoram hills are steep and run north – south and are separated by rivers, which flow in between creating deep gorges. Mizo community is changing fast and adopting western culture. Many of the present customs are mixtures of their old tradition and western style of life. Mizoram has the highest literacy rate (95%) in the country (Source: Adult Education, 2001) and people are peaceful and hospitable. This state is a storehouse of natural beauty with its diverse flora and fauna, lush green landscapes, pleasant climate and jubilant people. The young state of Mizoram is economically weak and entirely depends on its agriculture. Inefficient infrastructure and poor connectivity are the major deterrents for the tourists. The entry permit formality for the both domestic and international tourists is another hurdle for tourists. However, the State Department of Tourism has developed satisfactory tourist facilities, within a short span of its activity. The state has excellent potential for tourism development with emphasis on ecotourism and adventure tourism. The government of Miaoram has realized the potential in the tourism sector and has given thrust on the development of tourism by way of creating basic infrastructure and promoting whatever amenities that are required to attract tourist from outside. As a consequence Mizoram is fast coming up on the tourist map of the country. However the success of its tourism highly depends on the infrastructure development of the entire Northeast region. Fig. 2 – Map of Mizoram: 8. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India proposed to carry out this study in order to prepare a 20 years perspective plan for the sustainable development of tourism in various Indian states with following major objectives: a. Prepare a 20 years perspective plan for developing sustainable tourism in the state, giving phased programme considering the resources available b. Indicate short-term and long-term plans, targets and ground realities c. Indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies with a definite time frame to achieve these activities d. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to natural resources, heritage and other socio-cultural assets, quantitative and demographic factors like population, employment, occupation, income levels, services and infrastructure etc. e. Review and evaluate the status of existing tourism schemes in the state f. Plan expansion / up gradation to the existing facilities and also propose new tourism projects g. Arrive at an indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure development and prioritise investment needs over the next 20 years h. Prepare an action plan for implementation of potential development schemes in conformity with the guidelines provided by the concerned state / central departments and the funding agencies i. Indicate projected tourist arrivals and prioritise the schemes for employment generation j. Prepare strategy for the participation of local people in the tourism development k. Deal with environmental issues of the tourism sites and suggest measures for the mitigation of adverse impacts l. Suggest strategy for privatisation of the tourism infrastructure owned by the state m. Consider and suggest sources of funding for the tourism development in the state and strategy to develop a coordinating agency in the state n. Work out strategy to project and protect cultural identity of the state and her ethnic people through appropriate tourism plans 9. METHODOLOGY The Technical proposal (appendix – a) and the Inception Report (appendix – b) provide the details of the methodology and approach for this study. The study has been conducted according to the broad guidelines provided by the Department of Tourism, Government of India. The study was carried out by a multidisciplinary team of experts under the overall coordination of the Principal Investigator (PI) and the Co-investigator (CI). The study commenced in March 2002 with literature survey and strategic planning. Formats for questionnaire and interviews were prepared. Two field visits (approx. one week each) were carried out in April and May 2002. Two separate teams visited the state independently. The PI and CI carried out their visits along with the tourism officials, whereas other team visited various destinations on their own like ordinary tourists. The team members traversed approximately 3200 Kms of distance in the state during the field visits, using different modes of travel. (See appendix – e & f, Interim Reports 1 & 2). The questionnaires (appendix – b) were sent to people (sample size 100) from various categories connected directly or indirectly with tourism in the Northeast. Extensive interviews were carried out in a predesigned format (appendix – c) with selected individuals (over 50 nos.) connected with tourism development and government sector. The difficult terrain and adverse climatic conditions created several hurdles for the field studies. However, in spite of all odds and shortage of time, interesting data was collected, analysed and the findings are used for the preparation of this report. Additionally, extensive photo documentation has also been carried out. CHAPTER – 2 MIZORAM 1. INTRODUCTION Mizoram is a small and young state of Indian Union. It had its full-fledged statehood on the 20th February 1987 as the 23rd state of Indian Union by an Act of Parliament in the wake of a Peace Accord singed by the Government of India and Mizo National Front on the 30th June 1986. The state of Mizoram occupies important place in India because of its long international borderline, its attainment of the highest position in literacy rate in India and the achievement of some youths in national and international sport events in the recent years. The scenic beauty, the flora and fauna, the unique socio- cultural life of peace loving and jubilant people and the pleasant climatic condition is a fascination for people from outside the state and also the foreign nationals. However, poor infrastructure facilities, restrictions for entry and uncomfortable socio-political situation in the northeast region have been the major deterrents for outside tourists to the region and the state. A gradual improvement in the situation is showing positive signs for the development of the region, particularly for Mizoram since it is the most peaceful state of India today. (See appendix – d, General Information) 2. GEOGRAPHY The geographical location of Mizoram is between the latitude 21 58’ N and 24 35’ N and the longitude 9215’ E and 93 29’ E. The tropic of Cancer runs through the Southern periphery of Aizawl town at 23 30’ N latitude. The state covers the area of 21,087 Sq. Kms bordered by Bangladesh and Tripura in the west, Myanmar in the east and south and Assam and Manipur in the north. Mizoram has a great strategic importance for India since it has 630 Kms international border with Myanmar and Bangladesh. The topography of Mizoram is mountainous with three hill ranges running north – south parallel to each other. The hill slopes are very steep creating narrow and deep gorges through which flow various rivers, northwards and southwards. A very small portion lies in the plains situated in the midst of hills and narrow valleys. The largest of these plains is Champhai, situated on the eastern border of the state, bordering Myanmar. It has a length of about 11 Kms. and maximum width of about 5 Kms. The other major plains are Vanlaiphai and Thenzawl. The major parts of these plains have been converted into rice fields. The average height of the hills is about 900 meters on the west, rising to about 1,500 meters further east and in place crossing 2,000 meters. The highest peak Phawngpui having an altitude of 2,157 meters lies in the Blue Mountains situated in the south Chhimtuipui district. The other main peaks are Lengteng (2,141 meters), Sur Tlang (1,967 meters), Lurh Tlang (1,935 meters), Tan tlang (1,929 meters). There are many rivers in Mizoram but only a few of them are large enough to be mentioned. The rivers of northern Mizoram flow towards the north and ultimately meet the Barak river of Assam plains. The rivers in south Mizoram flow towards the south. The important rivers in the northern portion of the state are Tlawng or Dhaleswari (185.15 Kms.), Tuirial or Sonai (117.53 Kms.) and Tuivawl (72.45 Kms.). The southern hills are drained by the Chhimtuipui or Kolodyne (138.46 Kms.) and its tributaries Mat, Trichang, Tiau and Tuipui. The Khawthlangtuipui or Karnaphuli (128.08) with its tributaries Tuichwng, Kau, De, Phairuang and Tuilianpui form the western drainage system. It is interesting to observe that the Kolodyne enters Mizoram from the Haka area of Myanmar and flows in the northwestern direction till it joins the river Mat. Thereafter, it takes a half-circle bend towards the south and flows again to Myanmar (Arakan). Except Kolodyne, all the rivers are fed by monsoon rain only. They swell rapidly during the rains and recede abruptly shortly after the rains. In winter many rivers dry up. Only the Tlawng, Tuirial and the Khawthlangtuipui are navigable throughout the year. Vantawngkhawhtha la (approx. 250 meters), on the river Vanva, is the highest waterfall. The hills are dotted with idyllic lakes (dil), the famous being Tamdil, Palakdial and Rungdil. Geologically, the hills in Mizoram are comparatively young and mostly composed of soft sandstone and slate. The soil type generally found in the state is a clayey loam mixed with broken angular shale of varying sizes. Though there is a fair percentage of clay in the soil, the water holding capacity of the soil is very low and due to this, the topsoil becomes very dry during winter. In the southern portion the soil is more clayey and deeper than in the north. Due to the continuous washing away of the alkaline soil by the rainwater, the soil of Mizoram is generally acidic in nature but the soil in the plains is rich alluvial. With its moderate height and fairly heavy rainfall, Mizoram has a pleasant climate, moderately warm in summer and not very cold in winter. Barring the winter frost in some places, there is no snowfall on the hills of the state. The temperature ranges between 11 C to 21C in winter and 20C to 30 C in summer with heavy monsoon rain from May to September. The entire territory is under the direct influence of the monsoon. The average rainfall is 217.50 cm. per annum in Mizoram (Source:Statistical Handbook, Mizoram). 3. PEOPLE AND CULTURE The historians believe that the Mizos were a part of the great wave of the Mongolian race spilling over into the eastern and southern Asia centuries ago. They have yellowish skin colour, flat nose, broad face, straight hair, and medium to short stature, comparatively long body and short legs. Their language belongs to Tibeto Burman family. The word Mizo is a generic term and literally means hill men or highlanders. Under this, there are various sub groups like Paite, Hmar, Mara, Lai, Luisei, Ralte, Ranglong, Bawm. Pang etc. All these groups have separate dialect, which are closely akin to each other. The most common language is Lusei and the dialect is known as Duhlian tawng or Mizotawng, which is used as local official language in addition to English. The language has no script of its own, however sometime around 1894; the missionaries brought it to a written form in Roman script. Since then, the Christianity and education simultaneously spread far and wide over the whole Mizoram. Today the 95% population follows Christianity and the literacy rate is the highest in the country (95%). The present Mizo population is composed of fifteen broadly divided ethnic communities. There are two distinct cultural regions in the state, though the people live in the same natural environment. The first group follows the Mizo way of life, which is mostly governed by Christian ethic. The second group, consisting of Chakma, Magh and a section of the Riang, follows a way of life, which is governed by a mixture of the ideals of Buddhism and animism. The gregarious and close-knit society of Mizos evolved some principles of self-help and co-operation to meet social obligations and responsibilities. Many public utility services were provided through voluntary community works known as Hnatlang, wherein every family contributes labour for the welfare of the community. The Mizos also established a unique code of ethics called Tlawmngaihna, which stands basically for selfless service for the others. It is a compelling moral force that requires a man to be hospitable, kind, unselfish, courageous and helpful to the others. Tlawmngaihna is the core of their philosophy of life. The spirit of Hhnatlang combined with Tlawmngaihna makes it mandatory for the Mizos to render all possible help on occasions of marriage, public feast, accident and death. In spite of many changes in the socio- cultural life of the Mizos, the spirit of Tlawmngaihna is popularize and well fostered by the biggest voluntary organization in Mizoram called Young Mizo Association (YMA). This association has its headquarters in the capital city of Aizawl and branches in every locality and village in and outside Mizoram. One of the aims and objectives of the YMA is to preserve and promote Mizo culture through the spirit of Tlawmngaihna or selfless service. The Mizos are highly cultured, jovial and sociable people having no class or caste distinction. Their three main festivals are – Mim Kut, Chapchar Kut and Pawl Kut. These festivals are in one way or another associated with their agricultural activities, which their main occupation. The Mizos love to dance and sing. They can boast of a number of folk and community dances, which have been handed down from on generation to the other through the ages. The dances are expressions of the gay, carefree spirit of the Mizos and they are performed for community involvement and participation. Some major ethnic dances of Mizos are – Cheraw, Khuallam, Chheih-lam, Chai, Rallu- lam, Solakia, Sarlamkai, and Par-lam. Fig. 3 – Children of Mizoram: Since 1899, when the Christianity was first introduced in Mizoram, many old, ethnic religious and cultural practices have now been discarded. Mizos embraced the new faith with such dedication that it brought a tremendous change in their thought process and social life. Present Mizo society, both urban and rural, is guided by this faith and their notion of ritual values; customs and lifestyle have undergone drastic changes. Even the traditional festivals are dying out and new festivals like Christmas and New Year have become popular. However, a few present customs are still a mixture of their old tradition and western pattern of life. Recently, the government of Mizoram understood the importance of the traditional festival and set up a separate wing in the education department just to revive their traditional festivals, music and songs. Agriculture is the major of the people of Mizoram. Shifting cultivation (Jhumming) is pre-dominantly practiced in Mizoram, which has degraded the natural forests of Mizoram to a very large extent. Presently, efforts are on to wean away the farmers from the destructive practice of Jhumming and adopt new and sustainable agricultural practices. Though a late starter in the sphere of development, a greater part of Mizoram is undergoing rapid progress with the objective of gaining lost grounds and progressing along with the rest of the country. 4. NATURAL ENVIRONMENT AND ECOLOGY The geographical location and the rugged topography have blessed Mizoram with unique natural environment. The state situated in the transitional region of tropical and temperate environment is also bestowed with hills having steep slopes, deep valleys, rivers, natural lakes, plains etc. thus creating varied ecosystems in a relatively small region. The forests of Mizoram could be broadly classified as: North – Tropical Wet Evergreen Forest South – Tropical Moist Deciduous Forest East – Subtropical Pine Forest (mixed with broad leaved species) The forest-clad mountains of Mizoram were rich in flora and fauna. However, the tremendous biotic influence exerted by way of jhumming and burning has retrograded the forest to a drier and more deciduous, more open and shrubby type mainly covered by bamboos and wild plantains. The most common species of the earlier virgin forests, Dipterocarpus turbinatus is not visible now except in the deep and moist river valleys. However, the region has a variety of interesting plant species e.g. orchids, Rhododendron sp., palms and many medicinal plants. Large-scale hunting has taken heavy toll of Mizoram’s wildlife. The region was once rich with wildlife like tiger, elephant, gaur, wild buffalo, black bear, deer, goral, serrow, wild cats, wild boar, monkeys etc. and a variety of birds like hornbills, pheasants etc. However, today the wildlife is scarcely existent. Approximately 30% of the total area of the state has reserve forest and is under the control of the state forest department. Additionally, three district councils have their own reserve forests. Fig. 4 – Natural Beauty of Mizoram: Prompted by the awareness and need of the forest and wildlife conservation, the forest department has been initiating various measures. There is a conscious effort to follow the National Forest Policy, 1988 norm to bring the 2/3 of the geographical area of this hilly terrain under the forest cover. The government launched a massive project called ‘Green Mizoram’ in June 2000. A large-scale afforestation of degraded lands has been taken up at district levels with community participation. Additionally, Joint Forest Management, Community Biodiversity Conservation Project, Eco- development in protected areas; Medicinal Plant Project etc. have been initiated. However, the basic approach and concept has been towards the afforestation for exploitation rather than for biodiversity conservation and this needs to be changed. Some of the Wildlife Protected Areas of Mizoram: 1. Dampa Tiger Reserve: Situated in the western Mizoram close to Bangladesh border. Area approx. 500 Sq. Km. Major wildlife includes tiger, leopard, elephant, gaur, wild dog, sambar, sloth bear, deer, hoolock gibbon etc. 2. Murlen National Park: Situated on the east of Aizawl, close to the Indo-Myanmar border. Area approx. 150 Sq. Kms. Major wildlife includes tiger, leopard, Himalayan black bear, hoolock gibbon, goral, serrow, deer, pheasants etc. 3. Phawngpui National Park: Situated in the southeastern Mizoram close to Myanmar border. Area approx. 50 Sq. Km. Major wildlife includes goral, sambar, leopard, hoolock gibbon, deer, pheasants etc. 4. Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary: Situated in the southwestern Mizoram close to Indo-Myanmar and Indo-Bangladesh border. Are approx. 110 Sq. Km. Major wildlife includes tiger, clouded leopard, elephant, gaur, deer, hoolock gibbon, leaf monkey etc. 5. Lengteng Wildlife Sanctuary: Situated in the Eastern Mizoram adjacent to Murlen National Park. Area approx. 80 Sq. Km. Major wildlife includes tiger, leopard, sambar, deer, goral, serrow, hoolock gibbon, pheasants etc. 6. Khawnglung Wildlife Sanctuary: Situated in the central Mizoram. Area approx. 35 Sq. Km. Major wildlife includes leopard, deer, sambar, hoolock gibbon, wild boar etc. 7. Tawi Wildlife Sanctuary: Situated in the central Mizoram. Area approx. 50 Sq. Km. Major wildlife includes tiger, leopard, deer, sambar, hoolock gibbon, wild boar etc. The state government has identified interesting natural features for general awareness about the state’s natural treasure: State animal: Hoolock Gibbon (Hauhuk) State Bird : Hume’s Bartailed Pheasant (Vavu) State Flower: Dancing Girl Orchid (Aiting) State Tree : Mesua ferrea (Nahar, Herhse) Fig. 5 – Orchids of Mizoram: 5. SOCIO-ECONOMICS Mizos are the products of primary societies and confederations of tribes without any strong economic and professional foundation. They have little background and training even as traders and merchants. Manufacturing was unknown. However, in spite of various geographical and socio-political handicaps, Mizos have advanced considerably on the socio-economic front. The Mizos explored the economic potential of their natural resources, which is visible from their indigenous utilization of cane, bamboo, leaves, herbs and other forest products for their needs. Due to the lack of contacts with the neighbouring plains, the trade and commerce was reduced to bear minimum. Thus the Mizos applied their genius just to meet their own requirements. A small trade use to be carried out with the neighbouring tribes in cotton, wax, cane and bamboo. In the absence of economic infrastructure and other manufacturing agencies, agriculture continues to be the main occupation of about 90 % of people in Mizoram. The 1961 census revealed the poor economic condition of Mizoram while it was one of the districts of Assam. It contributed only 1.5 % of the state’s income. The total income of Mizoram district was estimated at Rs. 5.36 crores of which 77 % came from agriculture, 1% from mining and manufacturing, 5.6 % from commerce, transport etc., 13 % from Public services and the balance from the other services. The per capita income stood at Rs. 206/- then. The situation has improved quite a lot today. However, major economy is still based on Agriculture and Government Service sector. The agricultural sector is passing through a lot of transformation. The farmers are being motivated to accept the latest technologies for agriculture. The agriculture is also being industrialised to enable agriculture products to be exported in turn giving stable and profitable income to the farmers. Mizoram has remained backward industrially. The backwardness is attributed to physical and psychological alienation, lack of mineral resources, and distance from the mainland India and communication bottlenecks. For the first time Industrial Policy of Mizoram was announced in 1989. The new industrial policy 200 will accelerate the pace of industrial development in the State. The state government is following the policy of setting up Industrial Estates and Industrial Growth Centre. The major industrial growth is likely to be in the sector of agro industries like food processing units, meat processing units, handloom and handicrafts, sericulture, spices etc. Experimentation in tea and coffee cultivation is also going on. Passion fruit juice is likely to become a major income earner soon. The state government has established various independent corporations to look after the interests of these sectors. However, for a state like Mizoram, which is blessed with natural resources, any attempt of socio-economic development has to be considered with utmost concern for the natural environment. And considering this factor alone agriculture and tourism could be the best alternatives for the bright future of Mizoram. Fig. 6 – Jhoom Cultivation: 6. EVOLUTION The social evolution of the Mizo society from the ethnic tribal community to the post-modern society of today, just over the span of about 200 years is incredible. It shows the tenacity and adaptability of this unique community. The economic growth of the Mizo society may not be satisfactory in comparison with the other states; however, the astonishing growth in the literacy rate is commendable. More so when one considers that the majority of this population lives in rural areas. A large number of Mizo youth, including girls is going out for higher education in the professional fields of medicine, engineering, architecture etc. Also striking is the transformation from the traditional militancy to the present peace loving culture. At the same time, the ancient traditions of self-service have been carefully nurtured, preserved and transformed into a unique movement of voluntary organizations in the state. The adaptation of the ancient democratic administrative practices into the present day democratic political system through the network of Village Councils is also interesting and educative. The dress code of Mizos has gone through a drastic change. Today Mizos, both men and women wear western attire. The traditional dresses and jewellery has been transformed into modern fashion designs. However, during this rapid social evolution of the Mizo society, the ethnic ethos has still remained intact. That is the major asset of Mizoram. Fig. 7 – Evolving Mizos: CHAPTER – 3 TOURISM IN MIZORAM 1. TOURISM STATUS Mizoram is one of the youngest states in the country. The location of the state in the northeast region of the country, isolated from the mainland India has brought in a few inherent problems. The entire region has remained neglected, backward and undeveloped. The socio-economic and infrastructure status is poor, causing unrest and frustration amongst the people, which resulted in a long-term insurgency in the entire northeast region. Mizoram was under insurgency for over two decades and has gone through a state of turmoil. As such the socio-economic development in general and the tourism development in particular has been lagging behind the other states for over 20 years. The strides in the direction of development truly started 1987 onwards, after the historic Mizoram Accord was signed (30 June 1986) and the independent statehood was given to Mizoram (20 February 1987). The status of tourism is reflected in the following statistical data of tourist visits in the northeast and Mizoram (Source: Tourist Statistics – 2000, page 58-59, Dept. of Tourism, GOI): Table 3:ESTIMATED DOMESTIC & FOREIGN TOURIST VISITS (1998 –2000) 1998 1999 2000 Prop. to the total (%) Location Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For. Dom. For. Northeast Region (7states except Sikkim) 529784 2909 567284 3570 1489112 11788 0.7 0.2 Mizoram 23998 126 27139 216 28221 235 0.0 0.0 Apart from poor infrastructure and communication facilities, entry formality is a major deterrent. There is also shortage of accommodation. Private entrepreneurs are not coming up for hotel business due to heavy capital investments and very slow or no returns. The state tourism department has created satisfactory tourist facilities with the state and central assistance. However, the tourism has remained very local and increased very marginally. 2. TOURISM POTENTIAL Mizoram is a mountainous state with interesting topography. Natural beauty in various forms is the major asset of Mizoram. Lush green vegetation having interesting flora and fauna, deep valleys with clean rivers, natural lakes, hill agriculture and pleasant climate throughout the year are unique natural features of Mizoram. Additionally, the ethnic tribal culture reflected through folk dances, music, festivals and handicrafts are major tourist attractions. Mizoram also has her own unique identities reflected through selfless social culture, peace loving, hospitable and jovial people, rapid social evolution of the Mizo society, very high literacy rate, interesting and indigenous architecture, class / caste less society and beggar free urban areas. The unique geographical location with the tropic of cancer passing through the heart of Mizoram and also long international boundary with Myanmar and Bangladesh could be another tourist feature. It is quite clear that Mizoram has tremendous and quite unique tourism potential. This could be tapped mainly through the concept of eco-tourism. Nature / wildlife tourism, adventure tourism, cultural / heritage tourism, leisure tourism, international border tourism could be some special tourist packages. 3. PEOPLE’S OUTLOOK TOWARDS TOURISM Mizo society is a very sociable and hospitable community. The traditional concept of ‘Tlawmngaihna’ meaning selfless service is the core of their philosophy, even today in spite of changing westernised outlook. Service oriented and democratic culture is reflected in their traditional systems, which have been continued through the network of village councils and voluntary organizations. People’s outlook towards tourism is sympathetic and will be full of enthusiasm. In fact, community participation in tourism development could be a great success in Mizoram. 4. GOVERNMENT’S OUTLOOK TOWARDS TOURISM The tourism had a subordinate status prior to 1987 in Mizoram when it was a part of the Department of Information and Public Relations. Since 1987, the Department of Tourism is looking after the activities of tourism development in the state. The state government has realized the importance of tourism development as a support to cultural and socio-economic development of the state. The government has given the thrust on the creation of basic infrastructure and amenities required for tourists. This has been done mainly through the assistance provided by the central government. The state government declared its Industrial Policy in March 1993, wherein the tourism has been declared as an industry. Many incentives and financial assistance are being proposed for creation of tourist infrastructure through private participation. However there have been no responses till now. The Department of Tourism, Govt. of India, under the ministry of Tourism and Culture has been providing liberal financial and technical support for the tourism development in the state based on the projects received from the states. Additionally, a special plan outlay has been provided under the ninth plan since the year 2000-2001 for the tourism development in the northeast states to the tune of lump sum 10% of the overall budget. This is a conscious and sympathetic attempt for the socio-economical upliftment of the north- eastern states through the upcoming tourism industry.In general, the outlook of the state government towards the tourism development is full of optimism. However, it will be dependent on the central assistance for a few years. 5. PRESENT BUDGET AND ECONOMICS OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT The main sources of finances for the tourism development in the state are from the normal annual budget of the state and the central financial assistance for the definite projects. Table 4: State budget for the tourism development for the years 1999-2000 to 2002-2003 (Source: Dept. of Tourism, Mizoram): YEAR AMOUNT IN RS.LAKHS 1999 – 2000 133.75 2000 – 2001 168.80 2001 - 2002 226.24 2002 – 2003 235.50 The Department of Tourism collects revenue from the room rents and food costs at the tourist infrastructure run by the department. This amounts to approx. Rs. 25 to Rs. 30 Lakhs, which is credited to the government revenue every year. Table 5: Expenditure (2000-2001) on the maintenance of the existing infrastructure (Source: Dept. of Tourism, Mizoram) The rates fixed by the department for the amenities provided by them are very reasonable and are based on the per diem rates of the state government for its o o official’s on duty. This rationale looks fine since the government officials on duty are using the amenities regularly. The state entirely depends on the central assistance for the creation of tourism infrastructure. The following statement will give an idea of the assistance provided to the state from 1998-99 to 2000-01 (Source: Tourist Statistics, 2000, Page 117, Dept. of Tourism, GOI): Table 6: STATEMENT SHOWING THE PROJECTS / AMOUNT SANCTIONED DURING 1998-99 TO 2000-2001 (Rs. In Lakhs) 1998-1999 1999-2000 2000-2001 State No . of pro jec ts Amt. Sancd. Amt. Reled. No . of pro ject s Amt. Sancd. Amt. Reled. No. of pro ject s Amt. Sancd. Amt. Reled. Mizo- ram 8 203.34 137.95 13 297.23 157.01 13 309.19 95.33 Additionally, a special plan outlay was provided under the ninth plan from the year 2000-2001 for the tourism development in the northeast states to the tune of lump sum 10% of the overall budget (Source: Tourist Statistics, 2000, Page 113-115, Dept. of Tourism, GOI): 2000-2001 - B.E. Rs. 13.50 Crores R.E. Rs. 12.50 Crores 2001-2002 - B.E. Rs. 14.80 Crores Table 7: Allocation to northeast Region under the 9th Plan The break up of allocation is as under: 1 Tourist Infrastructure (Revenue) Rs. 1.00 Crores 2 Tourist Information & Publicity (Revenue) Rs. 3.00 3 Computerisation & Information Technology (Revenue) Rs. 1.00 4 Training (Revenue) Rs. 1.00 5 Tourist Infrastructure (Capital) Rs. 8.80 TOTAL Rs. 14.80 At present, the Department of Tourism, Mizoram is carrying on its tourism development activities on the dependent economy. It is barely managing to meet the recurring expenditure through revenue generation. It will be difficult to continue this way in the long run, when major costs for the renovation / repairs of the existing infrastructure will crop up. 6. SUSTAINABILITY In the present scenario, the state government’s outlook towards the tourism development is of total dependence on central assistance. There are proposed plans for privatisation but the possibility of their success looks bleak. Considering the external adverse factors of complex nature, which are beyond the control of the state government, it is unlikely that the tourism development in the state can be self-sustaining in the near future. However looking at the bright tourism potential, enthusiasm of the state government, peaceful ambience and the expected rise in the tourist arrival, it looks quite possible to make the tourism in the state sustainable in a decade. It will require futuristic vision, conscious and planned efforts at all levels and a disciplined action plan and implementation strategy. In the meanwhile, sympathetic approach of the central government will be required to stabilize the socio-political situation in the northeast followed by overall infrastructure development in the region. CHAPTER – 4 BASIC TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE IN MIZORAM 1. COMMUNICATION NETWORK a. International At present, there is no direct international communication network to Mizoram except for Myanmar and Bangladesh. Myanmar can be approached by road through Mizoram from the check post near the village Zokhawthar in Champhai district. The road passes over a narrow bridge on the river Tiau, which is the Indo- Myanmar border. Bangladesh can be approached by a ferry through the river Khawthlangtuipui near Tlabung. For all other international tourists, the nearest airport is Kolkata (West Bengal). b. National By Air: Lengpui Airport (approx. 43 Kms from Aizawl), connected via Kolkata (West Bengal) and Imphal (Manipur). Other airports in the Northeast region are Guwahati and Silchar (Assam), which have road transport connections to Mizoram. By Train: Bairabi in Kolasib district, only goods trains. The other nearest station for passenger trains is Silchar (Assam), which has road transport connection to Mizoram. By Road: NH – 54 via Silchar (Assam). Private and state transport buses, private taxis (Tata Sumo jeeps) regularly operate on this road. c. Regional Northeast region is connected to Mizoram by road via Silchar (Assam). Private and state transport buses operate from Guwahati (Assam), Imphal (Manipur), Shillong (Meghalaya) and Agartala (Tripura) to Silchar. d. State Private and state transport buses connect all the district places by road. Buses and Taxis (unmetered) operate in most of the district HQs and the surrounding region for local travel. 2. TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK Telephone network with ISD, STD facilities is available only at a few district HQs. Local network is remotely available in some regions. The connectivity is very poor. Telegraph, Telex, Trunk, Phonogram etc. services are available at the Post Offices at the major district HQs. Postal services and Courier services are also available from major district HQs, however the service is very slow. 3. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Internet network is available only in the capital city of Aizawl. The connectivity is very poor. There is an All India Radio station at Aizawl, which broadcasts regular programmes. Satellite cable TV Network is available in the major district HQs. The major news agencies like PTI and UNI have permanent correspondents at Aizawl. A Media Centre of Press Information Bureau has been established at Aizawl. There are about 35 daily newspapers and 50 news magazines (Mizo and English) published at Aizawl. 4. ENTRY PERMIT OFFICES Inner Line permits (ILP) for Indian tourists are issued through the Resident Commissioners / Liaison Officers, Mizoram at their offices in New Delhi, Kolkata, Guwahati, Silchar. They are also issued at the Lengpui (Aizawl) airport. Restricted Area Permits (RAP) for foreign tourists are issued by the Resident Commissioner, Mizoram House, New Delhi, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, New Delhi, Foreigners’ Regional Registration Offices at Delhi, Kolkata, Chennai and Mumbai, and all Indian Missions abroad. 5. TOURISM DEPARTMENT The office of the Director, Department of Tourism, Mizoram is located at Aizawl. The Liaison Officers at Mizoram Houses at Kolkata (West Bengal), New Delhi, Shillong (Meghalaya), Guwahati and Silchar (Assam) also provide tourist information. 6. NETWORK OF INFORMATION CENTRES The tourism information is available at the Office to the Director, Aizawl and also at the other centres at Kolkata, New Delhi, Shillong, Guwahati and Silchar. However, there is no networking amongst these offices and all the bookings etc. will have to be done through the main office at Aizawl. The contacts with the main office at Aizawl could be made through phones, fax, post, courier etc. This office is not connected through Internet. 7. ACCOMMODATION FACILITIES The Department of Tourism, Mizoram has tourist facilities at 18 destinations all over Mizoram. They have total capacity of 136 rooms having 322 beds. Fig. 8 – Tourist Lodge, Lunglei: There are 9 private hotels in Aizawl with a total capacity of 180 rooms having 285 beds. (See appendix – e, Tourist Accommodation) Additionally, there are government guest / circuit houses at the district HQs and the Forest Rest Houses of the Forest Departments near the forest divisions / protected areas. There are modest facilities provided by the Youth Hostel Association and the Young Mizo Association at a few places. 8. RESTAURANTS The Department of Tourism has provided restaurant facility at all the tourist facilities. They also have Cafeterias and Wayside Amenities at a few places. There are many medium / small private restaurants in the major cities at the district HQs. There are several small restaurants / eateries along the National Highway, near the villages. Most of the restaurants serve simple non-vegetarian food. There is total prohibition in Mizoram and liquor is not allowed. 9. BASIC SERVICES a. Water Mizoram, in general has a shortage of drinking water supply due to the hilly terrain. Ground water table is low at most of the places. The major cities at district HQs have piped water supply from local reservoirs or tube wells. The other areas depend on the local tube wells, rivers and ponds. Rainwater harvesting is a very common and popular phenomenon in almost all the villages. This is done through masonry tanks along the hill slopes and through G.I. / Aluminium / PVC tanks storing roof water at individual houses. b. Sanitation / Garbage disposal In general, public / community toilets and sanitary network is very poor even within the major cities. Sanitary system in the cities is through local septic tanks and soak pits, wherein subsoil water is drained down the hill slopes. In the villages, a few houses have septic tanks system. Otherwise sewage is generally drained down the hill slopes.The situation is same for the garbage disposal. In major cities, the garbage is dumped on the outskirts in valleys / lowlands. c. Power Mizoram is dependent on Assam for its power supply and the present status of power supply is much below the normal standards. There are five Hydro Electric Projects proposed for Mizoram, out of which Bairabi HEP is almost completed and has capacity to produce 80 Mega Watt power. The other four projects are likely to produce about 400 MW power, on their completion. d. Market The major market in Mizoram is at the capital city of Aizawl. The districts HQs have medium size markets. All villages have weekly markets and also petty shops.However, major market supplying / marketing all necessary goods is at Silchar (Assam). The proposed International Trade Centres on Myanmar and Bangladesh border may open large avenue for trade. e. Medical There are no major public hospitals in Mizoram. Aizawl city has three medium size private hospitals. There are Primary Health Centres at village levels. There is a good network of voluntary organizations working in the field of Community and Social Health. Many Church establishments provide reasonable medical facilities f. Banks Three nationalized banks, State Bank of India, Vijaya Bank, UCO Bank operate in Mizoram.Additionally, there is a network of co- operative banks of Mizoram, well spread out at the district & taluka level. However, there are no ATM centers. Credit card facilities are also not available. g. Entertainment There are a very few places for general entertainment, that too restricted to major cities. Aizawl city has three cinema halls, a few cultural centres and two clubs. There are a few small gardens and playgrounds. The Department of Tourism and Forest Department have developed a few picnic spots around Aizawl. In general, sports and music / dance are major entertainments for the Mizos and any open ambience is used for this purpose. Ethnic festivals at different intervals are the main occasions of jubilation, apart from Christmas and New Year celebrations. h. Security The capital city of Aizawl has two police stations and two police outposts. There is also a special Narcotic Cell. The other district HQs also have fair network of police stations and outposts. The presence of Army Cantonments, GREF establishments and BRF at regular intervals also bring in the feeling of security. In general, crime rate is very low in Mizoram. CHAPTER – 5 POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FACTORS 2. NORTHEAST REGION (8 states – Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura, Mizoram, Manipur & Nagaland): General Negative Factors of NE Region: a. Insurgency b. Isolated, Neglected & Backward region c. Difficult / rugged terrain d. Intermittent adverse climatic conditions, particularly in monsoon e. Earthquake prone region f. Inappropriate Time Zone g. Poor communication infrastructure / connectivity to mainland and also within the NE states h. Poor development infrastructure: power, roads, industry, transportation i. Lack of higher / Professional education & research facilities j. Jhum cultivation causing degradation of natural resources k. Lack of exposure to the outside world l. Lack of professionalism in attitude and management m. Lack of discipline n. Lack of emergency medical facilities o. Loss of ethnic culture especially in the hilly region General Positive Factors of NE Region: a. Wonderful Natural Beauty of Mountains and Rivers b. Unique and endemic flora and fauna c. Large percentage of land under forest cover d. Low population density e. Clean and unpolluted Environment f. Closeness to five international boundaries – Nepal, Bhutan, China, Myanmar, Bangladesh g. Peaceful cultural relationship with international communities of Myanmar and Bangladesh h. Diversity of very charming ethnic cultures i. Diversity of folk art forms particularly music and dances j. Peaceful intermingling of diverse communities, faiths and cultures k. Hospitality and warmth of people l. Mysticism of the region creating awe and curiosity m. Great potential for Eco-tourism and Adventure tourism n. Unexplored region for tourism development 2. MIZORAM STATE: General Negative Factors of Mizoram: a. Degradation of forests / wildlife b. Entry formalities i.e. ILP / RAP c. Poor Connectivity to the other northeast states and mainland d. Poor infrastructure of road / rail / air e. Loss of ethnic culture f. Poor Water and Power supply g. Health Hazard – mosquitoes, excessive smoking and chewing of Pan / tobacco / gutkha etc. (Supreme Court order has banned this in public places) h. Fear of Drug-trafficking i. Over population / concentration in Aizawl city j. Limitation in availability of decent vegetarian food General Positive Factors of Mizoram: a. The land of wonderful scenic natural beauty b. Exciting topography of hill ranges and deep valleys c. Pleasant and moderate climate throughout the year d. Unique geographical location within the transition zone of tropical and temperate ecosystems e. Tropic of Cancer passes through the heart of Mizoram f. Closeness to the international boundaries of Myanmar and Bangladesh g. The most peaceful state of the country h. Very high literacy rate i. Warm, peace loving, sociable, happy and selfless people j. Unique hill architecture and Rainwater harvesting methods k. Very low crime rate l. Beggar free ambience even in the urban areas m. Clean and pollution free environment n. Organic agriculture and horticulture o. Fast changing society with a mix of modernity and tradition, receptive to new ideas CHAPTER – 6 PROPOSED TOURISM POLICY 1. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE NORTHEAST REGION: The broad approach for the tourism development in the Northeast should be regional (incorporating Indian states and neighbouring countries) rather than local. The unique geography of the region and its ecological character demands this concept. Individual states in the Northeast do have their own specific identity, which should reflect in their detailed local proposals. The Tourism Development in the Northeast region will depend on integrated approach, involving various government departments, private entrepreneurs, voluntary organisations and local community. The broad and general recommendations revolve around the unified strategy of tourism development for the Northeast and specific development proposals essential and complementing tourism development in the region. This approach will also help in evolving local people’s perception towards tourism development as a strong tool for socio-economic upliftment, with self-dependence and without environmental destruction of the region. Most of these recommendations will fall outside the state government’s purview. It will be the responsibility of the Central Government to augment these services for these neglected states. However, the state governments need to understand the importance of these basic requirements for the overall development of the states, and should keep no stone unturned in their efforts of constant follow up, persuasion and also collaboration with the central government / funding agencies etc. These should be aggressively and diplomatically handled by the state government on all fronts, political, bureaucratic, social and economical at regional, national and international levels. a. Communication Network – road, rail, air, phones, internet: The status of the basic communication network in the region is much below the minimum standards. The tourism development in the region will heavily depend on the immediate improvement in this infrastructure within the next five years. A few urgent measures are as under: ROADS: The roads are the most important sector in the communication network since they are used by maximum number of people. The GREF is doing excellent work of the road development in the region. At present they are concentrating on the National Highways. Special efforts should be made to take corrective actions at known points of regular disruption during the monsoon. Generally these are caused by landslides or floods in this difficult mountainous terrain. (e.g. Sonpur near Silchar on Guwahati – Shillong – Silchar National Highway) The state highways interconnecting different states in the region should be taken up for the development immediately. Additionally, the other minor roads leading to various tourism destinations should also be taken up for development and maintenance. Diplomatic efforts should be strengthened for the approvals and development of the international roads linking the neighbouring countries. The implementation of the proposed Transport Corridor linking the countries in the Southeast Asia should be expedited. This will be a socio-economic boon for the Northeast India. This should be complemented with efficient, quality passenger transport service under the public and private sector. The basic passenger facilities like clean, hygienic and decent rest rooms with toilets, drinking water fountains and restaurants should be provided at the terminal points and also at regular intervals along the National Highways. The private taxi service should also be made available for the tourists. The public transport service should be effectively monitored and controlled by the government authorities. RAILWAY: Present railway infrastructure in the region is just bear minimum. It does not even connect to all the states in the region. All lines are not broad gauged lines. The quality and frequency of trains is very low. The basic infrastructure and facilities for passengers at the railway stations are also very poor. This is a neglected sector of the Indian Railways and need immediate attention since this is the most popular travel mode for all categories of passengers. This mode also works as a very good alternative in case of road blockages etc. due to climatic adversities in this rugged region. The railways are also very popular amongst the tourists; particularly international tourists and a special tourist railway route could also be considered. Additionally, a possibility of international connectivity may also be attempted, particularly to Myanmar and Bangladesh. AIR: Northeast is the most neglected sector of the country for air travel. The entry point is Kolkata airport from where all the flights to the northeast embark. Presently, there is only one direct link (Delhi) to the mainland other than Kolkata. Recently, one International flight has been introduced to Bangkok from Guwahati. The flights are very irregular, generally cancelled for various reasons. The airports are primitive and landings cannot take place during the slightly inclement weather or at nights. The flight schedules and frequencies are not satisfactory. This requires a total revolutionary thinking. Interstate connectivity must be planned on a priority basis. Up gradation of all airports should be done urgently. Guwahati airport should be made international as soon as possible and more direct national connections should be introduced. PHONES: The entire country has been going through the telecommunication revolution, except the Northeast. Even local telephone service is not available in many areas. The connectivity is very poor wherever the service is presently available. This requires to be resolved on a priority basis. The ISD / STD / FAX and local service must be made available at all towns and major villages along the highways. The availability of public telephone booths can also provide employment opportunity to many local youths / women and physically challenged people. This has become a basic need for any development proposal and more particularly for tourism. INTERNET: Internet service has become the basic amenity since the world entered in the 3rd millennium. Every business needs this service to compete in the world / national market. This service is almost non- existent even in the major cities in the Northeast. This service also needs to be provided on a high priority basis, if the Northeast has to be developed. The tourism sector cannot develop and compete with the other states unless this facility is available urgently. b. Biosphere Reserve – Ecological Land-Use Policy for NE: The Northeast India has been identified as one of the most important Biodiversity Hot Spots in the world and has been included in the Red Data Book of the IUCN. It is one of the richest phytogeographic regions in the country. The entire Northeast Region must be considered as the country’s major Biosphere Reserve and any development in this region has to be planned with a very careful, environmentally sensitive and responsible approach. All development will strictly follow the norms enlisted by the Ministry of Environment and Forests under various Acts and also those of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). There should be a Regional Master Plan for the Northeast based on the Ecological Land- Use Policy. (See Appendix-t) A special emphasis should be given to conserve the entire Brahmaputra River Valley along with the tributaries and catchment area as a special Eco-sensitive Zone The Tourism Policy for the entire region should also revolve around this basic concept. c. Entry formalities: At present, except for Sikkim, Assam, Meghalaya and Tripura entry to all the other states is restricted even for Indian tourists. This is a major deterrent for tourism in the region. The entry permit requirements for the Indian tourists should be abolished immediately. The entry permit formalities for the foreign tourists should be simplified immediately and abolished in due course. d. Documentation and research to create user-friendly database of tribal culture of NE – art, music, dance, food, textiles etc.: There is tremendous interest amongst the tourists in the ethnic tribal culture of the Northeast. However, not much authentic literature is available. Various government organisations and Universities have been carrying on research in these fields over the years and the documentation and papers have remained locked into the cabinets of these offices. Thus holistic documentation of the cultural heritage of the Northeast is non-existant today. The Tourism Development in the Northeast Region is closely linked with the rich and diverse cultural heritage of more than 200 ethno- linguistic communities of the region. This offers great opportunity for promoting Cutlural & Heritage Tourism, which has remained unexplored. The detailed and holistic will provide the base to plan an integrated strategy to develop this paremeter for the entire region and also for the individual states of the region. There should be a coordinated effort from the Department of Tourism to create the database and make it available in a user-friendly and presentable form. The Northeast Zone Cultural Centre (NEZCC) situated at Dimapur in Nagaland and various Tribal Research Institutes in different states can play a key role in this documentation exercise. A time bound Action Plan needs to be drawn for this activity since the development action for Cultural & Heritage Tourism will greatly depend on this documentation. This exercise should commence immediately and should be implemented in a scientific and professional manner. The activity will involve: 1. Literature study & compilation of the existing information 2. Systematic fieldwork to update this information 3. Collection of additional data and filling in the gaps 4. Scientific analysis of the entire data 5. Synthesis and interpretation of the data in an appropriate context 6. Presentation of the entire documentation in a user-friendly manner 7. Interpretation of the unique features from this documentation for the purpose of development of Cultural & Heritage Tourism in the Northeast Region and also in individual states 8. Involvement of local people in the strategy planning and ensuring their participation in the implementation 9. Preparation of the Master Plan for the development of Cultural & Heritage Tourism for the Northeast region through a professional consultant 10. Preparation of detailed Project Plans for individual states through professional consultants 11. Implementation of the Projects through professional agencies The first step towards this achievement is the process of Documentation, which should commence as soon as possible. It is a complex and time consuming exercise and will require a multi- disciplinary team of professionals. This exercise could be a part of the implementation of the Perspective Plan and we will make a state-wide budget provision for this activity. e. Replacement of jhoom by appropriate forestry / horticulture or other alternatives: The natural forests and ecosystems of the Northeast have been destroyed because of one main reason i.e. the practice of jhoom cultivation by the locals. This needs to be replaced on a priority basis by creating alternate opportunities for the local farmers. This requires socio-economical and ecological approach and the Forest department and the local voluntary organisations must take lead to revert the present situation. The project ‘NEPED’ in Nagaland may be used as a guideline for the other regions. f. Computerisation / Internet networking of all basic services: The entire world has become one small community because of computer and Internet technology. All economic and development endeavours have become very efficient and competitive. Any imitative cannot succeed today without effective and appropriate use of computer and Internet technology. Particularly for the Northeast region, which is geographical isolated from the mainland India, it will be of tremendous advantage to make use of these modern facilities for effective and efficient communication and service. All basic services e.g. Bus / Railway / Air bookings, Tourist Destination bookings, regional information network etc. should be made available as online service, with immediate effect. g. International Research Projects (Tourism, Trade, Adventure, Ecology, Nature) with the adjoining and other nations: The Northeast region is lacking in international exposure. There are hardly any international collaborative projects in development / research fields. This one area must be projected with emphasis, since it can bring in innovative technological and scientific approach to various facets of development strategy and also could attract large funding. Our students and local communities could also gain intellectually through such an exposure. These efforts need to be coordinated through a single agency dealing with international research / development collaboration and emphasis could be given to the fields of Ecology, Nature, Adventure and Heritage Tourism, Trade etc. which has regional significance. The extra efforts may be made to begin such collaboration with the neighbouring countries. h. Eco-tourism policy of entire NE region: The Tourism Policy for the entire Northeast Region should be based on the concept of Eco-tourism with very wide parameters. The eco- tourism should not just mean nature tourism, but also should consider environmental / Heritage conservation and education as a core feature. i. Publicity campaign with main emphasis on Nature & Culture: Entire Northeast region need to be showcased positively with a well- designed and aggressive publicity campaign. It is a major need for the tourism development of the region. The emphasis of the campaign should be on Nature and Culture. These are two very positive aspects of the Northeast and people from all over the world will be interested to visit the region, if these aspects are highlighted. Such positive publicity will also counter the negative image of the Northeast created because of insurgency incidents. This should be carried out through all possible media e.g. newspapers, magazines, radio, TV, films, Internet etc. and through various forms of journalism (feature articles, tourism articles) and sports / glamour / cultural events, educational / religious / political gatherings etc. j. Major Institutes for tourism, adventure, defence, forests & wildlife etc.: The Northeast region has specific potential for unique sectors like Tourism, Adventure, Defence and Forests & Wildlife. These could be exploited to create interest amongst the people while providing them advanced training in these fields, which could create better opportunities, particularly for the local youth. Such Institutes can also create international interest. A few such examples are Nehru Institute of Mountaineering (NIM) at Uttar Kashi in Uttaranchal, Himalayan Mountaineering Institute (HMI) at Darjeeling in West Bengal, Central Institute of Jungle Warfare (CIJW) in Mizoram, Wildlife Institute of India (WII) at Dehradun in Uttaranchal. k. Cultural Centres at Indian metro cities and major international cities: Northeast Cultural Centres, as a joint effort of all eight states of the region, could be an excellent avenue to project Northeast in a positive way to the other Indian states and also to international community. These centres could act as ambassadors of the Northeast region to promote tourism, education, culture, arts and also to provide opportunities to the youth from Northeast Region to focus themselves in front of the world. They can also function as Socio-economic Centres for the Northeast. This could be initiated in the South Indian cities of Bangalore and Chennai, since majority of youth from the Northeast prefer these cities for higher education. These Cultural Centres could be designed to function on the lines of British Council or Maxmueller Bhawan in India. l. Major Service Sector – Power, Water, Health, Education: The Northeast Region has remained socio-economically backward mainly because of very weak Service Sector. The standard of major basic services like Power, Water, Health, Education is much below the satisfactory level. These need to be enhanced with a concentrated effort within a short span if we wish to achieve the overall development growth in the Northeast in the next five years. This need not depend on the central assistance. The centralised development body like Northeast Council could achieve this with a strong persuasion and enthusiastic collaboration from the state governments / voluntary organisations. Good and well-designed proposals with a positive approach could generate their own funds or international funds. 2. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MIZORAM: The general recommendations are based on a broad approach considering the future time frame of 20 years for the tourism development in the State. Since Nature is the main asset of the state, the tourism policy will have strong emphasis on Eco-tourism and entire planning strategy will be based on the eco-sensitive principles of Environmental Design. All development will strictly follow the norms enlisted by the Ministry of Environment and Forests under various Acts and also those of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN). The state may not have control over the implementation of the recommendations for the region, since that will be under the purview of the Central government and NEC. However, the state must make concerted efforts and follow up with these agencies for quick redressal of these recommendations. This will require sustained efforts, persuasion, enthusiasm and patience on the part of state officials. It must be noted that the success of the tourism development in the state will largely depend on the timely implementation of the regional infrastructure. The strategy is four fold: i. Regional (NE) infrastructure development necessary for the tourism development of the state. This has been enumerated in the section-1 above. ii. General infrastructure development in the state necessary for the tourism development. This is enumerated in this section-2. iii. Development of existing / proposed tourism projects which have been already worked out by the Department of Tourism. This is enumerated in the section-3 hereunder. iv. Development of new unique and specific Tourism Projects and Tourism Circuits (state, interstate and international). This has been enumerated in the sections-4 & 5 hereunder. General Infrastructure Development in the State: a. Roads & Transport, Railway, Air: The major roads in the state are being designed and maintained by the GREF / BRO. These are generally in a satisfactory condition. However the conditions of the other roads is very poor. These need to be upgraded by the PWD immediately. Priority must be given to the roads leading to the tourist destinations. Many new roads also need to be planned and developed specifically to provide access to the new tourist destinations. These will be also useful to provide alternate access / circuits for smooth connectivity of nearby destinations. Along with the development of roads, it will be very useful to develop the road landscaping, particularly on the roads leading to the tourist spots. This includes roadside plantation of trees and shrubs with a specific concept and aesthetic value, creation of shelters, viewpoints and select appropriate locations for interesting signage and graphic designs. This will have educational and publicity value in addition to functionality. This can be carried out in close collaboration with the GREF since they have specific budget provisions for some of these features. The improvement of interstate and local public transport system is of utmost importance. This needs up gradation in the quality of buses, service, frequency and also the basic tourist facilities at the bus stands. The special tourist buses could be provided in the public / private sector at special rates, once the tourist traffic increases. This will avoid conflict with local passengers. This can be worked out by the Tourism Dept. in co-ordination with the state / private operators. The Tourism Dept. may have its own minimum transport facilities like jeeps, mini buses etc. mainly for the conducted tours for a group of tourists. However, the financial sustainability of such arrangement needs to be carefully worked out. At present, there is reasonably good private taxi (Tata Sumo) service between Silchar (Assam) and Aizawl. There is also good local taxi service in the major cities of Mizoram. However, this service needs to be improved with regular control and monitoring by the government. The rates should be standardised and local taxi service must have meters. This removes any confusion / doubts in the mind of a tourist and creates a comfortable feeling. Railway: Presently, there is no passenger service to Mizoram though goods service is available up to Bairabi. Passengers have to get down at Silchar and then travel by road. Since the railway is the most popular and economical mode of transport for tourists, this needs to be upgraded soon. The passenger service should be started up to Bairabi on an urgent basis. This line should be extended up to Aizawl, Saiha, possibly within the next 10 years. Air: The Lengpui airport at Aizawl is at a distance of 43 Kms. from Aizawl city. The airport needs immediate up-gradation in terms all weather and night landing facilities, communication services, transit accommodation facility etc. The frequency of services and interstate (Northeast) connectivity needs to be improved. The efficient transport system like prepaid bus or taxi should be made available urgently since the distance to Aizawl city is considerable. There could be a joint effort by the Tourism Department and the Railway / Air / Road transport authorities to develop Yatri Niwas like transit accommodation facilities at the terminals. Mizoram Tourism has a tourist lodge near the Aizawl airport, which has poor occupancy. This could be linked to the airport through Indian Airlines / Airport Authority to be used as a transit facility. b. Modern Tourist Information Centres: The tourists feel most comfortable if the efficient information service is available at the entry points. At present, such facility is not available for Mizoram. The modern Tourist Information Centres should be installed at all the entry points i.e. airports at Aizawl, Silchar, Imphal; railway stations at Guwahati, Silchar; bus terminals. These Tourist Information Centres should be well equipped with all modern communication facilities (phone, fax, internet etc.) and should have computerised services. All tourist publications / books / brochures and maps should be available at these centres. The tourists should be able to book their accommodation and travel from these centres and such information should be easily available. These centres could be an employment opportunity mainly for women and youth. c. Computerisation of Tourism Services: Computerisation and Internet networking have become essential components of any business and service-oriented establishments. The tourism sector is a very competitive sector and could be successful only through efficiency and prompt service. The Tourism Department of Mizoram is lagging behind in this aspect and this up gradation of the department is of utmost urgency. The computerisation of the office services should be linked to the information & booking / reservation networking of all the facilities at various centres all over the country / world. Online reservation / booking facility through credit cards etc. should be made available to the tourists. The efficient website of the Tourism Department will be a good tool to achieve this. d. Booking Agents: The efficient service in any business sector depends on wider network, either through Internet or through well-distributed competent agents. For a state like Mizoram, which has locational obstacle, must organise for both these networks for showcasing itself to the world. The Tourism Department, Mizoram should start immediately in this direction by establishing Booking Agents in the major cities in the country e.g. Kolkata, New Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Bangalore and Hyderabad. The empanelment of such agents should be done on a selective basis and good incentives should be offered for better response. This system is more sustainable since this does not involve the department in any investments or establishments. However, Internet connectivity with such agents will improve the efficiency of tourist attraction to Mizoram. The system of agents has been popular and effective in many business sectors. e. Professional Training of staff: Tourism industry has become a specialised sector today. It is a fast growing, labour incentive and competitive industry. The concepts in tourism sectors are also changing fast and one requires to be updated constantly. Unfortunately, this does not happen in the government sector easily, more so in the isolated and young state like Mizoram. The Department of Tourism, Mizoram is relatively young department. The senior officials have learnt the subject with experience. However, professional training in various aspects of tourism sector to the different categories of staff is of utmost importance. The exposure to the national and international scenario is also very important. This could be achieved by their participation in different seminars / workshops / short-term courses etc. Such training programmes could be organised in-house also to minimise the costs. The staff should be encouraged to improve their qualifications in this sector and incentives like increments / promotions etc. could be offered. All new staff must have tourism related professional qualifications. This will be very useful investment on part of the government. f. Target Tourist identification and appropriate strategy: The tourism development strategy needs thorough research and analysis of the past trends and existing scenario. Unfortunately, the department is not equipped for such exercise, nor they have a database. This basic research and data collection should start immediately. It is also of utmost importance to understand the principles of Eco-tourism since that will be the basic theme for Mizoram Tourism. Excessive tourism may look economically attractive but it will destroy the tourism potential due to degradation of the surrounding natural environment. This could happen with uncontrolled tourism. The carrying capacity of the infrastructure and also the tourism environment must be carefully assessed before starting the marketing strategy. The controlled approach will be the most sustainable strategy. In the meanwhile, we suggest a few target groups for immediate service e.g. Local (state), Regional (NE), Domestic (West Bengal, Orissa, Delhi, Maharashtra, South India), International (Bangladesh, Myanmar, Nepal, Bhutan, China). This choice is based on our analysis of the small tourist data collected by us and this could be modified based on the changing trends (See Appendix-p & q). Each of these target groups will require appropriate strategy for publicity, service and facilities. At present, the local and regional tourists are the most important users of the facilities. This group should be targeted with appropriate incentives in a big way for the first 2 / 3 years. This group will not be affected by outside circumstances and there will not be big downward fluctuations in their traffic. These groups will help the stabilisation of the tourism business in the state and will allow the opportunity for further development of facilities to attract the other groups in the next 5 / 10 years. The publicity at local and regional level will help to achieve this target. Involvement of local voluntary organisations, educational institutions etc. could consolidate this effort. Educational and Cultural tours for larger groups could be big attractions for this sector. The investments pattern will also be low for these efforts. g. Tourism Clubs: As a part of tourism promotion at local and regional level, an idea of Tourism Clubs could be initiated in the schools and colleges from Mizoram and the Northeast Region. This could be on the line of Nature Club movement of the WWF-India. In a very short time, the tourism concept would reach the younger generation. The Tourism Department should become a nodal agency to promote, encourage and monitor this activity. The Clubs will be registered with the Tourism Department and they will be provided with tourism information, magazines, films etc. The schools / colleges will be encouraged to carry on these tourism related activities as extra-curricular activities of their institutions. The tours organised by the Clubs will get concessions from the Tourism Department. This activity can become very popular within a short time and it does not need large investments from the Tourism Department. This should be started in the state immediately. h. Marketing & Publicity: This requires professional approach and could depend on the basic concept of Eco-tourism. However, basic publicity has to be carried out through different media. Most important and attractive is the roadside signage and hoardings. They are functional and permanent. The strategy for the design of signage / hoardings has to be carefully planned. It must provide independent and unique identity to Mizoram Tourism. The punch lines, scripts and colour schemes are important factors to achieve quick and long-lasting results. This is relatively less expensive item. Additionally this should be complemented with usual outside publicity through regular newspaper and magazine articles, radio / TV programmes on the state and various interesting features and occasional sponsored advertisements. We do not recommend expensive advertisements in the initial period of ten years. Slow but steady and quality publicity will create permanent market for the state like Mizoram. The marketing strategy will depend on the assessment of the carrying capacity of the tourism potential and also on the regular monitoring of the initial efforts for the tourism development. It will take a very long time for the tourism to really pick up in the Northeast, particularly because of infrastructure deficiencies and socio-political issues. Therefore, it does not look advisable to start very ambitious marketing strategies at this juncture. However simple marketing methods could be used to augment the existing facilities. The existing Wayside amenities and Restaurant are under utilised even though they are at strategic and excellent locations. The tourism department can tie up with the Department of Transport and private bus operators, so that these locations become regular lunch / tea halts. Appropriate incentives may be provided for this joint effort. i. Health Care: General Healthcare strategy specifically from the tourism point of view is very important. This is non-existent today. Mizoram has two major possible health problems for tourists i.e. Malaria and Gastro- enteritis. The concerted efforts are required for prevention of these problems at all tourist destinations. These could be tackled with following simple strategy: • All tourist lodges should have mosquito control systems e.g. Mosquito nets in all bed rooms, mosquito nets on all windows / double shutter system for windows, provision of eco-friendly mosquito repellents, cleanliness of the surrounding environment like lowlands, open tanks, septic tanks and soak pits etc. which act as mosquito breeding places. • Biological control of mosquitoes through the appropriate use of repellent plants in the landscape design, use of appropriate fish in the water bodies in the surrounding region etc. • All tourist lodges must be equipped with efficient water purification plants. The regular maintenance of such plants is of utmost importance for their efficiency. This should be also made mandatory at all restaurants, at least those operated by the tourism department. Additionally, this should be complemented with the availability of bottled water of certified brands. • All kitchens must have high standards of hygiene. The kitchens and restaurant must be kept absolutely clean. The equipment and raw material must be maintained in clean condition. The staff should follow strict disciplines of hygiene. • All toilets must have high standard of hygiene and cleanliness. • Intermittent and regular pest control with eco-friendly methods must be carried for the tourist premises and the surroundings. • In general, awareness of high standard of cleanliness, hygiene and health care amongst the staff must be ensured with regular monitoring and intermittent campaigns. • All tourist lodges must be equipped with first-aid facilities j. Joint Projects with the other Departments: The Tourism Department should not work in isolation. In fact, the tourism department should act as a co-ordinating agency to develop the tourism potential in the state in different interesting areas. This will help the Tourism Department to use its limited resources judiciously. There are other government departments like Forest, Archaeology, Tribal Development, Rural Development, Agriculture & Horticulture, Education, Sports etc. The activities and programmes of these departments could be designed to suit the tourism potential of the state and tourism department should give these inputs to these departments. Wildlife and Adventure tourism are the upcoming and very promising sectors and they could be effectively and sustainably developed as the joint projects and programmes. At present, there are no such attempts and this must be developed immediately since this is the most sensible and sustainable approach. k. Special Tourist facilities at the State entry / exit points: Entry and Exit points have a lot of importance to create identity for the State. The tourists get their first and lasting impressions at these points. These points are important for Mizoram, in the present circumstances where permits are required to enter the state. The tourists spend a lot of time at such points and it will be advisable to make their time at such places comfortable and pleasant. This could be achieved by creating Special Tourist Centres at these entry / exit points in co-ordination with the security authorities. These centres could provide basic tourist facilities, provide information and also play a major role in establishing the first warm contact and impression with the tourists. The design of such Centres should reflect the identity of the state. l. Privatisation Strategy: The role of the Tourism Department should be to develop the tourism potential in the state by creating infrastructure and developing tourist spots. It should get out of implementation process as early as possible. The privatisation of various facilities with different strategies makes the projects sustainable in a long run. However, in the present nascent stage, it may not be possible for the department to attract private entrepreneurs who could take risk and invest funds since the tourism market is unpredictable. The Tourism Department will have to prepare its own strategy of sustainability through economic / participatory / collaborative projects for the next ten years. At the same time efforts must be continued to involve the private participation in the creation of infrastructure, through attractive incentives and benefits. A few popular tourist spots could be offered on a BOT basis as an experiment. m. Barrier Free Design approach for physically challenged people: This is the most important modern concept and should be included in all the infrastructure designs for indoor and outdoor spaces. A concerted effort must be made to make the tourist spaces universal. Additionally, all tourist places must be made fully equipped with amenities like wheel chairs, walking sticks, umbrellas and also the first aid facilities. This concept is new and has to be insisted upon and handled very sensitively. (Appendix-dd) n. Tourism Act & Heritage Act: Tourism Industry has a great potential to develop into a very strong socio-economic sector. This sector will have many facets and will cover a very large and complex area. It is necessary to envisage this factor at this preliminary stage in a state like Mizoram and cover many complex issues under the Tourism Act to develop, control and monitor various parameters of Tourism Industry in a systematic way. Introduction of such an Act at this stage will also allow the state to understand its finer issues and allow it to be evolved along with its progress. Many countries already have such Acts and even many Indian states are in a process of formulation of such a statutory provision. The state government should initiate this process, which will strengthen the tourism movement in the state. The tourism development in Mizoram will follow the basic concept of Eco-tourism and Heritage tourism because of its strengths in these two sectors. It is imperative that any development under these two concepts has to be handled in a very careful and sensitive manner to make it sustainable. There are various acts already in existence both at the central and state level to take care of Environmental Conservation and the strategy could be to follow these acts strictly. However, there are no such centralised acts for Heritage Conservation. Mizoram has many heritage assets in different categories like culture, archaeology, religious places, natural features, cantonments etc. Many of these are located in the fast developing urban centres and could get lost if this development is not monitored in this direction at this stage itself. Heritage Act is a necessity for tourism development and it should be enacted soon. There are many models available to follow (Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore etc). o. Funding Avenues: The Tourism Department must try various funding avenues in a process to make the activity economically feasible and sustainable. All proposals / projects must be worked out like business proposals considering all possible projections. The state / central governments may provide limited assistance for the initial gestation period. However, a definite strategy has to be worked out for the long-term maintenance of such facilities. The other funding avenues should be tapped. Various government departments and organisations provide specialise funding for specific projects related to their activities and tourism sector being a versatile sector could tap these resources. The Ministry of Environment and Forests finances projects related to Biodiversity, Wildlife, Plant Conservation etc., the Central Zoo Authority provides funds for zoo related projects, the department of Alternate Energy, Education etc. also provide similar financial assistance. There are many international organisations / universities which are interested in long term ecological research in the regions like Northeast. The tourist infrastructure could be also used for such complementary activities and made sustainable. Mizoram has tremendous potential to attract private investments in tourism sectors. However it will depend on the other factors adversely affecting the Northeast region. The state government has already identified tourism as an industry. Now it must begin to treat the tourism sector like a public sector industry. Tourism industry is likely to provide tremendous socio-economic benefits to the state with multiplier effects. It is a fast growing and non-polluting industry, most suitable for a state like Mizoram. The state government must invest / divert substantial funds in this sector to reap quick overall benefits. (Appendices – gg,hh,). 3. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE EXISTING / PROPOSED PROJECTS: The Tourism Department, Mizoram has developed substantial infrastructure in the state since its inception in 1987. There are a few projects which are under construction and a few which are in the pipeline awaiting approval from the Department of Tourism, Government of India (See Appendices- f to i & m). All these projects have been under the assistance from the central government. The state government budget provides for routine maintenance of this infrastructure. At present, the occupancy rate and effective revenue generation is quite low. It will be very difficult for the department to maintain the infrastructure in good condition. Even at the present stage, the infrastructure requires a lot of up gradation just to bring it up to the satisfactory standards. We therefore recommend the strategy of stabilisation for the next five years. That will include: i. Complete all incomplete / under construction works of the approved projects ii. Obtain the approval for the projects in the pipeline awaiting sanction from the Department of Tourism, New Delhi; commence and complete those works as soon as possible iii. Do not apply for any more new, infrastructure projects iv. Carry out total up gradation of all the infrastructure to bring it to the excellent standard v. All efforts should be concentrated to identify and develop new and unique tourist spots and tourist circuits with very minimum basic amenities vi. Simultaneously, additional efforts should be focussed on effective publicity and marketing through innovative and professional approach The above strategy may be further detailed out as under: a. Up-gradation of the existing infrastructure: The present status of the infrastructure is not satisfactory and requires immediate total overhauling. This will include work under structural, architectural, interior, services and landscape categories. This should be taken up as a single project and handled professionally. Piecemeal repair works will not achieve a desired result. A total master plan for this project need to be worked out including the strategy for phased implementation so that a part of the infrastructure remains available for the use. This work should be taken up more seriously than even the new constructions. A thorough brainstorming should be carried out while deciding about the utilisation of the space for appropriate functions and also to decide material specifications, which should be functional, economical, maintenance free and aesthetic. Mizoram falls in the category of high seismic zone and maximum efforts must be made to see that the structural up-gradation takes care of earthquake resistance. The attention must be given to include all Healthcare measures required to be incorporated at the construction / renovation stage itself. This should be made an integral part of the infrastructure. All the concepts of environmental design should be integrated in this master plan since Eco- tourism will be the basic theme of Mizoram Tourism. This investment will be a good saving in the long run, if carried out professionally and with integrated approach. (Appendices –u & v). b. Architectural face lifting with ethnic character: The above exercise of up-gradation should be complemented with another innovative attempt to change the façade of the present set up. Most of the present structures are designed as standardised building designs of PWD. They are functional but lack any character. The tourism sector needs innovative thinking in design of all products, and infrastructure should get priority in this direction. The architecture must reflect the ethnic character and identity of Mizoram / Northeast. This approach must be considered for all new designs; at the same time the existing structures could also be superficially modified to achieve such results. c. Landscape design: Nature is the most important feature of the Mizoram Tourism and as such it becomes imperative that the infrastructure provided for the purpose of tourism does not become eyesore but merges with the surrounding landscape. Therefore, the landscape design of these tourist places becomes a very important factor. It must also be emphasised that the landscape design should follow ecological concept rather than beautification process. d. Up-gradation of existing transport facilities: The tourism department already possess some minimum transport facilities like jeeps and a mini bus. The utilisation of these facilities for the tourism purposes is very minimal. These vehicles require regular maintenance and they become a liability over the years if not put to proper use. The in-depth analysis of the utilisation and possible requirements must be carried out immediately to decide the strategy for such in-house facilities. The bear minimum vehicles should be kept for routine use. A joint collaborative strategy should be worked out with the State Transport Department and private entrepreneurs for utilisation of their vehicles for conducted tours etc. on a regular basis or whenever required. The department vehicles should be given a new look to provide special identity and tourism publicity. e. Publicity: The tourism publicity should be carried out with specific concept of Eco- tourism and through various methods. It must be carried out innovatively and economically. The care also must be taken to consider the infrastructure and its carrying capacity, before taking up the publicity in a big way. Subtle approach will be the best strategy at this juncture for Mizoram. Localised publicity could be best carried out through roadside signage and hoardings. This has to be designed with a definite theme and should be very attractive. It must provide the identity to Mizoram Tourism. Outside publicity can be carried out most economically through newspapers / magazine articles on the state and its interesting features. This should be a regular and sustained effort. Talented local journalists could be given some incentive to provide these inputs. Innovative programmes on Radio and TV is another effective strategy for far reaching publicity. This needs to be coordinated with some regular features on these media. Well-designed products and souvenirs make a subtle positive impact on tourism publicity. These are functional elements, which could become show windows of Mizoram Tourism. Some examples are backpacks, caps, T-shirts, stickers etc. The innovations in design will provide economical success to these products with minimum investment and will also achieve subtle but long lasting publicity. Information literature like brochures, posters and books is another excellent avenue for publicity. However, the theme based and innovative products will only stand out. Care must be taken to follow environmental norms, like use of recycled paper etc. to emphasise the basic theme of Eco-tourism. The active participation in various national and international travel / tourism / trade fairs is another effective method of self-projection at minimum cost. f. Information Database: A lot of important information about the state has been documented by various agencies over the years. However, it is lying scattered all over, without any reference cataloguing. The genuineness of the information is also not guaranteed. Easy access to this information is very important from tourism point. The tourism department should take lead to coordinate with various government departments and other agencies to compile and systematically document this information as a reference database. This will be very useful for the tourism department and others for the dissemination of information and also for educational purposes. This could be carried out through professional assignment. g. Signage and Graphic Design: These are important tools to create identity while achieving functionality through aesthetics. At present, this is non-existent in Mizoram Tourism. This also requires professional and strong concept based approach. This could be achieved in many ways like directional signage towards tourist places, logo for the department, stationery of the department, staff uniforms, name plates, vehicles etc. This is inexpensive item considering the outputs it could achieve. The roadside signage and tourism hoardings could be implemented in close collaboration with the GREF / PWD since they have budget provisions for such features in their road development activities. h. Budget: The entire exercise of tourism development has to be carefully planned considering all financial implications. The realistic estimate is the key for successful and timely completion of the assignments. The financial planning and management is utmost important for short term and long term objectives. The functional and financial phasing of the development activities can be worked out through this exercise. It provides the clear vision for the management. 4. SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM PROJECTS FOR MIZORAM: a. Zokhawthar / Tiau River / Rih Dil Lake (Myanmar border) Region, International Collaborative Project: This could be the first International Collaborative Project in India (perhaps after Kailas-Manas yatra project). The Tourism Department has already prepared a proposal (Rs. 60, 93, 200/-) for a Tourist Lodge at Zokhawthar, which is awaiting approval of the Department of Tourism, GOI. However, we recommend a larger regional project with International collaboration with Myanmar considering the tremendous tourism potential of this region. Some unique features of this region: • A Border Trade Centre is being developed at Zokhawthar village • Beautiful and serene ecosystem of the Tiau river which acts as border between India and Myanmar • Sacred Rih Dil Lake located at about 4 Kms distance from the border, in Myanmar. The lake is located at a picturesque site surrounded by lush green hills. The lake is a sacred place for the people of Myanmar and Mizoram and has various folk tales ascribed to it. • In general, very beautiful topography and landscape. International boundaries are always of great interest to the tourists. This place has been already popular amongst the locals. There is a very cordial and transparent relationship between India and Myanmar at this border at people from both side intermingle with very simple entry formalities. This spirit of international comradeship could be further enhanced and used through appropriate tourism development of the region. However, this requires a broad and futuristic vision in planning, extremely careful handling of the serene ecosystem and an integrated approach. Utmost care is required to check that the development of the proposed Border Trade Centre and also any developments in the region will follow all environmental and ecological parameters. The ecosystems of the Tiau River and Rih Dil Lake need to be conserved and enhanced under this project. The co-ordination of various departments and agencies will be required to handle this sensitive project. The basic concept and Master Plan, including overall budget should be worked out immediately and developed in phases over the next five years. This requires professional inputs of very high standard. This project has great potential to become an international attraction of very high value. We strongly recommend this project as a high priority project for Mizoram. Fig. 9 – Rih Dil Lake, Mynmar: b. Tlabung / Khawthlang Tuipui River Region at Bangladesh border, a Composite Project: This could be another interesting tourism project on the International Border. Tlabung village has an importance being on the Bangladesh border. Tourism Department has proposed a Tourist Lodge, which is at a final stage of construction. However, we recommend a large regional project at this location. Some unique features of this region are: • An International Trade Centre is proposed to be developed here. • The region has quite a different landscape and flora / fauna being at a lower altitude. • The Chakma tribal community inhabits this region and their ethnic lifestyle and architecture, much different than the other communities of Mizoram could be of tourist interest. • The meandering Khawthlang Tuipui River has its own charm and interesting ecosystem. • International Border is always a tourist attraction. There is a ferry service, which takes you up to, the Bangladesh border in the middle of the river (about 5 Kms distance). Local trade across the border takes place and relationship amongst the people is very cordial. This requires a broad and futuristic vision in planning, extremely careful handling of the serene ecosystem and an integrated approach. Utmost care is required to check that the development of the proposed International Trade Centre and also any developments in the region will follow all environmental and ecological parameters. The co- ordination of various departments and agencies will be required to handle this sensitive project. The basic concept and Master Plan, including overall budget should be worked out immediately and developed in phases over the next five years. This requires professional inputs of very high standard. This project has great tourism potential. We strongly recommend this project as a high priority project for Mizoram. c. Eco-tourism, Wildlife & Adventure Tourism Projects: This is a very popular and upcoming tourism sector all over the world. It is very important aspect for Mizoram since Nature, Forests and Wildlife are major assets of Mizoram. Additionally, the Eco-tourism is the basic theme of Mizoram Tourism and development of these projects will be like presenting the best model of eco-tourism to the country. These projects need to be coordinated with the Forest Department who has basic infrastructure and authorised control over the region. Some unique protected areas of Mizoram have been identified for this development: • Dampa Tiger reserve: The Dampa Tiger Reserve is situated in the western part of Mizoram on the International boundary of Bangladesh. This is the largest sanctuary in Mizoram admeasuring about 500 Sq. Km. This region has a large area under virgin natural forest which shelters unique flora and fauna. This perhaps is the only tiger area in Mizoram. • Phawngpui (Blue Mountain) National Park: The Phawngpui National Park popularly known as Blue Mountain National Park is situated in the South-eastern Mizoram and is adjacent to Myanmar. The National Park admeasures 50 Sq. Km. presently and there is a possibility of increasing this to a larger area by including adjoining important hilly terrain. The highest peak in Mizoram is in this range and this provides wide opportunities for adventure tourism. • Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary This Sanctuary admeasuring about 110 Sq. Km. is situated in the South-western Mizoram. This sanctuary has the best virgin forests in Mizoram and shelters interesting flora and fauna. This Sanctuary has unique locational advantage being on the border of both Myanmar and Bangladesh. The population pressure is relatively less on these forests and tribal communities here still follow their ethnic culture. These three sites have been identified as representative natural forest areas of Mizoram, well distributed over the state of Mizoram. This even distribution will provide opportunity for tourists to enjoy the natural and geographical diversity, without putting these areas under tourism pressure. This will also provide interesting opportunities for ecologists and wildlife researchers to study diverse regions with a possibility of international collaboration. Being on the international boundary of Bangladesh, there could be possibilities of international joint wildlife conservation and research programme. There could be excellent possibility to attract international funding for conservation and research and develop this into a Northeast Ecological Research Centre. The areas need to be carefully managed according to the strict norms of the Ministry of Environment and Forests. Definite Tourism Zones should be demarcated and tourist activities should be restricted within that zone. Even the tourism development should be within the strict norms of Eco-tourism. The Tourism Department should work closely with the Forest Department to popularise these unique sites for innovative experience and also for ecological research. This is an excellent avenue for the Tourism Department to earn publicity and revenue without much investment. d. Cultural Tourism through integration at the International / Interstate Tri-Junctions: Mizoram has interesting advantage of its geographical location having large and peaceful international border with Myanmar and Bangladesh. At four unique locations this provides opportunity for triangular cultural integration. These locations have potential to be developed into Large Cultural Centres, spread over these three diverse regions. The locations identified are as under: • Junction of Manipur, Myanmar and Mizoram: This is the Northeast corner of Mizoram. The exact location has to be identified which will be within the Ngopa Rural Development Block of the Champhai District, somewhere near the Sialkal village. Mizoram Tourism should take initiative to develop this Cultural Centre jointly with Manipur State and Myanmar. • Junction of Bangladesh, Myanmar and Mizoram: This is the Southwest corner of Mizoram. The exact location has to be identified which will be within the Chawngte Rural Development Block of the Lawngtalai District, somewhere near the Parva village. Mizoram Tourism should take initiative to develop this Cultural Centre in collaboration with Myanmar and Bangladesh. This is a unique triangular junction of three countries, representing the earlier Indian Subcontinent. • Junction of Tripura, Bangladesh and Mizoram: This is the Northwest corner of Mizoram. The exact location has to be identified which will be within the W. Phaileng Rural Development Block of the Mamit District, somewhere near the Tuipuibari village. Mizoram Tourism should take initiative to develop this Cultural Centre in collaboration with Tripura State and Bangladesh. • Junction of Tripura, Assam and Mizoram: This is the Northwest corner of Mizoram. The exact location has to be identified which will be within the Zawlnuam Rural Development Block of the Mamit District, somewhere near the Kanhmun village. Mizoram Tourism should take initiative to develop this Cultural Centre in collaboration with Tripura and Assam States. These Cultural Centres will be a unique contribution of Mizoram not only to India but also to the Southeast Asia to showcase the cultural diversity and its integration. This project can evoke sponsorships from various national and international quarters. e. Handicraft / Agriculture Centre at Thenzawl: Mizoram’s main economy is agriculture. Unfortunately, the forests have been degraded due to traditional practice of jhoom cultivation. However, the new thought has entered and new experiments are being introduced to the people. These have become interesting demonstration and educational areas for local people. These demonstration areas can also become attractions for the farmers from the Northeast Region. It will of interest of general tourist also if presented in an innovative package. One large Agricultural & Animal Husbandry Centre is under development at Thenzawl in the Serchhip District in the Central Mizoram. This centre is being developed on a participatory experiment and local people are directly involved in the activities and programmes. The village itself quite famous for its handloom industry and people are producing beautiful traditional and modern design textiles as a cottage industry. Thus the village has a great potential to be developed and popularised as Handicraft / Agriculture Centre. Mizoram Tourism should take initiative to develop this Centre in collaboration with the other Departments like Agriculture, Horticulture, Animal Husbandry, Tribal Development, Education, Khadi & Handloom Board, Rural Development etc. The low landscapes of the village and surrounding picturesque region could be added attractions to add on other features. The Vantawng Waterfall and one of the Heritage Caves, which are in the nearby vicinity, could be other attractions. This place is quite close to the capital city of Aizawl and tourists could be easily attracted with an attractive and innovative package. The investment component could be low considering the existing features and possible collaboration with the other Departments. The North East Council could be a major sponsor in this endeavour since they are promoting the farm development at Thenzawl. f. Defence Tourism: The state of Mizoram has a very long International border with Myanmar and Bangladesh. Due to this, there is significant presence of Army in this region. Some of the establishments are quite old like the one at Lunglei. These Cantonment areas have their own character and they evolve with unique identity. The major Cantonment Areas in the country have been declared as Heritage Sites due to their uniqueness of the character and also the historical background that they carry. These Cantonment areas in Mizoram need to be identified by the Mizoram Tourism in collaboration with the Army. Some special programmes could be organised jointly in the Cantonments areas for the tourists. It could be a big attraction and would provide small opportunity to the armed forces to interact with the civilians interested in their activities and contribution in the country’s defence. The Central Institute of Jungle Warfare (CIJW) situated in North Mizoram has already achieved international fame. This could be introduced as a tourist attraction and some visit programmes could be worked out in collaboration with the Institute. Defence is the subject of great passion of everyone and if Mizoram Tourism could tap this existing potential quickly, it would advance considerably on the tourism map of the country. g. Water Tourism: The unique hilly topography of Mizoram has created some interesting natural features all over the countryside. Mizoram gets considerable monsoon rain and this hilly terrain gets flooded with streams, rivers, waterfalls and lakes. Very few rivers are perennial, however they make interesting attractions in the overall mountainous landscape. Fig. 10 – Vantawng Waterfall: Some rivers, lakes and waterfalls are already popular and have become major tourist spots e.g. Tuipui River, Tamdil Lake, Vantawng Waterfall etc. Mizoram Tourism has already developed some infrastructure at these places. The efforts are also on to develop River Rafting facilities in a few rivers. However, the most important concept of ecological development of these regions should be taken into consideration. It is necessary to prepare a Master Plan to develop Water Tourism concept for Mizoram. This should follow all the norms of the Ministry of Environment & Forests, particularly related to the conservation of our water bodies. This plan should also take into consideration the possibilities of Watershed Development of the region. Ecological Landscape Design of the Tourist Spots, creation of interesting and educational Nature Trails and Adventure Trails and providing serene, picturesque ambience should be the objectives for such a plan. The Water Tourism should be developed with this innovative approach rather than typical entertainment approach. The tourists should be able to enjoy all the moods of water and carry those memories along with them. That will be a success story for Mizoram Tourism. h. Rural Tourism: The State of Mizoram has its main economy dependent on hill agriculture and the except a few district HQs which are like small towns, the entire state has a rural character. However, the Mizo population has been largely influenced by the western culture and the ethnic tribal traditions are very rarely seen even in the villages. Under these circumstances, the concept of Rural Tourism plays a very major role. There are a few villages, which still maintain their ethnic traditions, including the rural architecture. This rural lifestyle expresses the way people have been living sustainably using natural resources around them judiciously. Their traditional wisdom is reflected in many of their old practices like use of herbal medicines, understanding of natural elements to predict the climatic conditions, agricultural rituals and festivals etc. It is a social evolutionary process in which slowly these traditions will be transformed into modern lifestyle. Exactly for this very reason, it is important to conserve a few traditional villages. This lifestyle is a subject of interest for many visitors and also sociologists. Their folk arts and handicrafts have a great artistic value and they need to be encouraged. The development of Tourism around these traditional villages is one way to give them respect that they deserve. In Mizoram, there are a few villages under the Autonomous District Councils, which present this character. Mizoram Tourism has already identified various satellite villages around the town of Sakawrdai in the Aizawl district and have proposed a Tourist Lodge at Sakawrdai as a basic infrastructure for tourists. These villages are inhabited by Hmar tribal community who maintain their ethnic identity through language, art forms, textiles, festivals, architecture etc. Hmar Development Council looks after the welfare of these villages. Another region, which maintains such ethnic rural character, is in Lawngtlai district in the Southwest Mizoram. The Chakma Autonomous District Council (CADC) governs these villages and the major ethnic community in this region is Chakma tribal. This community follows Buddhism along with the tribal traditions. We suggest that both these village settlements could be selectively identified to be developed for Rural Tourism. The Master Plan for such development has to be prepared carefully. The Ministry of Tourism, GOI has decided to give priority funding to the projects of Rural Tourism (one in each state) and we recommend that a Chakma Village under the CADC may be identified on a priority basis to be developed under Rural Tourism concept. The basic funding could be available from the Department of Tourism, GOI that could be complemented with other resource from various allied departments like Rural Development, Tribal Development etc. This project will provide true identity and character to Mizoram Tourism. i. Geography / Astronomy Centre at the Tropic of Cancer: One of the unique features of geographical location of Mizoram is the Tropic of Cancer, which runs in the heart of Mizoram. Not much importance is given to this unique fact. However, this feature has a potential to attract a large number of tourists to these spots. This fact will also expose the uniqueness of Mizoram, which is interestingly located in a transition zone of Tropical and Temperate region. This itself will tell an important ecological story of the flora and fauna of Mizoram. An educational centre with emphasis on Geography and Astronomy should be proposed at the exact location of the Tropic of Cancer. This has to be exactly located by the professional through GIS. Approximately, this will be to the south of Aizawl city. An ideal location on the National Highway should be selected and developed with multi dimensional programmes and activities. This centre will be very useful for local students and teachers. It could be developed with the other appropriate ancillary and complementary facilities like Planetarium, Astral Garden etc. A special exhibit area should be interestingly designed where tourists can come and stand across the line of Tropic of Cancer and carry the memories of this experience with them. It will not be difficult to find a sponsor for this centre and the Department of Science & Technology could provide guidance for international sponsorship. j. Urban Tourism: In spite of all the charms of nature and wilderness, the main attraction for the majority of tourists is major cities. Urban Tourism is at great advantage due to this universal fact. Interestingly, Mizoram has two very charming cities, wonderfully located and ideally developed. These are Aizawl and Saiha. Aizawl is the capital city of Mizoram and most of the infrastructure facilities are already available. However, the Master Plan for the city needs to be carefully prepared to develop the city for Urban Tourism. Various innovative tourist attractions should be designed and developed. The existing amenities should be upgraded or transformed. The nightscapes of Aizawl are amazing and the Master Plan of the city could be evolved with a basic concept of ‘Starworld on the Earth’. The story for Saiha, which is a relatively smaller town and a District HQ, is slightly different. It also has its locational charm and its beauty lies in its smallness. The Master Plan for Saiha needs to be prepared very carefully and differently than Aizawl to maintain its charm of smallness and natural beauty. Saiha should be developed for Urban Tourism with the concept of ‘Small is Beautiful’. It is obvious that this project will require large investments. However being the urban areas, it possible to generate this funding locally. A few of the projects could be given to private entrepreneurs on BOT basis. The Tourism Department already has substantial infrastructure and economical stake in both these cities, particularly. There are new proposals in the pipeline. Mizoram Tourism can comfortably take off from these existing assets to develop Urban Tourism immediately. The revenue generation from these efforts will also be simpler and there will be many other benefits and multiplier advantages. The socio-economic potential of these projects will be very high. This project, at least for one city must be taken on a priority basis. Fig. 11 – Aizawl Cityscape: k. Regional Nature Parks: Tourism requires large open spaces and parks for people for passive recreation. At present Mizoram does not have this amenity. Nature is in abundance everywhere but tourists require basic facilities and some innovative features and activities linked with these open spaces. There are Wildlife Sanctuaries, but they have restricted areas and control on free movement. It is therefore necessary to develop a few large parks on the basic concept of Ecological Conservation. They should not become amusement / entertainment parks. These parks should have recreation and education value. They should be well spread out over the state. The funding could be available from the Ministry of Environment & Forests under their various schemes. International funding is also a good possibility. We have following suggestions: • Ecological Park – Lawngtlai: This region is in a better state as far as natural biodiversity is concerned. The population and urbanisation pressures are also less. A large (Over 100 Hectares) Ecological / Nature Park should be designed and developed at a suitable location close to the District HQ. The basic theme will be to represent Mizoram’s indigenous flora and fauna along with innovative features for tourists. The park will also have educational component built into it in a form of Conservation Centre. This can develop into an attractive tourist spot for local and domestic tourists. • Botanical Park / Orchid Sanctuary – Lunglei: Lunglie is the second biggest city in Mizoram and is a District HQ. A large (Over 100 Hectares) Botanical Park and Orchid Sanctuary could be developed on the outskirts of this city. The Park should represent the indigenous flora of Mizoram and separate innovative sections including an Orchid Sanctuary. Mizoram and the Northeast Region are famous for variety of wonderful orchids. They could be conserved and promoted here. Greenhouse for endangered plants, section for insectivorous plants, Herbal Garden etc. could be other interesting features. The park will have good tourist and educational value. It will be very useful for schools and colleges for their outdoor activities and excursions. • Zoological Park – Aizawl: Zoos always have great attraction in urban areas and tourists love to visit the zoos if they are well designed to represent indigenous animals exhibited in their near-natural and open habitat. Zoological Parks have great educational and scientific value in addition to the touristic and recreational value. At present, there is a mini zoo at Bethelhem in Aizawl and we understand that the Forest Department has some proposal for its renovation / shifting. It is advisable to propose a very large (Over 500 Hectares) Zoological Park to be developed on the modern open zoo concept on the outskirts of Aizawl, perhaps nearby Lengpui Airport. The terrain seems to be suitable there. All these Regional Parks could be initiated by Mizoram Tourism in collaboration with the other departments like Forest, Education, Horticulture etc. The funding is possible from the Ministry of Environment & Forests and also from International Agencies. They require to be carefully and sensitively designed including the activities, research component and the management plan. These Parks could be an excellent tourist attraction, particularly to the domestic and local sector. l. Heritage Tourism: Mizoram does not have many and important Heritage Sites like many other states in the country. Therefore it is important to highlight and develop a few sites of historical and heritage importance. We have identified a few such sites as under: Historical Caves: The Tribal Research Institute has enlisted 15 Caves of historical importance in Mizoram (See Appendix – u). Not many people are aware of these sites and their status. One of the caves near Vantawng that we visited could not create positive response in spite of the interesting location. This sector will require a lot of technical and development inputs. Mizoram Tourism should take initiative in collaboration with the Tribal Research Institute, Archaeological Survey of India, Education Department etc. to develop these as tourist spots. Historical site at Rengdil (Mamit district): Rengdil village has a historical site, which is under archaeological investigations. A few interesting ruins have been unearthed here. This place was inhabited by Maharaja of Tripua and he constructed a lake here. The name Rengdil has an appropriate meaning. ‘Reng’ means Chief and ‘dil’ means Lake. The place could be of interest from historical point of view particularly since it involves some cultural association with the neighbouring state of Tripura. Mizoram Tourism should take initiative, carry out basic development and popularise this spot. Lunglei: 1st church in Mizoram: Lunglei is the second biggest city of Mizoram which is also a District HQ. This region had a locational advantage being on the higher hill range. This was used by the Britishers for strategic control over the region and the first establishment came here in the year 1880. The first Church of Mizoram was established here sometime around 1884, which is still in existence and under use. This place has an important historical and heritage value and should be popularised as a tourist spot. Mizoram Tourism should work out collaborative programmes and tourism strategy along with the Church authorities. This development of Heritage Tourism should not be of much financial burden for Mizoram Tourism since the publicity will be the major input. Basic tourist facilities and landscape improvement of the surrounding area need to be provided by the department. A collaborative effort would reduce the burden and achieve an interesting feature of Heritage, which is lacking today. Tourism Festivals: Tourism Festivals is a very popular concept in the tourism industry. However, its major objective is publicity. General observation is that these festivals are not sustainable on their own. We recommend that Mizoram Tourism, at this juncture, should take up only those festivals which are economically feasible and which could attract large participation. Tourism Department could initiate two activities as under: Christmas & New Year: Mizoram being a predominantly Christian state, Christmas and New Year are celebrated with a lot of jubilation. The atmosphere is very festive during this period. The season is also excellent for tourism. Mizoram Tourism should use this Christmas / New Year Festival opportunity to attract tourism in the state. A grand festival should be planned in Aizawl with various activities, cultural programmes, handicraft exhibitions, ethnic food feasts etc. Church authorities could be also involved in these programmes. Aizawl city with its urban and geographical charm could become a popular tourist destination due to this Festival Tourism. Mizoram Tourism should start this from this year with wide publicity through newspapers / magazines articles. Festivals in collaboration with Star Hotels: As a part of publicity effort outside the state, Mizoram Tourism should try to collaborate with various Star Hotels in the major cities and organise Mizo Festivals in these hotels at different times. The festivals could include ethnic cultural programmes, handicraft exhibitions and special food. Such festivals could attract wide attention of tourists without much cost to the tourism department. The tourism department gets advantage of hotel infrastructure whereas hotel gets advantage of unique programme and special clientele. This could achieve excellent publicity for Mizoram Tourism all over the country at a very minimum cost. 5. SPECIFIC UNIQUE TOURISM CIRCUITS FOR MIZORAM: Tourism Circuits is a very popular concept in the tourism sector today. The development of such circuits and organising tours on these circuits becomes economical for both tourists and tourism departments. Various tour organisers also find it convenient from the management point of view. However, in Mizoram where infrastructure is a major obstacle for tourism, the Circuit Tourism does not look appropriate at this juncture. There are a few unique possibilities, which could be worked out with careful planning and support system, even at the present situation. This Circuit Tourism will involve multi-mode transport and even trekking. However, this obstacle can become an opportunity to achieve success and popularity. It could be partly considered as Adventure Tourism. A few possible Circuits are as under: a. Heritage circuit: (Caves, Lunglie Church, Rengdil, Ethnic Villages under Rural Tourism, Handicraft Centre) b. Wildlife circuit: (All sanctuaries & National Parks) c. International Border Circuit: (Myanmar border circuit, Bangladesh border circuit) d. Interstate Circuit: (Mizoram – Tripura (via Jampui hills, Mizoram – Manipur circuit) e. River Tourism Circuit: (Perennial Rivers – Kolodyne, Tlawng, Tuirial, Khawthlangtuipui) This Circuit Tourism will need careful planning up to the smallest detail. It will also require the development of proper support system at various locations along the Circuit route. However, this could be an excellent opportunity to involve local people in the tourism development. This participatory effort could be an excellent economical opportunity for local people. CHAPTER – 7 TOURISM TRENDS AND IMPLICATIONS IN MIZORAM 1. Tourism Research and Documentation: The status of Tourism Research and Documentation is quite low in India. Apart from the work of the Department of Tourism, Government of India, there is no significant research and documentation at the state level. The World Tourism Organisation provides Tourism Data on international tourism. The general scenario of Indian Tourism is also reflected from the Tourism Data made available by the Department of Tourism, Government of India. However, the genuineness of this data is somewhat doubtful since it is based on the information provided by the different states. At present, the states are not equipped to carry out Tourism Research and Documentation in a scientific way. The Northeast States are in a nascent stage in the field of Tourism Development. The state like Mizoram is quite young in this field and is in a process of getting organised. The Tourism Development has to be looked at like an Industry or Business. The Tourism Research and Documentation are the keys for appropriate strategy of Tourism Development in the State. Mizoram Tourism has maintained some general data on the Tourism Scenario in the State. It is not sufficient and a lot more attention has to be provided to this parameter. However, we have arrived at some possible trends and implications based on this limited data and also our own assumptions based on our fieldwork in the state. It should be noted that due to these limitations, these assessments and projections may not be accurate and they should be considered as indicative only. 2. Past and Existing Tourism Trends: Mizoram Tourism has maintained records of the tourist arrivals at their tourist lodges and also at a few private hotels in Aizawl since 1987 (Appendix – o). The data gives overall general idea of tourists inflow to the state. It shows a random break up of foreign and domestic tourists. A random projection of tourists for the year 2002-2003 has also been made (appendix – l). However, destination wise and category wise details of tourist arrivals are not available. We have to make certain assumptions based on this limited data available to us for interpretation. General information of the Tourist Accommodation facilities at the tourist lodges and a few private hotels in Aizawl is available (appendix – e). Additionally, there are ongoing and proposed/prioritised projects for tourist infrastructure (appendices – f, g, h, i), which are likely to be completed in a couple of years. There is some moderate private accommodation (assumed 5% of govt. accommodation) available in smaller towns. The occupancy rate at all these places varies between 30% and 50%. Considering low and off seasons, it is assumed that tourism is active in Mizoram for about 200 days in a year. The assumption of tourist arrivals at various destinations is made on the basis of availability of rooms/beds and the abovementioned criteria of occupancy. The general indication of past trends and future projections for 20 years is as under: Table 8: Trends & Projections of Tourist Arrivals at the major Tourist Destinations: Destination Past Trends Future Projections (Annual-average) 1999 2000 2001 2002- 2006 2007- 2011 2012- 2016 2017- 2021 Zokhawthar/Rih Dil Lake 819 1915 10000 15000 25000 50000 Tlabung/Khawt hlang Tuipui River Region 1683 2944 3000 5000 10000 20000 Dampa Tiger Reserve Phawngpui (Blue Mountain) National Park 227 493 3000 5000 10000 20000 Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary International Tri-junctions 2000 3000 5000 10000 Interstate Tri- junctions 1000 2000 4000 8000 Handicraft Centre at Thenzawl 1000 2000 4000 7000 10000 Defence Tourism 1000 2000 4000 8000 Rural Tourism 2000 4000 7000 12000 Astronomy Centre 2000 5000 Urban Tourism- Aizawl 11036 19923 20000 30000 60000 120000 Regional Parks at Lawngtlai/Lungl ei/Aizawl 1889 3647 7000 12000 20000 35000 Heritage Tourism/Circuit 1000 2000 3000 5000 Wildlife Circuit 2000 4000 8000 15000 International Border Circuit 3000 5000 10000 20000 River Tourism Circuit 1000 1500 2500 4000 TOTAL FOR MIZORAM 25372 26881 29413 33000- 48000 52000- 77000 88000- 155000 180000- 315000 Note: The details of the past trends at various destinations are awaited from the Mizoram Tourism. The numbers here are the total of domestic & foreign tourists, foreigners being approx. less than 1% of the total tourists. The percentage of foreign tourists could increase only with very special efforts. The past trends show approximate annual increase of 10%. This rate will continue for the first ten years, after which it may increase to 15%-20%. Since the destination wise details of past trends are not available, assumptions are made based on the availability of rooms/beds and 40% occupancy. 3. Future Tourism Implications: We have proposed that Mizoram Tourism should be actively involved in the development of Tourism Destinations. They should not get involved in the development and management of Tourist Infrastructure like tourist lodges etc. However, at this preliminary juncture some basic infrastructure will have to be created by the government. The general progressive need of accommodation facilities (rooms/beds) at various destinations has been worked out based on the tourist projections for the next 20 years. The indicative projection is as under: Table 9: Existing status and projected needs of accommodation at various destinations: Destination Existing Status (2001) Future Projections (No. of Rooms / Beds) No.of Roo ms No.of Beds 2002-2006 2007-2011 2012-2016 2017-2021 Zokhawthar/Rih Dil Lake 120 /200 180 / 300 240 / 400 280 / 500 Tlabung/Khawthlang Tuipui River Region 60 / 100 120 / 200 180 / 300 240 / 400 Dampa Tiger Reserve 25 / 40 35 / 60 50 / 80 60 / 100 Phawngpui (Blue Mountain) National Park 30 / 50 60 / 100 90 / 150 120 / 200 Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary 25 / 40 35 / 60 50 / 80 60 / 100 International Tri-junctions 30 / 50 60 / 100 120 / 200 180 / 300 Interstate Tri-junctions Handicraft Centre at Thenzawl 30 / 50 60 / 100 120 / 200 180 / 300 Defence Tourism Rural Tourism 30 / 50 60 / 100 120 / 200 180 / 300 Astronomy Centre Urban Tourism-Aizawl 222 379 300 / 500 450 / 750 900 / 1500 1600 / 2800 Regional Parks at Lawngtlai/Lunglei/Aizawl Heritage Tourism/Circuit 30 / 50 60 / 100 90 / 150 120 / 200 Wildlife Circuit 30 / 50 60 / 100 90 / 150 120 / 200 International Border Circuit 30 / 50 60 / 100 120 / 200 240 / 400 River Tourism Circuit 30 / 50 60 / 100 90 / 150 120 / 200 TOTAL FOR MIZORAM 316 607 760 / 1000 1140 / 1500 2280 / 3000 4560 / 6000 (Note: This includes government and private accommodation. The combined data of destination wise existing infrastructure is not available except for Aizawl.) Our proposal is based on the development of Tourism Destinations. At present the tourist accommodation is scattered all over and not necessarily linked to these destinations. However, this limitation can be used as an opportunity to combine accommodation facilities for various tourist destinations and tourist circuits. It is our assessment that the present and ongoing projects should provide these minimum facilities to give preliminary impetus for tourism attraction in Mizoram. The development of innovative tourism destinations combined with appropriate marketing and publicity strategy should attract steady tourist inflow to Mizoram. This inflow, in turn, would attract private investments in the hospitality and tourism business. The Mizoram Tourism should act as a catalyst and monitor/control this development. 4. Evaluations and Future of Tourism: It is always useful and advisable to evaluate the Tourist Destinations based on various key parameters. The evaluation of the present status and the consideration of appropriate strategy for the tourism development in the state could indicate about the future of tourism. There are several parameters required to be considered when one thinks about the development of tourist destinations. The existing destinations need to be assessed based on their present status and further potential. The carrying capacity of each destination also needs to be considered. This is more important when the destinations are being developed with a strong concept of Eco-tourism. The status of existing general infrastructure like road, market etc. and specific infrastructure like tourist accommodation at or near the vicinity of the tourist destination needs thorough consideration. The data of the visitors provides information on the peak/off period, seasonal variations etc. The new destinations could be assessed hypothetically, based on the evaluation of the similar trends, experience from the similar destinations and basic survey. We have already considered these factors while proposing the new destinations. We have considered four parameters as key and indicative at this preliminary stage of tourism development. The assessment of the first two parameters – attraction and popularity, is subjective and based on our own understanding, interactions and experience. The assessment of the other parameters – infrastructure and volume of tourist traffic flow, is based on the existing status of these parameters. Table 10: General Evaluation of Tourist Destinations in Mizoram: (Note: The evaluation is graded on 1 to 10 scale from poor – fair – best, based on the existing status) Destination Attractions Popularity Infrastructure Volume of Traffic Flow Overall Average Zokhawthar/Rih Dil Lake 8 6 5 5 6.00 Tlabung/Khawthlang Tuipui River Region 8 6 4 5 5.75 Dampa Tiger Reserve 5 4 3 3 3.75 Phawngpui (Blue Mountain National Park) 8 5 4 5 5.50 Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary 5 3 3 2 3.25 International Tri-junctions 8 8 4 4 6.00 Interstate Tri-junctions 6 6 4 3 4.50 Handicraft Centre at Thenzawl 8 7 5 5 6.25 Defence Tourism 8 8 3 3 5.50 Rural Tourism 8 6 4 3 5.25 Astronomy Centre 6 5 3 2 4.00 Urban Tourism-Aizawl 8 8 7 6 7.25 Regional Parks at Lawngtlai/Lunglei/Aizawl 8 8 6 5 6.75 Heritage Tourism/Circuit 5 5 3 3 4.00 Wildlife Circuit 8 8 4 3 5.75 International Border Circuit 8 8 5 5 6.50 River Tourism Circuit 6 5 4 3 4.50 Overall Average for Mizoram 7.12 6.24 4.18 3.82 5.33 We feel that future picture is quite optimistic. Even considering the limitations of the last two parameters (due to the existing status), the average rating worked out for all major destinations varies between 3.25 and 7.25, whereas overall average for Mizoram works out approx. 5.33 (i.e. Fair). This provides us confidence to state that once the recommendations of the perspective plan are implemented, the future of Mizoram Tourism will be very bright. CHAPTER – 8 FINANCIAL IMPLICATIONS, PRIVATISATION STRATEGY & INSTITUTIONAL FUNDING AVENUES 1. Financial Implications: The State Government of Mizoram considers the Tourism Department as one of the fastest growing department and the Outlay of Rs. 1045.00 Lakhs has been proposed for the 10th Five Year Plan (2002-2007) Table 11: State Government’s Proposed Outlay (General) for the 10th Five-Year Plan for Tourism (Rs. In Lakhs): S.No. Years Plan Non-Plan Allotment Expenditure 1 2001-2002 226.24 2 2002-2003 190.00 235.50 3 2003-2004 4 2004-2005 5 2005-2006 6 2006-2007 Total for 10th Plan 2002-2007 1045.00 The above table showing the general outlay for the 10th Five Year Plan indicates the State’s approach towards Tourism Development in the state. It also indicates the State’s financial capacity and potential and also limitations not only for new Tourism Development, but also for the maintenance of the existing infrastructure. The seriousness and detailed conceptual thought process for the comprehensive tourism development could be revealed through the category wise allocations. We have tried to tabulate the key categories required for the comprehensive and holistic approach. However, the following table will indicate that the major proportion of the budget allocation is towards the staff salaries. There is also a considerable allocation towards the State’s share for Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSS) for infrastructure development. This indicates that at present, Mizoram Tourism is largely dependent on the Central Government assistance and the department cannot afford to think beyond the basic maintenance of their infrastructure. Table 12: State Government’s Proposed Outlay (Category wise) for the 10th Five-Year Plan for Tourism (Rs. In Lakhs): S.No. Category 2002- 2003 2003- 2004 2004- 2005 2005- 2006 2006- 2007 Total for 10th Plan 1 Infrastructure Development 44.00 209.45 2 Product Development 3 Entrepreneurship Development 4 Enhanced Facilitation 5 Human Resource Development 6.00 20.15 6 Research & Computerisation 7 Promotion & Marketing 9.00 60.00 8 Environmental & Cultural Conservation 9 Provision for Incentives 10 Monitoring & Evaluation 11 Strengthening of Organisation 12 Staff Salaries 131.00 755.40 13 TOTAL 190.00 1045.00 2. Privatisation Strategy: The role of the Tourism Department should be to develop the tourism potential in the state by creating infrastructure and developing tourist spots. It should get out of implementation process as early as possible. The privatisation of various facilities with different strategies makes the projects sustainable in a long run. However, in the present nascent stage, it may not be possible for the department to attract private entrepreneurs who could take risk and invest funds since the tourism market is unpredictable. The Tourism Department will have to prepare its own strategy of sustainability through economic / participatory / collaborative projects for the next ten years. At the same time efforts must be continued to involve the private participation in the creation of infrastructure, through attractive incentives and benefits. A few popular tourist spots could be offered on a BOT basis as an experiment. Package of incentives offered by the State Government to attract Private Sector Investments: The tourism had a subordinate status prior to 1987 in Mizoram when it was a part of the Department of Information and Public Relations. Since 1987, the Department of Tourism is looking after the activities of tourism development in the state. The state government has realized the importance of tourism development as a support to cultural and socio-economic development of the state. The government has given the thrust on the creation of basic infrastructure and amenities required for tourists. This has been done mainly through the assistance provided by the central government. The state government declared its Industrial Policy in March 1993, wherein the tourism has been declared as an industry. Many incentives and financial assistance are being proposed for creation of tourist infrastructure through private participation. However there have been no responses till now. Package of incentives offered by the Central Government to attract Private Sector Investments: The Central Government has adopted a conscious strategy for the Development and Regulation of Tourism Industry with private participation. A few salient features are as under: a) The tourism industry was declared as a Priority Sector for foreign investments, as a consequence of economic restructuring and liberalisation of policies. The horizons for foreign investment in the tourism sector were widened and it is eligible for automatic approval of direct foreign investment up to 100 per cent of the equity. Automatic approvals are given for Foreign Technology Agreements and Management Contracts within specified parameters. b) An ‘Investment Facilitation Cell’ in the Department of Tourism was set up to undertake key activities related to private investments in the tourism industry. Some important activities are: • Formulation of national investment policies of tourism industry • Co-ordination and integration of State policies on tourism • Prepare investment profiles for each State in collaboration with the respective State Governments. These profiles will include information on identified priority centres for tourism development, details of existing infrastructure, expected demand, availability of land and other support services, agencies to be contacted etc. • Regular interactions with prospective entrepreneurs both within the country and abroad to promote investment in tourism • Establishing linkages with Ministry of External Affairs to highlight investment opportunities in tourism abroad through their investment cell • Process investment proposals received from both local and foreign investors and obtain approvals and clearances from various agencies like FIPB, SIA and Environment Ministry etc. • Assist the entrepreneurs in getting import licences, finance, land etc. by coordinating with the respective agencies and the State Governments • Provide technical assistance wherever required • In consultation with State Governments, devise a ‘Single Window System’ to facilitate investors to obtain various clearances speedily • To formulate a statutory framework for identification, creation and establishment of Special Tourism Areas and Mega Tourism Projects for development of tourism infrastructure • To coordinate with the ‘Investment Promotion and Infrastructure Development Cell’ in the Department of Tourism with regard to infrastructure requirements, facilitation and monitoring of investment in the tourism sector c) Considering a large potential of tourism industry as foreign exchange earner, employment generation etc., the Government has accorded Export House Status to tourism industry. Hotels, Travel Agents, Tour Operators and Tourist Transport Operators are now entitled for recognition as Export House/Trading House/Star Trading House/ Super Star Trading House on earning free foreign exchange in accordance with prefixed slabs and shall be entitled to certain benefits. d) The endeavour of the Government is to achieve sustained growth of tourist facilities in the private sector and to ensure high standards of quality in their services. Incentives have been made available by the Central Government as under: • Interest subsidy of 3% on loans taken from financial institutions for 1 to 3 star categories of hotel projects outside the metropolitan cities. A subsidy of 5% is made available to hotel projects located in the Travel Circuits and Destinations identified as per National Action Plan for Tourism. Heritage Hotels are eligible for the higher rate of interest subsidy of 5%. Financial institutions such as ICICI, IDBI and SIDBI have been included in the scheme in addition to TFCI, IFCI and State Finance and Industrial Corporations. • As a fiscal incentive, under Section 80 HHD, 50% of profits derived by hotels, travel agents and tour operators in foreign exchange are exempt from income tax. The balance amount of profit in foreign exchange is also exempt provided it is reinvested in tourism projects. • The Ministry of Finance has reintroduced Section 80-IA now known as 80-IB for the hotel units located in rural areas, hilly areas and place of pilgrimage. They are allowed 50% exemption in their profits, whereas for the hotels located in other areas (except metropolitan cities) under the same section, the exemption is 30%. • Benefits have been made available under Liberalised Exchange Rate Management System (LERMS). Hotels, travel agents, tour operators and other tourism units have been given facility to open and operate Exchange Earners Foreign Currency (EEFC) Account. The procedure for release of foreign exchange for specified purposes has been streamlined and liberalised. • Import of special items for hotel industry is permitted subject to import entitlement. Concessional Customs Duty is charged for import of specified goods required for initial setting up of substantial expansion of hotels. • A new Export Promotion Capital Goods (EPCG) Scheme has been introduced for the Service Sector, which includes hotels and restaurants, travel agents and tour operators. Under this scheme, capital goods can be imported at a concessional duty of 5% subject to fulfilment of an Export Obligation over a period of time. e) The Department of Tourism presents National Tourism Awards and Awards for Excellence for various segments of travel and tourism industry every year. National Tourism Awards are presented to classified hotels including heritage hotels, approved travel agents, tour operators and tourist transport operators in recognition of their performance in their respective fields and also to encourage healthy competition in order to promote tourism. Awards of Excellence are presented to various other segments of travel and tourism industry. f) The State Governments have also been informed about these incentives and are being encouraged and advised to introduce similar incentives at state level to encourage tourism industry and private participation. Attempts of Privatisation by the state: Ten Tourist establishments, namely Tourist Lodges, Tourist Cottages and Highway Restaurants at Vairengte, Bairabi, Saitual, Thenzawl, Khawbung, Tamdil, Chhiahtlang, Hnahthial, Thingdawl and Kawlkulh are under the process of privatisation. The proposal will be submitted to the government for approval. The details of Lease Agreement are being finalised. Action Plan for Privatisation: a. Fiscal evaluation of the existing infrastructure on a realistic / business like manner, according to various categories. b. Auction / offer Tourist Lodges to private entrepreneurs / authentic NGOs/ reputed charitable institutions on an appropriate terms and conditions. c. Offer restaurants to reputed charitable institutions, particularly Women’s organisations for management on lucrative terms and conditions d. Offer service oriented infrastructure like booking counters, information booths, STD booths etc. to the deprived sector (educated unemployed, handicapped, women, students etc) in an individual / organisational capacity. This offer could be charitable. e. Offer incentives to the existing staff to form co-operatives to run / manage existing Tourist Lodges, Restaurants etc. on reasonable terms and conditions. f. Offer new infrastructure development to Village Councils, NGOs, private entrepreneurs etc. on a turnkey basis (BOT i.e. built, operate, transfer), if necessary, even for a long term. g. Offer development of smaller infrastructure like wayside amenities, public toilets, tourist transport etc. to existing local entrepreneurs on a lucrative terms and conditions. h. Offer remote area concessions and incentives to private entrepreneurs for the development of tourism destination and infrastructure in the remote regions. These could include free land, partial subsidy for development etc. i. Give wide publicity to the schemes being offered for privatisation. Keep the terms of offer lucrative like low/refundable deposits, quick decisions etc. j. Protect the long-term government interest by legally safeguarding the terms of offers and agreements. The terms should also ensure long-term maintenance of infrastructure and quality service. k. The Department should work out effective strategy to regularly monitor the privatised properties and ensure the quality of service. 3. Governmental Funding Avenues: The Tourism Department must try various funding avenues in a process to make the activity economically feasible and sustainable. All proposals / projects must be worked out like business proposals considering all possible projections. The state / central governments may provide limited assistance for the initial gestation period. However, a definite strategy has to be worked out for the long-term maintenance of such facilities. The other funding avenues should be tapped. Various government departments and organisations provide specialise funding for specific projects related to their activities and tourism sector being a versatile sector could tap these resources. The Department of Tourism under the aegis of the Ministry of Tourism & Culture supports the most of the tourism development of Mizoram Tourism. However, the collaboration with the sister departments under the same Ministry, namely Archaeology Survey of India and National Culture Fund has not been tried yet by Mizoram Tourism. There is a good potential of joint ventures leading to tourism development. The Ministry of Environment and Forests finances projects related to Biodiversity, Wildlife, Plant Conservation etc. and the Central Zoo Authority provides funds for zoo related projects. Since the emphasis of Mizoram Tourism is going to be on Eco-tourism, this ministry could be a major sponsor/partner. The Ministry of non-conventional Energy Sources and the Ministry of Science & Technology could also support many activities and parameters under Eco-tourism development. The tourism projects, particularly the large/unique projects, proposed under the Perspective Plan are of wide range. They come under varied parameters like rural development, agriculture, tribal development, education, science & technology, heritage conservation, adventure sports, information technology etc. There are Ministries specifically working for the development under these parameters and specific funds are allotted to these ministries under the Five Year Plan. These allocations are at the Central and the State level. The Mizoram Tourism should make special efforts to coordinate with these ministries for the specific projects, which combine the interests of both. The Project Proposals need to be designed and worked out in detail and appropriate to the needs of the Ministry requirements. These could be developed as joint projects. Some of the Ministries at the Central Government, which could be approached for various tourism projects, are as under: Ministry of Agriculture- Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR), Indian Institute of Horticultural Research (IIHR), Krishi Vigyan Kendra (KVK), Water Technology Centre for Eastern Region Ministry of Commerce & Industries- Agricultural & Processed Food Products Exports Development Authority (APEDA), Industrial Institute of Foreign Trade (IIFT), India Trade Promotion Organisation (ITPO) Ministry of Communication & Information Technology- National Information Centre (NIC), Department of Tele Communication (DOT) Ministry of Defence- Defence Research & Development Organisation (DRDO), GREF Ministry of Environment & Forests- Central Zoo Authority (CZI), Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Medicinal Plant Board, Forest Development Agencies (Joint Forest Management Committees & Eco-development Committees) Ministry of Health & Family Welfare- Department of Indian Systems of Medicine & Homeopathy Ministry of Home Affairs- Northeast Council (NEC) Ministry of Human Resource Development- Department of Education, Department of Women & Child Development Ministry of Information & Broadcasting Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources- Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency Ltd. (IREDA) Ministry of Road Transport & Highway Ministry of Rural Development- Council of Advancement of People’s Action & Rural Technology (CAPART), National Institute of Rural Development (NIRD) Ministry of Science & Technology- Department of Science and Industrial Research, Institute of Himalayan Bio-resources Technology (IHBT) Ministry of Small Scale Industries & Agro & Rural Industries Ministry of Textiles- Handloom Export Promotion Council (HEPC), Handicraft & Handloom Export Corporation (HHEC) Ministry of Tourism & Culture- Archaeological Survey of India, National Culture Fund, Department of Tourism Ministry of Tribal Affairs Ministry of Water Resources Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports 4. Institutional Funding Avenues: There are many national and international organisations / universities which are interested in long term ecological research and appropriate development in the regions like Northeast. The tourist infrastructure could be also used for such complementary activities and made sustainable. Mizoram has tremendous potential to attract private investments in tourism sectors. However it will depend on the other factors adversely affecting the Northeast region. The state government has already identified tourism as an industry. Now it must begin to treat the tourism sector like a public sector industry. The national and international organisations and funding agencies have a professional and business like approach. They ensure soundness of the proposals, integrity of the project leader and the team, technical and financial viability of the project etc. They also monitor the progress of the project during the implementation. The success rate is generally good in these types of arrangements due to mutual interest and control. However, the approach to generate such funding has to be high quality and professional. The State Government needs to invest reasonable seed capital for the preparation of sound and comprehensive Project Proposal understanding the minute details of the project and also the fundamental approach and philosophy of the donor agency. This preparation of Project Proposal needs to be handled professionally and the consultants should be able to explain and convince the funding agencies about the viability of the project. In case of International funding agencies, the process will be more complex. Many times the Project Proposals need to be developed as joint and collaborative projects. The approval of the Ministry of External Affairs and the Ministry of Home Affairs becomes mandatory. There are many collaborative projects going on in the country in different sectors and the success rate seems to be reasonably good. The Tourism Sector should also try for these funding possibilities, particularly for large, innovative and unique projects where such collaborative approach would be viable and sustainable. Here again, the technical and financial viability of the project and the project’s uniqueness from the point of the interest of the funding agency becomes the key issue. This needs professional approach at basic planning stage and the state government must invest reasonable seed capital for this purpose. The Department of Tourism, Government of India has already established strategy for International Co-operation for Tourism Development. The efforts of interactions with International Organisations have been initiated and there have been several meetings of officials to discuss and sort out various issues in the year 2001 e.g. Human Resources & Development (Geneva, Switzerland), Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA) Annual Conference (Kaula Lumpur, Malaysia), World Tourism Organisation Commission of South Asia Region (Male, Maldives), Satellite Accounting (Vancouver, Canada), EIBTM meeting (Geneva, Switzerland), Strategic Group of WTO (Geneva, Switzerland), PATA Board meeting (Taipei, Taiwan), WTO General Assembly ( Seoul, Korea), Tourism India 2001 conference (Singapore), International Travel Mart (Kunming, China), World Travel Mart (London). There have been also efforts to arrive at Bilateral and Multilateral Cooperation Agreements with various countries and a few important achievements have been made e.g. South Asia Joint Marketing and Promotion Action Plan for tourism, India-Singapore Joint Task Force, Indo- Italian Joint Working Group on Tourism etc. A large collaborative project, ‘Ajanta - Ellora Conservation and Tourism Development Project’, with external assistance of the Japanese Bank of International Cooperation (JBIC) is currently under progress. The Department of Tourism should encourage and advise the State Governments for Bilateral and Multilateral Collaborative assistance for specific and large Tourism Development Projects in the State. The Institutional Funding Agencies may be classified under the following categories: National Non Governmental Organisations (NGOs) International NGOs International Government Agencies Inter Governmental Organisations (IGOs) Many agencies in these categories have been implementing various Collaborative Projects in different states of India. These bilateral / multilateral collaborations are with government / semi-government agencies and also with the NGOs. These projects are in different fields like environment, development, health, social welfare, education, rural development, agriculture, science and technology etc. The Mizoram Tourism should work out the Tourism Projects with such diverse and comprehensive manner, so that these types of collaborations become possible. It may be noted that these projects are large and the success rate is quite high. A few ongoing examples of such projects, which could be tied up with Tourism Development: • Basic Health Programme – Indo-German Development Co-operation - Maharashtra • Conservation Education Project – Overseas Development Administration – Mumbai • Lake Restoration and Development – Indo-Norwegian Project – Bangalore • Mangrove Park – Godrej Foundation – Mumbai • NEPED – Indo-Canadian Project – Nagaland • Project Tiger – World Wide Fund for Nature – 16 National Parks in different states of India • Bangalore Agenda Task Force for Urban Development & Beautification – Infosys Foundation – Bangalore • Wildlife Research Projects – US Fish & Wildlife Department – Various parts of India The modalities of such collaborative projects depend on the philosophy of the funding agency and also the nature of the specific project. However, the professionalism and integrity are the key essential factors. Mizoram Tourism should try to avail these possibilities and being a government department such collaborations and successful implementation looks distinctly possible. A list of few Institutional Agencies is given hereunder: National Non Governmental Organisations (NGOs) Infosys Foundation Pirojsha Godrej foundation Reliance Foundation J.R.D. Tata Trust Tata Sons Ltd. & various Trusts Wildlife Trust of India K. Mahindra Foundation International NGOs Aga Khan Foundation Asia Pacific Foundation of Canada Asian Cultural Council AT & T Foundation Aurora Foundation Environmental Trust Ford Foundation Foundation for Deep Ecology Gates Foundation Global Conservation Fund (Gordon & Betty Moore Foundation) Goldman Environment Foundation International Fund for Animal Welfare Kellog Foundation MacArther Foundation National Geographic Foundation Paul Getty Allen Forest Protection Foundation Paul Getty Trust Smithsonian Institute The Asia Foundation The Carnegie Foundation The Rockfeller Foundation World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), International International Government Agencies Department of Environmental Research & Social Sciences, Germany German Ministry of Development Co-operation National Environment Research Council (NERC), UK Netherlands Development Organisation Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (Earth & Life Science) Swiss National Foundation, Switzerland The Research Council of Norway (Environment & Development) The Swedish Research Council for Environment, Agriculture & Spatial Planning, Sweden The United States Agency for International Development (USAID) United Kingdom Department of International Development United States Department of Fish & Wildlife US Global Change Research Programme, USA Inter Governmental Organisations (IGOs) Conservation International Danish International Development Assistance (DANIDA) Department for International Development (DFID), UK Environment Programme of European Commission Environment Protection Agency, USA Global Environment Facility (GEF) India Canada Environment Facility (ICEF) Indo-Dutch Programme on Alternatives in Development (IDPAD) Indo-Norwegian Environment Programme (INEP) International Bank for Reconstruction & Development (IBRD) International Relations Council (Social Science & Humanities Research), Canada International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Japanese Bank for International Co-operation (JBIC) National Natural Science Foundation of China Overseas Development Administration (ODA) The Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) The United Nations Children’s Fund (UNCF) The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) The United Nations Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) The United Nations Education, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) The United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA) 5. Modalities of Funding: The above-mentioned funding agencies have their own norms and modalities for funding. Most of them have their own specific interests in the areas to provide funding e.g. environment, forests, water, infrastructure, heritage, education, tourism, rural development, women’s empowerment etc. Generally all funding agencies have their own formats of application for the funding. They also have time frames and schedules. Most of the funding agencies prefer to collaborate with the Government Departments, however they also like to involve NGOs and also look for people’s participation. International Funding Applications need to be routed through the Ministry of External Affairs and also the Central Government Ministries related to the Projects. The international funding agencies have different approaches. Some provide funding in a form of Grant and also technical know-how / human resources etc. These are collaborative projects, bilateral or multilateral. The ODA and European Union provide funding in this manner. These are generally long term projects (5 to 10 years) and the funding agencies regularly monitor the progress of the project through their own consultants / specialised institutions. These agencies generally provide 100% funding on the cost estimates worked out jointly, however they ensure the commitment of the grantee to look after, maintain and continue the project in future. The agreements / MOUs ensure these clauses for the commitment. These agencies also ensure the participation of the grantee in the form of existing infrastructure including human resources, land etc. at the beginning of the project. The Mizoram Tourism could attempt to get such funding for following specific projects: 1. Rih Dil Lake Project as an International Collaborative, Heritage and Cultural Integration Project 2. Handicraft & Agriculture Centre at Thenzawl as a Rural Development & Women’s Empowerment Project 3. Cultural Tourism Centres at International / National tri-junctions as Cultural Integration Project 4. Geography / Astronomy Centre at the Tropic of Cancer as an Educational Project 5. Phawngpui (Blue Mountain) National Park as an Eco-tourism / Eco- development / Adventure tourism Project There are other funding agencies, which are basically financial institutions like Asian Development Bank (ADB), Overseas Economic Corporate Fund (OECF), now JBIC, International Monetary fund (IMF) etc. These agencies provide soft loans for mostly development projects. They have their own parameters to decide about the eligibility components. Such funding is generally provided to the Government Departments and there are standard norms of sureties for repayments etc. They also insist for proportionate investment / participation from the recipient. For example, the JBIC provides financial assistance in a form of soft loan up to maximum 85% of the total project costs. The eligible components for JBIC are Land Cost, Infrastructure Development Cost, Compensation / Rehabilitation cost, Duties & Taxes, Interest during the implementation of the project etc. These loans are provided to the State Government Departments on the approval of the Ministry of External Affairs. Most of the times, 30% of the approved amount as provided as Grant and 70% as Loan. This type of funding is very useful for tourism development projects, wherein the State Governments do not have financial resources to develop the basic tourism infrastructure and at the same time, once such an infrastructure is created they can start generating revenue on a regular basis. However, the state government will need to provide the seed money to the extent of 15% of the project cost The Mizoram Tourism could attempt to get such funding for following specific projects: 1. Urban Tourism i.e. development of Aizawl and Lunglei 2. Regional Parks at Aizawl, Lunglei and Lawngtlai 3. Development of Tourism Infrastructure i.e. roads & services at the tourist destinations, signage etc. 4. Computerisation of tourism services, Publicity infrastructure, Capacity Building etc. 5. Cultural Centres in other parts of the country CHAPTER – 9 TOURISM ECONOMICS, COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS AND EMPLOYMENT GENERATION 1. Tourism Economics: Tourism is today the world’s largest industry, with the Travel and Tourism (T & T) Industry and T & T Economy respectively contributing 4.2% and 10.7% of global GDP. Tourism is also the highest generator of jobs, with the T & T Economy accounting for 8.2% of total employment or 1 in every 12.2 jobs. By 2011, over 50 million additional jobs will be created by the T & T Economy. No wonder then that Tourism has been described as ‘one of the most remarkable economic and social phenomena of the last century’. International Tourist Arrivals in 2000 reached 698 million with International Tourism Receipts of US $ 476 billion, with International Fare Receipts accounting for a further 20% of receipts. Tourism is the single largest and fastest growing category of international trade, accounting for 12.8% of total exports. It is one of the Top 5 export categories for 83% of countries and the main source of foreign exchange for 38%. The potential for international tourism is vast as today only 3.5% of the world’s population travels internationally. The World Tourism Organisation (WTO) estimates that the scale of world domestic tourism far exceeds world international tourism, by a ratio of 10:1. The forecasting study undertaken by the World Tourism and Travel Council (WTTC) indicates that between 2001 and 2011: • Global Gross Domestic Product (GDP) will increase from 10.7 % to 11 % • Global employment contribution will increase from 207.1 million to 260.4 million jobs or 9 % of total global employment • The global value of tourism related exports will increase from US $ 1,063.8 billion to US $ 2,538.3 billion or 12.8 % of global export value • Global capital investment in tourism will increase from US $ 657.7 billion to US $ 1,434 billion or 9.3 % of global investment Forecast data from the WTO shows that the share of tourism volumes and related receipts, GDP, employment and export earnings is expected to move away from the developed countries towards the less developed countries as a result of favourable economic, motivational, technological and policy factors. WTTC’s status paper ‘The India Imperative’ has analysed India tourism in the light of the latest Tourism Satellite Accounting Research (TSA), 2001 and projections for the year 2011. WTCC has identified India as one of the foremost growth centres in the world in the coming decade. 2. Role of Tourism in National Socio-economical Development: In 2000, India received 2.64 million international arrivals and had an estimated 210 million domestic tourists, a ratio of 1:80. Of this demand, however, Rs. 250 billion results from international tourism to India, while Rs, 912 billion is generated domestically, a ratio of 1:3.65. While India’s receipts from international tourism at $ 3, 168 million in 200 rank it 29th in the world, India accounts for just 0.67% of world tourism receipts from international arrivals. In 2001, total tourism exports (visitor and non-visitor) in India are expected to generate Rs. 308 billion or 9.5% of total Indian exports as compared to a world average of 12.9% and India ranks 31st in the world. In 2001, T & T in India will generate Rs. 1,564 billion of economic activity (total demand), making India the 22nd larges tourism market in the world, ahead of competitors such as Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia and Egypt. Yet, India accounts for only 0.74% of world demand. The contribution of the T & T Economy to GDP is impressive in dollar terms. This is due to the sheer size and scale of travel in the country (India ranks 17th in world). The potential contribution of tourism to India’s GDP as seen today is at 5.3% as compared to the world average of 10.7%, and India ranks 140 in the world when tourism’s contribution to GDP is measured. Similarly, despite a world rank of 15, the T & T Industry in India contributes 2.5% of GDP as compared to a world average of 4.2%, ranks 124 in terms of percentage contribution to GDP. In terms of employment, India’s T & T Economy accounts for 25 million jobs (World Rank 2). This translates to a share of 6% of all employment, giving India a rank of 140. The Department of Tourism’s estimates of T & T Industry jobs are 4.2 million. This has been derived based on a study conducted in 1985-86, which derived the multiplier effect of the tourism industry. Similarly, despite employment of 12.3 million and a world rank of 2, the T & T Industry in India contributes 2.9% of total employment as compared to a world average of 3.1% and ranks 111 in terms of percentage contribution to total employment. Tourism can play an important, pioneering and effective role in achieving the growth targets set out for the nation. The primary objective of tourism development in India is to accelerate economic growth significantly, so as to meet a series of socio-economic imperative that are unique to India. Tourism is one economic sector in India that has the capacity to maximise the productivity of the country’s enormous natural, human and technological assets and resources. It has the capacity to capitalise on the country’s success in the services sector and provide sustainable economic growth over the longer term, offsetting in optimum performance in other economic sectors due either to domestic or global economic or political circumstances. Tourism is recognised as having the potential to stimulate most economic sectors through its tremendous backward and forward linkages and cross- sectoral synergies. Its most apparent benefits are across the entire retail trade, and in particular in a variety of cottage industries, handicrafts, arts and agriculture. Its benefits for widespread national economic integration are immeasurable. Tourism can provide the greatly increased revenues and incomes required to achieve the country’s central social objective of significant improvement to human well-being and the quality of life of all our people. The economic benefits that flow into the economy through tourism as increased national and state revenues, business receipts, employment, wages and salary income, and central, state and local tax receipts, which contribute to the social upliftment of the country. Tourism development, through accelerated and sustainable economic growth, can contribute to the equitable development of the country and the removal of disparities. The income benefits of tourism can spread geographically, particularly to rural areas. Tourism offers employment to women, youth, the disadvantaged and weaker sections of society, the disabled and tribal communities. Tourism can support social equity and stability. Tourism can enhance the country’s international image and prestige, strengthen its standing in the international community and foster greater international understanding. It forms part of the country’s economic agenda and improves the overall climate for foreign investment. 95% of tourism businesses are small and medium scale enterprises (SMEs) and tourism could be a great supporter of entrepreneurship, cottage industries and economic diversity in rural areas. Tourism is an export industry and can achieve the acceleration of economic growth by tapping the opportunities afforded by the international economy, thus providing valuable hard currency for imports and reducing the imbalance in trade and payments, Its limited leakage (7 %) makes it the most valuable contributor to India’s international trade and vital ingredient to India’s integration with the global economy. Tourism being labour intensive promotes new employment, which is not only large in scale but also of a high quality that can support a higher quality of life.Tourism has the capacity to stimulate widespread direct private sector investment, both domestic and foreign. In particular for India, SMEs are recognised to play a vital role in industrialisation. 3. Present Economics of Mizoram Tourism The main sources of finances for the tourism development in the state are from the normal annual budget of the state and the central financial assistance for the definite projects (appendices – m, q). Table 13: State budget for the tourism development for the years 1999-2000 to 2002-2003 (Source: Dept. of Tourism, Mizoram): YEAR AMOUNT IN RS.LAKHS 1999 – 2000 133.75 2000 – 2001 168.80 2001 - 2002 226.24 2002 – 2003 235.50 Table 14: The expenditure (2000-2001) on the maintenance of the existing infrastructure (Source: Dept. of Tourism, Mizoram): PLAN EXPENSES S.No. Title Budget Estimate Expenditure 1 Office Expenses Rs. 3,00,000/- Rs. 11,33,948/- 2T Other Charges Rs. 11,50,000/- Rs. 11,62,780/- 3h Materials & Supply Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs 12,79,635/- e NON-PLAN EXPENSES 1 Office Expenses Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs. 15,15,527/- 2D Other Charges Rs. 11,30,000/- Rs. 11,10,860/- 3e Materials & Supply Rs. 1,00,000/- Rs. 1,00,310/- p The Department of Tourism collects revenue from the room rents and food costs at the tourist infrastructure run by the department. This amounts to approx. Rs. 25 to Rs. 30 Lakhs, which is credited to the government revenue every year. The rates fixed by the department for the amenities provided by them are very reasonable and are based on the per diem rates of the state government for its officials on duty. This rationale looks fine since the government officials on duty are using the amenities regularly. The Mizoram Tourism has total staff (permanent) strength of 159. Additionally, there is temporary staff employed from time to time on contract/daily wage basis. The recurring expenditure of staff salaries is met from the State Budget. The present annual budget allocation towards the staff salaries is Rs. 131 Lakhs. The state entirely depends on the central assistance for the creation of tourism infrastructure. 4. Future Economics of Mizoram Tourism The Perspective Plan for the tourism development has been worked out with an objective to make the tourism industry in the state very sustainable. Over the years, it must become a self-supporting industry. The proposal of the Perspective Plan as worked out is economically feasible. It is also envisaged that there will be average 10 % annual increase in the tourist traffic due to these overall efforts. It may boost further more after 5 / 10 years. The overall increase by 100 % in the next 10 years will itself make the Mizoram Tourism a profit-making department. At present level also, they have almost managed to cover the recurring costs on maintenance. The strategies recommended in the perspective plan will ensure that Mizoram Tourism will eventually work as a catalyst for tourism development and its administrative and management costs will be within the profits generated from the tourism in the state. The other additional benefits of the tourism development for the state of Mizoram will act as incentives to further the tourism activities with private participation. We feel that the Perspective Plan will not only be economically feasible but will also make the Tourism Development in Mizoram very sustainable. It will also provide great impetus for overall socio-economic development of the state of Mizoram in a short time. 5. Cost Benefit Analysis – Tourism in Mizoram A few norms (Source: Trade in Tourism Services) to work out Cost – Benefits from the tourism development are as under: a) Hotel Rooms: For 10 lakhs tourists (with average length of stay 10 nights, 65 % average annual occupancy, 1.4 guests per room) annual bed nights available per room will be 332. The number of rooms required will be 30,107. The average cost (all inclusive) per room will be Rs. 15 lakhs. Employment generation: Direct – 2 persons per room, Indirect – 3 persons per room. Thus 30,127 rooms will generate direct employment for 60,214 persons and indirect employment for 90,321 persons making total employment for 1,50,534 persons. b) Air Transport: For 10 lakh tourists (with average distance 8000 km., annual 265 round trips, 400 seats per aircraft, 65 % load factor, 260 passengers per aircraft, 50 % foreign tourists) number of aircraft required will be 29. The average cost per aircraft will be Rs. 752.5 Crores Employment generation: Average 450 persons per aircraft c) Foreign Exchange: For 10 lakh tourists (with average foreign tourist spend US $ 1100, 10 % import leakage, 50 % tourists for aviation, average travel per tourist 16,000 km, average rate US $ 0.10 per km., import leakage 45 %) average foreign exchange earning from visitor spending will be US $ 9900 lakhs i.e. Rs. 4,356 Crores and from aviation US $ 4400 lakhs i.e. Rs. 1936 Crores These norms need to be appropriately amended for the Northeast State like Mizoram considering the ground realities. The costs and benefits for Mizoram Tourism according to the modified version could be like this: • Hotel Rooms: For 10 lakhs tourists (with average length of stay 8 nights, 40 % average annual occupancy, 1.5 guests per room) annual bed nights available per room will be approx. 400) The number of rooms required will be approx. 15000. The average cost (all inclusive) per room will be Rs. 10 lakhs. Over the next 20 years (2002 to 2021) the expected number of tourists in Mizoram ranges between 33,000 and 2,70,000 and the subsequent need of rooms ranges between 500 and 3000 (see chapter 7). Thus the investments will range from Rs. 50 Crores in 2002 and Rs. 300 Crores in 2021. Most of this investment will be in private sector. Employment generation: Direct – 2 persons per room, Indirect – 4 persons per room. Thus 500 to 3000 rooms will generate direct employment for 1000 to 6000 persons and indirect employment for 2000 to 12,000 persons making the total employment for 3000 to 18,000 persons over the next 20 years • Air Transport: For 10 lakh tourists (with average distance 2000 km., annual 200 round trips, 200 seats per aircraft, 50 % load factor, 100 passengers per aircraft, 10 % foreign tourists) number of aircraft required will be 10. The average cost per aircraft will be Rs. 500 Crores. As per the requirements of Mizoram, the need for 33,000 tourists in 2001 to 2,70,000 in 2021 will be 1 to 3 aircrafts. These could also be shared with the adjoining Northeast states. Thus the investment will range from Rs. 500 Crores in 2002 to Rs.1500 Crores in 2021. Employment Generation: Average 450 persons per aircraft. Thus 450 to 1350 persons may be employed between 2002 and 2021. • Other Transport (Railway & Road): The majority of the tourists will depend on these transport system. Intra state transport will be also through these means. The needs for the number of tourists from 33,000 to 2,70,000 over the next 20 years will be approximately 1 % per day. Thus approximate requirements will be 6 buses (2/3 passengers) and 25 jeeps/taxis (1/3 passengers) in 2002, increasing to 50 buses and 200 jeeps/taxis in 2021. The investment will range from Rs. 300 lakhs (2002) to Rs. 2500 lakhs (2021) Employment Generation: Average 6 persons per bus and 3 persons per jeep/taxi. Thus approximately 100 to 900 persons may get employment in this sector between 2002 and 2021. This employment will be mostly for local people. The requirements of investment in the development of rail linkage and subsequent employment generation cannot be predicted at this stage, however it will be considerably economical venture. • Foreign Exchange: For 10 lakh tourists, average foreign exchange earning from visitor spending will be US $ 9900 lakhs i.e. Rs. 4,356 Crores and from aviation US $ 4400 lakhs i.e. Rs. 1936 Crores. At present the number of foreign tourists to Mizoram is very negligible (approx. 1 %). With more emphasis on the tourism development and conscious efforts to attract foreign tourists this may improve to 5 % over the next 20 years. Thus foreign exchange earning will be to the tune of Rs. 1 Crore (visitor spending) and Rs. 0.4 Crores (aviation) in 2002, which may increase to Rs. 4 Crores (visitor spending) and Rs. 1 Crore (aviation) in 2021. This may look negligible but the importance of foreign exchange earnings goes much beyond the figures and special efforts must be made to improve this position. The overall costing of the Tourism Development in Mizoram under this 20 years perspective plan has been worked out as Block Estimate in the chapter 13. The total outlay of the Perspective Plan over the next 20 years (2002 – 2021), amounts to Rs. 270 Crores, i.e. approximately Rs. 13.5 Crores per year. The Perspective Plan proposal envisages about 30 % investment from the Government (Central and State) Sector and 70 % investment from the private sector. The Projects will be self-supporting, thus taking care of the recurring costs and future maintenance and up-gradation costs. The growth rate will be low in the preliminary years (up to 5 years), however depending on the initiative and other socio-economic conditions in the Northeast region, the growth rate could increase substantially and the state will accrue all the benefits. Some benefits are direct and could be quantified. However, in the tourism sector major benefits are indirect and cannot be quantified at a preliminary stage. A few salient benefits are as under: • It has been estimated that in tourism sector, the investment of Rs. 10 lakhs creates about 58 jobs. Thus Mizoram Tourism has potential to create approx. 7830 jobs every year, on the implementation of the Perspective Plan. • In addition to the job/employment generation directly in the tourism sector, the tourism development also creates opportunities for self- employment in service sector e.g. booking counters, information counters, STD booths, Cyber centres, tourist guides, tourism transport, taxi service, courier service etc. • Tourism as a source of income is not easy to measure because of the multiplier effect. The flow of money generated by tourist spending multiplies as it passes through various sections of the economy through the operation of the multiplier effect. • Tourism Development opens avenues for tourist destination development and also the surrounding region enhancement. This gives opportunity for small entrepreneurs to initiate business like fast food stalls, handicraft centres, village resorts, landscape contractors, civil contractors etc. • Tourism Development becomes ongoing process and provides opportunities to professional consultants to provide their skills/expertise in an innovative way e.g. graphic designers, commercial artists, landscape designers, architects, script writers, film/documentary producers, web designers etc. • Tourism development opens avenues of socio-economic development in rural and backward areas. • Tourists contribute to tax revenues both directly through sales tax and indirectly through property, profits and income tax. • In general, tourism development brings in the feeling of cultural pride and at the same time brings in social and cultural integration with the national and international communities. • Due to diverse positive effects of tourism development the overall infrastructure, socio-economics, commerce and environment of the state and the region also gets impetus. • The emphasis in tourism development like Eco-tourism, Heritage conservation, Wildlife tourism, adventure tourism etc. brings in the sense of environmental conservation in the society. 6. Employment Generation from Tourism Development in Mizoram There is great potential for creating enormous number of new jobs through travel and tourism. The employment potential is the highest in the tourism sector as compared to any other sector and India has the potential to more than triple its travel and tourism jobs. WTTC had estimated that in the year 1999 travel and tourism was expected to generate almost 200 million jobs across the world economy. It further expected that over 8 % of all jobs worldwide would depend on travel and tourism in 1999 and that the industry would support the creation of over 5.5 million jobs per year over the next decade. In this decade up to 2010, employment in travel and tourism is expected to grow at 2.6 % per annum. The majority of jobs associated with travel and tourism tend to come in the form of direct service jobs in tourist related facilities and attractions at the destinations and in tourist generating areas. However, the bulk of the jobs are in tourist destinations e.g. accommodation sector, travel intermediaries, restaurants, shops, travel enterprises etc. In addition, employment opportunities are also available in other sectors, such as manufacturing and transport services, banking, agriculture and fisheries. Many of these jobs are created in backward areas where few employment opportunities are available. Tourism Industry is a highly labour intensive service industry and is a valuable source of employment. It employs large number of people and provides a wide range of jobs which extend from the unskilled to the highly specialises. In addition to those involved in management, there are a large number of specialist personnel required to work as accountants, housekeepers, waiters, cooks and entertainers who in turn need large number of semi skilled workers such as porters, chambermaids, kitchen staff, gardeners etc. Tourism is also responsible for creating employment outside the industry such as furnishing and equipment industry, souvenir industry, textile and handicraft industry, farming and food supply and also construction industry. Thus to quantify employment potential of tourism development in a region is not easy and here also Employment Multiplier effect has to be considered. The tourism industry has a very strong linkage to socio-economic progress of the country. It has a very high revenue capital ratio. It is estimated that an investment of Rs. 10 lakhs creates 47 direct jobs and 11 indirect jobs, which far surpasses the employment potential from Agricultural and Industrial sector. • The total outlay of the Perspective Plan over the next 20 years (2002 – 2021), amounts to Rs. 270 Crores, i.e. approximately Rs. 13.5 Crores per year. • It has been estimated that in tourism sector, the investment of Rs. 10 lakhs creates about 58 jobs. Thus Mizoram Tourism has potential to create approx. 7830 jobs every year, on the implementation of the Perspective Plan. • In addition to the job/employment generation directly in the tourism sector, the tourism development also creates opportunities for self- employment in service sector e.g. booking counters, information counters, STD booths, Cyber centres, tourist guides, tourism transport, taxi service, courier service etc. The effect of Employment Multiplier will be enormous in the underdeveloped state like Mizoram. • There will be tremendous opportunity in the secondary employment sector, which provides bulk, services to tourism industry e.g. construction industry, farming and food production, furnishing and equipment suppliers, professionals and consultants etc. The present status of economy of Mizoram is quite dismal. The basic economy is agricultural economy, which is seasonal and unpredictable. The other sector that provides employment opportunities is the Government Service Sector, which also has stagnated. The state does not have potential for industrial development to provide large employment opportunities. Even the business opportunities are limited due to the geographical isolation of the state from the country and also due to socio-economic problems of the region. Mizoram has tremendous natural resources and they need to be conserved for its overall enhancement in a long term. Considering all these factors, Tourism Development based on strong emphasis of Eco-tourism will be the best opportunity for the socio-economical upliftment of the state of Mizoram. 7. Year wise projections of the Direct / Indirect benefits & Employment Generation a) Direct Benefits: This is the net value addition due to the increased tourist spending as a result of increased number of tourist arrivals in the state. Due to the creation of additional facilities and infrastructure, the average expenditure of a tourist would increase. The spending pattern of the tourist is assumed to remain unchanged during the plan period. The amounts spent by the tourists are the receipts, which form the direct output of the plan. The factors to compute the direct benefits are as under: • The number of foreign tourists is very negligible (1%) and may not change without special efforts. Therefore the combined average expenditure is worked out • The projected tourist arrivals in the state as a result of interventions is as shown at the table no. 8 – Trends & Projections of Tourist Arrivals in Chapter 7 • Average per day per capita expenditure of tourists (domestic/foreign combined) in Mizoram is estimated as Rs. 2000/- • Average duration of stay of tourist is assumed to be 5 days • The percentage change in the Whole Sale Price (WSP) Index is assumed as 5% per year Table 15: Average Per Capita Per Day Tourist Expenditure: Year % Change of WSP Average Per Capita Expenditure (Rs.) 2002-03 5 % 2000 2003-04 5 % 2100 2004-05 5 % 2205 2005-06 5 % 2315 2006-07 5 % 2431 2007-08 5 % 2553 2008-09 5 % 2680 2009-10 5 % 2814 2010-11 5 % 2955 2011-12 5 % 3103 2012-13 5 % 3258 2013-14 5 % 3421 2014-15 5 % 3592 2015-16 5 % 3771 2016-17 5 % 3960 2017-18 5 % 4158 2018-19 5 % 4366 2019-20 5 % 4584 2020-21 5 % 4813 2021-22 5 % 5054 Table 16: Direct Economic Benefit from Projected Tourist Arrivals: (For Direct Value Added, factor 0.3854 is considered. Source: Dr. Raveendran, 1993) Year Tourist Inflow Expenditure per Tourist for 5 days Direct Receipts (Rs. Crores) Direct Value Added (Factor 0.3854) Rs, Crores Direct Benefit (Rs. Crores) 1 2 3 4 5 6 (4+5) 2002-03 33000 5 x 2000 33.00 12.72 45.72 2003-04 36300 5 x 2100 38.12 14.69 52.81 2004-05 39930 5 x 2205 44.02 16.97 60.99 2005-06 43923 5 x 2315 50.84 19.59 70.43 2006-07 48315 5 x 2431 58.73 22.63 81.36 2007-08 53147 5 x 2553 67.84 26.15 93.99 2008-09 58462 5 x 2680 78.34 30.19 108.53 2009-10 64308 5 x 2814 90.48 34.87 125.35 2010-11 70738 5 x 2955 104.52 40.28 144.80 2011-12 77812 5 x 3103 120.73 46.53 167.26 2012-13 89484 5 x 3258 145.77 56.18 201.95 2013-14 102906 5 x 3421 176.02 67.84 243.86 2014-15 118342 5 x 3592 212.54 81.91 294.45 2015-16 136094 5 x 3771 256.61 98.90 355.51 2016-17 156508 5 x 3960 309.89 119.43 429.32 2017-18 179984 5 x 4158 374.19 144.21 518.40 2018-19 206981 5 x 4366 451.84 174.14 625.98 2019-20 238029 5 x 4584 545.56 210.26 755.82 2020-21 273733 5 x 4813 658.74 253.88 912.62 2021-22 314793 5 x 5054 795.48 306.58 1102.06 b) Indirect Benefits: The Indirect Benefits arise out of the multiplier effect of tourist spending as different segments of the tourist industry purchase commodities and services from other sectors of economy. The additional output produced in other sectors of the economy by the chain of inter-industry spending is the indirect output of tourism. The indirect benefits can be computed by using the output multiplier as 1.058 and income multiplier as 1.412 (Source: Dr. Raveendran, 1993). Table 17: Indirect Economic Benefits from Projected Tourist Arrivals (In Rs. Crores): Year Direct Receipts Direct Value Added Output Col.2 X 1.058 Value Added Col.3 X 1.412 Total Col. 4 + Col. 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 2002-03 33.00 12.72 34.91 17.96 52.87 2003-04 38.12 14.69 39.18 20.74 59.92 2004-05 44.02 16.97 46.57 23.96 70.53 2005-06 50.84 19.59 53.79 27.66 81.45 2006-07 58.73 22.63 62.14 31.95 94.09 2007-08 67.84 26.15 71.77 36.92 108.69 2008-09 78.34 30.19 82.88 42.63 125.51 2009-10 90.48 34.87 95.73 49.24 144.97 2010-11 104.52 40.28 110.58 56.88 167.46 2011-12 120.73 46.53 127.73 65.70 193.43 2012-13 145.77 56.18 154.22 79.33 233.55 2013-14 176.02 67.84 186.23 95.79 282.02 2014-15 212.54 81.91 224.87 115.66 340.53 2015-16 256.61 98.90 271.49 139.65 411.14 2016-17 309.89 119.43 327.86 168.64 496.50 2017-18 374.19 144.21 395.89 203.62 599.51 2018-19 451.84 174.14 478.05 245.89 723.94 2019-20 545.56 210.26 577.20 296.89 874.09 2020-21 658.74 253.88 696.95 358.48 1055.43 2021-22 795.48 306.58 841.62 432.89 1274.51 c) Cost Benefit Analysis: The following table gives the cost benefit analysis of the Perspective Plan, which has been proposed. The investments for the tourism development are as per the Phase Development and the Block Estimate (Chapters 12 & 13). Table 18: Cost Benefit Analysis of the Perspective Plan for Mizoram Tourism Year Direct Benefits Indirect Benefits Total Cost Investment Net Incremental Benefits 1 2 3 4 5 6 2002-03 45.72 52.87 98.59 25.00 73.59 2003-04 52.81 59.92 112.73 25.00 87.73 2004-05 60.99 70.53 131.52 32.00 99.52 2005-06 70.43 81.45 151.88 32.00 119.88 2006-07 81.36 94.09 175.45 16.00 159.45 2007-08 93.99 108.69 202.68 16.00 186.68 2008-09 108.53 125.51 234.04 11.50 222.54 2009-10 125.35 144.97 270.32 11.50 258.82 2010-11 144.80 167.46 312.26 11.00 301.26 2011-12 167.26 193.43 360.69 11.00 349.69 2012-13 201.95 233.55 435.50 10.75 424.75 2013-14 243.86 282.02 525.88 10.75 515.13 2014-15 294.45 340.53 634.98 10.25 624.73 2015-16 355.51 411.14 766.65 10.25 756.40 2016-17 429.32 496.50 925.82 7.75 918.07 2017-18 518.40 599.51 1117.91 7.75 1110.16 2018-19 625.98 723.94 1349.92 7.75 1342.17 2019-20 755.82 874.09 1629.91 7.75 1622.16 2020-21 912.62 1055.43 1968.05 6.50 1961.55 2021-22 1102.06 1274.51 2376.57 6.50 2370.07 d) Employment Generation: Tourism is a labour intensive industry. The publication of ESCAP on the Economic Impact of Tourism in India (as referred in the Report of the Working Group on Tourism for the Ninth Plan) indicated that 1.2 International visits provide employment to one person, while 17 domestic tourists generate on employment. By using these values the projection of direct employment has been shown in the following table. Since the presence of foreign tourist is not likely to be very significant in Mizoram, the combined number is considered for this evaluation as domestic tourists and the ratio is slightly modified 15 tourists for 1 employment. Table 19: Generation of Direct Employment on Implementation of the Perspective Plan for Mizoram: Year Additional Tourist Inflow Direct Employment (15 tourists for 1 employment) 2002-03 33000 2200 2003-04 36300 2420 2004-05 39930 2662 2005-06 43923 2928 2006-07 48315 3221 2007-08 53147 3543 2008-09 58462 3897 2009-10 64308 4287 2010-11 70738 4715 2011-12 77812 5187 2012-13 89484 5965 2013-14 102906 6860 2014-15 118342 7889 2015-16 136094 9072 2016-17 156508 10433 2017-18 179984 11998 2018-19 206981 13798 2019-20 238029 15868 2020-21 273733 18248 2021-22 314793 20986 CHAPTER – 10 COMMUNITY & WOMEN’S PARTICIPATION Mizo community is heavily dependent on agricultural economy, particularly jhoom cultivation. This labour intensive agriculture provides enough just for subsistence. On the other hand, this practice has destroyed the natural wealth of the state. The agriculture in Mizoram is very much seasonal and people remain occupied in the laborious process for a long time without any returns. The rugged terrain does not allow much scope for any other type of industrial or development activity. In this sense, tourism that is a labour intensive, non- polluting, fast growing and income generating industry is an excellent option for Mizoram. The success of Tourism Development in the state like Mizoram particularly, will hinge on the local participation. Mizoram already has a strong sector of Voluntary Organisations (See Appendix – aa). The women and youth in Mizoram are also very active, outgoing and full of enthusiasm. This potential can be tapped for multiple purposes. It will achieve employment generation in the otherwise deprived section of the society, will allow the government activity of tourism development to grow like efficient business and at the same time will bring in the feeling of ownership amongst the local people. Community Participation: The tourism development is a complex activity and the Tourism Department cannot carry it out successfully on its own. It requires collaboration with various departments, agencies and private individuals. Tourism Development has two major components, creation of infrastructure and management. Though the first part of creation of infrastructure is looked after by the Tourism Department quite satisfactorily, the second part of management becomes difficult and uneconomical. The effort to involve people at such fragile stage does not succeed since people can foresee losses. They also do not feel as a part of the whole effort. The strategy, therefore, should be to attempt community involvement right at an inception stage of a project. It is obvious that such an effort may not be feasible and appropriate for all projects. Some important sectors where such projects could be tried are Handicraft Centres, Cultural Centres, Restaurants, Service Centres (phone, internet etc.), Tourist Information Centres, Rural Tourism / Resorts, Tourist guides for Adventure Tourism, village houses as pensions near important tourist destinations etc. Mizoram Tourism should initiate the strategy through different methods. The most efficient and simple method will be to invite and involve genuine and reputed Voluntary Organisations. This involvement should be right from the planning stage of the project. The proposal should be worked out in the most transparent manner so that the participants feel comfortable. The scope of participation and the terms of reference should be drafted jointly and carefully. An undertaking / bond should be obtained from them as their commitment to this joint venture. This should be treated like a partnership business and the community should not only be offered share of profits, but also should be given incentives. This can be a Joint Tourism Management Project (JTMP). The success of the JTMP will depend on the freedom, flexibility given to the participants and also on the healthy competition between the various JTMPs running different projects. Some smaller projects could be handed over to the individuals also, preferably from a deprived class like physically handicapped, senior citizens, unemployed youth, women etc. These projects will act like employment generation means and will also provide important service to the tourists. The best example for this category is the Telecom Facilities (STD / ISD booth). Even Tourist Information Counters could be run through this system. An attempt could also be made to offer some larger projects on a BOT basis to the organisations. These could be offered to Village Councils, Institutions etc. through invitation. The participatory activity in the tourism sector could relieve a lot of burden from the Tourism Department and it can use its time, experience and resources in creation of new destinations, publicity and innovative projects. Mizoram Tourism can initiate this activity of JTMP immediately with excellent incentives offered to the participants including financial assistance through the banks and financial institutions. This activity is a self-sustaining since it does not require major investments / establishments from the government. Women’s Participation: The community participation through JTMP should be also complemented with another concerted effort to ensure the participation of Women in the Tourism Development and Management. It is commendable that women in Mizoram are industrious, outgoing, full of enthusiasm and already in the forefront in many sectors. However, special opportunities must be created for their active involvement in the tourism sector. This is not necessarily to help them but also to help the tourism sector since it is in a need to have human resource with an aptitude of service and hospitality. The women should be encouraged, with due incentives to take major responsibilities to run some of the activities of the tourism department. Even here, they should be treated like equal business partners. The scope and terms of reference have to be worked out jointly and carefully. Additionally, a special effort must be made to ensure the employment of women staff in the Tourism Projects. The Department of Tourism, Mizoram should be proud to have a very decent gender ratio amongst the staff. The following table will give an idea of the present situation: Table 20: Women Staff in the Tourism Department REGULAR STAFF No. of Males No. of Females Total % Males % Females 55 26 81 67.9 32.1 CASUAL STAFF 52 26 78 66.67 33.33 TOTAL STAFF 107 52 159 67.3 32.7 This shows a very positive picture in the Tourism Department. However, a special attempt has to be made not only to improve this ratio up to 50 %, but also to attract individual women entrepreneurs to run various Restaurants, Handicraft Centres etc. An attempt must be made to invite proposals from individuals and organisations and liberal financial assistance could be offered through the banks and financial institutions. A specially designed ‘Women’s Tourism Project’ (WTP) should be initiated by Mizoram Tourism with immediate effect. In fact, Mizo women should be invited to prepare this innovative WTP. Fig. 12 – Mizo Women: Employment Generation: The participatory projects, both JTMP and WTP have potential to create enthusiasm amongst a large sector of Mizo society. This would reduce the burden of the tourism department substantially and in turn will create tremendous enhancement in the tourism business. This itself will have a multiplier effect to generate employment possibilities through various allied and dependent sectors. The Mizoram Tourism needs to emphasise this very positive aspect of the tourism industry to the state government to have sympathetic and liberal budget allocations in the Five Year Plans. It has to be strongly emphasised that Tourism Industry can change the face of Socio-economic condition of Mizoram in a decade with proper planning and initiative. CHAPTER – 11 PROPOSED STRATEGY & ACTION PLAN The Proposed Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development of Mizoram as detailed in the Chapter – 6 will be implemented according to a well designed Strategy and Action Plan. The general guidelines are discussed hereunder: PROPOSED STRATEGY: 1) Formation of the Tourism Council at the State Government level to oversee the implementation and progress of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development. This should include a senior representative of Village Councils. This may also include a senior representative of the Department of Tourism, GOI 2) Formation of the Steering Committee at the Secretariat level to work out the detailed project development plan and delegate its implementation. This should include representatives of Village Councils and Women 3) Formation of the Co-ordinating Committee at the Tourism Department level to obtain all the approvals from the central and state government and work out detailed implementation plan and supervise the project work 4) Appointment of Professional Consultants to prepare the Master Plans and the Detailed Feasibility Reports (DFR) for specific projects 5) Appointment of Professional Consultants to work out detailed Project Plans and Estimates for various projects according to the DFR 6) Appointment of Agencies to implement the Projects according to the detailed project plans, guidelines and specifications 7) Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation of the progress of various projects 8) Quarterly assessment of the Projects 9) Completion reports of the Projects 10) Appointment of Agencies to manage the completed Tourism Projects 11) Implementation of the Phased Development according to the Perspective Plan 12) Regular supervision, monitoring, reporting and documentation and assessment of the management progress of various Tourism Projects Annual Fiscal Assessment of the Project Work 13) Annual Fiscal and Technical Audit of the Project Work through Professional Consultants 14) Annual Overall Assessment PROPOSED ACTION PLAN: 1. Technical approval of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development by the Central and State Governments 2. Organisation of a Seminar (3 / 5 days, in Mizoram) for the detailed presentation of the Perspective Plan followed with discussion, brainstorming and strategic action to launch the Tourism Development Project. The participants will include all those involved in the planning and implementation process and also the stakeholders i.e. tourism related entrepreneurs, voluntary organisations and local people. This will be organised by the Mizoram Tourism within 3 months of the approval. 3. Formation of all the advisory, controlling, supervising, co-ordinating and implementing committees should take place within 3 months of the approval and the committee members will be the participants of the abovementioned seminar. These committees would have met at least once before the seminar. 4. The committees will finalise the prioritisation of the projects for the first five years and initiate the further action for the implementation of those projects. This decision should be taken within 6 months of the approval. 5. The appointments of Professional Consultants for the individual projects, which have been prioritised by the committees. This process should be completed within 6 months of the approval so that the Consultants commence the work of preparation of the Master Plan and the DFR in the 7th month 6. The Consultants complete and submit the Master Plan and the DFR of the respective Tourism Projects within 12 months of the approval. These reports will be prepared with close intermittent interaction with the Tourism Department. 7. The Committees will approve the Master Plan and the DFR of various projects and initiate further action to make financial provision for the implementation and also to appoint the Consultants to prepare the detailed Project Plans and Estimates. This action will be taken within 15 months of the approval. 8. In the meanwhile, the committees will form Working Groups within the Tourism Department to co-ordinate and implement action on the specific heads e.g. Finance, Programmes, Publicity, New projects, Up-gradation and Maintenance, Liaison, Administration etc. These Working Groups will be delegated with certain authority and responsibility for the implementation of the approved work. 9. The Working Groups will be also given the responsibility of certain projects within the Perspective Plan, which could be implemented in-house by the Tourism Department. The implementation action on such projects will commence within 6 months of the approval. 10. The Consultants will complete and submit the detailed Project Plans and Estimates within 18 months of the approval. The Committees will assess and initiate these projects for implementation within 24 months of the approval. 11. The Agencies will be appointed for the implementation of the projects. The Project works will commence immediately and shall be completed within 36 months of the approval. 12. The Committees will continue regular monitoring and assessment in consultation with the Professional Consultants. The Project Works will be phased out so that they are manageable for the annual progress and also are within the budgetary provision. 13. The routine work and activities of the Tourism Department will continue through the Working Groups of the Tourism Department. This work will also be regularly monitored and assessed by the Committees and Consultants. 14. The Committees will carry out annual Fiscal and Technical audit of the Project Work in progress. Necessary modifications and corrective actions will be taken based on these reports. The prevailing circumstances from time to time may also compel certain modifications in the strategy and action plan. 15. The further progress of the Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development will continue with the similar strategy according to the phase wise development plan as detailed in the Chapter – 12. CHAPTER – 12 PROPOSED PHASED DEVELOPMENT The Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development of the State of Mizoram is envisioned for the next 20 years. Such a large and broad visionary plan requires to be phased out in a systematic manner for its realistic detailed planning and implementation. The biennial phased development is proposed starting from the approval of the Perspective Plan. General guidelines for such a Phased Development is discussed hereunder: 1. Year 1 & 2: Preliminary administrative planning for the implementation of the Perspective Plan and commencement of the implementation process, Up-gradation of the existing infrastructure, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design, Research etc., Preparation of the Master Plan and DFR for five prioritised projects, Preparation of the detailed Project Plans and Estimates for the five prioritised projects, Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, Rural Tourism – I, Urban Tourism – I, Staff Training. Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 10.00, Publicity – 3.00, Human Resource – 3.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 4.00, Product Development – 20.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 50.00 Crores 2. Year 3 & 4: Zakhawthar / Tiau River / Rih Dil Lake Project, Tourism Festivals, Up-gradation of the existing infrastructure, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, Staff Training, New Tourist Lodges Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 10.00, Publicity – 3.00, Human Resource – 1.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 10.00, Product Development – 30.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 64.00 Crores 3. Year 5 & 6: Eco-tourism / Wildlife / Adventure Tourism Projects, Handicraft / Agriculture Centre at Thenzawl, Up-gradation of the existing infrastructure, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, Staff Training, New Tourist Lodges Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 5.00, Publicity – 1.00, Human Resource – 1.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 5.00, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 32.00 Crores 4. Year 7 & 8: Tlabung / Khawthlang Tuipui River Region Project, Defence Tourism, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, New Tourist Lodges Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 1.00, Publicity – 1.00, Tourism Infrastructure – 1.00, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 23.00 Crores 5. Year 9 & 10: Cultural Tourism at International / Interstate Junctions, Geography / Astronomy Centre at Tropic of Cancer, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, New Tourist Lodges Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Publicity – 0.50, Tourism Infrastructure – 1.00, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 22.00 Crores 6. Year 11 & 12: Water Tourism, Regional Nature Parks, Privatisation Process, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Publicity – 0.50, Tourism Infrastructure –0.50, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 21.50 Crores 7. Year 13 & 14: Heritage Tourism, Tourism Circuit – Heritage, Privatisation Process, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 20.50 Crores 8. Year 15 & 16: Tourism Circuit – Wildlife, Privatisation Process, Landscape Design, Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Product Development – 10.00, Misc. – 5.00 thus Total – Rs. 15.50 Crores 9. Year 17 & 18: Tourism Circuit – River tourism, Privatisation Process, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, Staff Training Approx. Investment: Basic Infrastructure – 0.50, Product Development – 5.00, Misc. – 10.00 thus Total – Rs. 15.50 Crores 10. Year 19 & 20: Tourism Circuit – International Border / Interstate, Privatisation Process, Landscape Design, Publicity, Signage and Graphic Design etc., Computerisation, Booking Agents, Information Centres, Tourism Clubs, Staff Training Approx. Investment: Product Development – 6.00, Misc. – 7.00 thus Total – Rs. 13.00 Crores NOTE: The planning process will continue throughout since the projects will be further phased out according to the budget availability. Up-gradation process will continue for the first five years. The other activity-based projects will continue throughout. CHAPTER – 13 BLOCK ESTIMATE & FEASIBILITY The Block Estimate is worked out to give overall idea of the financial involvement of this Perspective Plan. However, it is just indicative and could vary based on the circumstances, fluctuations, inflation and further amendments as per the details of the Project. The estimate does not include recurring costs. Table 21: Block Estimate S.No. Item Approx. Qty. Rate Amount (In Lakhs) I BASIC INFRASTRUCTURE 1 Up-gradation of Infrastructure: Average built up area per T. Lodge – 800 Sq. M. X 15 Nos. 12000 Sq. M. 2500 300 2 Up-gradation, Construction of roads (2 lane) up to the tourists destinations / infrastructure 50.00 Kms 4000000 2000 3 Up-gradation / maintenance of Vehicles – 5 Jeeps & 2 buses 10 years 1000000 100 4 New vehicles – Jeeps, Mini buses & maintenance 10 Nos 1000000 100 5 Landscape & Environment Design 50 Sites 600000 300 2800 II PUBLICITY / MARKETING 6 Signage & Hoardings 200 Nos 50000 100 7 Publicity, Literature etc. 20 years 1000000 200 8 Computerisation & Information Technology 20 years 2000000 400 9 Information Counters 20 Nos 500000 100 10 Programmes, Activities 20 years 500000 100 900 III HUMAN RESOURCE / RESEARCH 11 Documentation & Research of Cultural Heritage 3 years Lump sum 100 12 Capacity Building, Staff Training 20 years 2000000 400 500 IV TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE 13 Cultural Centres in Metro cities 5 Nos 10000000 500 14 New Wayside Toilets / 20 Nos 1000000 200 Amenities 15 New Tourist Lodges 15 Nos 10000000 1500 2200 V PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 16 Urban Tourism 2 Cities 100000000 2000 17 International Coll. Projects 2 Nos 100000000 2000 18 Tourism Festivals – 2 nos 20 years 1000000 200 19 New Large Projects 15 Nos 50000000 7500 20 Tourism Circuits 4 Nos 10000000 400 12100 21 Total 18500 22 Unforeseen 10 % 1850 23 Contingencies 5 % 925 24 Inflation 10 % 1850 25 Administrative Expenses 10 % 1850 26 Consultancy Fees 10 % 1850 27 GRAND TOTAL 26825 SAY APPROX. 27000 THE BLOCK ESTIMATE: RS. TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY CRORES ONLY FEASIBILITY OF THE PROJECT: The Block Estimate shows the total Perspective Plan Outlay for 20 years is approximately around Rs. 270 Crores only. After looking at the item heads and also the strategic approach following points need specific mention: 1. The items 1 to 5 covering the Basic Infrastructure amount to Rs.28.00 Crores, which is approx. 10.37 % of the total cost 2. The items 6 to 10 covering the Publicity and Marketing amount to Rs. 9.00 Crores, which is approx. 3.33 % of the total cost 3. The items 11 & 12 covering Human Resource Development & Research amount to Rs. 5 Crores, which is approx. 1.85 % of the total cost 4. The items 13 to 15 covering Tourism Infrastructure, some of which is in the pipeline and awaiting approval amount to Rs. 22 Crores, which is approx. 8.15 % of the total cost 5. The items 16 to 20 covering new innovative Tourism Product Development amounts to Rs. 121 Crores which is approx. 44.81 % of the total cost 6. The items 25 & 26 covering Administrative and Consultancy expenses amount to Rs. 37.00 Crores, which is approx. 13.7 % of the total cost The major item in this Plan is the new innovative Product Development projects, which takes about 44.81 % of the total outlay. Considering the strategy already mentioned in the earlier chapters for these projects, it is clear that these projects will be collaborative projects, likely to be sponsored by various other departments and funding agencies. The Mizoram Tourism will have to invest its time and preliminary expenses for the preparation of the detailed proposals, which will be about 20 % of the cost of these projects i.e. 8.96 % of the total cost. This could be manageable within the resources provided by the state and also assistance provided by the central government. The Publicity & Marketing activities take about 3.33 % of the total cost which is also manageable within the resources of the state government complemented with other sponsorships. The costs of Basic Infrastructure including up-gradation of existing infrastructure, creating new service infrastructure and new projects (already in the pipeline and awaiting approval), which is about 10.37 % of the total cost amounting to approx. Rs. 28.00 Crores over the period of 20 years could be within the budgetary provision of the Ministry of Tourism, GOI. Under the present allocation, the special provision for the 8 states of Northeast region is Rs. 14.80 Crores i.e approx. Rs. 1.85 Crores per state. Thus the proposal of the Perspective Plan as worked out looks economically feasible. It is also envisaged that there will be average 10 % annual increase in the tourist traffic due to these overall efforts. It may boost further more after 5 / 10 years. The overall increase by 100 % in the next 10 years will itself make the Mizoram Tourism a profit-making department. At present level also, they have almost managed to cover the recurring costs. We feel that the Perspective Plan will not only be economically feasible but also will make the Tourism Development in Mizoram very sustainable. CHAPTER – 14 CONCLUSION Mizoram Tourism has over a short span created substantial tourism infrastructure in this remote and rugged region in spite of a lot of difficulties. The efforts are really commendable. However, these efforts are not sufficient since the Department is totally dependent on the central assistance for the creation of this infrastructure. The state assistance is just bear minimum enough to cover the recurring costs marginally. The approach for the tourism development has also remained monotonous. Mizoram is fortunate to have natural beauty as a major asset for the tourism. The sites selected for the Tourist Facilities are also picturesque and deserve merit. However, that is not enough to attract large tourism and make the development sustainable. The proposed Perspective Plan for the Tourism Development in Mizoram takes into consideration all these facts and recommends new and innovative complementary concepts without too much of financial liabilities. Mizoram Tourism will get a tremendous boost due to these innovative large projects, which have varied character and could attract tourist from varied interests. It is also possible to attract tourists to Mizoram at multiple times because of these diverse activities and attractions. Wonderful nature, lush green hills, traditional music and smiling faces of Mizo people will be there all the times as an interesting backdrop for the new proposals. This will make Mizoram Tourism unique. Mizoram state, like the others in the Northeast Region, has to deal with various difficulties, infrastructure hurdles and socio-political problems. These are beyond the control of one single state. It will take sometime to resolve these issues, when tourism in the region will start growing. The Perspective Plan envisages this and attempts to make the Tourism Department act like a catalyst to augment the tourism potential of the state. Over the years, tourism will be a community activity in Mizoram with the Mizoram Tourism taking a role of the initiator and facilitator. We feel confident that Mizoram Tourism will bring in the Flamboyant Sunrise over Mizoram in the near future. APPENDICES APPENDIX – a GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED BY STATE GOVTS / UTS FOR PREPARATION OF 20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLANS i) A perspective plan with a time frame of 20 years needs to be developed for developing sustainable tourism giving year-wise phasing of investment having regard to the resources available. Department of Tourism shall provide Central financial assistance for this purpose subject to the maximum of Rs.20.00 lakhs. ii) The Plan should indicate short-term and long-term plans, targets and ground realities. iii) The Plan should indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies clearly indicating the time frame for each activity. iv) The Plan should be able to assess the existing tourism scenario in the State/Union Territory with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of: * Natural resources; * Heritage and other socio-cultural assets; * Quantitative/demographic factors like population, employment, occupation, income levels etc. * Services and infrastructure already available. v) The Plan should review the status of existing development/investment plans of schemes for the development of tourism in the region. vi) The Plan should list and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centres and categorise them on the basis of inventory of attractions, infrastructure availability, degree of popularity, volume of traffic flow etc. vii) The Plan should analyse and categorise existing/potential destinations and centres, as a stand-alone destination, part of a circuit and/or as major attractions for special interests groups, etc. viii) The Plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations/centre in terms of quality of roads/transportation facilities, civic amenities, enroute transit facilities, boarding and lodging facilities etc. ix) The Plan should be able to broadly assess traffic flow to identified destinations & centres for assessment of infrastructure requirements taking into account past growth trends, suggested linkages and integration, future expected developments including likely investments by the State and investment climate/incentive for the private sector, etc. x) The Plan should attempt and arrive at an indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure development under different heads and to prioritise investment needs by drawing up a phased investment plan covering the next 20 years. xi) The Plan should identify the existing as well as new tourism projects including projects for expansion/augmentation, up gradation of facilities and services destinations & centres, which have potential for development. xii) The Plan should undertake product conceptualisation cum feasibility exercise inter-alia for identified projects covering aspects like locational evaluation, schematic product planning & conceptualisation including quantification of individual project parameters, assessment of overall investment levels and of project viability cum feasibility study exercises etc. xiii) The Plan should prepare an action plan for implementation of identified potential development schemes/projects/products and for development of infrastructure in conformity with the policy objectives & guidelines provided by the concerned state/central agencies/departments and the requirements of national development and funding agencies. The overall development plan to also take into accounts WTO’s Bali declaration on tourism development. xiv) The Plan should include Project-wise potential for employment generation; a reasonable percentage of potential employment is to be reserved for women. xv) The Plan should indicate the actual and the projected number of domestic and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place. xvi) Prioritise the scheme on the basis of employment potential of the project and the tourist arrivals at the proposed place. xvii) An inventory of existing infrastructure facilities (including paying guest facility) is to be made; after which, the proposed infrastructure needs to be split up into various segments concerning different State Government Departments, such as PWD, Forest, Culture, Handicrafts etc., and dovetailed with the Tourism Plans. xviii) Since the Perspective Plan would be used for external assistance, it would be desirable to suggest State tourism projects to foreign funding agencies for financial assistance; each project has to be properly scrutinised and finalised accordingly. xix) Other sources of funding such as loans from the Financial Institutions, the Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) etc., need to be explored. Besides, proper incentives need to be suggested for private sector participation. xx) Further the available institutional machinery in the State to oversee/coordinate the development of tourism infrastructure has to be specifically suggested. xxi) Facilities for performance by local artists; cultural troupes should be built into the perspective plan. xxii) Cultural complexes can be suggested with the financial help from the State Department of Culture and later made economically viable on pattern of Dilli Haat. xxiii) Handicraft shops should be suggested at various tourist places; these could be run by women. xxiv) Perspective plan should include potential developing health resorts at/near the tourist places. Yoga classes, nature cure facilities, ayurvedic system of medicines should be available at these places to attract tourists. xxv) Consultant preparing the perspective plan should be asked to give an executive summary of the plan along with the report. xxvi) The perspective plans should incorporate attractive packages/schemes to attract private sector investment. xxvii) It is necessary that the environmental issues are dealt with in sufficient details and environmental impact assessment studies made in respect of all new projects. xxviii) The perspective plans should include carrying capacity studies, instruments of spatial and land use planning, instruments of architectural controls for restoration of old properties and construction of new ones in old towns and cities, strategy for local community participation and protection of cultural identity, awareness programmes for local participation and local commitment to the project. xxix) Measures necessary for mitigating the adverse environmental impacts and rehabilitating the tourist places already environmentally damaged should be incorporated in the perspective plans. xxx) The perspective plan should include strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties owned by the State and the State Tourism Corporation. APPENDIX – b QUESTIONNAIRE NAME: DESIGNATION: OFFICE ADDRESS: PHONE NO. E-MAIL ADD: A Potential identification: 1. Name 5 Places of Tourist Interest in your State 2. Name 5 Places of Tourist Interest in your neighbouring States? 3. How many places of the above have you visited? 4. Categorise the above places under following heads: Archaeological Pilgrimage Nature Adventure Leisure Health B Information & publicity: 5. How did you come to know of these places? Newspaper Television Internet Travel Agent Relatives Tourism Office 6. Where did you get detailed information regarding the above places? Travel Agent Relatives Tourism Office 7. Do you think the information available was enough? If not, what was lacking? 8. Which festival/cultural programme is arranged by Dept. of Tourism? 9. Did you go on a tour through Travel Agent? If yes, give the name 10. Were the services offered by the Travel Agent satisfactory? C Accessibility: 11. How will you rate these tourist places on the basis of their road / railway / airways linkages? Good Average Bad 12. Rate the quality of vehicles / mode of transport available: Good Average _ Bad _ 13. Did you experience any hazard disrupting your travel? If yes, which? 14. Did you have to complete any entry formalities? If yes, how many days did it require for processing? 15. Did you travel by any vehicle of the Dept. of Tourism? D Services: 16. Which of the following facilities was available en-route to your tourist destination? Toilet Food _ Phone Medicines 17. How do you rate the quality? Good Average _ Poor 18. At which place did you utilise transit accommodation during your travel? 19. Did you find any difficulties for Senior Citizens or Physically Handicapped persons during travel? If yes, elaborate. 20. Were tourist guide services and on site tourist information available? E Hospitality: 21. Where did you stay during your travel / tour? Pvt. hotels Dept. of Tourism hotels Relatives & friends 22. How was the quality of facilities available? Good Average Poor 23. How was the service? Good Average Poor 24. Where did you prefer to eat during your stay? At lodging facility outside eateries/restaurants 25. What type of food did you prefer? Local food traditional food 26. How was the quality of food? Good Satisfactory Poor 27. Was generator facility available in case of electricity/power failure? 28. Did you participate in any food festival? If yes, elaborate. 29. Were first aid/medical facilities available at the facilities? Yes No Not aware 30. Were recreation facilities available for children? F Security: 31. Did you feel insecure during your travel or destination? 32. Did you have to go through security checks? If yes, where? 33. Have you experienced any theft or robbery? 34. How do you find nature of security at the tourist place? Good Average Poor 35. Did you see any police station or police outpost in the vicinity of tourist destination? G Recreation: 36. Did you participate in any festival organised by the Tourism Dept. or local people? 37. What was the quality of the festival? Good Average Poor H Souvenir & Gifts: 38. Did you carry any souvenirs with you? What type? 39. Did you visit any State Emporium to see or buy traditional crafts? I Sustainability: 40. Will you visit the state again? 41. Will you recommend the visited tourist destinations to the others? 42. Rate your tour expenses as: Inexpensive moderate very expensive 43. Did you experience any difficulties for children, women, senior citizens, and handicapped persons? If yes, elaborate: J Environment: 44. Did you visit any National Park or Sanctuary? 45. Did you experience use of solar energy or any alternate energy sources in your travel/tour? 46. How was the garbage / sewage disposal systems at various tourist destinations? Poor------------- Average--------------Good---------------- K Finance: 47. Did you carry Credit Card, Travellers Cheques, cash for expenditure? 48. Were ATM easily available? Did you avail of this service? 49. Did you travel on LTC facility? 50. Did you acquire a holiday loan for travel? If yes, which bank? 50. Did you closely interact with local people? 51. Did you have any language problem? If yes, which area? 52. What is your preference for tourist destination? Archaeological Pilgrimage Nature Adventure Leisure Health 53. What is your approx. annual budget per person for travel? Up to Rs. 10,000/--------- up to Rs. 50,000/--------- above Rs. 50,000/------------ APPENDIX – c FORMAT FOR INTERVIEWS The questions will be pertaining to following topics: EXISTING PROPOSED 1 Potential identification 2 Information & publicity 3 Accessibility 4 Services 5 Hospitality 6 Security 7 Recreation 8 Souvenir & Gift generation 9 Sustainability 10 Employment generation 11 Environment friendly measures or Ecotourism practices 12. Human resources and public relations Potential identification 1. What are the criteria for identifying places as tourist destinations? 2. Are these destinations classified under various categories? If yes, which? 3. Are these destinations classified in conjunction with the Property owners, e.g. Forest Department, ASI, etc.? 4. Are privately owned properties identified as tourist destinations? 5. Are various tourist destinations scrutinized to de-list / upgrade their listing? 6. How many tourist destinations are added every year? 7. Are any special projects undertaken to develop new tourist destinations? Information & publicity 1. What kind of information is given regarding the tourist destinations? 2. Which information media is preferred? 3. Are different types of media used for various tourist destinations? If yes, how are they categorized? 4. Is there a separate cell for tourism information? If yes, i) What is the structure of the group? ii) Is the job privatised and given on consultancy basis? iii) How is the efficiency / out put of the group quantified? iv) Are the cells operative in major Indian cities? 5. Any special steps taken to utilize the information technology? 6. At what intervals / frequency is the information updated? 7. Any measures taken to receive feed back from tourist / clients with regards to information given? 8. Any regular events / festivals undertaken by the departments for publicity? 9. Any personalities associated with the publicity campaign? 10. Any regular international fairs / festivals participated in, for publicity? 11. Any promotional awards/ incentives associated with tourism publicity? 12. Any negative features perceived in existing tourism information and publicity? 13. Are there any statistics / data available as regards to the number, composition, age group and various other details of tourist already visited the destinations? 14. Are there any studies undertaken or projections made as regard to future expected tourist? 15. Are there any studies undertaken or data available as regard to potential international tourist or elitist tourist? 16. Which allied government departments or other private sectors promote state tourism? 17. Are there any collaborations with banks / financial institutions to provide for holiday loans to promote state tourism? 18. Are there any identified / short listed tour and travel agents to promote state tourism? 19. Is the Youth Hostel Associations functional and active in the state? 20. Are school, colleges and universities involved in the state tourism and its promotions? 21. What is the number of the international visitors to the state? Is their any data available regarding their purpose of visit? 22. Do Foreign Nationals visit for the purpose of trade / medical facilities / pilgrimage / immigration / family ties? Accessibility 1. Are all the tourist destinations accessible by good transport links? 2. Are all tourist destinations linked with minimum 2 transportation links? 3. How many destinations are, air linked? 4. Are any of the links disrupted / closed due to natural reasons such as rain, floods etc? 5. To how many destinations is the railway linked? 6. What percentage of roads connected to various tourist destinations can be classified as good roads? 7. Any major cases of road, rail, air, mishaps in the last 5 years, carrying tourist? 8. Any major cases of robbery, dacoity in the last 5 years, with regards to tourist? 9. Do visiting tourists have to complete any entry formalities? Are these relaxed in any special cases? 10. How many days does it require for processing tourist permissions? 11. Are nationals from any country, restricted from entering the state? 12. Does the department of tourism own any vehicles, purely for tourism transportation? Services 1. What kinds of public utility services are available en-route to various tourist destinations? 2. What is the maximum distance travelled to reach any tourist destinations? 3. What is the availability of STD, ISD, FAX and Internet facility? 4. What is the maximum capacity of public toilets provided? 5. Are these toilets self-sustainable or funded by the Government? 6. Do eating facilities serve both vegetarian and non-vegetarian food items? 7. Are there fast food counters en-route to major tourist destinations? 8. Which departments provide and maintain major amenities? 9. Do the airports have overnight staying facilities? 10. Do major airports and railway stations have booking facilities for stay and further travel? 11. Are there any privately owned (owned by trusties, NGOs etc.) public amenities? 12. How many privately owned and Government recognized eateries are in function along the tourist roads? 13. Is there Government Control over the quality of food served by the private eateries? 14. How many govt. first aid centres, health clinics are available, enroute to major tourist destinations? 15. What is the source of drinking water in government owned eateries, fast food centres, hotels etc. 16. It their any control over the quality of bottled water / soft drinks available? 17. Are the various facilities / amenities planned by the department barrier free? Hospitality 1. Are lodging and boarding (L & B) facilities available at every tourist destinations? If no, for what percentage is available? 2. Are there any star category facilities available? 3. Apart from the Government, which major private organizations provide for these facilities? 4. What is the general occupancy rate in government owned facilities during peak and off-season? 5. What is the general occupancy rate in private owned facilities during peak and off-season? 6. Is paying guest facility available with local people, near the tourist destinations? 7. Does every lodging facility have a restaurant? 8. Is both vegetarian and non-vegetarian food served in these hotels? 9. Are the L & B facilities self-sustainable or funded by the Government? 10. What is the minimum staff employed at an L & B facility? 11. Are the water, electricity and other amenities provided by the Government at free / subsidized / general costs? 12. Who takes care of the maintenance of the L & B facilities? And what are the monthly costs? 13. Do all the L & B facilities have first aid facilities and trained personnel to administer first aid? 14. Do all the L & B facilities have television sets? 15. What kind of cuisine is available at the L & B facilities? 16. Are any food festivals planned for tourism promotion? 17. Are any tourist destinations planned entirely on the basis of variety of food available? 18. What are the criteria for identifying locations for setting up new L & B facilities? Security 1. Does the state required to provide security to visiting tourist? If yes, are the tourists aware of these facilities before embarking on the tour? 2. Any known data of insurgency against visiting tourist? 3. Any known communal out bursts against visiting pilgrims? 4. Any known cases of robbery, kidnap, murder against visiting tourist? 5. What is the gender wise distribution amongst the tourist? 6. Do groups of senior citizens, women and school children travel independently for tourism? 7. Do General Physicians prescribe any kind of vaccinations / medicines before visiting the state? 8. Do insurance companies provide for any special schemes etc. for state travel? 9. How many types of security forces are actively present in the state? 10. Do the Indian tourists have any travel restrictions imposed by the Government for security purposes? 11. Do Foreign Nationals have any travel restrictions imposed by the Government for security purposes? 12. Do Foreign Nationals have any special permits, relaxation of rules with regards to consumption of alcohol etc.? 13. Any specific reasons for which tourist visas are denied to Foreign Nationals? Recreation 1. What kind of active recreation is available in the urban areas / rural areas in the state? 2. What kind of passive recreation is available in the urban areas / rural areas in the state? 3. Is any recreational activity sold as a part of package tour? 4. Is any recreational activity promoted as state tourism? 5. Does the state tourism sponsor the state sports or sportsperson? 6. Does the state tourism promote any cultural activity? 7. What is the role of Indian Cinema and Theatre in passive recreation? 8. Is a popular Hindi film or local theatre a part of a package tour? 9. Are any recreation facilities provided in the campus of the L & B facilities? 10. Are any tourist destinations planned entirely as relaxation and recreational destinations? 11. Do any recreation activities within the state promote / generate tourism? Souvenir & Gift generation 1. Does the tourism department have any parting gift / memorabilia for its tourists? 2. Does every L & B have a gift / souvenir shop? 3. Are the state emporiums self-sustainable? 4. Does the state promote any particular activity, art or handicraft through tourism? 5. Does the state have any events, festivals, and fairs for foreign nationals to purchase duty free goods? 6. What percentage of perishable items is purchased by tourist? Sustainability 1. Do all the facilities provided by the state tourism department are self- sustainable? 2. What percentage of help / subsidy provided by the Central Government for sustainability? 3. What revenue generative activities are undertaken by the department? 4. Which is the most unfeasible aspect of tourism development and management? 5. Which is the lowest revenue generating activity of the tourism department? 6. Which is the highest revenue generating activity of the tourism department? 7. Are any tourism projects privatised to make them sustainable? 8. Are there any programs / courses / workshops for the officers and staff to make the projects sustainable and improve efficiency? 9. Are any planning and designing measures adopted while constructing the L & B facilities so as to make them self sustainable? 10. Are there any schemes to involve the staff in the profit or loss of the project? 11. Are there any projects on the basis of Build, Operate and Transfer (BOT) basis? 12. Have any private parities, organizations shown interest in resort / L & B management? 13. Is the management of any tourist destinations looked after by other government department or any other agency such as Army etc.? 14. Is the monthly remuneration of the staff linked to their performance? 15. Does the department have any management plans for its various assets? 16. Can you suggest any two majors that can help the existing tourism activities become self-sustainable? Employment generation 1. What is the number of persons directly employed by the department of tourism? 2. What is the number of persons indirectly employed by the department of tourism? 3. Are any NGOs / voluntary organizations supported by the department of tourism? 4. What is the rate of unemployment in neighbouring areas of tourist destinations? 5. Are any village groups / committees directly involved in tourism activities? 6. What is the percentage of women employment, direct and indirect, in the department of tourism? 7. Can you suggest any two tourism related activities that can help in local employment generation? Environment friendly measures or Ecotourism practices 1. Do the L & B facilities or any other projects of the tourism department utilize alternate sources of energy? If yes, which? 2. Does the department of tourism promote any awareness, research activity in utilisation of alternate sources of energy? 3. Do any projects carry out any recycling process? 4. What amount of waste is generated by the various facilities / amenities of the tourism department and how it is disposed off? 5. Does the department have any project planned on the concept of eco-tourism? 6. What kind of subsidies / incentives are offered by the state government for promoting and utilizing alternate sources of energy? 7. Are there any environment friendly regulations followed by the department while developing various amenities? 8. Can you name any two activities, which can be termed as environment friendly practices? Human resources and public relations 1. Do the existing staff members of the tourism department have formal training in travel and tourism? 2. Are there any training programs / workshops for staff from non-tourism background? 3. Is there any budgetary provision for staff training? 4. What are the criteria for selection, promotion and transfer of tourism personnel? 5. Do the tourists have any grievances against services offered by the department staff? 6. Does any tourism staff participate in national and international tourism related fairs, events, seminar, conferences etc.? APPENDIX – d GENERAL INFORMATION – MIZORAM 1. LOCATION: Approximately lies between 21 58’ N and 24 35’ N latitude and between the longitudes 92 15’ E and 93 29’ E 2. AREA: 21, 087 Sq. Km. 3. POPULATION: 8, 91, 058 (According to 2000 census) 4. DENSITY OF POPULATION: 42 persons per Sq. Km. 5. SEX RATIO: 921 females per 100 males 6. LITERACY: 95 % 7. CAPITAL: Aizawl (Alt. 1, 132.00 M.) 8. DISTRICTS: Kolasib, Mamit, Aizawl, Champhai, Serchhip, Lunglei, Lawngtlai, Saiha 9. TRIBES: Biate, Bawm, Chakma, Gorkha, Hmar, Hualngo, Lusei, Magh, Mara, Paite, Pang, Pawi, Pnar, Ralte, Riang, Thadou, Tlau 10. CLIMATE: Summer (June – September) – Mean Max. : 30 C, Mean Min.: 20C, Winter (October – February) – Mean Max. : 21 C, Mean Min.: 11 C 11. BEST SEASON: October to March 12. AVERAGE RAINFALL: 2371 mm (1999) 13. MAIN RIVERS: Langkaih, Teirei, Tlawng (Dhaleshwari), Serlui, Chemlui, Tuirial(Sonai), Karnaphuli, Khawthalangtuipui, Mat, Sazuk lui, Kawrpui lui, Tuichawng, Tuilianpui, Kolodyne, Tiau, Mengpui, Chhimtuipui, Tuisa 14. MAJOR MOUNTAINS: Phawngpui or Blue Mountain (2157 M.), Lengtang (2141 M.), Surtlang (1967 M.) 15. HIGHEST PEAK: Phawngpui in the Blue Mountains (2,157 M. above sea level) 16. INTER STATE BORDER: With Assam – 123 Kms With Tripura – 66 Kms. With Manipur – 95 Kms. 17. INTERNATIONAL BORDER: With Myanmar – 404 Kms. With Bangladesh – 318 Kms. 18. MEANS OF COMMUNICATION: By Air – Lengpui airport (near Aizawl) By Road – Via Silchar in Assam By Train – Up to Bairabi (goods train), Up to Silchar in Assam (passenger train) 19. LANGUAGES: Mizo, English, Hindi 20. RELIGIONS: Christianity, Hinduism, Islam APPENDIX – e TOURIST ACCOMMODATION AVAILABLE AT GOVT. TOURIST LODGES & PRIVATE HOTELS IN MIZORAM (UPTO APRIL 2001) GOVRNMENT FACILITIES: S.No. Tourist Facility No. of Rooms No. of Beds 1 Tourist Lodge at Chaltlang (Aizawl) 21 40 2 Tourist Lodge at Champhai 12 22 3 Tourist Home at Lunglei 8 22 4 Tourist Home at Luangmual (Aizawl) 14 40 5 Tourist Lodge at Saiha 9 22 6 Tourist Lodge at Thenzawl 3 6 7 Tourist Lodge at Kolasib 5 14 8 Tourist Lodge at Bairabi 6 18 9 Travellers’ Inn at Vairengte 10 28 10 Highway Restaurant at Thingdawl 2 4 11 Highway Restaurant at Kawlkulh 6 16 12 Highway Restaurant at Chhiahtlang 8 20 13 Tourist Lodge at Hnahthial 10 22 14 Bung Picnic Spot (Aizawl) 2 4 15 Tourist Complex at Berawtlang (Aizawl) 5 10 16 Tourist Resort Centre at Lengpui 3 6 17 Tourist Lodge at Khawbung 7 14 18 Tourist Lodge at Saitual 5 14 TOTAL 136 322 PRIVATE HOTELS IN AIZAWL: S. No. Name of the Hotel No. of Rooms No. of Beds 1 Hotel Rajdoot Tuikual 10 23 2 Hotel Ritz Dawrpui 24 45 3 Capital Guest House Zarkawt 15 23 4 Hotel Imperial Zarkazt 33 54 5 Hotel Ahimsa Zarkawt 16 18 6 Chawlhna Hotel Zarkwat 325 50 7 Hotel Chief Zarkawt 21 32 8 Hotwl Zodin Electric Veng 12 19 9 Hotel Royal Dawrpui 14 21 TOTAL 180 285 GRAND TOTAL: 316 607 APPENDIX – f PROPOSED TOURIST AMENITIES TOURIST AMENITY COST IN LAKHS 1. Construction of Tourism Dome at Berawtlang near Aizawl 40.00 2. Construction of Tourist Cottages at Champhai 35.00 3. Construction of Tourist Centre at Paithian in Chimptuipui district 15.00 4. Construction of Tourist Cottage at Thenzani 35.00 5. Construction of Wayside Amenities/Public Toilet at Bungtlawng 10.00 6. Construction of Tourist Cottages at sub division 20.00 7. Chapchar Kut Festival 5.00 TOTAL 160.00 PROJECTS PRIORITISED FOR 1999-2000 1. Renovation/Repairs/Up-gradation of Tourist Lodge, Vairengte 8.00 2. Renovation/Repairs/Up-gradation of Tourist Lodge, Bairabi 8.00 3. Renovation/Repairs/Up-gradation of Tourist Lodge, Kolasib 8.00 4. Renovation/Repairs/Up-gradation of Tourist Lodge, Saitual 8.00 5. Renovation/Repairs/Up-gradation of Tourist Lodge, Lunglai 8.00 6. Renovation/Repairs/Up-gradation of Tourist Lodge, Chhiahtlang 8.00 7. Construction of Tourist Lodge at Mamit (Re-prioritised) 45.00 8. Construction of Tourist Lodge at Serchhip 50.00 9. Computerisation of Tourist Estt. In State JS(T) indicated that this should be restricted to introduction of information system in TRC/Estt. to begin with 15.00 10. Tourist Lodge at Ngopa in Champhai Dist. 45.00 11. Tourist Lodge at Tuidam at border of Tripura 40.00 12. Tourist Lodge at Vaphai 30.00 APPENDIX – g PROJECTS PROPOSED FOR 2001 - 2002 PROPOSED TOURIST AMENITY COST IN LAKHS 1. Construction of new Tourist Lodge at Chaltlawng, Aizawl 80.00 2. Construction of 10 (ten) Cottages at Thingdawl 35.00 3. Computerisation of Tourist Establishment in Mizoram 15.00 4. Construction of Tourist Cottages (Typical Mizo village) at Reiek 70.00 5. Viewing Gallery at Berawtlang 20.00 6. Special Bepoin/Renovation of Tourist Lodges: Chaltlang, Aizawl 10.00 Saitval 10.00 Tourist Home, Tuangmual 10.00 7. Construction or Tourist Lodge at Brangchalkawn near Lunglei 35.00 8. Construction of wayside Amenities at Pangzawl 25.00 9. Construction of Tourist Cottages and Cafetaria at Palak Lake 50.00 10. Construction of at Serkawr 20.00 11. Construction of Tourist Cottage at Saipum 20.00 12. Adventure Sports: Purchase of Euro Sport Equipments 25.00 Purchase of Boat for Palak Lake 5.00 13. Fairs & Festival celebration of Sharchar Kut 10.00 14. Publicity/Publication of Tourist Folders 10.00 TOTAL 450.00 APPENDIX – h PROJECT SANCTIONED DURING 2001-2002 (Rupees in lakhs) Sr. No. Name of Project Sanctioned Amount Amount Released 1st Instalment 1. Cafeteria & Tourist Huts at Palak 40.00 12.00 2. Tourist Cottage, Saipum 16.00 4.80 3. Wayside Amenities, Pangzawl 20.00 6.00 4. 10 Nos. of Tourist Cottage, Thingdawl 28.00 8.40 5. Tourist Lodge, Hrangchalkawn 28.00 8.40 6. New (Annexe) Tourist Lodge, Chaltlang 64.00 19.20 7. Tourist Lodge, Chaltlang 64.00 19.20 8. Renovation of: a) Tourist Lodge, Chaltlang 5.00 1.50 b) Tourist Lodge, Saitual 5.00 1.50 c) Yatri Niwas, Luangmual 5.00 1.50 9. Viewing Gallery, Berawtland ----- 4.52 10. Typical Mizo Village, Reiek ----- 16.80 11. Water Sport equipments, Palak ----- 0.75 12. Water Sport equipments, Rengdil ----- 0.50 13. Computerisation of Tourist Establishment 12.00 6.00 APPENDIX – i ON GOING PROJECTS UNDER CSS IN MIZORAM (Amount figures in lakhs) Sr. No. Name of the project Year of sanction Sanctioned Amount Amount already released by Govt. of India Amount to be released by Govt. of India Remark 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1. Tourist Lodge, Lawngtlai 1993 20.72 18.00 2.72 70% completed 2. Tourist Lodge, Khawbung 1994 22.07 20.00 2.07 Completed 3. Tourist Lodge, Kamalanagar 1994 13.25 6.50 6.75 70% completed 4. Tourist Lodge, Sangau 1995 18.68 15.00 3.68 70% completed 5. Tourist Lodge, Lengpui 1996 32.90 26.00 6.90 85% completed 6. Tourist Lodge, Beraw 1996 27.52 13.50 14.02 60% completed 7. Tourist Home, Lunglei 1996 28.74 23.00 5.74 80% completed 8. Tourist Home, Hnahthial 1996 16.16 12.84 3.32 Completed and inaugurated on 20.5.99 9. Tourist Cottage, Lengpui 1997 34.70 27.00 7.70 98% completed 10. Picnic Cottage, Rungdil 1997 11.48 9.00 2.48 90% completed 11. Cafeteria & Tourist Hut, Reiek 1998 40.00 32.00 8.00 75% completed 12. Tourist Lodge, Vawmbuk 1998 38.45 11.50 26.95 Being started 13. Wayside Amenities, Diltlang 1998 20.00 6.0 14.00 Being started 14. Wayside Facilities, Chhumkhum 1998 20.00 6.00 14.00 Being started 15. Wayside Amenities, W.Phaileng 1998 20.00 6.00 14.00 Being started 16. Wayside Amenities, Bungtlang 1999 10.00 3.00 7.00 Being started 17. Tourist Cottage, Thenzawl 1999 31.41 10.00 21.41 Being started 18. Tourist Cottage, Rajmandal 1999 18.06 5.40 12.66 Being started 19. Tourist Cottage, Champhai 1999 31.40 10.00 21.40 Being started 20. Tourist Cottage, Phaithar 1999 15.00 4.50 10.50 Being started 21. Tourist Home, Berawtlang 1999 40.00 12.00 28.00 Being started 22. Prayer Hall, Berawtlang 1999 22.30 7.50 14.80 Being started APPENDIX – j STAFF REMUNERATION SCALES & FACILITIES PROVIDED Sr. No. Designation No. of Posts Scale of Pay Facilities Provided 1. Director 1 Rs.14, 300-400-18,300 Allotted 1 vehicle 2. Joint Director 1 Rs.12, 000-375-16,500 Allotted 1 vehicle 3. Dy. Director 3 Rs.10, 000-325-15,200 Allotted 1 vehicle each 4. Superintendent 1 Rs.8, 000-275-13,500 NIL 5. Tourist Officer 1 Rs.6, 500-200-10,500 -do- 6. A.T.O. 1 Rs.5, 500-175-9,000 -do- 7. Inspector of Statistics 1 Rs.5, 500-175-9,000 -do- 8. Assistant 2 Rs.5, 500-175-9,000 -do- 9. U.D.C. 2 Rs.5, 000-150-8,000 -do- 10. L.D.C. 3 Rs.4, 000-100-6,000 -do- 11. Steno – Grade-III 1 Rs.5, 000-150-8,000 -do- 12. Receptionist 6 Rs.4, 500-125-7,000 -do- 13. Asst. Receptionist 5 Rs.4, 000-100-6,000 -do- 14. Driver-I 1 Rs.5, 000-125-7,000 -do- 15. Driver-II 4 Rs.4, 000-100-6,000 -do- 16. Driver Rs.3, 050-75-3950-80- 4,590 -do- 17. Guest Operator 1 Rs.3, 050-75-3,950-80- 4,590 -do- 18. Peon/Mail/Cook/ RA-4 7 Rs.2, 650-65-3,300-70- 4,000 -do- 19. MUSTER ROLL EMPLOYEES a) Skilled-II Worker 17 @ Rs.117/- per day b) Semi-skilled Worker 16 @ Rs.94/- per day c) Unskilled Worker 45 @ Rs.84/- per day TOTAL POST OCCUPIED 159 APPENDIX – k TOURIST DATA FOR YEARS 1999-2000 TO 2001-2002 YEAR DOMESTIC TOURIST FOREIGN TOURIST TOTAL 1999-2000 26,690 191 26,881 2000-2001 29,137 276 29,413 2001-2002 27,417 197 27,614 APPENDIX – l PROJECTIONS OF TOURISTS FOR 2002-2003 PROJECTED FIGURE FOR 2002-2003 DOMESTIC TOURIST FOREIGN TOURIST TOTAL 35,000 400 35,400 APPENDIX – m PROPOSED SCHEMES FOR PRIORITISATION UNDER CSS DURING 2001 – 2002 FOR TOURISM DEPARTMENT, MIZORAM I. Development of Tourist Infrastructure: Rupees in lakhs 1. Construction of Tourist Lodge at Sakawrdai 50.94 2. Construction of Tourist Lodge at Serkawr 23.31 3. Construction of Tourist Lodge at Zokhawthar 50.94 4. Construction of Tourist Lodge at N. Vanlaiphai 50.94 5. Construction of Tourist Lodge at Khamrang(s) 31.21 7. Construction of Viewing Gallery at Khawbung 6.04 8. Construction of Tourist Lodge at Farkawn 31.74 II. Expansion 1 Bung Tourist Complex 20.98 2 Cafeteria & Tourist Complex at Berawtlang 3.59 3 Tourist Lodge at Saiha 11.23 III Development of Eco-tourism 1 Reiek: Construction of Viewing Gallery, Foot Path, Rest Huts etc. 30.36 TOTAL 311.25 APPENDIX – n LATEST PROVISIONAL POPULATION FIGURES OF DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS IN MIZORAM STATE SR.NO. DIST. HQRS. MALE FEMALE TOTAL PERSON 1. Aizawl 1,73,930 1,65,882 3,39812 2. Lunglei 71,353 65,802 1,37,155 3. Champhai 51,869 49,520 1,01,389 4. Lawngtlai 38,425 34,625 73,050 5. Mamit 32,766 29,547 62,313 6. Kolasib 31,874 29,103 60,977 7. Saiha 31,127 29,702 60,823 8. Serchhip 28,445 27,094 55,539 AT A GLANCE TOTAL POPULATION 8,91,058 MALE 4,59,783 FEMALE 4,31,275 LITERACY RATE 88.49 AREA IN SQ.KM. 21,087.00 APPENDIX – o TOURIST ARRIVAL STATISTICS COLLECTED FROM TOURIST LODGES UNDER TOURISM DEPARTMENT AND A FEW PRIVATE HOTELS IN MIZORAM FROM 1987 – 2002 (UPTO FEBRUARY 2002) YEAR DOMESTIC FOREIGN TOTAL 1987 – 1988 413 NA 413 1988 – 1989 1,148 NA 1,148 1989 – 1990 2,988 NA 2,988 1991 – 1992 16,336 11 16,347 1992 – 1993 14,642 14 14,656 1993 – 1994 18,555 109 18,664 1994 – 1995 15,659 26 15,685 1995 – 1996 20,227 146 20,373 1996 – 1997 24,873 53 24,926 1997 – 1998 27,917 113 28,030 1998 – 1999 25,231 141 25,372 1999 – 2000 26,690 191 26,881 2000 – 2001 29,137 276 29,413 2001 – 2002 (Up to Feb. 2002) 25,104 184 25,288 (Data for 1990-1991 not available) APPENDIX – p ROAD DISTANCES STARTING FROM AIZAWL WITH NEIGHBOURING STATE AND TOWNS IN MIZORAM Sr. No. From Destination Distance in Km. 1. Aizawl To Silchar 180 2. Aizawl To Shillong 420 3. Aizawl To Guwahati 550 4. Aizawl To Sairang 23 5. Aizawl To Lengpui (Airport) 43 6. Aizawl To Thingdawl 75 7. Aizawl To Kolasib 85 8. Aizawl To Vairengte 120 9. Aizawl To Kawlkulh 138 10. Aizawl To Champhai (via Kawlkulh) 192 11. Aizawl To Saitual 76 12. Aizawl To Tamdil (via Saitual) 83 13. Aizawl To Thenzawl 145 14. Aizawl To Vantawng (via Thenzawl) 145 15. Aizawl To Chhiahtlang 100 16. Aizawl To Serchhip 112 17. Aizawl To Lunglei 235 18. Aizawl To Lawngtlai (via Lunglei) 323 19. Aizawl To Saiha (via Lawngtlai) 388 APPENDIX – q CAVES IN MIZORAM S. No. Location Name of the Cave 1 Champhai Zote Mura Puk – 6 nos 2 Farkawn Lamsial Puk, Far Puk, Kungawrhi Puk 3 Vangchhia Ralven Puk 4 Biate Mura Puk 5 Sazep Lallula Puk 6 Samthang Lallula Puk 7 Lianpui Khamsen Puk 8 Reiek Khuangchera Puk 9 Pukzing Pukzing 10 Luangpawn Chalthanga Puk 11 Blue Mountain Tialpari Puk APPENDIX – r ANNUAL MAINTENANCE EXPENSES – MIZORAM PLAN EXPENSES S. No. Title Budget Estimate Expenditure 1 Office Expenses Rs. 3,00,000/- Rs. 11,33,948/- 2 Other Charges Rs. 11,50,000/- Rs. 11,62,780/- 3 Materials & Supply Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs 12,79,635/- NON-PLAN EXPENSES 1 Office Expenses Rs. 15,00,000/- Rs. 15,15,527/- 2 Other Charges Rs. 11,30,000/- Rs. 11,10,860/- 3 Materials & Supply Rs. 1,00,000/- Rs. 1,00,310/- APPENDIX – s HYDRO ELECTRIC PROJECTS IN MIZORAM I. BAIRABI PROJECT Capacity 80 Mega Watt Catchment Area 2740 Sq. Km. Location Lat. 24 09’ 25” N Long. 9232’ 20” E Height 62 M. Full Reservoir Level (FRL) 82 M above msl Storage at FRL 2106 Million Cubic Meter (MCM) Length of submergence 70 Km II. TURIAL PROJECT Capacity 60 Mega Watt Catchment Area 1861 Sq. Km. Location Lat. 24 21’ 50” N Long. 92 53’ 20” E Height 77 M Full Reservoir Level (FRL) 94 M above msl Storage at FRL 1400 MCM Length of submergence 85 Km III. TUIVAI PROJECT Capacity 210 Mega Watt Catchment Area 2860 Sq. Km. Location Lat. 23 53’ 14” N Long. 93 12’ 55” E Height 155 M Full Reservoir Level (FRL) 404 M above msl Storage at FRL 745 MCM Length of submergence 51 Km IV. SERLUI-B PROJECT Capacity 12 Mega Watt Catchment Area 397 Sq. Km. Location Lat. 24 20’ 15” N Long. 92 46’ 15” E Height 51 M Full Reservoir Level (FRL) 82 M above msl Storage at FRL 539 MCM Length of submergence 53 Km V. KOLODYNE PROJECT (Stage I) Capacity 120 Mega Watt Catchment Area 852 Sq. Km. Location Lat. 22 49’ 46” N Long. 92 49’ 46” E Height 148 M Full Reservoir Level (FRL) 390 M above msl Storage at FRL 594 MCM Length of submergence 46 Km APPENDIX – t EXCERPTS FROM ANNUAL REPORT 2001-02 MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS GOVERNMENT OF INDIA REGENERATION AND DEVELOPMENT [National River conservation Directorate, Ganga Action Plan Phase I & II, Yamuna, Gomti and Damodar Action Plan, National River Conservation Plan, Common Effluent Treatment Plant, Industrial Pollution Control, National Lake Conservation Plan, National Afforestation and Eco-development Board] National River Conservation Directorate The National River Conservation Directorate, which functions under the Ministry, has been entrusted with the charge of implementing the River Action Plans. The River Action Plans were undertaken based on surveys conducted by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) which identified 27 grossly polluted stretches of major fresh water sources in the country, through the implementation of pollution abatement schemes. The important works being taken up under the National River Action Plan include: * Interception and diversion works to capture the raw sewage flowing into the river through open drains and divert them for treatment. * Sewage treatment plants for treating the diverted sewage. * Low cost sanitation works to prevent open defecation on riverbanks. * Electric crematoria and improved wood and help in ensuring proper cremation of bodies brought to the burning ghats. * River Front Development works such as improvement of bathing ghats etc. * Other minor miscellaneous works. National River Conservation Plan The National River conservation Plan was launched in 1995 to cover 23 major rivers in 10 States of the country. Under this action plan pollution abatement works are being taken up in 57 towns. Of these four are in A. P., three in Jharkhand, one in Gujarat, eight in Karnataka, five in Maharashtra, 11 in M. P., four in Orissa, six in Punjab, two in Rajasthan and 13 in Tamil Nadu. Out of 215 schemes of pollution abatement sanctioned under this action plan so far, 69 schemes have been completed. About 2455 million litres per day (mld) of sewage is targeted to be intercepted, diverted and treated. Out of the approved cost of Rs.1, 830.56 crore, the expenditure incurred by States totals to Rs.193.70 crore. After the launching of the NRCP in 1995, it was decided to merge the Ganga Action Plan Phase-II with NRCP. A notification to this effect has also been issued. With this, the present approval cost of NRCP as a whole stands of Rs.3,329.42 crores covering pollution abatement works in 152 towns along polluted stretches of 27 rivers spread over 16 states. National Lake Conservation Plan A proposal for conservation and management of 10 polluted urban lakes was put up for consideration of Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs earlier but the Committee only approved the proposal for Dal Lake Conservation Plan ‘in principle’. The Ministry also posed the project for external assistance for implementation of the National lake Conservation Plan to various Donor Agencies. None of the external funding agencies evinced any interest in the project. The Detailed Project Report of Dal Lake Conservation Plan however has been prepared by AHEC, Roorkee and sent to the State Government of J&K for their concurrence. A proposal for conservation of three small lakes namely, Powai (Maharashtra) and Ooty and Kodaikanal (Tamil Nadu) using bio-remediation technology at an estimated cost of Rs.14.99 crore was approved by the Government on 31.05.2001. The budget estimates for the three approved lakes is as follows: Powai : Rs.6.62 crore Ooty : Rs.1.95 crore Kodaikanal : Rs.6.33 crore Keeping in view the decisions of NRCA taken during its 10th Meeting to give similar impetus to NLCP and NRCP, it is proposed to enlarge the scope of work under NLCP by taking up the remaining identified lakes along with new proposals on lakes received from different state Government during the X Plan. National Afforestation and Eco-development Board National Afforestation and Eco-development Board (NAEB) was established in August 1992 in the Ministry of Environment and Forests as a sequel to the formation of the separate Department of Wastelands Development in the Ministry of Rural Development and the transfer of National Wasteland Development Board to that Department. The NAEB is mainly charged with the responsibility of promoting afforestation, tree planting, ecological restoration and eco-development activities in the country with the special focus on degraded forest areas and lands adjoining forest areas, national parks, sanctuaries and the other protected areas like the Western Himalayas, Aravallis, Western Ghats, etc. The mandate of the NAEB is: * To evolve mechanism for ecological restoration of degraded forest areas and adjoining lands through systematic planning and implementation, in a cost effective manner; * To restore through natural regeneration or appropriate intervention the forest cover in the country for ecological security and to meet the fuel wood, fodder and other needs of the rural communities; * To restore fuel wood, fodder, timber and other forest produce on the degraded forest and adjoining lands in order to meet the demands for these items; * To sponsor research and extension of research findings to disseminate new and proper technologies for the regeneration and development of degraded forest areas and adjoining lands; * To create general awareness and help foster people’s movement for promoting afforestation and eco-development with the assistance of Voluntary Agencies, Non-Governmental Organisations, Panchayati Raj Institutions and others and promote participatory and sustainable management of degraded forest areas and adjoining lands; * To coordinate and monitor the Action Plans for afforestation, tree planting, ecological restoration and eco-development; and * To undertake all other measures necessary for promoting afforestation, tree planting, and ecological restoration and eco-development activities in the country. Integrated Afforestation and Eco-Development Project Scheme (IAEPS) This is a 100% centrally sponsored scheme intended to promote afforestation and development of degraded forests and adjoining lands by adopting an integrated approach and management of these areas on a watershed basis with people’s participation. This scheme has also been extended to include 100% centrally sponsored Coastal Shelterbelt plantations after Orissa Cyclone of 1999 as a thrust area. The revised Ninth Plan allocation for the scheme is Rs.247.00 crores with a physical target for treating 2.27 lakhs ha. of degraded areas. A total of 160 projects including 13 for Coastal Shelterbelt plantations and 31 for Forest Development Agency projects have been sanctioned so far to the Sates in the Ninth Plan with a total project cost of Rs.310.25 crores. Expenditure during 2001-02 (as on 15.01.2002) was Rs.57.63 crores. Conservation and Development of Non-Timber Forest Produce including Medicinal Plants (NTFP) Under this 100% centrally sponsored scheme, financial assistance is provided to the State Governments for increasing production of Non-Timber Forest Produce (NTFP) including Medicinal Plants. It has a special focus on tribal population for whom NTFP is an important source of livelihood. The revised Ninth Plan allocation for the scheme is Rs.80.50 crores. A total of 75 projects have been sanctioned so far to the States in the Ninth Plan at a total cost of Rs.100.14 crores. Expenditure during 2002- 02 (as on 15.01.2002) was Rs.19.77 crores. Bamboo and Medicinal Plantation Projects Recently, bamboo and medicinal plantations have been identified and declared as one of Thrust Areas of the Ministry. Though such species are planted as part of mixed plantations taken up under the ongoing NTFP scheme, projects solely for Bamboo and Medicinal plantations are now being sanctioned separately under the scheme. A total of 21 projects with an outlay of Rs.20.69 crores for covering an area of 30,163 ha. under bamboo plantations and 18 projects with an outlay of Rs.8.60 crores for raising medicinal plants over an area of 5,285 ha. have been sanctioned during the Ninth Plan. During 2002-02 an amount of Rs. 6.58 crores for bamboo plantation and Rs. 2.35 crores for medicinal plants have been released to the State Governments as on 15.01.2002. Shifting Cultivation (Jhum) Taking cognisance of the aggravation caused in terms of soil erosion and depletion of natural resources due to shifting cultivation (Jhum) in the North Eastern Region, an inter Ministerial Task Force has been constituted in the Ministry to evolve a holistic and integrated approach for sustainable management of Jhum affected lands. The Task Force had organized a two-day workshop during 11-12 October 2001 at Shillong, wherein Government representatives of North Eastern States, academicians, NGOs had participated in the deliberations. EDUCATION, TRAINING AND INFORMATION [Forestry education, training and extension, Wildlife education, training and extension, National Museum of Natural History, Fellowships and Awards, Environmental Education, Awareness and Training, Centres of Excellence, Environmental Information System] Grants-in-Aid to Professional Societies Financial assistance is provided under the scheme to professional societies and appropriate institutions, museums and science centres for developing activities and projects in the field of environment as well as to develop exhibition galleries and educational programmes relevant to ecology, environment and wildlife. Revised guidelines of the scheme were framed and widely circulated to all concerned. During the year, various proposals, received from several organizations in the country were considered and suitable financial assistance was provided to those organizations for their proposals conforming to the objectives of the scheme. Income Tax Exemption under Section 35 CCB of the Income Tax Act, 1961 Ministry continued to recommend to the Central Board of Direct Taxes for Income Tax exemption under Section 35 CCB of the Income Tax Act, 1961 for the programmes related to the conservation of natural resources or of afforestation undertaken by Associations or Institutions. Financial Assistance for Publications Ministry continued to provide one time grant to professional societies, voluntary organizations, institutions etc. for printing of publications aimed at promoting environmental education and awareness. ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION Environmental Information System (ENVIS) In the last Second Monitoring Committee Meeting held on 21.02.2002 the following 21 Thrust Areas have been identified by the Committee for setting up EMCB-ENVIS Nodes through out the country under the project: * Urban Municipal Waste Management * Environmental Biotechnology * Conservation of Ecological heritage and Sacred Sites in India * Coastal Regulation Zone Management * Environmental Audit * Promotion and Maintenance of Renewable Energy Sources * Environmental Law * Medicinal Plants * Marine Eco-systems * Bamboo Conservation * Coastal Shelterbelt * Microorganisms and Environmental Management * Eco-labelling and Promotion of Eco-Friendly Products * Environmental Problems in Tea Gardens * Cold Desert Eco-system * Biomedical Waste management * Island Eco-system * Wetland Eco-system * Natural Disaster Management (like earth-quake, cyclone, floods, glaciers). Global Environmental Issues (like climate change, ozone depletion, green-house gas effect, etc.) * ENVIS also continued to function as a National Focal point (NFP) and a Regional Service Centre (RSC) for South-Asia sub-Region Countries for INFOTERRA network, a Global Information Network of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). As NFP and RSC of INFORTERRA, the ENVIS network provided information to several queries received from the various sub-region countries during the year. * ENVIS also continued close liaison with various other national information systems in the country like National Information System on Science & Technology (NISSAT), Bio-Technological Information System (BTIS), etc., for exchange of environmental information and to avoid duplication of efforts in the field of environment and its associated areas. INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION [Commission on sustainable Development, World Summit on Sustainable Development, United Nations Environment Programme, Global Environmental Facility, UNDP, UNDP/GEF Small Grants Programme, India-Canada Environment Facility, Climate Change, Ozone Layer Protection, World Bank Aided Projects] India-Canada Environment Facility (ICEF) The India-Canada Environment Facility (ICEF) is a joint initiative of the Government of India and the Government of Canada created by the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between the two Governments on October 20, 1992 for the purpose of undertaking projects related to the environment. The funding is provided by the Canadian International Development Agency. It is managed jointly by representatives from the two Governments (India and Canada). The primary focus of ICEF is to develop natural resources and enhance the environmental managerial capacity of Government/Non-government/community organisations to undertake and to manage environmentally sound development in land, water and energy sectors in India. While projects approved by ICEF so far have focused on watershed management, future projects will concentrate on water quality and energy fields. So far 20 projects have been approved for funding under the ICEF with a total outlay of Rs.162.56 crores. The Joint Project Steering Committee is co-chaired by Joint Secretary (International Cooperation) from the Indian side and by Counsellor, Canadian High Commission. LIST OF REGIONAL OFFICES / ENVIS CENTRES / CENTRES OF EXCELLENCE / AUTONOMOUS / ASSOCIATED AGENCIES ETC. OF THE MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT & FORESTS Regional Office: Sr. No. Regional Office Communication Linkages Area 1. Shri Promode Kant Chief Conservator of Forests (C) Regional Office (NEZ) Upland Road, Laitumkhrah Shillong –793 003 Tel : (0364) 227673 Fax: (0364) 227673 Arunachal Pradesh; Assam; Manipur; Meghalaya; Tripura; Nagaland; Mizoram and Sikkim Regional Centre for Eco-Development Programme: Sr. No. Regional Office Communication Linkages Area 1. Prof. R. S. Tripathi, Co- ordinator Co-ordinator Regional Centre for NAEB, North-Eastern Hill University Shillong –793 014 Tel : (0364) 231626 Fax: (0364) 231919 Arunachal Pradesh; Assam; Manipur; Meghalaya; Tripura; Nagaland and Mizoram APPENDIX – u GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE UPGRADATION OF EXISTING TOURIST INFRASTRUCTURE The Dept. of Tourism, Government of Mizoram, has developed various infrastructures for tourism throughout the State. The development of this facility was carried out with financial help from the Central Government. The maintenance of the infrastructure, its working, staff requirements & their salaries are however the sole responsibility of the State Government. In general the status of most of the facilities is satisfactory but they definitely need up-gradation and enhancement. The department has developed various facilities such as: 1. Wayside Amenities 2. Restaurants / Cafeteria 3. Tourist Lodges 4. View Points / Galleries The wayside amenities and tourist lodges are developed under different titles / nomenclatures, but with very little difference from each other. It is necessary to distinctly classify these facilities and to identify their necessity & role in tourism infrastructure. Feasibility studies for necessity of the infrastructure seem to be inadequately done. Moreover certain guidelines need to be formulated, so that the existing facilities can be upgraded according to them. These will also help in development of the new facilities. Mizoram falls in the category of very high seismic zone. Necessary Structural and Architectural precautions are required to make the structures earthquake resistant. The existing facilities need to be upgraded on various fronts, such as: 1.Structural up-gradation 2.Toilet Renovation 3.Plumbing and Sanitation 4.Electrification 5.Doors & Windows 6.Flooring 7.Plastering & painting 8.Interior Design 9.Environmental measures 10. Surrounding areas 11. Recreation facilities 12. Communication facilities 13. Management up-gradation 14. Staff accommodation The details of each factor are as under: 1. Structural up-gradation The structures are mostly RCC framed, with partition walls of brick and bamboo mats. However high rainfall and humid conditions have weakened them to certain extents and need rectification in following areas: • Anti termite(biological) treatment for plinth • Waterproofing for plinth areas (damp proofing) • Waterproof plastering for external walls • Leakage rectification • Proper rainwater harvesting or disposal • Roof overhangs or window chajja repair • Repair and waterproofing of overhead tanks • Plinth protection for all structures 2. Toilet Renovation Common toilet facilities for dormitories and attached toilets for rooms, both need up-gradation in the following areas: • Layout & internal design for maximum comfort & utility • Non-slippery ceramic tiling for floors and dado • Sanitary fixture in working conditions • Non- leaking taps • Hot water supply for showers & washbasins • Clean & easy to maintain buckets, mugs, toilet paper holders, soap cases, etc. to be provided • Mirrors to be provided above wash basins. 3. Plumbing and Sanitation The water supply and drainage systems at the tourist facilities: • Non-leaking, G.I. water supply pipe system • Proper overflow system for tanks • Water supply to all taps • Proper connection to geysers for efficient use of water • All drainage pipes to be laid to proper slope • All drainage pipes to be connected to septic tanks, in working conditions • Location of septic tank and soak pit to decided as per slopes available • Plantation to be carried out near soak pit areas • Accumulation or stagnation of water to be avoided anywhere in the campus • Surface water drainage to be planned properly 4. Electrification The electric supply at the facilities is satisfactory. The rooms have non-concealed wiring system. Following improvements need to be done: • Proper planning and redesign of the layout • User friendly location of switches • Proper necessary illumination of outdoor areas • Proper management control to ensure energy conservation • Stand by generator sets • Alternate / complementary solar system 5. Door & Window Security is a major tourist concern and hence the door and windows need to be maintained properly. • Proper alignment of door and window frames with the walls and sealing of joints. • Proper shutters in good condition, either polished or painted • All fittings and fixtures should be of standardised design & in working condition • Windows to have MS lightweight grills • All balcony doors to open out in the balcony • All windows to have clean curtains with proper standardised rods or pelmets • The proportion of keys and key chains to be user friendly 6. Flooring The flooring of various rooms to be treated differently as per use and traffic • Reception lobbies and dining areas to preferably have polished stone flooring. Mirror polish to be avoided • Kitchen areas to have stone flooring with dado of ceramic tiles. All wash areas to have ceramic tiling • Local flooring materials such as pigmented PCC / IPS to be maintained properly • Individual rooms and dormitories to have marble mosaic, stone or any local material flooring. The choice should be made depending upon budget availability and maintenance possible. • Use of ceramic tile flooring in living areas to be avoided • Use of wall to wall carpets should be restricted to deluxe suites / VIP rooms only 7. Plastering & painting The external surfaces should be properly treated and maintained for a longer life of the structure. • Waterproof plastering to be done • Waterproof cement painting to be done for external surfaces • All steel works to be painted in enamel paints 8. Interior Design The interiors should be planned for maximum wear and tear and for minimum maintenance. • The layout should be functional and user friendly • Local materials and technology should be given preference • The design could be standardised but should also incorporate local crafts and techniques • The upholstery should be simple • Undue ornamentations should be avoided. • Stress should be on maintaining cleanliness • Light fixtures to be of simple design and maintenance free • Built-in furniture to be preferred wherever possible • Various fittings and fixtures to be of standard design and make • The style of interiors should have local influence 9. Environmental measures Various environmental measures should be incorporated within their existing set- up of the tourist facilities. These could be the following: • Use of solar energy water heating systems • Rain water harvesting • Recycling and use of waste water for gardening • Developing a kitchen garden • Use of solar lights for outdoor areas • Avoid plastic and use cloth / jute bags etc. • Use of recycled handmade paper in stationery • Separation of garbage and conversion into manure by composting 10. Surrounding areas The surrounding areas to be developed for the use of people • Parking areas to be well demarcated and visually screened with plantations • Outdoor dining areas to be well developed and maintained • Gardens to be well landscaped and maintained especially for the use of children • If pets such as cats, dogs, rabbits are being maintained by the staff then their proper care should be ensured • Outdoor activities should be encouraged • Television rooms, card rooms, etc should be encouraged in semi covered (verandah) areas • Jogging tracks, yoga grounds, meditation areas should be provided in natural ambience without any built structures 11. Recreation activities Various recreation activities should be provided for tourist: • Cultural programmes in association with local groups or students could be arranged • Local food festivals could be arranged • A small workshop in local handicrafts on once a weekly basis can be arranged, especially during peak season • The premises could have a simple badminton / tennis court, carom and card rooms. • Tourist facilities in sanctuaries / national parks should discourage television 12. Communication facilities The tourist lodges should provide for various communication facilities: • Each lodge should have a PCO / STD / ISD facility. Internet facilities should also be provided. • A provision for a post box on the premises should also be made. • The contacts of local medical facility, chemist, courier services, etc. should be kept available • In case if the tourist lodges do not have their own transport vehicle, then state transport buses connecting to major towns should have a mandatory halt at the tourist lodge. • Similar arrangements can also be made with local taxi service providers 13. Management up-gradation One of the major factors that need up gradation is the local staff. It could cover following aspects: • Short term training programmes • Strict adherence to rules and regulations • Service staff training and monitoring • Dress codes for staff – Managerial / Attendants / Service etc. 14. Staff accommodation Staff accommodation should be provided near the facility. • Staying of staff members in one of the rooms should be discouraged • The caretakers residence should be near the reception areas • Other accommodation should be near the service areas and away from the public places APPENDIX – v GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF NEW TOURIST FACILITIES & INFRASTRUCTURE Most of the tourist infrastructure created does not follow any system or procedure in any of its development. As a result most of structures do not bear a strong identity or link amongst themselves. Moreover they fall short on many fronts such as excessive capacity or the designs are standardised on typical PWD patterns. Mizoram falls in the category of very high seismic zone. Necessary Structural and Architectural precautions are required to make the structures earthquake resistant. Following are few guidelines / procedures for development of the various facilities provided by the department. They could be categorised as under: 1. Definition 2. Role of various tourist facilities 3. Feasibility study guidelines 4. Site selection criteria 5. Brief for design 6. Guidelines for architectural design 7. Guidelines for construction methods 8. Guidelines for Interior design and execution 9. Guidelines for Landscaping and signage 10. Guidelines for Environmental design A. WAYSIDE AMENITIES: 1. Definition: It can be defined as a minimal facility located en-route to any major tours or tourist destination, providing basic toilet, eating & emergency staying facilities. 2. Role: Wayside amenities have become an important facility today, especially when road transport has become much faster. They have in a way replaced motels. They are especially preferred in undeveloped terrains, where various services are not generally available. 3. Feasibility study Guidelines • Study of tourist traffic for previous 3 years to justify the development of infrastructure to be provided • Study of private lodging and boarding facility available in the vicinity and their quality of service • Study to determine the income group of frequent travellers • Study to determine the communication system available • Study to determine the no of beds capacity required • Preparation of brief and design of the infrastructure • Estimation of construction budget and running costs for first 5 years • Estimation of staff requirements and their remuneration • Revenue generation and breaking even points • Strategy for privatisation • Incentives for private development in case if departmental development is not feasible 4. Site selection criteria: For selection of sites for wayside amenities following criteria should be fulfilled. • The site should be located a major road (National highway or State highway) connecting two or more tourist destinations • It should preferably be on the major road and easily accessible • There should no other resting facility available at nearby distance • Basic facilities such as water and electricity should be available • The site should be aesthetically pleasing • It could be near an undeveloped village 5. Brief for design: The Wayside amenities should be designed with following brief. • Toilet facilities for both men & women, catering for a 40 persons bus- load. The toilets should have urinals, W. C.’s, bathrooms, washbasins with mirrors & dry areas for changing. Accessories such as toilet paper, tissues, napkins should be provided. • Solar water heating system for toilets and kitchen • Drinking water fountains fitted with water purifiers. Design of water fountains should be such that use of cups/glass should be avoided. • Both toilet facilities & drinking water fountain areas should have adequate numbers of dust-bins/garbage cans. • A fast food counter serving selected few snacks and beverages & dining area. • A small food & beverage counter for selling of dry or packaged food products and packaged/bottled water, cold drinks etc. • Two twin bedded non A. C. rooms with attached toilets having minimal furniture, clean linen. • One 6 bedded non A. C. dormitory without attached toilet, having minimal furniture & clean linen. • Pay phone booth having PCO, STD & ISD facility. • First aid facilities. • Small residential quarters for Manager. 6. Guidelines for architectural design • The architectural character should be in harmony with the existing vernacular architectural style • It should site specific and follow the natural levels / slopes of the land • Layout design should provide for enough parking space, separate wheel chair access, service entry etc. • The planning should be climate specific and designed accordingly for best human comfort without mechanical means • The structure should be maximum ground + one storey high • Use of terraced roof should be avoided and if necessary utmost care to be taken for it’s waterproofing. • Location of overhead water tanks should be considered while massing of various built forms and they should be suitably incorporated in the overall design. • Various ancillary systems such as solar water heating, their functional requirements should be planned in the design itself. • There should be sufficient roof overhang for wall protection • Location of doors and windows should be such that it gives maximum protection from rain (having chajja or opening onto a verandah / balcony) and at the same time allowing for cross ventilation • Layout and design of toilets should be of international standards and special attention should be given to materials, their durability and low maintenance • Waterproofing and drainage should be planned properly taking into account existing land gradient • Septic tank and soak pit should be located away from the bore well • Built – in furniture should be incorporated in the planning itself • Use of local materials should be planned in design itself • Painting scheme should in harmony with the character of the building and the site 7. General Guidelines for construction technology / methods • If the site conditions demand a stilted structure an RCC framed structure should be planned • All foundation pits and plinths to be given neem anti-termite treatment • The external walls should be one brick thick masonry upto 1.0m height above plinth or alternatively totally in brick. In case of parapet walls, the above space should be in bamboo mat partitions. • Internal toilet walls should be in half brick thick masonry • All masonry work to have 18mm thick external sandfaced plaster and 12mm thick neroo plaster • Externally the structures to be painted in waterproof cement paint and internally 8. Guidelines for Interior design • Plan the interiors of the structure during architectural planning stage • Furniture for rooms and dormitories to be preferably of built-in type • Furniture for reception area and dining could be moveable type. It could be in bamboo or cane reflecting local craftsmanship • Materials used should be durable and of low maintenance • Conceptually the interiors could be based on local culture of the tribes, local materials, textiles and handicrafts 9. Guidelines for Landscaping and signage • The tourist facility development should be undertaken as an integrated work of built and non-built areas • Screening plantation to be provided along road and parking areas • Preference to be given to indigenous plantation • Landscaping should be as per existing land gradient. Major land works and shifting of soil should be avoided • It should make use of existing natural features such as undulations, water streams, boulders, etc. • Plantation should be carried out to make optimum use of sunlight, wind etc. 10. Guidelines for Environmental design • Orientation of the layout should optimise use of sunlight and wind direction • Solar passive features should be planned to allow maximum sunlight, while minimising adverse thermal effects • Windows and shading devices should be planned to minimise mechanical ventilation • Solar energy water heating systems to be integrated in the planning process • Segregation and recycling of organic and inorganic wastes to be planned within the development • Rain water harvesting methods to be adopted • Waste water from kitchen and toilets should be utilised in the purpose of gardening • Local building materials to be preferred APPENDIX – w LIST OF VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS IN MIZORAM 1. Young Mizo Association 2. Mizo Women’s Association 3. Mizo Senior Citizens’ Association 4. Mizo Students’ Association 5. Hmeithai Association 6. Youth Hostels Association of India, Mizoram 7. Games & Sports Association 8. MUP 9. VDP 10. MHIP 11. The Centre for Environment Protection (CEP), Aizawl APPENDIX – x CHECKLIST FOR TRANSPORT FACILITIES (Numbers in brackets refer to the appropriate paragraphs in the Guidelines) Conceptual Planning: Development brief prepared. (1.75. 5.39). Discuss with planning authority (District or Borough Council, or unitary authority, whether the development is consistent with the Structure Plan or Unitary Development Plan. (1.65) Discuss with highway authority (county or borough council, or unitary authority, for local roads; Highway Agency for trunk roads, including motorways, in England; Welsh Office or Scottish Development Department respectively for trunk roads in Wales and Scotland) what improvements to the highway network will be needed to handle traffic generated by the development. (1.48, 1.83). Discuss with the Passenger Transport Executive, or the Transport Co-ordinating Officer of the county or borough council or unitary authority, whether the development can be served by existing public transport routes, whether extensions or diversions to existing routes might be appropriate or whether a new service could be justified. Also discuss the outline locations of parts of the development within the site for ease of access by public transport. (1.49 to 1.52, 1.82, 5.5) Can other developments be located to generate extra public transport ridership, or can the public transport be routed through existing developments to produce extra ridership) (1.75 to 1.79). Discussion with planning authority possible Developer Contributions that may be required under Section 106. (5.52 to 5.57) Is land reclamation or earth-moving involved ? If so, discuss implications for public transport access with the Passenger Transport Executive or Passenger Transport Co- ordinating Officer. (1.41) Outline Planning: Public transport supply Has liaison been established with Passenger Transport Executive / local authority Transport Co-ordination Officer? (6.4) Has traffic implications been discussed with highway authority? (6.4) Map and list public transport services near the proposed development. Can any serve the development: i) without modifications? ii) by diverting or extending an existing service? If a new or modified service is required, has its commercial viability been established by discussion with the PTE/TCO (2.20 to 2.25) Layout (developments served by bus) Will the bus service proposed be attractive to users of the development (6.5 to 6.15) Are the entry and exit points for the development compatible with the local bus network? (6.9) Does the proposed road layout allow buses a direct route through the developments? (6.8 to 6.14) Can buses enter and leave the development without traffic delays? If not, consult the highway authority on junction designs and bus priority measures to avoid delays. (6.42, 7.32 to 7.57) Check bus stop locations for operational efficiency and safety. Conduct initial safety audit of bus stop locations and links to surrounding highways. (6.27 to 6.31) Does the bus route terminate in the development? If yes, has a bus turning point and standing place been provided? (6.32 to 6.35) Does the footpath network feed directly to bus stops? (6.3, 6.5, 6.16, 7.8) Are entrances to buildings close to bus stops? If not, can building locations or orientations be changed to improve access? Are any destinations more than 400 m from a bus stop? Are car parks between bus stops and final destinations? (6.20 to 6.26) Can passengers get to and from bus stops without crossing major roads? If not, are safe crossing facilities provided? Initial safety audit of pedestrian routes. (6.24, Fig. 6.7) Has space been left for accessible bus stops and bus shelters? (7.10 to 7.14, 7.22 to 7.28) Layout (developments served by rail) Will there be a rail station within the development? If yes, has development been discussed with the Rail Regulator, Railtrack and the local Train Operation Companies (contact through the PTE or TCO)? (1.55 to 1.62) Will the train service proposed be attractive to users of the development? Does the footpath network feed directly to the station? (6.3, 6.5, 6.16, 7.8) Are entrances to buildings close to the station? If not can building locations or orientations be changed to improve access? Are any destinations more than 800 m from the station? Are car parks between the station and final destinations? (6.20 to 6.26) Can passengers get to and from the station without crossing major roads? If not, are safe crossing facilities provided? Is parking required at the station to attract other passengers to improve the viability of the train service? Developers contribution and general What Developer’s Contributions will be required under Section 106? (5.52 to 5.57) Conduct initial accessibility audit of footpaths, bus stops and/or railway station for the Disability Discimination Act 1995 (7.7, 7.4) Detailed Planning Developments to be served by bus Does road network provide space for buses? i. Lane width 3.65 m on bus routes (but see 6.53 to 6.60 for residential developments). ii. Space for swept path at junctions. (Figures 6.10 and 6.11) iii. Turning point for terminating bus services. (6.32 to 6.35) iv. Standing space for terminating buses (6.32 to 6.35) v. Space for any bus priority measures. (7.32 to 7.57) vi. Road structure strong enough for axle loads of buses. (11.5 tonne) Bus stops i. Will bus stops be needed or will bus service be “hail and ride”? (6.23) ii. Confirm stop locations are close to final destinations for passengers. iii. Check stops are not isolated, windswept, near waste ground or other open space that would be perceived as hazardous by passengers. iv. Can buses use stops without being delayed by other traffic? v. Do stopped buses pose hazards for other traffic? vi. Is it possible to use bus boarders or kerb-side stops? Are bus bays inevitable? vii. Sight lines for buses and other traffic. (6.27) viii. Safety audit of bus stop location and design. ix. Drainage designed to minimise puddling at bus stops. (7.15 to 7.17) x. Kerb height 125 mm at bus stops. (160-180 mm at bus boarders) Bus stop furniture i. Can bus stop flag be mounted on lamp standard or bus shelter? (7.25) ii. Check with PTE or TCO for preferred type of shelter, and possibility of free supply by advertising company. (7.28) iii. Check footway width two metres minimum past the shelter. (7.22) iv. Check space for ramp or lift from accessible bus. (7.24) v. Check street lighting satisfactory for stop. (7.25) vi. Check planned provision of information at stops. (7.29 to 7.31) vii. Name of stop visible to passengers within the bus? (7.29) Footpaths i. Check routes from buildings to stops are direct and less than 400 m. ii. Check footpaths well overlooked with good sighlines for users. iii. Check footpath lighting. iv. Check footpath gradient preferably not steeper than five precent. v. Footpath surfacing prevents pudding; cross-fall or camber of two percent for drainage. vi. Footpath width two metres, with narrowest pinches at obstructions not less than one metre. vii. Check signage for pedestrians to and from bus stops. viii. Possibility of shelter from weather along footpaths. Pedestrian safety i. Check safety of pedestrian crossings at all major roads. ii. Conduct safety audit of pedestrian travel in development Traffic management i. Do buses require priority measures within the development? If yes, identify problems needing solutions, list possible measures to solve problem select most appropriate solution. (7.32 to 7.57) ii. Ensure space is available for priority measures. iii. Do buses require priority measures entering or leaving development? If yes, liaise with highway authority to identify problems needing solution, list possible measures to solve problem, select most appropriate solution. vi. Do local buses carry transponders? Check with PTE/ICO to ensure systems on development compatible with any local equipment (7.51) v. Are traffic management measures needed to discourage car use? (7.58 to 7.62) Bus service i. Contract local bus operator through the PTE or TCO. Agree service to be provided when development occupied and timetable for service introduction. General i. Audit accessibility of footpaths, bus stops and planned bus services. ii. Check plans for public transport information in buildings on development. Developments to be served by rail Footpaths i. Check routes from buildings to station are direct and less than 800 m. ii. Check footpaths well overlooked with good sightlines for users. iii. Check footpath lighting. iv. Check footpath gradient preferably not steeper than five percent. v. Footpath surfacing prevents puddling; cross-fall or camber of two percent for drainage. vi. Footpath width two metres, with narrowest pinches at obstructions not less than one metre. vii. Check signage for pedestrians to and from station. viii. Possibility of shelter from weather along footpaths. Pedestrian safety i. Check safety of pedestrian crossings at all major roads. ii. Conduct safety audit of pedestrian travel in development. Rail service and traffic management i. Liaise with Rail Regulator and Train Operating Company on rail service. ii. Liaise with Railtrack on station design. iii. Decide on need for additional parking at station. iv. Are traffic management measures needed to discourage car use by travellers to development? General i. Audit accessibility of footpaths, station and planned train services. ii. Check plans for public transport information in buildings on development. PUBLIC & SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORT ASSESSMENT Site Ref : Date Form ST6 Short Title : H Proposed Land use Adur Chichester Mid-Sussex Arun Crawley Worthing RAIL STATION Services : Distance BUS ROUTES Nos: Operators : Frequency Daytime: (Buses per Evening: Hour) Sundays Funded by All? WSC Part? Distance : CYCLING AND WALKING SUGGESTED IMPROVEMENTS Bus Shelters……………………… Rail improvements………...……… Evening Services ……………….. Bus Priority ………………………. Sunday Services…….…………… Ped. / Cycle Improvement ……….. Daytime Services ……..………… Travel-Wise Plan…………..……… Altered Routeing………………… Planning Agreement………...……… PARKING Provide Secure, Convenient, Covered Cycle Parking 1 Per Bed Space 1 to every 4 Employees/Customers Other Cars / Lorries / Buses ……………………………………… RECOMMENDED : Is Accessible to Public Transport Is not Accessible to Public Transport (Reason for Refusal) Is not accessible to Public Transport But could be made so by a Planning Agreement OTHER Signed : ………………………………. FLOW CHART FOR ASSESSING REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC TRANSPORT, WALKING AND CYCLING A Typical Bus Operator’s Checklist (Based on the Checklist for the Audit of Bus Services into / around Heathrow) ROUTE No. (One sheet per route. Complete both sides) 1. Status within tender procedure 2. Route length 3. End-to-End journey time Peak Off-peak 4. Vehicle type Make/age/number in fleet Percentage low floor (cost for 100%) Capacity (i) Seated (ii) Standing Luggage space (high/medium/low) 5. Bus stop / waiting environment Number of stops / Percentage with timetables Number of shelters Percentage with good facility Illuminated 2/3 way enclosed Seating Undersized Security issues (cctv / alarms / etc) 6. Vehicle tracking Percentage of fleet with AVL / timescale / cost Percentage of route with real time displays / timescale / cost 7. Bus priority General need for bus priority (high/medium/low) Status in any bus priority programme / estimated cost Reliability of route as a whole Percentage of miles lost through congestion 8. Driver Customer service / attitude Percentage with uniforms / appearance 9. Patronage i) Total patronage per route. ii) Percentage of patronage to / from Heathrow area. (Users to / from A4 (between Hatch Lane, Compass Centre and Harlington Corner), Hatton X, Southern Perimeter Road, all terminals) – see Connections Map for area). iii) Percentage year on year changes for (i) above – note any major route changes). iv) Percentage year on year changes for (ii) above – note any major route changes). 10. Cost of operation Gross annual cost of operation Total cash revenue Total off-bus revenue. Net annual deficit. The above data is for planning purposes only. It will be kept confidential within the Heathrow Area Transport Forum. It will be used to prioritise services and corridors which are in most need of support. It will benchmark a patronage base for monitoring change. It you have any additional comments, notes or suggestions please feel free to comment. Please use only one form per route. Where routes bifurcate (74/5; 436/441; 555/6/7) Please use separate forms for the separate legs APPENDIX – y ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT QUESTIONS Single-purposism, as we have seen, tends to create projects that harm the environment. Instead, we should design projects with as favourable an environmental impact as possible. This is the objective of environmental impact design. The questions about impact in this appendix have been grouped, as general and sectoral questions, similarly to their discussion in the book. Clearly, they overlap and the list is incomplete. It needs to be elaborated. As land-users, we tend to take an interest in the environmental consequences of our neighbours activities and to resent questions about our own. We are aggrieved when public goods are damaged and delighted when the supply is augmented. If damage is unavoidable, we expect compensatory measures. Environmental compensation, delivered at the point of impact, is economically more efficient than financial compensation. It goes to the people who have suffered a loss. We should, by asking questions, audit the impact of development projects on public goods. * when a landowner applies for planning permission, a building licence or authorization from an environmental quality regulator; * when public money is to be spent on a project, so that society can obtain the maximum social benefit at the minimum social cost. The questions can be used to carry out a public goods audit of proposed development projects. PART 1 – General questions Objectives Is it a single-objective project or a multi-objective project? Planning process Have the affected landowners and land-users helped to generate the plan? Impact on public goods Will the existing stock of public goods be increased or decreased? Compensation If existing public goods will be damaged, what environmental compensation it proposed? Relationship to local plans Does the project design contribute to local plan objectives for improving the stock of environmental public goods (natural, social and visual)? Urban design How does the project design relate to local urban design objectives? Sustainability Does the project design contribute to sustainability objectives? Transport How will the project encourage the use of self-powered transport and public transport? Vegetation Will the project design increase or reduce the quantity and diversity of plant life? Surface water Will the surface-water runoff from the site be increased or reduced? Landform How does the project design relate to the habitat potential plan for the locality? Habitats How does the planting design relate to the habitat potential plan for the locality? Greenspace Is the project design compatible with the objectives of the local greenspace plan? Recreation It the project design compatible with local recreation objectives? Air How does the project design relate to air quality objectives? Scenic plan Is the project set in an area of low, medium or high scenic quality? How will the scenic quality be affected by the project design? Spatial quality How does the project design relate to the local plan for spatial quality? Skyline How will the local skyline be affected by the project design? Zoning what landscape character zones overlap the site? General character How does the development project respond to the Genius of the proposed character designed to be designed to be identical to, similar to or different from that of its surroundings? What is the value of the SID Index for the projects? Detailed character How does the development project respond, in detail, to the character of its surroundings (e.g. architectural style, plant materials, construction materials etc.). Are the design details intended to be identical, similar or different? Nature Has the project been designed with nature or against nature? Language What does the project ‘say’, in the language of the environment? Archetypal patterns What extension will be made to larger-scale Alexander patterns? What provision will be made for smaller-scale Alexander patterns? Material colour Will the colour relationship with local construction and plant materials be one of similarity, identity or contrast? Planning information system Has the project design been checked against the historical records and development plans in the local planning information system? PART 2 : Sectoral quations PUBLIC OPEN SPACE Access Is the open space designed to be bounded or unbounded? Character Will the predominant character be that of a man-made or a natural area? Use What provision will be made for specialist activities in the public open space? Colour What is the most appropriate colour to symbolize the intended character of the public open space? Planning How will the public open space relate to adjacent land-uses? Historic conservation How does the present design reflect previous designs for the site? Nature conservation How does th public open space contribute to wildlife, water and air-quality objectives? Markets will there be a provision for the sale of goods in the public open space? Management will the management of the open space be funded with national, regional local or community finance, by a public-private partner-ship or by a private organization? Has creation of a non-profit community trust been evaluated? Ownership Will there be a direct relationship between the ownership and the control of the public open space? Greenways In what sense will the open space be “green”? For what types of traffic will it be a “way”? RESERVOIRS SID index Is the reservoir designed to be similar to or different form its surroundings? Reservoir fringe land will the waterfront land be urban, agricultural estuarine, recreational or natural? Urbanization Is it appropriate to design the reservoir in conjunction with a new settlement? Reservoir margin What physical and biological works will be carried out before the land is inundated (e.g. to create beaches at water level and habitats beneath water level)? Recreation How will the reservoir improve opportunities for outdoor recreation? Swimming What provision will be made for outdoor swimming? Habitat creation How will the reservoir contribute to creation of new habitats? Scenery How will the reservoir improve the scenery? Archaeology Has the land to be flooded been considered as an underwater archaeological reserve? MINERAL WORKINGS Quality Will the landscape be at least as useful and as beautiful after mining as before? Plant and machinery How will adverse side-effects be mitigated? What beneficial side-effects are planned? Mineral operation What harm will be done? How will the landform be adapted to produce a beneficial end-result? Phasing Is there a phasing plan for the completion of mineral workings and the establishment of after-uses? Character at surface level, will the post-mining and pre-mining landscapes be similar, identical or different? After-use Has consideration been given to planning for a range of possible after- uses? Landownership Should the community help acquisition? Will the land pass into public ownership when the extraction process is complete? AGRICULTURE Character Should the existing character of the agricultural land be conserved, or should a different character be developed? Public goods What public goods are produced? What public goods could be reproduced? Who will pay for the public goods? Should the landowner receive a wage or a rent for the public goods provided? Mapping From which points of view has the agricultural land been mapped? Strategic reserve Will the farm provide a strategic reserve capacity for food production? If land goes out of production, how long would it take to bring it back into production? Conservation Will the farm contribute to water conservation, historic conservation and scenic conservation objectives? Recreation Will access to the countryside be improved? Food Will the supply of wild food and non-industrial food be improved? Geography Has the supply of public goods been considered in relation to their local, regional national and international availability? Implementation What arrangements have been made to implement a farm landscape plan? Ownership Will any easements or common rights be purchased or pass into public ownership for another reason? Finance Will the public benefit from money spent on agricultural production subsidies? FORESTRY Character Will the forest be beautiful and productive? Will it have sparkling streams, bright pools, dark swamps, open glades, black groves and many animals? Internal land-relationship How many land-use objectives have been incorporated into the forest design plan? External land-use relationships How has the forest design been integrated with the pattern of surrounding land-uses? Myth Have any myths or stories been incorporated into the forest design? Land cover Which parts of the forest will be wooded and which will be open land? Food What wild food will be produced within the forest? Wildlife How will wildlife benefit from the forestry operations? Ancient woods What areas have been set aside to become ancient woods? Roads Have recreational, aesthetic and conservation objectives been considered in the design of forest roads, rides and fire breaks? Public participation How will the local community help to design and manage the forest? Silviculture Which silvicultural systems will be used? Will any of the forest land be clear-felled or managed by selection forestry? Management Will forestry objectives receive different priorities in different compartments of the forest? Landscape plan Will the forest landscape plan be published, discussed with community groups, deposited in local libraries and exhibited on note boards? RIVERS AND FLOODS Drainage Will the volume and rate of surface-water runoff from the site be increased or reduced? Flooding Which areas of town and country will be allowed to flood and with what frequency? Detention Will any special measures be taken to detain surface water within the development site boundary? Infiltration Will surface-water infiltration be increased or reduced? What special techniques will be employed? Roof vegetation Will the roofs of new buildings be vegetated? If not, why not? Pavements Will porous paving be used in the development? If so, will there be an adverse impact on water quality? Riverworks What is the intended use and character of the reach where the works will take place? Recreation What provision will be made for outdoor swimming, boating and other recreational activities? Coastal works What is the intended use and character of the coastal area where the works will take place? It is project design sigle-purpose or multi-purpose? Are the works designed in the context of a coastal landscape plan? TRANSPORT Colour What is the most appropriate colour to symbolise the intended character of the routeway? Names Will the proposed route be a road, a ride, a highway, a lane, a track, a footpath, a speedway, a bridleway, a street, an avenue or an autoroute? Multi-mode sharing To what extent will traffic modes share the paved surface? To what extent will traffic modes be segregated? Cycling Will a provision be made for cycling and cycle storage? Will the use of cycles and the safety of cyclists be monitored? Transport interchanges Have modal interchange points been integrated with other land-uses? Do they make provision for cycle storage? Have they been designed as attractive multi-functional spaces? Conservation Will historic transport routes be conserved? Alignment Has the route alignment been adapted to its context? Was it produced using standard criteria from a design manual? Phasing What provision has been made for future changes in the route’s use and character? Margin details Does the treatment of walls, fences, banks, drains and vegetation relate to local traditions, or to an innovatory landscape plan? URBANISATION Location Where will planned urbanization do the least harm and the most good? Can it be designed in conjunction with other land-uses? Size Will the eventual settlement size be small, medium or large? New settlements What is the best location for the new settlement from the point of view of the local community? Should a local referendum be held to choose sites for urbanization? Community involvement How will the future community be represented in the planning and design process? Topography How will the urbanization relate to the existing topography? Regional identity How will the settlement respond to the character of the local climate, local design tradition and local materials? Public open space Which land is best suited for designation as public open space? Earthmoving Is there an earthmoving plan for the urbanization process? Water How will the pattern of surface-water drainage be affected? Will new water bodies be created? Trees Will the urbanization have an advance tree-planting programme? Circulation What will be done to contribute to a sustainable transport network? Finance If the urbanization benefits from public infrastructure investment, how will the public gain a return from this investment? APPENDIX – z ASSESSING A BUILDING FOR ACCESS FOR DISABLED PEOPLE Assessing a building for access for disabled people has been called an access audit. This is often the first part of the process of improving provision in an existing building, and can, if done correctly, be the start of an ongoing project that will last the lifetime of the building. This chapter is designed to illustrate the nature of an access audit and the features that should be looked for in such an audit. Sections cover the areas that should be examined and the ways of commissioning an audit on a building. What is an access audit? An access audit will examine an existing building against predetermined criteria designed to measure the ‘usability’ of the building for disabled people. Usability will range from getting in and getting around to getting out. Depending on the measurement criteria, the assessment will examine how much of the facilities can be used independently by disabled people. A through audit will look at more than just physical mobility and disability. It will also examine use of the services by people with sensory disabilities and mental disabilities. The limit of what is to be assessed will depend on the frame of reference of the project. All inclusive audits will examine printed material and publicity, staff attitudes and the physical and management issues within the building . Beginning a project Before deciding to conduct an audit of a building it is important to have a clear understanding of the following: * The purpose of the audit * What the criteria for measurement will be and what will be assessed * The expected outcomes and their format * Who is to carry out the audit * The reporting of the results * The follow-up procedure and evaluation of progress. The management of audit information and the construction of the project are key factors in success of a project. What are the purposes? Most access audits are launched with only a vague idea of what they are intended to achieve, high expectations of what they will achieve, and a lack of perception of the management procedures involved in implementing the changes that are required. Audits are conducted for three main reasons: 1. Comparative surveys; to gather data on the accessibility of the building or facility to build a comparative table of accessibility of buildings. Projects such as the Audit Commission were designed for this type of collection. This enables a statistical comparison of service provision across a region, and also a longitudinal approach to service provision over time. 2. Analytical surveys; to gather data which indicates the accessibility of a building for publication in reference works, directories and guides for disabled people will use to decide where they should go for services. The data is then disseminated through organizations such as Artsline, which provides a telephone enquiry service for disabled people in London to find details of entertainment and more recently, restaurants. 3. Adaptive surveys; to gather information which is designed to generate change. These audits measure area of inaccessibility and generate recommendations for improvement. Good audits of this nature will also prioritise the improvements and make detailed recommendation. These recommendations may indicate a cost associated with the change and the optimum timescale. This type of audit can be used to generate a ‘master plan’ for change. Collection of the same information can be used for all the above objectives, but the intended out come will determine how the information is collected, the process and by whom it is collected. Who should do the audit? Research that we carried out for the Arts Council of England in 1993 indicated that the most successful audits and surveys were undertaken by a mixture of disabled and able-bodied audit teams using questionnaires designed primarily by disabled people. Success is taken to mean that the data collected were accurate and detailed, and represented the difficulties that a disabled person would encounter. Audits carried out by these groups will often fall into the first two categories of the Comparative and Analytical Survey types. In order to produce the Adaptive Survey the surveying and reporting team should be experienced in the design of building for disabled people and the processes required for their implementation. They will also need to assemble their cost recommendations from a knowledge database of products and costs of installation and building work. It is likely therefore that this type of group would include disabled people and Architects experienced in adaptive work. DIY audits There are guidance documents and books on conducting your own surveys and audits. Packs, such as those from RADAR and the Centre on Accessible Environments and All Clear Designs will certainly give a large amount of information to the newcomer to the field, as will questionnaires designed by The Access Officer’s Association for compliance with the Audit Commission surveys of public buildings. However, these guides and questionnaires will result in a mainly mechanistic understanding of access, and are useful only for the most cursory investigation of a building’s difficulties or potential. Kits of questionnaires and measuring devices – for measurement of door-opening forces, lighting level and ramp gradients – can be purchased from organizations such as All Clear Designs. The other approach is to attend courses on auditing procedure, such as those run by the Centre of Accessible Environments and longer-term (one year) courses such as the ‘Environmental Access’ course run by the Architectural Association. However, where a thorough assessment of the building is needed it is normally better to employ the services of professional organizations and consultants who are experienced in this area. The Centre on Accessible Environments has an Architectural Advisory Service, based on a register of architect members with experience of access; some of whom will have experience of auditing. The Centre also has experienced auditors who will carry out assessment. A condition of registration is that the organization will give you one hour of their time free to visit the building in question and provide you with advice on how they would proceed. (They may charge travel expenses). The Arts Council of England has also compiled a directory of consultants in disability and the arts, called Off the Shelf and Into Action. The directory breaks down groups by services offered and by geographic region and is available from the Arts Council of England for approximately £ 15. Local access groups are extremely useful in having local knowledge as well as a wide range of experienced disabled people. Some local groups are known to the planning departments of the local council, the Social Services Department and may be in the Yellow Pages. Assistance can also be gained in the first instance from Access Officers. There are normally based in the planning department or the Chief Executive’s office of the local council. An Access Officer is given the task of implementing equal opportunities where they relate to disabled people, across a council’s services. They are an extremely good source of advice on access questions, and should be one of the first people to be consulted. It is recommended that up to three organizations are contacted to help formulate a strategy. The strategy should be drawn up into a brief, and this can then be issued to gain comparative tenders. Most briefs of this nature will ask for the experience of the organization, measurement methodology and the criteria against which they will be measuring the building, with the output format and the likely outcomes of the survey. Accessing facilities Access audits fall into two different categories : 1. Audits that assess the presence of facilities for disabled people. 2. Audits that are designed to assess how well the facilities in the building will work for disabled people. The main types of access audits are illustrated in Figure 3.1 The first type of audit is frequently carried out by questionnaire on a ‘ticking’ basis – i.e. the question is asked ‘Is there an accessible toilet?’ The response is entered into a tabular reporting procedure to show the presence or absence of such a facility. The second type of audit involves a visit to the building where the nature of the facility and how well it will work for disabled people are measured. This nature of the assessment is vital to the success of an access audit. Important distinctions can be made, which a simple recording procedure cannot show. For instance, the difference between a Disabled Toilet and an Accessible Toilet lies in their layout and their ability to be used. Pure recording of the facilities will probably result in a tick for the presence of a disabled toilet, if there is a toilet with the wheelchair user symbol on the door. However, due to the poor design and layout of many of these toilets facilities, many would fail the assessment as being an Accessible Toilet because they are unusable by disabled people. The simple recording process is unlikely to point out areas in which the facilities can be improved, other than the complete lack of facilities. The assessment of the working of the building can generate sensitive suggestions for improvement, where the improvement can be made by the ‘fine tuning’ of the building. A description of a facility which does or does not work for disabled people will highlight the difficulties. It should also refer to the solutions required to improve the situation. Feasibility’s studies Feasibility studies take the information from the access audit and use the data to propose detailed architectural changes which will improve the access area noted in the audit document. Assessment criteria Second only to the decision to measure the working of the building is the choice of a commonly accepted criterion for measurement of the building. The reason that acknowledgement of the presence of a toilet marked with a disability symbol is not sufficient is that not all toilets are built to the same standard. Who are disabled people? The audits targeted group of user must be clarified at the outset. The majority of access audits carried out appear to concentrate on wheel chair use, yet this group represents only 4 per cent of the disabled population. The other 96 percent are people with mobility difficulties, sensory difficulties (such as visual disability and deafness) and learning disabilities. Most disabled people cannot be placed neatly into categories. The nature of disability is that the majority of disabled people have multiple disabilities, with the largest groups of disabled people being in the population aged over 55 years. At current estimates this group of people are 17 percent of the population, a figure which will rise to 19 percent by the year 2025. The target group to assess therefore ranges from wheelchair users to those who may have reduced vision and who exhibit a degree of mental confusion. Standards and specifications With the definition of the disabled population it is important to clarify the areas of the building that will be assessed and the criteria for assessment. It is clear that the current legislative and standards documents are not comprehensive enough. Both Part M of the Building Regulations (1991) and BS 5810 are heavily biased towards the needs of wheelchair users, hardly considering sensory disabilities, and paying no reference to people with learning difficulties. Figure 3.1 : Types of access audits available The other difficulty with using documents such as Part M and BS 5819 is that they are description of minimum acceptable specifications which may allow use by disabled people (in wheelchairs). The standards make no reference to the ease of use of the facilities, not the selection and use of the fixtures and fittings required to use them. What to assess Attitudes Not surprisingly, the attitudes of a building management, front-line staff and management may have more impact on disabled people using a building than the physical aspects of the building. A building that is completely accessible but staffed by people who are not welcoming, helpful and understanding of the issues around disability is likely not to be frequented by disabled people. Assessing attitudes of the people operating a building is notoriously difficult to do. It is easier and fairly indicative to carry out a Training Audit to assess the level of disability equality training, customer care and any other specialist training that the staff may have had. Publicity / printed material The design of publicity and marketing information such as leaflets and posters must be sensitive and appropriate to the target market. Use of language, images and media must be accessible, including literature particularly aimed at young people with learning difficulties. It should also be noted that there is a requirement for the production of publicity in formats that include large print, tape and Braille. Content Content of publicity material in terms of language, images and portrayals can be assessed for their impact and appropriateness to groups of disabled people. Layout The layout and typographic elements contained in the publicity material determine its accessibility to people with visual and cognitive disabilities. Requirements do not necessarily prevent designers from production exciting and satisfying products. Physical aspects The physical aspects of a building form the core of an access audit. Areas which should typically be covered include: Physical access * Transport, parking, entrances, entrance matting, ramps (design, platforms, handrails, gradients and lighting) * Doors – automatic (operation control, safety devices, operation procedure) and manual (closing forces, clear opening widths, vision panel and door furniture) * Lighting – levels, location, glare and location of control switches. * Short-rise lift platforms – location, size, operation, buttons and alarms * Wheelchair stair lifts – location, type, controls and size * Lifts – size, voice enunciation feedback, buttons, lighting and alarm telephones * Floor finishes (carpet pile, colours, non-slip and visibility) * Stairs – nosings, handrails, finishes and light levels * Reception desks / box office desks * Acoustics and acoustic treatment of spaces Decoration * Colours of wall, floor, ceiling and other features * Contrasts and visual mapping * Use of colour to distinguish and code areas Fire escape / evacuation * Training, escape / evacuation lifts, design of places of refuge (BS 5588 Part 8, to allow access to floors other than the ground floor) and their use, evacution procedures, evacuation routes, ‘Evac’ chairs, fire alarms (visual, tactile and auditory), fire extinguishers, automatic building protection * The design, location and lighting of signs * Visual fire alarm warning * Alarm procedures and alarm / emergency response cards Sanitary facilities * Toilets – location, size, alarms (and alarm procedures), fittings (colours, types, location and maintenance), taps/sinks, water temperatures, doors (size, door furniture, signage and automation), sanitary disposal and light levels * Showers – size, types, fittings, layout, floor surface, temperature, pressure and lighting * Changing areas – location, facilities, floor surfaces and light levels Wayfinding * Directional signage – size, typefaces, raised lettering, heights, colours, textual and graphic, location, layout, arrows and light levels * Maps and guides – tactile and taped * Door / floor signs and other markings (warning) Communications equipments * Telephones – minicom systems, inductive couplers, alarm systems and induction loops * Computers – information technology to assist disabled people, such as text magnification for people with a visual disability * Tannoy and paging system * Front of house – induction loops on box office and meeting rooms * Alarms and alarm procedures Refreshment / recreational facilities * Restaurants, bars, tea bars, rest rooms, kitchen and vending areas (machines, etc.) (these are assessed under similar areas to the physical access section) * Shops and shopping areas – size, layout cash desk, price list and labels Health and safety * Signs, first-aid rooms (rest room), first-aid kits and training How to report The report format of an access audit is crucial to the success of the proposed outcome. These were illustrated earlier in Figure 3.1 It is important to locate the team supervising the audit in a department of the company, council or authority who have an understanding of the issues involved in the audit and, more importantly, of the implementation of change. It will be this group that takes the information that has been collected in the auditing procedure and develops it into an implementation plan. Conclusion It is important to have a clear idea of what is being assessed and the purpose of the assessment before any work begins. The purpose of the assessment will determine the areas that are to be assessed, the reporting format and the composition of the report’s targets. There are many consultants who can advise and carry out surveys of this nature or support internal groups undertaking their own surveys. The role of disabled people in the design of assessments and carrying them out cannot be overstressed APPENDIX – aa INTERNATIONAL TOURIST ARRIVALS WORLDWIDE AND BY REGIONS 1991-2000* (Arrivals in Millions) Region 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000* WORLD Arrivals %Change 462.7 -- 500.9 8.3 515.7 3.0 550.3 6.7 550.3 0.0 597.4 8.6 618.2 3.5 626.5 1.3 650.4 3.8 698.8 7.4 AFRICA Arrivals %Change 16.2 -- 18.0 11.1 18.5 2.8 18.9 2.2 20.1 6.3 21.8 8.5 23.2 6.4 24.9 7.3 26.5 6.4 27.6 4.2 AMERICAS Arrivals %Change 95.5 -- 102.3 7.1 102.1 -0.2 104.8 2.6 108.9 3.9 115.2 5.7 116.6 1.3 119.5 2.5 122.2 2.3 129.0 5.5 EAST ASIA / PACIFIC Arrivals %Change 56.4 -- 64.2 13.8 71.2 10.9 76.8 7.9 81.4 6.0 89.0 9.3 88.3 - 0.8 88.0 - 0.3 97.6 10.9 111.9 14.7 EUROPE Arrivals %Change 282.9 -- 302.3 6.9 309.9 2.5 334.8 2.5 323.4 3.4 353.7 9.4 371.1 4.9 373.7 0.7 380.2 1.7 403.3 6.1 MIDDLE EAST Arrivals %Change 8.4 -- 10.5 25.0 10.5 0.0 11.1 5.7 12.4 11.7 13.3 7.3 14.3 7.5 15.1 5.6 18.2 20.5 20.6 13.2 SOUTH ASIA Arrivals %Change 3.3 -- 3.6 9.1 3.5 - 2.8 3.9 11.4 4.2 7.7 4.4 4.8 4.8 9.1 5.2 8.3 5.8 11.3 6.4 10.3 SHARE OF INDIA (in the world tourist arrivals) 0.36 0.37 0.34 0.34 0.39 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 * Provisional SOURCE : World Tourism Organisation. APPENDIX – bb INTERNATIONAL TOURIST RECEIPTS BY REGIONS (BILLION US $) 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000* WORLD Receipts % Annual Change 276.9 -- 315.4 13.9 321.9 2.1 354.09 10.3 406.2 14.5 436.5 7.5 439.7 0.7 442.5 0.6 455.4 2.9 475.8 4.5 AFRICA Receipts % Annual Change 5.0 -- 6.8 36.0 6.8 0.0 7.5 10.3 8.1 13.6 9.2 13.6 9.4 2.2 9.9 5.3 10.3 4.0 10.7 3.9 AMERICAS Receipts % Annual Change 76.7 -- 83.8 9.3 89.11 6.3 93.2 4.6 99.7 7.0 110.6 10.9 116.9 5.7 117.2 0.3 122.4 4.4 136.4 11.4 EAST ASIA / PACIFIC Receipts % Annual Change 40.4 --- 47.9 18.6 53.9 12.5 63.8 18.4 74.5 16.8 82.3 10.5 75.7 - 8.0 70.7 - 6.6 75.2 6.4 82.5 9.7 EUROPE Receipts % Annual Change 148.5 ---- 169.1 13.9 163.8 - 3.1 181.8 10.5 212.8 17.6 222.2 4.4 224.5 1.0 231.7 3.2 233.1 0.6 231.5 0.7 MIDDLE EAST Receipts % Annual Change 3.8 --- 5.1 34.2 5.7 11.8 6.4 12.3 7.6 18.8 8.2 7.9 9.2 12.2 8.8 - 4.3 9.8 11.4 9.7 - 1.1 SOUTH ASIA Receipts % Annual Change 2.3 --- 2.8 21.7 2.7 - 3.6 3.1 14.8 3.5 12.9 3.8 8.6 4.0 5.3 4.3 7.5 4.6 7.0 5.1 10.9 SHARE OF INDIA (in the world tourist receipts) 0.67 0.67 0.66 0.66 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.67 0.66 0.67 * Provisional SOURCE : World Tourism Organisation. APPENDIX – cc ESTIMATED DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN TOURIST VISITS DURING State / U.T. 1998 1999 2000 Prop. To the Total (%) Domestic Foreign Domestic Foreign Domestic Foreign Domestic Foreign Northern Region Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Delhi, Chandigarh Total 53209461 2068655 57544888 2185037 63122040 2279383 30.0 37.6 Southern Region Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Tamilnadu, Pondicherry, Kerala, Lakshdweep, Andman & Nicobar Total 75814874 1179194 84612529 1270304 94601776 1313562 45.0 21.6 Eastern Region Bihar Orissa, Sikkim, W. Bengal Total 15694536 314609 16462734 309412 17594801 310638 8.4 5.1 Central & Western Region Maharashtra, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh, Daman & Diu, Goa Total 22947345 1974337 3148379 2063782 33305811 2153438 15.9 35.5 North East Region Assam, Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram, Tripura, Nagaland, Arunachal Pradesh Total 529784 2909 567284 3570 1489112 11788 0.7 0.2 G. Total 168196000 5539704 190671014 5832105 210113540 6068809 100.0 100.0 APPENDIX – dd DISTRIBUTION OF APPROVED HOTELS AND ROOMS IN NORTHEAST INDIA S. No. State / Place 5*D 5* 4* 3* 2* 1* Heritage Unclassified Total Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 10 1 10 Total (No. of Hotels) (No. of Rooms) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 10 1 10 Assam Dibru Garh Guwahati Jorhat Kaziranga Sibsagar Silchar Tinsukia -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 154 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 160 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 38 1 38 2 54 1 31 -- -- 1 29 1 44 1 20 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 53 -- -- 1 18 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 38 8 421 1 31 1 18 1 29 1 44 2 58 Total (No. of Hotels) (No. of Rooms) 0 0 0 0 2 154 4 198 7 216 0 0 0 0 2 71 15 639 Manipur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Meghalaya Shillong -- -- -- -- 1 50 2 75 -- -- 1 40 -- -- -- -- 4 165 Total (No. of Hotels) (No. of Rooms) 0 0 0 0 1 50 2 75 -- -- 1 40 0 0 0 0 4 165 Mizoram Aizawl -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 28 1 28 Total (No. of Hotels) (No. of Rooms) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 28 1 28 Nagaland 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sikkim Gangtok -- -- -- -- 3 104 1 29 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 133 Total (No. of Hotels) (No. of Rooms) 0 0 0 0 3 104 1 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 133 APPENDIX – ee SOURCES OF INFORMATION The major sources of information, which influenced the tourists to visit India, were friends and relatives, general books, travel agents / tour operators, travel guides etc. S. No. Country of Nationality No. of Tourists Reporting Different Sources of Information Tele- ision Adv. Daily/ Magazine Advt. Travel Journal Travel Shows Exhib. Travel Guides General Books Friends and Relatives Travel agents/ Tour Oper. India Office Others 1 Austrialia 1 7 5 8 11 11 14 11 4 32 2 Canada 4 2 6 3 6 6 13 5 3 12 3 Germany 9 12 16 7 22 29 20 8 6 48 4 France 8 11 5 5 22 18 20 14 3 25 5 Italy 5 4 5 4 9 14 18 10 8 21 6 Japan 2 3 2 2 13 10 15 7 2 22 7 Malaysia 1 0 1 4 2 1 2 0 0 3 8 Netherlands 5 4 5 2 9 14 17 3 1 16 9 Oman 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 0 1 10 Singapore 3 4 0 1 0 3 4 0 1 8 11 Spain 1 2 3 2 7 6 9 4 3 6 12 Sweden 0 2 5 2 8 3 4 8 0 10 13 Switzerland 3 3 3 2 7 11 13 11 2 3 14 Thailand 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 15 UAE 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 16 U.K. 38 56 78 63 134 116 147 160 35 151 17 U.S.A. 12 22 17 12 42 51 67 33 9 88 18 Others 23 30 19 23 44 71 79 33 13 106 Total 115 162 170 141 336 365 445 309 90 553 APPENDIX – ff THE NATIONAL WILDLIFE ACTION PLAN ON TOURISM The National Wildlife Action Plan makes the following points on the issue of Tourism: 1. Tourism demands must be subservient to and in consonance with the conservation interests of Protected Areas (PA) and wildlife 2. Eco-tourism must primarily involve and benefit local communities 3. Develop national guidelines on tourism within PAs. Ways of benefiting local people directly by tourism should be specified in the guidelines 4. Develop tourism management plans for each PA. Also conduct surveys of existing accommodation and tourist facilities within PAs 5. The Wildlife Institute of India should develop impact assessment techniques and standards that can be used by PA managers to evaluate the negative impacts of tourism on soil, water resources, vegetation, animal life, sanitation or waste disposal and cultural environments 6. Develop stringent standards of waste disposal, energy and water consumption and construction plans and materials used therein 7. A ceiling of the number of tourists and tourist vehicles permitted to enter the PA should be specified. The PA managers must be empowered to use their discretion in closing off certain areas of the PA, for example, an area where a tiger has littered 8. Set up State and Union Territory eco-tourism advisory boards that will regulate tourism activities. Representatives of local people living near PAs, local NGOs and PA managers to be a part of these boards to develop and regulate tourism activities APPENDIX – gg LIST OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT MINISTRIES FOR TOURISM DEVELOPMENT COLLABORATION Ministry of Agriculture- Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR), Indian Institute of Horticultural Research (IIHR), Krishi Vigyan Kendra (KVK), Water Technology Centre for Eastern Region Ministry of Commerce & Industries- Agricultural & Processed Food Products Exports Development Authority (APEDA), Industrial Institute of Foreign Trade (IIFT), India Trade Promotion Organisation (ITPO) Ministry of Communication & Information Technology- National Information Centre (NIC), Department of Tele Communication (DOT) Ministry of Defence- Defence Research & Development Organisation (DRDO), GREF Ministry of Environment & Forests- Central Zoo Authority (CZI), Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Medicinal Plant Board, Forest Development Agencies (Joint Forest Management Committees & Eco-development Committees) Ministry of Health & Family Welfare- Department of Indian Systems of Medicine & Homeopathy Ministry of Home Affairs- Northeast Council (NEC) Ministry of Human Resource Development- Department of Education, Department of Women & Child Development Ministry of Information & Broadcasting Ministry of Non-conventional Energy Sources- Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency Ltd. (IREDA) Ministry of Road Transport & Highway Ministry of Rural Development- Council of Advancement of People’s Action & Rural Technology (CAPART), National Institute of Rural Development (NIRD) Ministry of Science & Technology- Department of Science and Industrial Research, Institute of Himalayan Bio-resources Technology (IHBT) Ministry of Small Scale Industries & Agro & Rural Industries Ministry of Textiles- Handloom Export Promotion Council (HEPC), Handicraft & Handloom Export Corporation (HHEC) Ministry of Tourism & Culture- Archaeological Survey of India, National Culture Fund, Department of Tourism Ministry of Tribal Affairs Ministry of Water Resources Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports APPENDIX – hh LIST OF INSTITUTIONAL FUNDING AGENCIS FOR TOURISM DEVELOPMENT Indian Non-governmental Organisations (NGOs): Infosys Foundation Pirojsha Godrej foundation Reliance Foundation J.R.D. Tata Trust Tata Sons Ltd. & various Trusts Wildlife Trust of India K. Mahindra Foundation International Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs): Aga Khan Foundation Asia Pacific Foundation of Canada Asian Cultural Council AT & T Foundation Aurora Foundation Environmental Trust Ford Foundation Foundation for Deep Ecology Gates Foundation Global Conservation Fund (Gordon & Betty Moore Foundation) Goldman Environment Foundation International Fund for Animal Welfare Kellog Foundation MacArther Foundation National Geographic Foundation Paul Getty Allen Forest Protection Foundation Paul Getty Trust Smithsonian Institute The Asia Foundation The Carnegie Foundation The Rockfeller Foundation World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), International International Government Agencies: Department of Environmental Research & Social Sciences, Germany German Ministry of Development Co-operation National Environment Research Council (NERC), UK Netherlands Development Organisation Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research (Earth & Life Science) Swiss National Foundation, Switzerland The Research Council of Norway (Environment & Development) The Swedish Research Council for Environment, Agriculture & Spatial Planning, Sweden The United States Agency for International Development (USAID) United Kingdom Department of International Development United States Department of Fish & Wildlife US Global Change Research Programme, USA Inter Governmental Organisations (IGOs): Conservation International Danish International Development Assistance (DANIDA) Department for International Development (DFID), UK Environment Programme of European Commission Environment Protection Agency, USA Global Environment Facility (GEF) India Canada Environment Facility (ICEF) Indo-Dutch Programme on Alternatives in Development (IDPAD) Indo-Norwegian Environment Programme (INEP) International Bank for Reconstruction & Development (IBRD) International Relations Council (Social Science & Humanities Research), Canada International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Japanese Bank for International Co-operation (JBIC) National Natural Science Foundation of China Overseas Development Administration (ODA) The Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) The United Nations Children’s Fund (UNCF) The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) The United Nations Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) The United Nations Education, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) The United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) The United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA) REFERENCES: Agarwal A. K. et al, 1991, Political & Economic Development of Mizoram, Mittal Publications Aier Y., 1973, Folk Tales of Nagaland Aier Y., 1973, The Nagaland of tomorrow and Her educated youth Ao M. A., 1968, The Arts & Crafts of Nagaland, Naga Institute of Culture Ao M. A., 1970, A Brief Historical Account of Nagaland, Naga Institute of Culture Barthew W. B., 1994, A Perspective Plan for Conservation, Management and Development of Land Resources for 2000 A.D., Ministry of Agriculture Bhatia A. K., 2002, Tourism Development – Principles & Practices, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi Bhatia A. K., 2001, International Tourism Management, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi Bhattacharjee P. K., 2001, Provisional Population Totals-Paper 1 & 2, Controller of Publications, New Delhi Bhattacharya S., 1992, From Jhuming to Tapping, Dept. of Welfare fro Sch. Tribes, Tripura Carson L. H., 1927, Pioneer Trails, Trials and Triumphs, Reprinted (1997) by Dept. of Art & Culture, Mizoram Cater & Lowman, 1994, Ecotourism-A Sustainable Option?, John Wiley & Sons, UK Central Young Mizo Asson., 1994, Constitution of Y. M. A., Aizwal, Mizoram Chatterji N., 1979, Monoliths & Landmarks of Mizoram, Tribal Research Institute, Aizawl Das J. N., 1986, Study of the Land Systems of the Northeastern Region, Law Research Institute Das P., 1997, Wild Edible Plants of Tripura Tribes, Tribal Cultural Research Institute & Museum, Tripura Dev Varman S. B. K., 1971, A Study over the Jhum and Jhumia rehabilitation in Tripura, Dept. of Welfare of Sch. Tribes and Sch. Castes, Govt. of Tripura Dev Varman S. B. K., 1986, The Tribes of Tripura, Directorate of Research, Tripura Debbarma K., 1994, Tribal Folk Medicine of Tripura, Tribal Research Institute, Tripura Dept. of Agriculture, Mizoram, 1999, Agriculture Handbook of Mizoram, Govt. of Mizoram Dept. of Agriculture & Minor Irrigation, Mizoram, 2001, Statistical Abstract, Directorate of Agriculture and Minor Irrigation Dept. of Art & Culture, 2000, Various brochures, Govt. of Mizoram Dept. of Environment & Forests, Mizoram, 2001, Handbook cum diary, Linkman Publications, West Bengal Dept. of Environment of Forests, Mizoram, 2000, Wildlife Series- brochures, Wildlife Division, Mizoram Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2001, National Tourism Policy – 2002, Ministry of Tourism & Culture Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2002, Annual Report, 2001 – 2002, Ministry of Tourism & Culture Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2001, Tourist Statistics – 2000, Ministry of Tourism & Culture Dept. of Tourism, GOI, 2002, Tourist Arrivals in India, Highlights – 2001, Ministry of Tourism & Culture Dept. of Tourism, Nagaland, 2001, Tourism Policy – 2001, Govt. of Nagaland Director of Art & Culture, 1989, Mizoram District Gazetteers, Govt. of Mizoram Director General, MOT, 1998, Ecotourism in India, Policy & Guidelines, Ministry of Tourism, GOI Directorate of Animal Husbandry, Mizoram, 1997, Report on 16th Quinquennial Livestock Census of Mizoram, Govt. of Mizoram Directorate of Economics & Statistics, 2000, Census of Government Employees, Govt. of Mizoram Directorate of Horticulture, Mizoram, 2001, Horticulture of Mizoram at a Glance, Govt. of Mizoram Elwin V., 1959, The Art of the Northeast Frontier of India Elwin V., 1969, The Nagas in the Nineteenth Century, OUP Epao V., 1991, From Naga animism to Christianity Faulkner et al, 2001, Tourism in the Twenty-first Century, Continuum, London Fischer C E C, 1978, The flora of the Lushai Hills, Tribal Research Institute Ganguli M., 1984, A Pilgrimage to the Nagaland, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Gokhale A M et al, 1985, The Use of Alder Tees, Education Dept., Nagaland Govt. of Mizoram, 1988-, Administration Reports (1987 - 88, 1988 – 89) Govt. of Mizoram, 1989, Mizoram District Gazetteers, Dept. of Art & Culture Govt. of Mizoram, 2001, Mizoram Information Booklet, Dept. of Information & Public Relations, Mizoram Govt. of Mizoram, 2001, Report of Integrated sample survey for estimation of Production of Milk, Egg and Meat for the year 2000-2001,Directorate of Animal Husbandry & Veterinary, Mizoram Govt. of Nagaland, 19 , Nagaland District Gazetteers Govt. of Tripura, 1975, Tripura District Gazetteers, Dept. of Education, Tripura Govt. of Tripura, 1992- TUI, Journal on Tribal Life & Culture, Tribal Research Institute Guha Thakurta S. N., 1999, India – The Land & People – Tripura, National Book Trust Iralu K. D., 2001, How then shall we live?, Iralu, Kohima Jamir A. M. T., 2002, General knowledge – Naga Hills to Nagaland, Jamir, Kohima Holden A., 2000, Environment and Tourism, Routledge, London Horam R., 1998, The Genesis of the Naga Political Movement, Mrs. Horam, Manipur Inst. of Highways & Transportation, 1999, Guidelines for Planning for Public Transport in Development, HQ Design & Print, England James Holmes-Siedle, 1996, Barrier-free Design, A manual for designers & Managers, Butterworth Architecture, Oxford Khutsoh W., 2000, Tourism scenario and its potentiality in Nagaland, Khutosh, Guwahati, Assam Laiba M. T., 1992, The Geography of Manipur, Public Book Store, Imphal, Manipur Lalchuailova, 2001, Aizawl Guide Book, Tribal Research Institute, Mizoram Lalchungnunga, 1994, Mizoram: Politics of Regionalism & National Integration, Reliance Publishing House Luikham R., 1983, Folk Lore & Tales of the Nagas, Emmanuel Publishers, New Delhi Long J., 1850, Analysis of the Rajmala, Tribal Cultural Research Inst. & Museum, Tripura Lorrain R., 1912, Five Years in Unknown Jungles, Lakher Pioneer Mission, London, Reprint (1988) by Tribal Research Institute, Mizoram MoEF, GOI, 1994, Handbook of Environmental Procedures & Guidelines, ENVIS Nagaland Board of School Education, 2001, Nagaland (Text book for classes 9 & 10) Nath N. C., 1999, Sri Rajmala, Vol I – IV (Translation), Tribal Research Institute, Tripura North Eastern Council, 2002, Statistics of North Eastern Region, NEC North Eastern Council, 1995-, Journals of the North Eastern Council, NEC Planning & Programme Implementation Dept., 2001, Draft Tenth Five Year Plan (2002- 2007) & Annual Plan (2002-2003), Govt. of Mizoram Prakash Singh, 2001, Kohima to Kashmir, Rupa & Co., New Delhi Ramkrishnan P. S., 1992, Shifting Agriculture & Sustainable Development – An Interdisciplinary Study from Northeastern India, UNESCO Saigal J. R., 2000, Pakistan Splits – The Birth of Bangladesh, Manas Publications Sangkima, 1992, Mizos: Society & Social Change, Spectrum Publications Sapuchangkija et al, 1992, Orchids of Nagaland, Forest Department, Nagaland Sen S., 19 , Tribes of Nagaland Seth P. N. et al, 2000, An Introduction to Travel & Tourism, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi Singh D., 1996, The last frontier – People and forests in Mizoram, TERI Singh K. S. et al, 1994, People of India – National Series, Anthropological Survey of India (ASI) Singh K. S. et al, 1994, People of India – State Series, Nagaland, ASI Singh K. S. et al, 1995, People of India – State Series, Mizoram, ASI Singh K. S. et al, 1996, People of India – State Series, Tripura, ASI Singh L. I., 1987, Introduction to Manipur, Singh I. S., Imphal, Manipur Singh P., 1995, India – The Land & People – Nagaland, National Book Trust Tribal Research Institute, 1993, Guide to Mizoram, Part I-IV, Dept. of Art & Culture Tyagi D. K., 1997, Tribal Folk Tales of Tripura, Tripura State Tribal Cultural Research Institute & Museum Thansanga R. et al, 1999, Soils of Mizoram, Directorate of Agriculture, Mizoram Telem I. K., 2002, General Knowledge of Manipur, Telem S., Imphal, Manipur Tom Turner, 1998, Landscape Planning & Environmental Impact Design, UCL Press, London Upadhyaya K. K., 1986, Development Problems & Prospects of Mizoram, Inter India Vidyarthi L. P., 1993, Art & Culture of Northeast India, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India Young G., 2001, Indo – Naga war – A journalist account (1961), Gase Publications, Viphuora GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION 20 YEARS PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT OF TOURISM IN THE STATE OF MIZORAM (January 2003) CONSULTANTS ‘THE DESIGNERS’ ‘BRINDAVAN’, 227, RAJ MAHAL VILAS EXTN. II FIRST MAIN ROAD BANGALORE, KARNATAKA – 560 094 PHONE: 080 – 3417366, TELEFAX: 080 – 3417283 E-MAIL: < the_designers@vsnl.net >, < ulhasrane@vsnl.net >

K Fair Exhibition https://www.k-online.com/ Strong momentum for the industry: high propensity to invest between approx. 225,000 trade visitors from 165 countries The circular economy is the "hottest ticket" for the global plastics and rubber industries

BLTM https://www.bltm.co.in Schedule business meetings and connect with your preferred travel brands before the show starts using our easy-to-use, high-tech online meeting journal. BLTM offers destination sellers and travel service providers the ultimate business platform to meet hundreds of corporate buyers along with many qualified meeting planners and incentive travel planners who are staying in other major cities in India. Network at BLTM and build long-term business relationships.

Haryana Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Government of Haryana R F D (Results-Framework Document) for Tourism (2015-2016) Confirmation mail of RFD Submission has been sent to the user's email Id: haryanatourism@gmail.com and Organisation's Email Id: dir@nic.in Generated on 03/06/2015 3.09 PM Results-Framework Document (RFD) for Tourism-(2015-2016) Section 1: Vision, Mission, Objectives and Functions Vision To position Haryana as an important tourist desination Mission To increase tourists footfalls in HaryanaUpgradation and improvement in tourism infrastructureTo promote private sector investment in tourism sectorTo upgrade and enhance tourism services to international levelDevelopment of Rural/village tourism Objectives 1 Use of technology to improve quality of tourism services and increase tourist footfall 2 To create/maintain new/existing infrastructure for tourism in the State 3 Creation of tourism related infrastructure funded under circuits & destinations by MoT 4 To encourage private sector investment in the tourism in PPP mode 5 To create employment opportunities in the State 6 To revamp the Organization Structure of Haryana Tourism Corporation 7 To promote Tourism and aggressivly Publicize Haryana as a Major National and International Destination 8 To strengthen the Finalicial Health of Haryana Tourism Functions 1 To develop tourism infrastructure in the Public sector and private sector 2 To encourage/facilitate the private investors in setting up of tourism/hotel projects 3 Formulation/implementation of tourism policy 4 Tourist Services-Supply of information, reservation of accommodation and provision of other amentities 5 Construction/maintenance of tourist infrastructure 6 Establishment, budget and accounts matters 7 Human resource development in tourism sector Generated on 03/06/2015 3.0 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% [1] Use of technology to improve quality of tourism services and increase tourist footfall 6.00 [1.1] Mobile Apps for online room booking system [1.1.1] Design and Development of Mobile Apps for online room booking system of Haryana Tourism Date 2.00 31/10/2015 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 31/03/2016 [1.2] Implementation of Integrated Hotel Management Software in Tourist Complexes [1.2.1] Installation of Integrated Hotel Management Software in Tourist Resorts No. 2.00 4 3 2 1 0 [1.3] selection of channel partner [1.3.1] Appointment of channel partner for marketing of HTC through web agents. Date 2.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 31/03/2016 -- [2] To create/maintain new/existing infrastructure for tourism in the State 43.00 [2.1] Establishment/ Setting up of IHMs, Convention Centres/ Porta Cabins/Banquet Halls and Construction/ Renovation of Rooms, Restaurant/ Bar/ Fast Foods and Kitchens [2.1.1] Construction of convention center at Flamingo Tourist complex, Hisar Date 2.00 31/08/2015 30/09/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 31/03/2016 [2.1.2] Construction of SIHM at Yamuna Nagar Date 5.00 31/08/2015 30/09/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 31/03/2016 [2.1.3] Construction of convention hall in tourist complex gauriyya bahadurgarh Date 2.00 30/06/2015 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 31/03/2016 [2.1.4] Construction of Multipurpose Hall including Date 2.00 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% infrastructure works etc. Pipli [2.1.5] Upgradation & structural change in existing building & re-modeling of ar expansion of room & fast Food centre at existing tourist complex. Construction of new building bar restaurant public toilet kitchen store pantry reception gift shop etc at Hodel Date 2.00 31/07/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.6] Construction of shop,ATM room and other infrastructure work at Jungle Babbler tourist complex dharuhera Date 2.00 31/07/2015 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.7] Construction of shop room and other infrastructure work at surkhab tourist complex at Sirsa Date 2.00 30/06/2015 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 31/03/2016 [2.1.8] Construction of health club in Golf Course Faridabad Date 2.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% [2.1.9] Construction of ATM room at petrol pump and allied works at Aravali Golf Course Faridabad Date 2.00 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.10] Construction of multipurpose hall kitchen 4 nos rooms kitty party room conference room public toilets sun station rooms with electric sub station DG sets air conditioning of multipurpose hall fire fighting security system including parking and landscaping at adjoining HUDA Gymkhana club Jagadhari yamuna nagar Date 2.00 31/10/2015 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.11] Construction of multipurpose hall with with toilet pantry and up gradation of existing parking kitchen at tourist complex grey Date 2.00 31/07/2015 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 31/03/2016 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% pelican yamuna nagar [2.1.12] Construction of shop,ATM room and other infrastructure work at Sandpiper Tourist Complex Rewari Date 1.00 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.13] Construction of ATM room and other infrastructure work at Neelkanthi Tourist complex kurukshetra Date 1.00 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.14] Construction of staff quarter principal residence etc at IHM Rohtak Date 2.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.15] Construction of Motel,Bar Parking road at Flamingo Hisar Date 2.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.16] Construction of 4 rooms additional rooms and other infrastructure work at jungle babbler Dharuhera Date 2.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% [2.1.17] Converstion of covered varanda into rooms at tourist compled ballbhgarh Date 1.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.18] Renovation of rooms and fast food centre at tourist complex panipat and other works Date 1.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.19] Renovation of bar at kingfisher tourist complex Ambala Date 1.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.20] Infrastructure in Surajkund Crafts Mela Date 2.00 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 15/03/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.21] Upgradation of road in Surajkund Complex Date 1.00 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.22] Construction of new rooms in various Tourist Complex Date 2.00 31/10/2015 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [2.1.23] Renovation of rooms in various tourist complexes Date 2.00 31/10/2015 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [3] Creation of tourism related infrastructure funded under circuits & destinations by MoT 8.00 [3.1] Development of Tourism Circuits [3.1.1] Completion of Construction Work of Yamuna Nagar - Panchkula - Poanta Sahib Circuit Phase- I Date 2.00 30/06/2015 31/07/2015 30/09/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% [3.1.2] Completion of Construction Work of Panipat - Kurukshetra - Pinjore Circuit Phase II Date 2.00 30/06/2015 31/07/2015 30/09/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [3.2] Development of Heritage Circuit at Mahendergarh & Madhogarh [3.2.1] Preparation of RFP/DCA & submission to HIDB/GOI Date 2.00 31/08/2015 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [3.3] Development of Kurukshetra under Krishna Circuit [3.3.1] Preparation of DPR and Submission to Govt of India for approval. Date 2.00 31/08/2015 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [4] To encourage private sector investment in the tourism in PPP mode 4.00 [4.1] Surajkund Nature Retreat on PPP basis [4.1.1] Submission of RFP / DCA to HIDB for approval Date 1.00 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [4.2] Integrated Tourism Resort cum spa at Mallah [4.2.1] Issue of Tender for development of integrated Tourism Resort cum spa at Mallah Date 1.00 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [4.3] Development of amusement park at Rohtak [4.3.1] Issue of Tender for development of amusement park at Rohtak Submission of RFP/DCA Date 1.00 30/06/2015 31/08/2015 30/09/2015 31/12/2015 31/03/2016 [4.4] Camping Site at Damdama Submission of RFP/DCA [4.4.1] Issue of tender for Camping Site at Damdama Date 1.00 31/08/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 29/02/2016 31/03/2016 [5] To create employment opportunities in the State 13.00 [5.1] Implementation of "Hunar- Se-Rozgar Tak" Scheme [5.1.1] Candidates to be Trained by IHMs, Kurukshetra/ No. 7.00 1525 1370 1220 1066 914 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% Rohtak/ Faridabad/Panipat [5.1.2] Canditates to be trained by Haryana Tourism Tourist Resorts No. 6.00 1380 1245 1104 966 830 [6] To revamp the Organization Structure of Haryana Tourism Corporation 6.00 [6.1] Restrucuring of Staff of Haryana Tourism Corporation [6.1.1] Proposal of Restructuring of Haryana Tourism Corporation Is sent to HBPE for approval Date 3.00 30/06/2015 30/09/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 31/03/2016 [6.2] Framing of Service Rules of Haryana Tourism Corporation [6.2.1] Proposal of Service Rules of Haryana Tourism Corporation Is sent to HBPE for approval Date 3.00 30/06/2015 30/09/2015 31/10/2015 31/12/2015 31/03/2016 [7] To promote Tourism and aggressivly Publicize Haryana as a Major National and International Destination 8.00 [7.1] Marketing and Publicity of the tourism products to attract Domestic and Foreign Tourists [7.1.1] Participation in domestic / International seminar/exhibition- ITM, TTF, PATA,CII, SATTE, WTM, London, ITB Berlin, etc.Organising Fairs Baisakhi Festival, Mango Mela, Heritage Festival and Surajkund International Crafts Mela. Road ws itan cities with the help of tour operators or by No. 7.00 5 4 3 2 1 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% engaging event management company. Special packages for Chandigarh-Pinjore- Chandigarh; Chandigarh-Morni- Chandigarh; Chandigarh- Kurukshetra- Chandigarh along with transport facilities. [7.2] Marketing of Haryana Tourism through Electronic /Print Media [7.2.1] Engaging Event Management Company/Tourism Ambassador for highlighting places of tourist interest in Haryana through print advertisements and other publicity material of Haryana Tourism A 20- second TV commercial and a radio jingle to be made with brand ambassador endorsing Haryana Tourism’s Tourist Date 1.00 30/09/2015 31/10/2015 30/11/2015 31/12/2015 31/01/2016 Objective Weight Action Success Indicator Unit Weight Target / Criteria Value Excellent Very Good Good Fair Poor 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% Complexes. [8] To strengthen the Finalicial Health of Haryana Tourism 2.00 [8.1] Increasing profitability of Tourist Complexes of Haryana Tourism Corporation [8.1.1] Profitability of Tourist Complexes of Haryana Tourism Corporation will be increase by 25% during the year 2015-16 % 2.00 25 22 20 17 15 * Efficient functioning of RFD. 4.00 Finalize a strategic plan. Finalize the strategic plan for the next year. Date 2.0 24/02/2016 25/02/2016 26/02/2016 27/02/2016 28/02/2016 Timely submission of draft for approval. On-time submisssion. Date 2.0 25/05/2015 29/05/2015 15/06/2015 25/06/2015 30/06/2015 * Improving internal efficiency/responsiveness/services delivery of department 6.00 Develop RFDs for all responsibility centres. percentage of RCc covered % 2.0 100 90 80 70 60 Implementation of Harsamadhan Percentage of complaints resolved within prescribed timline. % 2.0 100 90 80 70 60 Delivery of services as per Citizen Charter. Percentage of targeted services % 2.0 100 90 80 70 60 * Mandatory Objective(s) Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 [1] Use of technology to improve quality of tourism services and increase tourist footfall [1.1] Mobile Apps for online room booking system [1.1.1] Design and Development of Mobile Apps for online room booking system of Haryana Tourism Date -- -- 30/11/2015 -- -- [1.2] Implementation of Integrated Hotel Management Software in Tourist Complexes [1.2.1] Installation of Integrated Hotel Management Software in Tourist Resorts No. -- -- 3 -- -- [1.3] selection of channel partner [1.3.1] Appointment of channel partner for marketing of HTC through web agents. Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2] To create/maintain new/existing infrastructure for tourism in the State [2.1] Establishment/ Setting up of IHMs, Convention Centres/ Porta Cabins/Banquet Halls and Construction/ Renovation of Rooms, Restaurant/ Bar/ Fast Foods and Kitchens [2.1.1] Construction of convention center at Flamingo Tourist complex, Hisar Date -- -- 30/09/2015 -- -- [2.1.2] Construction of SIHM at Yamuna Nagar Date -- -- 30/09/2015 -- -- [2.1.3] Construction of convention hall in tourist complex gauriyya bahadurgarh Date -- -- 31/08/2015 -- -- Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 [2.1.4] Construction of Multipurpose Hall including infrastructure works etc. Pipli Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2.1.5] Upgradation & structural change in existing building & re- modeling of ar expansion of room & fast Food centre at existing tourist complex. Construction of new building bar restaurant public toilet kitchen store pantry reception gift shop etc at Hodel Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [2.1.6] Construction of shop,ATM room and other infrastructure work at Jungle Babbler tourist complex dharuhera Date -- -- 30/09/2015 -- -- [2.1.7] Construction of shop room and other infrastructure work at surkhab tourist complex at Sirsa Date -- -- 31/08/2015 -- -- [2.1.8] Construction of health club in Golf Course Faridabad Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 [2.1.9] Construction of ATM room at petrol pump and allied works at Aravali Golf Course Faridabad Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [2.1.10] Construction of multipurpose hall kitchen 4 nos rooms kitty party room conference room public toilets sun station rooms with electric sub station DG sets air conditioning of multipurpose hall fire fighting security system including parking and landscaping at adjoining HUDA Gymkhana club Jagadhari yamuna nagar Date -- -- 30/11/2015 -- -- [2.1.11] Construction of multipurpose hall with with toilet pantry and up gradation of existing parking kitchen at tourist complex grey pelican yamuna nagar Date -- -- 30/09/2015 -- -- Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 [2.1.12] Construction of shop,ATM room and other infrastructure work at Sandpiper Tourist Complex Rewari Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [2.1.13] Construction of ATM room and other infrastructure work at Neelkanthi Tourist complex kurukshetra Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [2.1.14] Construction of staff quarter principal residence etc at IHM Rohtak Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2.1.15] Construction of Motel,Bar Parking road at Flamingo Hisar Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2.1.16] Construction of 4 rooms additional rooms and other infrastructure work at jungle babbler Dharuhera Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2.1.17] Converstion of covered varanda into rooms at tourist compled ballbhgarh Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2.1.18] Renovation of rooms and fast food centre at tourist Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 complex panipat and other works [2.1.19] Renovation of bar at kingfisher tourist complex Ambala Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2.1.20] Infrastructure in Surajkund Crafts Mela Date -- -- 31/01/2016 -- -- [2.1.21] Upgradation of road in Surajkund Complex Date -- -- 31/12/2015 -- -- [2.1.22] Construction of new rooms in various Tourist Complex Date -- -- 30/11/2015 -- -- [2.1.23] Renovation of rooms in various tourist complexes Date -- -- 30/11/2015 -- -- [3] Creation of tourism related infrastructure funded under circuits & destinations by MoT [3.1] Development of Tourism Circuits [3.1.1] Completion of Construction Work of Yamuna Nagar - Panchkula - Poanta Sahib Circuit Phase- I Date -- -- 31/07/2015 -- -- [3.1.2] Completion of Construction Work of Panipat - Kurukshetra - Pinjore Circuit Phase II Date -- -- 31/07/2015 -- -- [3.2] Development of Heritage Circuit at Mahendergarh & [3.2.1] Preparation of RFP/DCA & submission to Date -- -- 30/11/2015 -- -- Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 Madhogarh HIDB/GOI [3.3] Development of Kurukshetra under Krishna Circuit [3.3.1] Preparation of DPR and Submission to Govt of India for approval. Date -- -- 30/11/2015 -- -- [4] To encourage private sector investment in the tourism in PPP mode [4.1] Surajkund Nature Retreat on PPP basis [4.1.1] Submission of RFP / DCA to HIDB for approval Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [4.2] Integrated Tourism Resort cum spa at Mallah [4.2.1] Issue of Tender for development of integrated Tourism Resort cum spa at Mallah Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [4.3] Development of amusement park at Rohtak [4.3.1] Issue of Tender for development of amusement park at Rohtak Submission of RFP/DCA Date -- -- 31/08/2015 -- -- [4.4] Camping Site at Damdama Submission of RFP/DCA [4.4.1] Issue of tender for Camping Site at Damdama Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [5] To create employment opportunities in the State [5.1] Implementation of "Hunar-Se-Rozgar Tak" Scheme [5.1.1] Candidates to be Trained by IHMs, Kurukshetra/ Rohtak/ Faridabad/Panipat No. -- -- 1370 -- -- [5.1.2] Canditates to be trained by Haryana Tourism Tourist Resorts No. -- -- 1245 -- -- Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 [6] To revamp the Organization Structure of Haryana Tourism Corporation [6.1] Restrucuring of Staff of Haryana Tourism Corporation [6.1.1] Proposal of Restructuring of Haryana Tourism Corporation Is sent to HBPE for approval Date -- -- 30/09/2015 -- -- [6.2] Framing of Service Rules of Haryana Tourism Corporation [6.2.1] Proposal of Service Rules of Haryana Tourism Corporation Is sent to HBPE for approval Date -- -- 30/09/2015 -- -- [7] To promote Tourism and aggressivly Publicize Haryana as a Major National and International Destination [7.1] Marketing and Publicity of the tourism products to attract Domestic and Foreign Tourists [7.1.1] Participation in domestic / International seminar/exhibition- ITM, TTF, PATA,CII, SATTE, WTM, London, ITB Berlin, etc.Organising Fairs Baisakhi Festival, Mango Mela, Heritage Festival and Surajkund International Crafts Mela. Road ws itan cities with the help of tour operators or by engaging event management company. Special packages for Chandigarh-Pinjore- Chandigarh; Chandigarh-Morni- Chandigarh; Chandigarh- No. -- -- 4 -- -- Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 Kurukshetra- Chandigarh along with transport facilities. [7.2] Marketing of Haryana Tourism through Electronic /Print Media [7.2.1] Engaging Event Management Company/Tourism Ambassador for highlighting places of tourist interest in Haryana through print advertisements and other publicity material of Haryana Tourism A 20-second TV commercial and a radio jingle to be made with brand ambassador endorsing Haryana Tourism’s Tourist Complexes. Date -- -- 31/10/2015 -- -- [8] To strengthen the Finalicial Health of Haryana Tourism [8.1] Increasing profitability of Tourist Complexes of Haryana Tourism Corporation [8.1.1] Profitability of Tourist Complexes of Haryana Tourism Corporation will be increase by 25% during the year 2015-16 % -- -- 22 -- -- * Efficient functioning of RFD. Finalize a strategic plan. Finalize the strategic plan for the next year. Date -- -- 30/04/2015 -- -- * Mandatory Objective(s) Objective Action Success Indicator Unit Actual Value for FY 13/14 Actual Value for FY 14/15 Target Value for FY 15/16 Projected Value for FY 16/17 Projected Value for FY 17/18 Timely submission of draft for approval. On-time submisssion. Date -- -- 25/02/2016 -- -- * Improving internal efficiency/responsiveness/services delivery of department Develop RFDs for all responsibility centres. percentage of RCc covered % -- -- 90 -- -- Implementation of Harsamadhan Percentage of complaints resolved within prescribed timline. % -- -- 90 -- -- Delivery of services as per Citizen Charter. Percentage of targeted services % -- -- 90 -- -- * Mandatory Objective(s) Acronym SI.No Acronym Description 1 HIDB Haryana Infrastructure Development Board 2 SIHM State Institute of Hotel Management Description and Definition of Success Indicators and Proposed Measurement Methodology SI.No Success indicator Description Definition Measurement General Comments Section 5 : Specific Performance Requirements from other Departments Location Type State Organisation Type Organisation Name Relevant Success Indicator What is your requirement from this organisation Justification for this requirement Please quantify your requirement from this Organisation What happens if your requirement is not met. Section 6: Outcome/Impact of Department/Ministry Outcome/Impact of Department/Ministry Jointly responsible for influencing this outcome / impact with the following department (s) / ministry(ies) Success Indicator

ITMA https://www.itma.com/ ITMA is the trend-setting textile and apparel technology platform where the industry converges every four years to explore new ideas, effective solutions and collaborative partnerships for business growth. Organized by ITMA Services, the next ITMA will be held from June 20 to 26, 2019 in Barcelona at Fira De Barcelona, Gran Via. Technological innovation, a staple of industry transformation, is critical to the success of the textile and clothing industry.

Jharkhand Tourism Policy Tourism Policy GOVERNMENT OF JHARKHAND JHARKHAND TOURISM POLICY 2015 DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM TOURISM POLICY, 2015 INTRODUCTION Tourism is essentially an expression of a natural instinct for learning, experience, education and entertainment. The motivating factors for tourism include social, religious business interest and quest for knowledge. The economic implications of this phenomenon are wide ranging and capable of influencing the development process. Tourism contributes positively to reconcile, economic development and alleviate poverty by creating resources through economic activities. It adds to the foreign exchange earnings, contributes to Government revenue, spreads economic and social benefits to under-developed areas, generates income and creates job thereby raising living standards of the stakeholders. The tourism industry, unlike many other industries, is a composite of several services providers. Services providers are generally in the private sector. In addition, public sector institutions are also involved in planning, development and management of tourism. The participation of different private and public agencies, makes tourism industry a composite phenomenon requiring strong cooperation and coordination for it to be developed and extended along lines that will contribute to the overall national development objectives. Tourism is one of the fastest growing industries in the world. The number of tourists world wide has been registering phenomenal growth and it is expected that this number would shortly touch 1.5 billion. Tourism contributes about 11% of the world work force and 10.2% of the global gross domestic products. The dynamic growth of this industry is evident from the fact that a new job is added to this sector every 2.5 second. This pattern and dynamic character of this sector makes it necessary that the policy should be in accordance with the changing environment. Policies are products of time and circumstances, available resources, technologies and most importantly the needs of the stake holders. Jharkhand is endowed with rich cultural heritage and bestowed liberally with bounties of nature. The State is kaleidoscope of past splendours and present glory. A fascinating State with luxuriant forest, captivating wild life, enthralling water falls, exquisite handicrafts, sprawling water bodies, enchanting classical and folk dances and music and above all hospitable and peace loving people. The State of Jharkhand is blessed with immense bio-diversity, moderate climate, rich cultural and historical heritage, religious places of worship and ethnic aspects to make the State the ultimate destination for tourists. The State Government has a firm belief that development of tourism sector would not only generate immense employment opportunities directly or indirectly, but also contribute in accelerated economic development. This would not only ensure show casing of rich traditional and cultural heritage of the State but also would have cascading effect in development of other sectors. Rightfully the State Government has accorded tourism the status of industry in Jharkhand. Making the people of the State, nation and the world aware of the rich endowments of nature, its cultural heritage spiritual places and other traditions are essential for boosting tourism industry in the State. The Government of Jharkhand in consonance with the needs and aspirations of the local populations and entrepreneurs, the changes taking place in the global and national tourism scenario and the competition at national and international level, has found it expedient to formulate the tourism policy for promoting tourism for all round development of the State so as to bring the State on equal footing with leading developed States in tourism sector of the country by 2015. OBJECTIVES The tourism policy of the State aims at making Jharkhand as one of the most preferred destination for tourists, both inside and outside of the country and to ensure accelerated development of tourism related infrastructure, increasing employment opportunities, augmenting the resources of the State as also showcasing the rich cultural heritage and traditions of the State. The broad policy objectives are elaborated as below : To promote tourism in the State in such a manner that it contributes to mass generation of employment, rapid economic growth and bringing the tourist closer to the cultural heritage and traditions of the State. Optimum harnessing of resources to attract the maximum number of domestics and foreign tourists with increased average duration of their stay in the State. To position every place of tourist interest as an exclusive tourist centre different from others. To promote private sector participation in the development of tourism with Government facilitation to develop necessary infrastructure in the State. To establish Jharkhand prominently upon the tourism map of the country with a demand created by tribal and trade market in Jharkhand and tapping the untapped potential of various heritage monuments in the State. To prepare and implement master plans for integrated development and marketing of various areas of tourism importance in the State. To provide quality services to all domestic and international visitors and stake holders by adopting appropriate systems of Human Resource Development, including skill development and upgradation, building capabilities, exposure visits etc. To diversify, expand and aggressively market the tourism product of the State along with preserving the cultural monuments from decay. To encourage cooperative tourism through peoples participation in tourism promotion and to extend economic benefits to the people through such active participation and cooperation. To encourage involvement of non-Governmental organizations, voluntary agencies and such bodies involved in tourism promotion and development, by providing them support, assistance and making use of their expertise for development of tourism. To attract the high end tourists and to increase their stay in the State. To position Jharkhand as one stop destination for all adventure related tourism activities, comprising of air, land and water based adventure facilities. To promote sustainable and responsible tourism which is not only environmentally compatible but also leads to economic betterment of the rural people. To promote rural tourism in a big way to showcase the customs, traditions festivals, cuisines, dances, art, music, etc. of the State so as attract foreign tourists in the State and augment the foreign exchange reserves of the country. To provide all modern amenities and facilities to the tourists visiting the State at destinations and on ways, so as to make their arrival, travel and stay more comfortable, and cherishable, which would result in increased number of tourists with the passage of time. To promote eco-tourism in consonance with vast ecological, bounties of nature in the State endowed with dense forests, perennial water falls, wild life and rich bio-diversity. To promote mining tourism in the State, which abounds in mineral resources amounting to 37% of the national mineral deposits, so as to mitigate poverty and raise standard of living in and around the closed and abandoned mines scattered across the State. To take steps to protect and promote rich and varied handicrafts of the State so as to conserve and preserve cultural heritage, traditions and customs of the state. To promote research and development, technological up-gradation and qualitative improvement and utilization of State of art technology to improve the tourism product and its marketing. Simplification of procedures and ensuring transparency so as to provide expeditious, transparent and professional tourism administration. To take steps to promote religious tourism in the State by ensuring appropriate facilities, connectivity and development of such places. To take all steps to safeguard the interest of the tourist and to provide sensitive, proactive, comfortable and quick mechanism as also to provide an effective grievance redressal system. STRATEGY The strategies to be adopted for achieving the aforesaid objectives comprise of the following : Government will act as a facilitator/ catalyst by providing support infrastructure facilities, which includes way side amenities centres, tourist information centres, facilities for holding/ organizing craft melas, transport services and a platform for organizing festivals / events. Provide basic infrastructure, viz roads, better air connectivity, rail network and encourage joint public – private initiative in this regard. Conducting a detailed survey of tourism potential of every district of the State so as to optimally utilize such potential and achieve the objectives set forth. Setting up of minimum standards for tourism units and introduction of an incentive scheme to facilitate active private sector participation for tourism infrastructure development and promotion. Having strategic joint ventures with private tour operators for setting up tourist packages/ services. Reorganization of circuits for integrated development, publicity, promotion and marketing. Each circuit will have a specific and exclusive marketing strategy and marketing plan. Utilizing the services of expert consultants in planning and execution of master plans to develop the tourist circuits and tourism related projects. Conducting effective mass awareness campaign for the local community, particularly among the tribals, to create a favourable atmosphere and affinity towards promoting tourism. Strengthening the department of tourism by creation of special cells for organization of festivals and events for collection of feed back, data, research work, monitoring tourism flow etc. Organizing various tourism promotion events in the State so as to attract large number of tourists. Participation in leading national and international tourism fairs. In this, the private sector will also be involved so as to project destination Jharkhand as a united effort campaign. Up gradation of Tourist Information Centres (TIC), which will not only provide information but would also provide booking facilities for various hotels of JTDC/TIC private hotels for reservation of accommodation, transport etc. Organize familiarization tours (fam tours) of the leading tour operators of the country/ overseas in the State so as to attract the domestic foreign tourists. Organizing buyers- sellers meets to market the tourism product effectively. Training of all stake holders involved in tourism promotion and marketing and providing services. This will include local youths, taxi drivers, porters and all other stake holders who interact with the tourists. Installation of international class signages at various places of tourism importance, National and State highways and tourist destinations. Single window clearances for Tourism Development projects. Inculcating a sense of professionalism, expediency and transparency in the system. Effective regulation for monitoring the services provided by the hotels, travel agencies and other service providers and to prevent any case of harassment to the tourist by involving the hotel/ tour operator association. Ensuring total security for the tourists by introducing a State Tourist Friendly Security Force by involving the ex-servicemen, who will be trained in the hospitality, communication skills and regulating tourisms related activities etc. Taking steps to ensure proper hygienic conditions and to prevent the exploitation of tourists on National and State highways and its various tourist destinations, the Government proposes to classify the Dhabas situated on the national and State highways. The classification will be done on the basis of facilities provided, hygienic conditions, quality of the food availability of various facilities, such as-toilets, parking, medical etc. The Government will encourage ethnic Jharkhand State cuisine in such dhabas/line hotels. Providing upto, date information about various tourism related activities, facilities, events etc. through modern means of communication like web-site, email tourist help-line assistance, mobile messaging service etc. Installation of touch screen kiosks with detailed and complete information about the State at various places of public convergence. Take all steps and measures to promote the religious tourism, eco- tourism, adventure tourism, mining tourism, rural tourism, agro tourism, etc in the State as per the available local resources, potential and strengths so as to optimally develop the tourism potential of such areas. Setting up of land bank to make available such land in an easy, smooth, professional and transparent manner to private sector for encouraging investment in tourism sector. Take all such steps to focus upon SC/ST categories, handicapped and women to encourage them to actively participate in tourism development process. To educate the local inhabitants regarding environmental protection, conservation and preservation of local cultural heritage, customs, traditions etc. To promote responsible tourism in the State by taking appropriate measures for environmental protection. Involve rural people in promoting, rural stakes and develop cooperative tourism in the State. To promote excellence in tourism, the Government will institute monetary and non- monetary award for institutions and individuals for their outstanding contributions in various sector of tourism, like- accommodation, catering, transport, travel agency, eco friendly approach etc. Issue of notifications by various concerned departments to give effect to various provisions of this tourism policy. Institunalisation of monitoring and evaluation mechanism of this policy. Mid-term review of implementation of this tourism policy to ensure timely and appropriate corrective measures. To device and formulate mechanism to enhance the involvement of local population in tourist related enterprises for enhancing ownership of tourism trade/economy in the state. INFRASTRUCTURE Infrastructure is the most critical component for ensuring total tourism development. Accordingly, the Government would take all possible steps to provide an appropriate framework for private sector participation in infrastructure development in the State so as to supplement the efforts made by the Government in this regard. The State Government would actively encourage both-Indian and foreign private investment/ participation in tourism infrastructure projects. The Government would also be prepared to participate in joint ventures for such infrastructure development projects. The Government would take specific measures for the development of various tourist destinations, taking into account the need of the tourists and the infrastructural requirements. The State has already accepted the concepts of BOT (Built Operate Transfer), BOOT (Built own operate transfer), BLT (Built Lease Transfer) etc. and would evolve comprehensive guidelines for various models of projects for funding and operating such tourism infrastructure development projects with private investment on a commercial format. The enabling provisions would suitably be included in the concerned legislations, wherever required. The State Government awards highest priority to Establish world-class infrastructure facilities. In order to do this, special efforts will be made to mobilize institutional resources and private sector investment and participation. LAND All lands identified for promoting tourism development activities would be constituted into a Tourism land bank under the control of the Department of Tourism. The identified Government land would be transferred to the Department of Tourism free of cost, while the private land would be acquired, for which the Department of Tourism would pay the requisite compensation etc. To promote private sector participation, the Government would formulate and announce a Tourism Promotion Land Policy, which would enable setting up of a transparent mechanism for allotting various categories of lands under the control of the Department of Tourism as per the techno-economic feability studies carried out for such land by the department for developing assessed viable and required tourism infrastructure. In case of land acquisition, the Department of Tourism would as far as possible, take appropriate steps to provide employment opportunities to such affected people, who are found suitable and trained accordingly. In case of tourism development on Government land, efforts would be made to generate maximum employment opportunities to the local youth by appropriate training and providing requisite exposure. The District Collectors would be authorized to release up to 10 acres of Government land for tourism purpose to the Department of Tourism. Government land in excess of 10 acres would be transferred to the Department of Tourism by the District Collector with the approval of the Department of Revenue and Land Reforms. ROAD TRANSPORT The State places high priority to the development and construction of useful new roads and ensuring high quality maintenance and improvement of existing roads, which provide accessibility to identified destinations of tourist importance. An efficient road network equipped with modern tourist facilities will be developed to connect the important pilgrimage and tourist destinations in the State. A master plan for up gradation of facilities on important pilgrimage routes will be drawn up and implemented in a time bound manner. Roads linking important tourist centres will be equipped with petrol pumps, motor garages, snacks centres, toilet facilities, medical facilities, arrangement for parking etc. Private sector participation will be encouraged for this purpose. The State will take steps to provide adequate support for boosting transport services to cater to the needs of the various categories of tourists. The private sector will be encouraged to invest in the field to the maximum extent. Road permits will be issued liberally by the Regional Transport Authorities (RTAs) in favour of the tour operators for the operation of deluxe and air-conditioned coaches and cars on the identified tourist circuits. Operation of three wheelers and car-van rental service will also be encouraged. Private entrepreneurs operating tourist taxies will have to use meter in accordance with the rules prescribed by the transport department. Rates will be fixed distance wise, from point to point. Auto rickshaw will also have meters. For promoting investment in the field of tourist transport services, the support of the various Financial Institutions and banks will be mobilised. The roads, the ownership of which are not with road construction department, would be developed after obtaining no objection certificates from the concerning department by the road construction department. AIR CONNECTIVITY Air link is vital to attract investors and also to promote commercial activities and tourism. The State Government will endeavour to have direct links with important cities of the country. Air taxi services linking Ranchi, Jamshedpur, Deoghar, Bokaro, Dhanbad, Palamu, Dumka etc will be encouraged. The State Government would take steps to strengthen and improve the air strips located in the State as per the standard norms. These air strips would be up- graded in a preferential manner and would be allowed to be used by private air taxi / cargo service operators on nominal costs. Concession in fees/charges for using the state owned landing facilities for a period of two (2) years from the date of starting such air taxi/ cargo service shall be provided. Refueling facilities would also be made available as far as possible. RAIL TRANSPORT The State Government will pursue with the Union Ministry of Railways for expansion of the railway network within Jharkhand and for operating train links to the important locations outside the State, including super fast/ luxury train service. The State Government would make over all out efforts to complete the on-going railway projects within the state so as to enable the tourists take advantage of the same. Super luxury trains on the pattern of "Palace On Wheels" would be introduced so as to enable the tourists visit to various tourist destinations located in the State and relish the cuisine and hospitality being offered in such super luxury trains. POWER Power is a lifeline for tourism development of any State. All out efforts would be made to provide quality power, which would be uninterrupted with constant voltage and frequency and at affordable cost. All incentives admissible to various industries regarding power connection would be admissible to such tourism projects whether public or private. The utilization of non-conventional sources of energy, such as-solar power, wind power, bio-mass gas power, geo thermal energy etc. would be encouraged to be utilized at various tourism destinations. HYGIENIC CONDITIONS AND CLEAN DRINKING WATER Special efforts will be made to ensure healthy sanitary conditions and safe drinking water supply in all important towns, major pilgrimage destinations and tourist centres in the State. Effective supervision in this regard will be provided by the Drinking water and Sanitation Department, Health authorities and local bodies with the help and involvement of voluntary organizations and local citizens. Steps will be taken to establish water conservation facilities in the tourist units. ACCOMMODATION Special efforts will be made to develop and upgrade tourism accommodation at important tourist centres in the State keeping in view the requirements and income levels of different categories of visiting tourist. Apart from the accommodation provided by the State Government agencies and organized private sector, a Home Stay Scheme on the pattern of Bed and Breakfast Scheme of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India would be launched in the State to encourage the local inhabitants to come forward and offer their additional accommodation having basic minimum standards, which would be categorized in Silver, Gold and Platinum categories as per the facilities offered. MODERN TELECOMMUNICATION FACILTIES With the help of the Government of India and the private sector, wherever feasible, all possible modern telecommunication facilities will be made available so as to connect even the remotest areas of the State. PRIVATE TOURISM ZONES The Government would encourage establishment of private tourism zones by acquiring and making available such land as per the Tourism Promotion Land Policy of the Government. The extent of such private tourism zone shall not be less than 20 acres. The Government will also strive to provide required supporting infrastructural facilities, such as water, electricity and road at the door steps of such Private Tourism Zones. PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION Tourism has emerged as a large industry across the globe, where private sector has to play a leading role. The private sector has to consider investment in tourism sector from a long term perspective and create the required facilities, including accommodation, restaurant, entertainment facilities, shopping complexes, etc in the areas identified for tourism development. Non-core activities at all airports, major railway stations and inter-State bus terminals, such as cleanliness and maintenance luggage transportation, vehicle parking facilities etc would be opened to be provided by the private operators to increase efficiency and viability in performance. The specific role of private sector is contemplated to be to : Build and manage the required tourist facility at all places of tourism interest. Assume collective responsibility for laying down industry standards, ethics and fair practices. Ensure preservation and protection of tourist attractions and provide leadership in green practices. Sponsor maintenance of monuments, museums and parks and provision of public conveniences and facilities. Involve the local community in tourism project and ensure that the benefits of tourism accrue to them in right measure and quantities. Undertake industry training and manpower development to achieve excellence in quality of services. Participate in the preparation of investment guidelines, marketing strategies and assist in date base creation and research. Facilitate safety and security of tourists. Endeavour to promote tourism in a sustained and long term perspective. Collaborate with the State Government in the promotion, branding and marketing of destinations. A constructive and mutually beneficial partnership between the public and the private sectors through all feasible means would be promoted to ensure sustained growth of tourism. For this, the Government would encourage emergence of such partnership through various concepts of BOT (Built Operate Transfer), BOOT (Built own operate transfer), BLT (Built Lease Transfer) etc. The private sector investment and all such partnerships as per para 14.4 above, in tourism sector, would be entitled to all admissible incentives under the State Tourism policy. FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT In view of large investments required in the tourism sector and the need for maintaining high quality standards in services, hotels and tourism related industries have been included in the priority list of industries for foreign investment. Export house status has been accorded to hotels, travel agents, tour operators and tourist transport operators vide notification 33 (RE-98) 1997 – 2002 dated 26/11/1998 of the Ministry of Commerce, Government of India. The State Government would extend all possible assistance and support to attract foreign direct investment in building up and maintaining the tourism infrastructure and facilities in the State. Foreign investments and technological collaborations by Overseas Corporate Bodies (OCB) and NRI'S would be encouraged in tourism sector, which shall be given over-riding priority while granting clearances and providing assistance. THRUST AREAS In order to achieve the objectives of this policy, the following thrust areas have been identified for the prioritised action and follow up: RELIGIOUS TOURISM Jharkhand has abundant number of religious places of national importance. The holy city of Deoghar is the abode of Baba Baidyanath, one of the 12 Jyotir Lingas scattered across the country. The most sacred pilgrim place for Jains, the Parasnath, where 20 out of the 24 Tirthankars attained Mahanirvana, is situated in Jharkhand. One of the most revered shakti sthal- Rajrappa and Ma Bhadrakali Temples are located in Ramgarh and Chatra District respectively. A large number of religious tourists visits such sacred shrines in the State, through out the year. The State Government would take all steps to provide civic amenities like parking, land scaping and beautification of such areas of religious importance. Toilets, safe drinking water, garbage disposal etc. would be given special emphasis at these religious places in coordination with the various management bodies. During important festivals, special measures would be taken for ensuring the safety and security of the tourists by setting up information centres, tented colonies to accommodate such pilgrim tourists and to deploy additional police force so as to inculcate a sense of security and augment the local security arrangement. To project Parasnath as the most sacred place for religious pilgrimage for the Jain community, a Parasnath Development Authority would be set up to manage and maintain Madhuban and Parasnath, by providing all basic services facilities and taking up various tourism development projects. The number of pilgrims visiting the Baba Baidhyanath Temple at Deoghar are increasing exponentially As large as 40 lakhs pilgrims visit the shrine every year. To mitigate the problem of ensuring timely Darshans, a suitable mechanism would be setup, based upon the mechanisms prevalent and developed at such other sacred renowned places of pilgrimmage, for such waiting pilgrims and to make their stay more comfortable and memorable. Religious tourist uriunits and tour packages would be developed and publicised to promote religious tourism in a professional manner. ECO TOURISM Jharkhand has a forest cover of 33%, where there is immense scope of developing eco-tourism. The lush green jungles, the perennial water falls, the terrain, the moderate climate, the rich wild life makes it an ideal destination for developing eco-tourism activities like forest trails, nature walks, jungle safaris, trekking, rock climbing etc. Such activities would be conducted in a planned and professional manner which promote awareness regarding the environment and help maintain the ecological balance. The Government will harness the tourism potential of the forests in the State by developing camping sites with basic infrastructure facilities and public convenience services. Private sector shall be encouraged for setting up of camping sites at various suitable locations on environment friendly basis. The Government will take steps to provide accommodation to the tourists by opening the Forest Rest Houses (FRH) to the public. These Forest Rest Houses would as far as possible be managed through public-private partnership with capable and committed partners having good track record of promoting eco-tourism. Wild life tourism is an integral part of eco-tourism. Jharkhand has a varied topography, unlimited forest cover and is endowed with a vast variety of flora and fauna. There are a number of sanctuaries, national parks and-wild life reserves, which would be utilised for the purpose of promoting eco-tourism. The department of tourism would actively work with the department of forest and environment to further develop and improve wild life parks/zoos bird watching towers and other public utility services for tourists. The wild life sanctuaries and national parks would be integrated as an integral part of Jharkhand tourism product and priority would be given for professional visitor's management. The quality of tourist facilities available at the parks would be enhanced and steps would be taken to improve visitors information network. Tree plantation as a tourism linked activity will be given special attention and efforts would be made in a planned manner to deal with the problem of non- biodegradable wastes. Intensive campaign to regulate plastic waste will be launched with the assistance of the private sector and Non-Government Organizations (NGO's) CULTURAL TOURISM Every effort will be made to promote the various fairs and festivals, traditional life styles and customs, dress and food habits of the people of Jharkhand so that tourists and visitors can get a chance to see and cherish the rich and varied cultural of the State. Efforts will be made to develop the local fairs and festivals into tourism events and attractions. A calendar of events will be prepared indicating the month–wise events through out the State with the dates and timings. The Indian Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR), the Sangeet Natak Academy, the Zonal Regional Cultural Centres and other Organizations will be encouraged to organize various cultural events of national and international standards in Jharkhand. Inter State Cultural exchange Progammes would be organized so as to promote cultural events in other States and abroad and provide exposures to the artists of the State. Handicraft items of Jharkhand, which are well-known for their authentic craftsmanship and attractiveness, would be promoted. The Tourist Informations Centres (TIC'S), Hotels, Airports, Railway Station and other public places of importance would show case such handicraft items within and outside the State. Efforts would be made to market various handicrafts items through various Tourism Promotion marts/exhibitions etc. within and outside the State along with the cultural extravaganza. The hosting of hotels religion conferences at hotels would be encouraged to promote performance of local cultural expressions such as dances, songs, puppetry etc on regular basis so that tourists could sample the cultural diversity and vibrancy of state. RURAL TOURISM Jharkhand has rich cultural traditions and customs. As many as 30 visibly distinct tribal ethnic groups reside in the State. To ensure the fruits of tourism promotion reach the rural areas and to show-case the rich cultural heritage of the State, the following initiatives would be taken : a. Identified rural tourism villages would be notified by the department. The precondition for declaring such villages as rural tourism villages, would be that they must predominantly have traditional art and culture. The Village tourism Committees (VTC) would be constituted in such villages to promote mutual cooperation and sustenance.SHG''s of villages shall be promoted to work as VTCs. b. The identified villages in the first phase would be those, which are near the existing tourist centers so as to develop an attractive tour package. c. Such identified villages would be developed as model villages and infrastructure like roads, streets, drainage, parking, bus stand, lighting, sanitation, drinking water supply, tourist information center, open air theatre, landscaping, craft bazaar, nature trails would be provided. d. Such notified villages would not be charged any luxury tax or commercial rates for electricity. e. Appropriate synergies would be ensured with financial institutions to provide funds for renovating the rural homes so as to ensure attractive, clean and comfortable stay of visiting tourists. f. Local cuisines would be promoted in such villages. Linkages would be developed to promote local handicrafts and cultural aspects. g. The department of tourism would take appropriate steps for wide publicity and promotion of such rural tourism destinations. h. Private entrepreneur would also be encouraged to promote complex showcasing the rural life of Jharkhand. ADVENTURE TOURISM Jharkhand has a number of big water bodies, enthralling terrain, hills, dense forests, which are the pre-conditions for promoting adventure tourism activities. Comprehensive adventure tourism promotion plan for the State would be prepared to lay down the regulatory framework for the enforcement of safety standards. The Jharkhand Adventure Tourism Institute (JATI) has already been set up under the Societies Registration Act, 1860. This institute would not only provide services for adventure tourism to the visiting tourists but also would impart training to the local youths, who in turn would provide such adventure tourism activity services to the visitors. Efforts would be made to promote adventure tourism activities such as para gliding water sports, rock climbing etc. in the State, where district chapters of JATI would be set up in all the districts of the State as per the potential to promote land based, water based and air based adventure tourism activities. Annual adventure sports events would be organized at various locations to promote adventure tourism activities. Private sector participation in adventure tourism activities would be supported through Jharkhand Adventure Tourism Institute to seek latest technologies and the equipments related to adventure tourism. There is great potential for trekking in Jharkhand. A master plan for the development of Trek routes would be prepared and implemented. Water sports activities, like river rafting, can owing kayaking etc. are becoming increasingly popular which would be further promoted/ extended to various potential areas of the State. Guides will be trained and employed from among the local, who will also be assigned the task of protecting both the tourists and the environment. Steps will be taken to set standards and regulations for this purpose. Other water sports activities will also be developed and extended to various water bodies in the State like Tilaiya, Masanjor, Chandil, Pataratu, Getalsud, Kelaghagh, Kanke dam, Hatia dam, Chharwa Dam, Topchanchi, Maithon, Burudih dam etc. There is a great potential for promoting aero sports related activities, like hang gliding, para gliding, hot air ballooning, etc. in Jharkhand, which would be developed in a planned and systematic manner to provide thrill and adventure to the visiting tourists, simultaneously taking care of the safety requirements. Adequate facilities will be developed to provide a high level rescue system for adventures sports and other tourism related activities. This will include provisions of various rescue equipments like recovery vans , medical support, communication system etc. MINING TOURISM The State of Jharkhand is the largest store- house of mineral reserves, which accounts to around 37% of the total national mineral resources. A large number of mineral based industries are located in the State and large scale mining operations are being carried out in the State. Promotion of Mining Tourism is a unique and thrilling concept in the country, though it is a very popular sector in certain other mineral rich countries, such as, South Africa, Japan, Germany, Brazil, etc. To utilize the tourism potential of closed and abandoned mines in the State, Mining Tourism Sector would be promoted where various activities relating to the mining and processing along with other tourist recreational facilities would be provided. In This regard, Joint Ventures with the welling mining companies in public and private sectors would be encouraged to set up. The mining tourism will not only showcase the mineral strength of the State but also would educate the tourist regarding various mining and mineral-based activities. This would also provide employment to the local inhabitants residing in and around such mineral bearing areas. The Department of Tourism would take all steps to provide financial support to encourage tourism activities in the mining sector by providing a comprehensive package to promote the growth of mining tourism in the State. Such an initiative will not only provide access to those, who want to know more about the copper mining activities and its processing, but also would help in the generation of employment for local inhabitants, attract domestic/foreign investments and help in over all round development and maintenance of infrastructure associated with mining tourism in the State. CONVENTION TOURISM Hoteliers, industrial/ business houses and other private entrepreneurs will be encouraged to establish and maintain convention centres of national/ international standards providing quality services in order to attract national and international meetings conferences and cultural events. A large convention complex will be set up at Ranchi and efforts will be made to establish quality convention facilities at other important locations in the state. WAYSIDE AMENITIES CENTRES With a view to provide basic amenities, like restaurants, parking, toilets, medical facilities, besides rooms for transit accommodation to the travellers on the national / state highways, wayside amenities centres will be established with emphasis on public-private- partnership. Apart from providing basic amenities, these centres will also endeavour to provide other services, like-petrol pumps, small automobile garages, ATM counters, telephone and fax facilities, souvenir shops and other related transit facilities. YOUTH HOSTELS AND TENT TOURISM The student and non student youth look for low cost accommodation during their excursions and visits to different places. The state will encourage establishment of such low cost accommodation meant for youth and students at various places. Efforts will be made for establishing of youth hostels as per the Union Government guidelines in the proximity of important and popular tourists destinations. There are certain places, where demand for accommodation is not continuous but arises on certain special occasions, particularly during tourist seasons or during fairs and festivals. In order to meet such short duration demand, the State will take suitable initiatives and encourage tent tourism at the selected camping facilities in the shape of tent accommodation and facilities, such as, toilets, dining etc. HERITAGE ACCOMMODATION The Government will make all efforts for the utilisation of old mensions and heritage buildings, which are built prior to 1950 and are lying unutilized or underutilized to provide quality accommodation to the tourists. All possible assistance will be provided to such owners of heritage buildings by the Government. UTILISATION OF INSPECTION BUNGALOWS, ETC. FOR TOURIST ACCOMODATION The inspection bungalows, rest houses, circuit houses belonging to the Revenue and Land Reforms Department, Road Construction Department, Rural Development Department, Forest and Environment Department, Department of Water Resources and local bodies etc. located at various tourist destinations, tourist circuits would be developed preferably through private-public partnership so as to provide comfortable and quality accommodation to the tourists to augment the tourist accommodation at such places. A common facility system shall be devised to operate booking and managing the different Govt. accommodation mentioned above. Before the development of Inspection Building/water Bodies under the ownership of water resource department, by the tourism department, prior approval of water resource department is necessary. The ownership of such area will remain with the water resource department. The 50% of the revenue earned by tourism department, at such places, will have to be given to water resource department, which will be deposited to revenue head. JHARKHAND TOURISTS HOME STAY SCHEME With the aim of providing comfortable and standard home stay facilities for the tourists and to supplement the availability of accommodation at various tourists destinations, the state government will introduce a Jharkhand Tourist Home Stay Scheme on the pattern of Incredible India, bed and breakfast scheme of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. The basic idea is to provide a clean and affordable place for foreign and domestic tourists alike, including an opportunity to such tourists to stay with local families to have a feel of the local hospitality and culture along with the experience of the local customs, traditions and relish authentic Indian and local cuisine. Such home stay units, once approved by the Department of Tourism, will be duly publicized. A directory of all such approved establishments will also be prepared so as to enable domestic as well as foreign tourists to live in a homely environment and to take advantage of the scheme. Efforts will be made by the department to organize short term training in hospitality trade for such home stay unit owners, who intend to impart such training to their staff etc. TOURISM ECONOMIC ZONE Tourism economic zones will be created primarily with public-private partnership based on the intrinsic attraction, potential for development and availability of resources in these zones. Air, road and rail connectivity to these areas will be established to facilitate direct and easy access to these zones from international and domestic destinations. Appropriate backward and forward linkages will also be established to ensure flow of benefits to the local community. The development of such zones will be guided by well conceived master plans and executed by specific specially created Tourism Development Authorities, which will be created by the Government involving the Department of Tourism, other relevant Ministries / Departments of the Government of India, potential investors, stakeholders professionals from tourism industry and representatives of industry and trade associations. Steps will be taken to act towards the integrated development of all the tourists circuits of the state with the involvement of various departments, non- governmental organizations and the private sector. ADOPTION OF NEW TECHNOLOGIES Efforts will be made to adopt the latest technological advances in the tourism sector to provide better facilities and services to the tourists and to effectively market the tourism products to ensure benefits percolating to all concerned stakeholders. Utilization of Information Technology (IT) shall be accorded high priority in the efforts to promote Jharkhand Tourism. Every endeavour in this regard would focus upon optimal utilization of e-commerce, mobile-commerce, use of internet for dissemination of tourism related information, increasing use of portals as gate-way to improve accessibility to tourism information, development of Handi Audio Reach kit (HARK) tourist guidance system at important tourist sites, setting of tourist information kiosks, encourage private sector to use information technology and eco-friendly practices and above all taking advantage of the latest developed global technologies for promoting and facilitating tourism products. The State Government will take steps to utilize the widespread mobile connectivity and network to disseminate information regarding various tourists destinations and provide assistance to the tourists visiting the state in cases of exigencies. A State-of–the-art website has been developed by the Department of Tourism, Jharkhand which provides all desired informations to the tourists. Feed-back facilities, tourist spot weather report, e-news letter tourist packages, accommodation facilities, on-line payment through payment gateway for booking accommodation and transportation in the state, information pertaining to art, craft and culture of the state, the cuisines, the fairs and festivals and an all comprehensive Management Information System (MIS) has also been developed for intra-departmental coordination, reporting and supervision. The Department will take steps to ensure that this web-site always remains up dated, as also to provide additional features from time to time as developed globally. PROMOTING BETTER FACILITIES THROUGH TOUR/TRAVEL AGENCIES A professional, experienced and dedicated network of Tour/Travel agencies is a vital ingradient for boosting tourism and providing conveniences for the visiting tourists. A list of accredited travel agencies will be prepared and exhibited on the web- site of the Department. Assistance to the tourists through such accredited agencies will be encouraged to enlarge tourism business plate form. Local residents and youth would be encouraged to set up tour / travel agencies so as to create opportunities for self-employment. Such applicants would be provided assistance under various self-employment schemes of the State Government/ Central Government and would be accorded priority in sanction and disbursal of such financial assistance. The Department of Tourism would in addition sanction a one time grant of Rs.50,000/- to such applicants, belonging to the category of SC/ST, handicapped, ex-serviceman and the widow, destitute or deserted woman, who are granted approval to set up such agency by the Department. The Department would formulate a simple and transparent system for registration of such travel agencies/tour operators. On-line registration facilities would also be provided in this regard. PACKAGE TOURS With the objective of boosting tourist traffic to Jharkhand and enriching the quality and content of tourism products, attractive package tours will be developed and promoted with the help of private sector tour operators and travel agencies. Such tour packages will include air/road/ rail travel, fooding and lodging, excursions, destination visits etc. FISCAL INCENTIVES The fiscal incentives are to be provided for the promotion of tourism in Jharkhand when examined from the following perspective: 1. To stimulate the growth of tourism sector for creating employment opportunities. 2. To provide incentives for increasing the competitive attraction of Jharkhand as compared to others. 3. To remove dis incentives in the existing system. 4. To provide facilities to the private sectors and public sector to overcome special disadvantages, the State suffers from. 5. Focus on special comparative advantages of the State and to strengthen such areas. The following tourism related activities will be entitled for all incentives admissible to new tourism units: 1. Setting up of new Hotels/ Motels/Heritage Hotels /Golf courses/ Ropeways and wayside amenities centres satisfying the norms/ conditions stipulated by the State Government. 2. Transport facilities with air-conditioned car/coaches with a minimum capital investment Rs.50 lakhs, operating in travel circuits notified by the Department of Tourism. 3. Motor launches, etc operating at water sports centres notified by the Department of Tourism with minimum investment of Rs.20 lakhs. 4. Aero Sports Centres developed at places notified by the Department of Tourism with minimum investment of Rs.20 lakhs. 5. New Amusement parks with minimum investment Rs. 25 lakhs and operated at tourist centres notified by the Department of Tourism. 6. Health resorts established at places like hot springs, etc notified by the Department of Tourism with a minimum investment of Rs. 20 lakhs. 7. Tourist camps and camping sites having minimum capacity of accommodating not less than 20 tourists in the camp to be set up at places notified by the Department of Tourism. 8. Rural tourism sites, having minimum capacity of accommodating not less than 10 tourists in the village, set up at places notified by the Department of Tourism. All the above tourism related activities (existing & new) will be entitled to have power at industrial and not commercial rate of tariff. There is a dire need for the State of Jharkhand to accelerate the tourism development and promotion in the back-ground of lost opportunities and non realization of its vast tourism potential. Various incentives shall be admissible to such tourist units, which come into commercial operation during the period this policy remains effective, the details of which are as follows : 1. Capital Investment Incentive. 2. Captive power generating subsidy 3. Interest Subsidy 4. Employment generation based incentives 5. Special incentives for SC/ ST women, ex -service men and handicapped persons CAPITAL INVESTMENT INCENTIVE The details of capital investment incentive, admissible to new tourism units, are as follows : Sl. No. Incentive Maximum Incentive (%) Financial Limit Special Benefits 1. Capital Investment Incentive (Excluding land cost) Components to be considered- construction cost, Plant & Machinery, land scaping, Furnishing, Interiors, Registration charge & Stamp Duty. 30% Zone A–30 lakh Zone B – upto 2Cr.–50 Lakh. from 2Cr. to 6Cr. – 1.00 Cr. More than 6Cr – 1.5 Cr Additional 5% incentive over and above with a cap of Rs.5.00 lakhs for SC/ST Entrepreneurs, Women Entrepreneurs, Handicapped persons and Ex-servicemen shall be admissible CAPTIVE POWER GENERATING SUBSIDY The details of capital investment incentive admissible to new tourism units are as amended : Sl. No. Incentive Maximum Incentive (%) Financial Limit (In Lakhs) Special Benefits 1. Captive Power Generating Subsidy 30% 5.00 for all zones Additional 5% incentive over and above with a cap of Rs.0.75 lakhs to SC/ST Entrepreneurs, Women Entrepreneurs, Handicapped persons and Ex-servicemen shall be admissible INTEREST SUBSIDY The objective of providing this subsidy is to bring down interest cost of tourism unit for the period such a venture is most hard pressed. This subsidy is aimed to encourage such a ventures to continuous growth rather than stagnate and contribute its share of prosperity to the state. The interest subsidy admissible to new tourism unit shall be admissible in the following manner on the interest actually paid to be financial institutions / banks on loans taken by such new tourism units: Sl. No. Incentive Maximum Incentive (%) Financial Limited (Lakhs) 1. Interest Subsidy 50 The subsidy shall be limited to a sum of Rs.1.00 (one) lakhs per annum for 5 Yrs for Zone-A & 7 Yrs for Zone-B, from the date of commercial operation. EMPLOYMENT GENERATION BASED INCENTIVES All workers employed in such eligible tourism units would be covered under Contributory Group Insurance Scheme (CGIS), in which the State would pay 50% of the premium paid by the employer against each such worker/ labourer, for 5 Years. This incentive shall be admissible to only such tourism units which employ a minimum of fifty workers, among which atleast 30%. of workers shall be from state of Jharkhand. INCENTIVE FOR AIRLINES OPERATORS Such airline companies, which start new airlines services within the State of Jharkhand connecting various destinations would be provided a guarantee of minimum 50% load factor (Total seat capacity of such aircraft) during the first year of operation. INCENTIVES FOR NEW INTEGRATED MULTIPLEX COMPLEXES (a) Development of Integrated Multiplex Complex having at least two cinema halls with total minimum capacity of 300 seats, set up in an area of 4000 sq meters or above with minimum investment to the tune of Rs.12 crores consisting of cinema halls, restaurant, fast food outlets, video games parlour, pubs, bowling alleys, health spa/centre and recreational activities will be given the status of Industry. (b) The following concessions will be given to such complexes : 1. 100% entertainment tax exemption for first five years. 2. Existing cinema halls shall also be entitled to 100% entertainment tax exemption for first five years. 3. Liberty to fix the ticket rates for various services/facilities by the owners/operator. 4. Power tariff rates as applicable to industry. INCENTIVES FOR FILM PRODUCTION IN THE STATE (a) The role of films in the promotion of tourism is a well known fact. Film production not only provides employment opportunities to the local inhabitants but also publicizes the scenic beauty of a tourist place. (b) Accordingly, the films, with at least 25 percent of scenes of final point shot in the state would be free from any entertainment tax within the State. RATIONALIZATION OF TAX STRUCTURE The taxation and tax rate for tourism projects are to be fixed keeping in view the long term perspective, The rates should be so conducive to be a link between travel and tourism, promote economic growth and creative jobs to promote growth of travel hospitality and leisure market. The new tax policy should be aimed at increasing the tax base at reduced rate. Keeping in mind the low quantum of flow of private investment in tourism sector, there is a need to provide competitive and better rates of taxation so as to facilitate and attract private sector investment in tourism sector, which would have cascading effect on the over-all economy and the development of local areas in addition to generating opportunities for employment for local youth. Under the above circumstances, there is a need that the State Government should extend certain special incentives to the new tourism related projects. The following would be the tax regime for various tourism projects in the State: LUXURY TAX The luxury tax shall be admissible to various hotels operating in the State at the following rates : S. No. Room Rent (per day) Rate 1 up to 1000/- Nil 2 1000-2500/- 5% 3 more than. 2500/- 7% New hotel would be exempted from the luxury tax for a period of five (5) years from the date of commercial operation. ENTERTAINMENT TAX New Tourism Projects, like amusement park etc. would be exempted from entertainment tax for a period of 5 years from the date of commercial operation. COMMERCIAL TAX New Tourism units would be charged VAT at the lowest floor rate for a period of 5 years from the date of commercial operations. BAR LICENCE FEE Bar Licence fee is payable by Hotels, Restaurant and Bar Licence Holders, which is decided by Board of Revenue from time to time. ELECTRICITY DUTY Exemption from electricity duty would be admissible to new tourism units for a period of 10 years from the date of commercial operations. STAMP DUTY New Tourism units would be entitled to register purchase/lease of land or building with 2% stamp duty for a period of 3 years from the effective date. ROAD TAX (a) To promote private sector investment in transportation sector, relaxation of 50 % of road tax on the existing rate would be extended to such new vehicles for a period of five (5) years, which are operating as tourist coaches and whose capacity is not more than 35+1 (b) Such relaxation of road tax would also be admissible to all the tourist transport coaches operating under Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. ROAD PERMIT Tourist coaches, whose capacity is not more than 35+1 would be eligible for relaxation of 25% of the charges payable for obtaining road permit. These relaxations would be admissible to all.Such tour operators, who are registered with any Tourism department of any State holding All India tourist permit. HOLDING TAX No holding tax will be charged for first five years for the following new tourism projects: 1. Classified hotel and Restaurants with an investment of more than Rs. one (1) crores. 2. Projects of amusement parks with an investment of more than Rs. two (2) crores. With proposed GST system coming into operation in future, the various tax exemption shall be re-visited again in view of the present tax exemptions. UPGRADATION OF TOURISM SUPPORT SERVICES HUMAN RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT Human Resources Development is a vital aspect of tourism. The tourists depend on tour operators, travel agents, guides and other tourism functionaries. Trained manpower is a prime need for tourism industry. Professional training creates better employment opportunities. The State Government will encourage and support creation of standard training facilities in the non-government sector, in addition to those available through institutions in the public sector. Tourism hospitality and hotel management courses, courses on mass communication and advertising, courses for guides/travel agents/tour operators/caterers taxi operators/porters and other functionaries will also be introduced in the Universities colleges and Polytechnics, in addition to dedicated professional institutions. The Institute of Hotel Management (IHM), Ranchi is being set up and would be developed into a centre of excellence. The State Government would make efforts to set up Food Craft Institutes (FCI) in the state at Deoghar, Jamshedpur and Medininagar. The Government will encourage setting up of the Institutes of the Hotel Management, Travel and Tourism Management and Food craft Institutes in the private sector. The State Government would offer land as per the prevalent policy to such reputed, willing and capable institutions, which are already operating such institutions anywhere in the country. The eligibility qualifications of direct recruits to state tourism department and Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation Ltd, will be suitably revised to bring in professionalism. Opportunities will be provided to the existing functionaries to acquire higher skills through in-service institutional training or distant learning. TOURIST GUIDES The availability of educated, trained, well-informed and multi-lingual guides with proper motivation is very critical for tourism development. The State Government will take all steps to select and train appropriate number of guides to be available at various destinations in the State. Courses would also be organized for those, who are interested in taking up career as language guide, especially in the foreign languages, like-Japanese, Chinese, Arabic, Italian, French, German Spanish, English and Indian languages, like-Bengali, Oriya, Gujarati etc. TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRES (TIC) Keeping in mind the large traffic of domestic and international tourists, it is necessary to set up modern well-equipped Tourist Information Centres (TIC's) at important locations and destinations. Tourist Information Centres (TIC's) would be set up in Mumbai, Chennai, Indore, Hyderabad, Bangalore Ahmedabad, Bhubaneshwar, Jaipur and such other strategies places of tourism importance. All Tourist Information Centres will be inter-linked through computer network. The presently operating Tourist Information Centresat Delhi and Kolkata would be strengthened so as to provide better services. Apart from offering information to tourists, these Tourist Information Centes would also provide reservation facilities for the hotels and transport services of Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation and private classified hotels located in Jharkhand. Other informations, like package tours, fairs and festivals, Home Stay Scheme facilities etc. would also be provided through such tourist information centres. Information through touch screen kiosks and multi-media software would also be made available to the tourists at bus stands, railway stations, airports and at various tourist destinations, etc. Jharkhand tourism would also be publicised by engaging agents in other states on commission basis. Efforts would be made to open Tourist Information Centres in other states on joint-venture basis between Depatment of Tourism Jharkhand and the Tourism Department of such states. Tourist Information Centres (TIC's) would be set up in all the district headquarters of the State. Such centres would also be set up at all the important and popular tourist destinations. Efforts would be made to operate such Tourist Information Centres (TIC's) through public-private-partnership under close monitoring and supervision of the Department of Tourism so as to ensure desired results. Such Tourist Information Centres would be active 24×7×365. PROMOTION, PUBLICITY AND MARKETING Promotion and marketing is an important component of tourism development and needs to be undertaken along with product development in conformity with consumer profiles and product characteristics. The policy of the Government would be, thus, to develop and implement cost effective marketing strategies based on market research and segmentation analysis of in each of the tourist generating country/ State. Tourism promotion, publicity and marketing is one of the most critical activity not only to attract a large number of tourists but also to educate the tourists regarding the kind of tourism products, which the state offers. It also facilitates the travel and stay of the tourist to the state. To achieve all these, there is a need for well-defined advertising and publicity plan. Thus, a separate and dedicated team of professionals on outsourcing basis would be set up to assist the Department in marketing the tourism product of the state in a professional and result-oriented manner to the outside world as well as amongst the domestic tourists. A multi pronged strategy will be evolved to make optimal use of media for promoting Jharkhand as an attraction for tourists. Sufficient literatures will also be distributed to important travel agents/tour operators/airlines/ hotel groups ets. for distribution amongst important people connected with the tourism industry. Keeping in mind the above objectives, the following initiatives would be taken : Strengthen the existing Tourist Information Centres (TIC's) and set up new Tourist Information Centres at a desired locations with adequate publicity aids. Organize familiarization tours and conventions of eminent and renowned travel writers, tour operators and travel agencies. Production of high quality informative audio-visuals and tourist literatures in English and other foreign Indian languages. Collaboration with Indian Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR), Overseas Tourism India Office etc. and tapping the Indian and overseas media for organizing publicity campaigns. Organizing Jharkhand festivals inside and outside the country in collaboration with the Indian Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR), National Sangeet Natak Academy and other eminent organizations. Participations in exhibitions and festivals organized by various reputed and experienced agencies at state, national and international levels. Encouragement of joint publicity campaigns with private partners. Display of attractive hoardings at strategic locations and in the vicinity of various tourist destinations highlighting their special significance. Display of way indicators on the roads to highlight to location and importance of different tourist destinations. Organising cultural festivals in different parts of the state, as per a calendar of cultural events published in advance. Promotion of various sports events, corporate convention and conferences, youth congregations, academic needs; national and international cultural conferences with the active support of various departments, corporate bodies, universities and other organizations. Organising various food festivals to popularize ethnic Jharkhand cuisine in different parts of the country and for the tourists visiting the state. Projecting the state as the ultimate destination to cater to the emerging market in the East and South East. Organising publicity campaigns through print media and the audio- visual media. The private sector would also be motivated to partner with the government to achieve these objectives. 15. Publication of periodicals and telecast of special promotional campaigns of Jharkhand Tourism through sponsorship of private agencies and otherwise. 16. Production of films on tourist locations and facilities, local fairs and festivals, flora and fauna etc. will be encouraged to publicize the tourism potential of the state through television network and electronic media. 17. Use of electronic, print and cyber media for aggressive marketing of Jharkhand as a premier tourist destination. SAFETY AND SECURITY OF TOURISTS Foolproof safety and security of tourists in the State is an extremely important and as a sensitive factor for the growth of tourism. The State Government accords highest priority to safety and security of tourists for which no stone will be left unturned by the government. In order to prevent any inconvenience to the tourists, a Tourist Security Force (TSF) is being set up by the State Government in accordance with the directives received from the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. This Tourist Security Force would comprise of the ex-service men, who would be imparted hospitality, co artery and other relevant training, so as to inculcate confidence and sense of security amongst the tourists. Such security force would be deployed at all the places of public convergence, such as bus stands, railway stations, airports and at various tourist destinations. To augment the strength of the Tourist Security Force (TSF), a cadre of local youth would be selected, trained and deployed by the Department at various tourist destinations in the State. These local youths would be selected from the adjoining villages in and around such tourist destinations so as to instill a sense of belongingness, care and affection among the local inhabitants regarding such tourist destinations. In addition, local youths, would also be selected to provide various other maintenance-management facilities and services, such as gardening, keeping, guide, life savings, technicians, musical group catering etc. A 24-hour Tourist Help Line would be set up at the Department of Tourism so as to provide rescue and assistance services to tourists in distress, which includes medical services, transport services, navigation services, security services etc. A Central Control Room at the Headquarters of the Department of Tourism would be set up to monitor the arrival, travel and the stay of the tourists at various destinations and to provide them assistance, wherever and whenever required. CONSULTANCY SERVICES To ensure world class infrastructure for tourism promotion and development, services of reputed, experienced and competent consultants would be procured. The State Government intends to utilize the services of such consultants in the promotion and development of tourism infrastructure, conducting necessary techno-economic feasibility studies, carrying out market research, preparation of DPR's, etc. Consultancy services would also be utilized for professionalisation and modernization of Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation and the Department of Tourism by reforming the procedures and processes, adopting the latest tools and techniques of tourism management, introducing latest concepts and technology, technological up-gradation, skill improvement etc. JHARKHAND TOURISM DEVELOPMENT BOARD The State Government would set up a Jharkhand Tourism Development Board to facilitate enter departmental co-operation and coordination to promote Tourism in the State. This Board would be set up under the chairmanship of the Chief Minister of Jharkhand with the Tourism Minister as Vice-chairman and Principal Secretaries/Secretaries of other relevant departments as members. The Board would also have representatives of the Hotel Association, Travel Agents Association, Adventure Sports Operators Association, NGO's and other non- official members having outstanding contribution or expertise in the field of development and promotion of tourism industries. Financial assistance as grants-in-aid, etc would be provided to this board. The Board would advise the Government to lay down the policy guidelines for the development and promotion of tourism industry in the State, to promote public-private partnership. Public sector would undertake all steps to develop and promote tourism in the State. STRENGTHENING OF JHARKHAND TOURISM DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION (JTDC) LTD The role of Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation (JTDC) Ltd in the promotion and development of tourism in the state is most critical, in the light of which the Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation would be strengthened and modernized so as to perform in an efficient and professional manner, and deliver the desired result within the designated frame of time. The Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation would act as nodal agency in developing tourism at various destination in the state.It would promote infrastructure development through private sector participation upon the land allotted by the department and carry out all required developmental works so as to establish and set up hotels and other infrastructure to augment the tourist infrastructure at various destinations. The role of JTDC in providing comfortable, efficient and smooth transport services to the visiting tourists in the State is of utmost importance. Accordingly, the JTDC would take steps to strengthen its tourism transport fleet either by purchasing or by acquiring transport vehicles on lease, equipped with various modern facilities suitable to the tourist segments being catered to. The Jharkhand Tourism Development Corporation would enter into Joint Venture or promote public-private-partnership to ensure better management and better facilities to the tourist using its residential and other accommodation spread across the state. To ensure quality infrastructure at various destinations, the JTDC would take steps to form joint ventures with capable and experienced private partners to provide world class tourist infrastructure and facilities. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY To ensure a focused, systematic, professional and time-bound tourism development of a place or tourism zone, the Government would set up Tourism Development Authority(s) for such zones/specific various places under the chairmanship of the concerned Deputy Commissioner. Such Authority(s) would have representatives of hotel associations, travel agents associations, NGOs and non-official members having outstanding contribution or expertise in the field of development and promotion of tourism industry. Financial assistance as grants-in-aid, etc would be provided to all such authorities set up in this regard. Such tourism development authorities would systematically execute and get executed various tourism development projects within their jurisdiction and would also maintain all tourism related activities in such areas and undertake all such initiatives and actions to promote Tourism. SINGLE WINDOW SYSTEM Efforts would be made to facilitate smooth flow of institutional finance for improving, strengthening and augmenting the tourism infrastructure in the state. A special cell to facilitate and to assist entrepreneurs interested in setting up tourism related projects in the state would be created in the Department of Tourism. A simple, professional and transparent mechanism would be evolved for processing loan applications from investors in tourism sectors at such single window, where officers from other relevant Government Departments, Banks, Financial Institutions, etc would be available, so as to provide all assistance and smooth financing of such tourism infrastructure promotion ventures. TOURISM TRADE FACILITATION ACT To prevent exploitation of tourists by various service providers, a legislation for facilitating tourism trade would be enacted by the Government. The Department of Tourism would be empowered to licence and inspect such establishments, which are engaged in providing various services to the tourists. Any inspection made with malafide intention shall be dealt with very seriously and shall invite strict disciplinary action by the department. Complaints received from the tourists will be redressed on priority basis. Strict action and strong steps would be taken against such service providers, who play foul or exploit the tourists. Efforts would be made to educate the road side line hotels, which cater to way side tourists/travellers about the maintenance of hygiene, service manners, quality of food and regulate them with such facilitation act. COORDINATION WITH NEIGHBOURING STATES The Government will coordinate with the Tourism Departments of the neighbouring states and the Tourism Development corporations of the neighbouring states like West Bengal, Orissa, Chattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh and Bihar to promote package tours on reciprocal basis and take up relevant common issues of Tourism promotion and development. AWARDS FOR OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE Performance of Tourism units will be evaluated every year and on the basis of objective evaluation criteria, suitable awards will be distributed by the State Government for outstanding achievement in providing tourism facilities, innovative services, promoting rural tourism, promoting adventure tourism, maintaining best resorts, tourism publicity etc. MONITORING AND REVIEW A Monitoring Committee under the Chairmanship of Chief Secretary/Development Commissioner shall be set up, which shall have the Commissioner/Secretaries of the concerned department as its members. The Secretary, Tourism shall be the member secretary of this Monitoring Committee. This Monitoring Committee shall also look into the hurdles/problems, if any, with respect to the implementation of this policy and also with respect to providing relief/concessions to specific tourism units/projects, if such issue is brought before the Committee. All concerned Departments and institutions shall issue follow-up notification to give effect to the provisions of this policy within 30 day of declaration of this policy. The State Government would carry out annual/mid term review of this policy. POWER OF THE STATE GOVERNMENT Notwithstanding anything contained in the foregoing paragraphs of the Jharkhand Tourism Policy, the State Government by issuance of notification in the official gazette may amend or withdraw any of the provisions and / or the schemes mentioned herein above. If any difficulty arises in giving effect to provisions of the Jharkhand Tourism Policy and/or if any dispute arises about the interpretation of any provisions of the said policy, the same shall be referred to the Chief Minister through Chief Secretary and thereon the decision taken shall be final. Order : It is hereby ordered that the copy of this resolution be published in the Special Jharkhand Gazette and wide publicity be given and be circulated among all Department/Heads of the Department. Annexure-1 D E F I N I T I O N S 1. EFFECTIVE DATE Effective date means June, 2015 from which date the provisions of this Policy comes into force. This Policy will remain in force till 31st March, 2020. 2. TOURISM UNIT "Tourism Unit" means a project in the large and medium sector related to tourism activities in the following items as defined in Annexure-II and as may be further notified by the Tourism Department. 3. DATE OF COMMERCIAL OPERATION The date of start of commercial operation of a tourism unit shall mean the date on which the unit actually starts commercial operation, for which the unit has been registered. As regards the date of commercial operation of a tourism unit, the certificate issued by the respective District Tourism Development Officer/Tourist Information Officer will be accepted. In case of any dispute regarding the date of commercial operation the decision of the Secretary, Tourism in this regard shall be final. ANNEXURE-II DEFINITIONS 1. HOTELS Hotel should have facilities expected of the establishments in 1 to 5 star category or approved non-star category according to the guidelines issued/ to be issued by the Department of Tourism, Government of India or Government of Jharkhand from time to time. Their size should be as per norms prescribed by the Department of Tourism, Government of India,/ Government of Jharkhand for such units. A Hotel should have minimum 10 rooms to let, Reception Centre-cum-lounge, Restaurant, Bar, a small Convention Centre and car-parking space. 2. MOTELS A motel project should have highway facilities consisting of a minimum of two rooms to let, public toilets, a restaurant, a first-aid centre, medicine store, a utility store, handicraft selling centre and parking space for at least 10 vehicles. Facilities like bar, public telephone booth, car repairing workshop and fuel-filling stations for vehicles may be included as desirable activities. About an hectare of land will be needed for a standard motel. 3. HERITAGE HOTEL A heritage hotel project shall be located in a palace/ castle/ fort/building of architectural excellence which was built prior to 1950 and which is being converted into a Hotel with a minimum of 10 rooms to let. The facilities and the features along with the services should be as per classification guidelines of the Department of Tourism, Government of India as applicable to Heritage Hotels from time to time. A Heritage Hotel will have all the facilities available in a usual hotel as mentioned under the item 1 above. 4. YATRINIWAS Yatrniwas in actually a low budget hotel of 10 or more rooms to let, located near airport, railway stations and central bus terminus for transit accommodation and will have all the facilities available in a usual hotel as mentioned under the Item 1 above (Hotel). 5. YATRIKA Yatrika is a low budged hotel of 10 or more rooms to let, located near a center of pilgrimage mainly for accommodation of pilgrims and will have all the facilities available in a usual hotel as mentioned under Item 1 above., except bar facilities which may or may not be allowed depending on the prevalent custom at the centre of the pilgrimage. 6. TOURIST RESORTS Tourist Resort means a unit which has at least any eight of the following activities/ facilities : a. Health Club facilities e.g. sauna bath, Jacuzzi, steam bath, gymnasium, etc. b. Water sports, e.g. wild water rafting, canoeing, kayaking, water skiing, yachting, etc. c. Swimming pool. d. Aero sports e.g. power flying, a hang gliding, paragliding, para-sailing etc. e. Skiing. f. Ice skating g. Roller skating h. Games like Tennis, table Tennis, Badminton, Billiards, Bowling Alley i. Golf, j. Angling/Bowling k. Nature cure facilities e.g. Naturopathy, Yoga, Ayurvedic/ herbal cures l. Beauty Parlour including Barber shops and massage facilities m. Children corner including Crèche, Park, Indoor Game and other recreational facilities n. Landscaped Gardens and Orchards o. Jogging tracks/ Nature trails p. Convention/ Conference facilities q. Shopping Arcade r. Well-stocked library including Video Library s. Auditorium 7. CAMPS AND FACILITIES ENCOURAGING ADVENTURE TOURISM The project of Camping and Tent facilities should have minimum of 5 tents located in an area, not less than 1 acre of land, with at least two toilets and two showers separate for men and women with running water and a restaurant. The Camping sites should have specific sewerage disposal points for campers. There should be proper arrangements for the disposal of sewerage and solid garbage. Adventure tourism comprises trekking in the forests and the hills, mountaineering, mountain biking, rock climbing canoeing, kayaking, water skiing, yachting, river rafting, long distance swimming and para sailing, car rally etc. 8. AERIAL ROPEWAY Aerial Ropeway means a system of overhead ropes on which the carriers are used for the purpose of carriage of passengers, animals or goods and includes posts, ropes, carriers, stations, offices ware house, workshop, machinery and other equipments used for the purpose of Aerial Ropeway and the land appurtenant to such Aerial Ropeway. 9. AMUSEMENT PARK A Commercially operated park having various devices for entertainment and usually having booths for the sale of food and drinks.

IBIE https://www.bakingexpo.com As the largest and most comprehensive event for the baking industry in the Western Hemisphere, Baking Expo ™ there is never a dull moment with these must-see events. IBIE offers the excitement of competition, engaging displays of creativity and stunts, industry awards, networking events and more. These inspiring forums and events create a world of opportunities for conversations with colleagues and connections with new contacts.

CNR Food Istanbul http://cnrfoodistanbul.com/ CNR Food Istanbul and CNR Ambalaj Istanbul, where the Turkish food, beverage and packaging industry come together on the same platform on the same day, will attract the attention of national and international food wholesalers, retail chain stores, corporate buyers, business managers , future entrepreneurs, hotel and restaurant chains. With the expectation of the visits of more than 50 thousand international buyers, the exhibition will be organized at the global trade center, CNR Expo Istanbul Expo Center, between September 2 and 5. CNR Food Istanbul and CNR Ambalaj Special Section will welcome visitors and delegations of VIP buyers from 84 countries, including Italy, Germany, Russia, as well as the MENA region, target markets of the industry. Forming a base for new business partnerships, Turkey's largest food platform welcomes more than 2,000 products. The experts will present striking topics in innovation, design, production stages, health related to the food, packaging and consumption industries outside the home in the seminars that will be developed during the exhibition. Speakers, including the president of the World Association of Chefs Societies, Thomas A. Gugler, recognized as the "Man who leads millions of chefs", will expose the Turkish and global food industry.

Anuga Fair https://www.anuga.com/ Anuga, the world's largest food and beverage trade fair, breaks new ground for the development of the entire industry. It is the industry's most important meeting point, as the 2019 figures impressively demonstrate once again: with 7,972 exhibitors and around 169,653 visitors, Anuga Cologne is clearly the number one food fair! Don't miss the opportunity to be part of the leading food fair in Cologne in the year 2021. From October 9-13, 2021, Anuga invites exhibitors and trade visitors from all over the world to discover 10 trade shows and 11 trending topics , as well as numerous events and conferences. This program combined with the largest number of participating exhibitors makes Anuga the most prominent trade show in the food and beverage industry. Learn more about Anuga to try it:

Azerbaijan International Travel and Tourism Fair https://aitf.az The exhibition program will be packed with events that are a platform for business development, attracting potential partners and broadening the horizons of cooperation. Thus, within the framework of the exhibition, B2B meetings that have already become a tradition will be held, which will strengthen both existing commercial communications and the creation of new ones. Meetings will be held with both tourism companies and representatives of the Medical Tourism sector and, for the first time, the exhibition participants will hold business meetings with representatives of the Azerbaijani business sector. AITF is not only the largest exhibition in the region in the tourism sector, but also a celebration of culture, new experiences, opportunities and friendship. Every year professional industry representatives look forward to this event, where they can not only establish new contacts, but also significantly expand the geography of sales, learn about the latest industry innovations and trends, and find new partners and customers.

Travel Trade Maldives https://www.traveltrademaldives.com The leading international travel fair in Maldives. TTM Maldives will see more than 3000 pre-scheduled meetings between exhibitors and trade visitors. Contracts worth more than a billion dollars will be discussed.

Monipur Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Sl. No. Particular 1. Introduction 2. Mission Statement & Principle 3. Aims & Objectives 4. Current Scenario and Swot Analyses 5. Thrust Areas : Niche Tourism Products 6. Action Plan 7. Strategy for implementation of action plan & Promotion of thrust areas 8. Manipur Tourism Brochure 1 INTRODUCTION Tourism emerged as the largest global industry of the 20th century and is projected to grow even faster in the 21stcentury. Manipur has immense possibilities of growth in the tourism sector with vast cultural and religious heritage, varied natural attractions, but a comparatively small role in the national tourism scene. Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 which envisages new initiatives towards making tourism the catalyst in employment generation, environmental re-generation, development of remote areas and development of women and other disadvantaged groups in the State, besides promoting social integration is, therefore, vital to the State's economy. According to the UN World Tourism Organization, contribution of tourism to economic activities worldwide is estimated at about 5%.Tourism takes the cake for creation of 6-7% job opportunities, both direct and indirect worldwide. While in 1950, the top destinations absorbed 88% of international arrivals, it was 55% in 2010, reflecting the emergence of new destinations, many of them in developing countries. UNWTO points out that developing country stand to benefit from sustainable tourism and should act to make this a reality. According to the Planning Commission, the earnings from Travel & Tourism (T&T) have made it one of the largest industries in the world and the fastest growing sector of global trade accounting for 10.4% of global GDP, 12.2% of global exports, 8.3% of global employment, and 9.5% of global capital investment. The receipts generated have grown twice as fast, far outstripping the growth rate of the world economy. India is fast emerging as an important tourism destination in the world. The 'Incredible India"campaign, which showcases the best that India has to offer to the tourists, has now attracted worldwide attention. Foreign tourist arrivals in India increased from 2.37 million in 1997 to 20.73 million in 2012. The Foreign Exchange Earnings (FEE) from tourism by these arrivals grew at an even stronger rate reaching around USD 1774 million in 2012. The year 2012 witnessed a growth of 19.9% in domestic tourist visits over the year 2011, which is higher than the growth of 13.8% in the year 2011 over 2010. During, 2012, the visits by the foreign tourists registered a growth of 6.3% over 2011. By 2017, tourism industry is expected to contribute USD 3121 billion in absolute terms but in percentage terms it is likely to decrease to 3.4% as estimated by the Planning Commission. Manipur with its inherent tourism potential, rich cultural heritage and vibrant pool of youth, with excellent grip over English language is an ideal place for promotion of Tourism as its main industry and sector to generate employment substantially. Our young boys and girls are working in every nook and comer of India in hospitality industry, owing to their good mannerism, friendly attitude, pleasant approach to the clients and fluent English. With such rich talent, which is bound to multiply manifold, after establishment of upcoming Institute of Hotel Management, Catering Technology & Applied Nutrition at Imphal, planned development of Tourism Infrastructure and aggressive marketing of Manipur Tourism would lead to create an employment potential to the tune of 10-15%, as against 6-7% globally. Increased employment opportunities are bound to facilitate improvement in Law & Order and perceptible decrease in insurgency. Tourism Industry per se would create employment opportunities at every tier be it a Luggage handler, Porter, Waiter/Waitress, Front Desk Official, Managers, Accountants, etc. The tourism industry has its own multiplier effect and thus could become the largest employment generator in the State. Other than the tourism industry itself, the global spread of tourism has produced significant economic and employment benefits in many related and interlinked sectors too, from construction to agriculture or telecommunications. This multiplier effects of tourism need to be tapped maximally to enrich the State's economy and bring prosperity to the people. Manipur, with her comfortable climate, mystique cultural heritage and sublime natural beauty, located strategically in a hitherto considered disadvantageous geographical area, has huge potential for the growth of tourism. Manipur tourism was given an industry status in January 1987. Since then the benefits of developing tourism in Manipur has been broadly discussed, argued and acted upon. Research reports on developing Manipur Tourism identify the tourism potential of Manipur, the need to develop it for present and for long term future gains. The State Government has been making efforts in developing Manipur Tourism by developing Infrastructures, Hotels & Restaurants, Human Resource, and through active Marketing, Publicity, Promotion Programmes, Market Research, etc. Manipur and its tourism policy become all the more important in view of India's Look East Policy, the Trans-Asian Highways and the Railways. The Government is keen to take advantage of these developments and therefore, seeks to create a unique brand to market Manipur Tourism as the 'Gateway to South-East Asia'in conformity with its modern outlook, relevance, competitiveness, strategic location and commercial aspects. It is felt that once the appropriate infrastructure and services are suitably placed, Manipur is destined to become a popular tourist hotspot in South-East Asia akin to its South-East Asian neighbours. Relaxation and exclusion of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime since January, 2011 has started attracting foreign tourists to the State. Ministry of Home Affairs has conveyed its, in principle, approval for establishment of VISA on Arrival (VoA) facility at Moreh and at Imphal International Airport. Once VoA facilities are operational, many Myanmarese would travel to Manipur, especially for availing medical facilities. Furthermore, Manipur, where some of the final battles of the World War-II were fought, can receive a big impetus in the tourism sector attracting many foreign tourists, especially from Japan and the Commonwealth countries whose relatives, ancestors and countrymen lost their lives in the battlefield here. Efforts of the State Government to promote tourism as an important industry would have to be synergized with our efforts to improve the law and order situation in the State as well as propagate the message to the people, both within India and abroad, that Manipur, despite internal conflicts and insurgency, is a safe place for the tourists. Unless we propagate this message to the intending tourists, the apprehensions in their mind about safety would not be addressed effectively which in turn create negative publicity and be detrimental to our efforts in promoting Manipur Tourism. Therefore, the State has to take proactive steps in finding a permanent solution to the insurgency and social instability to bring about peace and convey to the outside world that Manipur is a safe and pleasant place to visit. Improvement in law and order would not only lead to increased tourist arrivals but also attract investors from outside the State. The 'Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014' consists of consolidated report on the recent developments in tourism and highlights the current scenario of the State. It attempts to position tourism as the major engine of economic growth, to harness the immense tourism potential and position 'Manipur' as a preferred tourist destination at global level, by proposing both short term as well as long term measures. The ‘Policy' strives to develop tourism in Manipur taking into consideration the guidelines of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. It also attempts to address the issues related to tourist's interest as well as satisfactory customer/guest services which will serve as a tool to attract more tourists. The ‘Policy' also focuses on community participation and involvement of private entrepreneurs for comprehensive development of tourism industry in the State. The Mission of the ‘Policy' is to promote sustainable tourism as a means of economic growth, social integration and to promote the image of Manipur as a State with a glorious past, a vibrant present and a bright future. Policies to achieve this will be evolved around six broad areas such as Welcome, Information, Facilitation, Safety, Cooperation and Infrastructure Development. Conservation of heritage, natural environment and development and promotion of tourism products would also be given importance. 2 MISSION STATEMENT & PRINCIPLES The mission of Manipur Tourism Policy, 2013 is to provide proper direction that will drive the tourism industry in Manipur and to let the dynamics of the industry take over thereafter. The 'Policy' seeks to harness the tourism potential of Manipur and to attract tourists and investments with the development of hotels & restaurants, resorts, transport, communication, heritage sites, handloom & handicrafts, home-stays & village stays among other ancillary trades/activities. These developments will ultimately help in creating jobs, earning revenue and thus contributing to the economy of the State which in turn would enhance the income level of the people. The State intends to create a robust and vibrant tourism industry through planned, innovative and systematic approach producing an efficient tourism multiplier largely governed by diversity of tourism products, lengthening the period & comfort of stay, and creating various spending avenues. The overall efforts shall be market based taking into account the preferences of the tourists and service providers. Our vision is to create a unique brand for the State to develop and market critical infrastructure in a sustainable and integrated manner to make Manipur a favourite national and international tourist destination with a view to provide an unique experience to the visiting tourists besides ensuring that the quality of life and economic benefits are trickled down to the needy sections and bringing overall prosperity to the people in the State. The policy rest upon the following basic principles: 2.1. In a small remote land-locked State like Manipur where there is less scope of industrial development, but with a rich cultural heritage and sublime natural beauty, tourism promises to emerge as the main avenue for creating employment opportunities, income generation and alleviating poverty. Accordingly, the 'Policy' proposes to facilitate incentives/subsidy for development and promotion of tourism industry in the State. 2.2. The tourism industry promises to provide significant direct and indirect employment. The employment creation potential for investments made in tourism sector promises to be higher than in manufacturing and agricultural sectors. Tourism development would also help significantly in the development of cottage industries and handloom & handicrafts, and thereby promote overall area development and development of weaker sections of the society. 2.3. Considering India's Look East Policy, many tourists would be passing through the State when the Trans-Asian Highway No. 1 is fully developed. Operation of railway line would also bring in large stream of tourists. The immediate challenge shall be on devising ways to cater to their needs and comfort, and persuading them to stay a little longer and explore the rich cultural heritage and scenic beauty of the State. 2.4. Establishment of inter-departmental and inter-agency linkages is crucial to the development of tourism. Public Works, Public Health Engineering, Municipal Administration Housing & Urban Development (MAHUD), Rural Development, Power, Health, Home, Forest and Arts & Culture Departments are important departments which need to play a critical role. Close association shall also be established with NGOs, Clubs, Security Forces, Civil Aviation Authorities and others. 2.5. The North-Eastern States of India are seen as a contiguous region without borders from a tourist's point of view. Therefore, effective co-ordination and cooperation with the neighbouring States shall be pursued for joint development of tourism in the region and shared tourist circuits with a view to facilitate easy, hassle free movement of tourists. 2.6. The Tourism Policy must benefit people. The multiplier effects of the industry need to trickle down and help in creating employment opportunities for the youths, preserving cultural heritage, empowerment of women, encouraging local artisans, development of backward regions, enhancing income and alleviation of poverty. 2.7. Tourism is overwhelmingly an industry of private sector/service providers and hence their critical role shall be duly acknowledged. The ‘Policy' seeks to sensitize all stakeholders on the shared vision which is very essential for a highly efficient, responsive and sustainable tourism industry. Tourism in Manipur shall be government led, private-sector driven and community welfare oriented. 2.8. Prioritization of projects both for destinations and infrastructure is necessary so that scarce resources are put to best use. 2.9. The immediate priority would be on creating world class accommodation& infrastructure, identification, improvement and up-gradation of destinations and other tourism assets and making these operational under Public-Private Partnership. 2.10. Promotion, publicity and marketing are the core of tourism development and need to be undertaken in conformity with tourist profiles and product characteristics. 2.11. The necessity of developing sustainable and responsible tourism to ensure preservation and protection of tourist destinations would be the backbone of the ‘Policy'. It will not only secure long term gains but also help mitigate the adverse impacts of tourism development. 2.12. The safety and security of the tourists shall be paramount on the Government's agenda. Considering the unique law & order situation prevailing in Manipur, promotion of tourism would be carefully undertaken. Even the trouble torn State like Jammu & Kashmir attracts a large number of tourists due to its unique tourist destinations and the facilities provided to the tourists and therefore, Manipur should not shy away from promotion of tourism under the veil of law and order considerations. State Government, in consultation with Government of India, would make positive interventions to improve law & order, create secure & safe atmosphere and work towards a permanent solution to decades old insurgency problem with a view to make Manipur a safe place for the visitors in a time bound manner. Once peace and harmony is stabilized, Manipur with its intrinsic tourism potential is likely to become a preferred destination for the tourists, both domestic as well as foreign. Tourism development in the State would itself create enough job opportunities and avenues for recreation, which in turn would dilute the insurgency substantially and help the State in bringing peace and stabilization in a time bound manner. 2.13. Whenever opportunity arises, Manipur Tourism should play a pivotal and dynamic role to make its presence felt at the international level. 2.14. Tourism in Manipur should be able to provide a unique opportunity for physical invigoration, mental rejuvenation, cultural enrichment and spiritual elevation for a memorable experience for the visiting tourists. The economic benefits of the industry should be able to filter down to the backward sections of the society and bring all round development of the State. 2.15. Sustained efforts would be made to comprehensively improve Welcome, Information, Hospitality, Accommodation, Transportation, Safety, Leisure, Hygiene and Environment, etc. 2.16. Implementation of policy statements and declarations made at various North-Eastern Council meetings organized by the Ministry for Development of North Eastern Region, Government of India for accelerated development of the North-Eastern Region. 2.17. To promote State tourism, local products and cuisines will be effectively marketed and publicized. 2.18. The promoters of tourism industry, hotels and travel agents will be encouraged to evolve and strictly follow Act, Rules and Guidelines prescribed and enforced by the Central Government and State Government. 2.19. Comprehensive programme for capacity development and hospitality promotion shall be organized from time to time in consultation with all stakeholders. 2.20. Manipur is ideally suited for adventure tourism. It would be the endeavour of the Tourism Department and PWD to develop seamless connectivity and encourage adventure Tourism. 3 AIMS & OBJECTIVES The broad objectives of tourism development are: i. Foster understanding between people. ii. Create employment opportunities. iii. Bringing socio-economic benefits to the people of Manipur. iv. Strive towards balanced and sustainable development; and v. Preserve, enrich and promote State's cultural and natural heritage. One of the major objectives is the preservation of natural resources and environment to achieve sustainable development. Given the low cost of employment creation in the tourism sector and the low level of exploitation of Manipur's tourism potential, the new tourism policy seeks to expand and facilitate domestic as well as foreign tourists in a manner that is sustainable by ensuring cultural preservation and minimizing any possible degradation of environment. The Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 also aims at making the stay of tourists in the State, a memorable and pleasant one with reliable services at predictable costs, so that they are encouraged to undertake repeated visits to Manipur State, as friends. This would be in tune with Manipur's traditional philosophy of giving the highest honour to a guest. 3.1 Tourism A Multi-Dimensional Activity a. The Government will aim to achieve necessary linkages and synergies in the policies and programs of all concerned Departments/Agencies by establishing effective co-ordination mechanisms. The focus of the policy, therefore, will also be to develop tourism as a common endeavor of all the agencies vitally concerned with it. b. It will be the policy of the Government to encourage people's participation in tourism development including Panchayati Raj Institutions, Local Bodies, Co-operatives, Non-Governmental Organisations and Enterprising Local Youth to create public awareness and to achieve a wider spread of tourist facilities. However, focused attention will be given for the integrated development of identified destinations with well-directed public participation. c. Public and Private Sector Partnership: A constructive and mutually beneficial partnership between the public and the private sectors through all feasible means may be developed so that the Government and Private enterprises can join hands to maximize tourism development and for the sustained growth of tourism. It is, therefore, the policy of the Government to encourage emergence of such a partnership. The framework as indicated in 'Policy' will facilitate enhanced private participation in the tourism development activities. This will be achieved by creating a Tourism Development Society consisting of senior officials of the Government and tourism experts and professionals from the private sector. d. Role of the Government: Tourism is a multi-sectoral activity and the industry is affected by many other sectors of the economy. The State has to, therefore, ensure inter¬governmental linkages and co-ordination. It also has to play a pivotal role in tourism management and promotion. The specific role of the Government will be to: i. Provide basic infrastructure facilities including local planning and zoning arrangements. ii. Plan tourism development as a part of the overall area development strategy. iii. Create core infrastructure in the initial stages of development to demonstrate the potential of the area. iv. Provide the required support facilities and incentives to both domestic and foreign investors to encourage private investment in the tourism sector. v. Rationalize taxation and land policies in the tourism sector. vi. Introduce regulatory measures to ensure social, cultural and environmental sustainability as well as safety and security of tourists. vii. Ensure that the type and scale of tourism development is compatible with the environment and socio-cultural milieu of the area. viii. Ensure that the local community is fully involved and the benefits of tourism accrue to them. ix. Facilitate availability of trained manpower particularly from amongst the local population jointly with the industry. x. Undertake research, prepare master plans, and facilitate formulation of marketing strategies. xi. Organize overseas promotion and marketing jointly with the industry. xii. Initiate specific measures to ensure safety and security of tourists and efficient facilitation services. xiii. Facilitate the growth of a dynamic tourism sector. xiv. Ensure that prevailing Acts & Rules, Guidelines on forest & environment and their protection and conservation are taken care of. xv. Ensure adequate availability of power for all tourism projects in the State e. Role of Private Sector: Tourism has emerged as the largest export industry globally and all over the globe private sector has played the lead role in this growth. The private sector has to consider investment in tourism from a long term perspective and create the required facilities including accommodation, time share, restaurants, entertainment facilities, shopping complexes, etc. in areas identified for tourism development. Non-core activities in airport, major stations and inter-state bus terminus such as cleanliness and maintenance, luggage transportation, vehicles parking facilities, etc. should be opened-up to private operators to increase efficiency and profitability. The specific role of the Private Sector will be to: i. Build and manage the required tourist facilities in all places of tourist interest. ii. Assume collective responsibility for laying down industry standards, ethics and fair practices. iii. Ensure preservation and protection of tourist attractions and give lead in green practices. iv. Sponsor maintenance of monuments, museums & parks and provision of public conveniences & facilities. v. Involve the local community in tourism projects and ensure that the benefits of tourism accrue to them in right measure. vi. Undertake industry training and man-power development to achieve excellence in quality of services. vii. Participate in the preparation of investment guidelines and marketing strategies and also assist in database creation and research. viii. Facilitate safety and security of tourists. ix. Endeavour to promote tourism on a sustained and long term perspective. x. Collaborate with Government in the promotion and marketing of destinations. f. Role of Voluntary efforts: Voluntary agencies and volunteers have to contribute their expertise and understanding of local ethos to supplement the efforts of other sectors to provide the human touch to tourism and foster local initiatives. All such efforts shall be encouraged. g. Role of PRIs: Tourism assets could be effectively operated by the community organizations with the right training, incentive system and ownership sharing norms. The need to involve village level institutions is all the more relevant given the current state of law and order in the State and the huge investments made towards providing tourist infrastructure in deep interior locations across the State where urban entrepreneurs may not be keen to operate. Further, land ownership is also a critical issue in the State, especially in those areas where there are practices of community ownership of land. It is necessary to address the issue of ownership of tourism assets already created on community lands as well as those assets that may be in the pipeline. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund and Resources for Development It would be the policy of the Government to facilitate larger flow of funds to tourism infrastructure and to create a Tourism Development Fund to bridge critical infrastructural gaps. Since, State Plan funding would be involved in the initial stage, Planning Department would be consulted for mapping out funding pattern. Priority would be given for development of tourist infrastructure in selected areas of tourist importance and for those products which are considered to be in demand in the existing and future markets so that limited resources are put to the best use. 3.3 Foreign Investments, Incentives and Rationalization of Taxes In view of large investment requirements in the tourism sector and the need for maintaining high quality standards in services, hotels and tourism related industries will continue to be in the priority list of industries for foreign investment. In order to off-set the specific constraints of tourism industry and to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible, particularly in less developed areas, appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the Government to rationalize taxes, to put a cap of 20% on all taxes taken together on the accommodation and hospitality units, to allocate suitable land for tourism purposes at reasonable prices, harmonize movement of tourist transport across State borders, etc. Tourism Department will work out the annual fund requirement for this purpose. Since, incentives/subsidy should be outcome based and not investment based, it should be performance-linked and transparent parameters for this purpose would be devised. The exemption of taxes will be subject to prior concurrence of Finance Department. The exemptions should be unit specific and period of exemption would also be as per the actual requirement of the unit in question. The selection of private partner will be through fair and competitive bidding process and concurrence of Finance Department will be obtained on case to case basis. The Selection of Licensee be made by fair and transparent procedure and rate of royalties to be received by the Government will be decided in consultation with Finance Department. 3.4 Adoption of New Technologies a. Efforts will be made to adopt the technological advances in the tourism sector to provide better facilities to tourists and to market the tourism product, to the benefit of all concerned. b. Information Technology shall be given the pride of place in the efforts to promote Manipur tourism. Every endeavour in this regard would increasingly rely on optimising the use of e- commerce/m-commerce, use of internet for dissemination of tourism related information, increasing use of portals as gateway to accessibility to tourism information, development of Handy Audio Reach Kit (HARK) Tourist Guidance System at important monuments/heritage sites, networking of States, setting of tourist information kiosks, encouragement to information technology and eco-friendly practices by the private industries and above all keeping in sync with the global technologies for promoting and facilitating tourism. c. The State Government will set up a modern Tourist Interpretation Centre to cater to various needs of travelers, foreign as well as domestic and to offer facilities for air and train reservation, money changing counters and information about all tourist centres in the State. The Centre will be equipped with e-connectivity and networking facility. The economic and social benefits of tourism and its importance as an instrument of economic growth have to be fully recognized by all sections of the society. It would, therefore, be the endeavour of the State Government to bridge the information gap through proper statistical documentation of the impact of tourism and its wide publicity to create awareness so that the economic and social significance of tourism is well recognized and tourism is given due attention and priority. 3.5 Safety and Security The safety and security of tourists are of primary importance both from the point of view of tourism development and the State pride. It will be, therefore, given high priority in the strategy for tourism development. The State Government would enact suitable legislation on travel trade/ tourist police for protection and security of tourists and for providing institutional mechanism to deal with complaints received from tourists and the industry so as to create a better security perception amongst actual and potential visitors. 3.6 Facilitation Services Tourists have to pass through several Government agencies so as to meet the requirements under various laws. These include obtaining visas, undergoing immigration checks, obtaining permits to visit certain areas, payment of fees for certain facilities, etc. The endeavour of the Government would be to improve efficiency in providing such facilitation services and make travel to and within State a pleasant experience. Introduction of issue of Visa on arrival at least for 15 days at the airport, computerisation of the system of issue of Visa, streamlining of luggage handling system at airports, improving tourist facilitation services at the airports by adopting technological solutions are some of the important facilitation services proposed in this regard. 3.7 Tourism Economic Zone, Tourist Circuits, Special Tourism Area and Areas of Special Interests a. Tourism Economic Zones will be created with private participation based on the intrinsic attractions, potential for development and availability of resources in these zones. Air, road and rail connectivity to these areas will be established to facilitate direct and easy access to these zones from international and domestic destinations. Adequate backward and forward linkages will also be established to ensure flow of benefits to the local community. The development of such zones will be guided by well-conceived Master Plans and executed by specific Tourism Development Society which will be created by the Government involving senior officers from the Department of Tourism, and other relevant Departments, professionals from tourism industry and representatives of Industry & Trade Associations. b. Manipur with vast cultural and religious heritage and varied natural attractions has immense potential for growth in the tourism sector. Travel circuits and destinations would be developed through joint efforts of the Central Government, the State Government and the Private Sector. Loktak Lake and its vicinity would be declared as Special Tourism Area for integrated development. Steps will be taken to work towards the integrated development of all the tourist circuits with the involvement of all the infrastructure departments and the private sector. c. Creation of Tourism Zones in forest land will be as per the provisions of Forest Conservation Act, 1980. 3.8 Sustainable Development and Perspective Plans The principle of sustainable development stipulates that the level of development does not exceed the carrying capacity of the area. It will be Governments' policy to ensure adherence to such limits through appropriate planning instruments, guidelines and enabling regulations and their enforcement. Efforts will be made to diversify the tourism products in such a way that it supplements the main stream of cultural tourism. Comprehensive perspective plans for developing sustainable tourism by assessing the existing tourism scenario with respect to availability of natural resources, heritage and other socio-cultural assets, quantitative/demographic factors like population, employment, occupation, income levels etc., services and infrastructure will be developed by initiating immediate action in this direction. Carrying capacity at critical tourist destinations would be enhanced in a planned manner to provide major boost to the tourism industry in the State. 3.9 Conservation and Development Tourism development needs to be properly guided and regulated to avoid adverse impact on the natural environment and cultural heritage which constitute the tourist attraction. A judicious balance needs to be maintained between conservation and development. Government will continue its policy of trying to maintain balance through planning restrictions and by educating the people in appreciating their rich heritage and by eliciting their co-operation in preserving and protecting it. 3.10 Promotion and Marketing Promotion and marketing is an important component of tourism development and needs to be undertaken along with product development in conformity with consumer profiles and product characteristics. The policy of the Government, therefore, will be to develop and implement cost effective marketing strategies based on market research and segment analysis in each of the tourist generating country. Sustained efforts would be made for identifying possible markets, both domestic as well as overseas, after carefully studying the connectivity with the key cities. 3.11 International Co-operation Tourism is a global industry requiring inputs from various international agencies and collaborations with other countries. The policy of the Government, therefore, will be to foster positive win-win partnership with all the international agencies and other countries. With the declaration of Imphal Airport as an 'International Airport', the immediate focus should be to quickly upgrade it and introduce International Flights viz., Imphal^Mandalay ^ Yangon ^ Bangkok etc. 3.12 Professional Excellence Tourism being a service industry, it is necessary to enhance its service efficiency. The new policy will strive towards excellence by introducing professionalism through training and re-training of human resources and providing memorable visitor experience to both domestic as well as international tourists. 4 CURRENT SCENARIO & SWOT ANALYSES 4.1 Current scenario Manipur is blessed with the majestic Loktak Lake, the strategic location of Moreh town, the uniqueness of the floating Keibul-Lamjao National Park & the Sangai Deer, the beauty of the & Dzukou Lilies, along with the naturally formed limestone caves, pristine green hills and valleys, meandering rivers, cascading rapids, exotic flora & fauna complimented by a rich arts & culture, folklore, myths & legends, indigenous games and artistic handloom & handicrafts. These make Manipur a little paradise on earth and an enticing destination for a tourist to explore. The Asian Development Bank has identified the region as a ‘Key Area' due to its ‘unrealized potential as an eco-tourism product'. The mystery of the Indian Classical Dance form Raas-Leela with their intricate costume design, the wonder of the Pung-Cholom (Drum Dance), the vibrant tribal dances, the local handloom and handicrafts are some of the precious treasures any tourist will find appealing. The exotic cuisines, the unique tribal cultures and the soothing native music can be an enchanting discovery for various tourists visiting the State. The birthplace of modern Polo, the indigenous games of Yubi Lakpi, Kang Sanaba, Arambai, Thang-Ta and Mukna will prove to be a thrilling experience for any enthusiastic tourist. Weaving is a time-honoured occupation in the land and has been fine-tuned to an art form with its intricate designs. Despite enormous potential of Tourism in Manipur, its development in the bygone years remained trivial due to various reasons. The erstwhile PAP regime for entry of foreigners while entering the State; the remote geographical location of the State with resultant accessibility and connectivity issue; poor availability of resources leading to poor economy; lack of infrastructures, facilities & amenities to cater to various types of tourists; lack of subject specific professionals & experts, lack of training & tourism awareness, lack of co-ordination between departments, etc. are the major hindrances for harnessing State's immense tourism potential. The problem is further compounded by frequent bands, road blockades, strikes, protests, etc. resulting to social unrests. Manipur has been afflicted by insurgency which often deters tourists. However, the situation in Manipur has substantially improved recently which is an encouraging sign. With the increase in number of air flights reaching Imphal, the capital city of the State, introduction of night landing facilities since 2011, on-going extension of railways line to Imphal from Jiribam, exclusion of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime since January, 2011, improved law & order situation, establishment of a 3-star category hotel in 2009, on-going development of other 4-star category hotels, proposed Institute of Institute of Hospitality Management (IHM) and other tourism project developments have all resulted in steady rise in number of tourist arrivals and has helped in propagating Manipur tourism in the country and the world. With planned and professional harnessing of tourism potential, Manipur is likely to become a preferred tourist destination which in turn would help in increasing both domestic tourists arrivals as well as generating the much needed employment, socio-economic benefit, revenue and other ancillary benefits to the State. The State Government in the recent years has given due priority and importance to the development of adequate tourism Infrastructure & Services for the development of tourism in the State. Some of the important steps taken by the State are: • Destination Development. • Development of Tourist Circuits. • Adventure Tourism Development. • Identification & celebration of Fairs & Festivals. • Marketing, Publicity & Promotion activities. • Culture, Arts & Crafts, Handloom promotion. • Human Resource Development. • Participation in National and International events. • Tourism Master Plan. > Destination Development Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Improvement of the surrounding of INA Complex at Moirang. ii. Tourist Home at Sendra. iii. Tourist destination at Imphal under Integrated Destination Development Scheme. iv. Development of Eco-tourism Park at Imphal. v. Construction of Arts & Crafts Centre at Maibam-Lokpa Ching, Bishnupur District. vi. Integrated development of Tourist Destination in Bishnupur. vii. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Jiribam. viii. Up-gradation of Integrated Tourist Destination at Sendra, Moirang in Bishnupur. ix. Tourist destination development at Ishingthingbi Lake. x. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Sipuikon Village, Tipaimukh Sub-division, Churachandpur. xi. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Tupul, Senapati. xii. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Longmai (Noney), Tamenglong. xiii. Mega Project - INA Memorial Complex at Moirang. xiv. Eco-Tourism Complex at Thangal, Senapati (Mayangkhang). xv. Tourist Destination development at Khongjom War Memorial Complex. xvi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Ningthem Pukhri, Imphal-Eco-Tourism Complex, Imphal East District xvii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Manipur Adventure and allied Sports Institute (MAASI) Complex, Keirao, Imphal East. xviii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Mughal Garden at Waroiching, Leimaram, Bishnupur District. xix. Integrated Tourist Destination at Kakching Garden, Thoubal District, Manipur. xx. Integrated Tourist Destination at Kotsophai, Chakpikarong, Chandel District, Manipur. xxi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Chingkhei Ching, Imphal East District, Manipur. xxii. Integrated Tourist Destination of Eco-Tourism Complex at Mata Mualtam Hyde out Park, Churachandpur District, Manipur. xxiii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Shiroy Hills at adjoining areas, Ukhrul District > Tourist Destinations Projects prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Integrated Tourist Destination at Sadu Chiru Waterfalls. ii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Andro. iii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Loukoipat. iv. Integrated Tourist Destination at MaibamLokpaching and adjoining areas. v. Integrated Tourist Destination at Singda Dam and adjoining areas. vi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Irong Water Body & adjoining hills at Manitripukhri, Imphal. > Development of Tourist Circuit Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Thoubal-Pallel-Tengnoupal-Moreh. ii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Bishnupur-Churachanpur. iii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Luwangsangbam-Sekmai-Kanglatombi-Hengbung- Senapati-Maramkhullen-Mao. iv. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Mahadev-Lambui-Finch Corner-Hundung-Jessami. v. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Leirenpat-Pruksoubi-LeisangHiden in Imphal East. vi. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Tuima. vii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Singda Dam. viii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal Hotel-Shilheipung-Selloy. ix. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Tamei. x. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Chingphou Macha, Cingphou Achouba & Khoriphaba. xi. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Chullouphai-Ngaloimol-Sangaikot. xii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Marjing Polo Complex and Heingang (Marjing Pony Sanctuary). xiii. Integrated Tourist Circuit Linking Barak waterfalls, Tharon Cave Zeilad lake Bunning Meadow in Tamenglong District. xiv. Integrated Tourist Circuit at Millennium Garden, Rose Garden, Kombirei Garden, Thangmeib and Sinam, Sekmai and Kanglatongbi Imphal District, Manipur. xv. Integrated Tourist Circuit at Karang, Chaoba Ching and Thanga, Bishnupur District. > Development of Tourist Circuit Projects prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Development of Integrated Tourist Circuit around Hiyanthang Temple, Heibokching and adjoining areas. ii. World War-II Tourist Circuit including establishment of World War-II Museum at Imphal. > Mega Tourist Circuit Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Development of Integrated Mega Tourist Circuit for Marjing Polo-Keina- Khebaching (Khongjom) in Manipur. ii. Development of Tourist Resort at Sendra Hillock, Water Sports Complex at Takmu and other Tourism Facilities in Adjoining Area, Bishnupur District, Manipur > Mega Tourist Circuit Project prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Integrated Mega Tourist Circuit for providing of Infrastructure in and around Imphal City, Manipur > Adventure Tourism Development i. Infrastructure development of Adventure Tourism Complex at Lamdan. ii. Hosting of Equestrian Championship at Imphal (Polo and Sagol Kangjei). iii. Water Sports. iv. Youth Adventure Tourism. v. Purchasing of adventure sports equipments. > Identification & celebration of Fairs and Festivals i. Sangai Festival. ii. Kut Festival. iii. Mera Houchongba. iv. Lui-Ngai-Ni. v. Pineapple Festival. vi. Orange Festival. vii. Lemon Festival. viii. Loktak Day. ix. Lily Week. > Marketing, Publicity & Promotion activities i. Pictorial Book on Manipur. ii. Development of Photo CD-ROM on Tourist interest in Manipur. iii. Design & Development of Interactive Website of Manipur Tourism. iv. Brochures, Calendar, Posters and other relevant material. v. Promotion of Manipur Tourism through 'Incredible India' campaign. > Culture, Arts & Crafts, Handloom Promotion i. Promotion of Cultural Festivals at various location of the State. ii. Participation in Arts & Crafts Exhibitions and Melas. iii. Promotion of Handloom products. > Human Resource Development i. Establishment of Institute of Hotel Management (IHM). ii. Tourists Reception-cum-Information Centres. iii. Development of Human Resources, Training and Capacity Building Programmes. iv. Network of travel agents, tour operators and other services providers. > Participation in National and International events i. South Asia Travel and Tourism Exchange (SATTE), 2013 at New Delhi. ii. North-East International Tourism Mart, 2013 at Guwahati and at Tawang. iii. International Tourism Mart, London. iv. International Tourism Bourse, Berlin. v. Travel and Tourism Fair, Kolkata, Ahmedabad & Mumbai. > Large Revenue Generating Scheme (LRGS) i. Integrated Cable-Car and Lakeside Tourism Development at Loktak Lake, Manipur' > Tourism Master Plan Preparation of Tourism Master Plan by the State Government on the lines of Integrated Tourism Master Plan for North-East prepared by NEC/DoNER& Ministry of Tourism through the Tata Consultancy Services. 4.2. SWOT Analysis Assessment of Manipur's product offerings show that in spite of the richness in terms of eco/nature, religious, cultural and adventure offerings, tourism has not picked up in Manipur. A major reason for this is the lack of a proper environment for tourism to prosper in the State. This environment has many attributes like: • Security for the tourist to visit places freely. • Proper infrastructures in terms of availability of transport, suitable accommodation, ATM facilities and information centres. • Readiness of the product to attract new tourists and increase repeat VISITORS. Manipur scores low in terms of security and infrastructure but has the potential to show a turnaround if proper efforts are put in this regard. Manipur has a lot to offer in terms of historical places and monuments like Kangla, which is the ancient capital of the State. This holds a lot more importance and is one of the most important archeological sites. It is famous for its fortress, sacred places like ‘Nungjeng Pukhri', which is a sacred pond believed to be the abode of lord Pakhangba, ‘Shri Shri Govindaji Temple' and many others. Its culture is equally rich. Manipur dance is one of the classical dance forms of India, a depiction of ‘Raas Leela', which is the celebration and yearning of the 'gopies' (milkmaids of Brindavan) for Lord Krishna. There are cultural festivals in Manipur, which mark celebrations throughout the year. The most important among these is 'Yaoshang' - a festival of Manipuri Hindus and is marked with celebrations and Manipur folk dance called 'Thabal Chongba' in which boys and girls hold hands together and sing and dance. Another great advantage for Manipur is its variety in terms of landscape and water bodies. There are good trekking routes across the State for adventure lovers, and at the same time beautiful lakes like Loktak Lake, which provides a serene environment for the nature lovers. There are opportunities and hot spots to develop many forms of adventure sports like rafting, para-gliding and angling. A. STRENGTHS • Variety in terms of tourism offerings. The State has destinations that can cater to religious, adventure, eco/leisure tourism segments of the market. • Offers a cultural treat through the Manipuri dance forms and an adventure treat through avenues for sports. • Unique Loktak Lake. WEAKNESSES • Security and internal conflicts - both in terms of perception and reality. • Lack of Visa-on-Arrival facility to Myanmar's citizens at Moreh-Tamu border. • Limited tourism infrastructure facilities, particularly in terms of quality, experience and site services. • Many projects are delayed in implementation, causing development lags. • Lack of good road infrastructure leading to poor connectivity with the Tourist spots/destinations. C. OPPORTUNITIES • Presence of border town like Moreh and the international boundary with Myanmar has been looked as an opportunity to develop border markets. • Linkages to the circuits within the region with major highway development connecting destinations across States and South-East Asian Countries. • Fostering coordination with other States on developing tourism. • Opening up of Railway line upto Imphal. • Declaration of Imphal Airport as an ‘International Airport'. D. THREATS • Instability and perception of lack of security in the region with potential to affect tourism movement. • The continuous fear of unstable environment can make the tourism investment climate unattractive. • Over use and commercialization of sensitive eco-zones may lead to depletion of resources and dilution of attraction. 5 THRUST AREAS: NICHE TOURISM PRODUCTS Niche tourism products related to the special interests of tourist target markets shall be improved, developed and promoted to position Manipur as an unique and competitive destination for tourists both domestic and international. 5.1 NATURE/ECO-TOURISM i. Nature tourism is the travel through and enjoyment of the natural world, its seasonal cycles and events, carried out in a manner that promotes the protection of natural and human communities. Community leaders, public officials, agencies, and others who are interested in sustainable nature tourism will find tools to get started and links to other helpful information. A sustainable nature tourism industry is directly related to the type, amount and quality of natural capital in community. ii. Manipur has a rich flora and fauna with a comfortable climate which can provide a variety to nature/eco-tourism. ^ iii. Formulation of eco-tourism policy and a joint task force, which may include the adoption of regime for regulation of tourism activities in and around Keibul Lamjao National Park and Loktak Lake, in consultation with the Department of Forest, Department of Ecology & Environment and Loktak Development Authority, to focus on conservation and enhancing the eco-tourism experience. This shall also essentially include Dzukou Valley, Hills, Tamenglong, Koubru Hills, Baruni Hills, Jiri-Makru Wildlife Sanctuary, Zeilad Wildlife Sanctuary and Bunning Wildlife Sanctuary in Tamenglong District, Kailam Wildlife Sanctuary in Churachandpur District, Yangoupokpi Lokchao Wildlife Sanctuary in Chandel District, National Park in Ukhrul District, Manipur Zoological Garden, Khongampat Orchid Preservation Centre etc. iv. The Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), the world's only floating park and the natural habitat of the Sangai (Brow-Antlered) deer, shall be promoted as an integral part of Manipur's tourism product. Priority shall be given to the preparation of the site and visitor management plans and further enhancement of the quality of tourist facilities available at KLNP. v. Sadu Chiru Waterfall in the foothills of Bishnupur District is the new tourist hot spot of Manipur and needs to be developed as a preferred eco-tourism destination. vi. Nature tourism centred on villages, coupled with ‘Homestay Concept', shall be promoted as an important tourism product of Manipur to spread tourism and its socio-economic benefits to rural areas. vii. The objectives of promoting Nature Eco-Tourism shall be realized by: a. Conservation of biological diversity through ecosystem protection. b. Promotion of sustainable use of biodiversity, by providing jobs to local populations. c. Sharing of socio-economic benefits with local communities and indigenous peoples by having their informed consent and participation in the management of eco-tourism enterprises. d. Tourism to preserve and protect natural resources, with minimal impact on the environment through regulation of visitors as per the carrying capacity and Acts, Rules and guidelines in force. e. Minimization of tourism's own environmental impact. f. Affordability of eco-tourism facilities. g. Local culture, flora and fauna to be the main attractions. 5.2 CULTURE TOURISM i. Manipur is uniquely rich in its culture and heritage of the people. The Government shall endeavour to develop, enrich and promote various forms of the cultural heritage which shall essentially include: a. Various Exotic Dances of the State viz., Raas Leela, Khamba-Thoibi Dance, Pung Cholom, Maibi Dance, Nupi Pala, Nupa Pala, Lai Haraoba Dance, and various tribal dances like the Kabui Dances, Kuki Thadou Dance forms, Bamboo Dance, Naga Dances and other adapted dances. b. Indigenous Sports like Sagol Kangjei (Polo), Thang-Ta, Sarit Sarak, Yubi Lakpi, Hiyang Tanaba, Mukna, Kang Sanaba, Arambai, etc. c. Indigenous Festivals and Fairs namely Yaoshang (Holi) and Thabal Chongba, Kang (RathYatra), Ningol Chakouba, Cheiraoba, Heikru-Hitongba, Gang-Ngai, Kut, Lui-Ngai- Ni, Chumpha, Orange Festival, Pineapple Festival, etc. d. Indigenous Music includes Khullong Eshei, Pena Eshei, Khubak Eshei, Nat, etc. e. Indigenous Cuisines f. Fine Arts, Handloom and Handicrafts. g. Manipur Sangai Festival held annually from 21st to 30th November. ii. Integrated development of areas around cultural and heritage sites. 5.3 MEDICAL TOURISM Patients prefer to travel for treatment for various reasons viz., inaccessibility to good medical facilities and hospitals, long waiting time to undergo a surgery/treatment, leisure, vacation or convenient element during travel, etc. and diasporas seeking treatment back in their native land. The healthcare system of a land should essentially fulfill criteria like better nursing facilities, faster personalized services, cutting edge technology and lower cost of treatment to cater to the visiting patient-tourists. Manipur today has the requisite medical expertise, equipments and professionals to fulfill these criteria. Immediate demand for medical tourism can be seen from neighbouring States like Mizoram and Nagaland, and also from neighbouring countries with underdeveloped facilities like Myanmar, Laos and Vietnam. Therefore, medical tourism is identified and proposed to be developed and nurtured into a niche tourism product of the State and a comprehensive plan shall be drawn-up to encourage investors, entrepreneurs and healthcare professionals to boost medical tourism in Manipur. This form of tourism would also contribute to the overall tourism economy creating direct and indirect employment opportunities, enhancing income and improving the general healthcare quality of the State. Furthermore, it is intended to entice the visiting tourists, who come to admire the beauty of the Loktak Lake or enjoy the exquisiteness of the natural flora & fauna, to have a 'health' purpose to their vacation as well. Thus, 'Medical Tourism'in Manipur shall ultimately seek to combine travel, tourism, leisure and treatment. Strategic Action Plans that need to be taken-up to develop medical tourism in Manipur are as follows: i. The Government shall endeavour to accord ''Industry Status' to the Accredited Healthcare Facilities in the State under the NEIIPP-2007. ii. Identification and accreditation by NABH (National Accreditation Board of Hospitals and Healthcare providers), Joint Commission International (JCI) or ISO 9001:2000, which is the generic standard for Quality Management System across the world, of healthcare facilities is essential to improve the quality of services as well as to receive admissible support from the Government. In addition, a Tourism Advisory Committee be constituted which could act as the accreditation body of the Government, setting the benchmark for quality and deeming a Healthcare Facility as a 'Tourism Unit'. iii. A healthcare facility which has a track record of service and catering to domestic and foreign patient-tourists shall be deemed as a 'tourism unit' and get all admissible incentives accordingly from the Government. iv. Investment in the health sector through establishment of hospitals offering primary, secondary and tertiary level health care facilities including medical educational institute and allied services like pharmacies, diagnostics, pathological laboratories, training and skill development for para-medical services shall be given maximal priority. v. Linked Departments and Agencies shall make earnest efforts to construct, improve and maintain star accommodation facilities, approach roads, power and water supply, garbage and bio-medical waste disposal, gas plants and patient-tourists facilitation at or near the healthcare facilities. vi. Allopathy including diagnostic sciences, Naturopathy, Ayurveda, Unani, Siddha, Homeopathy, Yoga and traditional medicine are the identified areas for promotion of medical tourism in the State. vii. The use of Information Technology and other IT enabled services shall be paramount in the game-plan of the Government in promoting healthcare tourism in Manipur. viii. Several important players in the medical tourism sector are identified such as doctors, tour operators, hotels, hospitals and insurance agencies. A perfect coordination between all these players is absolutely essential to develop this sector into a booming business. While doctors play a key role in spreading the word about the medical services available in Manipur during their visits outside the State and abroad, medical tour operators or travel facilitators actually arrange the tours for interested parties and liaise with insurance companies. These facilitators shall be groomed and encouraged to have tie-ups with the doctors, hospitals, hotels and insurance agencies within and outside Manipur. ix. Med Tour Pal, India Medical Tourism, Medical Tourism Corporation, Health Base, etc. are some reputed national and international medical tourism facilitator companies. The Government shall introduce new schemes and policies to approve and tie up with these companies and other local medical tourism service facilitators in coordination with the healthcare providers for a proper direction in boosting medical tourism in Manipur. x. Participation in conferences in key markets shall be encouraged to forge networking with domestic and global health facilitators and insurance companies and referral points. xi. Reputed doctors, who are essentially well known inside and outside the State, may be selected and appointed as brand ambassadors to promote and establish trust of patient- tourists coming to Manipur for treatment purposes. xii. Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) shall be encouraged to develop and promote medical tourism in the State. xiii. Healthcare Visa is an important issue which needs to be taken-up urgently with the Government of India to facilitate easy, hassle-free and friendly approach to foreign patient- tourists coming to Manipur especially from Myanmar for availing medical facilities. At present, citizens of Myanmar cannot visit the State beyond the mandatory 16 Kms without further clearances and permits. Further steps are therefore required to modify the relaxation of RAP/PAP so that these tourists can fully explore freely the land and avail medical facilities. This will also boost the Indo-Myanmar Border Trade to a great extent. Visas may be issued only to patient-tourists booked with a local licensed tour/medical service operator. 5.4 ADVENTURE TOURISM i. The Government would seek to explore and develop the adventure eco-tourism focusing on the following: a. Loktak Lake for Water Sports. b. Dzuko Valley located in Senapati District. c. Hill and its 'LHy'and Kangkhui Cave Trekking in Ukhrul district. d. Bunning Meadow, Zeilad Lake, Barak Waterfalls, Khoupum Water Falls, Kicha Hill and Tharon Cave in Tamenglong district. e. Parasailing & Paragliding at Koirengei Old Airfield, Chingnungkok of Imphal East District and Rafting at Barak River. Canoeing, Kayaking and Rowing are also conducted at Loukoipat, Takmu, Phubala and Komlakhong areas of Loktak Lake. ii. Regulations and certification for adventure tourism operators will be introduced so that the minimum standards of safety and conservation are met. iii. National Level Guidelines for Adventure Tour Operators to be adopted. iv. Use of latest technologies like GPS, Satellite phones, etc. to be encouraged for adventure tour operators recognised by the Government for client safety. v. Insurance schemes shall be introduced for adventure tourists. vi. Introduction of training courses for adventure guides and adventure tourism subjects in the proposed Institute of Hotel Management at Imphal. vii. The Government shall work in tandem with certified and licensed organizations, agencies and NGOs like the Manipur Mountaineering and Trekking Association, etc. for developing and promoting a sustainable adventure tourism industry in Manipur. 5.5 OTHERS i. MICE Tourism a. Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE) shall be encouraged to capitalise on the seasonal trends of nature tourism. b. Facilitate setting-up of Convention Centres in the State for development of MICE Tourism. c. Creation of a database of scientific, technical, medical associations, convention centres, and convention services. d. Training manpower specifically for the MICE industry. ii. Shopping shall be recognized and developed as an integral part of tourism. The development of dedicated shopping centres for traditional handloom and handicrafts designated along the lines of village Haats like 'Dilli Haat' and 'Shilpgram' shall be encouraged and information on where to procure specific items made available through shopping guides and websites. iii. Special attention to popularize the unmatched variety of local Cuisines. It is proposed to create a highly skilled workforce of indigenous culinary professionals through innovative incentive scheme. iv. Imphal shall be positioned as the Cultural Capital of Manipur supported by an ongoing and vibrant calendar of cultural events. v. Domestic tourism in India is mainly pilgrimage related and Manipur should take advantage of this opportunity. Travel facilities as well as facilities at Pilgrimage Centres need to be strengthened and made more tourist-friendly. Pilgrimage Centres may be identified and integrated with new domestic tourist circuits wherein transport, accommodation, catering, and pilgrimage are all synergized to make pilgrimage tourism into a popular and comfortable mode. vi. Historical sites like INA Complex, Mo/rang; Japanese War Memorial, Maibam Lokpa Ching; War Cemeteries, Imphal; Baruni; Koubru; Kaina, etc. may be promoted. Similarly, heritage sites like Kang I a Fort, Imphal; Govindajee Tempie-Wangkhei-Ningthem Pukhri-Ramjee Temple Complex would be developed and promoted. 5.6 COMMUNITY TOURISM Any Tourism Policy needs to be committed towards enhancing community-based tourism, which is all about sharing the local natural resources with the world. By doing this, State can reap sustainable benefits and conserve the natural environment. 6 ACTION PLAN The following is a list of action points emerging from the Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 indicating the Ministries/Departments/Agencies responsible for implementing these actions: 6.1 Action points relating to Facilities a. Nature Interpretation centre A separate Nature Interpretation centre may be set-up to educate people including tourists about the richness of biodiversity of the State, Acts, Rules and Guidelines of Ecotourism and also to inspire a sense of appreciation and understanding value of nature. b. Tourist Interpretation Centre at Imphal Setting-up of Tourist Interpretation Centre as one stop tourist reception centre to cater to various needs of travelers, foreign as well as domestic and offer air and train reservations, money changing counters and information about all tourist centres with e-connectivity and networking facilities to all State tourist offices. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Department] c. Augmentation of Air Seat Capacity • Assessing sector wise and season wise air seat capacity, and load factors and augmentation of capacity in the critical sectors by the National Airlines. • Improvement of accessibility in State. Special attention would be given to areas having important tourist centres which are not connected by trains/buses. Promoting arrivals in destination of interest by creating hub and spoke operations. Giving impetus to Heli Tourism and Helicopter services to areas not serviceable by fixed wing aircraft. • Construction of airport/helipads on Built-Operate-Transfer (BOT) through private sector participation. • Up-gradation of Imphal Airport as an International Airport. [Action: Ministry of Civil Aviation] d. Rail Services • Introducing tourist trains. Special funds need to be earmarked for this purpose. • Improving hygienic conditions, environment and passenger facilities in and around Railway Stations serving important tourist centers. • Construction of budget hotels at important railway nodes. [Action: Ministry of Railways] e. Road Network • Development of public transport infrastructures like bus terminals, parking yards equipped with public conveniences and hygienic eating joints are developed at important tourist destinations, besides improving the roads.PWD wouldstrivetoprovide seamless road connectivity to major tourist spots. • The State Transport Authority Manipur may also consider grant of contract carriage permits in respect of intermediate public transport vehicles for enhancing connectivity in between important tourist destinations with District Headquarters/Sub-Divisional Headquarters of the State. • Providing wayside amenities along with filling stations at a distance of about 60 kilometers on all the highways connecting important tourist centers. • Providing standard signage's on all roads leading to tourist spots. • Ensuring uninterrupted inter-state movement of tourist coaches and vehicles through rationalisation and single point collection of taxes. [Action: Ministry of Road Transport & Highways + State PWD + Transport Department] f. Maintenance of Heritage Sites and Improvement of Tourist Facilities • Ensuring proper maintenance and professional site management of important tourist attractions/monuments under the control of Archaeological Survey of India/State Archaeology Department. • Involving local authorities, trusts, etc. in the restoration/preservation of tourist attractions and maintenance of the surroundings. • Providing world class tourist facilities, amenities and landscaping of area around important monuments in a phased manner. • Identification, documentation and video publishing of all the monuments which are great tourist attractions. [Action: Archeological Survey of India and Art & Culture Department] g. General Improvement of Tourist Facilities • Computerisation of the system of issue of Visas by the Embassies/High Commissions. • Introduction of issue of Visas on arrival atleast for 15 days at the airport and at India- Myanmar border at Moreh. • Distribution of tourist information brochures through Indian Embassies/High Commissions. • Streamlining of luggage handling systems at the airports to ensure that the luggage is transported and cleared within 30 minutes after the arrival of the flights. • Improving tourist facilitation services at the airports by adopting technological solutions and imparting training to functionaries at the cutting edge level like customs and immigration officials, taxi drivers, guides, etc. • Introduction of air-conditioned taxis with electronic fare meters at the airports. • Provision of special taxi and coach enclosures extending from arrival halls at the airport and controlled by security staff so that passengers can queue up easily and pick-up taxis and coaches without hassles. • Mounting Video-Cameras in strategic places inside and outside arrival areas to prevent corruption and for security purpose. • Augmenting information services at the airports. • Removal of PAP restrictions. • Provision of money changing facility in all the tourist centers. • Providing international standard signages at tourist centers, airports, railway stations, bus stands, etc. [Action: Ministry of Home Affairs, Ministry of External Affairs, Ministry of Civil Aviation, Ministry of Finance (Department of Financial Services) and State Government] 6.2 Action Points relating to Information • It is imperative and pertinent to have a proper public information system both online and offline with specific reference to tourist information system pertaining to availability of public transport/intermediate public transport system having link with respective information for important parking places/halting stations/terminal points, distance between place of origin and destination, rate of fare, mode of transport and duration of journey etc. • Setting-up a chain of exclusive souvenir shops stocking specially manufactured and beautifully packed information books and other souvenir items at important tourist places in a professional manner. • Introduction of audio-guides at the important tourist places on a commercial basis. • There have been revolutionary changes in the computer and communication technologies and other relevant sectors, which are still changing. Such technologies have helped sharing of information globally to the advantage of all. Information Technology for improving visitor information and facilitation should be effectively used. Setting-up of Touch Screen Information Kiosks, development of Tourism Portals with links to all tourism related web sites, production of CD-ROMs, creation and maintenance of websites, introduction of computer based information and reservation systems, use of virtual reality systems and video-conferencing for tourism promotion, etc. are the activities proposed in this regard. [Action: Tourism, Information Technology and Art & Culture Department] 6.3 Action Points relating to Safety and Security • Launching of campaigns through local bodies, non-governmental organisations, youth centres, etc. to create awareness about the traditions of Manipuri hospitality and the importance of providing an assurance of safety and security to tourists so as to control touting, extortion and harassment to tourists. • Providing a separate legal framework for the protection of tourists and their belongings may not be necessary and rather the existing laws needs to be enforced and police would have to take preventive steps to ensure safety and security of tourists. • Providing an institutional mechanism to deal with the complaints received from tourists and the industry so as to create a better security perception amongst actual and potential visitors. This could be done after official announcement of tourist spots in the State, if necessary, Police Outposts/ Tourist Booths may be set-up under the control of the concerned Police Stations and District SPs. • Introducing tourist police at important tourist centres. Necessary infrastructure and equipment would be provided by the State Government fort he identified Police Outposts/ Tourist Booths and the personnel deployed given specialized training. • Strict prohibition of soliciting and enticing of tourists both within the airport premises and in its immediate neighbourhood by unethical operators and traders and keeping both the airports and its vicinity tout free. • State Government to enact suitable legislations on travel trade/tourist police for protection and security of tourists. [Action: Ministry of Tourism, Ministry of Home Affairs and State Government] 6.4 Action Point relating to Infrastructure Development • In order to off-set the specific constraints of tourism industry and to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible, particularly in less developed areas, appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the State Government to rationalize taxes and to allocate suitable land for tourism purposes at reasonable prices, harmonize movement of tourist transport across State borders, etc. • Efforts will be made to prepare Master Plan for land use in each tourist destination/urban centre for infrastructure purposes. Tourism and Art & Culture Departments would be associated to effect any changes in the Master Plan relating to land use for tourism infrastructure. • It will be the endeavour of the Government to provide single window clearance facilities in the areas like allotment of lands, environment, electricity, water, sewerage, etc. in order to facilitate speedy implementation of tourism projects. [Action: Tourism, Art & Culture, Revenue, MAHUD and Town Planning Departments] • Development of tourism to the extent desired would involve heavy investments in infrastructure. The resources for such investments have to come mostly from private investors, financial institutions and external borrowing. Financial viability and commercial returns are the guiding factors in such investments. Very often, it would depend on investments to bridge certain critical gaps in infrastructure which by itself may not be commercially remunerative. Special funds have to be, therefore, created for such investments. The institutions like Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) may be approached and a special fund namely Tourism Development Fund may be set up for development of Tourist Infrastructure. In case State Plan funding is involved, Planning Department would be consulted. [Action: Tourism & Finance Department] 6.5 Action Point relating to Cooperation • Encouraging Panchayati Raj Institutions, local bodies, religious trusts, co-operatives, and other community level institutions to take-up tourism promotion activities through the general rural development and employment generation programmes and specific rural tourism development schemes. • Encouragement of non-governmental organisations to create and manage tourist facilities. • Involvement of non-governmental organisations to create environmental awareness on Eco-tourism, national parks and urban/rural hygiene in tourist centres. • Involvement of local community in the formulation and implementation of tourism development plans through District Tourism Promotion Councils, etc. [Action: Tourism, MAHUD and RD & PR Departments] 6.6 Action Point relating to Conservation • Formulation and publication of appropriate policies and guidelines, creation of public awareness about such guidelines, etc. are the activities envisaged in this regard apart from providing the requisite legal frame work for ensuring social, cultural and environmental sustainability. • Destroying of natural environment, archaeological monuments, mountains and places of natural beauty; disruption in the eco-system of environmentally sensitive regions; destruction of traditions in the culturally sensitive areas; clandestine selling of antiques,bio- piracy of endemic floral and faunal species and vandalism are some of the possible adverse effects of unimaginative and unregulated development of tourism. [Action: Tourism, Art & Culture, Forest, Environment & Ecology Department] 6.7 Action Point relating to Product Development and Promotion • Giving guidance and financial assistance for preparing tourism Master Plans and perspective plans identifying tourism resources, prioritising development circuits and projects and specifying the most suitable forms of tourism. • Implementing integrated/intensive development of tourist destinations after assessing the carrying capacity, local aspirations and the benefits likely to accrue to the community. • Involving the Town and Planning Department and integration of spatial-economic development plans with tourism development. • Focusing on the development of Eco-tourism. • Developing the places of pilgrimage by providing the requisite infrastructural facilities with a view to promote domestic and international pilgrim tourism. • Develop a clear identity/theme around some important existing attractions and package them to offer an attractive product. • Expand 'Events Tourism' through organization of events such as sports, conferences etc.; also market existing cultural and religious festivals as tourist attractions. • Expand 'Shopping Tourism' through good value for money with the exquisite range of hand-crafted products made in the State. • Develop 'Lake Cruise Tourism' at Loktak Lake. • Developing heritage and village tourism as a package by identifying and developing villages around heritage properties, which have already been restored. • Diversifying the tourism product to make Manipur an unique multi-attraction tourism destination which can meet the needs of all forms of tourism particularly rural tourism, eco¬tourism, adventure tourism, incentive tourism, conference and convention tourism, etc. • Developing natural health resorts. • Developing seamless inter-modal transfers by improving linkages. • Amusement parks promote tourism by attracting both international and domestic tourists, generate demand in the transport, accommodation and service sectors and create employment opportunities. The State Government will prepare appropriate guidelines to encourage private sector to invest in development of amusement parks. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Department] • People's Participation in Development of Tourism: The approach for the future development of tourism has to take into account both the needs for selective development and the demands of a wide cross section of domestic tourists. The activities in this regard would include: i. Creating public awareness about economic and social benefits of tourism amongst administrators, planners and the masses through seminars, workshops, presentations, etc. ii. Launching entrepreneurship development and self-employment programmes to involve the educated youth in providing various tourist facilities and services and thereby creating employment opportunities. iii. Integrated development of special tourism areas and selected circuits. [Action: Tourism, Commerce & Industries and Labour& Employment Department] • Integrated Development of Tourist destinations: Tourist traffic to the State is largely confined to certain selected centres and destinations at present. There is also a fair level of seasonality in the tourist arrivals. The choice of new destinations for development will have to be based on their intrinsic attractions, potential for development and the carrying capacity as well as availability of resources. Such development will be guided by well- conceived master plans, and executed by specific Tourism Development Authorities. Adequate backward and forward linkages will also be established to ensure adequate flow of benefits to the local community. • Creation of Tourism Economic Zones. • Constitution of Tourism Development Authorities/ Committees. [Action: Tourism Department] • Diversification of Tourism Products: The main strength of Manipur tourism at present is its cultural attractions, particularly, the monuments and archaeological remains, its art, handloom & handicrafts and colourful fairs & festivals. The State is also endowed with a number of other tourist attractions and options including forests, wild life and landscapes for eco-tourism; mountain peaks for adventure tourism; heritage sites for heritage tourism; etc There are also facilities for conference and convention tourism, Lake Cruise tourism and shopping tours. Development of natural health resorts of Yoga, Ayurveda etc. along with rural tourism, adventure tourism and eco-tourism may be given adequate attention. [Action: Tourism Department] • Sustainable Development of Tourism: Assessment of Carrying Capacity and Environment Impact Assessment studies would be insisted while developing tourism in ecologically fragile areas and all developmental activities will be guided by such studies. The other activities in this regard would include: i. Providing a legal frame work through appropriate legislation for ensuring social, cultural and environmental sustainability of tourism development and protecting the tourists. ii. Evolving specific policies and guidelines for the development of specific forms of tourism like eco-tourism, adventure tourism, etc. [Action: Tourism and Forest & Environment Departments] 6.8 Action Points relating to Promotion and Marketing • Achieving effective co-ordination and synergy with other Departments, agencies and the private sector in tourism promotion and marketing. • Fully utilising the Indian Missions abroad for tourism promotion and related activities. • Identifying potential tourism markets and segments and adopting focused marketing strategies based on research to make promotional and marketing efforts cost effective. • Enhancing the image of Manipur as a fascinating multi-attraction and multi-activity destination with rich cultural heritage and a vibrant society. • Organizing photo exhibitions and creation of a photo library. • Launching of a multi-media CD-ROM and creating an integrated website on Manipur tourism. • Developing a clear identity of Manipur Tourism product by promoting selected theme based tourist attractions. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Departments] 6.9 Action Points relating to International Cooperation • Ensuring active participation in the activities of international agencies like United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), Economic and Social Commission for Asia and Pacific (ESCAP), World Tourism Organization (WTO), Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA), Indian Ocean Tourism Organization (IOTO). • Enhancing multilateral co-operation in tourism with different groups of countries like Association of South-East Asian Nations (ASEAN), Bangladesh-India-Myanmar-Sri Lanka- Thailand-Economic Co-operation (BIMSTEC), South Asian Association for Regional Co¬operation (SAARC), etc. • Strengthening tourism promotion and investment through multilateral and bilateral agreements. [Action: Tourism Department] 6.10 Action points relating to the Economic and Social Benefits • Standardization of statistical definitions and methods of data collection, tabulation and dissemination. • Strengthening of statistical machinery and improvement of statistical systems on tourism. • Development of Tourism Satellite Accounts in association with the Department of Economics & Statistics to estimate the economic benefits of tourism precisely and regularly. • Undertaking tourism impact assessment studies and case studies. • Launching of tourism awareness campaigns at all levels of society. [Action: Tourism and Economics & Statistics Departments] 6.11 Action Points Relating to Professional Excellence • Strengthening the institutional set-up for human resource development including the setting-up of an Advanced Institute of Hotel Management and a Culinary Institute. • Qualitative improvement and modernization of existing training institutions. • Setting-up atleast one Food Craft Institute. • Improving the standards of training in private institutes through accreditation and quality control. • Setting-up a Manipur Tourism Documentation Centre equipped with modern technology to function as a repository of research findings and publications on tourism. • Involving the tourism industry in human resource development activities and encouraging them to set-up independent training facilities. • Streamlining and strengthening of guide training and training of other grass root level workers. • Introduction of optional courses in tourism related topics at Graduate and Under Graduate levels in order to meet requirement of trained personnel in this sector. 6.12 Action Points Relating to Clash of Policy • Whenever and wherever there is a clash of policy between Tourism Policy and other Government policies it shall be brought to the 'Cabinet’ for a decision. 7 STRATEGY FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTION PLAN & PROMOTION OF THRUST AREAS Tourism, as a multi-sectoral industry, involves complex and close relationship with various interlinked departments, agencies, organizations and service providers. A systematic, planned approach is necessary to optimally allocate/utilize limited resources to sensitize and guide all these stakeholders on a common, shared vision which is very essential for a highly efficient, responsive tourism industry. The multiplier effects and benefits of tourism can thus percolate to all stakeholders and the people. The overall vision of the development of tourism in Manipur embodied in this policy is endeavoured to be achieved through five key strategic objectives viz., positioning tourism as a State priority, enhancing Manipur's competitiveness as a tourist destination, improving and expanding tourism product development, creation of world class infrastructure and effective marketing plans and programmes. Thus, the strategies and action plans to be adopted to fulfil the dream of making Manipur a 'tourism hotspotf\n the coming years are underlined as follow: 7.1 PRIORITIZATION OF DESTINATIONS & INFRASTRUCTURE Quality infrastructure is essential for developing tourist products and for providing better services to both domestic and international tourists. Creation of tourism infrastructure would have favourable impact on overall economic growth, employment generation and on the preservation of art, culture, and heritage. Tourism projects like destination development are capital intensive, commercially unviable, and require financial support from the government. At the same time, it is necessary that such infrastructure is created with professional expertise of architects/landscaping experts and is then privately managed through a transparent process. Large revenue projects such as setting-up of hotels, convention centres, golf courses, etc., normally have substantial gestation periods. These facilities need to be created by private initiative with the government acting as a facilitator and catalyst. Prioritization of projects is absolutely necessary to put scarce resources to best use. The need of the hour is to create a few success stories and the momentum & dynamics of the tourism industry is expected to take over. Tourism in Manipur is proposed to be developed in a focused and phased manner to create Special Tourist Zones/Clusters based on the tourism index of scenery, accessibility, accommodation and safety. Infrastructure projects shall be implemented in an integrated, time-bound and cost-effective manner and further maintained in an orderly fashion. i. Phase - I (2014 to 2017): The first phase shall include infrastructure development for accommodation facilities at Imphal City and surrounding areas, beautification and commercial avenues at Moreh Town, and beautification and accommodation facilities at Loktak Lake Complex especially at the Sendra Island. a. Imphal City is the main entry point of tourists to Manipur. Since proper roadways and railways have not yet been effectively developed, air travel is the preferred mode of transportation of tourists to the State. Air travel needs to be further strengthened along with improvement of roads and introduction of railways. b. Lack of standard accommodation facilities in Imphal City has been a major hindrance to the growth of tourism in Manipur. Up-gradation of existing tourism infrastructure and infusion of fresh facilities in Imphal City and surrounding areas shall, therefore, be pursued. All measures shall be adopted to build only star category hotels and facilities. The makeover of Hotel Imphal to a five star category hotel is an endeavour in this particular direction. Infrastructure development shall also include ^construction, renovation and maintenance of parks, monuments, museums, zoo, public conveniences, parking structures, etc. Moreover, shopping complexes, trade centres, emporiums, leisure & entertainment multiplexes, art& culture centres, amusement parks on the line of 'DilliHaat' and adventure complexes shall be developed. c. More funds could be thrust into ensuring better development of the historical Kangla Fort, as a significant measure to attract tourists, which at present is currently under development, and may be made open to public on Wednesdays too. The Govindaji Temple, Bhagyachandra Open Air Theatre (BOAT), Commonwealth War Cemeteries and Khongampat Orchidarium are other important places which should be nurtured for tourist interest. d. There is a keen interest of tourists arriving in Manipur to visit Moreh Town. In view of India's Look East Policy and the Trans-Asian Highways and Railways, Moreh Town assumes a great importance and a strategic advantage to the growth of tourism in Manipur. Furthermore, this border town is deemed to become an unique entry point to Manipur and India for the people of South-East Asian countries, once there is equilibrium of trade and services between the neighbouring nations. The Government would take advantage of this opportunity and beautify and develop Moreh Town into a 'Commercial Hub. Star category hotels and other accommodation facilities, trade centres, leisure avenues and beautification of Moreh Town shall be taken-up earnestly. e. Loktak Lake Complex including the floating Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), the INA Complex and the Sendra Island constitute an unique feature that is rare in the world. This 'Complex' shall be developed, beautified and accommodation facilities shall be constructed with vigour to make it a major nature tourism attraction. Star category resorts, time share resorts, stand alone catering units & restaurants, spas, yoga centres, hobby-fishing facilities, outdoor nature facilities viz., house boats, floating restaurants, etc. shall be developed with a planned, environmental friendly approach. Water sports like canoeing, kayaking, boat rides and safaris to the National Park shall be organized and promoted. f. Homestay concept would be promoted in a planned manner, especially in the interior areas for providing an unique experience to the visiting tourists. g. The existing tourism infrastructure as well as the ones which are coming-up/would come-up, be managed on Public Private Partnership (PPP) and a suitable policy for Sub¬Letting of Tourism Infrastructure/Assets on PPP basis would be evolved by the Government. The selection of the license/ lessee would be made by fair and transparent procedure and the rate of royalty/ lease fee to be received by the Government would be decided in consultation with Finance Department. h. Under the existing law, no new structures can be constructed within 100 meters of protected monuments and this need to be kept in mind while developing and improving such protected monuments for tourism purposes ii. Phase - II (2018 to 2021): The second phase will try to cover and establish Hill Stations at Tamenglong and Ukhrul Districts. In addition, the Lamdan Adventure Tourism Complex, Churachandpur District and the Dzuko Valley in Senapati District shall be developed into a world class adventure avenue and camping sites. Moreover, distinct war memorial sites and heritage places shall be identified and developed for pilgrimage and culture tourisms. iii. Phase - III (2022 to 2025): The third phase will try to identify and develop potential tourism sites all over the State. This will essentially include intense development of rural tourism industry and ethnic living in places like Nambol, Lamdan, Tamei, , etc. iv. The proposed Phase-I, II & III would be adequately dovetailed with the tourism development which may be taken-up at the time of implementation of Integrated Tourism Plan for the North-Eastern Master Plan for the North-Eastern region which has been prepared by M/S Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) under NEC/DoNER and in consultation with the Ministry of Tourism. v. Simultaneously, infrastructure augmentation like way-site facilities, lodges, rest houses, etc. at identified tourist circuits/destinations focussing on these prioritized mega destinations shall be taken-up. vi. Convergence shall be followed with mega projects and industries like the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM), Civil Aviation, Road Transport & Highways, Railways, Food Processing Industries, etc. The approach for large infrastructure development would thus be based on integrated development of tourism. This initiative addresses the 12th Plan challenge of Managing Urbanization. vii. Planning for infrastructure development should adhere to the concept of last mile connectivity for electricity, water supply, approach roads, waste disposal, sanitation, etc. The 'last mile connectivity' shall also be proposed to be lengthened to 30-40 Kms. viii. Introduction of contemporary international measures/standards for the hospitality sector by constant review of policies/guidelines. ix. Different measures to be taken-up against high cost and low availability of land hampering growth of hotels. x. The physical infrastructure for tourism includes accommodation units, roads, power, water supply, sewerage and telecommunication. This underscores the need for inter-sectoral convergence of infrastructural schemes and programmes that could support tourist destinations. The Government would create world class infrastructure meeting all the essential criteria to cater to both domestic and foreign tourists. 7.2 SPRUCING-UP OF IMPHAL CITY & OTHER MAJOR TOURIST DESTINATIONS: i. Imphal, the Capital City of Manipur, is in need of urgent up-gradation of its existing infrastructure. Somehow or other, the first look at the City does not give positive impression to the visitors. Right from the airport upto all major points in the City, we see most of the properties are un-plastered with steel bars jutting-out from the pillars. In fact, one does not get a feel of passing through the City. ii. The other tourist attraction at Sendra-Lokak-Moirang and Moreh border town are no different and situation there even worse. iii. The historic Khwairamband Nupi Keithel No. 1, 2 & 3 (popularly known as 'Ima Market) which are all run by women vendors and have been reconstructed recently with Government of India's assistance are in the condition of disrepair. The basements and the first floor of these markets remain un-occupied/unused. These 3 (three) markets have not been repaired after inauguration and do not give a good sight to the visitors. Further, many of the lights are not functional and efficient system for Solid Waste disposal is missing. iv. To overcome these major deficiencies, the Government would take proactive actions to make Imphal City impressive and vibrant by taking the following steps: a. The Government would lay down policy/instructions mandating the owners of all the properties on the major roads e.g. from Airport to Andro Parking, Mantripukhri to Manipur University, Palace Compound to Hapta, all buildings in Thangal Bazar, Paona Bazar and adjoining area, B. T. Road (from Kangla Fort to Uripok) and other connecting roads to plaster exteriors of their properties, remove hanging steel iron rods and paint the exteriors as well as their roof tops to provide a good look and urban face to the City. b. The Government would takes urgent steps for efficient collection of Solid Wastes from house to house and its proper disposal, if needed by involving NGOs/PPP mode. c. All street lights should be made functional in Imphal city and high mast illuminations should be installed at key locations. d. Efforts should be made to improve law & order situation and keep the shops and other establishments opened upto 9:00 PM in summer and upto 8:00 PM in winter. This would provide free movement & avenues to explore in the evening to the visitors. e. Khwairamband Nupi Keithel No. 1, 2 & 3 should be immediately repaired and renovated. Further, to make these markets lively and a major tourist attraction, it is suggested that the Government would consider providing all women's run facilities viz. State Cottage Industries Emporium, Bank, Cafeteria, Musical Show/Performances, IT establishment and other activities without creating any conflict of interest with existing vendors occupying the ground floor. f. Providing appropriate signages at different location, up-gradation of foot paths and drains, comprehensive repairs of all the city roads etc. g. The Government would take-up comprehensive development of River Fronts along the bank of the 3 (three) major rivers flowing through Greater Imphal Area i.e. Imphal River, Nambul River and Kongba River and try to adopt eco-friendly technology and developed these as 'Living Rivers' with a balanced mix of greeneries and infrastructure to be created for the purpose. v. Similar actions would be taken by the Government to upgrade the Urban Infrastructure at Sendra - Loktak - Moirang as well as Moreh Town at Indo-Myanmar border. 7.3 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT & CAPACITY BUILDING i. Tourism Sector in the Manipur shall prepare itself to meet an exponential demand for the workforce at managerial, supervisory, skilled and semi-skill levels. This increase in growth will have a direct impact on the demand and supply mismatch for providing satisfactory service to visiting tourists. ii. Human Resource Development for the hospitality sector and capacity building for the service providers are absolutely essential for the growth of tourism industry. The Government shall strive for excellence in the tourism sector by ensuring availability of trained manpower. Regular interactions and meetings with various stakeholders to maintain a continuous flow of ideas and taking new/corrective measures to perform its task efficiently shall be taken-up. Knowledge and capabilities of the officers and staffs shall be enhanced by refresher training programmes, deputing them to national and international seminars/workshops on new areas of tourism development site, visits to successful tourism spots, learning from the best practices around the world, etc. iii. Workshops to assimilate success stories and do an in-depth analysis would be conducted regularly. Training and professional education with necessary infrastructural support for generating manpower to meet the needs of tourism hospitality industry, both quantitatively and qualitatively and to put in place a system for the same, to provide In-service Training/Up-gradation to the existing service providers. Guides to be inducted and regular training programmes/refresher courses/workshops organized to ensure that guides remain updated. Skill testing and certification of existing service providers as well as enhancing the skills of the stakeholders in private and community would be undertaken. iv. Professional education system in the field of Tourism by introducing tourism related regular courses such as Bachelors in Tourism Studies, Post-Graduate in Tourism Studies and Ph.D. in Tourism Studies at University level. Also, short duration and diploma courses in hospitality and travel-tourism programmes shall be conducted through the upcoming Institute of Hospitality Management (IHM). Scholarship programmes would be introduced for Tourism allied subjects and specialized courses in the Hospitality sector in other State Universities and Colleges to bring academic excellence and to encourage research activities in these fields. The Government shall endeavour to include tourism as a non-credit compulsory subject in the syllabi from Class-VIII to Class-X standard in the State. This will inculcate among the youths of the State a sense of our traditional hospitality and good mannerism for the development of tourism. v. Tourism industry shall be managed as an enterprise with professional inputs at all levels. The Hospitality Sector in Manipur needs both extensive awareness of all communities and intensive capacity building of hotel staffs, tourist guides, drivers, cultural establishment and shopping centres. The Government seeks to put in place both long term and short term plans for Capacity Building in Hospitality Sector, not only in tools, techniques but also in changing perspectives, motivation and identity. vi. Tourism Entrepreneurship Development (TED) and enhancing professional skills of front and field manpower are the areas which shall receive priority. vii. Mobile training units for community service providers in rural areas identified for the development of rural tourism and home stay concepts. viii. For the young untrained staffs who continue to join the industry, the Government should, through short-term training programmes, build capacities in order to provide quality service. A scheme is required to be mooted to examine and certify the large number of industry/conventional trained skilled manpower available in the State. ix. Government of India's existing scheme of ‘Train the Trainer' shall be strengthened and implemented in the State for boosting availability of adequate trainers for training. Intensive Training of personnel in different sub-sectors of Hospitality Industry would be taken-up regularly under ‘Hunar-Se-Rozgar-TakYojna' as well as other schemes of the Government of India - both directly through IHM as well as in PPP Mode. x. The training programmes must cover the skill development in general for fresh candidates, specialized skill development including language courses, for fresh as well as existing service providers, basic skill up-gradation in general for existing service providers, training of trainers programme, and creating awareness of tourism benefits/knowledge in urban and rural areas. xi. As an important step in capacity building, a State Institute of Hotel Management, Catering and Applied Nutrition would be set-up in Imphal. 7.4 PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP (PPP)/PUBLIC PRIVATE COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP (PPCP) In a number of developing countries, tourism partnerships between the Government, private sector and local communities are becoming a growing phenomenon especially as communities are increasingly gaining rights to wildlife and other valuable tourism assets on their land through policy changes on land tenure. In other cases, partnerships are developing on private land as tourism operators recognise that not only is local support essential for the long-term maintenance of the tourism assets on which the industry depends, but that many communities have cultural resources which can greatly enhance or diversify existing tourism products. The strategic vision is to enhance the tourism potential of Manipur by integrated development of tourism infrastructure by taping tourism potential along key tourism circuits and leverage the sectoral & product development through Public Private Partnership (PPP)/Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) to achieve sustainable and economic development. This partnership shall be based on the following objectives and principles: i. The development of tourism in the State shall be based on a common shared vision involving a mutually beneficial and legally-binding contract among various stakeholders which shall include the Government, travel trade and hospitality sector, investors, venture capitalists, establishments and associations, scholars, domestic and foreign tourists, and the community. The partnership shall be focused on the provision of assets and the delivery of services by allocating responsibilities and business risks among the various partners. Emphasis shall be on promoting integrated development of tourism facilities on Public Private Partnership (PPP) /Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) which may require creation of Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) to cover different aspects of Hospitality/Tourism Sector. ii. A PPP/PPCP seeks to provide an opportunity to improve service delivery, improve cost- effectiveness, increase investment in public infrastructure, reduce public sector risk, deliver capital projects faster, improve budget certainty, make better use of assets and poverty alleviation. Community partnership, at times, is essential to generate purchasing power in the hands of the weaker sections of the society and lead to their empowerment and social inclusion. iii. General guidelines for the partnership shall include identifying partnership opportunities, finding out about prospective partners, selecting partners, getting assistance, negotiating the financial and non-financial components, deciding on the duration of the partnership, formalizing the partnership, and monitoring, reviewing and amending the deal. The PPP/PPCP project cycle shall essentially cover the inception, preparation period, feasibility study, project term, procurement, signing of the PPP/PPCP agreement, development, delivery, exit, monitoring and review. iv. The partnership shall contain transitional arrangements; service and financial obligations; obligations of private party, including its residual functions, and those of the Government regulatory body; provision for leasing charges, rate adjustments and dispute resolution; and other contract conditions. Transitional arrangements relating to transfer of employees, liabilities/revenues, accounts receivable, facilities, existing projects, cash and marketable securities would have to be defined. Service obligations should provide coverage and quality standards. Financial obligations include size of equity investments, bond and the various fees intended to free the Government from subsidizing, besides working out a Revenue Sharing Model. v. The Government shall be actively involved throughout a project's life cycle from licensing, financing to regulation. The private sector shall be responsible for the commercial functions viz., project design, construction, finance, operations and management. In fact, risk transfer from the public to the private sector shall be a critical element of all partnerships. The goal is to combine the best capabilities of the public and private sectors for mutual benefit. Under this arrangement, the private sector partner is deemed to gain a relatively stable, long-term investment opportunity. On the other hand, private firms would also use their own strengths and abilities to add value to the arrangements by bringing in management efficiencies, innovation to offset risks and costs and by potentially increasing its values. vi. Proceeding with a PPP/PPCP arrangement may be most appropriate when the following characteristics are available: a. There is a significant opportunity for private sector innovation in design, construction, service delivery, or use of an asset involving the community; b. Clearly definable and measurable output specifications can be established suitable for payment on a services delivered basis; c. An opportunity exists for the private sector partner to generate non-government streams of revenue, to help offset public sector costs; d. Some risks can be transferred to the private sector and the community; e. Projects of a similar nature have been successfully developed using a similar method; and, f. The private sector or/and community has sufficient capacity (expertise and availability) to successfully deliver project objectives. vii. The Government shall endeavour to remove barriers to growth to leverage private sector investment and other issues related to conceptualization, funding pattern and implementation process and possible dovetailing with Ministry of Tourism's Large Revenue Generating Scheme (LRGS) &/or GOI's Viability Gap Funding Scheme. Proposals to be made under the Scheme may be considered for providing LRGS Subsidy &/or Viability Gap Funding (VGF), one time or deferred, with the objective and conditions of making a PPP/PPCP project commercially viable; delivering an infrastructure service on payment of user charges; the contract/concession is awarded in favour of a private sector company in which 51 percent or more of the subscribed and paid up equity is owned and controlled by a private entity; the private partner is selected on the basis of open competitive bidding and is responsible for financing, construction, maintenance and operation of the project during the concession period; and the project should provide a service against payment of a pre¬determined tariff or user charge. viii. The modality of the PPP/PPCP may be on time-sharing basis, both in terms of period and rights of use to property, in which multiple parties may be managing a particular ‘Tourism Unit'. Units may be on a part-ownership or lease/"right to use" basis, in which the shareholders does not have any claim to ownership of the property. ix. Role of Government shall be defined as: a. To provide a platform for corporate and community leaders to meet and exchange ideas. b. To create synergies and a more proactive role in facilitating partnership projects and help in its success. c. To encourage industry. d. Quick decision making on policy. e. Simplify procedures. f. Convergence of Government schemes. g. Funding. h. Solve problems. x. Role of Private Industry shall be defined as: a. Get industry involved in the 'Project'. b. Contribute towards resource generation. c. Contribute vital cost effective technology and management expertise. d. Achieve higher accountability and transparency. e. More result oriented and provide long term value for money. f. Better administration and day-to-day coordination. g. Safe, economic and reliable transport. xi. Role of Community/ClubsINGOs /Other Civil Society organizations shall be defined as: a. Chance to work in a more structured environment. b. Advise partners of local support, requirements and needs. c. Educating community about Government schemes and how to access them. d. Provide local communities support and give them confidence vis-a-vis Industry role. e. Assist in capacity building. xii. The selection of a private party or a community organization shall be based on a fair and competitive bidding process and concurrence of Finance Department would be obtained on case to case basis. xiii. Payment structure shall be in the form of either a minimum fixed fee for service paid by the Government or through fees collected from users/tourists or through a net revenue sharing model and payments related to the investment and success of the enterprise. In any case, the major investor/stakeholder shall have a majority share in the net revenue generated. xiv. The issues of employment, recruitment and wages which shall be settled and negotiated with all partners involved. xv. Duration of contract/partnership/lease is absolutely essential for the success of the enterprise. Long lease of not less than 10 (ten) years is necessary for a credible partnership in terms of security, investment and success of the enterprise. 7.5 MARKETING, PROMOTION & PUBLICITY i. Manipur needs to develop an unique market brand, image and position which cannot be held by any other competitor. The positioning statement should be able to capture the essence of its tourism product to convey an image of the product to a potential customer. For this very specific purpose, the Government has come up with a catchy theme "Gateway to South-East Asia”to promote tourism in Manipur on a clientele model. This unique brand seeks to market Manipur Tourism in conformity with the relevance, competitiveness, strategic location and commercial aspects of the State. ii. Identification of the most positive vibes of the State, nurturing and showcasing of the tourism products in full cooperation with interlinked stakeholders shall be the cornerstone of marketing and promotion in domestic and international forums with the goal of increasing tourist inflow to Manipur. The Marketing Theory involving 4 'P's is essential and shall also be affected in the Planning, Production, Promotion and Publicity of Manipur Tourism. iii. Planning is absolutely necessary to enable a leading role in the competitive tourism market, to determine a vision, to anticipate problems, identify opportunities and react quickly to market changes. The Government shall endeavour to prepare a detailed feasibility study that includes all areas of the tourism business; prepare a detailed and realistic business; prepare plans and policies that cover the areas of management, marketing, finance and human resource management, and monitor the plans regularly and adapt them as required to meet unexpected market changes. Planning also involves developing excellent time and task management skills and identifying who is best suited to perform the different tasks involved in managing the industry including outsourcing on PPP/ PPCP basis. iv. Product development by undertaking research, market trends and prioritization of resources shall be paramount on the game plan of the Government. Niche Tourism Products like nature tourism, cultural tourism, medical & wellness tourism and eco-adventure tourism shall be vigorously developed and promoted. Various measures shall be taken-up for enhancing the capacity for growth viz., introduction of new themes like camping tourism, golf tourism, polo tourism, pilgrimage tourism, home-stay tourism and MICE tourism. v. The mass tourism market comprises tourists from diverse backgrounds with varied interests, tastes and priorities. Target Marketing for Manipur is necessary to fragment this market into smaller, more specific target markets to identify customers who are likely to be interested in particular tourism products. High-end tourists are the immediate target and the Government shall effectively tailor the products, marketing and promotions to attract new and repeat business, mainly by customizing products and personalizing services to suit the interests and needs of the identified market segments, and selecting methods of promotion that reach and appeal to these target markets. vi. Developing Strategies for Sustained and effective Marketing Plans and Programmes can be achieved by evolving and maintaining a system of market research activities to continuously receive, analyse, and respond to information on pricing, security issues, health, safety, quality of tourism services and products, etc., and making use of various technological tools, including the Internet, for advertising to obtain greater and wider impact. vii. Market research shall be intensively undertaken to access information that can influence product development and sales to determine: a. Markets most suited to tourism products by including customer characteristics, such as age, socio-economic background, lifestyle choices and personal values. b. Origin of these markets to find out a customer's place of origin so that promotions can be targeted. c. Customer travel style to determine the way the tourism product is tailored, packaged and promoted by finding out the influences like whether the customer travels independently, with friends or family members, or in a tour group. All these forms of travel have different product preferences, time and cost limitations. d. Customer budget to determine a customer's travel expenditure priorities, disposable income and perceptions on value for money are important considerations when pricing the product or package. e. Customer transport choices. f. Cooperation and coordination because most visiting tourists will not travel to a particular location simply to visit one attraction, but can be attracted to the area if there is a collection of activities available making it essential to create packages for the region. Foreign tourists invariably prefer a package tour to an area which leads to exploring several places in the State/Region. g. Customer satisfaction for feedback information that can be used to improve product quality and/or eliminate unpopular or unprofitable products. h. Provide an opportunity on tourism website for customer feedback to ensure the tourism product is represented in the best way possible. i. Unique Selling Points (USP) of the most appealing aspects of the product, as indicated by the customers, can influence the focus of the promotional material. j. Effective promotional tools like appraisal of the content regularly read by the target market and testing the effectiveness of the current distribution methods by asking customers where they heard about the product; extent of revisits; knowing what proportion of customers currently return, or intend to return, can influence product development decisions and promotions strategy; spending habits. Priorities for customers change regularly, and considering how these changes can affect the tourism business and devise methods to adapt to meet the current trends. viii. Making the existence of the Manipur tourism products known in the marketplace is necessary to attract tourists. The strength of the presence in the marketplace will be very much dependent on choosing the most effective distribution channels to reach and then sell to the target markets. Distribution using a variety of channels is necessary to extend the promotion and sales of the products and is dependent on target markets. a. Direct sales through the internet are the most important tool of distribution. Worldwide usage and access to the internet is playing an increasingly important role in the travel planning and decision making processes of customers. Travel planning and booking are among the most popular online activities in major e-commerce markets. Research indicates that more travellers investigate their travel options online. The growth in online travel bookings has outpaced other online sales for many reasons, including access to extensive information to aid selection; perceived availability of choice; convenience of booking online (from home and out of business hours); and the perception of price advantage. The Government shall establish a vibrant website which essentially broadcasts the State tourism as information, marketing and purchasing tool including transaction and online booking system. b. Traditional distributors, that play an important part in servicing customers namely retail travel agents, wholesalers and inbound tour operators (ITO), shall be effectively partnered based on reliability of the product and commission. The retail travel agents provide customers with an accessible place to book or enquire about travel products. These agents usually provide a shop-front office for customers in shopping centres and local town centres. Wholesalers provide retailers with travel packages comprising two or more products supplied by different operators. These packages are put together in brochures, which are then distributed to networks of retail agents for display in their travel agencies. Wholesalers can also sell directly to customers. Inbound Tour Operators (ITOs) negotiate contracts directly with tourism operators on behalf of overseas wholesalers. They are responsible for developing itineraries specifically for international travellers. 'Makemytrip’, 'Thomas Cook', 'Tripadvisor’, 'Cleartrip’, 'Cox & Kings' are some trip organizers which the Government may tie-up with. c. Package Tours: Attractive package tours with schedule tour timetables consisting of multiple destinations, boarding, lodging and meal plans shall be designed keeping in mind the specific need and choices of different tourists. The package tours and the itineraries shall be developed with the help of State Tourism Department by the private sector & tour operators and shall be revised/updated from time to time. The tour Packages shall be distributed to Hotels, Travel Agencies and Tour Operators for them to receive bookings and facilitate the tours under the guidance of the Tourism Department. This approach would provide hassle free travel to the tourist with confirmed bookings and routings, saves time, provides discounted pricing with other ancillary service benefits. Package Tours can be daily tours/weekend tours covering inter/intra city and districts with the option of Group Inclusive Tours (GIT)/Free Individual Tours (FIT) or customized tour package to meet the need and wants of the varied tourists. d. Travel Agencies and Tour Operators: Travel Agents and Tour Operators (Inbound/Outbound/Domestic) along with Tourist Transport Operators shall be encouraged and sensitized for facilitating smooth movement of tourists within and across State boundaries. Travel Agencies and Tour Operators should get approval from the designated authority for a uniform tourism operation through licensing. The licensing and other regulations are to be reviewed periodically with recommendations for improvements. All the Travel Agents and Tour Operatiors including Tour Guides and Escorts shall be provided training with established standards for their operation and services. ix. Advertising campaigns including print and electronic advertising placed in local, regional or national newspapers, ethnic publications, trade and tourist magazines, journals or newsletters, and magazines relevant to the target market should be effective and create a competitive edge based on customer characteristics, timing, competition, value-added services, price, positioning, unique selling points (USP), media available, budget and previous advertising experiences. Advertising alternatives using cheaper methods including leaflets/flyers, canvassing, wholesaler programs, sponsorship of local community events which attract large crowds and significant media coverage and whose participation can improve business exposure, listings and displays, e-marketing and editorial/added-value should be negotiated when purchasing advertising space with different media. x. Steps shall be taken-up to promote State tourism viz., strengthening the tourism information offices outside with qualified manpower & infrastructure, participation in travel and trade fairs - domestic and overseas, organizing road shows, FAM (familiarization) trips of media persons, TV teams, film makers, trade representatives, provide brochures/media support, distribution of literature, posters, calendars, newsletter, electronic, print and digital publicity, CDs, jingles, outdoor campaigns and publicity in malls, airports, and other strategic places; tackle visa issues; aggressive marketing of identified niche tourism products; national & international travel associations to be encouraged to have trips to Manipur; and, develop a dynamic-interactive website providing various information in an integrated and cohesive manner. Organizing contests like photography and production of good promotional films needs to be undertaken. MICE tourism needs to be focused on how to fill the low season months of the year. Medical tourism needs to be aggressively marketed and publicized. xi. Focus shall be on online publicity which has higher reach and is cost effective. The Tourism Department maintains two websites viz., www.manipurtourism.gov.in and www.sangaifestival.gov.in for online publicity. These two websites would be hyper-linked to the State Government's Official website i.e.www.manipur.gov.in . Mobile applications and social networking site like Facebook, Twitter, Google+, etc. shall be used for quick and cost effective tourism marketing. xii. Efforts to make use of technology for higher productivity and improve the methods and processes of working in the tourism sector through e-governance, IT & IT Enabled Services besides significantly encouraging e-commerce portals to extend effective promotion and marketing support to investors, hoteliers, tour operators, medical facilitators, etc. xiii. Connectivity is one of the impediments for the growth of tourism in Manipur. Air travel is the strength of Manipur and should play a critical role in enhancing Manipur's competitiveness as a tourism hotspot. Increased capacity and frequency of flights is necessary alongwith improving the standard of facilities and services at the airport. xiv. Tours & Travel operators shall be encouraged and sensitized for facilitating smooth movement of tourists within and across state boundaries. xv. The Government will present awards and citations to excellent entrepreneurs, hoteliers, tour travel operators and other tourism related service providers to encourage and promote the tourism industry in Manipur. 7.6 ESTABLISHMENT OF STATE COTTAGE INDUSTRIES EMPORIUM The State would establish State Cottage Industries Emporium (SCIE) for promotion of rich and varied local Handicrafts and Handlooms of the State. Towards establishment of SCIE, the State would provide land free of cost to the PPP partner, who would be selected in a transparent manner through ‘Open Competitive Bidding'. The selected PPP partner would be responsible for creation of necessary infrastructure (including construction of building, design, decor & its refurbishment) and also for all the recurring operational expenses. The PPP partner would keep specimen of their products and brochure can be prepared which will indicate where these products are available. The SCIE would be run on profit sharing basis and the PPP partner would share minimum 10% of net profit, to be paid every quarter to the Government. The proposed SCIE, would be run under a ‘Government Committee' and in consultation with Commerce & Industries, Tourism and Arts & Culture Departments. The SCIE would promote Handicrafts and Handlooms unique to the different tribes & ethnic groups in the State and also strive to become place where the visitors not only get attracted to local Handicrafts and Handlooms but also become messengers for marketing the same within India and abroad. 7.7 COMMERCIAL APPROACH i. Tourism has been accorded ''Industry Status by the Government of Manipur in January, 1987, and was included under the Industrial Policy of Manipur, 1996 and thus eligible to get all admissible incentives/support accordingly. However, in the recently notified 'The Industrial & Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013 - (IIPM, 2013)', it seems that somehow Tourism Sector has been left out. Therefore, State needs to consider including 'Tourism Sector' in IIPM, 2013 and thereby enable Tourism Units to avail of all admissible incentives/supports under IIPM, 2013. ii. The State Tourism department would delineate the financial cost-benefit analysis of their project proposals at the beginning till the sustained level is attained by the Tourism Industry in the State. Weightage may be assigned for better economic benefit w.r.to the cost involved. iii. The main objective of the development of Tourism in the State is to create employment opportunities and thus improve livelihood. To facilitate this objective, exemption from Luxury Tax, VAT, Stamp Duties, etc. be considered for specific units as per the requirements and on case to case basis, with prior concurrence of Finance Department. These incentives are an essential pre-requisite to attract investment from the private sector. iv. Incentives and subsidies may be considered in future for creating infrastructure in terms of ‘Tourism Units' for promoting the growth of tourism. Tourism Units and enterprises for Hospitality Sector would be provided assistance and facilitated under the Industrial and Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013(IIPM, 2013). Further, the Government would sponsor proposals from the entrepreneurs in Hospitality Sector on priority and recommend the same to the Government of India for sanction and assistance under North-East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy (NEIIPP), 2007. v. To begin with, a proposal would be considered for providing incentives to the tune of 20% for a new 'Tourism Unit,involving one crore rupees and above in concurrence with Planning and Finance Departments. The 20% of the capital cost of investment on land, building, water supply, plant and machinery, subject to a ceiling of Rs 35.00 lakhs, shall be provided for all tourism related activities subject to the condition that the financial assistance will be released only after the completion and commencing operation of the ‘Tourism Units' and the incentive/ subsidy would be performance linked based on transparent parameters and the rate of revenue share/ royalty decided in consultation with Finance Department. Further, it is stipulated that the hotel/amenities so established should run for a minimum of 10 (ten) years. While considering such cases, efforts should be made to ensure that: a. Land to be acquired for the tourism unit is purchased from the villager/land owner. b. Participation of local people on partnership basis for better success. c. Factors like accommodations, availability of Water supply & Power Supply to be examined properly at the time of site selection. d. Restoration of existing Tourist Homes into full-fledged Tourist Homes. e. Selection of Tourism Unit by the Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) to be headed by Chief Secretary. vi. A new 'Tourism Untshall mean one which commences operation of the project on or after 1stOctober, 2014, with prior approval in writing from the State Government. It shall also include the expansion, modernization and diversification of existing 'Tourism Unit’. Only projects approved by the Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) would be eligible for the incentives/concessions. vii. A 'Tourism Unit’ shall mean private commercial establishments providing public services/facilities in identified tourism destinations and shall include the following: a. Accommodation units including Hotels, Wayside Amenities, Cultural Centres, Convention Centres, etc. b. Tourist Resorts & Lodges, Spas, Yoga Centres, Restaurants. c. Amusement Parks & Adventure Sports Complex. viii. One of the major bottlenecks in creation of 'Tourism Units’ especially hotels are the non¬availability of land for the purpose. A 'Land Bank" is needed to be established to know exactly where land is available for infrastructure development at strategic and prioritised destinations. The 'Land Bank’ seeks to provide for the allotment of land or allotment of land on lease, in the identified zone/areas/acquired land, for handing over to the Government/ investor for use in setting-up the 'Tourism Unit’. The steps that may be taken are. a. Master Plan of Imphal City and district headquarters should mark commercial sites for construction of hotels, convention and exhibition centres. b. The hotel sites should be allotted on long-term lease basis or could be allotted under the PPP mode through joint venture, revenue sharing, etc. c. The hotels should be allowed higher Floor Area Ratio/Floor Space Index (FAR/FSI) so that more rooms and commercial spaces are created out of the same space and it also helps in generating sustainable revenues; and d. The land should also be allotted for building of guest houses in major tourist destinations. ix. Royalties or Entry Fees, which are usage-based payments made by one party (the "licensee") and another (the "licensor") for ongoing use of specified State assets, shall be paid to the Government and the license agreements shall be regulated by the Government who is the resource owner. The royalty rates shall be determined by the Government with the interest of the stakeholders in mind. These specified State assets have been identified for adventurous activities and expeditions of Keibul Lamjao National Park, Lamdan Adventure Complex, Tharon Caves, Khangkhui Caves, Hills and Dzukou Valley. x. A Single Window Clearance System needs to be established in the State to cut red-tape and ensure expeditious clearances and permissions of feasible tourism projects for various 'Tourism Units' required from the State Government that will benefit both investors and the community. The Tourism Advisory Committee headed by the Chief Secretary shall be the High-Powered Committee looking into this matter. This system seeks to facilitate trade and investment by dealing with a single body for various items such as land, permits, power and water supply, and finance which are necessary for establishing a ‘Tourism Unit'. The system shall allow investors to lodge standardized information and documents once with a single entry point to fulfill all tourism related regulatory requirement. xi. Home-Stay programmes under the Government of India Scheme of ‘Incredible India Bed & Breakfast' needs to be promoted in Manipur too. These establishments should be treated as non-commercial. For this purpose, State may adopt Government of India's guidelines in this regard. xii. All subsidies, incentives and other supports enunciated above would continue till Tourism Industry in Manipur takes-off and is stabilized. 7.8 LEGISLATION & REGULATION i. Exclusion of Manipur from Protected Area Permit (PAP) Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958. Ministry of Home Affairs has excluded Manipur from the PAP Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958 initially for a period of 1 (one) year w.e.f. 1st January, 2011. Then onwards, the Ministry of Home Affairs has been issuing circulars excluding Manipur from PAP Regime from time to time. At present, the Ministry of Home Affairs (Foreigners Division), Government of India vide its Circular No. 431 dated 31st December, 2013 has excluded the entire area of the State of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958 for a further period of two years beyond 31.12.2013, that is, w.e.f. 1st January, 2014, subject to the following conditions: a. Citizens of Afghanistan, China and Pakistan and foreign nationals having their origin in these countries would continue to require prior approval of the Ministry of Home Affairs before their visit to the State of Manipur. It may be ensured that they are not allowed to visit the State of Manipur without the requisite Protected Area Permit, action may be taken under the relevant provisions of the Foreigners Act. b. AH Foreigners visiting Manipur will register themselves with the designated Foreigners Registration Officers (FRO) of the State within 24 hours of their arrival. State Government of Manipur will ensure strict implementation of these provisions. c. FRO/Police authorities should keep a dose watch on the activities of the foreigners visiting the States. If anything adverse is found, appropriate action may be taken under the relevant Acts including the Foreigners Act. Further, Myanmar nationals visiting the State may also be excluded from the requirement of obtaining PAP initially for a period of one year w.e.f. 01.01.2014subject to the following conditions: a. All such Myanmar nationals shall obtain a visa from the Indian Missions/ Posts abroad at any of the designated Airports in India at which Visa on Arrival (VoA) facility has been made available to the nationals of Myanmar under the existing procedure. b. All such Myanmar nationals shall have to compulsorily register themselves with the Foreign Registration Officer (FRO) of the State/ District they visit with 24 hours of arrival. c. FRO concerned shall send a report giving details of all such Myanmar nationals registered with them to the Ministry of Home Affairs (Foreigners Division) within 48 hours of their arrival. d. No such registration would be required if the Myanmar nationals are only passing through the State road with no intention of staying in that particular State. ii. Issue of VISA on Arrival (VoA) at Moreh to Myanmar's Nationals for Medical Treatment at Imphal. Manipur has excellent healthcare/medical facilities available at Imphal in, both public and private sectors. Several Myanmar's nationals visit Manipur via Moreh for medical treatment in Hospitals at Imphal. The Government of Manipur earnestly pursued the matter with the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India. The then, Minister of Home Affairs vide his D.O. letter dated 27.01.2014 has conveyed in principal approval for establishing VISA on Arrival (VoA) facility at Imphal Airport and at Moreh. Further, the Government of Manipur was advised to take-up the following actions: a. Make the immigration facilities fully functional. b. Arrange a suitable building so that, Ministry of Home Affairs can instruct NIC to install the Integrated ICs software. c. Arrange for training of manpower dedicated to immigration functions by having their training from Bureau of Immigration. d. Arrange for additional space in the office of FRO/SP (CID) for installation of C-FRO software for registration of foreigners. Accordingly, Government of Manipur has made a budgetary provision of Rs. 1.00 crore for construction/renovation of the immigration post at Moreh. Further, training of 26 (twenty six) officials of various ranks of the State Police Department as Immigration Officers for manning the immigration facilities to be set-up at Moreh and Imphal Airport is also being undertaken at Foreigner Regional Registration Office (FRRO), Kolkata from 17.06.2014. Once the immigration facilities are created at Imphal Airport and at Moreh and also the Training of Immigration Officers are completed, a report would be submitted by the Home Department, Government of Manipur to the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India for formal approval of the VISA on Arrival (VoA) and commissioning of the immigration facilities. iii. Tourism Units and enterprises for Hospitality Sector would be provided assistance and facilitated under the ‘Industrial and Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013 (IIPM, 2013)'. Further, the Government would sponsor proposals from the entrepreneurs in Hospitality Sector on priority and recommend the same to the Government of India for sanction and assistance under North-East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy (NEIIPP), 2007. iv. The State Government would independently bring out a comprehensive ‘Medical Tourism Policy' for the growth and promotion of this sector. v. Safety and security of the tourists shall be paramount on the Government's agenda which is essential for promoting the growth of tourism and projecting Manipur as a safe tourism destination. No legal framework for the protection of tourists & belongings is felt necessary as existing laws such as IPC or any other Act relating to offences against persons and properties would also be applicable to the tourists & their properties. For protection of tourists & their belongings, the existing laws would have to be enforced depending upon the nature of problem & it is more of preventive measures that the Police would have to take up to ensure safety & security of the tourists within the existing legal framework. Existing institutional mechanism like the concerned Police Stations will deal with complaints received from the tourists & the industry. Later on, after official announcement of tourists spots in the State, if necessary, Police Outposts/Tourist Booths may be set up under the control of the concerned Police Stations and District SP. Tourists pickets/booths may be set up on need basis if the existing Police Stations are not in the proximity of tourist spots. This may bring about a secure environment for tourism to flourish in the State. For development of infrastructure for tourist police, funds would be provided by the Tourism Department. The Tourism Department would also provide/procure equipments that may be required separately for the police officers and personnel deployed for such type of duty, including their specialized training. vi. Licenses to be provided and regulated to various service providers namely, tour operators, travel agents, travel transporters, etc. vii. All efforts shall be put in, worked out and pursued with other departments to vacate all tourist centres presently being occupied by the security forces and other agencies. viii. Travel Trade Code of 'Safe & Honourable' tourism to be adopted in the guidelines of approval of service providers and hotels. ix. Certification of 'Tourism Units (including Homestay)' for quality, safety and maintains proper hygienic standards. x. Tourism in Forest & Wildlife & Wildlife Area will be subject to clearance under Forest Conservation Act, 1980, Indian Forest Act, 1972 & Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 7.9 SUSTAINABLE AND RESPONSIBLE TOURISM Development should not be at the cost of environment. Harmony between man and nature should be maintained at all cost. The tourists can be a great source of development but also lead to unmanageable pollution if not tackled properly. Amarnath Yatra is a fine example of tourism gone awry for environment with people polluting publicly into the river. The Government in close association with other stakeholders shall put in all efforts to minimize the ecological impacts due to development and growth of tourism in the State. Best Practices that promote Sustainable & Green Technologies in the hospitality sector shall be adopted. The Tourism Policy aims to create the conditions for the sustainable growth and development of tourism for the benefit of all Manipuri's focusing on the following key areas: Sl. No. FOCUS AREA WAYS IN WHICH POLICY SEEKS TO CONTRIBUTE TO ACHIEVEMENT OF THESE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 1. Create conditions for sustainable tourism growth and development • Facilitating increased tourist volumes, tourist spend and geographical spread of tourism. • Enhancing service quality levels. • Facilitating investment in infrastructure and product development into tourism priority areas. • Creating awareness of the economic potential and impacts of tourism. • Promoting domestic tourism. • Monitoring tourism trends and timely provision of information to the public and private sectors. 2. Promote the conservation and sustainable development of natural resources • Promoting eco-tourism through policy initiatives, product development and awareness campaigns. • Encouraging community involvement and partnership in tourism development. 3 Protect and improve the quality and safety of the environment • Promoting responsible tourism practices within the tourism industry 4 Promote a State sustainable development agenda • Promoting responsible tourism principles and practices through international tourism structures. 5 Transformation • Empowering the tourism industry through public sector procurement practices, training, tourism awareness creation and tourism enterprise funding instruments. 7.10 RESEARCH, ANALYSIS, MONITORING & EVALUATION i. Resource allocation in the budget for tourism is very negligible. A realistic approach and higher allocation is necessary so that the State and the people can derive the benefits that flow from such investments in terms of employment generation, poverty alleviation and earning foreign exchange, etc. ii. Market research and impact studies to facilitate policies and programmes. Effective monitoring of tourism projects. Regular market surveys and studies will be carried out to understand the requirements of tourists as also the impact of past promotional measures to take requisite corrective or new policy initiatives. iii. Inter-sectoral Weightage shall be given considering the priorities as under: Sl. No. Priority Weight 1 Development of Tourism Infrastructure (including Tourist Accommodation) 35 2 Human Resource Development 15 3 Marketing, Promotion & Publicity 15 4 Developing New Tourism Products 15 5 Commercial Incentives 10 6 Market Research 10 TOTAL 100 iv. The Tourism Advisory Committee will act as a State Level Monitoring Committee and shall obtain reports on a regular basis and undergo periodical inspection of projects/sites and also through independent agencies having technical expertise. v. Economic impact assessments should be carried out by first estimating the change in the number and types of visitors associated with the policy or action being evaluated. Visits are translated into economic terms by estimating the amount of spending by these visitors in the local area. The spending can then be applied to a model of the region's economy to estimate the effects in terms of sales, income and jobs. Regional economic multipliers are used to estimate the secondary effects of visitor spending. The formula for ascertaining the economic impact is - Economic impact = Number of Visitors * Average spending per visitor * Multiplier. This model is further elaborated as under: a. Dividing visitors into distinct segments with different spending patterns (e.g. campers, day users, visitors in motels). b. Measuring spending in distinct spending categories (e.g. lodging, restaurant meals, gas, groceries). c. Allocating spending into the economic sectors that receive it and applying economic ratios and multipliers for those sectors. vi. Regular interaction with stakeholders of hospitality sector for review of guidelines on approval and classification every two years to incorporate best practices and to meet contemporary challenges. vii. Concrete and efficient compilation of tourism statistics by adopting a uniform methodology for formulation of policies and programmes and dissemination of data for use in industry, by stakeholders and research scholars and general public. viii. Dissemination of data through website for better citizen awareness. ix. Prepare panel of consultants for tourism related studies. x. To establish systems to capture and analyze segregated data across all niche segments such as Nature, Cultural, Medical, Adventure, Wildlife, MICE, etc. thus allowing for greater understanding of the opportunities and needs of these segments. xi. Assess the requirement of manpower in Hospitality and Travel Trade Sector and assess the effectiveness of financial incentives. xii. Performance management to achieve better development orientation. xiii. To bring about a systematic improvement in monitoring mechanism and thereby contribute to better governance of projects, improve the outcome and timeliness of implementation. Devise ways and methods to evolve a mechanism for maintenance and proper upkeep of the tourism infrastructure. Inspecting the quality of tourism projects and suggests steps for improving the quality of tourism experience. xiv. Stakeholder engagement through coordination meetings, conferences, etc. with Industry & Trade Associations, Approved Tourism Establishments, Hospitality & Travel Institutes and other Government departments for prioritization, sharing of new ideas, problems & issues analysis, skill enhancement, etc. xv. State to play a pro-active role and approach in involving tourism stakeholders. xvi. A Tourism Satellite Accounting System (TSA) to be adopted to gauge more precisely the contribution of tourism to the State's economy. 7.11 TOURISM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEES For effective monitoring and co-ordination, Committees at different levels may be constituted to ensure comprehensive and sustained development of tourism in the State. i. A State Level Tourism Steering Committee (SLTSC) under the chairmanship of the Hon'ble Chief Minister of Manipur shall be constituted to provide guidance and impetus to the development and growth of tourism in the State. This ‘Committee' is essential to improve policy integration and co-ordination. The ‘Committee' may consist of the following members: i. Chief Minister, Manipur Chairman ii. Minister (Tourism), Manipur Vice-Chairman iii. Minister (Home), Manipur Member iv. Minister (Finance), Manipur Member v. Minister (Planning), Manipur Member vi. Minister (Arts & Culture), Manipur Member vii. Minister (Commerce & Industries), Manipur Member viii. Minister (Revenue), Manipur Member ix. Minister (Hills), Manipur Member x. Minister (Works), Manipur Member xi. Minister (Power), Manipur Member xii. Minister (PHED), Manipur Member xiii. Minister (MAHUD), Manipur Member xiv. Minister (Forests & Environment), Manipur Member xv. Minister (Transport), Manipur Member xvi. Chairman (Manipur State Pollution Board) Member xvii. Chief Secretary, Government of Manipur Member xviii. Director General of Police Member xix. Administrative Secretary (Finance), Government of Manipur Member xx. Administrative Secretary (Planning), Government of Manipur Member xxi. Administrative Secretary (Home), Government of Manipur Member xxii. Administrative Secretary (Environment & Forest), Government of Manipur Member xxiii. Administrative Secretary (Art& Culture), Government of Manipur Member xxiv. Administrative Secretary (Commerce & Industries), Government of Manipur Member xxv. Administrative Secretary (Revenue), Government of Manipur Member xxvi. Administrative Secretary (Hills), Government of Manipur Member xxvii. Administrative Secretary (Works), Government of Manipur Member xviii. Administrative Secretary (Power), Government of Manipur Member xxix. Administrative Secretary (PHED), Government of Manipur Member xxx. Administrative Secretary (MAHUD), Government of Manipur Member xxxi. Administrative Secretary (Transport), Government of Manipur Member xxxii. Principal Chief Conservator of Forests Member xxiii. Administrative Secretary (Tourism), Government of Manipur Member-Secretary xxiv. Any other member(s) with permission of the Chairman The State Level TSC shall meet every 6 (six) months and deliberate upon the issues for comprehensive development and growth of tourism industry in the State. ii. A tourism think tank shall be constituted for fostering inter-departmental and inter-agency co-operation & co-ordination, for advising on general policies and planning of tourism related matters including infrastructure development essential for the development, promotion, monitoring, maintenance and growth of the Tourism and Hospitality Industry in Manipur. This will also include the accreditation of healthcare and other tourism related facilities, setting-up of the benchmark for 'Tourism Units', etc. iii. For achieving these objectives, the Government would constitute a Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC). The Tourism Advisory Committee shall consist of the following members: i. Chief Secretary, Government of Manipur Chairman ii. Administrative Secretary (Tourism), Manipur Member iii. Administrative Secretary (Finance), Manipur Member iv. Administrative Secretary (Planning), Manipur Member v. Administrative Secretary (Home), Manipur Member vi. Administrative Secretary (Arts & Culture), Manipur Member vii. Administrative Secretary (Commerce & Industries), Manipur Member viii. Administrative Secretary (Revenue) , Manipur Member ix. Administrative Secretary (Hills), Manipur Member x. Administrative Secretary (Works), Manipur Member The TAC shall also act as a High Powered Committee for Single Window Clearance System. TAC shall meet every 3 (three) months to take stock of actions taken by the concerned departments/agencies and to make constructive suggestions for promotion of Travel and Tourism Industry in Manipur. Definite timelines would be defined by the Tourism Department for implementation of Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 and the 'Master Plan' which would be reviewed & monitored by TAC every three months. This 'TAC' will directly look into creation of infrastructure and push the Rail connection and may operate on the basis of Sub-Committees to be formed for the following purposes, which will make recommendations to the 'TAC'. The 'TAC' members may also be members of the Sub-committees. Taking into the consideration the constructive suggestions from out of the White Paper - Conclusions & Suggestions based on Manipur Eco-Tourism Conclave held on 7th & 8th April, 2014, the 'TAC' would constitute the following Sub-Committees: A. Ecotourism Sub-committees: Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Nature Gardens, Orchidarium (Orchid Lab), Caves, Waterfalls, Biking, Jeep Safaris, Skiing, Rafting, etc. Implement the STCI code for responsible tourism. Code for trekking to be formulated. Setting Standards & Certification. Rescue, Safety, First Aid. Codify Routes. Name Peaks - Give them a personality. Develop a nature garden near Imphal. Develop Dos * Don'ts. Work on carrying capacity. [Senior functionaries of the Eco-Tourism Society of India (ESOI) would be co¬opted as Members/Advisors of this Sub-committee.] B. Lakes & Waterways Tourism: This Sub-committee will essentially establish and implement the norms for in and around lakes and waterways. In this connection the CODE FOR WATER BASED TOURISM ESTABLISED BY THE MINISTRY OF TOURISM, Government of India may be adopted by the State and apart from the Department of Environment & Ecology, Manipur may set-up a MONITORING LABORATORY to ensure there are no pollutants, affluent, silting and weeding damaging the lake. A tourism zone shall be crated around the lake & local community is settled & trained to directly benefit from this tourism. Water Sports to be introduced through PPP hydrology needs to be implemented. No building or construction or residential unit (Houseboat) would be allowed to come-up in and on the lake except at the distance specified in the codes, outside the no construction zone. All tourism assets around the lake will have to comply with vernacular architecture. The Lakes & Waterways expert shall be a member of this 'Sub-committee'. C. Heritage, Culture & Art Craft: This Sub-committee will formulate suggestion to promote the Built & Tangible Heritage of the State. Among the Heritage Assets are: a. War Cemetery/War Memorial b. INA Museum c. Kangla Fort d. Women's Market (Ima Market) e. India's oldest Airfield f. Dance & Music g. Martial Art h. Govindajee Temple i. Local Art and Craft j. Knowledge of local medicine etc. The Kangla Fort area may be transformed into a grand tourism experience and asset with Sound and Light Show, Tribal Art & Craft promotion Centre & Museum i.e., Nungi Pottery, Bamboo Craft, Food Court with local cuisine-(Black Rice), an Amphi-Theatre for performance of music, dance & local arts, Centre to promote local herbal medicine- orthopedic herbs, convert the cottage into Heritage hotel., regular Polo event in the first Polo ground in the world, have a responsible Tourism Interpretation Centre and create a boating & walking experience around the moat. This Sub-committee should also lay down guidelines to ensure that tourism products in eco-sensitive areas adapt to vernacular architectural designs. This 'Sub-committee' will also draw up guidelines for setting up a Tribal Tourism circuit & home stay with total community involvement and also showcase the diverse culture of different tribes & assets like indigenous medicine, crafts etc. The State Government should come out with a policy of approving and promoting 'HOME STAYS' in village and tribal areas including those around Loktak Lake along trekking routes & nature and wild life parks and tribal village centres. D. Architecture & Design Classification Committee: The Ministry Tourism, Government of India norms for all tourism service providers should be implemented specially all aspects of safety, security, hygiene, sanitation, garbage segregation & disposal, pollution, energy & water conservation vernacular designs, parking etc, to be addressed. A criteria for all hotels for energy conservation & water management to be developed. 7.12 MANIPUR TOURISM DEVELOPMENT SOCIETY (MTDS) For professional and efficient management of the Tourism related activities the State Government would consider establishment of Manipur Tourism Development Society (MTDS) which would have more flexibility in operation and administration, thereby bringing in desired efficiency in promotion of tourism industry in the State. 7.13 TOURISM LITERATURE Government would update its tourism literature (both print and electronic) from time to time and disseminate it professionally besides uploading it on the concerned websites. A copy of the latest Tourism Brochure published by the Directorate of Tourism, Manipur is attached. mufwec s^erfeTT Introduction - 5 Culture & Traditions - 6-7 Flora & Fauna - 8-9 Handloom, Handicrafts & Fine Arts - 10-11 Festivals of Manipur - 12-15 Indigenous Sports - 16-19 Native Music & Cuisines - 20-21 Adventure Sports - 22-23 Medical Tourism - 24 Hospitality Industry - 25 Imphal City & Surrounding Areas - 26-29 Bishnupur District - 30-33 Thoubal District - 34 Chandel District - 35 Churachandpur District - 36 Ukhrul District - 37 Tamenglong District - 37 Senapati District - 38-39 Yellow Pages - 40-41 Travel Map - 42-43 II. J\ pur Tourism INTRODUCTION Manipur, fondly called by Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru as the “Jewel of India”, is a little Shangrila located in a lush green corner of North-East India between 23.83° & 25.68° North latitudes and 93.03° & 94.78° East longitudes. An oval shaped valley surrounded by nine ranges of bluish-green hills intertwined with cascading rapids, tripping rivers, carpets of flowers, exotic blooms and lazy lakes, she has inspired descriptions such as the “Switzerland of the East”. One of the most profound observations was made by Lady St.Clair Grimwood, author of ‘My Three Years in Manipur’ who described her as ‘A pretty place more beautiful than many snow places of the world’. Sharing an international border with Myanmar, the state has a strategic importance in India’s Look East Policy and is set to become the Gateway to South¬East Asia and an important tourist destination in the near future. The people of Manipur include Meities, Nagas, Gorkhas, Meitei Pangals, Kuki - Chin - Mizo groups and many other colorful communities who have co-existed in complete harmony over the centuries. These are people whose folklore, myths and legends, dances, indigenous games and martial arts, cuisines, exotic handlooms and handicrafts are invested with the mystique of nature and an indefatigable Joie de CULTURE & TRADITIONS Manipur is a mosaic of ancient traditions and rich cultural patterns. In the field of art and culture, the State is best represented by its classical and folk dance forms. Raas Leelas depict the Leelas (Sports) of Lord Krishna as a child with Gopies (Milkmaids) of Brindavan, and express their yearning for communion with the “Lord”. The Raas Dance is perfectly lyrical and has extremely graceful movements. A spring festival, the “Lai-Haraoba” held in April-May is symbolized by a traditional stylized and ritualistic dance performed for peace and prosperity. The tribal folk dances are an expression of nature, of creation, of aestheticism in the tribal way of life. One will be charmed by the colourful costumes, dances Flora & Fauna Blessed with an amazing variety of flora and fauna, 67% of the geographical area of Manipur are hill tracts covered with green forests. Churachandpur and Tamenglong districts in particular have vast areas covered with bamboo forests. In a small area of about 22,000 sq. km, Manipur has alpine forests of pines, grasslands and meadows at Dzuko and Shirui, coveted the world over. Some of the most beautiful and precious blooms and orchids abound in their natural habitat spreading their beauty and colour, stunning eyes that are not used to seeing them in such profusion. There are about 500 varieties of orchids which grow in Manipur of which 472 have been identified. The Hoolock Gibbon, Slow Loris, Spotted Linshang, Mrs. Hume’s Barbacked pheasant, Blyths Tragopan, Hornbills, etc. form only a small part of the rich natural heritage of Manipur. Nong-in is the State bird of Manipur. The handloom and handicrafts items of Manipur are sought after souvenirs for tourists. It is an indispensable aspect of the socio-economic life. There is a saying that every woman of Manipur is a born weaver. The more than 33 different communities in the State have imprinted upon their handloom products, exquisite designs peculiar to their communities. Manipur pottery is crafted without a potter's wheel. It is an enthralling experience to witness the potters of Andro, Thongjao and Nungbi deftly moulding an unbelievable range of earthenware. Beautiful pieces of art made of cane and bamboo form an important part of handicrafts. Tourists would like to take home a lifan, phak (weed mat), phiruk, Manipuri Dolls and a host of other beautiful carvings from various rare and exotic varieties of timber. Manipur Tourism FESTIVALS OF MANIPUR Manipur is a land of festivities, merriment and mirth all year round. A year in Manipur presents a cycle of festivals. Hardly a month passes without a festival or two being celebrated. To the Manipuris, festivals are symbols of their cultural, social and religious aspirations. Gang-Ngai - Festival of Kabui Nagas Celebrated for five days in the month of December/ January, Gang- Ngai is an important festival of the Kabui Nagas. The festival opens with the omen taking ceremony on the first day. The rest of the days are associated with common feast, dances of old men and women and of boys and girls, and presentation of gifts amongst others. Lui-Ngai-Ni It is a collective festival of the Nagas observed on the 15th day of February every year. This is a seed-sowing festival after which tribes belonging to the Naga group begin their cultivation. Social-gatherings, songs, dances and rejoicings highlight the festivity. This annual festival also plays a great role in boosting the morale and in strengthening the bond of Naga solidarity. Yaoshang (Holi) - Festival of Manipuri Hindus Celebrated for five days commencing from the full moon day of Phalguna (February/March), Yaoshang is an important festival of Manipur. The Thabal Chongba, a Manipuri folk dance where boys and girls hold hands together and sing and dance in a circle, is particularly associated with this festival. Yaoshang to Manipur is what Durga Puja is to Bengal, Diwali to North India and Bihu to Assam. Cheiraoba - The Manipuri New Year On the ocassion of Cheiraoba, special festive dishes are prepared which are first offered to various deities. Celebrated during the month of April, a part of the ritual entails villagers climbing the nearest hill tops in the belief that it will enable them to rise to greater heights in their worldly life. Kang (Rath Yatra) One of the greatest festivals of the Hindus of Manipur, this festival is celebrated for ten days in the month of July. Lord Jagannath leaves his temple in a chariot known as ‘Kang’ in Manipur pulled by devotees who vie with one another for this honour. Heikru Hitongba This is a boat racing festival celebrated in the month of September. Long narrow boats are used to accommodate a large number of rowers. Idol of Lord Vishnu is installed before the commencement of the race. Ningol Chak-kouba - a social festival of Manipuris It is the one of the biggest festivals of the Meiteis. Married daughters of the family come to their parental houses along with their children and enjoy sumptuous feasts. It is an ocassion for family reunion and gifting. It is celebrated on the second day of the new moon in the month of Hiyangei of the Manipuri lunar Calender system and falls usually in November Chumpha - Festival of the Tangkhul Nagas Celebrated for seven days in the month of December, the Chumpha festival is a great festival of the Tangkhul Nagas. The festival is held after the season’s harvest. The last three days are devoted to social gatherings and rejoicing. Unlike other festivals of the Tangkhul Nagas, here women play a special role in the INDIGENOUS SPORTS The tradition of sports finds its origin in the ancient history of Manipur - a history of small kingdoms which were in keen competition with one another. Wars among themselves and with Awa (Myanmar) had resulted in a martial tradition which in turn gave way to the development of various indigenous games. Thang Ta & Sarit Sarak (Manipuri Martial Arts) These are the Manipuri Martial Arts, the traditions of which have been passed down over the centuries. It is a very energetic and skillful art and was a way to hone one’s battle craft during peace time in the olden days when every Manipuri was a warrior who was required to serve his country in times of war. Today, these arts are being practised widely by even women and children alike. Khong Kangjei Like polo, Khong Kangjei, is also a very popular game for the Manipuris. The game is played between two teams with seven players on either side and each player is equipped with a bamboo stick about 4 ft. in length made in the form of the modern hockey stick. The game starts with a throw of a ball made from bamboo root in a field of 200 X 80 yards in area. A player may carry the ball in any manner to the goal. He may even kick it but he has to score the goal only by hitting the ball with his stick. There is no goal post and a goal is scored when the ball crosses the goal line completely. A player often encounters an opponent in his attempt at carrying or hitting the ball towards the goal. The encounter may develop into a trial of strength which is indigenously known as Mukna. The game requires much physical stamina, speed and agility. Yubi Lakpi means snatching in the Manipuri Language. Here each side has 7 players in a field measuring 45m x 18m in area. One end of the field has a rectangular box measuring 4.5m x 3m, one side of which forms the central portion of the goal line. To score a goal, a player has to approach the goal from the front with his oiled coconut and pass the goal line. The coconut serves the purpose of a ball and is offered to the king or the judges who sit just beyond the goal line. However, in ancient times, the teams were not equally matched as the player with the coconut had to tackle all the rest of the player. Mukna (Manipuri Wrestling) This is a game similar to wrestling played between two male rivals for trial of strength by use of sheer physical strength and skill. Athletes of the same or approximately the same physical built, weight or age are made to compete with each other. Mukna is a highly popular game. In the olden days, the game enjoyed royal patronage. INDIGENOUS SPORTS Kang Played out between two teams on the mud floor of a big out-house, fixed targets are hit with the "Kang", a flat and oblong object made of either ivory or lac. Normally each team has 7 male partners. The game is also played as a mixed-doubles contest. Played strictly during the period between ‘Cheiraoba’ and the Rath Yatra festival, Manipuris religiously adhere to its time¬frame as popular belief holds that in case the game is played outside the prescribed period, evil spirits would invade the mind of players and spectators alike. Hiyang Tannaba (Boat Race) Associated with religious rites, this boat race is generally held in the month of November at Thangapat and at the Loktak lake. The boat called Hiyang Hiren is believed to be invested with spiritual powers. The Meiteis believe that worship of the Hiyang Hiren will negate evil omens. The rowers wear traditional dresses and head gears. The game is also conducted during times of natural calamity. Sagol Kangjei (Polo) The Manipuri Sagol Kangjei has been adopted by the International Community and is now played worldwide as Polo. The 'PUYAS1 trace it to the mythological age when the game was believed to be played by the Gods. The game is played between two teams with 7 players on each side mounted on Ponies which are often not more than 4/5 feet in height. Each player is equipped with a polo stick made of cane having a narrow angled wooden head fixed at the striking end. The ball is made from bamboo root. The mounted players hit the ball into the goal. Extremely vigorous, the game is now played in two styles - the PANA or original Manipuri style and the international style as Polo. It is exhilarating to see Manipuri players in their sixties riding ponies at full gallop and playing Sagol Kangjei with gusto. The ponies are also decorated fully with various guards protecting the eyes, forehead, flanks, etc. The British learned the game of Sagol Kangjei in the 19th Century from Manipur and after refinement, it was introduced to the world as Polo. Manipur Tourism 擊觀 上，-i.崦冬乂皱染紅.:如遽：七 Traditional Music Manipur is a land of music and dance. Pung, Kartal, Mangkang, Bansuri and Sembong are the soul of Manipuri Sankritana music and Classical Manipuri Dance. It assumes an important ritual character as an indispensable part of social and devotional ceremonies. Pena is a string instrument which is played by fiddling somewhat similar to the Ektara of Bengal. The tribes of the hills use a wide range of wind musical instruments made of bamboo. Puleh, Toutri, Theibe, Theiphit and Relru are some of the popular tribal musical instruments. Reuben Mashangva, a popular Tangkhul folk artist, has been successfully popularising the traditional music of the Tangkhuls. Native Cuisine Manipuri cuisine is simple and healthy. Dishes are typically boiled, smoked or spicy foods that use chilli pepper. The staple diet of Manipur consists of rice, leafy vegetables, fish and meat. ‘Ngari’ or fermented fish is a popular ingredient in the dishes. ‘Umorok’，an extremely hot chilli is another favourite ingredient among the people. The meals are simple but very well prepared. One has to taste them to believe it. Manipur Mridanga Pung Cholom Adventure Adventure Tourism A variety of Adventure Tourism facilities are available in the State. The Manipur Mountaineering and Trekking Association (MMTA), the Manipur Adventure and Allied Sports Institute (MAASI) and the Adventure Academy of Manipur are engaged in promotion of these facilities. There are numerous land, water and air based adventure sports sites across the State, such as, the Loktak lake: for water sports; the Barak river: for rafting; the Mount Iso along with Dzuko Valley famous for its endemic Dzuko Lily (Lilium chitrangadae) and the Shirui Hill famous for the rare Shirui Lily (Lilium mackliniae): for mountain climbing and trekking; the Tharon and Khangkhui Caves: for caving adventures; and the Koirengei Old Airfield and Nongmaiching foot-hills at Wakha: for hang gliding, paragliding and parasailing are some of the celebrated adventure sports and eco-tourism sites. The Adventure and Leadership Park run by the Manipur Mountaineering Institute (MMI) of the MMTA, located at Lamdan, near the Loktak Hydro-Electric Project, about 35km. from Imphal, over an area of around 250 hectares with natural rock is the first of its kind in India. MEDICAL TOURISM JNIMS&RIMS Hospitals These Government Hospitals offer tertiary healthcare services to the public. Specialists and supercialists are readily available to cater to the needs of patients. The state Government endeavours to promote medical tourism, backed by its huge number of medical professionals, and provide world class medical facilities at very competitive and affordable prices. Shija Hospitals and Research Institute, Langol Shija Hospitals is an ISO 9001:2008 certified private healthcare institute in Manipur providing advanced healthcare technology with humane touch. Shija Hospitals located at environment friendly Langol is 200 bedded and has 5 modern operation theatres and 18 bedded fully functional ICU. The Hospital has becomes the only centre in Eastern India having, under one-roof, the total ‘state of the art' solution for treatment of stones at different locations of the body viz., Lap-Chole, Lap-CBD Exploration, ERCP, ESWL, PCNL, URS, CLT and Lap- Urosurgery. The Neuroscience centre has all the requisite resource in its Neurosurgery and Neurology unit. Also SHRI is today a premier institute in India for minimally invasive surgery (MIS), viz., Laparoscopic Surgery, Arthroscopy, Thoracoscopy, Functional Endoscopic Sinus Surgery (FESS) and Upper and Lower GI Endoscopic procedures. The hospital has also been awarded Guinness World record for removing the largest neck tumor in the world from a 12 day old baby. HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY The Hotel Imphal Located in the heart of Imphal, Hotel Imphal is one of the finest hotels in the city, run and managed by the Manipur Tourism Department. The Hotel is located in a spacious environment with gardens and with all modern amenities to provide all comforts to any visiting tourist. The spacious surroundings coupled with efficient services make this hotel the perfect choice for any tourist visiting Manipur. The Classic Hotel The Classic Hotel, Imphal, is a three star category and an ISO 2200:2005 Certified hotel in the State. The hotel offers 59 luxurious rooms, multi-cuisine speciality restaurant, a modern fitness centre, a traditional handloom boutique, a business centre, 24-hour room service, Wi-Fi internet connectivity, spacious basement car park, concierge service, travel desk, 24-hour power back-up, doctor on call, laundry service, credit card / debit card payment facilities, electronic safety lockers, to-and-fro transport facility from the airport, taxi service, centralized air-conditioned conference and banquet facilities at its two major conference halls, a mini-conference hall, an executive board-room and many others. SHREE SHREE GOVINDAJI TEMPLE ■BBI i ^ ^ 广 I A historic Vaishnavite centre, adjoining the royal palce of Manipur's former Maharajas', the Govindajee temple is one of the more popular destination for the tourists. Twin domes, a paved courtyard, and a large raised congregation hall form a perfect backdrop for priests who descend the steps, to accept offerings from devotees in the courtyard. The shrines of Lord Krishna and Balaram and Jagannath flank the two sides of the presiding deity. Early hour Prayer (Aarti) is a must for devoted followers, The seat of Manipur's power till 1891, the historical embodiment of Manipuri Rulers and the people of Manipur, Kangla has a special place in the hearts and minds of the people of Manipur. The old Govindajee temple, outer and inner moat and other relics are perfect reflections of the rich art and architectural heritage of Manipur. 麵. War Cemetery This interesting Museum near the Polo Ground, has a fairly good collection and display of Manipur’s tribal heritage and a collection of portraits of Manipur’s former rulers. Particularly interesting are the costumes, arms & ammunitions, relics and historical documents on display. The Manipur Zoological Garden at Iroisemba is only 6 kms. on the Imphal- Kangchup Road at the foot of pine growing hillocks. Here, apart from various endangered species, tourists will have an opportunity to see the graceful brow-antlered deer (Sangai), one of the rarest endangered species of deer in the world, in sylvan surroundings. Manipur Tourism Khonghampat Orchidarium Located 10 kms. from Imphal on National Highway No. 2 is a Central Orchidarium spread over 200 acres and housing over 110 rare varieties of orchids, including dozens of endemic species. The peak blooming season is March-April. Mutua Museum This Museum is a Cultural Complex located at Andro village, about 26 kms. from the capital. Here artifacts of Nupi Lal Memorial Complex the State and from all over the North-East are housed, such as pottery, rare coins, rare manuscripts of the state, The complex is a tribute to the courageous paintings, basketries, bell metals, jewelleries, wood fighting for justice against the British on 12th different tribes and ethnic groups of the state such as December, 1939. 27 kms. from Imphal on the Tiddim Road, is a picturesque town situated at the foot hills that rolls down to the valley. The 15th century Vishnu Temple built of peculiarly small bricks supposedly of Chinese influence during the reign of King Kiyamba is of historical importance. Bishnupur is also famous for its chiselled stoneware. Red Hill (Lokpaching) Red Hill is a hillock about 16 kms. from Imphal on Tiddim Road NH - 150. It is a site where British and Japanese soldiers had fought a fierce battle during World War-II. War Veterans had constructed “India Peace Memorial”，a monument in memory of Japanese soldiers who died in the battle. It is also a place of pilgrimage for Japanese tourists. Loukoi Pat This tiny lake located near the Tiddim Road on NH - 150 at Bishnupur is a retreat for visitors from within and outside the state. Boating facilities and the scenic beauty of the place is mesmerising for the visitors. Sadu Chiru Waterfall (Sadar Hills) Kangchup (Sadar Hills) Located 16 kms. from Imphal towards the west, is a healthy resort on the hills over-looking the Manipur valley. The scenery is picturesque and worth seeing. With the construction of Singda Dam here, the place has become one of the more popular picnic spots. — ■-’■〜、--^-吻》«r,—■wii»^«»*ft^*»**IMliM(^t|itfiiagMggaiyi5a at Lake on small islands that are actually floating weeds associated with which are various aspects of life of the local inhabitants. The local dwellers live in the backdrop of the shimmering blue waters of the Lake, labyrinthine boat routes and colourful water plants. The Sendra Tourist Home with an attached Cafeteria is a sought after tourist spot. Boating and other water sports are organised here at Takmu Water Sports Complex. Keibul Lamjao National Park The only floating National Park in the world, the Keibul Lamjao National Park located on the Loktak Lake is the last natural habitat of the "Sangai1 (Rucervus eldii eldii), the dancing deer of Manipur. A glimpse of the deer in this unique wetland ecosystem is a must for any wildlife enthusiast. Other wildlife to be seen include: Hog Deer, Otter, a host of water fowls and migratory birds, the latter usually sighted during November to March. The Forest Department of Manipur maintains watch towers and two rest houses within the park. Moirang Located 45 kms. from Imphal, and situated near the Loktak lake, this town is one of the main centres of early Meitei folk culture. An ancient temple of the pre-Hindu deity, Lord Thangjing, is situated here. In the month of May, men and women, dressed in colourful traditional costumes sing and dance in honour of the Lord at the Moirang “Lai Haraoba”，a ritual dance festival held annually. This town also has a special place in the history of India’s Freedom Struggle. It was at Moirang that the flag of the Indian National Army was first unfurled on April 14, 1944. The INA Museum which has a collection of letters, photographs, badges of ranks and other war memorabilia reminds the visitors of the noble sacrifices made by the INA soldiers under the charismatic leadership of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose. Khongjom War Memorial Khongjom War Memorial, Located 36 kms. from Imphal on the Indo- Myanmar road has an important historical significane. It was here that Major General Paona Brajabashi, one of the great warriors of Manipur proved his valor against the superior might of the invading British Army in 1891. The hillock at the foot of which he laid down his life in defence of the motherland, is reminiscent of the past heroic deeds of Manipuri warriors. A war memorial has been constructed atop Kheba hill. Khongjom Day is observed every year on 23rd April here. Kakching Garden at Uyok Ching A beautiful artificial garden on the way to Moreh, it has many exotic native flowers, herbs, orchids, etc. and is a must-visit for any domestic or foreign tourist. This is a busy commercial town on the Indo-Myanmar 110 kms. from Imphal. A shopping paradise for shoppers, sundry products ranging from electronics to daily consumables are available in plenty. This place holds importance for visiting tourists not only for being a border town but also for providing a unique opportunity for experiencing the different through the neighbouring border town of Tamu which is only 5 kms. away across the border. There are numerous hotels providing accomodation at affortable prices for a comfortable stay at Moreh. Churachandpur It is located along the Tiddim Road, 60 kms. from Imphal and is one of the most beautiful places for sight seeing and holidaying. It is a bustling tribal town and district headquarter where products of ^ local arts and crafts stand out in the local market. Kuki-Chin-Mizo groups are the dominant tribes of this district. Manipur Mountaineering Institute, Lamdan Located about 44 kms. from Imphal, this Institute is the first of its kind in North East India. Adventure Sports training in Spidernet, Burma Bridge, Parasailing, Rock Climbing, Hill Trekking and many others are imparted here. The Institute is managed by the Manipur Mountaineering & Trekking Association (MMTA). Ukhrul Ukhrul, the highest hill station of the state is located at a distance of 83 kms. to the east of Imphal. Ukhrul is the home of a colourful warrior tribe, the Tangkhul Nagas. The Tangkgul Nagas are of the oldest major tribes of Manipur. Shirui Hills and Khangkhui Lime Caves are interesting places for excursions located in this district. Shirui Hills These hills are also known for a unique species of land-lily, the Shirui Lily, which grows at a height of 8,500 ft. This beautiful lily which grows only in this part of the world, blooms during May-June. TAMENGLONG DISTRICT Tamenglong Deep gorges, mysterious caves, splendid waterfalls and exotic orchids are what one will find in the district headquarter of Tamenglong District. The Tharon Cave, Buning Meadow, Zilad Lakes and Barak Waterfalls are some of the sought after places of tourist interest. The Rongmei, Longmei and Zemei Nagas are the dominant tribes of Tamenglong. This beautiful place is located at a distance of 156 kms. from Imphal. SENAPATI DISTRICT Senapati It is the district headquarter of the northern hill district of Senapati located along the National Highway No-2. Some historical places which are unique in itself and are worth visiting are the old village of Yangkhullen, built on a steep hill; Makhel, the place where the Nagas are believed to have originated; the unexplored Haolaipai Supao Deikulu cave in Phuba Thapham; Dzuko valley; besides many others which still lay virgin, waiting to be explored. Mao, the oldest hill station in the State, is located in Senapati district on the Manipur - Nagaland border. Dzuko Valley It is a truly mesmerising green valley and easily the most pictureque place in Senapati District located bordering Nagaland. It is famous for the rare terrestrial lily called “ Dzuko Lily” and the enchanting snow clad valley during January & February. The highest peak of Manipur “Mount Iso” is also located behind this valley. YELLOW PAGE Where you should look for Handloom & Handicrafts 1. Panthoibi Manipur Emporium, Paona Bazar, Imphal ( A Government of Manipur Undertaking). Tel: 2451495 2. Kangla Emporium (M.D.S.), RIMS Road, Imphal. Tel: 2452968 3. Eastern Handloom & Handicrafts, Paona Bazar, Imphal. Tel: (M) 9856262828/8014169052 4. Ima Market, Khwairamband Bazar, Imphal. 5. Ningthibee Collections, Nagamapal, Imphal. 6. Crafts Centre, Sagolband, Imphal. 7. Emoinu Co-operative Emporium, Uripok, Imphal. 8. Wangkhei Leima Collection, Yonglan Leirak, Imphal East. 9. Rani Phi, Wangkhei Lourembam Leikai, Imphal East. 10. RKCS Art Gallery, Keisamthong, Imphal. http://www.rkcsartgallery.com 11. SACH, Khongman Mangjil, Imphal East. http://www.sach-manipur.com Where to stay Conveniently located in the heart of the Imphal City, there are a number of Government as well as privately run hotels with all modern amenities, attentive services suited for both leisure travellers & businessmen. 1. Hotel Imphal, North AOC, Imphal (Tourism Department, Government of Manipur). Tel: 2421373/2423372 2. State Guest House, Sanjenthong, Imphal (Government of Manipur). Tel: 2451212 3. The Classic Hotel, North AOC, Imphal. Tel: 2443967/2443969 http://www.theclassichotel.in 4. Hotel Nirmala, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2458904/2459014 5. Hotel White Palace, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2452322 8. Hotel Tampha, North AOC., Imphal. Tel: 2451486/2405479 9. Hotel Avenue, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2241173 10. Youth Hostel, Khuman Lampak, Imphal. Tel: 2453422 11. State Youth Centre, YAS Department, Government of Manipur, Khuman Lampak, Imphal. Tel: 2320014 12. Hotel Anand Continental, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. Tel: 2449422/2449433 13. Hotel Kristina, Pologround Road, Paona Bazar. Tel: 2445255/ 2242093 14. Mass Hotel, Assembly Road, Imphal. Tel: 2444342/ 2452797 15. Hotel Yaisana, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. AIRLINES AirIndia: M.G. Avenue, Imphal, Tel :2450199 Tulihal Airport: Tel: 2455074 Jet Airways (I) Ltd.: Tel : 2455054 Indigo: Tel : 2455368/69 Kingfisher: Tel :2433013 North East Shuttle: Tel : 2455111/ 09862207568 TRAVEL AGENCIES Seven Sisters Holidays, M.G. Avenue, Majorkhul Crossing, Imphal. Tel: 2443977/9957171551/9206188454 Pioneer Travels, B.T. Road, Imphal. Tel: 2451248/2451997 Haokip Travel Agency, Hotel Nirmala, MG Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2443044/2452772 Goodwill Travels, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. Tel: 2450532/2450076 Seven Sisters Air Travel, M.G. Avenue. Tel: 2445373 Pureiromba Travels, Palace Gate, Imphal. Tel: 2441211/9436038595/9862009521 Banks All major Nationalised Banks have branches in Manipur with SBI, UBI, Axis, ICICI having ATM facilities in some of the Branch offices in Imphal. POSTAL AND COURIER SERVICES/ TELEGRAPH -General Post Offices, Imphal (SPEED POST) and other facilities are available. -Blue Dart, M.G. Avenue. Tel: 2231281 -Overnite Express, Paona Bazar. Tel: 2451993 -Desk to Desk Courier, M.G. Avenue. HOSPITALS -Jawaharlal Nehru Institute of Medical Sciences(JNIMS), Porompat, Imphal. Tel: (Casualty)-2223516/2450385 -Regional Institute of Medical Sciences(RIMS), Lamphelpat, Imphal. Tel: (Casualty/ emergency) 2310478/2310411/2414478 - Shija Hospitals & Research Institute, Langol, Imphal.Tel: 2414252 - Imphal Hospital, RIMS Road, Imphal. Tel: 2410333/2411353 -Langol View Clinic, RIMS Link Road, Imphal. Tel: 2414679/2416288 Raj Polyclinic, North AOC, Imphal. HOW TO GET TO MANIPUR Manipur can be reached through Airways & Roadways. Railways will be functional from 2016. AIR COMMUNICATION Imphal is the second largest airport in the region. Imphal is connected to Kolkata, New Delhi, Guwahati, Aizawl, Dimpaur and Silchar by Air India, Jet Airways, Indigo, Kingfisher & NE Shuttles. ROADS Private owned and managed deluxe coaches run daily from Imphal to Guwahati and Dimapur and back thus facilitating along the 3 National Highways viz., (1) NH-2 Via Nagaland (2) NH-37 via Silchar and (3) N.H.-150 via Mizoram crisscrossing the state and connecting all the districts. Kolkata Manipur Bhawan 26, Rowland Road (Near Max Muller Bhawan), Kolkata-700020, Tel: 033-24747939, 24742453 Reception: 033-24866937/24758163, Fax: 033-24542453 Guwahati: Guwahati Manipur Bhawan, Rajgarh Road, Guwahati - 781003, Tel: 0361-2540707 Fax: 0361-451968 Imphal: Reception Counter, Imphal Airport. (Tourism Deptt. Govt. of Manipur) CONDUCTED TOURS & TRAVEL PACKAGE I. PIONEER TRAVELS BT ROAD, IMPHAL 795001, MANIPUR, INDIA. Phone: 91385-2451997, FAX: 91385-2451248, Mobile: 919856031401,919436026591 pioneertrvls@rediffmail.com , pioneertrvls@yahoo.co.in , dusarigopal@rediffmail.com TOUR CODE - VM/01 (IMPHAL-MOIRANG itinerary for 3 days/2 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to INA Museum Moirang then to Loktak Lake. Further proceed to Keibul Lamjao National Park, the world's only floating park which houses the unique Sangai deer. Return to Imphal. Lunch at hotel. Visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market. Dinner and stay in hotel. Breakfast at Hotel. Proceed to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar and RKCS Art Gallery. Proceed to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 9,500/- per person excluding air fare. TOUR CODE - VM/02 (IMPHAL-MOREH-MOIRANG itinerary for 4 days/3 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to Moreh. Visit to Namphalong Myanmarese Market. Lunch at Moreh. Return to Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 03: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed toINAMuseumMoirangthento Loktak Lake. Return toImphal. Visit to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar, Shree Shree Govindaji Temple and RKCS Art Gallery. Further visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 04: Breakfast at Hotel. Proceed to. Proceed to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 10,500/- per person excluding air fare. TOUR CODE - VM/03 (IMPHAL-MOREH-MOIRANG itinera^ for 5 days/4 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Visit to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar and Manipur State Museum. Proceed to Moreh. Lunch at Moreh. Visit to Namphalong Myanmarese Market. Dinner and stay in Moreh. DAY 03: After breakfast, proceed to Tamu in Myanmar. After lunch, return to Imphal. Visit to RKCS Art Gallery. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 04: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to INA Museum Moirang then to Loktak Lake. Further proceed to Keibul Lamjao National Park, the world's only floating park which houses the unique Sangai deer. Return to Imphal. Lunch at hotel. Visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market.. DAY 05: Breakfast at Hotel. Visit to Nupilal Memorial Complex. Transfer to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 12,500/- per person excluding air fare. FOR DETAILS- PLEASE CONTACT TOUR OPERATORS Tourist Information Centre Manipur Information Centre C-7 Baba Kharag Singh Marg, New Delhi - 110001 Fax: 011-23746361, Tel: 011-23746359 NEW DELHI MANIPUR BHAWANS Manipur Bhawan (Old) 2-Sardar Patel Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi - 110021 Reception :011-26873311/26870103/26870122/45750800 49/50/ 26873311 Fax : 011-26111803 Bir Tikendrajit Bhawan (New) Bir Tikendrajit Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi -110021 Reception: 011-26870098/26113150 II. SEVEN SISTERS HOLIDAYS MG AVENUE, IMPHAL 795001, MANIPUR, INDIA. Phone: 91385-24439^, Mobile: 919957171551,919436085741 http://www.sevensistersholidays.com , email: 7sistersholidays@gmail.com http://sevensistersholidays.com/itineraries.asp TOUR No. 5 (Exclusive Manipur itinerary for 5 days/4 nights) DAY 1: Arrival at IMPHAL. On arrival transfer to Hotel . Afternoon visit to Shree Shree Govindaji Temple. Overnight in Imphal DAY 2: Day trip to Keibul Lamjao National Park, Loktak Lake, INA Memorial, Japanese War Memorial. Overnight in Imphal DAY 3: Visit Andro Heritage Village. Afternoon local sightseeing of Imphal. Kangla Fort, Ima Market, World War II Cemetery. Overnight in Imphal DAY 4: Day trip to Ukhrul, about 84 km kilometers to the North East of Imphal. The place is inhabited by Tangkhul Tribes. The life and art of Tangkhuls are attractive and captivating. Overnight in Imphal DAY 5: Transfer to Airport. Tour Ends. 4^ MAP OF IMPHAL (Not to scale) ORCHID 'ijARD KHONGAMPAT 6 奉皋專甲 苹桌奉.桌.身 乂本丰本 v A ^ ^ ^ \ ， 表本皋本 \ \ ▲矣▲ > 於本 未桌丰 单桌 LEGEND State Boundary District Boundary — NoYiodol Highwoy^ —一 • Stafe Highways Place of Tourisf Interest 畢 Tourist Home Lodge @ lake M Department of Tourism Govt, of Manipur, North AOC, Imphal

Global Print Expo https://www.fespa.com/ FESPA Global Print Expo 2021: where color comes to life. Global Print Expo is the largest international specialized printing exhibition in Europe. The event will be open from March 9 to 12, 2021 at the RAI Exhibition Center in Amsterdam. Hundreds of exhibitors will showcase their latest innovations and product launches for the digital and screen printing sectors for graphics, signage, decoration, packaging, industrial applications and textiles.

Chhattisgarh Tourism Policy Tourism Policy GOVERNMENT OF CHHATTISGARH Tourism in Chhattisgarh An assessment report Ms. Nimisha Jha, ICAS Deputy Secretary, SPC 2015 S T A T E P L A N N I N G C O M M I S S I O N Table of Contents No Topic Page No 1 Tourism India-An Overview 3 2 Distinct Features of 5 Chhattisgarh 3 Life of the People-Socio 9 Cultural traditions 4 Tourism in Chhattisgarh- 15 Present Scenario 5 Assessment of Chhattisgarh 21 vis a vis other states 6 Way Forward 24 7 Case Study I 27 8 Case Study II 28 Tourism in India-An Overview India with its composite culture, secular fervor, multitude of ethnic groups and diverse geographical features is in an advantageous position to respond to the upswing in the Tourism and hospitality sector. India with her beautiful blend of religion, spirituality, art and history is at a central position to catch the attention of tourists from across the globe. Tourism is one of the fastest growing industries in the world. The dynamic growth of this industry is evident from the fact that globally tourism accounts for more than 11% of the global GDP and 8% of the world trade employment. Foreign exchange earnings from the tourism sector in India during 1998-99 were estimated at Rs.12,011 crore. Tourism1 has thus become the second largest net foreign exchange earner for the country. Tourism also contributed Rs.24,241 crore during 1998-99 towards the country’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Domestic tourist visits to states/ UTs grew at the rate of 12.5 percent CAGR during 2006 - 2010 period to reach 7,402 lakhs in 2010. Foreign Tourist arrival grew at 11 percent CAGR during the same period and reached 179 lakhs in 2010. 1 Ministry of Tourism(www.gov.in ) WTTC Travel and Tourism Economic Impact 2012 Tourism in India has generated 6.4 trillion or 6.6 % of India’s GDP in 2012.It supported 39.5 million jobs or 12.36% of its total employment foreign tourist in India between January to November 2014 were 65.85 lakh with a YoY growth of 7.1% At the National tourism awards 2013-14, President Pranab Mukherjee stated that tourism is an agent of development, engine of growth and employment generation in India. To attract more foreign tourists to India, Government launched a Scheme of “Visa on Arrival” (VOA) for 43 countries in 2014. . There was also an increase in issuance of Visas on Arrival (VoA). In May 2014, 1,833 VoAs were issued as compared to 1,114 VoAs during 2013, marking a growth of 64.5 per cent. Distinct features of Chhattisgarh Chhattisgarh is in central part of India and was part of erstwhile Madhya Pradesh. It was recognized as a separate state in the year 2000 with Raipur as its capital city. The state shares her borders with Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Jharkhand and Utter Pradesh. Blessed with abundance of nature, wildlife arts, culture ,handicraft and a plethora of resources; its virgin beauty is still untouched and unexplored by the common man thus the land being a sure treat to visitors and tourists. This new state is located on the oldest rocks of the Indian subcontinent. Here one can find Archaean granites and gneisses as well as the Gondwana formations dating back to 250-300 million years bearing coal deposits. Popularly known as the rice bowl of India the state is famous for its rich mineral deposits, unexplored tourist circuits , dense forest cover with rich biodiversity habitat covering 80% of the state .It can boast of having 3 national parks,11 wild life sanctuaries and 30 plus significant waterfalls and abundant caves. Unique in nature, its culture dates back to thousands of years. The exact history of the state cannot be outlined but it has been traced that lord Ram stayed here during his exile days and the region was refereed as Dakshin Kosala in the ancient times; the earliest clue from historical era is an Ashokan stone inscription of 257 BC The tribal population makes up the majority of this region and its culture. And some of the oldest tribes still live in the region and each tribe have their own unique customs, traditions and lifestyle. By promising sights and surprises almost enthralling, this comparatively new state of the Indian republic is finding its own identity .Raipur city is the only airport for the state which is an ideal point for travelers who can proceed on their journey to other destinations. In this milieu the tourism sector has to be geared to establish a niche to project the state in the national scenario, thus picking up threads to create space in the international arena with an uncanny ability to create excellence. Zonal Classification of the tourist attractions in the state Zones Major Tourist Destinations Pilgrimage Wildlife Sanctuaries Archeology Raipur  any attractions in the historic city of Raipur Gangrel Dam  hillai Steel Plant  aya Raipur  awardha Palace  hamparan  axman Mandir  ajim  rang  agpura  ongargarh  horamdev  irodpuri(Satnami sect)  amakheda(Majo r centre for Kabir Panthi Barnawapara Sirpur  sect) anekra Bilaspur  adkudweep  atanpur Achanak Marg Tala Malhar   any beautiful dams like Buka Bango,Khutaghat, Kota ,khudiya,Satringa  hivni Narayan handrhasni temple at chandrapur    oal Mines oddess temple at Malhar ower Plant  emples at Pali and Chaiturgud(Korb a) Bastar  Barsoor    Kutumb sur caves  Tirathg arh and Chitrakoot Water falls  Kanker Palace  anteshwari temple emple in jagdalpur  anger valley national park ndrawati Sarguja    ainpat ahamaya ipadhi  temple oriya water falls  ailash caves  annapat  unkurri church  amgad Source-Self compilation through different online materials Life of the people-Socio cultural traditions2 One beautiful aspect which has been a part of the tribal is their love for music and dance. This also displays the deep rooted cultural strength of the tribals. A recreational activity, music and dance makes up their daily lives. It is also a means used to entertain visitors and tourists or any tribal event. Number of tribal groups makes up this region, all with their unique customs, traditions and lifestyle. Music which displays different tunes taking the tune of folk, classic and modern, dance has its features too. And with tribal dance, there are dozens in form. Some of the forms of tribal dance are Panthi, Pandwani, Rawat Nacha, Soowa Nacha and Karma. Musical instruments also play an 2 Booklet by Sampan Media pvt ltd for Chhattisgarh Tourism Board important role in their dance and music. Mandar drum and the Jhanjh are two folk instruments. Panthi and Padwani (a folk ballad) forms of dance are practiced by tribes of the Durg district. Padwani is a form of musical recital. Depending on the story, the leading character takes centre stage. Vedamati and Kapalik are two forms of style to present the Padwani dance. In Vedamati form, a narrator narrates while in Kapalik form, scenes from the selected story are enacted. During festivals and special occasions, the Stananmi community sing and dance before their idol Jaitkham. The Yaduvanshis (clan of Yadu) practise the Rawat Nacha form of dance. In this form, the performance is in praise of Lord Krishna, on Dev Uthani Ekadashi, the eleventh day after Diwali. Another famous form of theatre is Nacha. Popular as the Parrot Dance, the womenfolk dance circling a parrot placed in the middle. One can witness this dance in Bilaspur during the Rawat Nach Mahotsav folk dance festival. The tribes of Gonds, Baigas and Oraons practice the Karma form of dance. In this form of dance, men and women dance following the lead of a singer. With the end of rainy season and the beginning of spring season, the tribals practice this dance. The humorous skits of Nacha incorporate issues of social awareness. Thus Chhattisgarh is blessed with many indigenous performing arts of unique dance style, melodious folk songs and colorful dance dramas. A visit to this beautiful place will only be complete when one can also experience the uniqueness of the region. Folk Songs As part of its rich cultural heritage, Chhattisgarh folk songs hold a prominent place in the state. Tribes like Gond, Kamar, Kanver,Korva perform all festivals and rituals with their folk songs. Sohar Songs at the time of birth of a son. Sua Songs-are very popular in the Bilaspur and Dantewada, Sung specially during Dussera and Diwali celebrations. Khuduwa-Generally sung in native dialect and are part of every festival and celebration that takes place in the state. Pathoni song is also integral, sung during gauna , an auspicious occasion that bids adieu to a newlywed wife. Cher Chera song is a style that celebrates the growth of crops, closely L associated with tribal lifestyle. T Danda Songs composed of simple and poetic expression and enchanting Sadri a melodies reflects rich musical heritage of Chhattisgarh. e most widely used dialects are Surgujia ,Kalanga, Sadri Korwa, Baigani etc. whatever be the language or dialect the script is essentially Devnagari Handicrafts Chhattisgarh nurtures some unique kind of handicrafts that are fundamental aspect of the state. The well known varieties are traditional bell metal, bamboo craft and craft items made of wood. chhatisgarh is also well known for the metal crafts, jewellery, and paintings. Amazing wood carvings, bamboo work/furniture, figures of terracotta, tribal jewellery and clay artifacts are some specialties of the place. Bell Metal Bastar and Raigarh districts of Chhatisgarh are popular for crafting bell metal handicrafts using brass and bronze. Tribes such as Ghadwas of Bastar and Jharas of Raigarh mainly practice this art form called Dokra. This is done with lost wax technique or hollow casting Dokra metal is perhaps the only living tradition of metal image making in eastern India. The technique has managed to survive many centuries and the change of dynasties owing to its modesty of application in everyday lives of traditional lives of traditional tribal people of Bastar, Chhattisgarh. The artifacts prepared from dokra technique use the Cow dung, paddy husk and the red soil in the preparation, beeswax being the most important one. Apart from contouring wax wires are also used for decoration purposes and for giving a finishing touch to artifacts. Iron Craft The ironsmiths or lohars of Kondagaon village in Bastar have been engaged in iron craft for generations together .The iron objects are made by hammering them into shape; they are not cast or molded. The hot iron is beaten repeatedly to the desired shape while the unnecessary portion is cut away and filed to remove the sharp edges. Wood Carving Over the years wood has been used for carving objects and other forms of carpentry. A tribe called Badhais is skilled in this craft. Traditional wood carving in Chhattisgarh is an ancient craft, the skills of which are passed from generation to generation. The craftsmen are rich in experience and make products such as fixtures of houses, pillars, bows and arrows. Clay Pottery and Terracotta This art represents rituals and customs of tribal life in the state and symbolizes their emotions. Votive terracotta figures are found widely in the districts of Bastar, Sarguja. This is the oldest form of art dating back to 7000Bc as the remains of this craft can be traced to Neolithic period. Tumba Craft This is specific of Bastar region , where hollow gourd shells as containers are used by the tribals to store water and salfi.This art form is unique as different lamp shades and exquisite hanging have found expression in this art form Bamboo The well known craftsmen Kamars of Raipur use bamboo in the construction of houses and fences as well as for making bows and arrows ,hunting tools, fish and bird traps. Narayanpur district is acclaimed to have state of the art machinery and artisans working in bamboo under National Bamboo Mission. Painting Traditional wall painting of the state is associated with rituals .Floors and walls are painted with colours and in almost every instance the depiction being associated with some ritual. These painting originated in the tribal area of the central India which is presently in Madhya Pradesh, Paintings are occasion based and done during child birth, marriages etc. Tattooing For the tribals of this place, tattoo lauds for social importance and is done all over the body .This is done at early age of seven and done till the time of marriage. Tatoo are considered as social security codes which remain with women at the time of death when all the ornaments are removed. Tribal Jewellery and Costumes Simple yet maverick the jewellery symbolizes a way of life among these rural folks. Intricately made of beads (bones, seeds, woods) worn as laces, ropes, fillets and collars. Jewellery in Chhattisgarh is crafted in gold , silver ,bronze and mixed metal. Tribal men and women both wear these customary ornaments .Iron, brass and copper wires are worn into armlets, gold is mainly worn in the ear, nose and neck too. Silver worn on the neck as a hoop on the legs as a square-bar anklet. These ornaments can be purchased from local hats or bazaars across Bastar area. The costumes are a display of vibrant colors mainly in linen, silk and cotton fabrics .The technique of fabric making is essentially from Madhya Pradesh which mainly comprises of batik, tie-dye etc. the costumes worn here are like other parts of India, use of color is however central to their attire. Thus the social customs and ways of life of the people of the state speaks volumes of its priceless tradition and moorings revelation to its maverick history and illustrious heritage ,This can be the real USP for the state if marketed and branded as a invaluable souvenir of Indian Civilization. Tourism in Chhattisgarh –Present Scenario The data below is compiled from various sources indicating the inflow of tourists in the state, both Domestic and foreign which gives some indication of the present status of the tourism sector for the state. Growth in total number of tourists visiting Chhattisgarh (2008-14) Tourist Visits (in Lakhs) 2008 2009 2010 Domestic Tourists 4.43 5.12 5.66 Foreign Tourist 0.01 0.01 0.02 Total 4.4 5.13 5.68 Source-India Tourism Statistics, Ministry of Tourism, New Delhi Compared to average growth rate of 12.5 %, the number of tourists in Chhattisgarh has grown by CAGR of 14.35% during the 2011-2014 period. The number of tourists, both foreign and national has increased over the period from 143 lakhs to 244 lakhs. This trend is quite encouraging and has shown a positive reaction in response to the incentives offered by state government. However we still need to orient our tourism efforts in a professional manner under various new incentives Tourist profile of Chhattisgarh The tourists visiting Chhattisgarh are mainly domestic tourists visiting the state. The foreign tourist consist only a tiny miniscule of the total as depicted below. This shows that we really need to have a head on strategy across the globe through serious push factors and creating a credible brand across the continents. This can be done as through the suggestions mentioned in the chapter way forward. The growth in domestic tourists has been gradual over the period 2011 to 2015 , with the growth coming at a sustained CAGR of 14.35%. The growth in International tourists has seen ups and downs and the growth from 2011- 2014 averages to a CAGR of 18.2% with a noticeable drop in 2013 and a 100% jump in 2014. Plan outlays by state Government (2002-17) Seasonality of Tourists3 Weather condition in Chhattisgarh is one of the major determinants of tourist arrival. Ministry of Tourism, Government of India study shows that in case of Domestic Tourists; peak months during 2011-12 for overnight and same day tourist visits were March (6195651), February (6098538) and September (4448552). Overall, lowest arrivals of domestic tourists were measured during the months of May and June. In case of Foreign Tourists; the survey findings suggest that peak months for overnight and same day tourist visits were October (812), November (559) and September (543). 3 Sample survey report by Ministry of Tourism-GOI(2001-12) Overall, lowest arrivals of foreign tourists were measured during the months of July and January. Distribution of state wise domestic tourists Ministry of Tourism, Government of India study shows that Domestic tourists in the state of Chhattisgarh. The survey findings suggests that contribution of Maharashtra state was highest (16.9%) in contribution of domestic tourists for the state of Chhattisgarh, followed by Madhya Pradesh (16.7%), West Bengal (13.9%), Orissa (12.1%), Gujarat (11.3%) and Rajasthan (7.3%). On the other hand, the contribution of Jammu Kashmir in domestic tourists for the state of Chhattisgarh was only 2.1%. Top locations of Domestic and Foreign tourist(2011-12) Rank Domestic Tourist Foreign Tourist 1 Mtribag Bhillai Jal papaat,Chitrakoot 2 Kananpandari ,Bilaspu Bhoramdev Mandir,Kavardha 3 Bambleshwari,ajnandgaon Laxman Mandir, Baudh avadh swastika vihar 4 Mahamaya,Bilasur Hill station baudh temple,mainpat 5 Danteshwari temple, Dantewada Vanyapanti,Achanakmarg 6 ShvrinarayaniTemple,Janjgir Jalkrida,Gangrel 7 Tirthgarh Water fall,Bastar Jalpapaat,goofaqasdi 8 Rajiv Lochan Mandi,Raipur Danteshwari temple, Dantewada 9 Chitakoot,Bastar Ispat Karkhana,Maitribag 10 Laxman Mandir,Sirpur,Raipur Thermal Power Plant,Balco korba Source-Ministry of Tourism-(2011-12) based on sample study done Assessment of Chhattisgarh vis a vis other states In terms of market share (market share being defined as total number of Tourists visiting a state as a percentage of total tourists in the country ), the top 8 states in the country are as depicted in the table below. The top 6 states combined receive over 70 percent of the tourists visiting different states/UTs in India. The market share of tourist in Chhattisgarh is not ascertained presently but is still meager as compared to other top performing states. Growing at 36 percent, the rate of growth in the number of Tourists is highest for Madhya Pradesh, closely followed by Maharashtra at 30 percent. The rate of tourism growth in these 2 states is significantly higher than the other states present in the top 8, with Tamil Nadu having the next base tourism growth of CAGR 18%. Source-India Tourism Statistic (www.tourism.gov .) Evolution of ranking of states during 2007-10 The table below clearly indicates tourist preference being Andhra Pradesh from 2007-10 followed by Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. In the top 5 states three are from South India clearly defining tourist preference is going towards Southern India. Following tables indicates 8 most preferred locations during the 2007-10 Source-India tourism statisticwww.tourism.gov.in ) While the above data clearly spells the preference of Domestic tourists and the overall market trend a SWOT analysis of the state as depicted in the flow chart below will evidently focus on the existing potential while bridging the weakness, intensification of the opportunities and exterminating the threats. I Way Forward By focusing on quality tourism, the State Government should essentially focus on promoting sustainable development of tourism and encouraging the private sectors to develop tourism related infrastructure and services without disturbing the ecology and environment. The role of private sector is crucial in this venture and has to act as a catalyst to provide activities and impart dynamism & speed to the process of development as well as conservation. Both the Government and Private sector would be required to safeguard the stability and also the social and economic advancement of the local communities and other issues related to it. Conducive environment for public and private sectors collaboration and investments through facilitation, concessions and incentives and other policy related interventions is the need of the hour. The deep‐rooted symbiotic relationship of tourism culture, traditions, Heritage, natural resources, environment, wildlife & ecology must be fully accepted and provided for improvement and up gradation. Forward and backward linkages must be established and created for an effective and close relationship between various departments and agencies such as Home, Police, Forest, Environment & wildlife, Transport,roads, Culture, Rural Management & Development, Urban Development. The real challenge lies in establishing and strengthening the institution of Network of Stakeholders (INS) which is Government led, private sector driven and community welfare oriented. Government should provide a legislative framework to regulate Tourism Trade and Industry by ensuring safety &security of tourists; providing basic infrastructure and health care facilities of incentives, concessions and conveniences to be provided by the Government. Creating a positive brand image. This needs to be done at a urgent pace as the media report projects the state as a naxal and extremist affected region, thus creating a fear psychosis in the minds of the common citizenry Creating Tourist hubs or zones for Tourism- This will enable tourist to identify the areas catering to the specific needs of the tourists like Wildlife or archeological interest or simple religion specific tourism. Tourism promotional council can cater to these explicit interests. Investment in Infrastructure This essentially can be done through bringing private players in the process and creating more scope of investment by essentially building on a PPP model to develop tourist circuits. This will ensure professionalism and develop tourism at a much faster pace. 365 day tourism circuit a concept of FICCI to promote tourism in India can be showcased for the state by developing a tourism calendar projecting various opportunities at pilgrimage centres during festivals, Wild life tourism at appropriate seasons, Archeology etc Wellness Tourism As the state is uniquely positioned to cater to Herbal and Ayurveda bestowed with her natural resources, pollution free, green and eco‐friendly state, the Wellness tourism can be promoted in its totality with a promising potential to help tourist indulge in a life of serenity away from the hustle bustle of urban living. Eco Tourism Greater emphasis will be laid on eco‐tourism whose parameters will be broader than those of nature tourism alone. It must help in elimination of poverty, ending unemployment, creating new skills, enhancing the status of women, preserving cultural heritage, encouraging tribal and local crafts and in improving overall environment and facilitating growth of a sound and fair social order. A new class of tourists with marked preferences for adventure, distant destinations, caves, forests, wildlife, lakes, nature lovers, educational, research, etc. is emerging. This class is not looking for luxury accommodations but only for simple and clean places to stay. For this the Premium destinations for country side stay, home stay and camping sites will be encouraged and promoted Special thrust will be imparted to Village/Rural tourism, Home Stay and tourism in small settlements, where sizeable assets of our cultural and natural wealth exist. Responsible Tourism aimed at involving local community in the development and management of tourist’s destinations will be the base. Below are two states of India whose tourism model can be imitated striking a balance to create an approach both attainable and sustainable picking up threads of excellence from them. Case Study Madhya Pradesh Madhya Pradesh has emerged as a respectable hub bagging several awards thereby setting an example of the emerging tourism trend in the state. The state has bagged several tourism awards from Ministry of Tourism Government of India and has created an edge for herself in the market. Chhattisgarh state is former Madhya Pradesh and we have all the more reasons to develop this state like her sister to harness the existing potential beyond leaps and bounds. Immaculate development and farsightedness has lead to emergence of Madhya Pradesh as a proper tourist hub due to some of the strategies deployed as under Marketing –A professional agency was hired to create a tourism friendly image across India and the world  Identifying new Sites and developing it to the maximum has helped the state leverage and show case herself in a spectacular manner.  International Investments by creating an environment for worldwide players to play a significant role and leverage on the potential. To boost 17 tourist spots MP government has invested 12.2 million US dollars recently  Converting forts into heritage hotels-This has essentially attracted the foreign tourist and given them the feel of India through its glorious times. They have also created a land bank of 500 hectares and invited private players to develop this zone for tourists.  Regular meeting with various tourism stake holders to create awareness and tie ups for further collaboration in the sector  African model to boost and create wild life tourism out of their degenerated forests  Launch of Air taxi service across different districts making the travel highly convenient. The air travel will be offered to 9 cities within the state and 3 cities in neighboring states which are popular tourist destinations Case Study Kerala Kerala Tourism is having a global presence and with its clear strategy for growth sheer marketing activities, it has gained a lot of tourist from all over the world, especially from UK, USA, France and Australia. Let us see how Kerala is pitching to Foreign and Domestic tourists. The Mission and Vision of Kerala Tourism is to position itself as a global destination for tourism which, based on the advantage of the local resources, thereby attracting investment and resulting into sustainable development for the people of Kerala. Framework of Kerala Tourism- This framework below is as per the National Tourism policy for Kerala State on which the whole strategy is formulated. The implementation of this framework lead to tourism development and the feedback received from domestic and international tourist were that they wanted to revisit the state and what Kerala has done is that it has made tourism a sustainable business venture and developed on a positioning strategy with proper Tourism Marketing Communication Mix. The USP of Kerala lies in its Backwater Tourism, Ayurveda and Spa, Houseboats Tour, Temples, Islands and Tea Gardens. The favorite month for the tourist is between November to January. The STP for Kerala could be defined as Segment-SEC A,B, and C, Age Group between 20-59, Mostly People into Service, Industrialist and Self Employed. Target-More of Corporate and Every class of the Society Positioning-MICE tourism (Meetings Incentives Conventions and Exhibition) combined with Eco tourism for Business tourism, Eco and Heritage tourism internationally and domestically for non business tourism. Tourism Segmented by four objectives – Based on the above segmentation Kerala has the following segment various tourist package as Kerala thus being an example of sustainable tourism has adopted a 360 degree approach harping its advantages and creating an edge for herself in all aspects by caterings to masses beyond their expectations and achieving a surprise element in its deliverables.

Bihar Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Government of Bihar Department of Tourism =================================== BIHAR TOURISM POLICY- 2009 ========================================= Resolution SUBJECT:- BIHAR TOURISM POLICY- 2009 FOR ACCELERATED TOURISM GROWTH OF THE STATE. Tourism has grown into one of the world‟s largest industries with a growth rate in excess of 5 percent per annum over the past twenty years. Globally, tourism accounts for 11 percent of the global GDP and 8 percent of the world trade employment. There is growing recognition worldwide of the essential role tourism can play in reducing poverty, employment generation, environmental regeneration and promoting sustainable development. In India, tourism and travel sector generate employment to 9.3 million people with optimism of raising this to 12.9 million jobs to the people by 2010. This will mean that the tourism industry would provide job to one person out of 15 people by 2010 in the country. Every rupee spent by a tourist in the state changes hands thirteen times. Every hotel room generates direct employment to three persons and indirect employment opportunities to eight persons. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN BIHAR – CURRENT SITUATION AND PROSPECTS Bihar is famous for religious and cultural heritage sites. Bihar draws its name from the word „vihara‟ or monastery, and was the early home of Buddhism. Steeped in history and religion, Bihar is the birthplace of the great Emperor Ashoka and Lord Mahavir. All major religions of India have left their mark here and this has made Bihar a great religious melting pot. It is that great land where once Buddha attained enlightenment at Bodh Gaya under the sacred Bodhi tree. Bodh Gaya is now a World Heritage Site and is attracting the Buddhist tourists from across the world. Pawapuri being the Nirwan Sthal of Bhagwan Mahavira attracts people following the Jain religion. Patna Sahib- birth place of Guru Govind Singh, Xth Guru of Sikhs attracts tourists. It also has the Ashoka‟s installed pillar with Lion capital that has braved more than two millennia raising its head in all its splendors. Historical importance of Bihar has been established again with the discovery of „biggest ever Buddha stupa‟ at Kesariya by the Archeological Survey of India. The states‟ wealth of religious and historical monuments has, in one way or another, defined tourism in the state. However, the tourism sector‟s contribution to the state‟s development priorities and strategies has so far been relatively limited. A review of the sector‟s competitive strengths and weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (SWOT Analysis) indicates that it has considerable growth potential. Bihar‟s great competitive strength from tourism point of view is its ancient and yet living civilization that gave rise to two of world‟s great religions namely Buddhism and Jainism. Bihar was the nerve centre of religious activities of Hindu, Buddhist, Jain, Sikh and Islam. Endowed with a rich cultural and religious heritage, Bihar was a seat of power of the vast and powerful Magadh Empire, whose might had checked further onslaught of Alexander the Great. This is a land of ancient universities of Nalanda and Vikramshila, the seat of higher learning, which spread knowledge far and wide through its students coming from different countries of the world. The remnants of these two ancient universities, the antiques and artefacts are already attracting tourists. Bihar has in fact been attracting domestic and foreign tourists from the ancient times. The Travelogues of the Chinese travelers Huen Tsang and Fa-Hien describe historical splendor of Bihar, which offers much to tourists irrespective of their age and class. Bihar‟s contact with other civilizations is reflected in the rich cultural diversity of its people, traditions, customs, religious practices and festivals, architecture and art and craft. A trip to the state offers revelations in history, architecture, yoga, eco-tourism, fairs and festivals, art and crafts besides a unique cuisine. The main competitive constraints faced by the tourism sector in Bihar have been the poor quality of the environments surrounding many of state‟s main tourist sites, the security scenario in the state that affects the perception of Bihar as a safe and secure destination, the quality of facilities and services at tourist attraction places, the quantity and quality of transportation service and related infrastructure, limited availability of tourist information in-source markets and at destination, insufficient marketing of Bihar in its domestic and international markets, limited and poor facilities and services especially in rural areas and limited financing of attractive projects by the private sector. The key competitive opportunities before Bihar are: 1) develop its strength as a major religious destination attracting tourists of diverse religious beliefs; 2) promote the Buddhist circuit to attract Buddhists from a number of countries; 3) leverage its rich cultural history to increase its share of the huge international travel market; 4) harness the huge potential of promoting rural tourism revolving around its rich tradition of art, craft and handloom and 5) leverage its strength in yoga to develop well-being centres to attract a sizeable number of international and domestic tourists. The main internal threats to the development of the tourism sector have been the inability to fully resolve the constraints identified above. These are security, safety, absence of trained manpower, inadequate connectivity, accommodation and other basic infrastructure like roads, electricity etc., and failure to market the tourist destinations in the state. External threats are not addressing the competition from other states like Rajasthan, Kerala and Uttar Pradesh. The Tourism Policy 2009 proposes to concentrate on addressing the identified threats and harnessing the opportunities by adopting and implementing appropriate plans to handle the threats and overcome our weaknesses with the objective of increasing the tourist inflow into the state significantly. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES Key Objectives • Position tourism as state priority • Focus on domestic tourism as a major driver of tourism growth. • Promote Bihar for cultural, religious and „wellness‟ tourism • Improve the efficiency of the industry, for enhanced social and economic benefit, and consequential increased economic benefits, including increased employment generation. • Ensure the participation of all the stake holders in society, including the travel trade and tourism industry. • Create world class infrastructure • Plan and implement a professionally managed integrated communications strategy to be called the „Tourism Awareness and Promotion Campaign‟ • Provide quality services to all domestic & international consumers and stake holders. • Improving connectivity of important tourist sites. Strategy for Development 1) Establishment of Tourist Security Force: • The State Government shall recruit security personnel to provide security services to the tourists to instill in them a sense of security while visiting to any particular tourist spot and also to offer a helping hand to co-operate with them. For this purpose, competent and skilled force shall be identified or through outsourcing qualified and smart security personnel from private sector will be posted at different important identified tourist spots. 2) Preparing and Implementing Master Plans for Integrated Development and Marketing of Identified Circuits: • The tourism projects implemented under Central assistance and the State plans have not been able to create an impact in terms of creation of international standard tourism infrastructure. A Master Plan with a time frame of 10 years giving year-wise phasing of investment both by the government and the private sector would be developed and implemented. Such a plan would clearly state the short term and long term plans, targets and ground realities. • Efforts will be made to dovetail external assistance, central assistance and state plan resources with private investments to attain the set goals as under the Master Plan. 3) Upgrading and Augmenting of Accommodation, Catering and Recreational Facilities: • The hotel accommodation in Bihar is grossly inadequate and there is need to not only increase the number of average beds per thousand by building budget hotels, but also build star category hotels at all the important tourist destinations to provide quality services to the high end international and national tourists. „Land Banks‟ will be developed to offer land identified for construction of star hotels to private sector at market price/lease/joint venture within the identified circuits. • Way side facility is an important part of tourism. In this vein, comfortable rest houses fitted with basic amenities on highways‟ flanks, alongside the fuel filling stations (petrol pumps), would be created with public and private investments. • The state government would also encourage establishment of Heritage Hotels in Bihar by identifying heritage buildings and mansions to convert them to Heritage Hotels in order to provide quality accommodation to tourists. • The state government will explore and develop the possibilities for launching Paying Guest Scheme by identifying and registering the houses, house owners and families interested in this stream of tourism development. • Light and Sound shows, Laser shows, Multi-media museums etc. would be developed in partnership with private sector for entertaining tourists at important tourist sites including the historical sites. • The state government would encourage private sector to set up world class Amusement Parks, Golf Courses, Casinos, Floating restaurants etc. to attract more tourists. 4) Augmenting Connectivity and Transport Facilities by: • Connecting tourist spots with world class roads. • Introducing more specialized vehicles • Introducing special Tourist Trains with a preset itinerary • Introducing Air Taxi service and helicopter services in identified circuits with Hub-Airport concept 5) Improving and Expanding Tourism Products to meet new market requirements: • Improve infrastructure in identified circuits like Buddhist, Jain and Sikh circuits by converging all resources and expertise for development of these circuits as international standard destinations. • Develop and promote new circuits like Ramayan, Sufi and Gandhi circuits. • Bihar has a unique cultural heritage. It has a vast array of protected monuments and one world heritage site. There are several other sites like the ruins of Nalanda, the oldest University in the world, that have the potential of being a world heritage site. Scope of cultural tourism shall be expanded by conservation, preservation and integrated development of the area around historical monuments. • Promote and develop Rural Tourism around art and crafts of Bihar to spread the socio- economic benefits of tourism to rural areas. Select villages engaged in Madhubani painting, Patharkatti, Handloom and Tussar weaving in districts of Madhubani, Gaya, Nalanda and Bhagalpur shall be taken up for development of tourism facilities to promote rural tourism. With a view to promote handloom and handicrafts of Bihar, „Shilp Grams‟ (Craft villages) and handicrafts market shall be established near the tourist place. • Promote „Wellness Tourism‟ based on yoga and aqua therapy using sulphur water from hot water springs in Rajgir and Munger. Bihar is home to an internationally known Yoga University and has several sulphur water springs having therapeutic quality. This can be Bihar‟s most unique tourism product offering holistic healing and rejuvenation of the individual from every dimension- physical, mental and spiritual. Knowledge of „yoga‟ is something which they can take back with them and practice in their daily lives to distress and keep physically fit. • Promote Eco-Tourism by integrating Wildlife Sanctuaries and Valmiki National Park into tourism product. The state would endeavour to develop tourist facilities near its Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Park and develop special packages to attract tourists to these sites. • Promote Ganga as a unique tourism product by introducing cruise along the river connecting historical sites near its banks. Riverfront development will be undertaken at identified places like Patna, Bhagalpur to promote tourism. Aqua Tourism shall also be promoted by developing water sports like river rafting, para sailing etc. 5) Establishing and Strengthening Institutions for the Development of Human Resources • Set up Hotel Management Institutes, Food Craft Institutes and Travel and Trade Institutes to create a pool of trained manpower in the hospitality and travel and trade sector. • Training of Guides, especially foreign language speaking guides shall be undertaken to fulfill the need for well informed guides speaking different languages at all tourist sites. • Short term training would be organized for all the stakeholders in tourism like Immigration officers, Customs officers, Police officers, Taxi drivers etc. under the „Capacity Building Programme‟ of Government of India. 6) Effective Marketing of Destinations both in the Domestic and International Market • Shift its current traditional marketing to one that is more aggressive and competitive • Differentiate itself from competing destinations, including developing a unique market position, image and brand • Establish an effective and on-going market representation presence with the travel trade in each source market • Participate in important national and international tourism fairs to showcase tourist destinations in Bihar • Organize familiarization trips for leading national and international tour operators and media persons to give hem first hand information about tourist sites in Bihar • Strengthen Tourist Information Centres of the state by equipping them with modern information and communication technology (ICT) - computer, fax, internet, email etc. This would help in providing information to the tourists regarding tourist places, hotel bookings, transport facilities etc. • Establish an Internet portal in various languages to service the information, product description, and product sales requirements of the target market segments in each source market. 7) Focus on Domestic Tourism and Regional Tourism/Cooperation: While developing tourism to attract foreign tourists the importance of promoting domestic and regional tourism has also to be kept in mind. Domestic tourism market is mostly local or regional and efforts shall be made to attract the domestic tourists, especially religious tourists, to Bihar by facilitating their arrivals, augmenting accommodation facilities and developing tour packages. Also, packages in coordination with Tourism Development Corporations of the neighbouring states shall be promoted to tap the unlimited potential of tourism within the region. 8) Promotion of Arts, Crafts, Festivals and Cuisine of the State • Bihar has unique events, fairs and festivals like Sonepur fair, Chath festival, Saurat Sabha, Rajgir festival and Boudh festival that need to be promoted as tourism products. These unique events would be integrated with tourism and special tourist packages shall be developed and promoted to attract more international and domestic tourists during these events. A „Calendar of Events‟ shall be drawn up every year and promoted in all the source countries and states. • The unique cuisine of the state like Khaja, Lai, Belgrami, Tilkut, Litti-chokha, Sattu and Makhana preparations will be promoted by holding „Food Festivals‟ and ensuring their sale at tourism fairs and through restaurants. ROLE OF STATE GOVERNMENT: 1) The role of the state government will that be of a catalyst, facilitator, promoter and provider of infrastructure. 2) An administrative body „Tourism Promotion and Development Council‟ shall be established in coordination with all the agencies endeavoring to develop and promote tourism. Its main objective will be to work out strategies for the comprehensive development of tourism while establishing synchronization and harmony with all the stakeholders of the tourism industry as well as to make regular analysis about the state of tourism and issue necessary directives thereafter. The Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation shall work as an executing agency to this council. 3) The State Government will continue its efforts for infrastructure development in the tourism sector. Important components for infrastructural development are-- Arranging accommodation for increased number of tourists, building of highways on tourist circuits, international level airports with total aviation back up facilities, local transport, rail routes linking tourist spots with full amenities and facilities, the vital telecommunication link, continuous quality electricity supply, water supply and other essential amenities like Banking and Medical facilities. 4) The state will create conditions for attracting private sector investment in the tourism sector. For this, it will provide fiscal incentives, assist in providing suitable sites by creating „land bank‟ and remove bottlenecks especially those concerned with infrastructure development by according speedy clearances through Single Window Clearance System. 5) The state government will set up or assist in setting up training institutions for ensuring quality services in the tourism sector. Guidelines for selection and training of Guides at two levels, State and Local, shall be drawn up. The Department of Tourism shall provide license to the guides selected and trained in accordance with these guidelines. 6) Create special Tourism Security Force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality. 7) Standardizing quality of tourism product and services by drawing up guidelines for hotels and travel agents/tour operators. 8) Tourism entails multi-sectoral activities with participation of several stakeholders. An administrative mechanism will be evolved to coordinate the agencies participating in the tourism development endeavor. 9) The state government shall endeavour to create awareness about the positive role of tourism in economic growth and generation of employment by organizing seminars, quiz competitions, drawing competitions, exhibitions and display of films on tourism. Efforts would be made to include „tourism‟ in school curricula. Educational tourism at school and college levels would be promoted by developing special tour packages for the students. 10) The state government along with Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation shall take the lead in marketing and promoting the tourist destinations and tourism products in Bihar with the help of a Marketing Plan. ROLE OF BIHAR STATE TOURISM DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION: Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation (BSTDC), monitored by its parent Tourism Department, would act as the nodal executing agency of the state government. Its primary objective shall be to set up infrastructural facilities like hotels in untapped areas of tourist interest. Once these areas are developed, the BSTDC would seek to privatize the facilities and move to provide similar facilities in other underdeveloped areas of tourist interest. The BSTDC shall make rapport with the Tourism Promotion and Development Council and shall work as an executing agency for the overall growth of tourism in the state. The BSTDC shall also redefine its role to be the administrative agency in addition to the State Tourism Department for facilitating private sector investment and formation of Joint Venture Companies for setting up world class infrastructure. The BSTDC would continue to play an important role in providing transportation facilities to tourists, especially in sectors where private services are either non existent or insufficient. The BSTDC would also expand the facility of „pre-paid taxis‟ to all important airports and stations of the state. For this the Corporation would adopt the twin strategy of increasing its fleet and entering into partnerships with private operators. The BSTDC shall continue its efforts to operate tour packages covering prominent centres of tourist interest in the state. The BSTDC would seek to promote regional tourism by developing packages in partnership with Tourism Corporations/Boards of neighbouring states. The facility of online bookings for package tours and travels shall be augmented to allow bookings through use of credit cards. SPECIAL INCENTIVES Tourism as Industry: “Tourism Industry” encompasses entire activities pertaining to the tourism industry viz. tourism attraction/ convention centers promoting tourism, art gallery, amusement park, aerial ropeway, establishment of tourist village, light and sound, sports facilities to attract tourism, recreational clubs, swimming pool, residences, hotels of all categories, motels, way-side facitlities, resorts, yoga centers, transportation facilities (air, land and water transportation), establishment, construction, development and operation of all basic infrastructures of hotel-catering-tourism and travel management institutes. The following incentives will be available for private entrepreneurs as well as the BSTDC: • Full (100%) exemption in Stamp Duty and Registration Fee in lease / sale / transfer of land for setting up a tourism project. This facility will be granted only once. • New Projects shall be exempt from Luxury Tax for seven years from the commencement of commercial operations. • Full (100%) exemption in Electricity Duty for seven years. • Full (100%) exemption in Conversion Charge. • Reimbursement of the cost incurred in the project report preparation by the tourism units at the rate of 50% subject to a maximum of Rs. 75,000/- provided the project report is prepared by any of the firms recognized by the Industry Department. The reimbursement will be made to the unit after coming into operation. • The Tourism Units located in Bihar Industrial Area Development Authority / Export Promotion Industrial Park / Food Park / Agri Export Zone would be eligible for the following incentive / subsidy on land/shed. These facilities / concession to the tourism units will be made available only after coming into operation: S. N. Tourism Unit Grant 1. Small / Tiny units Financial Limit. 50% of 7.50 lakh (maximum) 2. All large / medium / mega units Financial Unit 25% of 15.00 lakh (maximum) • If an entrepreneur obtains Technical Know-how from any recognized National Research Centre / laboratory or institution to establish or to expand his industry, he will be reimbursed 30% (maximum Rs. 15.00 lakh) of the fee paid to the institution / organization for the technical know-how. This facility will be provided to the unit after coming into operation. • 50% (Fifty percent) of the amount spent on plant and machinery in the establishment of Captive Power Generation/Diesel Generating Set will be granted to the unit. No upper limit for this amount has been fixed. This facility will be made available after the unit comes into operation. • New tourism units will be granted relief from payment of electricity duty under the Bihar Electricity Duty Act, 1948 for the generation and for own consumption of electricity from D.G. Set and Captive Power Units. • The new Units will avail 80% reimbursement against the admitted VAT amount deposited in the account of the Government, for a period of ten years. The maximum Subsidy amount is payable 300% of the capital invested. • Zero VAT means the production of items, which do not attract VAT. Such units which produce items attracting zero Vat and Pay income tax would be eligible for incentive upto a maximum utilization of 70% of the installed capacity (maximum limit). • SC/ST/Women/Handicapped entrepreneurs will avail 5% additional grant /exemption / subsidy over the limit fixed under the policy. • Up to a turnover limit of Rs. 30 lakh per annum, S.C. / S.T. / Women/ Handicapped category entrepreneurs who run small and tiny industries will avail 100% subsidy of the deposited amount in the account of Government in the form of VAT for a period of ten years. • Working units at present and new units will avail exemption from AMG / MMG from the date of declaration of the New Industrial Policy. This facility will be granted for five years. • Only 1% CST will be payable on the items produced by the registered small and medium units in Bihar. • Existing units which are undergoing Expansion / Diversification / Modernization will be eligible for incentives, on their incremental facilities. • 75% of cost incurred in obtaining certificate of I.S.O. standard (or equivalent) from reputed national/international level organizations, would be reimbursed by the State Government. Land: • Constitution of Land Bank for private investment. • Government land will be offered with the approval of State Investment Promotion Bureau (SIPB) as equity participation on behalf of the government at current market value for setting up Joint Ventures. Entertainment Tax: • Entertainment Centres will be exempt from Entertainment Tax for seven years from the commencement of commerecial operations. Order:- It is ordered that a copy of the resolution should be sent for publication in the special edition of the Bihar Gazette, Reputed Journals and Newspapers and be circulated among all the Departments / Departmental heads and Subordinates officials of the Government. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna Memo no. 1482 Patna, Dated: 24.07.2009 Copy with enclosure forwarded to the Superintendent, Government Press, Gulzarbagh, Patna for its publication in the special edition of Bihar Gazette. You are requested to make available 500 copies of the published gazette to the Department. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna Memo no. 1482 Patna, Dated: 24.07.2009 Copy with enclosure forwarded to the Chief Secretary, Bihar / Development Commissioner, Bihar/ Industrial Development Commissioner, Bihar, Patna/ Principal Secretary, Finance Department, Bihar, Patna/ Principal Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat Department, Bihar, Patna/ All Departments / Departmental Heads / Commissioner, Commercial Taxes, Department of Commercial Taxes / Managing Director, Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation, Patna/ Bihar Industrial Development Authority / Chairman, Bihar State Electricity Board, Patna / All Divisional Commissioners / All District Magistrates / All Deputy Development Commissioners / Director, Technical Development / Director, Industry / Resident Commissioner, Bihar Bhawan, New Delhi / Secretary, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, Transport Bhawan, 1- Parliament Street, New Delhi / Officer In-charge, all tourist information centers, Govt. of Bihar for information and needful action. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna

Incos Asia https://asia.in-cosmetics.com/ In its thirteenth edition, in-cosmetics Asia is Asia Pacific's leading event for personal care ingredients. The expo brings together suppliers of personal care ingredients (exhibitors) with manufacturers of finished products (visitors) looking to network, learn about future trends and discover new products. The popularity and success of the event continues to grow year after year, and our most recent program attracted a record number of visitors; 11,914, an increase of 5% over the previous year. in-cosmetics Asia continues to attract visitors from across the Asia Pacific region looking to find new ingredients and innovations from international suppliers, some of which will be exhibiting exclusively at in-cosmetics Asia. Last year, the cosmetic manufacturer community gathered at in-cosmetics Asia to see 521 suppliers of ingredients, fragrances, laboratory equipment, testing and regulatory solutions for personal care. The next fair will offer an even wider range of suppliers with more than 550 exhibitors to discover. The show has gone global, attracting both national and international attendees. In 2019, the seven best-represented nations were: China, South Korea, France, Thailand, Japan, the United States, and India.

AGRI INTEX 2021 https://www.agriintex.codissia.com AGRI INTEX wishes to introduce contemporary agriculture, horticulture, dairy farming and food processing technologies along with their best practices. This can inevitably help countless farmers and platform owners. CODISSIA is fully geared up to host the 20th edition of India’s Prime Agricultural Trade Fair AGRI INTEX 2021 from July 11th to 14th 2021 at the CODISSIA Trade Fair Complex, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India.

Sikkim Tourism Tourism Policy Tourism Policy GOVERNMENT OF SIKKIM DEPTT. OF TOURISM & CIVIL AVIATION STATE TOURISM POLICY 2018 GOVERNMENT OF SIKKIM 03592-202575 (O) 03592-202304 (R) E-mail : cm-skm@hub.nic.in Gangtok-737103 Sikkim SHRI PAWAN CHAMLING (Honoris Causa) Chief Minister of Sikkim MESSAGE OF HON’BLE CHIEF MINISTER The Sikkim Human Development Report 2014 recognised tourism as one of the potential sectors for growth and livelihood creation. With its beautiful landscape, diverse flora and fauna, culture and traditions, and warm hospitable people, Sikkim has a comparative advantage in tourism. Since the last decade of the previous century, the state has emerged as a brand in itself, a feel good destination “Where Nature Smiles”. For Sikkim, tourism is not only about boosting the economy of the state. It is also as important for building peace between communities and nations and a tool to promote and conserve our unique cultures, and also the environment. We are aware that such a tool if wrongly used, could be costly to our natural and cultural heritage, which makes the need for a guiding policy that makes it much more important. I congratulate the Tourism and Civil Aviation Department for drafting of the Sikkim Tourism Policy, a policy that is grounded on environmental sustainability and preservation of our cultural heritage. The policy highlights the need for capacity building to develop trained human resource in this sector, without which it will not be possible to raise the standards of the tourism industry, which is one of the important goals of the tourism policy. I sincerely hope that the value of this document is understood by the tourism stakeholders, tourism entrepreneurs, and service providers whose support and cooperation is highly critical for putting the policy into action. Our government has been working for creation of new tourism destinations with development of world class tourism infrastructures. A planned approach for development of the sector is, therefore, envisaged for the future, one that provides employment to upcoming entrepreneurs spreading the benefits to the community at large, while also safeguarding our fragile ecosystems. I am hopeful this policy shall guide Sikkim’s tourism towards a sustainable pathway for the future. Pawan Chamling Tourism and Civil Aviation Department Government of Sikkim Paryatan Bhawan, Tadong Gangtok, East Sikkim-737102 SHRI UGEN T. GYATSO Hon’ble Minister MESSAGE OF HON’BLE MINISTER I am delighted to know that Tourism and Civil Aviation Department is bringing out the Sikkim Tourism Policy 2018. I am glad that the policy is coming out just a year after 2017 which was declared by the United Nations General Assembly as the International Year of Sustainable Tourism for Development and in tune with the UN Sustainable Development Goals 2030. This policy having incorporated the principles of sustainable development will greatly help in ensuring that the path taken by the tourism industry in Sikkim will lead to sustainability of the environment and culture of the state in the long run. As we are all aware that Sikkim over the last two decades, has evolved as a favourite and successful tourist destination which has been attributed mainly to its picturesque landscape ranging from green fields and forests, pristine rivers and lakes to lofty snow clad mountains and its diverse and rich cultures. Sikkim offers a wide variety of destinations and circuits to attract tourists which together with the proactive approach and policies of the State Government over the last two decades has led to unprecedented growth of the tourism industry. The huge investment in infrastructure and human resources have enabled the tourism industry to emerge as the largest service industry in the private sector. The state has also made concerted efforts to promoting the huge potential of unique products such as village tourism, ecotourism and organic farming. People of Sikkim owe a huge gratitude to our visionary Chief Minister, Shri Pawan Kr. Chamling for taking Sikkim to where it stands today. Under his leadership, Sikkim was conferred the status of first fully organic farming state in the year 2016. His green initiatives have been well appreciated and recognized by all within and outside the country. In order to reap maximum benefit from tourism and at the same time preserve the natural and cultural heritage of the state, a document prescribing certain principles, guidelines and strategies for the stakeholders as well as the implementing agencies was thought to be of utmost importance. Sikkim Tourism Policy 2018 has been formulated with this aim in the mind. The Policy document has laid great emphasis on maintaining a balance between nature and tourist related infrastructure & activities. It contains a set of guidelines for planning tourism related activities with optimum environmental care and keeping in mind the principles of conservation and sustainability. This document has also set targets and goals for the State in the field of tourism and will act as a guiding document for all the people directly or indirectly dependent on it. Efforts have been taken towards making tourism a key driving factor for economic upliftment while conserving the natural and cultural heritage of the State. I hope that this document fulfils the purpose it is formulated for and brings about the positive changes that are required for complete success of the Tourism Industry in Sikkim. Tourism and Civil Aviation Department Government of Sikkim Paryatan Bhawan, Tadong Gangtok, East Sikkim-737102 SHRI C.P. DHAKAL SECRETARY F O R E WO R D Sikkim has now transformed itself into a world class tourist destination. Be it in agriculture, cleanliness, health and education, it has set a benchmark for other states to follow and tourism is no exception. As testimony to this, Sikkim has been receiving awards and recognition both at the National and International level. A credit largely attributed to the dynamic leadership of the Hon'ble Chief Minister, the state today has nurtured an environment highly conducive for tourism industry to foster. It is a matter of pride for all of us but this achievement also sets before us great challenges to maintain our position to be amongst the best tourist destinations in the country. Moreover the complexity of the industry, as a result of involvement of independent sectors like transport, accommodation and the fragility of our resources, demands a careful approach to maintain a balanced and sustainable path of development. A dire need was hence felt of a document that could be a guiding force to regulate the tourism industry of Sikkim. Such a document needed to be based upon a participatory approach consolidating the collective views of all stakeholders. The “Sikkim Tourism Policy 2018” thus is an outcome of a series of brainstorming and successive meetings with the tourism stakeholders, scholars and officers from various line departments wherein the best of suggestions have been incorporated to make this document meaningful. The Department is highly indebted to ECOSS and WWF -India for their meticulous drafting of the policy by patiently incorporating a series of changes as a result of relay meetings for finalisation of the draft. I also thank TAAS, SAATO, SHRA, SAMA, SUTO, SPA, Sikkim University, G.B. Pant National Institute of Himalayan Environment & Sustainable Development and all other organisations for their valuable inputs. We have also referred to the National Tourism Policy 2002 and the tourism policies of the other states particularly of those who have similar topography and terrain as that of our state, thus adding to the appropriateness of this document. I hope this document serves the purpose for which it has been designed as a guiding document towards sustained tourism growth for Sikkim. C.P. Dhakal Secretary TABLE OF CONTENTS MESSAGES Hon’ble Chief Minister Hon’ble Minister, Tourism & Civil Aviation Department Foreword – Secretary, Tourism & Civil Aviation Department SECTION A - BACKGROUND 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Global Tourism Scenario 1.2 Tourism in mountain regions 1.3 Tourism in India 2. TOURISM AND THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS 2.1 Key considerations 3. TOURISM IN SIKKIM 3.1 State Profile/ Natural Landscape / Culture and People 3.2 Tourism Development in Sikkim 3.3 Tourism in the economy 3.4 Strengths and challenges of tourism in Sikkim 3.5 Need for a tourism policy for Sikkim 3.6 Methodology for policy development SECTION B - SIKKIM TOURISM POLICY 1. VISION 2. GUIDING PRINCIPLES 3 GOALS 4. KEY TOURISM PRODUCTS 5. OBJECTIVES • Establish and strengthen Institutional Structures to promote, manage and implement responsible tourism in Sikkim • Ensure that Sikkim has the highest level of skills and capacity for quality service delivery through consistent human resource development • Promote Standards and Certification for the Tourism Industry • Promote sustainably managed tourism destinations, quality tourism infrastructure and safe Transport • Promote high value and high quality tourism products • Ensure strategic and sustained marketing and publicity • Promote enabling environment for tourism stakeholders • Facilitate inter-sectoral coordination and convergence SECTION A BACKGROUND 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Global Tourism Scenario Tourism is a socio-cultural and economic phenomenon, which entails the movement of people to countries or places outside of their usual environment for recreational, business, medical, or religious purposes. Tourism also encourages governments to develop and improve local infrastructure to handle tourist inflow. Several countries have transformed themselves through tourism and have created a global presence in the tourism industry. Tourist movements have spread geographically to reach practically all countries of the globe, becoming for many of them an important economic sector in terms of income generation, foreign exchange earnings and employment creation. As reported by the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) Tourism Highlights 2017 Edition, international tourist arrivals (overnight visitors) grew by 3.9% in 2016 to reach a total of 1,235 million worldwide, an increase of 46 million over the previous year. It was the seventh consecutive year of above average growth in international tourism following the 2009 global economic crisis. South Asia recorded an 8% increase in international tourist arrivals in 2016, driven by India (+10%), the sub region's top destination The UNWTO estimates that approximately 1 in 10 persons in the world are employed by the tourism industry. As of 2016, the global tourism industry generated USD 7.6 trillion, constituting 10% of the global GDP. International tourist arrivals worldwide are expected to increase by 3.3% a year between 2010 and 2030 to reach 1.8 billion by 2030, according to UNWTO's long-term forecast report Tourism Towards 2030. Arrivals in emerging destinations are expected to increase at twice the rate of those in advanced economies. Market share of emerging economies are expected to grow from 45% in 2016 to reach 57% by 2030, equivalent to over 1 billion international tourist arrivals. 01 1.2 Tourism in mountain regions As desired destinations for many tourists, migrants and pilgrims, tourism in the mountains offers places for rest, solitude, adventure, recreation, as well as scenic beauty. It is estimated that more than 50 million people visit mountains each year (Mountain Partnership 2008). The Food and Agriculture Organization estimates that mountains attract roughly 15 to 20% of the global tourism market. Mountain tourism is generally more labour intensive than tourism in the plains, necessitating a greater number of support staff (porters, mountain guides, pack animal owners) to accompany trekking groups or mountaineering expeditions, and to carry supplies up to remote mountain tourism destinations not connected by road or air. While tourism provides considerable economic benefits for many countries, regions and communities, its rapid expansion can also be responsible for adverse environmental (and socio-cultural) impacts. For years, mountains have attracted tourist attention especially because of the cool climate they offer. With temperatures increasing across the plains due to climate change and the extreme summer months, the mountains are a much preferred destination. Cultural identities and diversity in mountain regions, refined over generations by local habitants and the splendid natural heritage have immense value and attract tourists from all over the world. 02 The ever-increasing demand for tourism in mountain areas is expected to grow even further as regional tourism becomes more important. However, it presents tremendous opportunities as well as threats for the Himalayas. The investment, as well as operational and managerial decisions of tour operators, along with other tourism professionals and the wider industry can determine the level of both negative and positive impacts of tourism in the mountain environment. The fact that most tourists chose to maintain their relatively high patterns of consumption (and waste generation) when they reach their destinations is being seen as a serious problem for developing countries, since many of these regions lack the appropriate means for protecting their natural resources and local ecosystems from the pressures of mass tourism. [Frederico Neto, 2002] 03 1.3 Tourism in India In the Indian context, the first public milestone in the history of tourism was the creation of the Indian Tourism Development Corporation (ITDC) in 1966. This organization was established to develop tourist infrastructure and services. Subsequently, India developed its first Tourism Policy in 1982 which provided an action plan based on the development of so-called tourism circuits. This interest also resulted in the recognition of tourism as an export industry (including the implied tax exemptions) and the creation of a special public Tourism Finance Corporation (1987). Apart from identifying a few areas for 'integrated tourism development', the purpose of the plan was to achieve an overall growth and improvement of the tourism sector in India through marketing, infrastructure building and human resource development. The importance of domestic tourism was recognized by public policy makers in the 1990s and also in the Tourism Action Plan of 1997. It was decided that domestic tourism would be a state government (policy) issue and the central government would take care of international tourists. In 2002, India came up with a new Tourism Policy, which sought to highlight tourism's contribution to national development and its role as a development tool. A World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) report for 2014 states that for India the total contribution of tourism to the GDP is Rs. 7,642.5 billion rupees, approximately 6.7% of the GDP. Between 2002 and 2014, foreign tourist arrivals grew from 2.38 million to 7.70 million, the latter of which accounts for 0.68% of global tourist arrivals. Domestic tourist visits have increased from 270 million in 2002 to 1.14 billion in 2013. This has largely been attributed to the emergence of an urban middle class which looks to tourism for recreational purposes. In 2014, tourism in India earned Rs. 1,200,083 million or 1.58% of global tourism receipts. The Indian tourism industry is responsible for creating 23 million direct jobs (or 5.5% of total jobs in India) and 36.6 million total jobs (or 8.7% of total jobs in India). In 2013, India demonstrated a 4% growth in tourism, or approximately 7 million international arrivals. The WTTC also states that for a period of 2014-2024 international tourist arrivals in India are expected to grow at the rate of 6.4%, whereas global tourism is expected to grow at a rate of 4.5% through 2014 and beyond. 04 2. TOURISM AND THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS The year 2015 was a milestone for global development as 193 member states including India adopted the “Transforming our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development”. Through an unprecedented consultative process involving national governments and millions of citizens across the globe, a set of 17 Sustainable Development Goals and 169 associated targets were developed. This ambitious agenda sets out a global framework to end extreme poverty, fight inequality and injustice, and fix climate change until 2030. The goals and targets are people-centric, transformative, universal and integrated. “Harnessing tourism's benefits will be critical to achieving the sustainable development goals and implementing the post-2015 development agenda” UN Secretary-General, Ban Ki-moon, World Tourism Day 2014 The United Nations 70th General Assembly designated 2017 as the International Year of Sustainable Tourism for Development. In the context of the universal 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the International Year aims to support a change in policies, business practices and consumer behavior towards a more sustainable tourism sector that contributes to the SDGs. In the context of these developments it becomes imperative that the Sikkim Tourism Policy encompasses the principles of sustainability taking into account the economic, social and environmental dimensions of development so as to directly contribute to attainment of the Sustainable Development Goals. Tourism has the potential to contribute, directly or indirectly, to all of the goals. In particular, it has been included as targets under Goal 8 -Inclusive and sustainable economic growth, Goal 12 - Sustainable consumption and production and Goal 14 - Sustainable use of oceans and marine resources. The targets mentioned under the goals specify devising and implementing policies to promote sustainable tourism which creates jobs, promotes local culture and products. Achieving this 05 agenda, however, requires a clear implementation framework, adequate financing and investment in technology, infrastructure and human resources. 2.1 Key considerations The Sustainable Development Goals is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity and has been developed to address the three pillars of the economic, socio-cultural and environment. Tourism impacts all three, and therefore is a key sector that can contribute to the achievement of SDGs. :: Economic The tourism industry is a provider of employment across the world. Poverty alleviation is one of the greatest global challenges, and sustainable tourism provides immense opportunities to address this issue. Tourism that focuses around communities with targeted pro poor initiatives has tremendous potential to bring about economic as well as social upliftment. :: Socio-cultural Providing authentic cultural experiences for visitors lies at the heart of sustainable tourism, which reinforces the need to conserve cultural heritage. At the same time, tourism also provides the opportunity to address gender issues through strengthening women's participation and their role in decision making. The UNWTO Code of Global Ethics for tourism calls for gender equality which provides a strong foundation for this SDG. :: Environment For tourism to sustain in the long run, it is imperative that tourism policies take a strong stand on safeguarding the environment. Tourism demands safe water and proper sanitation as well as safe cities and communities for its visitors. Unlike other businesses, tourism has incentive to provide all these to both attract visitors and encourage them to return. 06 (State Income Unit 3. TOURISM IN SIKKIM 3.1 State Profile Sikkim, the Hidden Land for many years, came into lime light after it became the 22nd State of the country in 1975. Previously a tiny kingdom tucked away in an inaccessible corner of the Eastern Himalayas, an air of mystery and mysticism surrounds this small state. Located in the north east of India, Sikkim is a landlocked State spread across 7,096 Km2 that shares three international borders with Nepal in the west, Bhutan in the east, and Tibet Autonomous Region of China in the north and east. The State of West Bengal lies to the south of Sikkim. In 2002, it joined the North Eastern Council (NEC) to become its eighth and youngest member. Sikkim is a wholly mountainous State, with one third of its area lying above 3,000 meters, of which a large portion is covered by snowcapped peaks, glaciers and alpine meadows. This natural steep topography is a determining factor for the state vis-a-vis land-use pattern, connectivity issue, and infrastructure development. The climate of Sikkim is highly varied due to factors related to wide range of elevation and also partly due to diverse configuration of surrounding high mountains, valleys and water bodies. The weather ranges from sub-tropical humid climate to temperate alpine and arctic. The average temperature of the state varies from sub-zero during winter to 28 degrees centigrade during summers, while precipitation varies from 2,700 mm to 3,200 mm. With a population of 6,10,577 in 2011, Sikkim is the least populous State of India. The population is unevenly distributed within the State's four districts, East, West, North and South. Sikkim's population is still largely rural, and over 60 per cent of the population is directly or indirectly dependent on agriculture and allied sectors. Sikkim's literacy rate has had a remarkable jump from less than 7 per cent in 1951 to 82 per cent in 2011. The State's per capita income for 2015-2016 is recorded as Rs. 2,59,950 (at current price) which is the highest among the northeastern states. DESME) Natural Landscape Sikkim has an altitudinal gradient that rises from 300 meters to the highest point of India, Mount Khangchendzonga, which stands tall at 8,586 meters and is revered as the state's guardian deity. This elevation gradient provides a wide range of ecological conditions from low tropical, temperate to sub alpine and alpine zones. A part of the Tibetan plateau falls in North Sikkim, which adds to the natural variation in the landscape. Thus, Sikkim is a biogeographically unique landscape having a wide range of ecological conditions in a small expanse of geographical area. 07 Tall mountain peaks that rise above 7,000 meters, glaciers that give rise to numerous wetlands which drain into streams and rivulets characterise the high-altitude areas of the state, which lie above the tree line and have an abundance of stunted vegetation. The other major peaks are Simvo, Pandim, Kabru, and Siniolchu, which adorn the Sikkim skies. The State has a forest cover of over 47.80 per cent (FEWMD), which is the highest in the country. With one National Park and seven Wildlife Sanctuaries that cover an area of around 2,183 Km2, Sikkim's protected area network is the largest in the country. Pristine stretches of temperate forests of conifers, oaks and rhododendrons which form important water reservoirs are found at mid to high elevations of 1,800- 3,800 meters. Tropical forests stretch between 250 -1,800 meters. The high altitude areas of the State are home to the elusive snow leopard, which preys on the blue sheep, Tibetan argali, Tibetan gazelle, Tibetan wild ass, etc. The State animal of Sikkim, the red panda, shares its temperate habitat with musk deer, Asiatic black bear, Himalayan Tahr, Goral, Serow and beautiful Pheasants such as the Blood Pheasant, Himalayan Monal and Satyr Tragopan. Apart from larger fauna, the State has a healthy diversity of birds (574 species) and butterflies of which 689 species have been recorded. Sikkim has a rich variety of flora and around 4458 flowering plants have been recorded in the State, with orchids and rhododendrons being the most highly prized. Sikkim's two main rivers, Teesta and Rangeet, originate in the North from Teesta Khangshe glacier and West from Rathong Glacier and are fed as they flow down the valleys by numerous other streams and rivulets. Most of the high altitude wetlands that dot the landscape of the state are revered as sacred by locals. The Phamrong in West, Seven Sisters and Lingzya waterfalls in North are some of the state's beautiful scenic spots. 08 Culture and People Sikkim's population comprises many ethnic, linguistic and cultural groups, each characterized by their unique culture, customs and traditions that exhibit strong bonds with nature and the environment. The three main communities are Lepchas, Bhutias and Nepalis, of which 'Nepalis' form an umbrella category which includes a large number of communities such as Limboo, Rai, Gurung, Sherpa, Mangar, Chhetri, Bahun, Newar, Tamang, Bhujel, Kami, Damai,etc. 3.2 Tourism Development in Sikkim Growth of Tourism in Sikkim Tracing the growth of tourism in the State prior to its merger with India, tourist inflows to Sikkim were negligible. Even after merger, growth was slow till the 1980's as large areas remained inaccessible or restricted to tourists. It was only in the last decade of the century, that tourism growth picked up considerably as more areas came under relaxation of the permit regime and Sikkim gained popularity as an upcoming tourist destination. Tourism saw a big boost between 2010-17 with tourist arrival figures equalling and surpassing the State population. Today, tourism is fast evolving as one of the most important drivers of the State economy. Tourism centres and circuits began slowly developing from Gangtok, and gradually extended to Rabong, Pelling ,Yuksam, Lachung and Lachen. Adventure tourism in the form of trekking along the Yuksam-Dzongri- Goechala trail which had begun in the pre-merger days began to pick up. Around 1988, the State Government took a decision to allow tourists to visit Tsomgo Lake. Located at a distance of only 35 km from Gangtok, the capital town, Tsomgo became the closest accessible destination to experience snowfall for tourists coming from West Bengal. This was followed by opening up of Nathula, which gave visitors an opportunity to go right up till the Chinese border point of this ancient mountain pass. Similar relaxation of permits in West Sikkim, Zuluk in East Sikkim and Gurudongmar Lake and Yumthang Valley and Yumesamdong in North Sikkim, witnessed a surge of tourist flows to these areas. These were major milestones in Sikkim's tourism history. This was also aided by the Government's decision to allow Leave Travel Concession by Air to the North East Region in 2010 for Central Government employees. 09 With a flourishing tourism industry that was on the one hand more veered towards mass tourism, Sikkim also pioneered in creating an ecotourism pathway weaving in principles of strong community participation, as well as nature and cultural conservation on the other. In 2002, the South Asian Regional Conference on Ecotourism was organised in Sikkim by The International Ecotourism Society (TIES) and Ecotourism and Conservation Society of Sikkim (ECOSS) with support from UNDP and the Ministry of Tourism. This was a milestone in introducing the concept of Ecotourism to Sikkim and the North East Region and in defining community-based tourism in the state. Several ecotourism sites in different parts of the State like Kewzing, Yuksam, Dzongu and Pastanga were some of the first Community-Based Tourism (CBT) sites that evolved as a result, and established themselves. The core component of these CBT initiatives was the village homestay, a new tourism product that ensured spread of tourism benefits to local communities. Since then the Government has taken several initiatives to support village tourism and ecotourism including the notification of the Sikkim Ecotourism Policy in 2011 and the Sikkim Registration of Homestay Establishment Rules 2013 and more recently, the construction of 736 homestays (Hospitality Division, Department of Tourism, GoS) under the rural tourism programme funded by the XIII Finance Commission in different villages all over Sikkim. Tourist arrivals in Sikkim have seen unprecedented growth in the last three decades. From a mere 15,000 tourists in 1980 to a whopping 14,24,965 tourists in 2017 (domestic and foreign), (Statistical Cell, Department of Tourism & CA GoS) the growth has indeed been tremendous. Domestic tourists grew at an average annual rate of between 10 to 25% for the period 2005 to 2017. Foreign tourist growth has shown an annual growth rate average of 8% from 2005 to 2013. State-wise domestic tourist breakup shows that the top five state visitors to Sikkim are from West Bengal, Maharashtra, Gujarat, Delhi and Uttar Pradesh. West Bengal by itself constitutes around 55% of the tourists (TECS Tourism Master Plan). Amongst foreign tourists, the most foreign tourists visiting Sikkim are from Nepal, USA, Germany, UK, France and Thailand and Australia. In terms of proportion of domestic and foreign tourists, the figures show an overwhelming average of 95% in favour of domestic tourists for the past five years. The Department has made constant efforts for building capacities of local stakeholders in the Tourism sector through regular trainings, such as for guides (trekking, birdwatching, mountaineering, rafting,) cooks, adventure tour operators etc. The establishments of the Institute of Hotel Management in Rumtek and the Indian Himalayan Centre for Adventure and Ecotourism in Chemchey have strongly contributed to these initiatives. Various steps for facilitating e-governance such as facilities for online Inner-Line Permits, seeking feedback from tourists and Statistical Information System etc. have been executed by the Department which has contributed to tourist facilitation. With regard to tourism infrastructure development, Sikkim has excelled in leveraging central funds for the construction and development of tourist wayside amenities, destination and circuit development, and unique tourist attractions such as ropeways, skywalks and landmark religious monuments. Religious tourism has been augmented with the construction of several unique and gigantic religious monuments, which includes statues of Guru Padmasambhava in Samdruptse, the ChaarDhaam at Solophok, Namchi and Lord Buddha's statue at the Tathagatha Tsal in Rabong. There are several other such statues and monuments in the pipeline. Ropeways have been built in Namchi and Tsomgo Lake. A sky walk, the first of its kind, is under construction in Bhaleydhunga while a green field airport in Pakyong is soon to be made operational. Owing to its diversity of communities, Sikkim has a number of traditional religious festivals that attract tourists, notable amongst which are the Pang Lhabsol, Drukpa Tseshe, Tendong Lho Rum Faat, 10 Dasain and Tyohar, Losoong, BhumChu, Saga Dawa and Sakewa. There are also a number of tourism-focused festivals held every year in different locations around the State. Among these, the Gangtok Winter Carnival which is organized to bolster tourism during the lean season is gaining fast popularity. The adventure tourism sector which has tremendous potential was earlier confined mainly to trekking, white water rafting and mountaineering and had seen slow growth. Recently the sector has witnessed rapid expansion through new adventure activities such as mountain biking, and paragliding. A landmark event was the recent holding of the first Sikkim FAI CATII International Paragliding Accuracy Championship. In mountaineering three new peaks Frey's Peak, Lama Angden and Brumkhangse were opened for Alpine expeditions in 2005 in addition to Mount Jopuno and Tinchenkhang. Permission for the Green Lake Trek has been transferred from the Central Government to the State Government. With its immense biodiversity wealth, the State is also attracting a growing band of nature lovers, and many young local youth are aspiring to take up professional guiding in these activities particularly in birding and butterfly watching. Accolades and Awards In view of the above, Sikkim has always been a forerunner in tourism development. Sikkim's success in tourism has brought the State many accolades; some notable ones are presented in the table below: Awards Period Awarded by Best Tourism Performing State in the North Every Year from 1998 -99 to Ministry of Tourism GOI East (National) 2002-03 and 2005-2006 Best Ecotourism Destination 2005 Hospitality India Best State for Tourism Related Programmes 2006-07 and Ministry of Tourism GOI (National) 2007-08 Best Adventure Tourism Destination 2008 PATWA & Safari India National Award Best State for Tourism Related Programmes 2007-08 Ministry of Tourism GOI (National) Best State/Union Territory in Tourism Related Programmes & Development of Infrastructure 2010, 2011 Ministry of Tourism GOI (National) India's Most Progressive Tourism State 2010 Today’s Traveler Best State for Comprehensive Development of 2012 Ministry of Tourism GOI Tourism (National) Most Innovative & Unique Tourism Project for 2012 Ministry of Tourism GOI Siddhesvara Dham Solophok project (National) Best State -Campaign Clean India 2012-2013 Ministry of Tourism GOI Best State in the Country in implementation of 2012-13 Ministry of Tourism GOI Rural Tourism Projects – 2012 (National) Best Region to Visit in the World 2014 Lonely Planet Global Travel Guide Ranked 17th out of 52 Places to go in 2017 2017 New York Times Most Responsible Tourism Project (Joint 2017 Ministry of Tourism GOI Winner) 11 (DESME State Income Unit). 3.3 Tourism in the State economy There is a lack of comprehensive data to understand the contribution of the tourism sector to the State economy. Based on the figures of tourist accommodation available and the numbers of service providers, direct employment generated by this sector can be roughly estimated to be around 12,000 to 15,000 jobs at present. At the same time, the Human Development Report also notes that the industry has 61% direct workers employed from outside the State. Some of the factors contributing to this are that a majority of hotels in the State are leased out to parties outside Sikkim who prefer to source their workers from outside the State, and that a significant proportion of the transport sector also engages employees similarly. There is also a reluctance of local youth to take up jobs offered by these service providers. In the last decade, tourism sector in Sikkim has seen a growth rate of 10-12 %. The Gross State Domestic Product of Tourism Sector in 2016-17 has been valued at Rs 1,44,735 lakhs with total contribution of tourism sector to GSDP being 7.68% In terms of existing capacity and strength and as per figures available, there are currently 1021 hotels, (with over 16945 rooms and 34133 beds capacity), 1119 Travel Agents, 69 Restaurants, 66 Tourist Guides and 371 homestays registered with the Department. In addition there are 47 hotels registered at project level (under construction) stage. (Carrying Capacity Survey 2017 Dept of Tourism GoS) There were 646 taxis registered under the Luxury Taxi category and 6445 under local (non luxury) taxis as on 31st March 2015 (Regional Transport Authority, MV Dept. GoS). There are also a significant number of service providers who have not come within the ambit of the official statistics due to a laxity in the registration process. The indirect employment generated by the industry is however much larger and encompasses a broad section of the population ranging from construction to supplies and various services. Clearly tourism has emerged very strongly as one of the key drivers of the State economy with potential for generating long term sustainable employment. 3.4 Strengths and challenges of tourism in Sikkim Strengths Green and clean image - Sikkim's tag of being a peaceful State has been one of its key strengths for tourism promotion, and over the years, tourism in the State has grown at a rapid pace. Sikkim conjures an image of greenery amidst tranquility. It has notably been one of the greenest States in the country with strong policies to maintain the state's green cover and has been declared the first fully Organic Farming State in India in January 2016. To add to that, Sikkim attained the first Nirmal Rajya 12 status in the country, and a recent addition is also that of Gangtok, the capital city being ranked as the cleanest city in India in the Cleanliness Index, 2015 conducted by Ministry of Tourism. Sikkim has an Ecotourism Policy which will pave way for shaping tourism in protected and forest areas of the State. The ban on firecrackers and agricultural waste burning are also exemplary green initiatives that the State has undertaken. Community participation - Sikkim has also led the way in community based tourism initiatives, and has models that showcase good practices of revenue generation and sharing. The State has been a frontrunner in promotion of homestays which ensures tourism benefits directly for communities and there are various forms of homestay tourism currently in the State. The Pokhri Sanrakshan Samiti model formed under the Lake Conservation Guidelines of the Sikkim Government that puts community at the forefront for management of wetlands that are prime tourism destinations in the state has also been very successful. Tourism stakeholders are also well organised in Sikkim and there are strong private investments in this sector which also bolsters the overall state of tourism. Diverse tourism products - Blessed with natural attractions, Sikkim has great potential for developing its tourism around its assets such as its rich biodiversity, natural attractions of mountains, rivers, snows, etc. Coupled with this, Sikkim's history and its diversity of culture brought about by the presence of different ethnic groups in the State elevates the State's tourism value to another level. The adventure sector which has tremendous potential for attracting high value tourists in the future has been little explored till date, and can become a key strength of the State's tourism. However, in the absence of a long term vision for tourism in the state, this sector has developed in a largely unplanned manner and has veered inadvertently towards promotion of mass tourism, and is not without challenges. Challenges Ecological impacts - Sikkim occupies only .02 per cent of the Indian subcontinent but this tiny piece of landmass that falls in the Eastern Himalaya biodiversity hotspot harbors some of the most interesting and endemic flora and fauna that occupy all corners of the State. The high altitude areas of the State that are ecologically fragile are important habitats as well as crucial in terms of water security. Many of the State's ecologically fragile areas are subjected to large inflow of tourists which has serious environmental concerns. Vehicular pollution, disturbance to wildlife, garbage accumulation are some of the current major challenges brought about by tourism which need to be addressed. Moreover, a 13 major challenge is bio-piracy. Instances of smuggling of seeds and other wild products by visitors in the garb of tourists have been reported in the past which lead to violation of the National Biodiversity Act. Connectivity and communication - Owing to its location and topography, connectivity has always remained a broad challenge for the State that has grappled with bad road conditions for many years. Tourist's feedback on their experience in Sikkim place bad road conditions foremost among their grievances. Poor communication through internet and mobile connectivity is also an issue that has reflected negatively for Sikkim's tourism. Limited employment opportunities to locals - Capacities of local people have not been adequately strengthened to address the needs of the tourism sector. On the other hand, the willingness of local youths to be involved in this sector and creation of an enabling environment for them is a challenge that needs to be addressed. While all tourism stakeholders strongly stress on the need to generate local employment from tourism, the reality is that a large part of the tourism sector is currently run by people from outside the state, be it hotels, transport sector or travel operators. Lack of regulations/ standards - Absence of stringent regulation and standards in the tourism service sector has been detrimental for Sikkim's tourism growth. This has also led to some negative publicity for the state, which needs to be corrected. For a state like Sikkim which is situated in a high seismic zone, enforcement of BIS guidelines for all construction becomes highly pertinent and crucial. Setting of standards in all these aspects and its compliance by all stakeholders will lead to enhanced visitor experience. 3.5 Need for a tourism policy for Sikkim Over the decades, tourism has experienced continued growth and diversification to become one of the fastest growing economic sectors in the world. Modern tourism is closely linked to development and encompasses growing number of new destinations. These dynamics have turned tourism into a key driver for socio-economic progress. Tourism in Sikkim has come up in a big way, with the number of tourists, both domestic and foreign, continuously increasing. The domestic tourist inflow increased from 552453 in 2011 to 13,75,854 in 2017 thereby showing an increase of approximately 15.75% per annum. (Statistical Cell, Department of Tourism & CA GoS). Between 1981 and 2006, the compound annual growth rate for tourists has been calculated to be 11.37 per cent. For the same period, domestic and foreign tourist arrivals grew at an annual compound rate of 11.68 per cent and 8.28 per cent respectively. Sikkim declared tourism as an industry during the 10th Five Year plan (2002-07). 14 Understanding the need to have guiding policies, several attempts were made by the State Government to prepare guiding documents for shaping Sikkim's tourism through development of Tourism Master Plans. As early as 1998, when the initial tourism development was taking shape in Sikkim, the first Tourism Master Plan (1998 2011) was prepared by the State Government. This five-volume master plan clearly outlined the need for planned, inclusive growth and for targeting high value visitors. This was followed by a second Master Plan in 2010. In 2010, a Sikkim Tourism Mission- 2015 was released by the State Government, which emphasized the need for both, ecological and economic sustainability in tourism, through promotion of quality tourism and enhanced participation of local stakeholders. As with other green policies of the State, this Tourism Mission Statement elucidated strong political will to guide Sikkim's tourism towards a sustainable future. The Sikkim Ecotourism Policy, 2011 was also developed by the State Government. It set guidelines and strategies for development of tourism around protected areas and forest areas of the State, which highlights the issues of zoning and carrying capacities in fragile areas. However, tourism continued to develop in an arbitrary manner with various government departments such as the Department of Tourism; Forest, Environment and Wildlife Management, Rural Management and Development engaged in tourism development and facilitation but working in isolation of each other. Thus, a need was felt for a joint and collaborative approach, which would address tourism in a holistic manner through an integrated approach. There was an urgent need, therefore, to consolidate all existing missions and plans, and together with strong participation of the tourism stakeholders develop a Policy for Sikkim Tourism. In the face of a growing and changing tourism industry, the policy shall provide guidance for bringing sustainability through inclusive growth, enhancing capacities of tourism stakeholders as well as for developing regulatory frameworks, which shall ensure quality experience for visitors to the State. At this stage of tourism development, the visitors' perspective also needs to be factored in. Increasingly people are looking for authentic and distinctive experiences. Additionally, the objective of conserving 15 culture and nature has gained even more importance. This requires a comprehensive guiding document in the form of a policy for shaping Sikkim's tourism sector, which also has been a long felt need in the State. 3.6 Methodology for Policy Development: The need for a comprehensive policy was a key takeaway point from a workshop on “Strengthening Sustainable Tourism in Sikkim” organized in 2014. There was robust participation of tourism stakeholders of the state. The process of preparation of Sikkim's Tourism Policy was designed to be a participatory and inclusive process with involvement of a wide range of stakeholders. Major steps taken were: Setting up of task force/ committee - As an outcome of the workshop, a task force led by WWF-India and ECOSS was set up by the Tourism Department to work on the policy formulation with involvement of all stakeholders. Consultations - Several consultation workshops and one to one interviews to engage actively with various stakeholders were organised between March 2015 August, 2015. These included the travel agents, hoteliers, home-stay operators, STDC and taxi drivers. The main purpose was to understand stakeholders' perspective on tourism in Sikkim and the challenges thereof. Facilitated discussion points were captured from each workshop. These have been fed into specific sections of the policy. Inputs from the tourists - Visitor feedback was recorded with the help of hotels and travel agents. Care was taken to cover all types of hotels so as to reach out to a wide category of visitors. The information was collated and analysed for specific inputs into the policy. Policy reviews - Review of tourism policies of other states and countries was conducted as part of the policy drafting process. The draft National Tourism Policy was also thoroughly studied and utilized to align the State Tourism Policy wherever relevant. The study of master plans of Sikkim prepared earlier by various agencies such as the Tourism Master Plan (1997 2011) by Tata Economic Consultancy Services, Sikkim Tourism Master Plan- 2011 prepared by Master Consult Services of Singapore, 20 years Perspective Plan for Sustainable Tourism Development in Sikkim - 2002 by Horizon Industrial Consultancy Service for the Ministry of Tourism, the FEWMD's Sikkim Ecotourism Policy- 2011, Sikkim Tourism Mission - 2010 of the State Government. Inputs were taken from within the Tourism Department on the draft framework of the policy document to provide greater clarity and seek suggestions towards finalization of the policy document. 16 SECTION B SIKKIM TOURISM POLICY 1. VISION Sikkim becomes a highly valued responsible tourism destination with tourism contributing significantly to the State economy while conserving its natural and cultural heritage 2. GUIDING PRINCIPLES The following principles shall guide the tourism sector in Sikkim i) Environmental Sustainability Tourism development will not be at the cost of degradation of the environment and natural resources of the state. ii) Cultural integrity Tourism development will ensure appreciation, promotion and conservation of Sikkim's diverse culture. iii) Equity, Inclusiveness & Social Justice Opportunities and benefits of tourism shall not exclude those disadvantaged by gender, remoteness and poverty, and tourism practices shall ensure the upholding of human rights and justice. iv) Atithi Devo Bhava Tourism development shall focus on providing quality experiences and services for all visitors and ensure their safety and satisfaction. 3. GOALS In line with the need for tourism to contribute significantly to the UN Sustainable Development Goals, the five main goals that the policy objectives of tourism development in Sikkim will achieve are: Goal 1 - Develop tourism as a key sector in Sikkim's economy The Human Development Report (HDR) 2014 has identified certain potential sectors for growth and livelihood creation, of which tourism ranks the highest. The HDR recognizes that Sikkim has a comparative advantage in tourism with its beautiful landscape, diverse flora and fauna, culture and traditions and hospitable people. Other factors that contribute to positioning Sikkim as a prime tourist destination are its peaceful environment, political stability, high literacy rate, its green policies such as organic farming and easy accessibility. Sikkim's Tourism Mission 2015 aspires to “make tourism the main livelihood of the people of Sikkim, and each and every household and individual, a skilled force for the tourism industry”. At the same time the Government of India's increased focus on the development of the North East Region has earmarked tourism as a priority area (Draft National Tourism Policy 2015). New opportunities 17 are emerging such as the Kailash Mansarovar pilgrimage through Nathula Pass, which was flagged off in 2015, the declaration of the Khangchendzonga National Park as a natural and cultural World Heritage Site, opening of new peaks and the relaxation of the permit process for the Green Lake Trek. Improved core infrastructure such as completion of the ongoing widening of National Highway 10 to Sikkim and the commissioning of the Green Field airport in Pakyong and a proposed rail link will facilitate the flow of tourists to the State. Leveraging of information technology, such as online availability of ILPs and RAPs, web-based booking portals and mobile tourism information application, high social media presence for tourist information dissemination, will make Sikkim more readily accessible to visitors. There is also a growing demand for new products like village tourism and homestays, mountain biking, paragliding, bird and butterfly-watching, all of which can generate a host of new service providers from amongst the local youth. Tourism has linkages with a wide range of allied sectors and services that can provide employment and income to locals. By developing local capacities for entrepreneurship, and service delivery and a focus on high-value nature and culture-based products, the State has the capacity to leverage these opportunities to make tourism a key sector in Sikkim's economy. Goal 2 - Promote low impact sustainable tourism for the State An emerging trend in tourism is the increasing demand to develop tourism in new destinations. While this can help to increase tourism development, unless carefully managed, it can also lead to irreversible negative impacts on ecologically and culturally sensitive areas. Existing ecologically fragile destinations like Tsomgo Lake, Yumthang Valley and Lake Gurudongmar already have heavy tourist traffic during the peak season. Sikkim's natural and cultural heritage has been the main attraction for tourists visiting the State, and their conservation should be the primary objective, through promotion of responsible tourism, which does not focus on maximizing number of visitors but on enhancing the visitor experiences, while generating benefits for local communities and minimizing the ecological footprint. Future tourism development in Sikkim shall focus on low-impact/high value models while better managing the mass tourism destinations. Zonation of specific areas marketed as high-value destinations to regulate numbers of visitors and activities, implemented in convergence with the State Ecotourism Policy -2011 will be vital. At the same time, existing fragile destinations shall be carefully re-examined through an understanding of 'carrying capacity' and if necessary new regulations and management systems shall be put in place. Following sustainable guidelines in infrastructure development in the tourism sector to lower the environmental impacts is also critical. While increased tourist arrivals may be desirable to a certain extent and is an indicator of Sikkim's popularity as a tourist destination, there is an optimum limit to the maximum number of tourists that the State with its small area and limited resources can handle before the negative impacts outweigh the benefits. A close watch on numbers and impacts and a definite shift from mass to high value tourism is what needs to be ultimately targeted to make tourism viable/sustainable for future generations. Goal 3 - Make Sikkim a prime round the year destination for nature, adventure and culture based tourism within India and globally Tourists visit Sikkim for a variety of reasons and while many of them might be notionally based around visits to natural or cultural areas, not all tourists get the opportunity to fully experience or appreciate the natural beauty or cultural heritage of the State. Although Sikkim is blessed with outstanding natural and cultural sites that are at par with the best in the world, 18 many of these have been reduced to simply areas for recreational tourism (e.g. Tsomgo Lake) that also end up as mass tourism destinations that are highly seasonal in demand. By focusing on supporting and promoting nature and culture-based tourism that is spread throughout the year (including monsoons and winter periods) over recreational or leisure tourism, Sikkim can attract tourists that will spend more, appreciate the natural and cultural heritage of the state, and contribute more to the local economy all year round. This can come in the form of carefully planned and implemented itineraries that include hiking, trekking, mountain biking, nature walks, bird watching, rural homestays, organic farming holidays, cultural and religious interpretation, meditation, monastery and local festival tours. Such quality experiences will also ensure repeat visits. Goal 4 - Tourism benefits are broad based to support local, social and economic development in Sikkim and also ensure social justice. It is important that economic benefits generated from tourism are distributed as widely and equitably as possible and that they primarily contribute to the socio-economic development of the people of Sikkim. This means that different areas and service providers all have fairly equal opportunity to benefit from tourism and not limited to more resourceful and well-connected groups from either outside the State or certain pockets of the State capturing most of the benefits. However, this should not be at the cost of service quality or the overall visitor experience. Therefore, consistent standards of service and infrastructure support need to be ensured across regions and service providers in the state. A strong focus on promotion of rural tourism to showcase Sikkim's vibrant and diverse culture shall also serve to diversify tourists from the urban pockets and seek to spread benefits accrued from the sector to more people. At the same time, opportunities and benefits of tourism shall contribute to the goal of a poverty free state and provide enhanced opportunities for women and disadvantaged groups such as school dropouts and educated unemployed. More opportunities for rural people shall also curb the rural urban migration. Tourism services shall be strictly monitored to ensure upholding human rights and justice such as the non-exploitation of children and women and ensuring fair wages. Goal 5. All tourism infrastructure and services shall be of the best standards and quality delivering a consistent high level of satisfaction and hospitality to tourists. Sikkim is already a sought after tourism destination, known for the hospitable nature of its people. However, with the growing number of visitors and service providers, and a high component of leased out hotels, there is increasing concern about lowering of standards and of the quality of services and infrastructure. To ensure that the tourist is assured a high level of satisfaction to encourage revisits and positive feedback, the department and industry shall work to establish standards and certification systems amongst all service providers. These shall be at par with the best of the industry and shall also confirm to the Sustainable Tourism Criteria for India (STCI) and indicators. At the same time all tourism infrastructure shall be designed for low environmental impact that confirm with green building concepts, upgraded and sustainably maintained to be of the highest standards and in conformity to STCI and its indicators. Regulatory and management guidelines in both existing mass tourism destinations and new destinations shall be effectively implemented. 19 4. KEY TOURISM PRODUCTS Sikkim's main attraction is its nature and cool climate which makes it a perfect getaway for travelers. The richness of the State's diverse culture and tradition with strong bonds with nature and religion also add to the attraction. To address the policy goals of promoting cultural and natural heritage of Sikkim for developing high value low impact tourism in the State the key products are proposed as - Conventional leisure based tourism Nature based tourism or Ecotourism Adventure based tourism Culture based tourism & village homestays Religion based tourism MICE (Meetings, Incentive Events, Conferences and Exhibitions) Health and Wellness tourism Conventional Leisure based Tourism Conventional leisure based tourism pertain to that section of tourists who come with the prime purpose of sightseeing and recreation, to enjoy Sikkim's natural scenery along with its cool climate and peaceful atmosphere. They are the casual holiday makers and currently comprise the bulk of the tourists who visit Sikkim. This form of tourism with high volumes and limited spending is the main driver of the tourism industry. However this sector has high impact on the environment and local resources in the form of high generation of waste, high consumption of energy and water, high pollution from vehicles and traffic congestion. This form of tourism shall be encouraged but with a close watch on numbers and with a designed shift to higher value tourism with softer footprints and through improved quality of services. Such measures taken to upgrade the infrastructure and services with a resultant hike in tariff can serve as a disincentive for the unchecked rise in high volume tourism. Further this will be backed by regular carrying capacity studies to determine negative impacts and peak capacities of tourist traffic permissible in all high tourist density areas and mechanisms to ensure that the recommended capacities are not exceeded. Nature based tourism or Ecotourism Nature and natural scenery forms the main draw for tourists to Sikkim. According to the International Ecotourism Society (TIES) “Responsible travel to natural areas, which conserves the environment and which provides benefits to local communities while ensuring enriched experiences for visitors can be termed as ecotourism.” The Forest Environment and Wildlife Management Department has prepared the Sikkim Ecotourism Policy 2011 which advocates for certain strategies and guidelines for ecotourism development particularly for protected areas and also to bring consensus on the concept of ecotourism. For serious nature lovers, Sikkim has a host of products to offer such as birding, butterfly watching, botanical and zoological excursions, nature walks and soft trekking around protected areas. Sikkim's wealth of biodiversity that include some of the most enigmatic species of flora and fauna can 20 be leveraged to attract researchers, students and hobbyists for high value tourism, with development of specific action plans. Adventure based tourism Sikkim with its stupendous mountains, gorges and valleys, glaciers, snows, lakes and rivers, forests and altitudinal and topographical diversity, has tremendous potential for development of adventure tourism which would also be in alignment with the tourism policy goals of bringing in high value tourists to the State. Some of the key adventure tourism products are trekking, mountaineering, paragliding, mountain biking, rafting/ kayaking, zip-lining. With the establishment of the Indian Himalayan Centre for Adventure & Ecotourism (IHCAE) at Chemchey, there is an excellent opportunity to develop high class training and certification within the state. There is a need to have long term comprehensive planning, high quality infrastructure, encouragement of local stakeholders, improvement of standards and training with strict regulation and aggressive marketing in adventure sports. Focused efforts to improve and promote tourist traffic in routes other than the already popular ones such as the Yuksom-Dzongri-Goechela route. Culture based tourism & village homestays Sikkim with its plethora of ethnic communities has tremendous potential for offering tourists a multidimensional cultural experience. At the heart of the rural experience are the homestays spread across the state which provide a glimpse into the village lifestyle and culture. Village based resorts catering to the high end tourists are growing in number. Ethnic cuisine and food products, organic produce, ethnic songs and dances, traditional dresses, handicrafts, vernacular architecture, festivals, traditional medicines, folktales, are some of the items on offer in the cultural basket. There is a growing concern that rapid development and modernization is slowly eroding these cultural treasures and tourism can play a major role in its conservation. The Tourism Department's project to create over 1500 homestays in villages across the state and the State's organic mission shall support the culture and rural based tourism provided linkages are developed. Religion based Tourism Sikkim has wide acceptance as a place for understanding Mahayana Buddhism as practiced by the Karmakargyudpa and Nyinmapa sects and owing to the strong association it has with Guru Padmasambhava and Lhatsun Chenpo. The Nay-Sol, a religious scripture, details and describes Sikkim as a sacred landscape and is like a travel guide for location of the sacred sites in the State. Buddhism in Sikkim while retaining the basic principles of Mahayana Buddhism has assumed a characteristic distinct from that of Tibet by its amalgamation with the Bon religion practiced by the Lepchas the original inhabitants of Sikkim in the pre-Buddhist period. Buddhist Monasteries and numerous places of hermitage and meditation are present in all corners of the State, some dating back nearly 300 years, offering great spiritual pull for visitors. Monasteries such as Tashiding, Pemayantgtse, Phodong, Dubdi, Tholung, Ralang and Rumtek see a constant stream of pilgrimage visitors and tourists throughout the year and especially during religious festivals. Sikkim's close association with Bhutan religiously has also drawn many visitors from the neighbouring country for religious purposes. The Namgyal Institute of Tibetology with its storehouse of ancient Buddhist manuscripts and texts and a long history of research in Tibetan Buddhism serves as an asset for the State, drawing in researchers and scholars from all across the world. 21 Apart from this rich religious heritage, the State Government has also developed religious monuments and religious places such as the statue of Gurupadmasambhava in Samdruptse, Tathagatha Tsal, Char Dham, etc. that are boosting Sikkim's pilgrimage tourism. Sikkim is therefore well positioned to attract pilgrims and tourists with religious interests. Char Dham or the four abodes are four pilgrimage sites in India that are widely revered by Hindus which comprises of Badrinath, Dwarka, Puri and Rameswaram. The replicas of these four sites have been constructed in South Sikkim at Solophok along with a main temple having the statue of Lord Shiva making it a unique Pilgrim Centre which bagged the 'Most Innovative and Unique Tourism Project' from Ministry of Tourism in 2012. MICE Tourism In recent years Sikkim has become an important destination for the holding of Meetings, Incentives, Conferences and Exhibitions. Many hotels have upgraded or planned their infrastructure to include proper conference hall venues with the necessary equipments to cater to the demand for this fast growing form of tourism. Sikkim's peaceful atmosphere, salubrious climate and numerous cultural and natural attractions forms the perfect combination for institutions and companies to hold their MICE events in the state. MICE tourism also offers an excellent product to tide over the seasonality of tourism. It can also be linked with other tourism products on offer as part of the pre-/post leisure activity for such packages. Current capacity for hosting MICE events is very limited, with very few venues big enough to hold large events indeed some of these belong to the Government. Quality of the infrastructure and supporting equipment generally needs improvement. Current customers comprise mainly the Government, local companies and institutions, though the number of companies and organizations from outside holding events in Sikkim is slowly growing. There is a strong need to build more high quality and larger MICE infrastructure to attract the corporate world. Health and wellness Tourism With increasing consumer demand for wellness services and products, the global wellness market is now estimated to be around US$3.4 trillion (The 2014 Global Spa & Wellness Economy Monitor). While a large section of visitors specifically travel for seeking wellness experiences to maintain their health, there are growing numbers of tourists who want to keep up with their healthy habits when they travel for business or pleasure. Sikkim's cool climate and unpolluted environment makes it ideal as a retreat for those seeking recuperation and well being. Moreover, there are rich traditions in the landscape that make use of the vast treasures of medicinal plants and healing herbs that are available along with hot springs and hot stone baths (Dotho). An important part in the wellness sector Sikkim is on spiritual healing and Sikkim also has a lot to offer in this through various meditation techniques, Yogasthans and setting up of Ekanta Vaas getaways. Also a number of spas have already been established and initial capacity building exercises for this sector conducted through various agencies. The wellness industry has a strong potential for jobs in the North East Region. This is reflected in the large number of trainees graduating in this sector from the training institutes. There is a need for herbal medical centers, Yogasthan, etc. 22 5. POLICY OBJECTIVES Based on the guiding principles and the overall goals of tourism development in Sikkim described above, the following policy objectives are outlined: Objective 1: Establish and strengthen Institutional Structures to promote, manage and implement responsible tourism in Sikkim Objective 2: Ensure that Sikkim has the highest level of skills and capacity for quality service delivery through consistent human resource development Objective 3: Promote Standards and Certification for the Tourism Industry Objective 4: Promote sustainably managed tourism destinations, quality tourism infrastructure and safe transport Objective 5: Promote high value and high quality tourism products Objective 6: Ensure strategic and sustained marketing and publicity Objective 7: Promote enabling environment for tourism stakeholders Objective 8: Facilitate inter-sectoral coordination and convergence OBJECTIVE 1: Establish and strengthen Institutional Structures to promote, manage and implement responsible tourism in Sikkim To realize the vision of the policy and achieve its goals, it is critical to establish appropriate institutional structures for implementation at various levels and to strengthen existing ones. Besides the Tourism Department itself, there are institutes existing in the state which can be further strengthened and reorganized to meet the emerging needs and challenges of tourism, along with the creation of new institutions to address the issues of coordination and convergence. 1.1 Tourism Department strengthening and reorganisation 1.1.1: There is a need to have the Tourism Department play a stronger and more proactive role in the implementation of this policy. Challenges faced by the tourism industry are of establishment and maintenance of standards, coordination between departments, skill development, marketing, infrastructure planning and lack of institutional structures thereof to oversee these critical issues. There is also a need to improve the present system of collection of tourism related statistics. To address these, there shall be creation of separate divisions to look after the key aspects of tourism viz. Capacity Building, Marketing and Promotion including product development, Standards, Certification and Guidelines, Data Management & Research, and Destination and Infrastructure Planning. 1.1.2: Induction of professionals from the hospitality industry for ensuring quality planning, research, decision making, capacity building, setting of standards and certification and effective marketing. The 23 Tourism Department shall also hire professionals in an advisory capacity as and when required. 1.1.3 Creation of a separate cadre for the Tourism Department with officers having basic degrees in tourism studies or experience in the tourism trade. A Directorate of Tourism shall be created for execution of the Tourism Policy. The post of Director Tourism shall be held by a professionally qualified and experienced person in the field of tourism. 1.1.4 Capacity building needs of the Tourism Department in light of the reorganisation reviewed and planned. Capacity building / training programmes organised for staff working in the Tourism Department to gear them for meeting emerging opportunities and challenges. Staff shall be encouraged to take up higher studies in reputed tourism institutions. 1.1.5 The Data Management and Research Division shall look into revamping of the current system of data collection so as to provide regularly updated and accurate information on tourist arrivals, visitor profiles, trends and preferences, bed capacity, visitor feedback, etc. which shall also form the basis of research for developing marketing strategies. This shall be done in coordination with the Ministry of Tourism's Market Research Division. 1.1.6 The Data Management and Research Division shall also maintain a database of all certified and registered tourism service providers which shall be made publicly available in the department's website. 1.2 Constitution of Inter-Departmental Coordination Committee 1.2.1: Coordination and collaboration with other line departments for bringing convergence in tourism related matters are most essential. This includes single window systems for licences/permits and their renewal, ensuring core infrastructure support during tourist seasons, etc. The National Tourism Policy, 2015 (Draft), mandates the formation of an Inter-Departmental Coordination Committee, which shall be duly notified bringing together all relevant departments. The committee shall be chaired by the Chief Secretary with Secretary Tourism Department as the Member Secretary. The rules and regulations and operational guidelines for the functioning of this committee shall also be notified. 1.3: Strengthening and streamlining other tourism related institutes 1.3.1: Review of the functioning of State Tourism Development Corporation to clarify its role and to realign its objectives so that it plays a well defined and positive role for tourism development in the state. 1.3.2: Roles and functioning of Indian Himalayan Centre for Adventure and Ecotourism (IHCAE), the Ecotourism Directorate of the Forests, Environment and Wildlife Management Department shall be examined and redefined to bring them in alignment with the Tourism Policy objectives. 1.3.3 Existing community based tourism development committees from across the State shall be listed and duly recognised based on a set of criteria with adequate representation from all the districts. The department shall provide support to these recognised tourism committees and ensure their 24 participation in tourism development in their respective areas. 1.3.4: The Department shall develop guidelines for recognition of trade associations and the formation of apex committees of such associations in consultation with the tourism trade representatives. OBJECTIVE 2: Ensure that Sikkim has the highest level of skills and capacity for quality service delivery through consistent human resource development Human resource planning and development to cater to the tourism sector is currently inadequate. Currently, there is little coherence between the various trainings being provided in the state and a significant mismatch between the skills that the trainees develop and the requirement of the sector. With 61% of the people currently employed in the tourism sector coming from outside of the state (Sikkim Human Development Report 2014), there is a lot of potential for generating employment for locals, should the right capacities and incentives be created. 2.1 Institutionalizing capacity building in the tourism sector 2.1.1 Comprehensive analysis shall be undertaken by the department of the needs and gaps in terms of existing capacity building programmes. This shall include revisiting the curriculum of the courses on tourism being offered in the state by various institutes and actors to bring uniformity in curriculum content and to make these more relevant. A Human Resource Development Plan for the tourism sector shall be prepared by the department in consultation with concerned capacity building organisations. The plan shall include development of uniform and standardised training modules, and training manuals for all types of tourism service providers based on which certified capacity building programmes shall be regularly carried out covering all districts. All capacity building institutes both in the Government and private sector shall conduct courses in conformity with this HRD Plan. 2.1.2 IHCAE shall play a vibrant role to become the apex institute in HR development for the tourism sector, and courses shall be designed in collaboration with tourism stakeholders, training institutes and NGOs. 2.1.3: HRD Plan will encourage more participation of women in the tourism sector by designing special training courses for them. 2.1.4: Apprenticeship programmes for new trainees shall be created in collaboration with the travel industry as part of the HRD plan. 2.1.5 Sensitization and training of tourism stakeholders to address the issue of bio-piracy and violation of Environmental Laws shall be an integral part of the training modules. IEC materials shall be developed in collaboration with FEWMD for sensitization of tourists. 25 2.1.6 The warm hospitality of the Sikkimese people has been appreciated by all visitors and is a strong factor for their repeat visits. To ensure that this positive trait is not diluted, it shall be a main component of all training programmes for service providers. 2.2 Developing allied sectors of tourism 2.2.1 Quality local handicrafts and souvenirs are an important part of the tourism industry which can provide substantial livelihood opportunities for local communities. Sikkim has a considerable gap in availability of these products with sub-standard imported products dominating the market. The department shall identify local handicrafts and souvenirs for the tourism market and shall provide support by way of developing product design and skills training. Marketing of these products shall also be supported by the department through souvenir outlets at important tourism destinations. This shall be done in collaboration with the Directorate of Handicrafts and Handlooms. 2.2.2 Sikkim has a wide array of local cuisine that is much sought after by tourists. Local cuisine and value-added food products shall be encouraged through hotels, restaurants and homestays. Documentation of local cuisine shall be undertaken by the department and training on local cuisine preparation shall be a part of capacity building programmes in collaboration with the Institute of Hotel Management. Local value added food products will be encouraged through SHGs as takeaway in souvenir outlets. Use of Sikkim's organic produce shall be encouraged in hotels and restaurants. OBJECTIVE 3: Promote Standards and Certification for the Tourism Industry Tourism standards and certification can help ensure a consistent quality of service, safety of tourists, enhance the reputation of the tourism destination and lead to greater visitor satisfaction. For example “Green” standards and certification schemes aim to make tourism operations more sustainable by providing participating businesses with an action plan for improvement which is linked to market incentives. Currently, Sikkim does not have any certification schemes for tourism related businesses or services. The Ministry has recently announced the Sustainable Tourism Criteria for India (STCI) and its indicators. It is now imperative that the tour operators and accommodation industry in the state adopt the STCI through their various associations and also take steps for its implementation. Sustainable tourism criteria also needs to be developed for rural tourism, homestays and other tourism service sectors. 3.1 Establishing and strengthening Trade Acts, Rules and Guidelines 3.1.1: There are already existing Acts and Rules such as Registration of Homestay Establishment Rules (2012), Sikkim Registration of Tourist Trade Act (1998) and the Tourist Trade Rules (2008) to govern the tourism trade in the State. These shall be reviewed by a committee formed for this purpose for inclusion of criteria related to environmental sustainability and for necessary amendments to reflect relevancy and alignment with the National and State Tourism policies. Issues like hotels doing travel agency business which at the moment is unregulated shall be addressed. 26 3.1.2: Adventure tourism in Sikkim has emerged as a key tourism product and for maintaining standards and ensuring safety in this sector, specific guidelines and rules shall be framed in consultation with relevant trade bodies. Matters such as insurance and rescue shall also be looked into. 3.1.3: Guidelines for health and sanitation for hotels, restaurants, wayside amenities and homestays shall be established, which shall seek to maintain continuous strict standards to ensure safe food for tourists. A regular process for monitoring of this shall be done in coordination with the Department of Health, Urban Local Bodies and PRIs. 3.1.4: A policy of zero tolerance shall be adopted by the Tourism Department in all matters related to malpractices and violation of regulations with strict penalties for defaulters of any regulation. 3.2 Registration and standards of trade service providers 3.2.1: An all inclusive database of tourism service providers is essential for informed tourism decision making and planning. A major challenge has been in the registration of the trade service providers with only a miniscule percentage of trade operators registered with the Tourism Department. Trade operators do not seek registration/ renewal of registration with the Tourism Department once their licenses are obtained/ renewed from the Urban Local Bodies. The department shall seek to ensure 100% registration of all service providers. Existing procedures and guidelines for registration of travel agencies, hotel industry and other tourism service providers shall be reviewed to prepare a clear strategy to fulfill this task, which may include incentives, disincentives, publicity programmes, cooperation with other departments, etc. 3.2.2: To facilitate the registration, provision for registration of trade service providers at the level of local governing bodies such as Panchayati Raj Institutions and Urban Local Bodies shall be worked out, with regular data gathering mechanisms from these sources put in place. 3.2.3 The department shall set certain basic minimum standards for tourism service providers to be included in the process of registration through suitable amendments of the Tourism Trade Act and Rules, 1998. 3.3: Professional Certification of all travel trade industry service providers 3.3.1: Certification of every group of tourism service providers such as tourist guides, porters, cooks, drivers, etc. shall be made mandatory through certified training programmes. IHCAE shall be the nodal certification institute and shall design the certification process for existing and new service providers in collaboration with industry representatives, educational/ training institutions, and NGOs. Information regarding registered service providers shall be made readily available to tourists through appropriate media. 27 3.4 Standards & Certification for Accommodation Sector & Tour Operators 3.4.1 The Sustainable Tourism Criteria for India and Indicators recently announced by the Ministry for accommodation sector and tour operators shall be taken up for ratification by the industry associations in the state. Implementation of the criteria and indicators (for tour operators and the accommodation sector) and the development of criteria and indicators for rural tourism and home-stays, and other sectors will be taken up subsequently along the guidelines/suggestions, support mechanisms and action steps as laid down by the Ministry in this regard. 3.4.2 Green Certification Scheme for the hotel industry shall be promoted and incentivised for reducing their environmental impact and to make them socially responsible. Green building design, sustainable waste management, reduction in use of plastics, energy efficiency, etc. shall be the main components addressed in the green certification scheme, which shall be implemented in collaboration with recognised industry certification agencies. 3.4.3 Bed and breakfast establishments shall be encouraged to increase the bed capacity in the state, which shall function under a set of guidelines as developed by the department or the Ministry of Tourism. OBJECTIVE 4: Promote sustainably managed tourism destinations, quality tourism infrastructure and safe transport Tourism infrastructure is developed with the objective of providing essential services and quality experiences for tourists while enhancing their engagement with local culture and nature. The main components are accommodation facilities, gastronomic facilities, wayside amenities and information / interpretation centers. Key challenges in terms of tourism infrastructure have been in appropriate site selection and effective maintenance and sustainable management of tourism amenities that have been created by the State. Interpretation is a weak area that needs major improvement for enhancing visitor experience. Lack of adequate and standard signage in roads and trekking routes also needs to be looked into. Application of appropriate designs for tourism infrastructure that considers the landscape, disaster risks, local architecture and materials needs to be addressed. 4.1 Sustainable management of tourism destinations, infrastructure and amenities 4.1.1 Investment in new circuits and destinations shall be on the basis of its tourism potential and sustainability. Emerging destinations shall be properly planned with local community participation and with regulations in place to avoid unregulated growth and congestion. 4.1.2 Tourism infrastructure planning shall be need based and follow a system of feasibility and assessments of existing infrastructure. New amenities to be developed shall go through a rigorous process of site selection, sustainability and the overall design shall also be in keeping with local architecture. 28 4.1.3 All tourist amenities shall be of high quality and located at convenient intervals along all tourist routes with proper plans for sustainability and management of these assets. This shall include adequate parking space. Public private partnerships shall be encouraged with local communities wherever feasible. Well-trained entrepreneurs shall be a key prerequisite for management of any such assets. 4.1.4 Toilet facilities shall be strictly well maintained, with adequate provision of water and frequently inspected for cleanliness. 4.1.5 All infrastructure shall include good practices of sustainable designs such as rain water harvesting, use of renewable energy, efficient waste disposal systems, fuel wood reduction designs for high altitude areas, etc. with retro-fitting of existing structures where necessary. 4.1.6 All tourism infrastructures shall be so designed to ensure adequate access to the facilities for use by persons with disabilities, as per prescribed norms and guidelines. 4.1.7 Management of existing tourism complexes shall be reviewed and comprehensive management plans developed to ensure their viability and sustainability. Criteria for leasing out of department's properties shall be reviewed. Strict action through appropriate forums shall be initiated against defaulting lessees of the department's properties. 4.1.8 An enhanced role for local tourism committees is envisaged who shall monitor and check illegal activities at popular destinations such as littering, bio-piracy, etc. 4.2 Managing trekking infrastructure 4.2.1 Trekking and camping infrastructure (campsites, trekking huts, and trekking trails) shall be adequate, eco-friendly and high-quality. Camping sites shall be identified on the basis of established guidelines. Guidelines shall be developed for construction of trekking trails which shall be kept natural as far as possible. Eco-friendly toilet facilities such as bio toilets should be provided at camp sites. 4.3 Conservation of vernacular architecture and heritage buildings Sikkim has a rich heritage of vernacular architecture and historical buildings which are fast disappearing due to modern influences. It is imperative to conserve these not only from the point of view of their cultural and historical value but as key tourism attractions. 4.3.1 Documentation of vernacular architecture and heritage buildings such as bungalows of the British era shall be taken up in coordination with the Department of Culture, local architects, PRIs and outside agencies like INTACH/ Archeological Survey of India. 29 4.3.2 Conservation of vernacular architecture shall be promoted through incentives such as support for restoration and maintenance, promotion as tourist attractions with proper interpretative materials, and a system of visitor fee. 4.4 Information and interpretation for visitors 4.4.1 Tourist facilitation centres at important tourist towns manned by well-trained staff shall be established for information dissemination for tourists. Adequate information brochures and maps shall be made available at these centres at all times. 4.4.2 Interpretation centres shall be set up in the districts to enhance visitor knowledge on local culture and biodiversity that shall also be hubs for the sale of local handicraft products, organic produce, etc. 4.5 Feedback and complaints handling mechanism 4.5.1 A proper feedback and complaints handling system, both online and manual from visitors shall be set up, with mechanisms for quick response and redressal clearly outlined. 4.6 Improving signage 4.6.1 Quality and adequacy of signage has been a major shortcoming in the state. Improved systems of signage and milestones having a uniform code shall be established at adequate intervals, keeping in mind local names, the historical and cultural significance and ecofriendly material. 4.6.2 All major towns and tourist destinations shall have sufficiently large signboard maps of the area displayed at prominent locations 4.6.3 Appropriate signage with ecofriendly materials that provides accurate and relevant information shall be established along all trekking trails. International sign codes shall be referred to for this purpose. 4.7 Addressing environmental and sustainability concerns Overcrowding of popular nature based destinations and tourist hubs is a major cause of concern ecologically as well as from the perspective of visitor experience and welfare of local communities. Present tourism trends indicate a doubling of tourism footfalls by 2020 which shall put tremendous pressure on existing infrastructure and local natural resources. Many of Sikkim's tourist destinations are around important wetlands such as Khecheopalri, Gurudongmar and Tsomgo, and high altitude areas which are pristine and of ecological significance. 4.7.1 For reducing pressure on overcrowded tourist hubs, tourist traffic shall be diverted to new or lesser frequented destinations and rural areas, and appropriate tourism infrastructure and products shall be developed for these places. 30 4.7.2 For sites of ecological importance, carrying capacity analysis shall be undertaken to arrive at optimum number of footfalls for those areas and measures put in place to confirm to the prescribed carrying capacity. 4.7.3 To reduce air pollution, tourist buses with optimum capacities shall be introduced for popular tourist circuits to reduce the number of vehicles along with promotion of vehicles running on cleaner fuels. 4.8 Sustainable waste management in tourism destinations High generation of solid waste at tourist sites is a critical issue that is evident across the state and one that needs much attention, through coordination with relevant departments and local bodies. For solid waste management, there have been a set of rules that have recently been introduced by the Central Government which shall be relevant in the tourism sector such as The Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016, and The Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016. 4.8.1 Convergence with the Swacch Bharat Mission of the Government shall be sought for promoting Sikkim as a Zero Waste destination, and following the norms prescribed under the Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 and The Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016. 4.8.2 Regular awareness generation on waste management shall be conducted for tourism stakeholders and tourists through trainings and appropriate signage. Strict penalties shall be imposed on those found polluting tourism sites. 4.8.3 Waste and sewage management systems shall be designed for all popular tourist sites with a focus on collection, segregation, and linking with local scrap dealers. Adequate infrastructure support for dustbins, resource recovery centers, collection vehicles and manpower, etc. shall be arranged in convergence with other departments. 4.8.4 For reduction of waste being generated, there shall be a complete ban on disposable non-biodegradable items used for serving food, such as plastic/styrofoam cups, spoons and plates etc. across the state. Eco-friendly alternatives shall be encouraged. To reduce the use of packaged drinking water, which is a major source of waste, provision for safe drinking water through water refilling points in shops and public areas shall be arranged at all tourism destinations. 4.8.5 Reusable garbage bags shall be made mandatory for all tourist vehicles, along with designated points for disposal of their contents. 4.8.6 Efficient waste management of the hotel industry shall be given priority. Schemes shall be worked out for separate collection of segregated waste from hotels which could be linked to recycling streams, scrap dealers and farms in collaboration with Urban Local Bodies. 31 4.8.7 There shall be a complete ban on burning of waste at all tourist destinations and tourist infrastructures. 4.9 Tourism transport sector In the tourism industry for Sikkim, the transport sector is most critical as tourists spend maximum time traveling between destinations. Hence the quality of transport services and the role of the vehicle drivers are very important. The main issues in this sector are that of unregulated pricing during tourist seasons, overcrowding leading to vehicular pollution in some key areas, inappropriate behavior of drivers towards tourists, and monitoring and maintaining safety and driving standards. 4.9.1 Prepaid taxi services and online booking systems for popular destinations for hiring taxis shall be introduced. 4.9.2 Continuous certification process for tourist drivers shall be made mandatory, with phase-wise training of drivers conducted through capacity building institutes to enhance their capacities. Capable drivers also to be trained as tourist guides to enable them to provide enhanced services. 4.9.3 To facilitate movement of larger groups of tourists, local entrepreneurs shall be provided licenses to operate tourist buses on major tourist circuits. 4.9.4 The department in consultation with trade bodies and the Traffic Police shall work out a convenient system for pick up and drop of tourists within town and city limits. 4.10 Role of Tourist Police 4.10.1 Role of Tourist Police shall be strengthened. During peak tourist seasons, the Tourist Police services shall be engaged to curb malpractices of overcharging, as well as checking on safety aspects of drivers, such as driving under influence, over speeding, etc. OBJECTIVE 5: Promote high value and high quality tourism products Current capacities in terms of hotel rooms and transport vehicles are already stretched in the urban centres as observed during peak tourist seasons. The main tourist hubs of the state such as Gangtok, Pelling, Ravangla, receive the highest number of visitors leading to overcrowding in these areas with negative impacts on local resources and environment. Therefore, future growth in tourism needs to be broad based to the villages and towards activities that shall reduce the pressure of footfalls in the main tourist circuits while ensuring conservation of the environment and culture. This shall be achieved through development of high value nature based adventure tourism, rural tourism, MICE based tourism, religious tourism and health and wellness tourism. 32 5.1 Promote high quality adventure tourism products Adventure tourism has seen an increasing demand among visitors, and there is potential for Sikkim to emerge as leading adventure tourism destination. This is a sector that assures high value returns from low impact, nature-based tourism. Key products that shall be highlighted are trekking, mountaineering, paragliding, mountain biking, rafting, while various new activities that can be promoted in the future such as zip-lining, skiing, kayaking, bungee jumping, car rallies and river- boarding, etc. shall also be explored. Strong measures shall be ensured to sustain high quality of services in the adventure tourism sector which includes equipment, porters, cooks, pack animals and guides. 5.1.1 Survey and revaluation of all existing adventure sports routes, trails and areas and infrastructure thereof and identification of potential new ones shall be undertaken by the Department in collaboration with experts and experienced agencies. This shall include identification of trans-boundary trails and identification of new peaks for mountaineering. 5.1.2 For existing areas, plans shall be prepared for upgrading infrastructure and facilities, conveniences, signage and quality of routes wherever necessary to bring at par with the best in the country based on a uniform set of guidelines that shall include the avoidance of use of concrete materials, and encourage maximum use of natural trails and local materials. 5.1.3 Preparation of new and updated overall professionally prepared maps and information material for all of Sikkim and detailed maps of individual areas and routes, and making these available for dissemination. 5.1.4 A comprehensive strategy shall be developed to promote adventure tourism sector at both national and international forums with engagement of local stakeholders that includes holding of biking / trekking / paragliding expeditions/competitions, and rallies and participation in national/international tourism fairs and events. 5.1.5 All adventure related activities shall function only under strict technical guidelines drafted and approved with the help of technical experts of the respective fields. Existing guidelines shall be reviewed for all adventure activities and immediate steps for notifying guidelines for those activities operating without them shall be taken. 5.1.6 Certification of all adventure tourism stakeholders and their training shall be organised with IHCAE and recognized agencies playing a central role. Modalities of certification process shall be worked out in conjunction with trade bodies and institutions. 5.1.7 A sustainable high altitude, quick response rescue team system in collaboration with the industry, military and paramilitary forces and the STDC shall be established. 33 5.1.8 Better communication facilities (such as through use of SAT phones / radio-amateur radio (WLL) with dedicated channel and tower) which are a prerequisite for the adventure sector and for ensuring safety/rescue of the tourists in collaboration with concerned departments shall be facilitated. 5.1.9 Incentives to local entrepreneurs in the form of infrastructure support, subsidy for import of quality equipment, marketing and training facilities, etc. shall be provided in a timely manner. 5.1.10 Together with the industry associations, standardization of adventure related packages and rates, elimination of unhealthy competition, review of rates for guides and service providers and group insurance for service providers and tourists shall be undertaken. 5.2 Promote nature and culture based village tourism products 5.21 Tourism based on rural homestays that showcase Sikkim's cultural heritage has emerged as a much sought after experience. However, quality homestay destinations are limited in number. A holistic approach to promotion of village tourism with homestays as the nucleus shall be developed with supporting cultural and nature based activities such as birding and butterfly watching, organic farming tours, etc. Existing homestays and those developed by the Tourism Department shall be supported through capacity building, financial and market support. 5.2.2 All new homestay infrastructure created by the Tourism Department shall be on the basis of co financing by the beneficiaries. Financial support in the form of facilitated finance through banks and capital and interest subsidy shall also be made avaialable to local entreprenuers. Leasing out of Government funded homestays shall not be allowed. 5.2.3 Capacity building and training for a wide range of tourism stakeholders (homestay operators/ village guides and cultural interpreters/ cooks /porters/ community based organizations promoting tourism) using standard training modules shall be undertaken. Gender and marginalized sectors shall be targeted and included. 5.2.4 Documentation and developing handbooks / brochures/ information material on ethnic foods and cuisine, festivals, traditional medicines, folktales, traditional dresses, handicrafts, etc. shall be undertaken in collaboration with universities, colleges, Department of Cultural Affairs and Heritage and research institutions. Traditional knowledge and resource persons in these areas shall be identified and included to utilise their knowledge and skills. 5.2.5 Training for production of local handicrafts items shall be promoted in all homestay villages and exisiting ethnic handicrafts production shall be strongly encouraged. Outlets shall be made in all homestay destinations, districts and key tourism centres for sale of handicrafts items. 34 5.2.6 Measures shall be taken to conserve vernacular architecture by incorporating traditional designs in all new homestays constructed by the Government. Incentives for conservation of vernacular architecture in the form of maintenance support, architectural advice and tourist visitor fees shall be employed. 5.2.7 Priority rural tourism clusters and circuits shall be developed and promoted based on criteria of unique natural and cultural attributes and feasibility. Important potential areas for promotion of nature tourism (birding, butterfly, biodiversity) shall be identified in collaboration with the FEWMD, universities, colleges and research institutions and with involvement of tourism stakeholders, tourism development committees, NGOs, etc. 5.2.8 A comprehensive strategy for promotion of nature based tourism shall be prepared that shall include promotion of annual meets at national and international level related to nature based activities (birding/ butterflies/ flora / fauna) to attract interested visitors, preparing packages and marketing bird, butterfly and other nature tours with the help of local travel agents and guides, along with a calendar list of festival events with the listing of key villages and towns where these can be witnessed. 5.2.9 Linking of the tourism sector to the organic mission of the State Government shall be actively sought in coordination with the relevant departments. These linkages shall be brought about by facilitating a steady market supply for the organic produce to the hotel and restaurant industry, as well as in homestays. Organic produce shall also be promoted as takeaways for tourists. 5.2.10 The existing Sikkim Homestay Establishment Rules shall be reviewed by bringing better clarity and further strengthen it by including criteria for beneficiary selection. 5.3 Promote MICE tourism that is integrated with adventure and village tourism 5.3.1 Sikkim is emerging as a destination for MICE tourism. This trend can be leveraged to draw these visitors to selected rural tourism sites. These sites shall be supported by development of low impact carefully designed conference facilities with accommodation provided through homestays. 5.3.2 Formation of State Level MICE bureau as mandated by the National Tourism Policy for promotion of MICE tourism shall be given a priority. This body shall regulate and set standards and guidelines for operation of MICE tourism service providers as well as provide linkages for marketing of MICE tourism in collaboration with national level MICE bureaus. 5.4 Promote Religion based tourism 5.4.1 Develop specific packages in consultation with experts of this sector including the Ecclesiastical Department and the Namgyal Institute of Tibetology that integrates monastic tours, meditation and Buddhist learning. 5.4.2 Connect the various monasteries in the state for conducting religions tours. 35 5.4.3 Build capacities of locals to become trained guides through experts to provide good and meaningful interpretation. 5.4.4 Upgrade facilities for housing pilgrims during festivals with linkages established with monasteries and homestays for housing the religious tourist. 5.4.5 Establish interpretation centres supported by competent trained staff around the main monasteries in coordination with the relevant departments such as the Ecclesiastical Department and the monastic bodies. 5.4.6 Integrate Sikkim's religious tourism circuit with existing Buddhist circuits in the region. 5.4.7 Leverage the recently launched Manasarovar pilgrimage to provide opportunities to local travel agents for conduct of the tours. 5.5 Promote Health and Wellness Tourism Sikkim's pollution free, cool mountain air, salubrious climate, lush greenery and beautiful mountain landscapes supported by a peaceful atmosphere and friendly people makes it an ideal destination for the rejuvenation of mind, body and soul. Thus the state is rightly positioned to promote high value health and wellness tourism. This shall be done in consonance with the draft National Tourism Policy. 5.5.1 Documentation of traditional healing and health rejuvenating practices such as under the Tibetan, Lepcha, Limbu and other ethnic groups medicine systems shall be undertaken. 5.5.2 Specific training opportunities shall be organised for creating a local talent pool of practitioners in both local traditional systems as well as in, spa, yoga, Ayurveda and other systems. 5.5.3 Products and processes related to this sector shall be standardized with involvement of relevant stakeholders and experts. 5.5.4 Suitable infrastructure required for promotion of this sector such as meditation centers, traditional healing clinics, spas, yogasthans, Ekanta Vaas and herbal medical centers, etc. shall be developed while also reaching out for adequate marketing of the products. 36 OBJECTIVE 6: Ensure strategic and sustained marketing and publicity Lonely Planet's recognition for Sikkim as the top region to visit in the year 2014 and the New York Times' 52 destinations to visit was helpful in catapulting the state into the international scene. The opening of Mansarovar Yatra through the Nathula Pass in East Sikkim and the declaration of Khangchendzonga National Park as a World Heritage Site has also expanded possibilities for attracting more tourists. Other factors which will contribute to increased flow of tourists to Sikkim are widening of the NH10 to Sikkim linked with the completion of North- South- East - West highway corridor project and Sikkim being linked by air with the commissioning of the airport in Pakyong and by rail link. It is also observed the impact of global warming is resulting in increased flows of tourists from the hot plains to the mountain areas of India. Sikkim has the potential to see a substantial increase in tourist inflows, which is targeted to be around 20 25 Lakhs by 2020. However given the environmental impacts of mass tourism, marketing efforts for the future shall be focused at attracting high value low impact tourism. Marketing and publicity efforts of Sikkim both at national and international levels have been very low key. This situation needs to be changed with focused attention on marketing high value products to up market clients in targeted domestic and foreign markets. 6.1 Market research 6.1.1 Market research shall be consistently undertaken to understand visitor profiles and preferences, visitor spending, market trends, focus source markets etc with a view to developing appropriate marketing strategies. This shall be done by the Marketing Cell of the Department in collaboration with leading educational institutions, research scholars and agencies, trade bodies and experts in the field of tourism. 6.2 Arranging resource for marketing and promotion 6.2.1 One of the major constraints in tourism marketing for Sikkim has been the lack of adequate funds and a sustained and robust marketing strategy for the state. Adequate and sustained funding for marketing and promotion of Sikkim shall be arranged both through Government sources, including the Market Research Division of MoT and private sector participation. Besides the regular schemes of the Central Government, the department shall explore innovative means to generate the necessary funds for marketing and promotion. 6.3 Brand equity for Sikkim 6.3.1 Professional agencies shall be engaged for the creation of strong brand equity for Sikkim tourism in consonance with the vision of this policy and for the development of a comprehensive long term marketing plan. This shall be done in consultation with trade bodies and on the basis of reliable data and research studies that shall take into account past trends and future opening markets. Target markets in terms of states, countries, age groups, gender and occupation shall be clearly identified through these studies. 37 6.3.2 A professionally designed and sustained long term marketing campaign supported by high quality publicity materials and strategies such as the use of a Brand Ambassador, Mr A R Rahman and a wide media presence shall be prepared and executed. 6.4 Strong online marketing strategies and use of social media 6.4.1 The marketing plan shall maximise use of information technology to ensure that Sikkim has a strong online presence through websites, portals, mobile applications and social media with well researched and up to date information. 6.5 Participation at Travel and Tourism Marts 6.5.1 There shall be strong participation of Sikkim in national and international travel and tourism trade marts with a clear strategy and long term marketing plan. Adequate representation of local trade bodies shall be encouraged through adequate financial and other support. 6.6 Promoting Sikkim as an all season destination 6.6.1 Festivals, events and competitions shall be held all year round to highlight and promote Sikkim's unique tourism products. A calendar of such items shall be drawn up a year in advance and promoted extensively through trade bodies, government agencies websites and various other media. 6.6.2 In alignment with the national policy of SWADESH Darshan, opportunities for local people of Sikkim to travel to rural areas of the state shall be developed. OBJECTIVE 7: Promote enabling environment for tourism stakeholders For the tourism sector to establish itself as a main driver of the State's economy, tourism development should ensure maximization of local employment and the creation of an enabling environment for investment by local tourism stakeholders. This will also result in benefits from the industry circulating within the state. 7.1 Supporting local tourism entrepreneurs 7.1.1 Institutional financing on soft terms for encouraging local entrepreneurs to take part in tourism ventures shall be arranged. 7.1.2 Local entrepreneurs shall be supported through provision of incentives for self - run hotels and restaurants, as well as hotels that employ locals. Incentives such as support in marketing through Sikkim Tourism website, travel support for participating in tourism marts and fairs, rebate in electricity tariff, recognition through awards and by making Centrally Sponsored Schemes for marketing available for local entrepreneurs only. 38 7.1.3 Current incentive schemes such as that of providing licenses to local youths for operating luxury taxis shall be examined for any loopholes and misuse, and the norms strengthened or changed accordingly to ensure only genuine and deserving locals are benefited. 7.2 Simplified permit regimes and adopting single window system 7.2.1 Introduction of single window systems for streamlining and simplifying processes of obtaining or renewing licenses related to the tourism sector. 7.2.2 A simplified and streamlined process of permits for hassle-free experience for visitors entering restricted areas and protected areas, with efforts to increase awareness about Sikkim's regulations and requirements shall be put in place. Liaisoning with the Central Government to free up more areas from the permit regime shall also be a priority. 7.3 Public Private Partnerships 7.3.1 Public Private Partnerships for tourism ventures shall be encouraged through a transparent regulatory framework to ensure sustainability. A policy in this regard shall be framed by the department. OBJECTIVE 8: Facilitate inter-sectoral coordination and convergence The Tourism industry is a multidisciplinary sector relying on a large number of stakeholders with each having a significant role to play. The implementation of the Tourism Policy shall require many action points that will go beyond the jurisdiction and functioning of the Tourism Department. Addressing issues of core infrastructure such as roads, water supply, electricity, telecommunications are of utmost significance for ensuring quality services to visitors. Moreover, a large part of tourism occurs within areas that are under the jurisdiction of the Forests, Environment and Wildlife Management Department, which also needs due consideration. The Police Department , the Transport Sector , Paramilitary forces and the Indian Army are also key stakeholders as the State has strict permit regimes that need to be adhered to. Coordination and convergence with these allied departments and sectors shall therefore be critical for the policy to be implemented in true spirit. 8.1 Constitution of Inter Departmental Coordination Committee 8.1.1 In alignment with the draft National Tourism Policy (2015), constitute an Inter- Departmental Coordination Committee (IDCC) to address issues of convergence and synergy. This shall be chaired by the Chief Secretary with the Secretary Tourism being the Member Secretary. Guidelines and rules shall be laid down by the IDCC for the proper functioning of the committee. 8.1.2 The IDCC shall lay down specific guidelines that shall ensure that all those activities and interventions of other departments that impact tourism or are related to tourism shall have the prior approval/ informed consent of the Department of Tourism & Civil Aviation or are done in consultation 39 with the Department. Like wise, the Department of Tourism & Civil Aviation shall inform relevant departments of any issues, policies, interventions that may impact the work of these departments. 8.2 Core infrastructure support 8.2.1 Strategies for providing special attention to popular tourist circuits and destinations in terms of core infrastructure support from the allied sectors shall be developed in collaboration with the line departments. 8.3 Tourism in protected areas 8.3.1 Tourism development within forest limits and protected areas shall be in coordination with the Forest, Environment and Wildlife Management Department in consonance with the Sikkim Ecotourism Policy, 2011 and the WPA and FCA . Zoning of ecotourism areas in the state in collaboration with the Forest, Environment and Wildlife Management Department and in alignment with the Sikkim Ecotourism Policy. High tourism impact zones in the state shall be identified for ensuring regulation on numbers of vehicles and visitors based on a principle of carrying capacity. 8.4 Safety and security 8.4.1 A comprehensive disaster management plan for relief and rescue of tourists shall be put in place in collaboration with State Disaster Management Authority, Police Department, travel bodies, PRIs and NGOs. 8.4.2 The department shall coordinate with Army for support in relief and rescue and facilitating access to restricted areas for tourists. 8.5 Promoting organic and religious tourism 8.5.1 Linking of the tourism sector to the organic mission of the State Government shall lead to benefits for both sectors. These linkages shall be brought about by facilitating a steady market supply for the organic produce to the hotel and restaurant industry, as well as in homestays. Organic produce shall also be promoted as takeaways for tourists. 8.5.2 For promotion of religious tourism, department shall seek coordination with the Ecclesiastical Department in developing monastic tours, and interpretation of the religious history of the state. 8.6 Facilitating tourist permits 8.6.1 The department shall coordinate with the Police Department for addressing issues of permits, facilitating the processes related to the permit regime and to obtain information on tourist arrivals. 8.7 Waste management in tourism areas 8.7.1 For waste management in tourism areas, convergence with the UDH/RMD departments and NGOs and consonance with the Swachh Bharat Programme shall be sought. 40 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WWF India and Ecotourism and Conservation Society of Sikkim would like to acknowledge the support of the following in the preparation of this document. Shri Ugen T. Gyatso, Hon'ble Minister, Tourism & Civil Aviation Department, Commerce & Industries Department and Shri. P.D. Rai Hon'ble Member of Parliament Lok Sabha, Sikkim for seeding the idea of having a Tourism Policy for the state at the initial stakeholder consultation on Sustainable Tourism in 2014. Shri. C. Zangpo, former Secretary Tourism & Civil Aviation Department has been the inititator and backbone of this endeavour with his keen insights that has helped us all through the process of development of this document. We are indebted to Secretary Tourism & Civil Aviation Department Shri C.P. Dhakal for providing the much needed final nudge for approval of the policy. Shri Puneet Kansal IAS, former Commissioner-cum-Secretary Tourism & Civil Aviation Department has been instrumental in seeing the policy through in its final avataar. We are grateful to all the officials of the Tourism Department for the great support provided during the various stakeholder consultations and during the various brainstorming and review sessions organized in the department and for the provision of various statistics for the document. We thank Shri Jigme Bhutia former Additional Secretary Tourism for his efforts in bringing the various stakeholders together for consultations and for providing key inputs. Mrs Bandana Chhetri, Deputy Secretary has played a stellar role in providing key statistics and photographs, as well as in providing the impetus to process the files for final approval. We sincerely thank Dr. Thomas Chandy (IFS) PCCF cum Secretary, Forest, Environment and Wildlife Management Department for providing his inputs from the Sikkim Ecotourism Policy and its many objectives. Mr Tashi Densapa, Director Namgyal Institute of Tibetology, was of immense help for the background he provided on the earlier Tourism Master Plan. The information provided by Ms. Binita Rai, former CEO Sikkim Tourism Development Corporation on the functioning and challenges of STDC were highly insightful. The team has been supported by Ms. Suchismita Das, Research Scholar, University of Chicago who has been with us since the first stakeholder consultation, and we sincerely acknowledge her help in writing and reviewing the many drafts. This policy mainly draws its inspiration and a large part of its content from the many stakeholder consultations organised with the various sectors of the tourism industry as well as with former bureaucrats and academicians. We cannot do without thanking the members of TAAS, SAATO, SUTO, SHRA, SAMA, Luxury Vehicle Owner's Association, the various taxi driver associations, individual homestay owners and adventure tour operators, Check Post representatives. Their years of experience of working in the tourism trade sector and their commitment to raise the standards and quality of tourism in Sikkim greatly motivated the team involved in writing this policy. Lastly, we thank the Department of Tourism & Civil Aviation for entrusting us with this task of developing the policy and spearheading the process. PRIYADARSHINEE SHRESTHA RAJENDRA P GURUNG WWFIndia ECOSS 41 TOURISM & CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT GOVERNMENT OF SIKKIM PARYATAN BHAWAN TADONG – 737102 GANGTOK, EAST SIKKIM TEL – 03592-232218 FAX – 03592-232216 www.sikkimtourism.gov.in Email : secy_tourism@yahoo.com Facebook - @SikkimWhereNatureSmiles Twitter- @TourismSikkim Instagram- sikkim.tourism Drafted by

Source Direct ASD https://www.sourcedirectshow.com/ SourceDirect at ASD is the premier wholesale trade show for sourcing professionals around the world. SourceDirect is the premier destination for importers, distributors, wholesale manufacturers and product development companies worldwide. Buyers attending this trade show look to wholesale suppliers and contract manufacturers to get the products they need straight from the factory. SourceDirect is the best wholesale showcase for companies that produce Fashion Accessories, Housewares, Gifts & Toys, Apparel, Affordable Footwear, Seasonal & Holiday Merchandise, Souvenirs & Novelties, Electronic Accessories, Bed & Bath Linens, Products health and beauty and general merchandise of all kinds. See our entire product offering and sign up to attend today!

METAV https://www.metav.com/ METAV, the leading exhibition for metal working technologies in Germany's largest conurbation, will be held for the 21st time at its traditional location in Düsseldorf. What began here in 1980 has evolved over the past 40 years to become an indispensable part of technology trends that have affected virtually every aspect of production technology within 300 kilometers of the exhibition location.

Singapore Int'l Jewellery Expo https://www.sije.com.sg/ With more than 200 exhibitors from 25 countries, the abundance of gems and natural resources in Asian countries, together with Singapore's GDP per capita in the third highest in the world (after Qatar and Luxembourg) *, provides an unparalleled opportunity. to seize the rapidly developing jewels of Asia. market. SIJE 2021 will continue to be the thriving center for showcasing fine collections of luxury gemstone pieces to the wealthy of Singapore, as well as high-net-worth merchants and buyers from China and India; the two most competitive markets in Asia.

FITUR https://www.ifema.es/ FITUR is the first event of the year for tourism professionals worldwide and the leading fair for incoming and outgoing markets in Latin America. In its 2020 edition, FITUR has exceeded its participation record with 11,040 companies from 165 countries and regions, 150,011 professional visitors and 111,089 visitors from the general public. You have to be at FITUR: a unique forum to promote brands, present new products, learn about the latest trends and fill your agenda with new contacts and opportunities.

CMTS Toronto ​

Odisha Tourism Policy Tourism Policy ODISHA TOURISM POLICY – 2016 1 INTRODUCTION: The Tourism industry is a major propeller for economic growth throughout the world. Over past decades, tourism has continuously expanded and diversified, to become one of the dominant and fastest growing economic sectors. Tourism makes culture, art and history accessible to World at large. While generating direct income employment, it has tremendous potential to create indirect employment and income due to higher multiplier effect. Economies of many countries in the World are propelled by the tourism sector alone. The Travel and Tourism (T&T) industry is the largest contributor to employment and economy which is 9.8% of the global GDP (US $ 7.2 trillion) in 2015 including direct, indirect and induced impact (World Travel & Tourism Council). Tourism added 7.2 million jobs to the global economy, about 1 in 11 jobs globally (United Nations World Tourism Organisation – Tourism Highlights 2015). Tourism is a growing industry in India. India has moved up 13th position to 52nd rank from 65th in Tourism & Travel Competitive Index. As per the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (GoI) Report, the number of foreign tourist arrival in India during 2015 is 8 million and that of domestic tourist visits to all States / UTs is 1432 million. The foreign exchange earnings from tourism sector was INR 1,35,193 crore during the same period. It is expected that the number of arrivals in India will increase further into the future with the World Travel and Tourism Council making the country the eleventh fastest emerging tourism destination in the world. Odisha, the soul of Incredible India has tremendous potential in tourism sector, because of its golden history, strategic geographical location, diverse demography and profound bounties of nature. Puri, the shrine of Lord Jagannath, one of the oldest pilgrimage centers, famous for the Car festival, attracts lakhs of pilgrims round the year. The world famous Sun Temple, a UNESCO heritage sites at Konark (12th century), the temple city of Bhubaneswar (9th century) & Puri (11th century) are widely popular as the golden triangle which draws tourists, both domestic & international in hordes. Odisha has a long tradition of Buddhism starting from 1st century BC. The Golden Casket at Lalitagiri, Ratnagiri & Udayagiri are famous, all over the world. The Ashokan rock inscriptions of 3rd Century BC at Dhauli where the historic war of Kalinga was fought is the testimony to the existence of strong Buddhist tradition in Odisha. In addition, as many as 200 Buddhist heritage sites have also been identified in different parts of the State. The State is bestowed with profound bounties of nature. Odisha is India’s bridge to her own golden past and a resurgent present. The grand scenic beauty of nature, historic monuments, exotic sea beaches, luxuriant forest, majestic mountains, captivating wildlife, mystic waterfalls, beautiful handicrafts, vast water bodies, famous classical and folk dances, enchanting music and most importantly, its hospitable people are the wonders that make the State as the supreme tourism destination of the world. The State has made great strides in various sectors of its economy in tune with the progressive globalization and the changing demands of the tourists to make tourism a sustainable industry in the State. Tourism in Odisha is one of the main contributors to the economy of Odisha (13% of GDP of Odisha). The State of Odisha secured 3rd rank in terms of intensity of overnight domestic tourism, with an average of 541 trips per 100 households, as compared to the all- India average 418 trips per 100 households. Therefore, the tourism intensity in Odisha is 29 percent higher than the national-level tourism intensity (National Council of Applied Economic Research, 2015). The Government of Odisha has undertaken many historic reforms in all sectors of its economy for Ease of Doing Business in the State. It has implemented the momentous Right to Act 2012, the progressive Industrial Policy Resolution (IPR) 2015. These important steps have boosted the economy of the State and placed tourism in the forefront as a major factor in accelerating the progress of the State. The tourist arrival to the State has increased manifold in last decades. In last six years the tourist arrival to the State has shown an increasing trend which is a result of aggressive campaign undertaken by the State Tourism Department. Tourist Visit In Odisha During Last 6 Years Year Domestic Foreign Grand Total 2010-11 77,70,741 53,212 78,23,953 2011-12 84,72,208 62,816 85,35,024 2012-13 92,91,734 65,522 93,57,256 2013-14 100,64,072 67,400 101,31,472 2014-15 2015-16 110,51,351 120,67,695 72,215 67,364 111,23,566 121,35,059 The present policy envisages an aggressive, dynamic and long term approach to achieve the growth potential in tourism by initiating identified policy measures, framing the required statutory framework, ensuring large scale investment support through professional management and private participation, establishing the required synergies among various sectors through appropriate institutional arrangements and focused intervention for improvement of value and quality in tourism sector. 2 VISION: To develop Odisha as the supreme tourist destination and to place it prominently on the domestic and global tourism map. 3 THE MISSION: a) To promote tourism in a mission mode for economic development, inclusive growth, employment generation, social equity, integration, resulting in eradication of poverty and raising the income levels of the people of the State. b) To promote the brand image of Odisha nationally and internationally. c) To give high priority to development and promotion of prime tourism products, conservation of heritage, natural environment, etc. d) Ensuring beneficial outcome to all the stakeholders. 4 THE OBJECTIVES: a. To promote Sustainable & Green Tourism with a view to create employment opportunities and to bring about socio-economic benefits to the community. b. To preserve, enrich and promote Odisha’s unique cultural heritage, natural resources and environment with a view to achieve inclusive development; addressing the regulatory & tourism promotion/ development functions in Private Public Partnership (PPP) mode at all levels in an effective & well coordinated manner. c. To promote Odisha as one stop destination to experience its great history, culture society and natural beauty so as to boost foreign & domestic tourist arrival in the State. d. To promote circuit tourism in association with other States of the Eastern Zone of the country to facilitate easy arrival and movement of the tourist. e. To upgrade skill & professionalism and promote employment opportunities in tourism sector. f. To promote digital tourism. g. To promote responsible tourism and develop tourism products in an environment friendly manner. h. To promote barrier-free tourism. i. To promote (1) Beach Tourism, (2) Eco Tourism, (3) Buddhist Tourism, (4) Heritage Tourism, (5) Religious Tourism, (6) Knowledge Tourism, (7) Medical Tourism, (8) Travel Tourism, (9) Caravan Tourism, (10) Wellness Tourism, (11) Cruise Tourism, (12) Sand Art Tourism, (13) Adventure Tourism, in a mission mode. 5 STRATEGY: a. Inter-Departmental Support: Tourism requires a strong multi modal approach. With this objective in view, the State government will synergize all the activities of different departments and stakeholders to achieve the overall objective. b. Statutory Regulatory Framework: Apart from the necessary statutory framework for policy coordination, there is utmost necessity to ensure synergy at the field level. To achieve the objectives, similar statutory framework is required at the implementation level, in the form of local tourism councils/ bodies. The policy aims at enhancing the value of tourist destination in the form of improving local sanitation, making the destination beautiful by enforcing uniform facade, removing cable clutters and checking encroachments etc. The policy aims at bringing synergy among the local bodies, police and public representatives to work in tandem, within a statutory regulatory frame work. The Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) shall recommend to enforce these regulations from time to time. c. Development of Infrastructure: Development infrastructure in tourism sector is one of the critical components for developing tourism in the State. Government would strongly to provide an atmosphere & framework for private sector participation in infrastructure development to reinforce the efforts made by the Government in this regard. Both domestic & foreign private investment shall be encouraged to participate in joint venture or in Public Private Partnership (PPP) mode for development of long term infrastructure in the tourism sector. d. Land: Department of Tourism shall indentify & earmark suitable land parcels in important tourist locations for development of tourism projects. The detail land schedule reserved for the tourism projects shall be available in Departmental website which will be allotted to private sector investors through a transparent mechanism after studying techno-economic feasibility & employment generating potential of the concerned projects. e. Road Transport: Department of Tourism shall identify important state highways, roads connecting important tourist destination and recommend the appropriate department for widening, beautification & high-quality maintenance of these roads. The Government shall encourage private sector for providing tourist amenities centre like public convenience, parking, cafeteria, souvenir shop, medical facilities etc. alongside important roads. The State will encourage private sector investment for boosting the transport service for various categories of tourists. f. Air Connectivity: The State Government shall endeavour to have direct air connectivity to important cities and major tourist destinations of the country. State Government shall encourage developing small air strips inside the state on PPP mode. Thrust shall be on providing more international air linkage, to Bhubaneswar by alluring Airlines through underwriting of tickets/ incentives or any other mode as may be necessary to increase foreign tourist arrival in the State. g. Rail Connectivity: The State Government shall pursue with the Indian Railway for expansion of railway network inside the State especially to the important tourist destinations. Efforts shall also be made to pursue Ministry of Railway for providing more superfast / luxury / special train to different important tourist destination of the State. The State shall encourage luxury trains in line of Palace-on-Wheels model in association with Indian Railway, Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation (IRCTC) and other neighboring States. h. Quality Power Supply: Department of Tourism shall endeavour to ensure 24 X 365 power supply in important tourist destinations. The grid & Lilo line shall be strengthed to ensure quality power supply in important tourist destinations. i. Civic Amenities: Highest priorities shall be accorded to ensure healthy & sanitary conditions in all important pilgrim centres & tourist locations beaches through direct intervention by the Tourism Department, Urban Development Department, Public Health Department, Local Bodies, Non-Government Organisations & Corporate Bodies. Beach cleaning authority will be created to oversee the cleanliness of major beaches. j. Accommodation: Efforts shall be made to encourage private sector investors to create Star category hotels, convention centres, heritage hotels, eco camps by granting different fiscal incentives, single window clearances facilities, marketing supports, media campaign etc. k. Eco-tourism: The State Government has created a eco-tourism cell under the Forest & Environment Department of the State Government. A separate eco-tourism policy has been launched for promotion of eco-tourism in the State. Eco-tourism shall be made more robust and popularized as an important means to promote tourism in the State considering its vast potential. l. Rural Tourism: The State Government shall identify model villages which are rich from the point of view of handicraft and handloom, rural life, social habits & culture. These villages shall be developed to model villages to provide unique experience to the tourist. m. Utilization of inspection bungalows and circuit houses & Government accommodations: Department of Tourism shall maintain an inventory of inspection bungalows, circuit house and other Government accommodations available under water resources, works, revenue, forest etc. and shall explore the possibility of developing them under PPP mode / any other mode for use of the tourist. n. Home Stay Facilities: Private house owners shall be encouraged to provide home stay facilities for the use of the tourist under bed and breakfast scheme. o. Ease of Doing Business: For speedy clearance of Tourism Projects single window clearance authority has been created which will issue deemed approvals as provided in Odisha Industries Facilitation Act, (OIFA) 2004. The Single Window Clearance Authority shall be made more effective, robust and more investor friendly. Right to service has been implemented in the state and the Department of Tourism shall rigorously implement the Right to Service Act for quick clearance of the projects. p. Marketing & Promotion: Department of Tourism shall organize various tourism promotion events to attract tourists to the state. • The Department of Tourism shall participate in different leading national & international tourism fair and shall provide incentives to the tourism stakeholders to participate in international tourism events to increase tourists arrival in state. • Organize familiarization tours for leading tour operators, travel writers of the country and abroad to attract more foreign & domestic tourists. • Extensive outdoor marketing within the country & abroad which include signages in airports, branding of trains, hoardings in strategic locations etc. • Media campaign both in print & electronics within the country & abroad shall be done by the Government to attract more tourists to the State. • Brand ambassador will be appointed for strengthening the brand name of Odisha Tourism. q. Capacity Building: Capacity building in hospitality sector shall be the topmost priority to build highest form of professionalism to create a strong ambience of comfort, confidence and communication among the tourists. Department of Tourism shall encourage private sector investment in Tourism & Hospitality Sector Institutes for capacity building to ensure availability of more skilled manpower required in tourism sector. Efforts shall be made to synergize all government schemes and private sector initiatives to develop skill in Tourism and Hospitality sector. r. Public Awareness: The most important aspect of tourism development is to bring in the necessary behavioral and attitudinal change in the society to make it tourist friendly and create a strong receptive atmosphere. People’s participation through Panchayati Raj institutions, Urban Local Bodies, Co-Ops and NGOs shall be encouraged for development of tourism and to create public awareness to achieve a broader goal of high quality tourist services. s. Wayside Amenities: The Government has taken a policy decision to establish modern wayside amenities to provide quality services to the highway and roadside tourists. More wayside amenities shall be developed by synchronizing the activities of various Government Department such as Works, Transport, Forest and other concerned Departments. t. Right to Service: The State Government have implemented the Right to Service Act 2012. The Department of Tourism have been brought under the Right to Service Act, which shall be rigorously implemented for timely clearances of all tourism projects. u. Buddhist & Heritage Tourism: The State of Odisha is known for its rich heritage. The State Government shall promote heritage tourism to propagate its rich culture and heritage among the people of the world. State Government shall promote Buddhist tourism in view of the historical significance of Buddhism in the State. Special Buddhist Circuit will be developed by linking all the Buddhist sites. v. Cruise Tourism: Considering the vast coastline, Chilika lake, long stretch of water bodies, lakes, there is vast scope for cruise tourism in the State. The State Government shall promote cruise tourism by bringing in modern cruises and technology. w. Religious Tourism: Religious tourism has vast potential in the State in view of the presence of historic temples and monuments which shall be developed in a big way in the State. x. MICE Tourism: The State houses major IT and ITES companies. The State shall promote meeting incentive conference and events tourism, to cater the need of multinational companies and NGOs. y. Knowledge Tourism: The State has become the knowledge hub of Eastern India. Many centres of higher learnings, university, institutions of national and international repute have come up in the State. Large number of students, intellectuals visit the State for acquiring knowledge. The State shall promote knowledge tourism and facilitate activities of all stakeholders. z. Barrier-free Tourism: The State Government shall assiduously promote barrier-free tourism especially for differently-abled tourist. Incentives shall be provided to entrepreneurs / people for making innovation and setting innovative projects for barrier free tourism in the tourism sector. 6 DEFINITIONS Tourism Unit: Tourism Unit means a legal entity under the relevant law, engaged or to be engaged in providing any service related to travel and tourism. Following units will be considered as Tourism Units: a) Star Category Hotels b) Heritage Hotels c) Apartment Hotels d) Motels e) Convention Centres f) Resorts g) Tented Accommodation h) Tourism & Hospitality Training Institutes i) Amusement parks / Water Parks / Theme Parks j) Adventure Sports k) Wayside Amenities Effective date: Effective date means the date that starts after the gazette notification of Odisha Tourism Policy 2016. The operative period of the policy starts after the effective date. New Tourism Unit: A ‘New Tourism Unit’ means a Tourism Unit which is set up and which commences commercial operation during the operative period of this Policy. Existing Tourism Unit Undergoing Expansion: Existing Tourism Unit taking up expansion of more than fifty percent of its existing capacities (e.g. Rooms / Riders / Tents, etc.) after the effective date. Only one expansion project of an existing tourism unit will be eligible for incentive during the operative period of the Policy. Commercial Operations: Date of Commercial Operations of a Tourism Unit is the date on which the Tourism Unit opens to tourists on a commercial basis, after due testing, trial running and commissioning under relevant Government rules. A committee consisting of District Tourist Officer, an officer from Department of Tourism to be nominated by the Government and representative of principal financing Bank of the project shall certify the date of start of commercial operation. Eligible Tourism Unit: New Tourism Unit and Existing Tourism Unit Undergoing Expansion during the operative period of the Policy would be considered as Eligible Tourism Units as defined in Para 6.3 and 6.4. Apartment Hotel: Apartment Hotel unit should have facilities as per the prevailing Guidelines for Apartment Hotels laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Apartment Hotels should obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Tented Accommodation: Tented Accommodation unit should have facilities as per the prevailing guidelines for Tented Accommodation as laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Tented Accommodation should obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Tourism & Hospitality Training Institute / University: The institute / university must be offering tourism / hospitality courses that are recognized / certified by regulatory authorities. Mega Tourism Unit: New projects capable of creating new employment of more than 150 persons with investment of Rs.75 crores and above (excluding the cost of land) will be construed as Mega Tourism Units. Units which are set up and which commence commercial operations during the operative period of this Policy will only be eligible under this category. The proposals of Mega Tourism Units would require due approval of the Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC). Hotels and Resorts, Multiplexes and Malls shall be excluded from the definition of Mega Tourism Unit. Theme Park: Theme Park should be based on a single or series of themes having a plot measuring atleast 10,000 sq.m. (about 2.5 acres). It may have amusement rides, water slides, accommodation (at least ten lettable rooms), restaurant, theatre, shopping area, activity area and theme areas. It is, however, not mandatory to have all these features. Hotel: Hotel projects should have facilities of 1 to 5 star categories hotel as per the prevailing guidelines of the Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India. Such hotels should obtain category certificate from the competent authorities. These units should have a minimum of 20 let table rooms with attached bathrooms. The hotels should have adequate provision of toilets for visitors. Size of the rooms and bathrooms, AC facilities should be as per the norms prescribed by the Department of Tourism, Govt. of India for such hotels. Resort: The Resort project should have a minimum of 20 lettable rooms with attached bathrooms. Unless it is a hill station or a beach or a location, which, in the opinion of the Department of Tourism, does not require air conditioning, at least 35% of the rooms should be air conditioned. The bathroom carpet area should measure at least 3.5 sqmt. It should have restaurant / dining hall with a seating area of minimum 40 sqmt. (excluding kitchen and storage). It should have a telephone with STD facility. The plot on which resort is located should admeasure at least 10,000 sqmt. It should have, on its plot, a minimum open space (unbuilt area) of 6,000 sqmt. It should have at least 4 of the following facilities. • Indoor games (e.g. Table – Tennis, Squash, Billiards, Bowling Alley, etc.). with a minimum built up area of 25 sqmt. • Conference room (Minimum Carpet area of 30 sqmt.) • Swimming pool • Tennis or badminton court or golf or other outdoor games area. • A health club (minimum built-up area of 20 sqmt.) • A lounge (admeasuring at least 35 sqmt.) Health Farm: The Health Farm should be located in an area, which is free from pollution and noise, and have a generally salubrious and health-promoting environment. There should be at least 20 lettable rooms with attached bathrooms. It should have at least six of the following facilities. • Health Club • Gymnasium • Yoga/Meditation Area • Outdoor Exercise Areas • Indoor Games • Outdoor Games • Swimming Pool • Classroom • Jogging Tracks • Horse Riding facility It should include a farm to grow fruits, vegetables, herbs, and grains (admeasuring at least 500 sqmt.). It should be located on a plot admeasuring at least 5,000 sqmt. It should have medical, paramedical personnel, alternative system of medicine specialist, diet specialist, and such other full time staff of at least two persons. Motels and Wayside Amenities: The Motel Project should be located on a National Highway, State Highway or Main District Road (MDR). It should have at least 4 lettable rooms and all the lettable rooms should have attached bathrooms. The plot on which the motel is located should admeasure a minimum of 1,500 sqmt. It should have restaurant/dining hall with sitting area of minimum 30 sqmt. (excluding kitchen & storage). The double rooms and single rooms should have minimum carpet areas of 12 sqmt and 10 sqmt respectively. The bathroom carpet area should admeasure at least 3 sqmt. It should have public toilet and first aid centre. It should have car parking area @ 5 sqmt per room. The rooms should have adequate furniture, fixtures and linen. The ownership/lease of land and land use should be in order. Wayside amenities will be a common facility centre on the National Highways, State Highways, and Major District Roads. They should ideally have (a) Food Plaza; (b) Public Convenience; (c) ATM/Banking; (d) Emergency/Medical Facilities; (e) Communication Centre; (f) Petrol Filling Station and Auto Services. For wayside amenities to be eligible for these incentives, they must have (a), (b), (d) and (e) among the facilities mentioned above. Water Sports: Water sports projects should be set up at a beach or lakeside or riverside along with a pontoon/jetty. It should offer at least two water sports. Parasailing, water-scooters, hovercraft and water-skiing are examples of such facilities. In addition to investment in boats and outboard motors, it should make an investment of at least Rs.20 lakh in water sports equipments. It should have adequate changing rooms, showers, lockers and separate toilet blocks for ladies and gents. It should have a restaurant. It should have trained staff for implementation of safety norms prescribed by the Government. Houseboat: House boat should be set up at backwater, lakeside, reservoir, riverside location identified by Department of Tourism. It should offer at least one room facility, with on board restaurant in motorized boat, satisfying the safety norm prescribed by appropriate authorities. Houseboat project includes provision of jetty/ pontoon, parking, and off-shore infrastructure. It should have trained staff for implementation of safety norms prescribed by the Government of Odisha. Art & Craft Village: The Art and Craft village project must be on a minimum one acre compact land with facilities like space to work for at least 10 artisans, an exhibition area of not less than 1000 sqft, to display different crafts, a multipurpose hall for folk shows, performing arts and film screening etc. A restaurant and toilet blocks should also be provided. Golf Course: A Golf Course Project should have a minimum of 9 holes. The land area should not be less than 10 Hectares. The design and drainage should be so worked out that there is no water logging. There should be a reliable system for adequate water supply. It should have a satisfactory club house. It should allow easy access to tourists, who are not its members; to play golf and use other facilities and the charges in this regard should be transparent and consistent. Adequate parking for at least 50 vehicles and clean public toilet facility must be available. Camping and Tent Facilities: Camping and tent facilities should have clear ground admeasuring at least 1,000sqmt. It should have tented accommodation capacity for at least 20 persons. There should be a minimum of 10 tents. The gross carpet area of tents should admeasure at least 200 sqmt. All the tents should have attached toilets. The tents should be put on a platform raised to a minimum of 2.5 feet above the ground. The tent site should have adequate security. The site should have eco-friendly structures admeasuring at least 200 sqmt. for such purposes as food, recreation, relaxation and lockers. It should have adequate electricity, water supply, sewerage disposal drainage and toilet facility. Space for own tents of tourists should also be available. Amusement / Theme Park: An Amusement Park should have at least 8 amusement rides. There should be a minimum investment of Rs.50 lakh in amusement rides/aids. This pertains to the cost of equipment alone. It should have a minimum area of 20,000 sqmt. Aquarium: An aquarium should have minimum 1,000 cubic meter water holding capacity and should have at least 10 exhibits. It should be open to public. It should have trained supervisors for operation and maintenance of the livestock. It should have restaurants, adequate parking, and separate toilet blocks for ladies and gents etc. Water Park: A Water Park project should have minimum 5 acre compact land and minimum of five water sites. It should have the capacity to handle at least 100 slides simultaneously. It should have trained supervisors for implementation of safety norms. It should have restaurants and adequate changing rooms, lockers, showers and separate toilet blocks for ladies and gents among other. Ropeway: The Ropeway should be mechanized and motor driven. The horizontal length may be 500 meters or more (but can be slightly less if the location demands so). It should be comfortable for the passengers and noise should be within permissible limits. It should have capacity to carry minimum 200 passengers per hour. The cabins should leave at brief intervals so that transportation is continuous and waiting time is minimum. It should have thyristor control of main drive motor or comparable device to ensure smooth acceleration and deceleration. It should have an emergency brake in addition to the normal brakes. The cabins should be sturdy and aesthetic. It should have full capacity generator set to drive the ropeway in case of power failure. The facilities should be created in compliance with the applicable security norms. Heritage Hotel: A Heritage hotel should be a palace, a haveli, a darbar-grih of any building, built in a traditional style, prior to 1950. The façade, architectural features and general construction should have the distinctive qualities, ambience, and décor consistent with a traditional lifestyle. It should have minimum 10 lettable rooms. The facilities and the features along with the services should be as per the guidelines of the Department of Tourism, Government of India as applicable from time to time. Convention Centre: A Convention Centre should be located on a plot admeasuring at least 5,000 sqmt. It should have capacity to seat at least 750 persons in the central column less hall. The capacity should be so organized (partition-able) that it is possible for at least 5 separate conference events to run simultaneously.. At least 75% of the convention centre's capacity should be air-conditioned. The Convention Centre should have sufficient parking facility (minimum 2 sqmt per person). All conference/convention areas should be equipped with state-of-the-art convention facilities including modern public address system, slide projection, video screening and such other facilities. It should possess its own equipments. It should have adequate arrangement for secretariat support with Fax, e-mail and photocopying facilities and first aid centre. It should have a restaurant, cafeteria with adequately covered ,comfortable area to cater to at least 500 persons simultaneously. The area excluding kitchen, should admeasure at least 500 sqmt. The quantum of such facilities should be consistent with the size of the complex. Caravan Tourism: Caravan Tourism may be motorized/vehicle-based. It should have capacity to handle simultaneously at least 30 participants, if it is operated with the aid of motorized vehicles. It should operate for at least three months in a year. It should have operated for at least three months before seeking the approval of the DoT. Adventure Tourism Projects: Adventure tourism projects should have required equipments and trained staff to maintain and run the activity. All required permissions from various authorities must be obtained. Minimum facilities like restaurant (wherever required), drinking water supply, staying arrangements (wherever required), toilet etc. should be provided. Medical Tourism: Medical Tourism is a form of tourism, wherein medical institutions / hospitals shall be allowed concession under this policy to attract foreign tourists who may visit for treatment and avail post treatment tours to different tourist places. Other Projects: Other projects not falling into any of the above categories will be considered as tourism project subject to their approval by the Tourism Advisory committee. 7 INTERVENTIONS: New investment: The Tourism Policy envisages the development of tourism infrastructure through collaboration between the government and the private sector. The Tourism Policy 2016 encourages private investment and provides attractive incentives for new investment in tourism sector.The implementation of various provisions covering incentives, concessions etc. will be based on the detailed operational guidelines / statutory notifications by the Department of Tourism (DoT). Land Bank: The State Government with the objective of establishment and promotion of tourism has developed a robust land bank at key tourist locations throughout the State. Various parcels of land suitable for development of tourism projects and currently being held by General Administration (G.A.), Revenue, Odisha Industrial Infrastructure Development Corporation (IDCO) & various other government agencies has been earmarked & reserved for tourism purpose. The land so reserved will be allotted for tourism project as per IPR 2015 rate as applicable. The Land Bank is meant to: • optimize the latent potential of land available all across the state and use it for development of tourism infrastructure. • and facilitate investors to get land for tourism projects. Though the DoT has developed a Land Bank, the efforts to identify more land shall be a continuous process. DoT / District Tourism Promotion Council (DTPC) shall prima facie identify lands / sites appropriate for tourism development through site visits, site studies and assessment of tourism development potential in the area. The identified land parcels shall be reserved in the form of a Land Bank for development of appropriate categories of tourism projects as identified by DoT. The details of the Land Bank for tourism projects would be made available on the websites of DoT and the concerned district administration. The role of DoT shall be of a facilitator and would be the first point for receiving applications for development of Tourism Projects on the land identified through the Land Bank. On receipt of applications from private entrepreneurs, DoT shall facilitate the grounding of the tourism project. The disposal of the land / property shall be in accordance with the decision of the appropriate Committee to be formulated by the Department of Tourism. Land Recommendation Committee: A Committee (Land Recommendation Committee) shall be formed for allotment of land parcels from the Land Bank. The Land Recommendation Committee shall meet at least once in every three months and shall comprise – • Chief Secretary, Odisha - Chairman • Secretary, Department of Tourism - Member Convenor • Principal Secretary, Department of Revenue & Disaster Management - Member • Special Secretary, G.A. Department - Member • Concerned RDC - Member • CMD/MD,IDCO - Member • Collector of the concerned district - Member • Director, Department of Tourism - Member DoT shall act as the secretariat for the Land Recommendation Committee. Human Resource Development / Capacity Building: This policy aims to streamline and strengthen the human resource development activities which include; capacity building programs, sensitization of stake holders in tourism industry and making available trained manpower for hospitality sector. This will involve – • Setting up of new Hotel Hospitality and Hotel Management institutes/Universities through private participation. • Industrial Training Institutes/Polytechnics would be encouraged to introduce tourism related courses for subordinate staff of hotels / resorts / motels / lodges, caterers, guides, cab and tourist coach drivers to enhance skills. • Institutions running management courses in the state will be encouraged to offer Hospitality and Travel Management related courses. Institutions / NGOs carrying out sensitization programs related to tourism would be encouraged. • Short term courses relating to capacity building for hospitality industries in rural area with support of State Institute of Rural Development. Safety & Security: The DoT has established seven special Tourist Police Stations in the State in major tourist destination. Department of Tourism (DoT) envisages ensuring safe tourism through setting up of more Police Stations, provision of dedicated police personnel at major tourist destinations, life-guards at beaches in coordination with local NGOs and SHGs. It shall be the endeavor of the Government to pre-empt and prevent abuse/ exploitation of women and children in and around tourist destinations. For ensuring the safety and security of tourists visiting the tourism destinations across Odisha, the Tourism Policy, 2016 provides for the following measures. DoT shall take steps to employ personnel, preferably ex-servicemen, for provision of security to tourists in specific tourism destinations. DoT shall also provide appropriate training to the selected personnel for providing better services to tourists. DoT shall organize training and sensitization programs for policemen posted at key tourism destinations in association with the Department of Home for ensuring that policemen empathize with genuine complaints and grievances of tourists. In order to prevent exploitation of women and minors in any form, DoT, in conjunction with the local police administration, shall take proactive steps to prevent such abuses. Clean Tourism Sites Campaign. As a part of Clean India Campaign, the Tourism Department shall endeavor to launch special drive for making the tourist destination clean. The Tourism Department shall set up a beach cleaning authority comprising prominent persons having experience in the field. The Tourism Department shall involve different tourism stakeholder to take forward this initiatives. Special sensitization programme including awareness programme through electronic media shall be launched for this purpose. The Department of Tourism has started mechanized cleaning in Puri Sea Beach. Similar cleaning operations shall be made in all the Sea Beaches like Gopalpur, Talsari, Chandrabhaga, Ramachandi, Chandipur & other important tourism sites. The beaches in the state of Odisha are famous for their beauty and efforts shall be made to keep them clean and beautiful for the tourist. Odisha Tourism Development Corporation (OTDC) • The Odisha Tourism Development Corporation shall be modernised and strengthened to make it a more effective tool for promotion of tourism. • To develop and promote Odisha as one of the premier destination of the country and to adopt such methods and devices necessary to attract tourists in large numbers. • To provide / operate quality tourism infrastructure on its own or through appropriate PPP structures. • To act as facilitator for development of tourism in the State. • Continue with the existing properties with improved facilities, services and value addition. • Promoting star category hotels and other facility as green field project through private participation. • Marketing of lesser known tourist destination to bring it to the lime light through package tours and providing basic amenities. • Providing a total travel solution to the tourists visiting the State. • Selective privatization of the existing Units for profit optimization. • Promoting Odisha as a favoured destination in general and OTDC hotels as favoured host amongst the tourist through extensive marketing, value addition, quality infrastructure and improved services. Tourism Units to avail incentives / subsidy: A new Tourism Unit should be opened to all and shall not be confined to exclusive use of members of any group or club or any such other restrictions. A new tourism unit or an expansion of an existing tourism unit will be eligible for incentives provided they satisfy the following conditions: • The new unit should obtain registration with the concerned registering authority to be detailed by the DoT. • The new project should have separately identifiable capital investment and should not be an extension of the existing project. The new project will not lose its eligibility, if the utilities of existing units for water, electricity, steam, pollution control, central facilities etc. are extended to the new projects. Expansion of existing project will be eligible for incentives, provided the existing tourism unit increases its investments in fixed capital or capacity by at least 50% as elaborated in Para 6.4. The existing tourism properties to be developed on PPP mode will be eligible for fiscal incentives provided, the private partner fulfill the minimum development plan prescribed in the Lease-cum-Development Agreement and the property is further augmented through investment in fixed capital or capacity by at least 50% of the existing capacity + prescribed minimum development plan. Tourism Undertaking: ‘Tourism Undertaking' means a legal entity in the form of a registered company under the Companies Act, 1956, a Partnership firm, a Registered Trust, a legally registered Co- operative society or an individual proprietary firm engaged or to be engaged in one or more tourism projects. The proposed tourism facility should be open to all and shall not be confined to the exclusive use of members of any group or club or any such other restrictions. Eligible Capital Investment for incentives: The following investment shall be considered eligible for incentives. • Payment made towards registration charges of land. • Building constructed for providing specific tourism facilities/services. The actual expenditure incurred and paid for construction of building as per the norms will only be considered. • Other construction such as boundary wall, landscaping and any other project specific construction. • Plant and machinery • Interior furnishing • Electrical installation / renewable energy installation • Furniture and fixtures • Kitchen equipments • Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) • Generator and Air Condition plant / AC unit Ineligible Capital Investment: The following investment shall not be eligible for incentive. • Cost of land • Working capital • Goodwill • Commissioning fees • Royalty • Pre-operative expenses • Second hand plant and machinery, furniture fixtures, electrical installation etc. • Interest capitalized • Trucks, cars, vans, trailers and other transport vehicles • Consumables, crockery and utensils, bed linen • Technical/Consultant fees • Any construction which is nature of real estate development i.e. shops, flats, offices etc. meant for sale / lease / rent. Eligible Units (Tourism Projects) for availing incentives: • Hotels of star categories • Apartment hotels • Heritage hotels, resorts, health farms and health & wellness spa. • Motels, wayside amenities and public amenities at tourist sites, • Theme based entertainment centre, Amusement park, Aquarium, Aqua Park, Multiplexes (Cinema halls) of at least three (3) screens • Adventure sports, beach sports and water sports, • Art and craft Villages, Craft and souvenir shops at tourist sites excluding manufacturing, development of souvenirs and artisan hubs • Golf courses • Camping, Caravan, Tents and other temporary accommodation facilities developed for tourism purposes • Aerial Ropeways • Convention centers, • Adventure Tourism projects • Cruise boats, Houseboats • Eco-Tourism projects / Cruise Tourism projects / Wellness Tourism projects • Adventure Tourism projects / Knowledge Tourism projects / Buddhist Tourism projects / Heritage Tourism projects • Wildlife safari • Film city • Medical tourism (only the Joint Commission International (JCI) accredited Hospital) • Exclusive Tourism & Hospitality related Institute / universities • Other Projects approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of Odisha or Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. 8 FRAMEWORK FOR INCENTIVES AND OTHER SUPPORT MEASURES FOR TOURISM PROJECTS: To attract private sector investment, it is envisaged to offer both financial & non-financial incentives to different tourism projects. Financial Incentives: Allotment of land: Land is the most important ingredient in setting up of a tourism unit. The land for tourism units will be allotted at concessional rates as per the provision of IPR 2015 or as per the guidelines to be fixed by the Government from time to time. Capital Investment Subsidy: To encourage investment in tourism infrastructure and tourism projects, investment subsidy is envisaged for new Tourism Projects. All eligible tourism projects as per Para 7.11 with investment not below Rs.20 lakh shall be eligible to get capital investment subsidy. The capital investment subsidy is envisaged as follows: a) Quantum of Capital Investment subsidy Eligible Capital Investment (excluding the land cost) Admissible Subsidy Maximum Limit Investment upto Rs.50 crore 20% Rs.10.00 Crore Investment above Rs.50 crore 20% Rs.15.00 Crore Tented accommodation (with minimum investment of Rs.0.20 crore) 30% Rs.0.15 Crore Equipment worth Rs.1 crore and above for Adventure & Water Sports 20% Rs.0.50 Crore • As percentage of Eligible Capital Investment b) Additional Subsidy of 5% will be provided to following projects:- (i) New Tourism Projects around Chilika lake, KBK, Kandhamala and Gajapati District and any new places or districts as may be necessary to be notified by the Government from time to time on the recommendation of Tourism Advisory Committee. Considering the influence zone of Chilika, the exact location / distance from higher water level of the Chilika lake within which tourism projects would be considered for incentives will be decided by the TAC. (ii) New Tourism Projects owned and managed by women entrepreneurs (with minimum equity participation of 51% in the entity), those belonging to SC/ST categories and the differently-abled will be entitled to an additional 5% subsidy over and above the ‘Admissible Subsidy’. (iii) In all the above mentioned cases, the total subsidy available shall be subject to the ceiling prescribed under ‘Maximum Limit’ mentioned in Para 8.1.2(a). (iv) The eligible units after one year of commencement of commercial operations of the project will be eligible for availing capital investment subsidy. Interest subsidy: All new eligible tourism units as per Clause 7.9, 7.11 shall be eligible to get interest subsidy as per the following rates for a period not more than 5 years provided the concerned promoter(s) shall not have defaulted to Odisha State Financial Corporation (OSFC )/ Industrial Investment Promotion Corporation of Orissa Limited (IPICOL) / SIDBI / banks / public financial institutions / other Government Agencies in payment of interest & installment in connection with any other commercial venture with which the concerned promoter is directly or indirectly associated. Interest subsidy @ 5% per annum subject to maximum of Rs.1 crore for the entire period of 5 years. This subsidy will be available to eligible tourism units after one year from date of commencement of commercial operations of the tourism unit maximum up to five years. Stamp Duty exemption: All new Tourism Units shall be eligible to get 100% exemption in Stamp Duty on purchase of land for the project. Such reimbursement shall be made after commercial operation of the project. Reimbursement of land conversion charges: All tourism new projects shall be eligible to get 100% reimbursement of the land conversion charges. Such reimbursement shall be made after commercial operation of the project. Reimbursement of VAT: New tourism projects shall be eligible for reimbursement of 100% of VAT paid for a period of 7 years from the date of commercial operation limited to 200% of cost of plant & machinery / 100% of the project cost whichever is low in a tapered manner provided that the VAT reimbursement shall be applicable only to the net tax paid after adjustment of Input Tax credit. This provision will be suitably replaced / modified after Goods & Service Tax is introduced. Reimbursement of Entertainment Tax: New Multiplex Cinema halls of at least three (3) screens with a minimum capital investment of Rs. 3 crore, with modern projection system, sound system, air conditioning etc., will be reimbursed 100% Entertainment Tax for a period of five (5) years. Similar benefits shall be extended to other eligible tourism projects like Public Aquarium, Aqua Park, Amusement Park etc. Energy: New Tourism Units will be exempted from payment of electricity duty up to a contract demand of 5 MVA for a period of 5 years from the date of availing power supply for production. To encourage energy efficiency, a onetime reimbursement of cost of energy audit of the new unit shall be provided up to a maximum of Rs.1.00 lakh subject to achieving energy efficiency to be certified by credible third party agency. Reimbursement of Entry Tax: New Tourism Units shall be eligible for 100% reimbursement of entry tax on acquisition of plant & machinery till the date of commercial operation. New tourism units shall also be eligible for 100% reimbursement of entry tax on purchase of raw material for a period of 5 years from the date of commercial operation subject to a maximum ceiling of 100% of cost of plant & machinery. This provision will be suitably replaced / modified after GST is introduced and implemented. Employment cost subsidy: 75% reimbursement (in case of male worker) & 100% reimbursement (in case of female workers) of expenditure on account of employer contribution towards ESI & EPF scheme for a period of 5 years shall be made in respect of skilled & semi-skilled workers engaged as regular employees who are domicile of the State. Environmental protection infrastructure subsidy: New tourism units shall be eligible for reimbursement of 20% of the capital cost of setting up effluent treatment plant / sewerage treatment plant subject to a maximum of Rs.20 lakh. Such reimbursement shall be made only after commercial operation of the project. Training Subsidy: For every person trained & newly recruited in tourism project, the training cost shall be reimbursed @ Rs.2000/- per employee provided such training is imparted within 3 years of the commercial operation. Tourist Transport : The State will facilitate the provision of adequate quality transport services for tourists. As such 75% exemption from registration charges and 50% concession from payment of permit charges shall be allowed for new air-conditioned coaches having minimum seating capacity of 25 seats, registered as contract carriage and operating in notified tourist circuits. The Department of Tourism shall notify the tourist circuits for the purpose from time to time. Participation in overseas Tourism Events: DoT shall provide incentives to the tourism service provider of State for participating in overseas tourism events. The incentive shall be limited to 50% of the space rent actually paid and travel expenses incurred by the tourism service provider of the State subject to maximum of Rs.75,000/- for each event. Such concession shall be limited to two events in one financial year for any agency. The tourism service provider approved by Govt.of India, Ministry of Tourism fulfilling the eligibility criteria prescribed by Ministry shall be eligible to get additional reimbursement of travel expenses of 4 more additional events. The admissibility of travel expenses shall be as per the guideline of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and the maximum ceiling shall be Rs.2.5 lakh per annum. Film shooting subsidy: To encourage shooting of feature films in important tourist locations and thereby highlighting different tourist destinations of the states, incentive will be allowed for shooting of feature film in the State of Odisha. As such 75% of the actual expenditure incurred on accommodation in hotels of Odisha during such shooting shall be reimbursed subject to a ceiling of 10 lakh. This incentive shall only be allowed to film which is approved by Central Board of Film Certification (CBFC). Kiosk in important tourist centers: Tourism Department will create Kiosk in important tourist centers for sale of souvenir, handicraft items, tea stall & other utility shops and allot them to unemployed youth of the locality including the existing unorganized vendors at concessional rent / fee. Tourism department will bring out detail allotment procedure & guideline of such Kiosk by way of Notification. Subsidy is envisaged in the policy as a means of incentives to encourage private investment in tourism sector. While extending incentives, subsidies & concessions, the total financial incentives for any tourism unit shall not exceed the eligible capital investment in the projects (as defined in Para-7.9 of the Tourism Policy). Special Tourism Zone: Many regions of the state have huge tourism potential. To have more focused intervention, it is proposed that the state tourism promotion council will identify and notify such regions as Special Tourism Zones. The state government shall develop quality infrastructure like roads, sanitation, power supply and water supply through convergence of resources in the special tourism zone. The state tourism promotion council may allow separate incentives in the identified zone for specific time period. Non-financial Incentive: In addition to fiscal incentives, new tourism units will benefit from a number of other support mechanisms of the Government. • Tourism department will provide facilitation in obtaining various permissions and clearances required from statutory bodies like CRZ, Municipal/local bodies, Airports, Pollution Control Board, etc. on best effort basis. • The Department will make use of the provisions of Single Window, Escort Officer, etc. to fast-track the clearance of tourism projects. • The Government will assist in promotion of private tourism projects at the national and international level. For this purpose opportunities to participate in Road shows and Trade Fairs, link from government websites, partnership for hosting events and activities etc. by designing suitable modalities would be provided. • Facilitating online reservation of hotels / vehicles/ tour packages of the state tourism stakeholders. • Non-financial performance oriented incentives to tour operators, guides, taxi and auto drivers by way of familiarization tour, training etc. 9 ADMINISTRATION OF INCENTIVES: Procedure for applying for incentives: Department of Tourism, Government of Odisha shall be the Implementing Agency for administration of incentives under this Tourism Policy. Detailed operational guidelines shall be issued by the Tourism Department. All Tourism Units undertakings desirous of availing any incentive under this policy must be registered with the Department of Tourism. The projects will be scrutinized by Tourism Department and after scrutiny; provisional registration shall be issued adopting the following procedure. • Tourism Department shall give Provisional Registration Certificate in the first instance up to 3 years to the Eligible Units. • If such a unit is not in a position to complete the project and start commercial operations during the initial validity period, it may apply for time extension along with its progress report. The administrative department may, after examining the difficulties experienced by the individual unit in implementing the project and also recording the reasons, grant extension for a period up to 2 years. • The units which are unable to go operational after the time extension will have to explain to the Government the reasons for the delay. This explanation will have to be forwarded by the District Tourist Officer to the Commissioner / Director of Tourism, who will carry out physical inspection of the projects and report to the tourism advisory committee. The committee will then take a decision on further time extension based on this report and recommend its views to the government for taking necessary steps. Illustrative procedure for claiming incentives: The Eligible units along with the provisional certificate shall apply to DoT, within 180 days after the commencement of commercial operation of the project, for permissible benefits along with necessary documents. Department of Tourism on receiving the information and documents will scrutinize it and issue Eligibility Certificate and the Certificate of Entitlement and put proper date of effect so as to enable the unit to avail the incentives. Step-I Step-IV Step-VII Eligible Units will apply for If a unit is not in a position to Tourism Department shall the incentive to complete the project during 3 scrutinize the documents and Department of Tourism years, it may apply for after field visit issue Eligibility extension. Certificate, if eligible. Step-II Step-V Step-VIII DoT will scrutinize the If agreed, Tourism department Based on the Eligibility applications and issue a may grant an extension, Certificate, the Department of Provisional Registration (maximum upto 2 years). Tourism shall in turn issue Certificate (PRC) Further time extension by Certificate of Entitlement and Tourism Advisory Committee. put proper date of effect for availing benefits. Step-III Step-VI PRC shall be valid for up to The Eligible Units shall inform 3 years in the first instance Tourism Department within 180 days of the commencement of commercial operation of the project The unit shall remain in commercial operation continuously for a minimum of 5 years from the date on which benefits have been availed. In cases, where the operation has been discontinued due to any reason within the period of 5 years mentioned above, the unit shall be required to refund the incentives along with interest @ of 2% per month or any other penal interest prescribed by the DoT. The unit, after getting the eligibility certificate, must submit quarterly progress details to the DoT of the incentives availed during the eligibility period. Any excess claim of incentives will be recovered with interest of 2% per month or any other penal interest prescribed by the DoT. 10 INSTITUTIONAL MECHANISM FOR TOURISM DEVELOPMENT: State Tourism Promotion Council: The State Tourism Promotion Council (STPC) will be constituted, as follows to act as the Apex Body to guide and monitor the development of Tourism in the State. Chief Minister Chairman Minister of Tourism Member Minister of Forest & Environment Member Minister of Transport Member Chief Secretary of Odisha Member Development Commissioner Member Secretary, Home Member Secretary, Finance Member Secretary (Tourism) Member Convenor Secretary (Forest & Environment) Member Secretary (Transport) Member Secretary, Handloom & Handicrafts Member General Managers of Railway Divisions covering Odisha Member Senior representative from FICCI Member Senior representative from CII Member Representative from Airport Authority of India Member Representative from 2 major airlines operating in the state (nominated by the Secretary, Tourism) Member Representative from IATA / HRAO Member Representative from IATO/ TAAI Member Two leading hoteliers (nominated by the Secretary, Tourism) Member Representative of ASI Member Director, Department of Tourism Member The nominated members shall have a maximum tenure of 3 years unless renewed by the Secretary, Tourism. The STPC shall meet at least once in 12 months. The State Tourism Promotion Council will review & monitor, the implementation of the Policy and suggest changes in the policy frame work. Tourism Advisory Committee: A Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) shall be formed for facilitating development of tourism in the state. The Tourism Advisory Committee would be headed by the Chief Secretary, Government of Odisha and will have the role of advising the State Tourism Promotion Council on policy matters, strategy for development of tourism in the state, inter-departmental coordination, recommendations etc. The Tourism Advisory Committee will have following members. 1. Chief Secretary – Chairman 2. Development Commissioner - Member 3. Secretary (Home) - Member 4. Secretary (Tourism) - Member Convenor 5. Secretary (Revenue) - Member 6. Secretary (Finance) - Member 7. Secretary (Forest & Environment) - Member 8. PCCF (Wildlife) - Member 9. Director (Tourism) - Member 10. Managing Director (OTDC) - Member 11. Representatives of other departments, agencies and organisations to be nominated by the Government from time to time. Single Window Clearance Authority: There shall be a 3-tier Single Window Clearance Authority (SWCA) for clearance of private sector tourism projects as enumerated below - • Investment up-to Rs. 50 crore - Special Single Window Clearance Committee (SSWCC) shall be constituted under the chairmanship of Secretary, Tourism; Govt of Odisha.. • Investments above Rs.50 crore and up to Rs.1000 crore – State Level Single Window Clearance Authority (SLSWCA) members as constituted under the Odisha Industries Facilitation Act (OIFA) 2004. • Investment above Rs 1,000 crore - High Level Clearance Authority (HLCA) headed by the Chief Minister with members as constituted under the Odisha Industries Facilitation Act (OIFA) 2004. DoT will provide secretarial assistance to the SLSWCA. The SLSWCA shall have the power to direct concerned departments or authorities to issue required clearances within the specified time limit, subject to compliance of the provisions of the applicable Acts and rules or orders and instructions in force. The SSWCC \ SLSWCA shall carry out the following functions: • Issue approvals of projects as required under the appropriate rules as and when necessary. • Issue deemed approvals as provided in OIFA as and when necessary. • Review and monitor the processing of applications cleared earlier and sent to competent authorities. A Nodal Officer would be appointed / designated from DoT, to support the SLSWCC and liaise with the District Level Nodal Agencies (DLNA) under the OIFA Act. The Nodal Officer would receive all applications forwarded from IPICOL / the DICs (if the DICs have been approached). These would be put up by the Nodal Officer before SSWCC for approval. District Tourism Promotion Council: Every district will have a District Tourism Promotion Councils (DTPC). It shall act in close coordination with Department of Tourism. Its main functions shall be – • Identify land parcels for tourism development in the district. • To act as the nodal agency and clearing house for ideas and information related to tourism at the district & sub-district level. • Facilitate convergence of resources of various agencies for the development of tourism infrastructure. • Development and updation of tourism information for districts which may also be uploaded in the district websites. • Promote the development of tourism master plans for each district in coordination with other government agencies. • Skill profiling of local population to create lists for guides, freelancers, photographers, home-stay addresses and develop a tourism service provider database and clear awareness among the general public on tourism related matters. • Contribute to the publicity and promotional material of DoT and encourage/facilitate travel writers, media for publicizing places of tourist interest of the district. • Prepare the event list at the district level for tourism purposes. • Organize and facilitate training programs for the benefit of stakeholders in the tourism industry on chargeable basis • Facilitate the formation of local tourism destination development bodies with local community participation for development of tourism assets. • Identify, develop and lease out land for parking and other tourist services where user charges can be a source of revenue. • Facilitate and support the development of eco-tourism societies. • Develop economically viable Tourism Projects. • Licensing, regulation and accreditation of tourism ventures as per DoT guidelines • Mobilize and enlist the local community stakeholders for specific areas / tourism destinations as per requirement. The Revenue Divisional Commissioner shall be the Patron and the District Collector shall be the Chairman of DTPC .The DTPC shall have an Executive Body which shall be responsible for the daily business & affairs of the Council. The terms and conditions shall be notified separately by the Government. Executive Body of DTPC: The Executive Body shall carry out the business and affairs of the DTPC. The Executive Body will meet at least once in a month. It shall have a tenure of 3 years or as decided by the Government. The Tourist Officer for the District shall be the Secretary to DTPC and shall carry out the functions including convening of meetings, documentation, and other duties as determined by the Executive Body. District Collector Chairman Divisional Forest Officer (DFO) Member Project Director, DRDA Member Representative of the concerned Municipal Corporation (where applicable) Member Superintendent of Police Member Representative from Commissionrate of Police (Bhubaneswar-Cuttack) Member Representative of Handicrafts & Handloom Member Chairman of Zilla Parishad / Municipalities /N.A.C. in district Member Local MPs/ MLAs Member Executive Engineer PWD (R&B) Member Executive Engineer from Rural Development Department (Local works) Member District Planning Officer Member Executive Engineer (RWS&S) Member President, District Hotel Association Member President, District Travel Agent Association Member Any other member or members nominated by the Chairman who would be helpful in realizing the objectives of the body Member OTDC nominee Member Tourist Officer for the District Member Secretary Local Tourism Promotion Council: This Policy proposes the formation of Local Tourism Promotion Councils (LTPC in few important tourist centres for carrying out functions such as – • Identify land parcels for tourism development in the locality • Skill profiling of local population to create lists of guides, freelancers, photographers, home-stay addresses and develop a tourism service provider database • Contribute to the publicity and promotional material of DTPC • Administering operation & management of tourist facilities created by the Government. • Implementation of tourism events if any • Facilitate the formation of local tourism destination development bodies with local community participation for development of tourism assets. • Identify, develop and lease out land for parking and other tourist services where user charges can be a source of revenue. • Facilitate and support the development of eco-tourism societies • Mobilize and enlist the local community stakeholders for specific areas / tourism destinations as per requirement • Sensitize the local community about the importance of the tourism and to become more tourist friendly The LTPC shall consist of an Executive Body, the District Collector shall be the Patron and the Block Development Officer shall be the Chairman. The Executive Body shall be the body responsible for the daily business & affairs of the LTPC. The terms and conditions shall be notified separately by the Government. The details of the constitution of the LTPC are as given below: Block Development Officer Chairman Jr. Engineer (Block) Member Sarapanch of concerned G.P. / Representative of the concerned Municipal Corporation (where applicable) Member O.I.C. of concerned P.S. Member President, Local Hotel Association Member President, Local Travel Agent Association Member Any other member or members nominated by the Chairman who would be helpful in realizing the objectives of the body Member OTDC nominee Member Tourist Officer for the District Member Secretary Miscellaneous: A. The Tourism Policy-2016 shall be co-terminus with IPR-2015. The State Government may at any time amend any provision of the policy. B. Doubts relating to interpretation of any term and / or dispute relating to operation of any provision under this policy shall have to be referred to the Tourism Department for clarification / resolution and the decision of the Government in this regard shall be final & binding on all concerned. C. Implementation of various provision covering the subsidy, incentives, concessions etc. will be subject to issue of detail guidelines / statutory notifications by the DoT within one month from the date of issue of this policy. ---- x ----

Big Show Oman https://www.omandesignandbuildweek.com/ Oman Design & Build Week, which incorporates The BIG Show and Oman Real Estate Exhibition (OREX), is a vibrant networking and sourcing platform for the construction industry. Oman Design & Build Week, held annually, provides your business with a convenient platform to promote your brands and products to 11,000 highly qualified buyers including decision makers from architects, consultants, engineers, contractors, distributors, and procurement managers from all over the world. Oman. Oman Design & Build Week 2021 will provide you with the opportunity to tap into an annual project market worth $ 202 billion (Source: MEED Projects) in various sectors including commercial and residential, water, energy, oil and gas, transportation and infrastructure. too. like health and hospitality. Segmented into eight new industry sectors, Oman Design & Build Week 2021 presents your company with better brand and promotion opportunities with its dedicated areas, as well as specific workshops and features that bring you closer to your potential customers.

Gujrat Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Tourism Policy for the State of Gujarat (2015-2020) Industries and Mines Department Government of Gujarat September 2015 Tourism Policy for the State of Gujarat (2015-2020) Industries and Mines Department Government of Gujarat September 2015 Table of Contents Page 1 Preamble 1 2 Vision, Mission & Objectives 3 3 Strategies 5 4 Policy Period & Coverage 9 5 Definitions 10 6 Incentives & Concessions 14 Capital Subsidy Interest Subsidy Registration/Stamp Duty Concession Exemption from Luxury Tax Exemption from Entertainment Tax Exemption from Electricity Duty Support for Sustainable Tourism Special Package for Mega Tourism Units Incentive for Promotion of Innovation Support for Marketing and Promotion Skill Development Incentives for ICT Enablement Assistance for Research in the Tourism/Hospitality Industry Essential Conditions for Grant of Incentives 7 Other Initiatives 24 Development of Wayside Amenities PPP in Tourism Projects Homestay Policy Tourist Police Development Regulations for Hotels Excellence Awards 8 Implementation Mechanism 26 Annexure A Annexure B Annexure C 1. Preamble Tourism has evolved from just exploring new places to an opportunity for enhancing international relations, expanding business boundaries and appreciating cultural diversities. It helps bring different countries, peoples and cultures together while significantly contributing to the economic and social development. As per the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO)“Tourism Highlights,2015” International Tourist Arrivals (ITAs) were 1,133 million in 2014 while International Tourism Receipts (ITRs) were USD 1,245 billion. The revenue share from tourism was 9% of the total GDP. Today worldwide, one in eleven jobs may be ascribed to the tourism industry. As per the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India 2014 Report, the number of foreign tourist arrivals in India is 7.68 million and that of domestic tourist visits to all States/UTs is 1,282 million. The foreign exchange earnings from Tourism were approximately USD 20.24 billion during the same period. The Vibrant State of Gujarat, a veritable Growth Engine of India, accounts for about six percent of the total geographical area of the Country and five percent of its population. From being a favoured port for mariners, nucleus of business and industry, cradle for culture and religion, epicentre of the Freedom Struggle, home of Mahatma Gandhi and Sardar Patel to the abode of the Asiatic lion, Gujarat is richly endowed with tourism assets. Gujarat is bestowed with great geographical diversity, from the ethereal salt- encrusted desert to the expansive wetlands, pristine beaches to languid valleys, arid grasslands to lush forests. From Dholavira, one of the first cities in the world, to the first prototype of “Smart City” in India, Gujarat has it all. Tourists here soak in the rich cultural diversity, indulge in the various fairs and festivals, savour the cuisine and take back fond memories of their visits which they relish for a lifetime. The popular marketing campaign titled “Khushboo Gujarat Ki” has generated a lot of interest in the tourists. This has also contributed to the ever-increasing tourist flow in to the State. The same during the year 2014-15 was 32.7million which was 13.56% higher than that of the previous year. The diversity in tourism assets is matched by a robust infrastructure base. Strategically located on the west coast of India, Gujarat is well connected to some of the major cities of the world by air and sea routes. It has one of the highest number of airports and airstrips numbering 17 in all- including an international airport at Ahmedabad. Further, with a strong port infrastructure backbone, it has some 42 ports along a 1,600 km coastline, over 5,000 km of rail network, about 77,000 km of motorable roads, 24 x 7 power supply and above all an enviable law-and-order situation. Characteristic of a buoyant economy, the State Domestic Product (SDP) growing at an average growth rate of nearly10% since 2005, is higher than the national average. Carrying forward the rich legacy of the immediate past, the State Government has embarked upon a flagship programme of Gatisheel Gujarat further fuelling all-round growth and development. Development in this sector requires close partnerships between the governments, the private sector and communities. It is perhaps the only sector which has a very elaborate and multiple backward and forward linkages with other segments of the economy like infrastructure, transport, construction, environment, water resources, etc. Current trends and growth projections at the Global, National and State level reinforce the immense potential of tourism as a noteworthy contributor to Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and employment. Total Contribution to GDP Employment (No in Million) Total Investment (Figures in USD Billion) 2014 2025 (Projected) 2014 2025 (Projected) 2014 2025 (Projected) World * 9.8% 10.5% 276.85 356.91 814.4 (4.3% of total investments) 1336.4 (4.9% of total investments) India * 6.7% 7.6% 36.70 45.57 32.42 (6.2% of total investments) 66.73 (6.9% of total investments) Gujarat # (Estimated) 2.7% 5% 0.95 3.00 0.81 4.00 Source: *Economic Impact, 2015 –World Travel & Tourism Council # Existing and projected figures of Gujarat are based on the GITCO estimates. 2. Vision, Mission and Objectives Vision To position Gujarat as a vibrant tourist destination, with an emphasis on improving visitor experience, livelihood linkages, environmental concerns and enhancing investment opportunities, thus catapulting tourism as one of the most important economic drivers, leading to sustainable development and inclusive growth in the State. Mission (a) To unlock the immense untapped / under-tapped potential of tourism in the State; (b) To develop tourism products and strengthen infrastructure; (c) To undertake tourism-specific skill development leading to gainful employment and self-employment especially for the local populace; (d) To preserve and upgrade environment as also to encourage responsible tourism in the State; (e) To create an investment-friendly policy framework and suitably ensure access to requisite tourist infrastructural facilities; (f) To showcase the infrastructure and institutions, achievements and accomplishments, entrepreneurship and hospitality of Gujarat in order to attract investments in the State and, thereby, espouse the cause of ‘Make in India’; and (g) To focus on promotion and branding of Gujarat as a leading tourist destination the world over. Objectives (a) To make Gujarat one amongst the top five tourist States of India in terms of local, national and international tourist footfalls by 2025; (b) To attract the MICE segment, by creating convention/exhibition facility and support infrastructure; (c) To leverage innovative forms of tourism such as adventure, cruise, event-based, inland waterways, medical and others; (d) To develop diverse tourism packages and products to augment tourist stay and encourage repeat visits; (e) To promote tourism for all segments of the society especially facilitating senior citizens, the differently-abled, homemakers, farmers and students, by ensuring affordable accommodation and travel circuits; (f) To provide tourism infrastructure in terms of tourist information, transport services, accommodation and way-side amenities; (g) To enhance the use of ICT in the sector and further improve the quality of services; (h) To upgrade skills, knowledge & professionalism and promote employment opportunities for additional two million persons by 2025; (i) To promote responsible tourism in the State and develop tourism products in an environment-friendly manner; and (j) To create enabling framework for public-private partnerships in developing tourism products, projects and services. 3. Strategies Augmentation of Tourist Infrastructure (a) Developing and providing financial support for infrastructure facilities such as civic amenities, accommodation and other tourism infrastructure; (b) Prioritizing the development of wayside amenities along the major arterial highways of the State; (c) Granting additional financial support for tourism development to special areas to be identified from time to time; (d) Broadbasing the existing tourism to curtail the seasonality in tourist arrivals through; (i) Development of facilities to support MICE in urban centres (ii) Mega Tourism Projects in high-potential areas (iii) Cruise Tourism along the long coastline (iv) Water / Amusement/Theme Parks (v) Spiritual Tourism (vi) Coastal/ Beach Tourism (vii) Cinematic Tourism (viii) Khadi, Handloom, Handicraft and Textile Tourism (ix) Archaeological and Historical Tourism (x) Geo-tourism (xi) Eco and Wildlife Tourism (xii) Adventure Tourism and Water Sports (xiii) Wellness and Medical Tourism (xiv) Rural Tourism (xv) Educational Tourism (xvi) Cuisine Tourism (xvii) Industrial Tourism (These themes have been further detailed at Annexure A). (e) Improvement of regional air connectivity, on PPP mode, by opening new air strips and facilitating the commencement / strengthening of air operations at major tourist destinations (to be undertaken by GUJSAIL in consultation with the Ministry of Civil Aviation, GoI); and (f) Financial assistance / support to women entrepreneurs, the differently- abled and SC/ST groups. Tourist-centric Approach (a) Improving tourist safety and security at all tourist destinations through schemes like Tourist Wardens, 24 x 7 Centralized Helpline, etc; (b) Improving the experience of young travellers by provision of crèches and play areas; (c) Adopting a multilingual approach towards promotion through publicity material, collaterals, guide training, etc; (d) Improving access for the differently-abled, the infirm and the aged through provision of ramps, escalators and other forms of assisted access to various tourist attractions; (e) Developing the tourist circuits (indicative list appended at Annexure A) in a phased manner; (f) Promoting experiential tourism by showcasing and promoting various fairs and festivals (indicative list appended at Annexure B), living traditions, local customs, cuisines, etc; (g) Evolving a system of taking regular feedback from various stakeholders in general and a cross-section of the tourists in particular; and (h) Strengthening of the Grievance-Redressal Mechanism. Skill Development & Employment Generation (a) Development of and tie-up with world-class training institutes; (b) Training and certification (both short and long term) shall be imparted to guides, hospitality staff, including home-stay hosts, tour operators, etc. from time to time; (c) Reimbursement of course fee for identified training programmes; (d) Financial support by way of monthly stipend to qualified tourist guides; & (e) Generation of gainful employment and facilitation in self-employment for the local trained people as also for the artisans, craftsmen and others. Promotion of ‘Make in India’ and ‘Digital India’ (a) Various concessions and incentives have been provided to the hospitality sector in the Tourism Policy to attract investments, both national and international, to help realize the goals of “Make in India”; (b) An enabling mechanism will be put in place to ensure facilitation for investment in the tourism sector through this Policy, over and above the provisions under ‘Gujarat Industrial Policy - 2015’; (c) Special incentives for adopting ICT in the tourism sector will be offered to the investors; (d) Promoting ICT-enabled technologies through mobile applications, social networking, big data analytics, blogs, virtual tourism, etc; (e) Major tourism sites may be duly equipped with CCTV cameras, WiFi services and mobile-based services to the extent possible so as to ensure tourist safety and security as also to enhance public convenience; and (f) Promotion and marketing initiatives shall be further strengthened. Thrust on Environment-Friendliness, Sanitation and Cleanliness (a) Undertaking concerted activities under “Swachh Bharat” and “Swachh Gujarat”; (b) Adopting the “Sustainable Tourism Criteria for India” for the tour operators and hoteliers as laid down by the Ministry of Tourism (MoT), Government of India. Sensitization for stakeholders shall be undertaken by means of workshops, conferences, events, etc; (c) Lending financial support to encourage green projects by tourism units through bio-toilets, pollution control measures, solid/liquid waste management, energy efficiency measures, etc; and (d) Augmenting construction of public conveniences and maintaining cleanliness, preferably through public participation or on PPP mode. Emphasis on Innovation (a) Provision of special financial assistance including promotion and marketing support to innovative tourism projects; and (b) Institution of “Excellence Awards” to, inter alia, incentivize innovation. Participation in GoI Schemes Emphasis on active participation in GoI schemes like Swadesh Darshan, PRASAD, HRIDAY, AMRUT, LRGP and other schemes as may be declared from time to time. Active Collaboration with the Central Government Tourism development needs multi-departmental coordination. The State Government will actively collaborate with MoT, MoUD, MoC, MoEF, ASI and other GoI Ministries / Organizations. Multi-pronged Approach for Ease of Doing Business (a) Partnership would be further strengthened with Government of India, other State Governments and the private stakeholders of the tourism industry; (b) Coordination will be ensured amongst all the concerned Departments, for the smooth and efficient implementation of the Tourism Policy; (c) Adoption of a feedback-based approach to further improve visitors’ experience; (d) Constitution of State-Level Empowered Committee (SLEC) to help remove impediments and procedural bottle-necks; and (e) Strengthening of Single-Window Clearance Cell in the Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT). Proactive Role of the State Government Apart from being an effective facilitator, the State Government shall be leading from the front in matters like Destination Development, Promotion of Fairs and Festivals, Publicity Campaigns, IT Initiatives, Market Research, Exhibition and Seminars, Skill Development, etc. 4. Policy Period & Coverage Operative Period This Policy shall come into force with effect from the date of issuance of the Policy GR and shall remain in force till 31stMarch 2020 or till the declaration of a new or revised Policy, whichever is earlier. This Policy will supersede any GR/Circular (issued earlier) in contravention of the provisions of this Policy. Coverage Area of the Policy The Policy is applicable to the whole of the State of Gujarat. 5. Definitions Tourism Unit Tourism Unit means a legal entity under the relevant law, engaged or to be engaged in providing any service related to travel and tourism. Following units would be considered as Tourism Units: (a) Hotels (One-Star to Five-Star Deluxe) (b) Heritage Hotels (c) Apartment Hotels (d) Motels (e) Convention Centres (f) Resorts (g) Tented Accommodation (h) Tourism & Hospitality Training Institutes (i) Amusement Parks/ Water Parks /Theme Parks (j) Adventure Sports (k) Wayside Amenities New Tourism Unit A 'New Tourism Unit' means a Tourism Unit which is set up and which commences commercial operations during the operative period of this Policy. Existing Tourism Unit Undergoing Expansion Existing Tourism Unit taking up expansion of more than fifty percent of its existing capacities (e.g. Rooms/Rides/Tents, etc.) Only one expansion project (commencing commercial operations within the Policy Period) of an existing tourism unit will be eligible for assistance during the operative period of the Policy. Commercial Operations Date of Commercial Operations of a Tourism Unit is the date on which the Tourism Unit is open to tourists on a commercial basis, after due testing, trial running and commissioning under relevant Government rules. Eligible Tourism Unit New Tourism Unit and Existing Tourism Unit Undergoing Expansion during the operative period of this Policy would be considered as Eligible Tourism Units. Tourism Service Provider Any partnership firm or private limited company or public limited company or corporation duly registered under law and providing any service related to travel and tourism including Travel Agents, Transport Operators, Ticketing Agents, Tourist Guide Service Providers and Home-stay Owners. Hotel Hotel projects should have facilities expected of establishments in the one to five star categories as per the prevailing Guidelines of Hotels laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such hotels should also obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Heritage Hotel ‘Heritage Hotel’ means a hotel run in a fort, fortress, palace, haveli, castle, hunting lodge or residence with heritage features, built prior to January 1950 and approved by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Heritage Hotels should also obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Apartment Hotel Apartment Hotel projects should have facilities as per the prevailing Guidelines for Apartment Hotels laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Apartment Hotels should also obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Motel Motel projects should have facilities conforming to the prevailing Guidelines for Motels laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Motels should also obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Convention Centre Convention Centre should have facilities as per the prevailing Guidelines for Convention Centre as laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Convention Centre should also obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Resort Resort projects should be of three-star category or above having facilities as per the prevailing Guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Resorts should also obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Tented Accommodation Tented Accommodation projects should have facilities as per the prevailing Guidelines for Tented Accommodation as laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. Such Tented Accommodation should also obtain necessary category certification from the competent authority. Tourism & Hospitality Training Institute The Institute must be offering tourism/hospitality courses that are recognized/certified by regulatory authorities. Mega Tourism Unit Projects capable of creating new employment of more than 150 persons with new investment of Rs. 75 crores and above (excluding the cost of land) will be construed as Mega Tourism Units. Units which are set up and which commence commercial operations during the operative period of this Policy will only be eligible under this category. The proposals of Mega Tourism Units would require due approval of the State-Level Empowered Committee (SLEC). Hotels and Resorts, Multiplexes and Malls shall be excluded from the definition of Mega Tourism Unit. Amusement Park Amusement Park should have entertainment facilities such as rides, games, etc built over a minimum plot area of 40,000 sq.m.(about 10 acres). Stand- alone commercial multiplexes shall not be treated as Amusement Parks. Water Park Water Park should have a minimum of three water slides with a plot area of at least 20,000 sq.m. (about 5 acres) and a capacity to handle at least 100 sliders simultaneously. Theme Park Theme Park should be based on a single or series of themes having a plot measuring at least 10,000 sq.m. (about 2.5 acres). It may have amusement rides, water slides, accommodation (at least ten lettable rooms), restaurant, theatre, shopping area, activity area and theme areas. It is, however, not mandatory to have all these features. The projects under para 5.16, 5.17 and 5.18, if meeting the criteria of employment and investment as per the Mega Tourism units (as per para 5.15) would be entitled to benefits as such under the Policy. Adventure Sports Adventure Sports should have the requisite infrastructure, equipment and trained staff, along with appropriate safety-and-rescue set-up, that will provide tourists with an opportunity to undertake permissible adventure and suchother activities like mountaineering, river rafting, etc. All requisite permissions from various Competent Authorities as also a comprehensive insurance cover will have to be obtained beforehand. Wayside Amenities Wayside amenities would be a complex comprising resting areas, toilets, cafeteria, shops, first-aid facility, parking, souvenir booths, etc located on National/State Highways and Other District Roads. It is, however, not mandatory to have all these features. Detailed guidelines in this regard will be issued hereafter. 6. Incentives and Concessions The State Government grants the status of Industry to the Tourism Sector. While the orders regarding grant of concessions/incentives to the tourism projects as a result of the declaration of Tourism as an Industry will be issued separately, the following incentives / concessions have been provided for under this Policy: Capital Subsidy to the Eligible Tourism Units (a) Quantum of Capital Investment subsidy Eligible Capital Investment (excluding the land cost) Admissible Subsidy* Maximum Limit Investment upto Rs.50 crore 15% Rs. 7.50 crore Investment above Rs. 50 crore 15% Rs. 10 crore Tented accommodation (with minimum investment of Rs.0.20 crore) 20% Rs. 0.15 crore Equipment worth Rs.1 crore and above for Adventure & Water Sports and Golf Equipment for Public Golf Courses registered with TCGL 10% Rs.0.50 crore * As percentage of Eligible Capital Investment (b) Additional Capital Subsidy of 5% will be provided to following:- (i) New Tourism Units coming up within the Corporation limits of Gandhinagar (State Capital) and also adjoining areas falling within the radius of 20 kms but within the District of Gandhinagar. (ii) New Tourism Units at Yatra Dhams such as Ambaji, Dwarka, Dakor, Junagadh, Somnath, Palitana and such other places as may be recommended by GPYVB and approved by the State Government from time to time. (iii) New Tourism Units at Eco-tourism Centres of Gujarat including Nalsarovar, Polo, Dangs, Jambughoda and such other places as may be notified by the State Government from time to time. (iv) New Tourism Units owned and managed by women entrepreneurs (with minimum equity participation of 51% in the entity) and those belonging to SC/ST categories as also the differently-abled will be entitled to an additional 5% subsidy over and above the ‘Admissible Subsidy’. (v) In all the above-mentioned cases, the total subsidy available will be subject to the ceiling prescribed under ‘Maximum Limit’. (c) Eligible Capital Investment The term Eligible Capital Investment shall include expenditure components as per the guidelines of MoT, GoI for the relevant Tourism Unit. However, the following heads of investments in respect of the unit shall not be eligible for incentives: (i) Working Capital; (ii) Pre-operative expenses and preliminary expenses; (iii) Second-hand plant and machinery purchased or shifted from within or outside country; (iv) Interest capitalized; (v) Consumable stores, inventories for maintenance or repairs; (vi) Investment on land required for setting up the Unit, inclusive of the cost of the land; (vii) Vehicles, furniture and fixtures, cutlery, crockery and utensils; & (viii) Any construction which is in the nature of real estate transactions, e.g., shops, flats, offices, etc. meant for sale / lease / rent. Interest Subsidy to the Eligible Tourism Units (a) Quantum of Interest Subsidy (i) @5% of the Loan Amount with maximum amount of Rs.25 lakhs per annum for a period of five years in Municipal Corporation areas for eligible tourism units. (ii) @7% of the Loan Amount with maximum amount of Rs.30 lakhs per annum for a period of five years in the areas other than mentioned above. (b) Interest Subsidy for Heritage Hotels @7% of the loan amount with maximum amount of Rs.30 lakhs per annum for a period of five years. Conditions for Interest Subsidy will be separately notified. Registration / Stamp Duty Concession Eligible Tourism Units will qualify for 100% reimbursement of Stamp Duty and Registration Fee on sale/lease/transfer of land for the first transaction only during the operative period of this Policy. Reimbursement of Stamp Duty and Registration Fee would be made after the date of commencement of commercial operations. Exemption from Luxury Tax The exemption from Luxury Tax will be applicable to Eligible Tourism Units for a period of five years from the date of commencement of commercial operations or the date of completion of expansion. The unit availing the exemption benefit under this category shall have to pass on the same to the end user. The incentive will be reviewed when GST is introduced. Exemption from Entertainment Tax The exemption from Entertainment Tax will be applicable to Eligible Tourism Units for a period of five years from the date of commencement of commercial operations or the date of completion of expansion. The unit availing the exemption benefit under this category shall have to pass on the same to the end user. The incentive will be reviewed when GST is introduced. Exemption from Electricity Duty There will be complete exemption from paying Electricity Duty for a period of five years from the date of commencement of commercial operations for New Tourism Units only. For existing units, the Electricity Duty shall be charged as per Industry Rates and the same will be applicable with effect from the date of appropriate notification in this regard by the State Government. Support for Sustainable Tourism Assistance will be extended to eligible tourism units up to 75% of the cost of carrying out Energy Audit by a recognized institution/consultant, Water Harvesting / Conservation and Environment-friendly practices like Green Buildings, Solar and other Renewable Energy measures, to a maximum token amount of Rs 50,000 per unit. It shall be disbursed once during the operative period of the Policy. Moreover such units will be accorded special recognition by the State Government. Special Package for Mega Tourism Units The State Government shall duly promote and facilitate Mega Tourism Projects that have a large multiplier effect on the economy, leading to employment generation and inclusive growth in the State. Any type of Mega Tourism Units like Theme Parks, Amusement Parks, Water Parks, etc. meeting the qualifying criteria of Mega Tourism Units will be eligible. Following incentives would be offered to Eligible Mega Tourism Units: (a) 100% reimbursement of Stamp Duty and Registration Fee on sale/lease/transfer of land for the first transaction only during the operative period of this Policy. Reimbursement of Stamp Duty and Registration Fee would be done after the commencement of commercial operations. (b) Capital Subsidy of 15% of Eligible Capital Investment (excluding the cost of the land) subject to a ceiling of Rs.20 crores. (c) Exemption from Luxury and Entertainment tax for a period of seven years from the date of commencement of commercial operations. (d) Exemption in Electricity Duty would be for a period of five years from the date of commencement of commercial operations. (e) It is, however, clarified that the Mega Tourism Units shall not be entitled to any interest subsidy. Eligible Capital investment for Mega Tourism Units is defined as below: (i) Building, that is, any built-up area used for the eligible unit including administrative building, staff residential quarters, and accommodation for such facilities as required for running the unit. (ii) Plant and machinery, that is, tools and equipment and their installation charges including water sports equipment, tents, other equipment as are necessarily required and exclusively used for sustaining the working of the unit but will not include vehicles, furniture and fixtures, cutlery, crockery and utensils. (iii) The cost of development of infrastructural facilities such as fencing, construction of roads, landscaping and other similar activities which the unit has to incur as a part of the project. However, the heads of investments as excluded under para 6.1 (c) shall similarly not be eligible for incentives under this category as well. Incentive for Promotion of Innovation The Policy proposes to give a fillip to innovation by providing an incentive on the commissioning of the project which should meet any one of the criteria as under: a) Technologically introduced first time in the State; or b) Significant leveraging of Information Technology; or c) Having negligible carbon footprint. The SLIC shall scrutinize the proposal to determine the eligibility. Quantum of Assistance: Project Cost No of Persons Directly Employed Incentive Amount Investment between Rs. 10-50 crore 50 Rs. 10 lakh Investment between Rs.1-10 crore 30 Rs. 5 lakh It will be a one-time incentive to be disbursed after the successful commissioning of the Project. Moreover, due recognition and publicity will be accorded by the State Government to innovative projects. Separate guidelines for the purpose shall be issued in due course. Support for Marketing and Promotion (a) All Tourism Service Providers operating in the State and registered with TCGL shall be eligible to be considered for this incentive. At the start of every financial year, the State Government will notify the names and number of such domestic and international tourism events for which this incentive shall be provided. (b) The incentive for taking part in various national and international tourism exhibitions or fairs or marts shall be limited to 50% of the space rent actually paid subject to a maximum of Rs. 30,000 per national event or Rs. 75,000 per international event. The assistance will be extended not more than twice during the operative period of the Policy. The assistance would be provided by way of reimbursement. Tourism Service Providers shall apply along with rent receipts within six months from the date of participation to avail the assistance. (c) In particular, the untapped / undertapped potential of tourism in the State will be unlocked by suitably incentivizing the organization of events which will give a boost to spiritual tourism, medical tourism, wellness tourism, adventure tourism, coastal tourism, heritage tourism, etc. (d) In addition, FAM tours will be organized and sponsored by TCGL on a periodical basis to give exposure to national as well as international tour operators, travel media and others who in turn will be instrumental in promoting Gujarat. Moreover, the activities under MICE will be vigorously followed by the State Government, preferably on PPP mode. (e) The State Government will organize Travel Marts periodically to boost the tourism and help promote investments in the Tourism Sector in the State. Skill Development (a) Leveraging the tremendous employment potential in the tourism sector, training and skill development courses for tourist service providers and the local populace with a special focus on the youth, the women, the differently-abled and SC/ST categories will be imparted through industry bodies / chambers of commerce / recognized tourism and hospitality institutions / ITIs in consultation with the Labour and Employment Department of the State Government as and where required. (b) Engaging with reputed established Institutions to upgrade the IT skills required for the travel trade. Tour operators, agents, hoteliers, etc. operating in Gujarat would also be eligible for relevant training modules. (c) Reimbursement of 100% of Course Fees, up to a maximum of Rs. 10,000 per person for course duration of a fortnight or more. (d) Training to be imparted to Tourist Guides hailing from the local area with a monthly stipend of Rs. 5,000 to all the guides registered with CoT. Detailed implementation guidelines will be issued separately. (e) Tourism courses would include courses for personnel working in hotels, resorts, restaurants, transportation booking, marketing, tourist guide, ticketing and any other related course as notified by the State Government from time to time. (f) Third-party skill assessment of trainees after completion of course will be a condition precedent for the reimbursement of course fees. Incentives for ICT Enablement (a) The State Government will duly facilitate and support international and national-level conferences, exhibitions and other events in Gujarat for the promotion of usage of ICT in Tourism Sector. Financial assistance for conducting such conferences/events would be provided to the maximum limit of Rs.5.00 lacs per event, as may be approved by the State-Level Implementation Committee. (b) TCGL would take pro-active measures for website upgradation, improvement in existing portal, usage of social media, online booking, mobile apps, etc. (c) Provision of audio / video guides at selected heritage monuments/museums, etc. in the State under the jurisdiction of ASI / State Archaeology Department / Municipal Corporations. (d) An effort would be made to provide the Audio/Video guides in Gujarati, Hindi, English and other languages as per the requirements in a phased manner. The Audio/Video guides to be used would necessarily be verified and certified by either the ASI or the State Archaeology Department. (e) The Tourist Service Provider providing audio/video guide will be eligible for one-time assistance up to the extent of 25% of the cost of procuring the equipment / content creation or Rs. 25 lacs, whichever is less. Incentive can be availed only once by the operator during the operative period of the Policy. This incentive will be initially taken up for a few monuments only on a pilot basis. (f) As and where required, the Department of S&T, Government of Gujarat will be consulted and the services of BISAG, ISR and GUJCOST will be suitably utilized towards the full-fledged ICT-enablement of the Tourism Sector. Assistance for Research in the Tourism / Hospitality Industry (a) Monthly tourist data are collected from key tourism destinations and then collated and analysed. Apart from basic tourist data, there is a need to methodically carry out regular market studies/research intensively to understand the emerging trends in tourism as also to appreciate the travel patterns of the tourists visiting Gujarat. (b) Financial assistance up to the maximum limit of Rs.5.00 lacs will be provided to Recognized Tour/ Hotel Associations/ Chamber of Commerce to carry out market research studies on travel and tourism/hospitality sector in Gujarat. The subject matter would be finalized as per the relevance and requirements of the Industry. Not more than three such studies will be sanctioned each year. Over and above the foregoing categorically-stated incentives and concessions, the CoT under the guidance of the State-Level Empowered Committee / Implementation Committee may take such other steps and initiatives as would help realize the Vision, Mission and Objectives of the Policy in the fullest possible measure. Essential Conditions for Grant of Incentives and Concessions: The Eligible Tourism Units and Mega Tourism Units availing incentives and concessions under the Policy shall also satisfy the following conditions: (a) The unit seeking incentives under the Policy would be required to register as per the prescribed format (to be notified later) within six months of the first disbursement of the loan, which has to be within the operative period of the Policy and obtain the Eligibility Certificate from CoT. (b) The unit will have to make a declaration regarding availing Capital/Interest Subsidy or any other financial assistance for the same project from Government of India or the Government of Gujarat under this Policy or any other Policy / Scheme. Non-declaration or false or misleading declaration would render the unit liable to disqualification leading to discontinuation of the Incentive, subsequent blacklisting and necessary legal action. (c) The unit shall have the option for date of availment of interest subsidy either from the date of the first disbursement of the loan or from the date of commencement of commercial operation. This opted-for date will be final and period of 5 year will start from that date. (d) The sum total of the Capital Subsidy, Interest Subsidy and Reimbursement of Stamp Duty & Registration Fee shall not exceed the eligible Project Cost. (e) The unit shall remain in commercial operations continuously for at least five years after it is commissioned. However, in cases where the operation is discontinued due to reasons beyond the control of the unit, the State-Level Implementation Committee (SLIC) may examine the individual cases and condone the period of discontinuation based on the guidelines to be issued by the Government. (f) The unit availing the incentives under the Policy shall install and effectively operate and maintain pollution control measures as per the standards prescribed by the competent authority in this regard. (g) The unit shall furnish complete details regarding commercial operations, employment, annual return regarding Incentives availed or any other information which the State Government may require from time to time. The unit will have to follow guidelines of the employment policy of Government regarding the employment of local persons. (h) All matters of interpretation, dispute or contention under the Policy will be referred to SLIC / Industries & Mines Department, Government of Gujarat whose decision will be final and binding on the applicant unit. (i) The CoT will be responsible for administration and implementation of this Policy under the supervision and guidance of SLIC. 7. Other Initiatives Development of Wayside Amenities (a) It is proposed to develop wayside amenities along with public conveniences at an interval of about 75 kms. on selected major arterial roads on a pilot basis to be progressively extended to other major trunk roads. (b) A separate operating PPP model would also be worked out. Such facilities will be eligible for Capital Subsidy and other benefits. (c) A separate GR in this regard will be issued by the State Government in due course. PPP in Tourism Projects The implementation of PPP projects would be in coordination with GIDB and as per the GR issued from time to time for tourism projects, which would be applicable to both Greenfield and Brownfield projects. GUJTOP will be suitably assisting the State Government as per the mandate given to it from time to time. Home-stay Policy The State Government announced the Incentives and Guidelines policy for Registration of Home-stay Establishments on 20/11/2014. Home-owners who, together with their family, inhabit the same premises which must be their principal place of residence. Only those residential houses which exist from before 31stMarch 2014 will be eligible under this Policy which may be amended from time to time in consultation with Forest & Environment Department. Furthermore, in this regard, the directives issued by Hon’ble Courts from time to time shall be duly complied with in letter and spirit. Tourist Police In consultation with the Home Department, on the lines of traffic police, an effort will be made to evolve the institution of Tourist Police to suitably assist, facilitate and guide the Tourists as also to safeguard their interests. Development Regulations for Hotels The Urban Development and Urban Housing Department (UD&UHD) has formulated the “Regulations for Hotels” which have specific planning provisions in terms of FSI, margins, built-up area, height, parking facilities, etc. The aforesaid Regulations, as amended from time to time, are intended to duly facilitate the construction of Hotels in the State. Excellence Awards Annual Tourism Awards will be instituted for recognition of excellence in tourism products and services as also for contribution to the growth of tourism in the State. The various categories are mentioned below: (a) Best Entrepreneur in Tourism (b) Best Lady Entrepreneur in Tourism (c) Best Start-up in Tourism (d) Most Innovative Tourism Project (e) Best ICT-enabled Tourism Project (f) Best-maintained Tourism Asset (Swachhta Puraskar) (g) Recognition to Hotels, Tour Operators, Agents (Significantly contributing to the growth of Tourism in the State). Detailed guidelines in this regard will be issued hereinafter. 8. Implementation Mechanism State-Level Empowered Committee A State-Level Empowered Committee (SLEC) consisting of the following members is constituted for overall guidance as under: 1 Hon’ble Minister (Tourism) Chairman 2 Chief Secretary Vice Chairman 3 ACS, Finance Department Member 4 ACS, Industries& Mines Department Member 5 ACS, Health & Family Welfare Department Member 6 PS, Forest & Environment Department Member 7 PS, Urban Development& Urban Housing Department Member 8 PS, Ports & Transport Department Member 9 PS, Revenue Department Member 10 Secretary (Tourism), I&M Department Member 11 Secretary, Climate Change Department Member 12 Secretary, Information & Broadcasting Department Member 13 Secretary, Roads and Building Department Member 14 Commissioner of Tourism Member- Secretary Other Departments and /or subject experts may be invited from time to time as per the requirements. State-Level Implementation Committee A State-Level Implementation Committee (SLIC) consisting of the following members is constituted for the implementation of the above-mentioned Policy. The CoT shall work under the supervision and guidance of this Committee. 1 Secretary (Tourism), I&M Department Chairman 2 Secretary (Expenditure), Finance Department Member 3 Secretary, Sports, Youth & C.A. Department Member 4 Secretary, Roads & Buildings Department Member 5 Industries Commissioner Member 6 Commissioner of Entertainment Tax Member 7 Chief Electrical Inspector and Collector of Electricity Duty Member 8 Commissioner of Tourism Member- Secretary Interpretation The interpretation of the Policy by SLIC / Industries and Mines Department will be final and binding. Policy Implementation Mechanism (a) CoT will act as the Nodal Agency for the implementation of the Policy. (b) Industries & Mines Department, Government of Gujarat will issue comprehensive guidelines in the form of Government Resolutions (GRs) for availing assistance under various provisions of the Policy. The same will be put up on the State Government/Tourism Corporation of Gujarat Limited (TCGL) websites in due course. Annexure A Tourism in Gujarat: A Wholesome Menu Head / Category Details / Locations Cruise Tourism • Cruise tourism shall be explored along the long coastline in Porbandar, Dwarka, Somnath, Ahmedpur-Mandvi, Kutchh-Mandvi, etc. • A separate Government Resolution (GR) would be issued for development of cruise tourism in consultation with GMB, Ports & Transport Department and Home Department as also GoI. Beach Tourism • Provision for beach tourism facilities on PPP shall be encouraged with due regard to CRZ and other regulations. • Destinations like Dandi, Tithal, Umergaon, Dumas, Somnath, Porbandar, Okhamadi, Ahmedpur-Mandvi and others shall be explored. Cinematic Tourism Film shooting at tourist destinations in Gujarat shall be further encouraged through single-window clearances along with necessary concessions as provided for under the relevant Government Resolution (GR). Spiritual Tourism Infrastructure augmentation of the existing spiritual destinations like Dwarka, Somnath, Ambaji, Dakor, Palitana, Udvada, Lakhpat, Devni-Mori and such other places as may be notified from time to time. Heritage Walks and Culture Tourism • Promotion of Heritage Walks and Culture Tourism • Exploring the feasibility of conversion of heritage buildings into accommodation units and development of special heritage zones with suitable activities while retaining the originality of the structures. • Development of Museums in co-ordination with ASI, Sports, Youth and Cultural Activities Department Archaeological and Historical Tourism • Conservation and beautification of important monuments in identified tourism circuits and special tourism areas in consultation with the Ministry of Culture /ASI or the State Archeological Department. • Development of accommodation facility at Dholavira, Lothal and such other places. • Development of Interpretation Centres at key archaeological and historical monument sites. • Special attention to UNESCO World Heritage Sites like Champaner and Rani-ki-Vav Geo-tourism • Gujarat has many locations of geological significance. • Important geo-tourism sites would be identified and suitable conservation initiatives shall be taken up. Such protected sites will be called “Geo Parks.” • Kutch is a treasure trove of remarkable geological, paleontological and tectonic features, which would be preserved and promoted as tourist attractions. Khadi, Handloom, Handicraft and Textile Tourism • Promotion and popularization of Khadi. • Development of haats in tribal and rural areas for local craftsmen to showcase their skills and sell their products. • Gujarat has a variety of textile products like Patola, Bandhni, embroidery, mirror work, bead work, zari, etc Eco-Tourism • Eco-tourism will be promoted as both tourism activity and a product in close collaboration with the Forest and Environment Department (F&ED) and the Climate Change Department. • Development of campsites and various activities like trekking, nature walks and heritage walks will be actively promoted and attractive tour packages would be offered. • Dedicated Wildlife Tourism shall be developed covering places such as Gir National Park, Vansda National Park, Marine National Park and other sanctuaries of the State in partnership with the F&ED. Adventure / Water Sports / Golf Tourism • Adventure activities like parasailing, yachting, motor boating and water skiing will be suitably developed and promoted in the State in collaboration with national and international operators. • Some of the projects identified are hand-gliding, rock- climbing at Saputara and Pavagadh, hot-air ballooning on seacoast and major cities, parasailing at beaches and other water sports subject to feasibility. • Adventure and Water Sports activities will be duly supported for ancillary infrastructure development and marketing support. Wellness Tourism • Health resorts offering Ayurvedic Treatments like the Panchkarma Therapy and other treatments would be developed and suitably incentivised through a separate GR. • Government will suitably encourage development of naturopathy and Ayurveda gardens at various locations in Gujarat. Medical Tourism • Medical Tourism Portal will be set up to provide information relating to world-class medical facilities available in the State. Moreover, International Conferences on Medical Tourism will be appropriately supported. • A dedicated Medical Tourism Cell would also be set up in consultation with Health & Family Welfare Department, which will act as the Nodal Department for coordinating/promoting medical tourism facilities in the State. • A separate GR would be issued for promoting medical tourism initiatives. Cuisine Tourism • Development and promotion of the gourmet trails of Gujarat to showcase the rich culinary heritage of the State. • Assistance and support to Gujarati Food Festivals • Research in and documentation of culinary traditions through IHM and FCI. Educational Tourism • The State has many prestigious institutes which attract national and international students. • Partnership with these institutions for both education and cultural exchanges. Industrial Tourism Gujarat has a vibrant manufacturing sector. The visits to various centres would provide an interesting insight into the latest technology, products, processes and applications. Rural Tourism With over 18,000 villages equipped with e-connectivity and 24x7 power supply, the State offers myriad experiences in Rural Tourism –a unique and inimitable blend of tradition and modernity existing side by side. Tourism Circuits Over and above the various tourism circuits identified by the and Destinations MoT, Government of India, tourism circuits / destinations to be considered for development in a phased manner on PPP mode or otherwise are: • Circuits (indicative list) o International Buddhist Circuit o Rama Trail o Krishna Circuit o Sardar Patel Circuit o Mahatma Gandhi Circuit o Yoga Circuit o Coastal Circuit o Parsi Circuit o Sufi Circuit o Jain Circuit • Destinations (indicative list) o Sant Nagari o Lakhpat o Ahmedabad / Baroda o Narmada Parikrama& Many More Note: TCGL will concentrate upon the full-fledged development of such selected circuits / destinations as may be mandated by the State Government from time to time. Due efforts will be made to seek GoI funding and enlist popular participation in an appropriate manner. Annexure B A Glimpse of Fairs and Festivals * Sr. No Fairs Place Month 1 Bhavnath Fair Junagadh February/March 2 Dang Darbar Dang March/April 3 Chitra-Vichitra Fair Khedbrahma, Sabarkantha March/April 4 Kavant Fair ChhotaUdeipur March 5 Tarnetar Fair Surendranagar August/September 6 BhadrapadAmbaji Fair Ambaji, Banaskantha August/September 7 Shamlaji Fair Shamlaji, Sabarkantha November 8 Vautha Fair Dholka, Ahmedabad November Festivals 1 International Kite Festival (Uttarayan) Ahmedabad January 2 Modhera Dance Festival Modhera, Mehsana January 3 Navratri Festival Across the State September/October 4 Tanariri Festival Vadnagar, Mehsana January 5 RannUtsav White Rann of Kutch, Kutch December to March 6 Adalaj Water Festival Adalaj, Ahmedabad November/December 7 Monsoon Festival Saputara, Dang August/September Other Events 1 Paragliding Festival Saputara, Dang December 2 Polo Cycle Race Polo Forest, Sabarkantha January 3 Run the Rann Kutch December/January * Not comprehensive and exhaustive Annexure C Abbreviations AMRUT : Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation ASI : Archaeological Survey of India BISAG : Bhaskaracharya Institute for Space Applications & Geo-Informatics CoT : Commissionerate of Tourism, Government of Gujarat CRZ : Coastal Regulation Zone FAM : Familiarization(Tour) FCI : Food Crafts Institute FEE : Foreign Exchange Earnings FSI : Floor Space Index GDP : Gross Domestic Project GIDB : Gujarat Infrastructure Development Board GITCO : Gujarat Industrial & Technical Consultancy Organization Limited GMB : Gujarat Maritime Board GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board GPYVB : Gujarat Pavitra Yatradham Vikas Board GR : Government Resolution GST :Goods & Services Tax GUJCOST :Gujarat Council on Science & Technology, DST, Govt. of Gujarat GUJSAIL : Gujarat State Aviation Infrastructure Company Limited GUJTOP : Gujarat Tourism Opportunity Limited HRIDAY : Heritage City Development and Augmentation Yojana ICT : Information &Communication Technology IHM : Institute of Hotel Management ISR : Institute of Seismological Research, DST, Government of Gujarat LRGP : Large Scale Revenue Generating Project MICE : Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions MoC : Ministry of Culture, GoI MOEF : Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, GoI MoT : Ministry of Tourism, GoI MoUD : Ministry of Urban Development, GoI PRASAD : Pilgrimage Rejuvenation and Spirituality Augmentation Drive SLEC : State Level Empowered Committee SLIC : State Level Implementation Committee TCGL : Tourism Corporation of Gujarat Limited UNESCO :United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization UNWTO : United Nations World Tourism Organization WTTC : World Travel & Tourism Council Contacts Additional Chief Secretary, Industries & Mines Department Block No. 5, 3rd Floor New Sachivalaya, Gandhinagar Phone: 079 - 23250701, 23250703 Email: secimd@gujarat.gov.in Secretary (Tourism) Industries & Mines Department Block No. 5, 4th Floor New Sachivalaya, Gandhinagar Phone: 079 - 23250708, 23259862 Email: sectourism@gujarat.gov.in Joint Secretary (Tourism) Industries & Mines Department Block No. 5, 4th Floor New Sachivalaya, Gandhinagar Phone: 079 - 23254511 Email:patelmayankj@yahoo.co.in Commissioner, Tourism Block No. 16/17, 4th Floor, Udyog Bhavan, Sector – 11, Gandhinagar Phone:079 - 23222029, 23221908 Email:nityanand@gujarattourism.com Managing Director, TCGL Block No. 16/17, 4th Floor, Udyog Bhavan, Sector – 11, Gandhinagar Phone:079 - 23222029, 23221908 Email:nityanand@gujarattourism.com Website: www. gujarattourism.com Toll Free No: 18002005080

Uttarpradesh Tourism Policy Tourism Policy UP nahi dekha to India nahi dekha,.. Title Uttar Pradesh Tourism Policy 2018 Client Department of Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh Knowledge Partner Ernst & Young LLP 匪 Bulking Bbtttor woricfeigworid Copyright • No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form by photo, photoprint, microfilm or any other means without the written permission of Government of Uttar Pradesh. TABLE OF CONTENT 1. INTRODUCTION 6 2. UTTAR PRADESH TOURISM 10 3. VISION a MISSION 14 4. TARGETS 16 5. VALIDITY PERIOD 18 6. STRATEGY 20 7. TOURISM INITIATIVE 32 8. DIGITAL STRATEGY 36 9. DEFINITIONS 38 10. FISCAL INCENTIVES AND BENEFITS 42 11. INCENTIVES FOR HERITAGE PROPERTIES 52 12. GRANT/SANCTION OF INCENTIVES AND CONCESSIONS 56 13. LAND BANK 58 14. PROPOSED PROJECTS 59 15. BED & BREAKFAST SCHEME 60 16. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE TOURISM POLICY 65 17. INVESTOR FACILITATION 65 18. ANNEXURES 68 1. India's travel and tourism sector ranks 7th in the world, in terms of its total contribution to the country's Gross Domestic Product (GDP), generating INR 14.1 Trillion (Approximately USD 208.9 Billion), equivalent to 9.6% of India's GDP in 2016. It is forecasted to rise by 6.7% per annum to INR 28.5Trillion (Approximately USD 424.5 Billion), 10,0%of GDPin2027. 2. Additionally, the sector created 40.3 Million jobs in 2016, which ranks India 2nd in the world, in terms of total employment generated. The sector accounts for 9.3% of the country's total jobs. Ministry of Tourism, Government of India's Annual Report 2015-16 highlights the multiplier effect of investment in tourism, by stating that an investment of INR 10 Lakh creates 90 jobs in the tourism sector. 3. India’s travel and tourism sector was also the fastest growing amongst the G20 countries，growing by 8.5% in 2016, heralding faster upcoming growth in the sector and the country. 4. Money spent by foreign travellers in India only represents 12% of the total tourism revenues and totalled INR 1.5 Trillion (Approximately USD 22.8 Billion) in 2016. Statistics from the UN World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) shows that India received only 9 Million international arrivals in 2016, placing it at the 40th place in the world; a tenth of those received by top-ranking France. 5. Uttar Pradesh is the fourth largest state in India, with an approximate area of 2,40,928 Sq. Km. It is also the most populous state in the country, with a population of 199.5 Million (2011). Uttar Pradesh is one of the most favoured state for tourists in India, with a consistent ranking amongst the top states in terms of tourist arrivals. 6. In 2016, Uttar Pradesh was ranked the 2nd state in terms of the total tourist arrivals, 2nd in terms of the domestic tourist arrivals and 3rd in terms of the foreign tourist arrivals. The tourism industry in Uttar Pradesh has a significant contribution to the state's economic growth. The contribution of tourism to employment generation, both direct and indirect, is of immense importance to the state. 7. The Government of Uttar Pradesh understands the importance of the tourism sector and has already identified tourism as a priority sector. In order to tap the infinite possibilities offered by the sector, strategic and organized Initiatives are needed to make the state a major tourist attraction. A tourism policy lays down a strategy to implement the vision of the Department of Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh, for a targeted growth of the sector. The state government envisions a new tourism policy, with a sharp focus on establishing Brand Uttar Pradesh as the most preferred tourist destination not only in the country, but also on the global map. 8. This policy will help Uttar Pradesh in creating a sustainable, pro-growth, and pro-poor ecosystem. The policy envisages a dynamic and long term approach to achieve the true growth potential of the tourism sector in the state. The policy proposes aggressive initiatives, attractive incentives and requisite regulatory reforms, that will help ensure large scale investment support, through efficient management and private participation. This policy will help Uttar Pradesh to establish a perfect synergy and a supporting strategy for establishing valuable partnerships between the public and the private sector and among various sectors for an improved environment necessary for achieving viable and tangible growth in the tourism sector. 9. The State Government grants the status of 'Industry' to all the activities of the tourism sector. With exception to the benefits for providing land, facilities applicable to the industries will also be available to the tourism sector. UTTAR PRADESH TOURISM A. About: Established in the year 1972, the Directorate of Tourism, is the developmental, promotional and regulatory arm of the Government of Uttar Pradesh. B. Objectives: The role includes overall planning and execution of the central/state schemes for the development, up-gradation and improvement of the tourism infrastaicture in different parts of the state. To support the private sector, in the form of incentives for setting up various tourist facilities and promotion of various tourist destinations and products of the state. 2. Uttar Pradesh State Tourism Development Corporation (UPSTDC) A. About: Uttar Pradesh State Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. (UPSTDC) was established in the year 1974, under the company's act 1956. B. Objectives: The main objective of establishing UPSTDC is to provide tourist accommodation, restaurants, and wayside amenities to the tourists and to open recreational centres and organize package tours, ensuring promotion of tourism in the state, through vigorous publicity. It is currently operating 45 tourist bungalow/hotels and 13 UPTOURS divisions. PPP of UPSTDC properties for lease, sale or revenue sharing model, based on a transparent selection process. 3. World Bank Pro-Poor Project A. About: The Uttar Pradesh Pro-Poor Tourism Development Project (the Project), funded by the World Bank, alms to unlock the potential of the unique heritage of Uttar Pradesh through pro¬poor tourism development for inclusive growth and poverty reduction in asset-rich but particularly low-income areas of the state. B. Objectives: The Project aims at: I. Increasing the benefits to the state's residents and its poor through the provision of jobs and public services to some of the poorest communities in the state living in heritage rich but poor areas; ii. Enhancing the management of the state's unique natural and cultural assets as endogenous sources of inclusive growth; iii. Enabling the productive private investments and associated job creation opportunities, especially to the youth and women; and iv. Use of skill development institutions, hotel management institutes for the training and placement of support services utilized for hospitality, hotels Btrestaurants like carpenters, electricians, plumbers, gardeners, painters, drivers, guides, etc., with the help of existing hospitality industry. 4. Brai Teerth Vikas Parishad A. About: The Braj Teerth Vikas Parishad, earlier known as the Braj Planning and Development Board, was constituted under the Uttar Pradesh Braj Planning and Development Board Act 2015. B. Objectives: The objective of the board is coordinating and monitoring the implementation of plans for evolving harmonious policies for integrated tourism development, heritage conservation and management in the region. It also gives advice and guidance to any department/local body/authority in the district of Mathura, with respect to any plan, project or development proposal, which effects or is likely to affect the heritage resources of the Braj region. VISION a MISSION 3 VISION & MISSION VISION To establish Uttar Pradesh as a preferred tourism destination in India, and achieve country's highest tourist arrival and tourism receipts, driving employment generation and ensuring best visitor experience. MISSION To drive a sense of inclusive tourism development in the local community of Uttar Pradesh, and make optimum use of the tourism experiences across vibrant cities, attractions, nature, wildlife, adventure, food, handicraft (including the promotion of One District One Product Scheme), heritage, religion and culture of Uttar Pradesh. The Department of Tourism, through implementation of this tourism policy, aims to achieve the following targets: 1. To become the most preferred tourist destination in the country by 2023. 2. To achieve an annual increase of 15% domestic tourist arrival and 10% foreign tourist arrival, consistently over the next five years. 3. To attract investments with a target of I NR 5,000 Crore per year. 4. To provide employment to approximately 5,00,000 people per year. 5. To impart training to 10,000 tourism service providers, over the next five years. 6. To convert 10 heritage buildings (Buildingswith heritage value) to heritage hotels peryear. 7. To attract 1,00,000 tourists to national parks and wildlife sanctuaries in Uttar Pradesh per year. 8. To improve regional connectivity of all religious and cultural attractions within the state, through road, rail and air. 9. To promote the state as a leading MICE destination in the country. 10. To elevate the standards of public service facilities across the state and provide high quality visitor experience. 11. To improve local entrepreneurship avenues, through execution of tourism events and festivals like Deepotsav, International Literature Festival, International Ramayana Conclave, Geeta Mahotsav,Ganga Mahotsav，Gorakhpur Mahotsav, Lucknow Mahotsav, Rangotsav Barsana,Taj Mahotsav, Shipotsav Noida, UP Divas and other city based mahotsavs. To promote city-wise events and festivals with a predefined calendar, and promoting the same ndtionBlly 3nd i 门 tem3tion3lly This policy will remain in force for five (5) years, from the date of its issuance. Tourism units started/established/expanded operationally during such period will qualify for subsidy/benefits/exemption/waiver/concession under the provision of this policy. K 丨 STRATEGY Uttar Pradesh has immense tourism attractions, experiences and services. This tourism policy is framed around the core theme of brand Uttar Pradesh Tourism, to augment the brand value and brand recall in the mind of visitors. This policy will work on six guiding pillars, which have been identified to successfully achieve the policy mission and lay a comprehensive development framework for the long term development. These pillars include: 1. Strengthening tourism infrastructure. 2. Promoting investments and employment generation. 3. Augmenting brand Uttar Pradesh. 4. Focus on religious/spiritual tourism. 5. Promoting theme based tourism (Eco Tourism, Heritage Tourism, Cultural Tourism, Vedic Mini City Tourism, Agri Tourism, Crafts Handloom & Textile Tourism, Weekend Tourism, Adventure Tourism, Caravan Tourism, MICE Tourism, Wellness Tourism, Water & Cruise Tourism, Rural Tourism and Sports Tourism). 6. Sustainable tourism through community growth and up-gradation of local skills. Tourism Infrastructure Investments & Employment Brand Uttar Pradesh _ __ Theme Based Tourism Sustainable Tourism & Community Growth These pillars form the basic composition of the policy framework to promote Brand Uttar Pradesh for tourism in India and overseas. The strategy to translate the vision statement and guiding pillars in reality will be derived from the following actions: 1. Strengthening Tourism Infrastructure A. In order to overcome the shortage of tourism infrastructure like hotels, resorts, public utilities at tourist places, connectivity, parking, etc., the Department will encourage private sector participation through PPP mode to develop infrastructure and facilities at identified tourist places. B. The Department will undertake the'IntegratedTourism & Infrastructure Development Roadmap’foi": i. Garhmukteshwar, Ayodhya(lncluding 84-Kosi Parikrama); ii. The Buddhist Circuit; iii. Mathura District(lncluding 84-Kosi Parikrama, Vrindavan, Goverdhan, Barsana, Gokul, Nandgaon); and iv. Bundelkhand, Naimisharanya(lncluding 84-Kosi Parikrama StMisrikh) Chltrakoot. C. The Department will establish a 40 room hotel in Badrinath and a 100 room hotel in Haridwar. D. The Department will also undertake a feasibility study of mythologically significant sites like Hastinapur, Barnava & others In Uttar Pradesh, to construct permanent structures/ installations, as mark of identity to the era, the city is known for. E. The Department will plan for integrated tourism development of the cities by Inviting planning and architecture colleges of the country, such as the National Institute of Design - Ahmedabad, CEPT University, School of Planning & Architecture, etc. F. The tourism infrastructure will be upgraded in a planned manner at identified areas, coining under 5-10 KM radius of major tourist spots. Standard facilities for drinking water, toilets, parking, paved roads, rides, parks and street lighting will be provided, to enable quality visitor experience. G. Using the World Bank's project of pro-poor tourism initiative as a pilot, the Department will develop and promote tourism, which will contributetowards the economic upliftment of the lesser privileged, through Inclusive development, planning of tourism assets and infrastructure, through execution of projects seeking Central Government, multilateral and bilateral funding. H. Remote tourism destinations will be connected through the state of the art infrastructure. I. Cooperation from the Central Government for strengthening of tourism infrastructure and addressing impediments in tourism sector (State will apply and benefit from the tourism centric schemes of the Central Government like Swadesh Darshan, PRASHAD, Hunar Se Rojgar, etc.). J. The Department will coordinate with other departments to ensure effective maintenance of water supply, sewage system, approach roads and parking facilities at tourist destinations. K. Connecting highways to airports withstreet lights and public convenience facilities. 2. Promoting Investments and Employment Generation A. In consultation with relevant authorities, the Department will create land bank to facilitate creation of tourist spots and up-gradation of infrastructure. B. The Department will facilitate creation of hotels, Bed and Breakfast establishments at various cities of religious/cultural importance. C. CSR initiatives shall be promoted in the tourism sector. 3. Augmenting Brand Uttar Pradesh A. The Department will link its marketing initiatives to the action items listed in the policy, in collaboration with both the public and the private sector. B. The Department will adopt a top down approach to create Brand Uttar Pradesh as a leading tourist destination. A brand tagline and theme will be designed and marketed across all traditional & digital advertising platforms and at all tourist locations. C. The Department, with the assistance of branding agency, will develop ad films on the local folk dance and other cultural offerings of the State. With the objective of spreading awareness about Uttar Pradesh's culture & heritage and also to revive the dying art of the state, the Department will disseminate these ad films across all advertising and media platforms. E. The Department will prioritize and pre-plan its content calendar for each of the social media platforms like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, YouTube, etc., to share information about the destination and its tourism attractions. F. The Department will engage with the industry partners such as TAFI, IATO, TAAI, FHRAI, HRANI, UPHRA, online travel agents like Expedia, Make My Trip, Yatra, etc., and other non-travel partners to develop tailored packages and offer special tourism discounts. 4. Focus on Religious/Spiritual Tourism A. Strengthening and up-gradation of civic amenities and facilities at religious tourist destinations across the state. B. Establishment of shrine boards to effectively regulate and monitor pilgrimage facilitation and management. C. The private sector will be encouraged to participate on PPP mode towards creation of accommodation facilities at religious destinations. D. Creation of tourist facilitation centres to enhance the visitor experience at religious destinations. These centres will be set up in the next two years at Gorakhpur,Mathura, Vrindavan, Vindhyachal, Ayodhya, Naimisharanya, Varanasi, etc. E. Integration of available Ashrams at various religious locations with the Department for providing alternate boarding/lodging options. 5. Promoting Theme Based Tourism A. Eco Tourism I. In coordination with the Uttar Pradesh Forest Corporation (UPFC), the Department will provide civic and tourist amenities in national parks and wildlife sanctuaries, to ensure visitor satisfaction. ii. Nature Interpretation Centres, Nature Camps, Boating and Nature Tour Programs will be organized and managed at centralized level in Lucknow. iii. Engagement of local communities to ensure equitable distribution of benefits and socio¬economic upliftment of the locals. iv. Bird Sanctuaries at Nawabganj, Hastinapur, Sur Sarovar, Ranipur Sanctuary (Banda), Kaimoor Sanctuary (Mirzapur), Samaspur Sanctuary (Rae Bareli), Surha Taal Sanctuary (Ballia) and Patna Sanctuary (Etah) to be promoted. v. Moll has been signed between UPFC and UPSTDC, to promote eco-tourism in the state. B. Heritage Tourism i. Recently recognized by UNESCO as the 'Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity', 'Kumbh' will be promoted extensively in the national and the international markets. ii. All UNESCO world heritage sites will be promoted through dedicated marketing channels, including participation in summits, fairs, and roadshows in select countries. iii. The Department will work with architects and Archaeological Survey of India (ASI), to undertake restoration projects of sites at Kushinagar, Kapilvastu, Sarnath, Shravasti, Agra, Fatehpur Sikri, Barsana, Gokul, Nandgaon, Vrindavan, Goverdhan, Ayodhya, Kashi, Naimisharanya, Chitrakoot, Vindyachal, Devipatthan, Tulsi’pur and other underdeveloped potential tourist sites in the state. C. Cultural Tourism i. To promote culture exchanges, the Department will release annual calendar for all religious/cultural events and organize events with the objective to promote tourism and establish Uttar Pradesh as a brand. ii. The Department will form a special task force with experts/consultants to organize cultural events, food festivals and other art based festivals. D. Vedic Mini City Tourism i. The Department will promote Vedic science practices within the tourist area as a theme. E. Agri Tourism i. The Department will setup a government interface to cater to the need of the agri-tour operators. This interface will coordinate and provide linkages with regional/local/concerned government bodies. ii. The Department, with the help of local players of agri market and tour operators, will develop special tour packages for promoting agri tourism. F. Craft, Handloom & Textile Tourism i. To promote regional crafts industry of various districts, like Moradabad's craft, Bhadohi's carpet, Agra's inlay work and Zardoji, Varanasi's silk, Gorakhpur's terracotta, Nijamabad & Khurja's pottery and Lucknow's Chikan. ii. Shilpgram and Shi Ip Bazaar will be established across the state to promote Uttar Pradesh's rich handicraft legacy. iii. The Department will develop textile tourism circuits including Khadi to promote the indigenous art by linking it to major tourist destinations. iv. The Department will organise thematic fairs and exhibitions to publicize the broad variety of handicrafts. Special visits to the handloom units will be integrated in the itineraries created by travel agents/tour operators. G. Weekend Tourism I. To encourage weekend tourism, the Department will upgrade tourist facilities for visitors to consider visiting nearby destinations from key locations. Proposed destinations include: City ► Pilgrimage Historical Eco Tourism Lucknow 1. Ayodhya 2. Kichocha Sharif 3. Dewa Sharif 4. Naimisharanya 5. Bithoor 1. Lucknow 2. Bithoor, 3. Gorakhpur 4. Faizabad 1. Kishanpur Wildlife Sanctuary 2. Dudhwa National Park 3. Nawabganj Wildlife Sanctuary 4. Katarnlaghat Wildlife Sanctuary 5. Suhelwa Wildlife Sanctuary 6. Samaspur Wildlife Sanctuary 7. Kukrail Noida and Ghaziabad 1 • Mathura 2. Vrindavan 3. Garhmukteshwar 4. Barsana 5. Nandgaon 6. Govardhan 7. Shukratal 8. Shakumbhari Devi 9. Bateshwar 1 • Agra 2. Fatehpur Sikri 3. Sikandra 4. Bateshwar 5. Bah 1. Chambal National Park 2. Sur Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary (Keetham) 3. Okhla Wildlife Sanctuary 4. Patna Wildlife Sanctuary 5. Hastinapur Wildlife Sanctuary 6. Amangarh Tiger Reserve 1. Sarnath 2. Jwala Devi Shaktipeeth 3. Vindyachal Vindyavasni 1. Ramnagar Fort 2. Mirzapur 3. Chadauli District (Vijaygarh Fort, Agori Fort, Singrauli Dura) 4. Bhitari 1. Chandraprabha Wildlife Sanctuary 2. Surha Taal Wildlife Sanctuary 3. Kaimur Wildlife Sanctuary 4. Hathinala Eco Point 5. Rajdari, Deodari 7. Chunadari, Mukhadari 8. Windom Lakhaniya Dari 9. Sirsi Fall 10. Rihand Dam 11 • Son View Point 12. Salkhan Fossil Park Allahabad 1 • Sangam 2. Kadavasini 3. Shringverpur, 4. Goshitaram Math 5. Prabhas Giri 6. Kaushambi 7. Chitrakoot 1. Allahabad 2. Kada 3. Mirzapur 1. Samaspur Wildlife Sanctuary 2. Alwara Lake, 3. Ranipur Wildlife Sanctuary 4. Sabri Fall Gorakhpur 1. Kushinagar 2. Ayodhya 3. Varanasi 4. Chapia 5. Devipatan 6. Goraksha Peeth 1. Faizabad 2. Balrampur 1. Bakhira Sanctuary (Sant Kabir Nagar District) 2. Sohagi Barwa Sanctuary 3. Suhelwa Wildlife Sanctuary 4. Parvati Aranga Wildlife Sanctuary 5. Wetlands in Balrampur Jhansi 1. Lalitpur (Buddhistcave) 2. Jain temple complex, Lalitpur 1. Dashawatar Temple 2. Forts in Bundelkhand 3. Nahar Ghati 1. Bhagwan Mahavir Wildlife Sanctuary 2. Rajghat Dam 3. Mata TUa Dam 4. Vijay Sagar Wildlife Sanctuary 5. Baruah Sagar 6. Pahunj and Tal Behat ii. Marketing support will be provided by the Department for industry partners promoting weekend destination. H. Adventure Tourism i. The Department will leverage multiple opportunities arising from the varied topography that Bundelkhand, Sonbhadra, Chitrakoot, Ramgarh Tal, etc. offers to tourists and create a unique proposition for various adventure sports like paragliding, zip-lining, etc. ii. The Department will provide assistance in administering all adventure sports and related activities, such as registration, regulation, planning, promoting, training, monitoring and providing infrastructure. iii. The Department will facilitate creation of training institutes and adventure sports academy. I. Caravan Tourism i. Owing to the immense natural beauty and historical significance of the Bundelkhand and Vindhya region, the Department and UPSTDC, in collaboration with private players, will identify sites and undertake projects to promote caravan parks. J. MICE Tourism i. Special mention of MICE hotels (More than 5,000 Sq. Ft. area) in social media and websites to promote the hotels. ii. Initiatives to be jointly undertaken by the Department and industry players to promote Uttar Pradesh's business event offerings, conducting of market feasibility studies and bidding activities. iii. The Department will engage and build corporate tie ups with the companies which organize such meetings that will further increase the earnings. K. Wellness Tourism i. The Department will identify specialized centres for AYUSH: Ayurveda, Yoga and Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homeopathy, and will collaborate with them for setting up their units in Uttar Pradesh. ii. The Department will organize International Yoga Conclave and promote wellness centres to draw more traffic and position Uttar Pradesh as a wellness tourist destination. L. Water & Cruise Tourism i. The Department will have the authority to undertake tourism activities in the water bodies under the jurisdiction of the Development Authority, Jal Nigam and the state government. ii. The Government of India has sanctioned a scheme allowing cruise boats to ply between Assi Ghat and Raj Ghat in Varanasi. iii. The Department will plan special tour packages for cruise tourism, including house boats, motor boats and water sports activities on River Ganges, post the feasibility study. The probable cruise route would be Kanpur, Shringverpur, Kaushambi, Allahabad, Mirzapur to Varanasi. M. Rural Tourism i. Villages known for special form of handicrafts, music, dance or art will be identified and introduced to the urban and foreign tourists to encourage their stay in the state. This will enable tourists to experience special village cuisine, culture, art and lifestyle. ii. Development of local infrastructure, market linkages (Both backward and forward integration) and academic centres, with the help of local community. iii. Establishment of facilitation office to ease the single window clearances for rural tourism. iv. Development of projects facilitating the promotion of local art, handicraft, cuisine, lifestyle, etc., of upto INR 50 Lakh. N. Sports Tourism i. Promotion of important sports facilities in the state such as the Budh International Circuit (BIC) in Greater Noida, Golf Course in Noida and Lucknow, Badminton Academy in Lucknow, International Cricket Stadium in Kanpur and International Cricket Stadium in Lucknow. ii. Ravine Motor Sports will be established in different regions for further attracting sports tourism iii. Department will promote traditional sports in Uttar Pradesh like Kushti, Kabaddi etc. iv. Probable sites for sports tourism would beBundelkhand and Vindhya region. 6. Sustainable Tourism through Community Growth and Up-gradation of Local Skills A. The government envisions development plans for the sector, which would ensure benefits to the local community on economic, social and environmental fronts. I. The development and management of tourism destinations will be done in such a manner that effective conservation of environment, natural resources, local traditions, culture and products is taken care of. ii. To ensure community participation, effective strategy of IEC (Information, Education and Communication) will be used at the local level. State Level Tourism Development Councilwill play a crucial role in ensuring joint participation of all the departments and stakeholders. iii. The planned initiatives will focus on generating employment opportunity, besides enabling households and Individuals to produce and supply products that are demanded by industry, for the local people to get maximum economic benefit out of tourism. iv. Ensuring cleanliness drives under the Swachh Bharat Abhiyan. v. Regular training courses will be planned to promote enrolment of new people to the tourism sector and skill up-gradation programmes for the tourism service providers will be undertaken at regular intervals. 2. Supporting Pillars A. Premium Tourist Transport i. The Department will establish 10 helipads, each with a value of upto INR 2 Crore in the state, to further improve the regional connectivity. All regulatory authority approvals will be taken prior to such establishment. ii. Hop-on and Hop-off bus service will be introduced at Lucknow, Agra, Allahabad, Varanasi and Mathura. iii. In consultation withthe Department of Civil Aviation, new air sectors will be identified to St from Agra, Lucknow and Varanasi, to new destinations within India and overseas, to facilitate the movement of inbound tourists. In addition, air transport will be developed from major air heads to major corners of tourist interest, via PPP development and up-gradation of air-strips, helipads, air taxis and leveraging Central and State schemes on regional connectivity iv. All major tourist destinations will be connected through quality four lane highways and where needed, the existing 4 lanes will be upgraded to 6 lanes highway. The Department will actively pursue this with the Public Works Department (PWD), Uttar Pradesh Expressways Industrial Development Authority (UPEIDA) and Uttar Pradesh State Highways Authority (UPSHA). v. The Department will create travel packages, aligned with the need of consumers, to major tourism destinations with the help of UPSTDC & the private sector. Hop-on and Hop-off bus services with value added services like exclusive photography tours will also be introduced at major tourist destinations. The Department will also facilitate deployment of luxury buses and other variations of buses on busy tourism routes. vi. At present, only a few major tourist destinations are connected to the National Capital Region by superfast express trains. In co-ordination with the Indian Railways, efforts will be made to connect all major tourist destinations with the National Capital Region with high-speed rail services. vii. Brand Uttar Pradesh Tourism will be promoted through strategic tie-ups with the Indian Railways and Airports (Government and Private), to instil the positioning of Uttar Pradesh as a progressive tourism destination through dissemination of tourism communication. viii. State capital Lucknow will be connected to all the state capitals of India by road, rail and air. B. Disinvestment of Tourism Properties i. Land bank will be created by pooling of unutilized land of various departments including Revenue, Irrigation StNazul land. The Department will disinvest INR 100 Crore in 3 years. Such land parcels shall be given on long term lease through e-bidding process for 30 years. 15% of the accrued revenue shall be retained by the Uttar PradeshTourism Department/UPSTDC for making the scheme a success. optimum utilization of its resources towards development of better commercial services for tourists, the Department will continue to disinvest its loss-making/closed or not-in-use tourism assets. iii. Properties will be offered for disinvestment, through the e-tendering process. Potential Uttar Pradesh Tourism Department/UPSTDC properties available for disinvestment are listed in Annexure I. iv. Properties to be operated on Lease and Development Agreement or Development and Management Contract through PPP after formulation of SPV. C. I.T. Enabled Infrastructure i. Free Wi-Fi connectivity will be made available at major tourist spots of the state. The Department will identify 10 tourist spots every year to be Wi-Fi enabled. D. Development of Way Side Amenities I. Modern wayside amenities will be developed, catering to tourists/travellers of all socio-economic categories on strategic/major highways, leading to tourist destinations. ii. The Department will also plan to set handicrafts emporiums along the wayside amenities. 1 • Kumbh The Department, to elevate the visitor experience during Kumbh, will: A. Invite artists from across the country and organise a day-long festival, street-side performances, carnivals and other engagement activities. B. Have the street-side infrastructure painted in graffiti to give the city of Allahabad a colourful look and feel. C. Invite the High Commissioners/Ambassadors of all countries to experience the Kumbh first hand to further strengthen ties with all countries. D. Organise presentations for the global communityto educate them about the scientific, socials： religious significance of Kumbh. 2. Tourism Police A. The number of tourism police will be increased and will be deployed at all significant tourism spots in the first phase, which will include Allahabad, Varanasi, Mathura, Ayodhya and prominent tourism spots. Specialised police stations will be established at Varanasi,Ayodhya,Mathura and Allahabad on the lines of the tounsm police station at Agra. Such police stations shall provide specialised services for international and out of state tourists in conjunction with the Department. B. Special emphasis will be given to the security of female tourists. To ensure the same, female staff will be added to the task force. C. The local bodies and local population will also be consulted while expanding this task force. An induction and training programme for tourism police force will be designed and conducted by the Department. D. The tourism police team will be provided with the necessary support to perform their duties. 3. Registration of Service Providers A. The Department will prepare an 'Act' to provide a platform for ensuring regularization of hotels (Including all-star categorization), guest houses, resorts, tourist trade, travel agents, tour operators, adventure sports operator, guides and persons engaged in the business of tourism. B. Registration of service providers/stakeholders under this 'Act' will be mandatory. The list of registered service providers will be displayed on Uttar Pradesh Tourism website and portals. 4. One Stop Trave丨 Portal Solution A. The Department has launched a One Stop Travel Solution Portal for easy booking facility to tourists. B. The portal will have provisions to book hotels, flights, train, cabs, buses, etc., all under one single umbrella. The portal will be available in eight languages i.e. German, French, Spanish, Japanese, Korean, Mandarin, Hindi and English. 5. Tourism Festivals A. Uttar Pradesh, with its strong and diverse culture is home to many events and festivals. To promote Uttar Pradesh as a preferred tourism destination, the Department will organize events and fairs at national and international level. The state organizes special festivals, listed below: i • Ayodhya Deepotsav ii. Rangotsav Barsana iii. Dev Deepawall iv. Lucknow Mahotsav v. Gorakhpur Mahotsav vi. Bundela Mahotsav vii. Buddha Mahotsav viii. Ayurveda Mahotsav ix. Ganga Fair x. Deva Mela xi. KarthikPurnima xii. Ramayana Mela 33 y B. A wide marketing campaign will generate publicity and will help Uttar Pradesh draw much awaited media and consumer attention. Below is the list of events planned: i. Balloon Festival ii. Uttar Pradesh Travel Mart iii. Travel Writers Conclave iv. Taj Mahotsav v. International Literature Festival vi. International Ramayana Conclave 6. Excellence Awards A. Best Cultural Destination in India Award for the year 2016-17 by Lonely Planet Magazine. B. Best Mobile Application from theSkoch Group under Smart Governance Awards Category In 2015. C. Awarded for 'Adapting to social media for the convenience and mobility of Tourist' by Digital Empowerment Foundation. D. National Award the 'Most Film Friendly State' in the year 2015. 1. Content Creation A. The Department will engage a media agency to create new and unique content, which can appeal to the evolving travelling community i.e. millennial. The Department wilt develop new image bank and video assets of Uttar Pradesh Tourism, which can further be disseminated across various marketing channels. B. The Department will develop creative content in form of ad films, videos, website content, textual literature, editorials, advertorials, etc., and will promote the creative assets through extensive media buy across all advertising channels. 2. Revival of Consumer Touch Points A. The Department will revive the consumer touch points of Uttar Pradesh Tourism by sharing destination information about all lifestyle, cultural, religious, nature & wildlife and heritage elements. Website - The Department will develop a consumer friendly, informational and visually appealing, engaging and transactional website for Uttar Pradesh Tourism, which will serve as one stop solution provider for visitors. ii. Mobile Application - The Department will develop a user friendly mobile application, sharing necessary travel information and things to do in the state. iii. Social Media - The Department will pre-plan a content calendar for each of the social media platform like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, YouTube etc., to share Uttar Pradesh' tourism attractions, hidden gems, local stories, etc. in an engaging manner. Pradesh Tourism, for users to start contributing content about the state. ji|36 1. Tourism Units : Tourism Unit means a legal entity under the relevant law, engaged or to be in providing any service related to travel and tourism. Following units would be considered as Tourism Units': A. Hotel B. Budget Hotel C. Heritage Hotel D. Resort E. Sport Resort F. Tented Accommodation G. Tourism & Hospitality Training Institutes H. Adventure Tourism Projects I. Theme Parks J. Convention Centres K. River Cruise Tourism Unit L. Wellness Tourism Unit 2. New Tourism Unit : A 'New Tourism Unit' means a Tourism Unit which is set up and which commences commercial operations during the operative period of this policy. Only one expansion project (Commencing commercial operations within the policy period) of an existing tourism unit will be eligible for assistance during the operative period of the policy. 4. Commercial Operations: Date of Commercial Operations of a Tourism Unit is the date on which the Tourism Unit is open to tourists on a commercial basis, after due testing, trial running and commissioning under the relevant government rules. 5. Eligible Tourism Unit: New Tourism Unit and Existing Tourism Unit Undergoing Expansion during the operative period of this policy would be considered as Eligible Tourism Units. 6. Tourism Service Provider : Any partnership firm or private limited company or public limited company or corporation, duly registered under the law and providing any service related to travel and tourism including Travel Agents, Transport Operators, Ticketing Agents, Tourist Guide, etc. 7. Hotel : A Hotel, including accommodation of minimum 50 lettable rooms and a minimum investment of INR10 Crore (Excluding the cost of land). 8. Budget Hotel: A Budget Hotel or a motel having accommodation of minimum 20 lettable rooms and a minimum investment of INR 2 Crore to a maximum investment of INR 10 Crore, which provides basic amenities at an affordable rate. 9. Heritage Hotel: A Heritage Hotel means a hotel run in a fort, a fortress, a palace, a haveli, a castle, hunting lodge or residences with heritage features, built prior to 1 January 1950 and approved by the Government of Uttar Pradesh, as per the guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India (Heritage Hotel/Heritage Grand/Heritage Classic). 10. Resort: A Resort will Include a minimum 30 rooms and a minimum investment of INR 10 Crore, with a minimum area of 2 Acre.The bathroom carpet area should admeasureatleast 3.5 Sq. Mt. It should have a restaurant/dining hall with a seating area of minimum 40 Sq. Mt. (Excluding the kitchen and storage). It should have, on its plot, a minimum open space (Unbuilt area) of 6000 Sq. Mt. It should have at least 4 of the following facilities: A. Indoor games (Example: Table Tennis, Squash, Billiards, Bowling Alley, etc.) with a minimum built area of 25 Sq. Mt. B. Conference Room (Minimum carpet area of 30 Sq. Mt.) C. Swimming pool D. Tennis or Badminton Court or Golf or other outdoor games area E. A Health Club (Minimum built-up area of 20 Sq. Mt.) F. A lounge (and measuring at least 35 Sq. Mt.) 11. Sports Resort : A Sports Resort with adventure related sports will be entitled for capital investment subsidy only on equipment. 12. Tented Accommodation : Tent facilities should have clear ground admeasuring at least 1000 Sq. Mt. It should have tented accommodation capacity for at least 20 persons. There should be a minimum of 10 tents. The gross carpet area of tents should admeasure at least 200 Sq. Mt. All the tents should have attached toilets. The tents should be put on a platform raised to a minimum of 2.5 feet above the ground. The tent site should have adequate security. The site should have eco¬friendly structures admeasuring at least 200 Sq. Mt. for such purposes as food, recrr relaxation and lockers. It should have adequate electricity, water supply, sewerage disposal and drainage facility. The tented accommodation should be permanent in nature. 13. Tourism & Hospitality Training Institute : The Institute must be offering tourism/hospitality courses that are recognized/certified by the regulatory authorities. 14. Theme Park : should be based on a single or series of themes having a plot measuring at least 10,000 Sq. Mt. (Approximately 2.5 Acres), with a minimum investment of INR2 Crore pertaining to the cost of equipment alone. It may have amusement rides, water slides, accommodation (At least 10 lettable rooms), restaurant, theatre, shopping area, activity area and theme areas. It is, however, not mandatory to have all these features. 15. Adventure Tourism Projects : Adventure Sports should have the requisite infrastructure, equipment and trained staff, along with appropriate safety-and-rescue set-up, that will provide tourists with an opportunity to undertake permissible adventure and such other activities like mountaineering, river rafting, etc. All requisite permissions from various competent authorities as also a comprehensive insurance cover will have to be obtained beforehand. 16. Convention Centre : A covered pillar-less, air conditioned hall, having minimum carpet area of 5000 Sq. Ft. space, that provides place for meetings, conventions/conferences and exhibitions, and can accommodate at least 500 persons at one point of time. 17. River Cruise Tourism Unit : Any Boat/Yacht with a minimum seating capacity for 4 persons, which is licensed by the Transport Department, Government of Uttar Pradesh and having capacity to operate in the lakes/rivers of the state for pay-and-use facilities. Boats/Yachts used by hotels to transport or entertain their guests and/or goods/raw materials will not be covered under this definition. 18. Wellness Tourism Unit: A unit engaged in developing (Ayurvedic, Yoga and Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homeopathy) wellness centres, with a minimum investment of INR 2 Crore. 19. Sound and Light Show/Laser Show: Minimum Investment in the equipment cost to the tune of INR 1 Crore. Note: • Hotels and other tourism units classified under the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India guidelines shall also be eligible for obtaining concessions and incentives under this policy. • Other activities related to tourism, as notified by the Tourism Department of Central/State Government, from time to time, will also be eligible for obtaining concessions and incentives under this policy. \ 〇 FISCAL INCENTIVES & BENEFITS To enhance the interest of private sector and boost the tourism sector at large from the notification of the policy, the State Government grants the status of 'Industry' to the tourism sector. With exception to the benefits for providing land, facilities applicable to the industnes will also be available to the tourism sector, as below: 1. Sanction of electricity load, on priority. 2. Taxes of local bodies including Nagar Nigam and Jal Sansthan as levied on the industries, to be applicable on the tourism units. 3. Hotel construction to be permitted in the industrial areas as per the policy decided by relevant industrial authority. 4. Rebate on the purchase of plants and machinery or equipment's coming under the tourism units/tourism industry. Note : There is a ceiling of INR 1,000 Crore subsidy for 3 years by the Department of Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh. The sum of all incentives mentioned in this policy eligible to individual units will be capped at 30% of the Eligible Capital Investment made by the unit. Tourism Circuits for Incentives (Within 20 KM of all tourist sites, as per the notification from the Department of Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh) The total number of Tourism Units which would be entitled for Capital Investment Subsidy and Interest Subsidy each is also mentioned against all the locations. Example: '10 units each' means that at a particular location, 10 units are eligible for Capital Investment Subsidy and 10 units are eligible for Interest Subsidy over the validity period of the policy i.e. 5years. 1. The Ramayana Circuit A. Ayodhya -10 units each B. Chitrakoot -10 units each C. Shringverpur - 5 units each 2. The Krishna/Braj Circuit A. Mathura -10 units each B. Vrindavan -10 units each C. Goverdhan -10 units each D. Gokul - 5 units each E. Barsana - 5 units each F. Nandgaon - 5 units each 3. The Buddhist Circuit A. Kapilvastu -10 units each B. Sarnath -10 units each C. Kushinagar -10 units each D. Kaushambi -10 units each E. Shravasti -10 units each F. Sankisa - 5 units each 4. Wildlife 8t Eco Tourism Circuit (Within 20 KM of all Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Parks) A. Dudhwa National Park -10 units each B. Pillbhit Tiger Reserve -10 units each C. Katarniaghat (Bahralch) -10 units each D. Bakhira Sanctuary - 5 units each E. Chandra Prabha Wildlife Sanctuary - 5 units each F. Hastinapur Wildlife Sanctuary -10 units each H. Katarniaghat Wildlife Sanctuary -10 units each I. Kishanpur Wildlife Sanctuary -10 units each J. Lakh Bahosi Sanctuary -10 units each K. Mahavlr Swami Sanctuary -10 units each L. National Chambal Wildlife Sanctuary - 5 units each M. Nawabganj Bird Sanctuary -10 units each N. Parvati Arga Bird Sanctuary - 5 units each O. Patna Bird Sanctuary - 5 units each P. Ranipur Sanctuary-5 units each Q. Saman Sanctuary - 5 units each R. Samaspur Sanctuary - 5 units each S. Sandi Bird Sanctuary - 5 units each T. Sohagi Barwa Sanctuary - 5 units each U. Suhelva Sanctuary - 5 units each V. Suraha Tal Sanctuary - 5 units each W. Vijai Sagar Sanctuary - 5 units each Note : Construction of hotels shall be permitted only beyond the reserve area. All the laws pertaining to Forest and wildlife protection will be complied 5. The Bundelkhand Circuit A. Charkhari (Mahoba) (Repeat) - 5 units each B. Chitrakoot (Repeat) -10 units each C. Kalinjar - 5 units each D. Jhansi -10 units each E. Deogarh -10 units each F. Lalitpur (Repeat) -10 units each 6. The Mahabharata Circuit A. Hastinapur - 5 units each B. Kampllya (Farukkhabad) - 5 units each C. Ahlchchhatra - 5 units each D. Barnava (Baghpat) - 5 units each E. Mathura (Repeat) -10 units each 7. The ShaktiPeeth Circuit A. Vindhyavasini Devi (Vindhyachal)-10 units each B. Pateshwari Devi Devipatan (Balrampur) (Repeat) - 5 units each C. Kadavaslni (Kaushambi) (Repeat) - 5 units each D. Lalita Devi (Naimisharanya) -10 units each E. Jwala Devi (Sonbhadra) (Repeat) -10 units each F. Shakumbhari Devi (Saharanpur) - 5 units each G. Shivani Devi (Chitrakoot) (Repeat) -10 units each H. Katyayini Devi (Mathura) (Repeat) -10 units each 8. TheAadhyatmik Circuit A. Gorakhpur -10 units each B. Balrampur(Repeat) - 5 units each C. Ghazipur (Hathiyaram, Bhudkura) - 5 units each D. Goriya (Mathura) (Repeat) -10 units each E. Sant Ravidas Sthal - 5 units each 9. The Sufi/Kabir Circuit A. Jayas (Amethi) - 5 units each B. Maghar (Sant Kabir Nagar) (R) - 5 units each C. Salim Chishti Dargah (Fatehpur Si'kri) - 5 units each D. Dewa Sharif (Barabanki) - 5 units each 10. The Jain Circuit A. Deogarh (Repeat) - 5 units each B. Hastinapur (Repeat) - 5 units each C. Vahelna (Muzaffarnagar) (Repeat) - 5 units each D. Baghpat (Repeat) - 5 units each E. Bateshwar (Repeat) - 5 units each F. Kampllya (Farrukhabad) (Repeat) - 5 units each Note: A few locations fall under two or more tourism circuits. All such locations are marked as (Repeat) l'.e. repeated locations.Any tourism unit will be entitled to obtain subsidy only under one tourism circuit. Fiscal Incentives 1. Capital Investment Subsidy to Eligible Tourism Units SI. No. Eligible capital investment (excluding the cost of land) Minimum project expenditure (capital investment inr, in crore) Percentage of subsidy against fixed capital investment Maximum ceiling of subsidy (inr, in crore) Other conditions 1. Capital investment subsidy for establishing a new hotel 10-50 15% 7.5 ■ Above 50 15% 10 2. Capital investment subsidy for establishing a new budget hotel 2-10 15% 1.5 Locations where only 10 units are eligible. 2-10 20% 1.75 Locations where only 5 units are eligible. 3. Capital investment subsidy for establishing a new resort 10-50 15% 7.5 - Above 50 15% 10 4. Capital investment subsidy for establishing a new sports resort 1 10% 1 Only on equipment cost. 5. Capital investment subsidy for establishing new tented accommodation 0.20 20% 0.50 Only on successful permanent installation (example: swiss cottage) 6. Capital investment subsidy for establishment of a new wellness centre 2-50 15% 7.5 ■ Above 50 15% 10 7. Capital investment subsidy for establishment of convention Centre Up to 50 15% 7.5 ■ Above 50 15% 10 8. Capital investment subsidy for establishment of adventure tourism project, Cruise tourism unit, house boat 1 10% 1 Creation of infrastructure & installation of permanent facility/acquisition of equipment. 9. Capital investment subsidy for the sound and light show/laser show (similar to kalakriti, agra) 1 25% 2.50 Investment in the equipment cost only. 10. Capital investment subsidy for establishing a theme park 2 10% 1 Creation of infrastructure along with installation of equipment. A. Eligible Capital Investment : The term Eligible Capital Investment shall include expenditure components as per the guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, for the relevant Tourism Unit. However, the following heads of investments with respect of the unit shall not be eligible for Incentives: i. Working Capital; ii. Pre-operative expenses and preliminary expenses; iii. Second-hand plant and machinery purchased or shifted from within or outside country; iv. Interest capitalized; v. Consumable stores, inventories for maintenance or repairs; vi. Investment on land required for setting up the Unit, inclusive of the cost of the land; vii. Vehicles, furniture and fixtures, cutlery, crockery and utensils; and viii. Any construction which is in the nature of real estate transactions, e.g., shops, flats, offices, etc. meant for sale/lease/rent. 2. Interest Subsidy to Eligible Tourism Units in the Tourism Circuits (Bank loan amount should not exceed INR 5 Crore) @5% of the Loan Amount with maximum amount of INR 25 Lakh per annum for a period of five years for eligible tourism units. Note: • Tourism Units availing Interest Subsidy shall not be entitled to claim the Capital Investment Subsidy. • Small hotels are encouraged to avail the Interest Subsidy. 3. Stamp Duty Exemption Eligible Tourism Units will qualify for 100% exemption of Stamp Duty and Registration Fee on sale/lease/transfer of land for the first transaction only during the operative period of this Policy. 4. Conversion and Development Charges Land use conversion and development charges shall be waived off for all new tourism units. (Leasehold tourism units shall be allowed freehold as per the by-laws of the Development Authority) 5. Support for Sustainable Tourism for carrying out Energy Audit A. Assistance will be extended to eligible tourism units up to 75% of the cost of carrying out Energy Audit by a recognized institution/consultant, Water Harvesting/Conservation and Environment-friendly practices like Green Buildings, Solar and other Renewable Energy measures, to a maximum token amount of INR 50,000 per unit. It shall be disbursed once during the operative period of the Policy. Subject to a maximum of two individual units per year post submission of certificate stating sustainability of the unit. Moreover such units B. Reimbursement of 20% of the capital cost of setting up effluent/sewerage treatment plant subject to a maximum of INR 20 Lakh. Subject to a maximum of two projects in a year. 6. Incentive for Promotion of Innovation The policy proposes promotion of technological innovation, by providing an incentive to: A. Technology introduced for the first time in the state; or B. Significant leveraging of Information technology; or C. Technology products having negligible carbon footprint. Project Cost Number of people directly employed Incentive Amount Investment between INR 10-50 Crore 50 INR 10 Lakh Investment between INR 1 -10 Crore 30 INR 5 Lakh It will be a one-time Incentive, to be disbursed after the successful commissioning of the Project. Due recognition and publicity will be accorded by the State Government to innovative projects. 7. Support for Marketing and Promotion All Tourism Service Providers operating in the state and registered with Department shall be eligible for this incentive. At the start of each financial year, the State Government will notify the name and number of such domestic and international events for which this incentive will be provided. A. 50% of the space rent actually paid subject to a maximum of INR 30,000 per national event or INR 60,000 per international event. B. The above incentive will be provided to two events in one financial year. 8. Skill Development Short time skill development courses offered by various institutes shall be recognized by the Department of Tourism, along with the association of UPHRA, FHRAI,HRANI,TAAI,IATO and TAFI for employment generation. A. Reimbursement of 100% of hospitality related course fees, for up to INR 10,000 per person per course, with the course duration of fortnight. B. Training to tourist guides from local areas with a stipend of INR 5,000 registered with the Department. The reimbursement shall be limited to training for 100 service providers for three years. C. Tourism courses would include courses for personnel working inhotels, resorts, restaurants, transportation booking, marketing, touristguide, ticketing and any other related course as notified by the StateGovernment from time to time. 9. Incentives for ICT Enablement A. The State Government will duly facilitate and support international and national level conferences, exhibitions and other events in Uttar Pradesh for the promotion of usage of ICT in the tourism sector. Financial assistance for conducting such conferences/events shall be provided to the maximum limit of INR 5 Lakh per event, as may be approved by the State Level Committee. B. The Tourist Service Provider providing audio/video guide will be eligible for one-time assistance for up to the extent of 25% of the cost of procuring the equipment/content creation or INR 25 Lakh, whichever is less. Incentive can be availed only once by the operator during the operative period of the Policy. This incentive will be initially taken up for a few monuments only on a pilot basis. 10. Assistance for Research in the Tourism/Hospitality Industry Financial assistance for up to the maximum limit of INR 10 Lakh will be provided to Recognized TravelAssociations/HotelAssociations/Chamber of Commerce/Other Travel & Hospitality Bodies to carry out market research studies on travel and tourism/hospitality sector in Uttar Pradesh. The subject matter would be finalized as per the relevance and requirements of the Industry. Not more than three such studies will be sanctioned each year. Preference to be given to direct hospitality association and institutes. 11. Employment Generation Subsidy 75% reimbursement (for male worker) & 100% reimbursement (for female workers) of EPF expenditure(Employer's contribution) for a period of 5 years for workers who are domicile of the State, to units employing more than 50 employees. 12. Special Incentive for Disabled Payroll assistance of INR 500 per month per worker to units employing differently abled workers, subject to a maximum of five workers in a unit. 13. Support to Eco Tourism 100% reimbursement on achieving the certifications and standards from the Ecotourism Society of India, for up to an amount of INR 1 Lakh,subject to a maximum of two units per year. 14. Support for reviving the scarce Art, Music, Craft, Folk Dance and Cuisine of Uttar Pradesh Subsidy of INR 5 Lakh will be granted to individual/group involved in reviving indigenous and scarce art, music, craft, folk dance and cuisine of Uttar Pradesh. For availing the incentive, the recommendation will be provided by the committee constituted under the chairmanship of the District Magistrate of the specific district. \ \ INCENTIVES FOR HERITAGE PROPERTIES 1. Definition : As per the definition of the Department of Tourism, Government of India, the heritage value old BuiLdings/Forts/Havelies/Kothis/Castles constructed prior to 1950, on being operated as hotels will be included in the category of heritage hotels. Heritage hotels can be of any size and dimension. 2. Criteria for the establishment of heritage hotel: A. The conversion of buildings of heritage value into hotels in Uttar Pradesh will be valid as per the criteria laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. B. The construction of the building of heritage value converted into heritage hotel should be prior to 1950. C. The architectural features of any building of heritage value should be retained as far as possible. If need arises, any extension/improvement/renovation/change/maintenance in the building should be keeping with the original architectural features and in harmony with it. D. The imminent surroundings of the hentage value building and especially, approaches to the heritage value properties should be in consonance with the architectural features of the heritage hotel. E. The frontage of building, architectural style and general construction work should be completely indicative of local place's cultural specialties/traditions. The facilities available in the above hotel should be as clean as possible and of high class. F. Heritage hotel should provide high class cuisine, food & beverage service and should give the flavour and taste of local traditions. The services available in hotel, facilities and immediate surroundings should be of high standard. 3. Classification of Heritage Hotel : As per the criteria laid down by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, on the basis of antiquity of construction and facilities available in the buildings of heritage value, the hentage hotels have been classified into three main categories: B. Heritage Classic: Built prior to 1935, in which there should be a minimum of 15 rooms compulsorily. C. Heritage Grand: Built prior to 1920, in which there should be a minimum of 25 rooms compulsorily. 4. Package of special concessions and incentives for heritage hotel: Any place which has the potential of developing into a heritage tourism place or not, its examination, project proposal and regular monitoring will be done by The Districtlevel Committee constituted under the Chairmanship of the District Magistrate. However the approval for grant of subsidy will be through the State Level Committee (SLC). A. Capital Investment Subsidy: i. Amount equal to the capital funding of 25% of the capital cost of the project cost or INR1.5 Crore, whichever is less, will be given by the Government of Uttar Pradesh, under the capital investment subsidy for the construction/expansion of heritage hotels. 120% amount of the loan obtained by a promoter from a nationalized bank for any project of construction/extension of heritage hotel, will be considered as the project cost. il. 25% of only that portion of this total project cost will be given by the state government as capital investment subsidy, expenditure of which is proposed to be under the capital head. The maximum limit of capital investment subsidy would be INR 1.5 Crore. B. Interest Subsidy: i. In the event of getting project appraisal from financial institutions licensed and approved by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and on taking loan from such institutions for construction of heritage hotels in the state, 5% interest subsidy would be given in favour of heritage hotel owner, for 5 years. ii. The liability of interest subsidy would be permissible up to a maximum of 5 years period, from the date of approval of loan. The above interest subsidy would be permissible to a maximum of INR 5 Crore loan and admissible subsidy to a maximum of 25 Lakh, for 5 years. Note: Heritage hotels are entitled to avail, both the Capital Investment Subsidy and the Interest Subsidy. Protected monuments will not be considered under this policy C. Energy Benefit: Heritage hotels can avail benefit under The Uttar Pradesh Solar Power Policy 2017'. D. Exemption in Stamp Duty: If for establishing a heritage hotel, any building and its appurtenant land is purchased, then on such transfer deeds, 100% of the payable stamp duty will be exempted in the form of subsidy by the Department, provided the owner of the building and its appurtenant land is the same person. E. Land Use Conversion Charge: If in any development area, where land-use is demarcated, and old properties of heritage value are converted into heritage hotel, then the concerned Development Authority would give 100% waiver in conversion charges, terming such land-use of the converted property as 'Heritage Hotel'. F. Excise License Fee: G. Road Link Route: The state government would give preference to the arrangement of better and encroachment free link roads to the heritage hotels. It will also be ascertained that the roads built by the Public Works Department (PWD) would be for public traffic and proposed roads should not be personal property. H. Publicity Broadcasting: The Department would do the publicity broadcasting of products and activities related to the heritage tourism, through mediums like the Department's tourism literature, website, etc. I. Single Window: i. A single-window will be adopted for heritage hotel and other tourist related projects and the Department would act as a nodal agency for help required for these projects from any government department, to facilitate ease in getting no-dues and approval for the tourism related projects. ii. The Department would form a committee, which will tour from time to time to examine heritage units and will take action to address the difficulties before them and provide necessary cooperation. 5. Committees for Approvals of Heritage Hotels A. Heritage zones will be earmarked and by-law will be prepared under the below mentioned Committee: S. No. Designation / Department Title 1 Principal Secretary/Secretary Tourism Member 2. Principal Secretary/Secretary Urban Development Member 3. Principal Secretary/Secretary Housing Member 4. Principal Secretary/Secretary Culture Member 5. Director, Directorate of Archaeology Member 6. Director, Culture Member 7. Director, Museum Member 8. Chief Town Planner Member 9. Director General - Archaeological Survey of India , or a nominated representative Member 10. Director General - Tourism Member Secretary B. To convert heritage building into heritage hotel, approval and classification from a two tier Committee will be mandatory. The committee constituted will be: S. No. Designation / Department Title 1 District Magistrate Chairman 2. Sub District Magistrate Member 3. Executive Engineer,PWD Member 4. Manager, UPSTDC Member 5. Director,Directorate of Archaeology Member 6 ^ Regional Tourist Officer Member Secretary GRANT/SANCTION OF INCENTIVES AND CONCESSIONS A o GRANT/SANCTION OF INCENTIVES ■ ^ AND CONCESSIONS 1. Pre-requisites for Grant of Incentives A. Registration : The eligible tourism units who wish to apply for the incentives and concessions shall be required to register with the Department of Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh and obtain a registration certificate from the Director General, Tourism, in either of the following cases: i. Before the start of construction of the unit; ii. Before the start of operations of the unit; iii. Within 6 months of the start of operations. B. Subsidy on interest will be applicable for a maximum period of 5 years from the date of approval of loan. C. It shall be mandatory to operate the beneficiary tourism units for the next three years. D. If the tourism unit does not abide by these terms and conditions, then it will have to return the subsidy amount with a 15% simple interest to the state, otherwise it will be recovered as the land revenue. E. The tourism units receiving incentives and concessions shall obtain No Objection Certificates (NOC), requisite approvals and adhere to the guidelines of the Department of Tounsm. Failure to comply with these provisions shall lead to the cancellation of all incentives and subsidies. F. The tourism unitwill have to abide by the labour laws and minimum wages act as applicable. G. All matters of dispute, interpretation, contention under this policy will be referred to the mittee constituted under the Chairmanship of the Infrastructure & Industrial Development er (IIDC), C rernmes^of Uttar P iesh, w^se decision will be final and binding. 2. State Level Committee (SLC) for Sanctioning Of Incentives The State level Committee (SLC) for sanctioning of incentives shall be: S. No. Designation / Department Title (SLC) 1. IIDC - Infrastructure & Industrial Deve lopment Commissioner Chairman 2. Additional Chief Secretary /Principal Secretary, Infrastructure and Industrial Development , or a nominated Special Secretary Member 3. Additional Chief Secretary/ Principal Secretary, Finance, or a nominated Special Secretary Member 4. Additional Chief Secretary/ Principal Secretary, Culture, or a nominated Special Secretary Member 5. Additional Chief Secretary/Principal Secretary, Forest, or a nominated Special Secretary Member 6. Additional Chief Secretary/ Principal Secretary, Revenue, or a nominated Special Secretary Member 7. Additional Chief Secretary /Principal Secretary, Tourism, or a nominated Special Secretary Member Secretary 13 LAND BANK 1. In order to ensure prompt tourism development in the state through private sector participation, there is a need to create a land bank for Uttar Pradesh Tourism, to facilitate easy allotment of land to interested investors and developers.Land acquisition process would be carried out on a regular basis by identifying suitable locations to strengthen the land bank. Available land from various government departments, which is not in use will also be utilized for this purpose. The Department will form an SPV with the developers wherein, it will provide equity in the form of its available land bank. 2. Anempowered committee will be formed under the Chairmanship of the Chief Secretary - Government of Uttar Pradesh, for creation of such land bank. Following methods will be adopted to create land bank: A. Allocation of Government Land - The government land of different departments (Irrigation and Revenue mainly) at potential locations, which is not under use, would be transferred to the Department. Municipal Bodies, Gram Panchayat, Industry Department and District Collectors would identify suitable land for the establishment of tourism units. Land so Identified will be set apart and reserved for tourism units. B. Existing Tourism Properties of Uttar Pradesh Tourism Department/UPSTDC. 3. The maximum and minimum land areas to be reserved for tourism units will be as under: S. No Category Minimum Land Area Maximum Land Area 1. Budget Hotels and 1 to 3 Star Hotels 1,200 Sq. Mt. Up to 5,000 Sq. Mt. 2. 4 Star Hotels 6,000 Sq. Mt. Up to 15,000 Sq. Mt. 3. 5 Star & above Hotels 18,000 Sq. Mt. Up to 50,000 Sq. Mt. 4. Other Tourism Units _ As per requirement and availability 4. Information of such land bank would be made available on the website of the concerned Local Body/District Collector/Revenue Department and on the Tourism Department's website. Note: Refer to Annexure II for the Procedure for Disposal of the Government Land Allotted to the Department of Tourism through Auction 14 PROPOSED PROJECTS The Department would undertake the projects through PPP (Public Private Partnership) mode. 1. Smart Ticketing System A. Smart ticketing would form an ambitious project for the state government which will provide tourists, a seamless travel ticket to major tourist destinations, hotel stays, air and surface travel within the state. B. Installation of smart ticketing system will provide a single card for easy facilitation of tourist related transactions across the state. Through this ticketing system, special discounts will be provided to the youth (Under 25 years) and senior citizens. 2. Sound and Light Show/Laser Show Project A. The Department will start sound and light show/Laser Show at multiple tourist destinations across the state on the lines of Kalakriti, Agra. B. Suggested locations are Gorakhpur, Hastinapur, Kapilvastu, Kushinagar, Shravasti, Varanasi Ghats, Allahabad, Lucknow, Agra, Faizabad, Ayodhya, Sarnath, Mathura, Kaushambi, Chitrakoot, Naimisharanyaand Kampilya/Sankisa. 3. City Centre Observatory A. A Giant Ferris wheel, such as the London Eye, is a form of observation structure. It's developed on a concept of a city-cantered, ever-turning wheel offering a unique bird's-eye view of the entire city. London Eye is now the No. 1 paid for tourist attraction in London. B. The Department will plan a similar project at one of the most significant tourist locations such as Lucknow, Varanasi or Allahabad on any of the river banks overlooking the city. 4. Digital Museum A. The Department will develop a state of the art digital museums in Uttar Pradesh, most ahead in technological advances and use them to promote the culture, heritage and the dying art and craft of the state. B. A world class digital museum based on Ramayana is already proposed in Ayodhya and Allahabad. 5. Ropeway Project A. The Department will plan ropeway projects in Uttar Pradesh at feasible location near major tourist spots, and such project will be opened to private sector for investments. A project is proposed at Triveni Sangam Allahabad. B. Probable sites for new ropeway project are Bundelkhand, Vindhya Region and Sonbhadra. "15 BED a BREAKFAST SCHEME 1. Introduction A. The Indian tourism industry has emerged as one of the key drivers of growth among the services sector in India. It is a sun rise industry, an employment generator, a significant source of foreign exchange for the country and an economic activity that helps local and hosts communities. Uttar Pradesh, which is the 4th largest state in the country, is one of the most favoured tourism destinations, both in India and the world. In 2015, the state ranked 2nd and 3rd in terms of domestic and foreign tourists, respectively. Approximately 211.7 Million domestic and 3.1 Million foreign tourists visited the state in 2016. B. Recently, UNESCO recognized 'Kumbh Mela' as India's 'Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity'. Kumbh Mela is considered as the world's largest congregation of religious pilgrims. Mahakumbh 2013 witnessed a total of 78.66 987 Million tourist arrivals in the state. C. For the upcoming Allahabad Kumbh 2019, millions of tourist are expected to arrive in the state. To meet the growing demand of quality accommodation at affordable price, it is imperative to develop accommodation, in and around Allahabad, Ayodhya, The Buddhist Circuit and other surrounding places, within the state. D. In view of this, the Department of Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh, through this scheme, will encourage Bed & Breakfast operators to develop more accommodations, ensuring visitor experience. The B&B scheme Is conceptualized under the Incredible India 'Atithi Devo Bhava', with the aim of providing comfortable homestay facilities with standardized world class services to the tourists. Note: • Bed & Breakfast scheme is applicable to Ashrams also. Detailed & specific instructions will be issued later by the Department of Tourism. • The Department will invest INR 1.5 Crore in Ashrams to improve the lodging facilities.The Department would do the publicity of Ashrams. • ReferAnnexure III for related forms and schedules. 2. Title Extension and Commencement A. This scheme may be called Bed & Breakfast Scheme. B. It shall be applicable in the entire State of Uttar Pradesh. C. This scheme will come into force immediately. D. This scheme is not applicable to Resort, Hotel,Motel and Guesthouse. 3. Conditions of Registration and Classification A. The residential premises are purely residential units and the owner is physically residing therein along with his or her family; B. The owner shall let out not less than one room and not more than six rooms (Double Beds)to paying guests, consisting of twelve beds in all; C. The bedroom has adequate numbers of bathrooms and adequate arrangement for water, power supply, proper ventilation, lighting, suitable furniture, sanitation and other facilities; D. The premises are in a good state of maintenance and have the required standards of hygiene, cleanliness and safety, Including fire safety; E. The premises should be located in an area easily accessible; F. The premises should be good residential properties in good locations, where tourists can comfortably stay; G. There should be a provision of parking facility at the premises; H. The premises have been considered by a classification committee for registration as an establishment as Silver or Gold category; and I. Any other condition which the Department, may impose, from time to time shall be applicable. 3. Registration Process A. Under this scheme, the home owners intending to use their residential premises as a B&Bestablishment, for providing accommodation to tourists on payment for boarding and lodging, shall apply through'Form A' for the registration of the establishment and, through 'Form D' for the renewal, to the regional office. B. On receipt of the application under Clause 1 above, the content of the application will be scrutinized. The presence of facilities and services will be evaluated against the enclosed checklist. The checklist will have to be duly filled and signed on all pages, and submitted along with the application. On satisfactory receipt of all the required documents, an inspection visit will be arranged by the classification committee. C. The inspection team will submit their inspection report to the Directorate of Tourism. A letter confirming eligibility will be issued by the Director General - Tourism, to the B&B establishment owners, who qualify the screening stage. Only when the registration certificate has been received, may the B&B establishmentowners commence the business operations. D. Police Verification Certificate of the B&B establishment is required and the certificate template is enclosed as’Form B_. E. The Directorate of Tourism reserves the right to accept or reject any application. F. Any person aggrieved with the recommendation of the classification committee may appeal before the Director General -Tourism, within thirty days and the decision of Director General -Tourism, shall be final. 5. Registration Fee Registration fee shall be paid in form of a banker's cheque or demand draft, issued by any scheduled bank,payable to 'Director General - Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh'. 6. Classification Committee There shall be a classification committee constituted for recommending classification of the B&B establishment, as below: District Magistrate/ Representative Chairman Superintendent of Police/Representative Member Vice Chairman, Development Authority/Representative Member Representative of the Municipal Authority Member Regional Tourist Officer Member Secretary In the Noida and Greater Noida region, the CEO of the authority will be the chairman of the classification committee.The committee shall classify the B&B establishment under Silver or Gold category, depending upon the amenities available there in. 7. Category of Establishments Basis the checklist given in 'Schedule A', the classification committee shall give its recommendation for the categorization of the B&B establishment as Silver or Gold. 8. Issuance of Certificate of Registration Whenever any B&B establishment is approved by the Director General - Tourism for registration under this scheme, he shall issue a certificate as enclosed in 'Form C'. The certificate shall be issued for a period of two years in the first instance and shall be renewed thereafter, for every two years, on payment of fee laid down in this scheme. 9. Cancellation of Registration A. It is compulsory for the registered properties to maintain the high standards set under the B&Bscheme. The registered properties can be subjected to surprise audits. The registration can be cancelled in case of poor maintenance or complaints from tourists regarding bad behavior. B. If any criminal record is found against the owner of the property, the registration can be cancelled. C. If it is found that the property owner Is not following the set rules and regulations, he/she would be given a chance for explanation. However, if the reasoning is not found to be sound, the Director General - Tourism can initiate the required procedure for cancellation of registration on the recommendations of the relevant Regional Tourist Officer. D. If the property owner makes certain changes to the services provided under the B&Bscheme, the owner should inform the relevant Regional Tourist Officer regarding the same within 30 days, or the registration can be cancelled. 10. Rules for the Owner of the Property A. The property owner will not install a reception desk in the B&B establishment. The B&B establishment should be maintained as a proper homestay. property owner cannot run or provide any commercial services from the B&B premises, such as travel packages, travel agency, transport services, sale of handicrafts or any other commercial activity. C. The property owner cannot provide any such services that might cause discomfort to the nearby residents/neighbours or lead to breach of their privacy or any other rights. D. Publishing of fake information regarding the property. E. No Involvement in any kind of brokerage. F. Property owner needs to provide immediate Information to the local police station about the staying of tourists. G. The property owner should maintain the register for proper records of the tourists. 11. Responsibility of Tourist A. Tourists needs to fill full information in the register of the property owner. B. No involvement in any kind of activities which will affect the administrative /social/ communal camaraderie. At the same time, behaviour should be best and must not hamper the residential activities of the property owner, as well as the neighbours. C. No separate kitchen to be operated. D. It is a responsibility of the tourists to pay for the damage caused to the property, whether intc门tio门3lly or unintentionally, E. He must provide utmost help to the property owner in keeping the premises neat and clean. 12. Power to Inspect A. Regional Tourist Officer, may, either himself/herself or by authorizing any officers or staff subordinate to him on this behalf, inspect, at all reasonable times, the premises of the establishment registered under this scheme. Any deficiencies pointed out by the Regional Tourist Officer, shall be rectified by the unit. If deficiencies are not rectified, the Regional Tourist Officer shall give notice to rectify deficiencies within 30 days from the date on which notice is received by the B&B establishment owner. If deficiencies are still are not rectified, the Director General - Tourism shall cancel the sanctioned registration and classification of the said unit. B. The unit may file an appeal with the Director General - Tourism within 30 days from the date of order or letter of Regional Tourist Officer received by the unit. 13. Other Provisions A. The B&B establishment shall have to necessarily display charges of room and the cost of dinner, lunch & breakfast. The type of breakfast to be offered will have to be specified, the charges will have to be displayed and the visitors will have to be informed in advance. B. The registration will be finalized within 30 days of the recommendation received bythe Director General - Tourism, given that the application is complete in all respects. 14. Benefits under the Bed Et Breakfast Scheme A. There will a single window for fast track and time bound approvals for the B&B establishments applying. B. To encourage development of B&Bestablishment faster, the Department may appoint B&B aggregators to lead this Initiative. C. B&Bestabllshment to remain under residential/non-commercial category. D. Domestic rates for electricity would be charged to the registered B&B establishments. E. Domestic rates for water tax would be charged to the registered B&B establishments. F. B&B aggregators will be employed to train the B&B operators, by creating the SOPs and conducting safety and security audits. G. Marketing support through listings on the Department's website, journals, publications, mobile application, etc. H. The Department will support the B&B establishments by placing directional signage along the highways and major tourist spots. \ 5 IMPLEMENTATION OF THE TOURISM POLICY 1. The State Level Tourism Development Council has been constituted as per the GO No. 623/41-2014-25 Sa/14, Dated 04-03-2014. This council will provide its recommendations regarding tourism related problems, activities, development works and will resolve local problems through mutual cooperation. The state-level and central-level issues will be sent for consideration to the state-level council. The Department will ensure the implementation of the recommendations of the State Level Tourism Development Council. For this purpose, the Department will set up a PMU to undertake effective monitoring of the activities and implementation of the policy. 2. Tourism Advisory Board: The government has proposed constitution of a 'Tourism Advisory Board', with top officials of key departments and leading names from the private sector as members to help take steps required to make Uttar Pradesh the most preferred tourism destination. All associations engaged in promotion of tourism in the state are suggested to be a part of the advisory board. The Board will act as a Think Tank' and advice the government on policy matters relating to tourism promotion In the state. The Board can think of innovative and out-of-the-box ideas to make the state a tourism hub with world class facilities and recreations. 17 INVESTOR FACILITATION The Directorate of Tourism shall function as the nodal agency for all actions under this policy. For Investment Promotion in Tourism, Directorate of Tourism shall work in coordination with Udyog Bandhu. 18 ANNEXURES Annexure I : UPSTDC Properties Indicative list of Uttar Pradesh State Tourism Development Corporation (UPSTDC) properties available for lease are: S. No. Name of the Property District 1. Rahi Gokul Restaurant Mathura 2. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Barsana Mathura 3. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Gokul Gaon Mathura 4. Tourist Complex Nagla Chandrabhan Mathura 5. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Hargaon Sitapur 6. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Namisharanya Sitapur 7. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Sandi Jheel Hardoi 8. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Devkali Auraiya 9. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Kachhla Badaun 10. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Narora Bulandshahr 11. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Soron Etah 12. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Patna Panchhi Vihar Etah 13. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Bharthari Aligarh 14. Wayside amenities Kandhla Muzzafarnagar 15. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Khurja Bulandshahr 16. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Sardhana Meerut 17. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Sonauli Maharajganj 18. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Navgarh Siddharthnagar 19. Modern Reception Centre (Excluding the ground floor) Gorakhpur 20. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Bhupia Mau Pratapgarh 21. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Munshiganj Amethi 22. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Dewa Sharif Barabanki 23. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Shikohabad Firozabad 24. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Bateshwar Agra 25. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Sumer Singh Qulla Etawah 26. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Chunar Mirzapur 27. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Bhadohi Sant Ravidas Nagar 28. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Gopiganj Sant Ravidas Nagar 29. Rahi Yatri Niwas Bithoor Kanpur 30. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Sankisa Farrukhabad 31. Rahi Tourist Bunga low Khaga Fatehpur 32. Rahi Tourist Bungalow Deogarh Lalitpur Annexure II : Procedure for Disposal of the Government Land Allotted to the Department of Tourism through Auction Disposal of land/heritage assets situated in Nazul/Non Nazul/Rural area allotted to the Tourism Department for fulfilment of objectives mentioned in the tourism policy and for tourism development, shall be made through auction, however the revenue earned through the auction will be returned to the original/parent department from which the land parcel was procured, Directorate will be entitled to only 15% of the auction value earned. All auction will be passed through Cabinet. The procedure of procurement is listed below: 1. For fulfilment of objectives mentioned in the tourism policy in state, and for tourism development, competent authority shall allot and transfer free of cost government land/heritage assets to Tourism Department. 1.1. For disposal of such allotted and transferred land and heritage assets, Directorate of Tourism (that shall be called Directorate hereon), shall be the Process Manager. Directorate as a Process Manager shall perform activities such as selection of commercial consultants, preparation of detailed project report, inviting Expression of Interest, conduct of auction in transparent manner, etc. 1.2. Process Manager shall prepare documents such as Request for Proposal (RFP), Expression of Interest also as per need. Directorate shall discharge the above responsibilities in the following manner: 1.2.1.1. Directorate is authorised for identification, demarcation of transferred land/heritage properties to Tourism Department and to prepare requisite documents in this regard. The Directorate shall obtain desired information from the District Collector to prepare such documents. 1.2.1.2. After confirmation of ownership entry in revenue record for transferred land in favour of tourism department, Directorate shall prepare information regarding demarcation, land use, possession etc. and shall submit requisite report to tourism department for administrative approval for disposal of the land. 1.2.1.3. Directorate shall select commercial consultant as per the need and with the help of the Consultant Directorate shall prepare detailed Project Report, Tender document and conditions, Invitation for Expression of Interest etc. for development of tourism related activities/projects on the said land. 1.2.1.4. In documents prepared as above, if required Directorate can also recommend the activities which must be carried out by the successful bidder within a year from the date of getting possession of land. Required permissions, no objections etc. have tobe obtained by the Investor for implementation of the Project. 1.3. Reserve price, premium and Lease Rent: 1.3.1.1. Reserve price shall be calculated as INR 20 Lakh per hectare for areas within the municipal limits and plan areas. appurtenant land for disposal shall be decided by the Empowered Committee under the Chairmanship of Chief Secretary constituted under this Policy. 1.3.1.3. Excluding land referred to in clause 1.3.1.1, calculation of reserve price for land in remaining other places shall be INR10 Lakh per hectare. 1.3.1.4. Lease rent for said land shall be 1% annually of accepted premium for allotment. 1.3.1.5. Lease rent on land, between the date of execution of lease deed and first 31st March there on shall be payable as first annual lease rent. Subsequently, for coming financial year, from 1st April Lease rent shall be payable for full financial year 2. On obtaining permission from Tourism Department for the disposal of said land/heritage assets, Director General of the Directorate shall advertise notice inviting Expression of Interest/Tender. Time period for submission of proposal towards Expression of Interest/Tender shall be minimum 30 days. This process shall be carried out as given below: 2.1. Notice Inviting tender/Expression of Interest/auction of heritage properties shall be published as per need in State/National level newspaper by the Directorate. For the sake of wide publicity publication of notice may be repeated. With other reliable methods it shall be extensively publicized that land is to be offered through auction only. Notice should go in public domain through website of the Directorate too. Tender notice will be issued in prescribed format. DG - Directorate may make necessary changes as per need and suitability of project. 2.2. Scrutiny of Tenders/Proposals received: 2.2.1.1. Scrutiny of technical eligibility of proposals received under Expression of Interest or Inviting tender shall be carried out by the Scrutiny Committee constituted as below: Committee Members Director General, Directorate of Tourism Managing Director, Uttar Pradesh State Tourism Development Corporation Joint Director, Directorate of Tourism Finance Controller, Directorate of Tourism Chartered Accountant of the UPSTDC Commercial Consultant (if any) 2.2.1.2. After evaluating the technical bid, financial evaluation of eligible tenderers' financial bid shall be carried out by the Committee as constituted below: Committee Members Director General Tourism Managing Director, Uttar Pradesh State Tourism Development Corporation Finance Controller, Directorate of Tourism Accounts Officer, Office of Tourism Commissioner Chartered Accountant of the UPSTDC Member Member Secretary 2.3. To scrutinize the proposals obtained on the basis of Expression of Interest (EOI), the Committee mentioned above shall determine the yardstick for pre-condition/ eligibility criterion, after having sought opinion of commercial consultant (if needed) specially appointed for this project. On the basis of such yardstick, proposal obtained againstExpression of Interest shall be scrutinized and calling of financial bid from among the eligible participants, shall be initiated. To eligible applicants after the scrutiny, request for proposal document shall be sent. Proposals shall be obtained from these eligible applicants under limited competition among them. 2.4. Financial proposals obtained through EOI or Invitation of open tender shall be analysed by the "Evaluation Committee" said above, and shall submit the financial proposal under consideration with their recommendation to administrative department for decision. 2.5. Tourism Department shall within 45 days from the receipt of the financial proposal of "Evaluation Committee", take the decision to approve or disapprove the financial proposal, and communicate to Directorate the decision. If the decision is not made within 45 days, highest bidder shall have the right to quit the tender and take back his earnest money. 2.6. After receiving the administrative approval for the financial proposal, earnest money of other bidders except the highest bidder shall be refunded immediately. 2.7. After getting the intimation about sanction of the proposal by the State, Directorate shall inform the successful bidder. Highest bidder shall have to deposit the payable amount after adjusting the earnest money within 90 days from the date of receipt of intimation. In case of non-payment within 90 days, an extension of 3 months with interest @ 12% may be given in the interest of justice. 2.8. If remaining amount is not deposited within stipulated time, a special permission for 1 month on justified reasons as a last chance may be given to deposit the amount. If the amount is not deposited in this extended time limit, allotment shall be cancelled with forfeiture of earnest money and land shall be re-auctioned. In such event, such bidder shall not be allowed to bid in re-auction as an individual, in partnership or in consortium. 2.9. For identified Government land/land on which assets are created and are transferred or would be transferred, final decision to lease out for 90/30 year or to develop through development agreement shall be taken by the department. 2.10. Tender amount and annual lease rent receivable against the leased land shall be retained separately by the Directorate in the head "Disposal of Government land and Infrastructure Development". Directorate may spend this money for survey of land, transfer, power / water supply, Road/ area planning, area development, security of assets and other infrastructural development as per guidelines issued by the Tourism Department. executed which shall be registered under Indian Stamp Act at bidder's cost within 90 days. On submission of certified true copy of the deed, Directorate shall handover the possession of land to successful bidder. 2.13. State Government holds right to approve or disapprove any proposal without assigning any reason. In this regard decision of State Government shall be final and binding on all bidders. 2.14. Directorate shall specifically mention in Expression of Interest/tender document the period for completion of the project. Within a year from the date of possession, successful bidder has to start the work after obtaining mandatory required permissions / no objections. In case of non-completion of project in stipulated time, considering the effective steps taken and justified reason, an extension of one year may be granted for two times on submission of the application by the bidder. On non¬completion of work even after expiry of such extended time period, lease deed may cancelled along with forfeiture of all deposited amount and bank guarantee may be revoked. 2.15. To execute lease deed, Director General, Directorate of Tourism shall be authorized as representative of Tourism Department. 2.16. In general, tender earnest money shall be equivalent to 10% of the reserve price subject to maximum of Rs.20 lac. Director General is authorized to determine the earnest money in special cases. 2.17. For amendment in lease deed under prevailing policy, Empowered Committee constituted under the Chairmanship of Chief Secretary is authorized. Annexure III: Forms & Schedules related to the Bed & Breakfast Scheme FORMA Application form for the registration of the Bed & Breakfast Establishment Disposal of land/heritage assets situated in Nazul/Non Nazul/Rural area allotted to the Tourism Department for fulfilment of objectives mentioned in the tourism policy and for tourism development, shall be made through auction, however the revenue earned through the auction will be returned to the original/parent department from which the land parcel was procured, Directorate will be entitled to only 15% of the auction value earned. All auction will be passed through Cabinet. The procedure of procurement is listed below: FORMB Police Verification This is to certify that Mr/Ms/Mrs son/wife/daughterof residingat since , and applying for the registration of Bed and Breakfast Establishment under the 'Bed & Breakfast Scheme, bears a good reputation and there is no adverse remarks and entries made against him or her or any members of the family at this police station. Signature (Police inspector of the concerned police station) FORMC Certificate of Registration Tit is certified that Bed & Breakfast Establishment (Name) owned by Mr/Ms/Mrs is registered for (Number) rooms for the Gold or Silver category under the Bed & Breakfast Scheme. This certificate is issued on and shall remain valid till Director General - Tourism Government of Uttar Pradesh FORMD Application for the renewal of the certificate of registration of the Bed Gt Breakfast Establishment Date: To, Director General Department of Tourism Government of Uttar Pradesh Paryatan Bhawan, Gomti Nagar Lucknow Sir, I hereby apply for the renewal of the certificate of registration of Bed & Breakfast Establishment under the Bed & Breakfast Scheme. Details below: 1. Name of the B&B establishment, with complete address: 2. Date of registration (Enclose copy of certificate of registration): As the period of validity of the registration certificate is expiring on , I request that the said certificate may be renewed for a period of two years, per the term and conditions laid down under the Bed & Breakfast Scheme. [Checklist of the approved existing accommodation and facilitation is enclosed as per schedule of the said scheme]. Enclose herewith the banker's cheque or demand draft number dated For INR payable to Director General - Tourism, Government of Uttar Pradesh, as the renewal fee. Signature (Owner of the B&B Establishment) FORMAT FOR UNDERTAKING Date: To, Director General Department of Tourism Government of Uttar Pradesh Paryatan Bhawan, Gomti Nagar Lucknow I have read and understood all the terms and conditions mentioned in the Bed & Breakfast Scheme, with respect to the approval and registration or renewal of the Bed & Breakfast Establishment, and hereby agree to abide by me. The information and documents provided are correct and authentic to the best of my knowledge. Name and signature of the B&B Establishment owner Place: SCHEDULE A Checklist for the approval of registration or renewal of the Bed 8t Breakfast Establishment S. No. Subject / Facility Silver Category Gold Category Certification by the B&B Establishment regarding the facilities (Yes / No) Observation of the classification committee 1. Well maintained and well equipped house with quality carpets/area/rugs/tiles or marble flooring, furniture, fitting, etc. in keeping with traditional life style D M 2. Sufficient parking with adequate road width D M 3. Guest Rooms: Minimum one lettable room and maximum 6 rooms (12 bed). All rooms should be clean, airy, pest free, without dampness & with outside window or ventilation M M 4. Minimum floor area Sq. Ft. for each room 60 120 5. Comfortable bed with good quality linen & bedding preferably of Indian design M M 6. Attached private bathrooms with every rooms along with toiletries D M 7, Minimum size of each bathroom in Sq. ft. 20 40 8. W.C. toilet to have a seat Gt Lid and toilet paper D M 9. 24 hours running hot water & cold water with proper sewerage connections D M 10. Water saving taps and showers D D 11. Well maintained smoke free, dean, hygienic, pest free kitchen D M 12. Dining area D M 13. Good quality cutlery and crockery M M 14. Air-conditioning and heating depending on the climatic conditions with room temperature - M 15. Iron with iron board, on request D M 16. Internet connection D M 17. 15 amp earthed power socket in the guest room M M 18. Telephone with extension facility in the room D M 19. Wardrobe with at least 4 clothes hangers in the guest room M 20. Shelves or drawers in the guest room D M 21. Complimentary aqua guard or RO or mineral water M M 22. Good quality chairs, working tables and other necessary furniture D M 23. Washing machines and drycleaners in the house with arrangement for laundry and dry cle2i门i门g services D M 24. Refrigerator in the room D M S. No. Subject / Facility Silver Category Gold Category Certification by the B&B Establishment regarding the facilities (Yes / No) Observation of the classification committee 25. A lounge or seating arrangement in the lobby area D M 25. Heating and cooling to be provided in enclosed public area D M 27. Garbage disposal facilities as per the municipal laws M M 28. Acceptance of cash or banker’s cheque or demand draft M M 29. Name, address and telephone number of doctors (to be deployed) M M 30. Left luggage facilities M M 31. Assistance with luggage on request D M 32. Safe keeping facilities in the room D M 33. Smoke and heat detector in the establishment D D 34. Security guard facilities D M 35. Maintenance of register for guest check-in and checkout records, including passport details in case of foreign tourist/in case of application for renewal M M *M - Mandatory *D- Desirable Note: The grading in the various categories will depend on the quality of accommodation, facilities and services created or provided. The same can be relaxed as also by the committee based on the local requirements. VERIFICATION I son/wife/daughter of Mr/AAs/Mrs do hereby verify that the information provided above is true to the best of my knowledge and the documents are authentic. (Signature of the B&B Establishment owner) Place: Date: REGIONAL TOURIST OFFICES S.No Name of the Office Contact Number 1. Regional Tourist Office, 64, Taj Road, Agra 0562-2226431 2. Regional Tourist Office, Hotel llavart Rahi, 35, MG Marg, Civil Lines, Allahabad 0532-2408873 3. Regional Tou rist Office , Saanskratik Sankul , Chau kagat, Varanasi 0542-2505033 4. Regional Tourist Office, Hotel Virangna, Jhansi 0510-2441267 5. Regional Tourist Office, Tourist Bungalow Campus, 2 Civil Lines, Bareilly 0581-2511858 6. Regional Tourist Office, Park Road, Civil Lines, Gorakhpur 0551-2335450 7. Regional Tourist Office, C -13, Vipin Khand, Gomti Nagar, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh 0522-2304870 8. 25/51, Birhana Road, Kanpur - 9. Regional Tourist Office, 3rd Floor, D Building, M.D.A. Building, Meerut 0121-2656164 10. Regional Tourist Office, Tourist Bungalow Campus, Chitrakoot 11. Near Tourist Bungalow (Pathik Niwas), Kushinagar 05564-273045 12. Junction Station Road, Mathura 0565-2505351 13. Hotel Janhavi Campus, Mirzapur 05442-263494 14. Hotel Mrigadava Campus, Sarnath 0542-2595965 15. Tourist Bungalow Campus , Behind Bus S tation, Siddharthnagar 16. Hotel Niranjana Campus-B, Sonouli 05522-238201

Delhi Tourism Policy Tourism Policy CHAPTER-10 TOURISM Delhi city is sprinkled with dazzling gems: captivating ancient monuments, fascinating museums and art galleries, architectural wonders, a vivacious performing-arts scene, fabulous eating places and bustling markets. With its rich and diverse cultural heritage, Delhi is also used as a gateway for traveling to cities of India. The city is significant for the role it has played throughout history, having been the centre of an empire for the majority of this millennium. It is an important city in the Indian sub continent and comparisons have often been made to other great cities of the world. However, very few cities carry with them, to such an extent, the weight of several layers of continuous history. One can have a fascinating glimpse into the past in Old Delhi, with its labyrinth of narrow lanes, old havelis, and colourful bazaars. Rickshaws wind their way through this crowded, bustling capital of the Mughals, where life continues, much as it did hundreds of years ago. Modern Delhi has a lot more to offer. Delhi has a modern, well-planned and extensive Metro network that connects all corners of Delhi; this network is still growing. New roadways and flyovers have improved connectivity, the latest of which is the Signature Bridge, an ambitious project of Delhi Tourism. Delhi Tourism is on a mission to change status quo and ensure that Delhi becomes a world-class tourist destination and the leader in art, culture, music, theatre, film and entertainment. In 1911, British shifted their capital from Calcutta to Delhi. After independence in 1947, New Delhi was officially declared as the Capital of India. Delhi being National Capital Territory, received maximum foreign travelers and NRIs visiting India. There are Outlays to make Delhi an environmental & eco friendly tourism and cultural & heritage destination. There is need to spread awareness among tourists as well as its citizens regarding Delhi’s glorious past. The schemes of Tourism Department have been implemented by the DTTDC, an undertaking of the Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi incorporated in 1975 to promote tourism in Delhi. Delhi being National Capital Territory, received a large number of foreign travelers and NRIs visiting India. Revised outlay & expenditure of Annual Outlay 2016-17, Approved outlay & Revised Annual Outlay 2017-18 and Annual Outlay 2018-19 for Tourism Department are as under: [` in crore] Sector 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 BE RE Exp BE RE Exp Tourism 26.00 8.08 117.00 18.00 13.18 44.00 Total Outlay of ` 46.21 crore kept in B.E. 2018-19 on Tourism. This includes revenue budget of ` 46.06 crore and capital budget of ` 0.15 crore. An amount of ` 44 crore is kept for implementation of various schemes, programmes and projects under Tourism sector. 1. Tourism Infrastructure Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 500 Lakh I. Up-gradation of Food courts, temporary shops / craft stalls etc. at Dilli Haat, INA Dilli Haat, INA was constructed and inaugurated in March 1994. The Haat needs up gradation in view of wear and tear of infrastructure and changes in user requirements. Most of the area needs face lifting works. However, Food courts, temporary shops and adjoining areas are in very bad condition and needs suitable up gradation and face lifting works. Temporary shops are made with thatch roofing which is of temporary in nature and needs frequent replacement and causes leakages which damage the articles of the artisans, hence the roofing may upgraded to semi permanent structure. Due to frequent damages it gives bad look. Food courts which are in very bad condition also required to be upgraded since no major face lifting had been done since its construction. II. Renovation and Up-gradation of Coffee Home – Connaught Place The Coffee Home is situated in prime location of Connaught Place and serves the cuisines and coffee tea for visitors. Since its inception no major renovation work was taken up. The upgradation work planned to be taken up with some of the alterations. There is only one existing entry from side to coffee home hence one additional entry from main path have been proposed to be opened in up gradation phase. Better Public Conveniences are to be provided at a suitable place in the coffee home since existing conveniences are on back side of Coffee Home. The up gradation work will also consist of suitable furnishing also. III. Development of Open Air-theatre, etc. at Kala Gram near Garden of Five senses DTTDC has in its possession a plot measuring 5.27 acres adjacent near Garden of Five Senses. The plot of land has been allotted by the Development Department, Government of Delhi. DTTDC proposes to develop this site as venue for holding concerts and festivals. The basic infrastructure like water, electricity, barricading, public conveniences, cafeteria, parking etc. would be developed by DTTDC. For day to day operation an operator may be appointed by DTTDC through E-tendering process. This is a on-going state plan-scheme. Development of plot for holding concerts and festivals. During the year 2017-18, an Open air theater has been developed. Further development of venue on this piece of land is to be done during 2018-19. IV. Conceptualization / Documentation Appointment of Transactional Advisor for Development of Tourism Projects It is proposed to take up and develop new Tourism Projects in Delhi. For development of new Tourism Projects, it is required to conduct preliminary feasibility study, conceptualize the new ideas and other related work prior to the actual start of the work for the new Tourism Projects. For these works, the expenditure may be incurred on account of consultation fee to Architect, transaction advisor etc. To prepare concept paper on tourism projects at various existing properties of the Corporation, there is a need of Transactional Advisor/Consultant. V. Renovation & up-gradation of Azad Hind Gram DTTDC has set up Azad Hind Gram at National Highway-10 before Bahadurgarh Border in Tikri Kalan Village. The complex is spread over 06 acres and has a memorial on Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose depicting select episodes from his life. The complex also houses a museum on Indian National Army with audio visual facility. The complex has a life size statue of Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose. DTTDC would like to upgrade and renovate the Netaji Memorial, Indian National Army Museum, public conveniences and parking facility at the Complex. Repair and Up-gradation of pond and renovation of Restaurant complex and Kiosks. VI. Construction of Coffee Home at Janak Puri DTTDC proposed to construct a Coffee Home at Janak Puri subject to more allocation of funds during the year. VII. Construction of Coffee Home at I.P. Extension DTTDC proposes to construct a Coffee Home at I.P. Extension subject to more allocation of funds during the year. An expenditure of about ` 320 lakh incurred during the year 2017-18 on Tourism Infrastructure. 2. River Front Development of Yamuna Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 5 Lakh Every city in the world is associated with a river flowing through it. More than 40 kms. of Yamuna River flows through Delhi. Every Major city like London, Paris etc. has developed the river front of its city and is a major tourist’s attraction. Even in India River Sabarmati in Ahmedabad has been developed by the State Government and has become a public place for its citizens. The Yamuna River to the north of the Wazirabad Barrage is the most pristine stretch of the river in Delhi. The east bank of the river in the stretch along Sonia Vihar is to be developed in an ecological manner to enhance and improve natural habitats and the biodiversity of the riverfront area. The Area of intervention consists of the following: • Around 700 Acres of Land between the Yamuna River and the Sonia Vihar- Pushta Road • Around 5.8 km of the Sonia-Vihar Pushta Road from the Wazirabad Road intersection to the Delhi Border Proposals have already been submitted to the Delhi Govt. for approval of Cabinet. Once the proposal is approved by the Cabinet, consultant for the project will be appointed. Since the project involves development of river fronts the approval of National Green Tribunal will be required and consultant appointed will develop the scheme of the project according to the compliance of the guidelines issued by NGT. Once the project proposal is approved by the NGT, NOC from the Land Owning Agency i.e. Delhi Development Authority will require. However in a meeting held with VC, DDA and Minister of Tourism, Delhi Govt., it was assured by the VC, DDA that once the proposal is agreed by the NGT requisite NOC of DDA will be issued. Once the above approvals/NOC issued, the development work may be started by DTTDC. To begin with, it is proposed to develop the River front in Delhi upstream of the Wazirabad Bridge. The River front would consist of public conveniences, promenades, jogging track, cycle track, sandpit, volleyball courts, restaurants, snack bars and parks. 3. Promotion of Tourism - Delhi as a Destination Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 1055 Lakh This scheme has been divided in Three parts (Part A & B). Part A Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 1045 Lakh Branding Delhi: It is proposed to create a new campaign called “Brand Delhi”. We will re- develop the online presence of destination Delhi through websites, Apps, Maps, Social Media and Micro-sites. Delhi, bearing a rich heritage and history, has immense potential to become one of the most preferred tourist destinations not only in India but also globally. It is land of monuments, dotted with ruins forts, temples with many chapters of history that have unfolded to make Delhi what is today. Myriad episodes of history, a lineage and significant monuments like the Qutab Minar, the stunning Humanyun’s Tomb, the magnanimous Red Fort, the city of Old Delhi. This Delhi, the Old Fort and many more are epitomes of varied historical eras and this is where the real strength of the City lies as far as the tourism in Delhi is concerned. Delhi has a lot to boast about and hence arises the dire need to promote Delhi as one of the most sought after tourist destinations not only in the domestic but also in the international arena. Undoubtedly, tourism requires careful Outlayning and management and in the absence of a concrete Tourism Policy, there is no set Outlay drawn to market the city in the International market so as to showcase the potential of the city as a Tourist Friendly destination. There is a need to initiate steps to market Delhi more effectively and in a strategic manner on the lines of other state Tourism Boards. In order to keep pace with the growing competitive market, it is proposed that, on the lines of other state Tourism departments to carry out aggressive campaigns to Brand Delhi. With an objective to promote tourism in and around the capital city, Delhi Tourism & Transportation Development corporation Ltd. has been playing a role of catalyst and been taking proactive steps in making the city a Tourist Friendly destination. The activities proposed to be undertaken under the scheme emphasized the need to aggressively Brand Delhi through various available mediums. Production of Tourist Literature, Folders, Leaflets, Maps, City Guides, Brochures, CDs : To market Delhi more effectively and in a strategic manner on the lines of other state tourism Boards. DTTDC plans to undertake campaigns for Branding Delhi as a Tourism Destination at national level through various mediums including release of advertisements / advertorials in Travel magazines & Press advertisement, online social media, production of pictorial brochures on Delhi, Radio Jingles, outdoor publicity through Hoardings, Street Furniture, Metro Stations etc. It is also proposed to produce short films on promotion of Delhi – as a tourism Friendly destination and telecast as TV commercials on various channels. Publicity through Print and Electronic Media/ Internet : The plan includes: Production of Film on Delhi: Promoting Delhi as a Tourist Destination and as Film Shooting Destination – Edited versions of both the films for TVC. Promotions through TVCs on various channels, Release of Advertisements in Magazines (Travel & Tourism), Outdoor publicity through Metro Stations, Backlit panels at Airport, Bus shelters, Street Furniture, Air Baggage tags etc., publicity for Delhi Tourism activities like Tours, Travel, Adventure Activities, Dilli Haats through release of advertisements in newspapers and magazines and Social Media. Organization of Fairs & Festivals : Delhi Tourism has been actively organizing cultural events in Delhi to showcase this capital city as a tourist and cultural friendly destination not only for foreign tourists but for domestic travelers and the citizens of Delhi. In this context, it is pertinent to mention that the promotion of cultural tourism has been the main stay of Indian Tourism policy and accordingly, the rich heritage of our country at large and Delhi as a city in particular has been projected from time to time. Our neighboring states such as Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh etc. are excellent examples where cultural tourism has already acquired international positioning and has acted as a catalyst to attract large number of tourists to these destinations. Apart from National & International tourists, NCT of Delhi has its own population of more than 20 million. The citizens of Delhi attend the Fair & Festivals organized by Delhi Tourism with fun and frolic. Participation in National Fairs/ Conferences/ Marts/ Exhibitions : National tourism fairs, conferences, travel marts and travel exhibitions are important for interaction with travel industry, media, airlines and other opinion makers. Further, this is helpful in direct marketing of tourist products and services to the consumers by direct interfacing. Presently, DTTDC participates in limited national tourism fairs. These interactive activities will also be organized in Delhi and simultaneously Delhi will also participate in such exhibitions, marts and conferences within India. Ek Bharat Shreshtha Bharat : The scheme of “Ek Bharat Shreshtha Bharat” launched by Ministry of HRD, Govt. of India which envisages strengthening of existing emotional bonding between the people of our country by promoting and showcasing the rich heritage and culture, tourism, wealth, educational specificities, agricultural traditional practices etc. of each state allowing people to understand and appreciate the diversity that is India, while fostering a sense of common identity. Accordingly engagement matrix for NCT of Delhi has been earmarked with the 8 states of North-Eastern States: with Sikkim & Assam (2016-17), Tripura & Mizoram (2017-18), Arunachal Pradesh & Meghalaya (2018-19) and Manipur & Nagaland (2019-20). The DTTDC proposed to organize culinary festivals with opportunity to learn culinary practices, promotion of Home Stay for visitors, promotion of Rajya- Darshan for tourists, organizing familiarization tour for tour operators of one state, prepare and share with the partner states a book containing information on their culture, customs, traditions, flora & fauna etc. for dissemination to schools colleges, organizing film-festival in the partner state with sub-title, showcase wearing of additional attire of the partner state. Promotion of Delhi as a Film Shooting Destination : Govt. of Delhi under the directions of Ministry of I & B, Govt. of India has appointed MD & CEO, DTTDC as the nodal officer for facilitating Film Shootings in Delhi vide order no. F2/797/TSM/11 dated 3rd August, 2016 of Dy. Secretary (Tsm), GNCTD. Cinema is undoubtedly a powerful tool for the development of a nation. Its impact is immense and it plays an important role in economic expansion. Delhi has been a part of films for a long time now. Its scenic beauty, picturesque locations and historical monuments form interesting backdrops for movies. Delhi also embodies the stark, almost absurd, contrasts of India: A World- Class metro system, the chaos of Old Delhi and the Colonial Serenity of Lutyen’s Delhi. Subsequently, a Film Shooting Facilitation Cell was created within the corporation on the direction of the Chief Secretary, Govt. of Delhi with an objective that DTTDC acts as a nodal agency to act as a bridge between the filmmakers and the stakeholder agencies for facilitating single window clearances of permission for Film Shootings in Delhi. DTTDC is in the process of introducing “Single Window Clearance Mechanism” for film making facility so that the legal formalities to shoot in the city can be performed by visiting only one Government Office. Several steps are being taken to introduce a smooth system for granting permission to Film Producers, to provide them consolidated information on instructions/ guidelines issued by various Departments of Delhi and Ministries of the Government, and to make film shooting a hassle-free experience. Major Tourism Events Sponsored by the Govt. City Information Service (1280) Part B Bed & Breakfast Scheme Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 10 Lakh This scheme started in the month of October, 2007 and to be continued during the year 2018-19 to provide budget accommodation to tourists coming to Delhi and enjoy the traditional Indian Home & Culture and also have the confidence of the families support and protection and go back with pleasant memories. In the Bed & Breakfast accommodation in Delhi, there are two categories facilities i.e. Silver and Gold. The Registration Fee for Gold Category is ` 5000/- and for Silver Category ` 3000/-. The basic facilities available under the Silver and Gold Categories are: Facilities Silver Gold Floor Area of Room 120 sq. ft. 200 sq. ft Size of Bathroom 30 sq. ft 40 sq. ft Washing Machine Not Mandatory Mandatory Refrigerator in the room Not Mandatory Mandatory Telephone with Extension Not Mandatory Mandatory In the bedroom, double bed, AC, Furnishing etc., is mandatory. Maximum 06 rooms can be given to the establishment. The total number of Gold and silver category establishment and rooms registered under this scheme as on 31.03.2017 and target for FY 2018-19 is given below: Status till 31.03.2018 Target 2018-19 Category No. of Establishment No. of Rooms No. of Establishment No. of Rooms Gold 39 160 45 185 Silver 233 965 245 1015 Total 265 1131 290 1200 The list of Bed & Breakfast Establishments registered under the scheme is available on the website of DTTDC and Directory of Bed & Breakfast Accommodation in Delhi was also published and distributed from time to time. An expenditure of about ` 655 lakh incurred during the year 2017-18 on Promotion of Tourism in Delhi. 4. Beautification of Entry Points of Delhi Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 250 Lakh Development of Guru Tegh Bahadur Memorial at NH-I and other entry points of Delhi (i) Entry Point-I at NH-8 (ii) Entry Point-II at Ghazipur (iii) GTB Memorial at NH-I DTTDC proposes to beautify the road entry points to the city. These entry points would have the facility of tourist information office, public convenience, snack- bar, parking, first-aid facility etc. The entry gates would highlight the rich heritage of the city. DTTDC has constructed Guru Tegh Bahadur Memorial at Singhu Border (NH- 1), G.T. Karnal Road, spread over land measuring 11.87 acres as a deposit work of Urban Development Department. The project was set-up under the scheme of beautification of entry point of Delhi. In the landscaped tranquil background, the 24 metres high central pylon with petals at the base represents the Guru and his strength. The C arches denote his three followers and the monoliths represent the 10 Sikh Gurus with their sayings inscribed on them. Urban Development Department has transferred the project to Tourism Department, Govt. of NCT of Delhi. DTTDC is the executive agency for upkeep, maintenance and operation of the project. The MOU between DTTDC and Tourism Department was done in the March 2017 and expenditure of about 243 lakh incurred during the year 2017-18 for upkeep, maintenance and operation of the project. 5. Grant-in-Aid to DTTDC for Tourist Information Centres Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 150 Lakh Delhi Tourism is running Tourist Information Centers at all the main embarkation points in Delhi besides information offices in Kolkata and Chennai. Delhi Tourism disseminates information and distribute literature to the tourists from these offices and a large number of foreign and domestic tourists avail these facilities. The information centers are at the following places in and outside Delhi: • Domestic Airport- Terminal-I • New Delhi Railway Station • Coffee Home, Baba Kharak Singh Marg • I Center, Baba Kharak Singh Marg • Govt of India Tourist Office, Janpath • Dilli Haat, INA • Kolkatta • Chennai 6. Grant-in-Aid to Delhi Institute of Hotel Management & Catering Technology (DIHM & CT) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 100 Lakh (This is GIA but used for capital works) a. Construction of Researcher Block (Boy’s & Girls Hostel) b. Construction of Residential Staff quarters c. Purchase of equipments for labs Delhi Institute of Hotel Management & Catering Technology is an autonomous body established in the year 1983 at Kashmere Gate. The institute was upgraded to the present new building in the year 2012 where the basic infrastructure was available for conducting the classes. During the same year, there was an increase in intake of the students from 60 to 120. Phase- I of the building which includes the academic and administrative block, has been completed and handed over by PWD in 2007 to DIHM & CT. Outlay kept in the Annual Outlay 2018-19 is for construction of Researcher Block (Boys & Girls Hostel) and Residential Staff quarters. During 2013-14, an amount of ` 3 crore was released by the Govt. of NCT of Delhi to DIHM&CT and also DIHM&CT received grant of ` 2 crore from Govt. of India. DIHM&CT has planned to start some revenue generating courses in 2018-19 and impart the in service training to the cooks, waiters, housekeeping and other MTS staff of Government Guest Houses, Govt. Offices, Canteens and Cafeteria etc.. DIHM&CT will start short term summer courses in four trades i.e. Bakery & Patisserie, Indian Cookery, Snacks Cookery and Chinese Cookery for general people, specially students, ladies and housewives. 7. Skill Development of Students in Government Schools Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 100 Lakh The Scheme “Skill Development of Students in Government Schools” (Aatm Nirbharta Ki Aur) is an initiative of Govt. of NCT of Delhi. It is a skill development scheme, aims to channelize the energy of the young students who have passed 8th & 10th standard and are 18 to 28 years age group. Aspirant students will be given training in the hospitality sector in the field of cookery, bakery, housekeeping etc. DIHM&CT is the implementing agency of the scheme. The venue will be the schools under the Education Department, GNCTD. During 2015-16, GIA of ₹ 75 lakh has been released to DIHM&CT towards implementation of this scheme. Initially, 4 Govt. schools has been identified by the Education Department, GNCTD. The DIHM&CT will recruit co-ordinators, data entry operators on contract for monitoring and guiding the schools and trainees. Government will incur the cost of course expenditure on equipment charges which are one time charge. 8. INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT FOR DESTINATIONS AND CIRCUITS (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 2240 Lakh Under this scheme, the following sub-schemes are covered: a. Tourist Complex at Said-ud-Azaib (CSS) b. Grant-in-aid to DTTDC for Chhawala and Kanganheri Water Sports (CSS) c. Grant-in-aid to DTTDC for development of Soft Adventure Park at Sanjay Lake (Capital Assets) (CSS) d. Grant-in-aid to DTTDC for new facilities in Delhi Haat INA, New Delhi (Capital Assets) (CSS) e. GIA to DTTDC for Development of Delhi Haat, Pitampura (CSS) f. GIA to DTTDC for Development of Delhi Haat, Janakpuri (CSS) g. GIA to DTTDC for celebration of Incredible India Festival (CSS) h. GIA to DTTDC for Swadesh Darshan (CSS) The Ministry of Tourism extends Central Financial Assistance to the State Governments/Union Territory Administrations for tourism projects identified in consultation with them for the improvement of existing tourism products and also for developing new ones. Under the Centrally Sponsored Scheme, “Infrastructure Development for Destinations and Circuits”, 100% Central Assistance is given for development of destinations/ circuits including mega projects of world standard and also for rural tourism infrastructure development. The Ministry of Tourism provides financial assistance up to ` 5 crore for the development of Destinations and ` 8 crore for Circuits. The upper limit of financial assistance has been increased to ` 25 crore and ` 50 crore for development of identified mega destinations and circuits respectively. The focus under this revised scheme will be on the improvement of existing product and developing new tourism products to the world standard. It will also focus on Integrated Infrastructure Development of the tourist sites. These tourist sites/destinations would be carefully selected based on its tourism potential. The aim would be to provide all infrastructure facilities required by the tourists within such destinations and circuits. Master Outlaying of these destinations and circuits will be undertaken so as to develop them in an integrated holistic manner. The aim will be convergence of resources and expertise through coordinated action with State Governments / U.Ts and Private Sectors. Tourist Destinations and Circuits in each State would be identified in consultation with the State Governments and would be taken up for development. This would include activities ranging from preparation of a master Outlay to implementation of the master Outlay. Projects to be taken up under this scheme should follow an integrated, projectised, area development approach. Comprehensive DPRs should be prepared for each project after consultations with all the stakeholders. Some of the projects implemented by Delhi Govt. under CSS are as discussed below: I) Tourist Complex at Said-ud-Azaib (CSS) Outlay 2018-19 : ` 35 Lakh (For Capital Assets) DTTDC has developed one of the finest Gardens spread over an area of 20 acres of Garden of Five Senses, Said-ul-Ajaib. Garden of Five Senses is also the venue for the DTTDC flagship festival i.e. Garden Tourism Festival which is held every year. DTTDC is developing the following theme garden at Garden of Five Senses:- • Herbal Garden • Rose Garden • Cacti Garden • Butterfly garden • Fragrance garden Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 192.45 lakh for the project “Development of Theme Garden at Garden of Five Senses, Said-Ul-Ajaib, New Delhi” during 2011-12 with sanction accorded for release of ` 153.96 lakh being 80% of CFA as the first installment for starting the work. Tourism Department has issued a Sanction dated 28.03.2012 of ` 50 Lakh (CFA) to DTTDC for Development of Theme Garden at Garden of Five Senses, Said-Ul-Ajaib, New Delhi under CSS- Outlay out of GOI released amount ` 153.96 lakh. Under this scheme, there was unspent balance of ` 53.96 lakh as on 01.04.2014. An expenditure of ` 40.00 lakh has been incurred during 2014-15. No expenditure has been incurred during 2017-18. There is unspent balance of ` 13.96 lakh as on 01.04.2018. Ministry of Tourism, GOI will release balance amount of ` 40 lakh after furnishing of UC by the DTTDC. II) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Water Sports Complex at Chhawla and Kanganheri (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 40 Lakh (For Capital Assets) Chhawla Water Sports Complex: DTTDC has taken 2.77 acres of land at Chhawla from Irrigation and Flood Control Department on lease basis. DTTDC has set up Chhwala Tourists Complex on Island in Nazafgarh Drain near the campus of Border Security Force. The site is well connected by Road via Nafargarh – Kapashera Road and Metro Line Via Dwarka Sector -21. The following facilities are being created at this site:- • Elevated Walk ways, Restaurant, Boat Jetty, fish Jetty, Toilet Block, Machan, Parking, Pedestrian Path and Club House. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 297.87 lakh during 2007-08 and released an amount of ` 238.30 lakh. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 381.89 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 48.92 lakh. Kanganheri Water Sports Complex: This project is being developed on the piece of land measuring 11.44 acres, which is approximately 2 km from Chhawla Bridge and is located in Kanganheri Village in South West Delhi. The project has accessibility through Nafargarh – Kapasehra Road and Metro Line via Dwarka Sector 21. The following facilities are being created at this site:- • Platform for tents, administrative block, canteen, toilet block, pantry, balloon plaza, water body, overhead tank, underground tank, cycle track, store block and paved parking. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 416.21 lakh during 2007-08 and released an amount of ` 332.97 lakh. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 414.81 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 59.57 lakh. III) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Soft Adventure Park at Sanjay Lake (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 30 Lakh (For Capital Assets) DTTDC has taken over 6.3 acres of land at Sanjay Lake on license fee and revenue sharing basis from DDA for a period of 20 years. The DTTDC has also been allowed boating activities in the lake adjacent to the park. The following structures / works have been completed at the project:- 1. Restaurant Block having carpet area of 119 sq. mts. This includes sitting area, pantry, store, kiosks and publicity utility. 2. Portal cabin structures:- a. Souvenir Shops b. Ticket window c. Toilet block {2} d. Rooms {4} 3. Rain water Harvesting 4 Elevated walk way : 90 M (approx) 5. Walk way along lake : 250 M (approx) 6. Outlayters : 280 M (approx) 7. Pedestrian walk way The boundary wall has been constructed on three sides of the plot of land and on one side the area is protected by the lake. DTTDC is in the process of selection of operator for this project. Basic structure will be provided by the DTTDC and operator will set up the required equipment to operate the Park. The investment is likely to be about ₹ one crore to make the project operational towards the cost of equipment for the activities being proposed, which are as under:- Inflatable Rock Climbing Wall, Rock Climbing (permanent), Burma Bridge, Monkey Bridge, Spider Web, Dismantle able tented accommodation, Monkey crawling, Mountain Biking, Paint ball, Archery, Rifle shooting, Pit Jump, Rappelling, Zorbing, Commando net, Cat walk, Flying Fox, Dirt Track, Day and overnight camping and Bungee Jumping water based game/boating in the lake is also proposed to be allowed. In addition the operator shall also be required to activate the Restaurant Block and other facilities created at the project. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 451.82 lakh during 2010-11 as CFA on 07.05.2010 and released an amount of ` 361.46 lakh being 80% CFA as the first installment for starting the work. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 400.75 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 39.26 lakh. An expenditure of ` 499 lakh (` 56 lakh during 2010-11, ` 304 lakh during 2011-12, ` 75 lakh during 2012-13, ` 64 lakh during 2013-14) has been incurred till April 2014 by the DTTDC. An Amount of ` 361.46 lakh (released by GOI earlier) kept in GNCTD account has been released to DTTDC during 2014-15. IV) GIA to DTTDC for Up-gradation of Dilli Haat at INA (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 10 Lakh (For Capital Assets) DTTDC had set up a tourism project, Dilli Haat at INA, in pursuance of Government Policy for promoting and preserving our immense heritage of human skill. The objective of this first Haat of its kind in the country was to provide a platform to the artisans of different parts of the country to display their ethnic wares. A take off from the traditional ‘bazaar’ where local artisans sell their merchandise, it offers the visitors a fascinating glimpse of India through its array of crafts, foods and folk performances. The project attained vast popularity among foreign & domestic tourists and won PATA Gold Award in the year 1993 and titled with the award of first barrier free project in the year 2005 in view of its wide success. The Haat fascinated Prince Charles so much that he stretched his whistle-stop visit to an hour long fiesta during his visit in the year 2003 and desired to put up a similar Haat in London. The Corporation has organized Dilli Haat exposition at Trafalgar Square in London in association with Govt. of India, Ministry of Tourism in June 2005. The Haat is being visited by most of the foreign delegations during their visit to India. The Haat has completed its 14 years of success, however requires the additions of new concepts like Art Gallery, International Fine Dining, Museum, setting up of more craft stalls in view of meet out the increasing demands. Ministry of Tourism, GOI sanctioned an amount of ` 72.85 lakh during 2011-12 and released an amount of ` 58.28 lakh. DTTDC has already submitted the UC of an amount of ` 249.05 lakh to MOT, GOI for release of balance funds of ` 14.57 lakh. V) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Dilli Haat at Pitampura (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 10 Lakh (For Capital Assets) VI) GIA to DTTDC for Development of Dilli Haat at Janakpuri (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 100 Lakh (For Capital Assets) Delhi Tourism & Transportation Development Corporation Ltd. (DTTDC) has developed 3rd Dilli Haat at Janakpuri. This project has been developed on a land measuring 08 acres allotted by DDA to DTTDC on lease for 20 years on revenue sharing basis. This Dilli Haat is set up with an objective to promote the national and international tourism activities and to cater the growing tourism needs in West Delhi and Delhi. This project is going to add value to the entire Township, residency and officers in and around west Delhi. 1. The following facilities are provided in Janakpuri Dilli Haat :100 craft shops – to be allotted to the registered artisans of DC (Handloom) and DC (Handicrafts), Ministry of Textile, Govt. of India. 2. 85 open platforms shops - to promote art, craft and handloom and in line with Dilli Haat vision. 3. Dormitory (80 beds) – for specific use for artisans and craft men at nominal charges. 4. Food court - 14 shops are being created to provide food of different states on India through state tourism corporations. 5. Exposition hall – to promote art, cultural events and various initiative / exhibition etc. 6. Music store and museum in two baskets towers – to promote and provide platform for Indian classical music and literature, keeping in view the theme of this Dilli Haat, which is Music. 7. Auditorium and Amphitheatre – an open auditorium with seating capacity of 800 persons and air conditioned auditorium with seating capacity of 800 persons. 8. Public convenience Public convenience such as parking, drinking water, toilets, tourist facilitation center, landscaping, seating spaces, elevators etc. will be provided. ATM and courier services are also proposed. In addition to the above some commercial activities are also incorporated including air conditioned shops, food courts, cafeteria, and fine dining restaurants with banqueting facilities. Originally, Finance Department has restricted and approved the estimated cost of the project as ` 79.96 crore after approval of the EFC of ` 81.44 crore in the meeting held on 20.12.2011. (With GNCTD share of ` 25 crore, GOI share of ` 25 crore and DTTDC share of rest amount of ` 29.96 crore). Govt. of NCT of Delhi already released an amount of ` 25 crore as financial support to DTTDC as mentioned in the EFC minutes in the approved EFC cost of ` 79.96 crore. Ministry of Tourism, GOI has sanctioned an amount of ` 24.36 crores, out of which ` 8.85 crore were released earlier, ` 4.50 crore in 2015-16 and ` 10 crore in 2017-18 by the Ministry of Tourism, GOI. VII) GIA to DTTDC for Celebration of Incredible India Festival (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 15 Lakh DTTDC organized Incredible India Festival at Baba Kharak Singh Marg, New Delhi from 1st - 15th October 2010. The best of Indian Handicrafts, Handlooms and variety of Indian Cuisine was available to the tourists during the festival. The festival was organized on turnkey basis through an agency. The expenditure incurred on this festival was ` 94.92 lakhs. Ministry of Tourism, govt. of India sanctioned ` 100 lakhs and released ` 80 lakhs for this festival. Utilization Certificate has already been submitted for release of balance payment of ` 14.92 lakhs. VIII) GIA to DTTDC for Swadesh Darshan (CSS) Budget Allocation 2018-19 : ` 2000 Lakh The scheme is 100% centrally funded and funds are available under this scheme for development of theme based tourism circuits. Project is of development of 7 Heritage Routes with special focus on Mehrauli Node along with construction of elevated walkways connecting Qutub Metro Station to Qutub Minar. Delhi Heritage Circuit comprises of 7 circuits Mehrauli, Tughlaqabad & Suraj Kund, Hauz Khas & Safdarjung’s Tomb, Nizamuddin, Purana Qila & Lodhi Gardens, Shahjahanabad and New Delhi. Spiritual circuit comprises of Dargah Matka Pir, Dargah Hazrat Nizamuddin, Dargah at Chirag Delhi and Quttub Bakhtiyar Kaki, Mehrauli. The Metro Station of Qutub is very far from Qutub Minar and visitors coming to Qutub Minar on Metro find it difficult to reach Qutub Minar due to poor connectivity. Adjacent to Qutub MInar is Mehrauli Archaeological Park which has a number of notified monuments like Jamali Kamali, Quli Khan’s tomb, Raja ki Baoli, Metcalf house besides a number of other monuments. It is proposed that an elevated walkway may be constructed connecting Qutub Metro Station with Qutub Minar which may pass through Mehrauli Archaeological Park. The elevated walkway may have the facility of getting down near important notified monuments like Jamali Kamali, Quli Khan’s Tomb etc. in the Mehrauli Archaeological Park and may finish at Qutub Minar. The cost of the project is approx. ` 100.00 Crores. The appointment of consultant for preparation of detailed project report is under process. After preparation of DPR by the consultant, the Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India will consider & sanction the scheme. Afterwards, the clearances from different agencies will be taken up.

E SUMMIT by IIT Kanpur https://www.ecelliitk.org/ Entrepreneurship Cell IIT Kanpur is here with the 11th edition of its annual Entrepreneurial Summit "E-SUMMIT'22" from 13th-15th January. The Shark of All Sharks ASHNEER GROVER will be joining us as the Chief Guest for E-Summit’22 Closing Ceremony on 15th January 2023 at IIT Kanpur. The event will be graced by the presence of Padma Shri B.V.R. Mohan Reddy as the Chief Guest for the Inaugural Ceremony, and other eminent personalities like Sir Saurabh Chandra (Retired Secretary to the Government of India), Mr. Sanjiv Rangrass (Independent Director Zetwerk, Former group head ITC), Mr. Sudeep Choudhari (Head India Blockchain at NPCI), Mr. Ved Mani Tiwari (CEO of National Skill Development Corporation) as the Keynote Speaker of E-Summit'22. E-Summit’22 strives to be the one-stop platform for bringing together everyone associated with the entrepreneurial ecosystem, from ideators, pitchers, VCs, mentors, and entrepreneurial enthusiasts; all under one roof for empowering ideas whose impact will go a long way in shaping the future of the country. Learn hands-on skills from experts with the various workshops planned. Compete with the brightest minds and get a chance to win amazing rewards worth Rs 25 Lakhs. Join us for 3 days filled with an entrepreneurial spirit from 13th-15th January 2023. For more info visit: E-Summit Official Website Register Now!!*

Madhya Pradesh Tourism Policy Tourism Policy TOURISM POLICY 2010 Government of Madhya Pradesh Department of Tourism TOURISM POLICY 2010 Government of Madhya Pradesh Department of Tourism n ,.;i0v . :.1■4... II L.,..i... ...... it 1., 9 7111111t , . FP - r I' . ':14. p .jh ip Madhya Pradesh — The Heart of Incredible India Moments of valour and glory Etched in stone. Love, passion, feasting, divinity... Arrested in the sensitive chisels of master- craftsmen. Meandering rivers, lush forests Hills and ravines. The roar of the tiger. Its the magic of a many-splendoured land. MADHYA PRADESH THE HEART OF INCREDIBLE INDIA Welcome to Madhya Pradesh...the land of Khajuraho, Sanchi and Bhimbetka (World Heritage sites), and the medieval townships of Mandu and Orchha. It is also the land of the tiger, forests of Kanha and Bandhavgarh, the spectacular Satpura and Vindhya mountain ranges and the life-giving rivers like the Narmada, Chambal, Ken and Sone . Pachmarhi is easily the most pristine among the hill-resorts in the country, and then there are the spectacular marble rocks of Bhedaghat. Bhopal, Indore and Jabalpur, along with Gwalior, are vibrant modern urban centres that showcase Madhya Pradesh's unique cultural wealth. The holy cities of Ujjain, Omkareshwar, Maheshwar, Maihar, Chitrakoot and Amarkantak attract millions of pilgrims from all overthe world. r •. 1. Vision Statement To promote balanced and sustainable tourism which enables socio-economic development and establishes Madhya Pradesh as a destination that provides a complete tourism experience. 2. Guiding Principles • Set up an institutional mechanism to promote private investment. • Set up an effective regulatory mechanism for sustainable tourism. • Provide reception, assistance, information, amenities, hygiene, security and infrastructure for the tourists. • Adoptthe principle of "First Conservation Later Tourism" for Cultural Heritage. • Make eco-tourism an effective tool to sensitise masses regarding environmental conservation. • Ensure active and coordinated participation of Government Departments, voluntary organizations, community and all other stakeholders of tourism sector. • Develop tourism through Public Private Partnership (PPP). 3. Strategy • Transparent guidelines and procedures shall be laid down to attract private investment. • Necessary database shall be prepared and research conducted for destination marketing. • A comprehensive feedback mechanism of the tourist experience shall be developed. • Continuous development of basic infrastructure such as roads, drinking water, power, hygiene, transport, and solid waste management shall be ensured. • "Special Tourism Zones" shall be developed to encourage investment in identified areas. • Sensitization of local bodies towards tourism needs and their active participation shall be ensured. • Rural Tourism shall be promoted to market fairs, local cuisine, costumes, products, art, handicraft and heritage. • Highest priority shall be accorded to conservation and preservation of natural resources and beauty at eco-tourism destinations. • Comprehensive plans shall be prepared for destinations of religious tourism. • Development of tourist facilities near water bodies shall be ensured. • Efforts shall be made to provide enhanced air connectivity between major cities of the State. • Necessary steps shall be taken to promote adventure tourism with the help of local administration and local bodies. Manpower in tourism shall be trained to create a "Tourist Friendly" image of the State. • Qualitative training shall be imparted to youth to enhance employment opportunities. • Land Bank Policy shall be further strengthened. • Entertainmentfacilities shall be developed at all tourist destinations. • A chain of budget hotels shall be set up at destinations of religious tourism. • Tourism Department shall ensure coordination of the concerned departments to promote Medical Tourism. • "Tourism Plan" shall become an integeral part of the plans of various departments. 4. Role of MP State Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. The role of MP state Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. shall be as follows:- • Continue providing touristfacilities as before. • Redefine its commercial activities and play a major role in attracting private-sector investment by acting as a facilitator. • Disinvest in such of its properties which have not become satisfactory profit centres and give them out on management or short-term lease to the private-sector. • Continue its responsibility to promote the tourism industry and tourist attractions of the State, and notfocus merely on marketing its commercial units. • Coordinate and network on a regular basis with all the stake holders of the tourism industry in the State to sort out all their problems. • Invest in such new areas which are hitherto undeveloped to pave the way for the private-sector players. • The profits earned shall be invested in developing tourist infrastructure in new areas. • Strengthen the MP Institute of Hospitality Training . • Continue its pivotal role in obtaining financial assistance from the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, and loans from other financial institutions. 5. Special Provisions With the view to encourage setting up of tourism projects, the following facilities shall be provided: Luxury Tax 5.1 Rates of Luxury Tax: No Luxury Tax shall be payable on room rent of 2000 per day. Where room rent is Rs 2001 and above, 10% Luxury Tax shall be payable. 5.2 Exemption in Luxury Tax during "off-seasons": There shall be complete exemption from Luxury Tax during off-seasons. The period shall be for 3 months. There shall be no "off-season" for hotels located in the Municipal Corporation limits of Bhopal, Jabalpur, Indore and Gwalior. 5.3 Exemption in Luxury Tax on New Hotels: All new hotels in Bhopal and Indore shall be exempted from Luxury Tax for 5 years and for 8 years if located in rest of the State. A minimum investment of 1 Crore shall be mandatory. Any extension/expansion of existing hotels with a minimum investment of 50.00 Lakh shall also be exempted from Luxury Tax for a period of 5 or 8 years depending on location (for the extended portion only). It is clarified that only construction of new rooms shall constitute expansion. While computing investment, the cost of land shall be limited to 20% of the total amount invested. 5.4 Exemption in Luxury Tax on Bed & Breakfast Units: Units registered under "Bed & Breakfast Scheme", having a maximum of 5 rooms, shall be exempted from Luxury Tax. 5.5 Exemption in Luxury Tax on Construction of New Heritage Hotels: All new heritage hotels set up after 01/04/2006 shall be exempted from Luxury Tax for a period of 10 years subject to an investment of 1 Crore. Similarly, any extension/expansion of such existing heritage properties which had been used at least in part as heritage hotels earlier with a minimum investment of 50.00 Lakh shall also be exempted from Luxury Tax for a period of 10 years for the extended portion only. While computing investment, the cost of land shall be limited to 20% of the total amount invested. 5.6 Definition and Features of Heritage Hotel: Definition of a Heritage Hotel shall be as follows:- "All those buildings, forts, havelis, kothis and castles that have been (I) Constructed before 1950 (II) The architectural features of the building should be maintained in harmony with the original architectural design. (III) Immediate surroundings of the Heritage Hotel should be in consonance with the architectural features of the original building. (IV) Front elevation, architectural style and general construction practice should exemplify local cultural traditions and features. (V) Cuisine and catering services of the Heritage Hotel should be clean, hygienic and of good standards, and it should give the flavour and taste of local traditions, services, facilities and immediate surroundings of high quality and standards. Any extension, improvement, renovation, change in the existing structures should be in keeping with the traditional architectural styles and constructional techniques harmonising the new with the old. After expansion/renovation, the newly built-up area added should not exceed 50% of the total built-up (plinth) area including the old and new structures. For this purpose, facilities such as swimming pools, lawns, etc. will be excluded". 6. Entertainment Tax New tourism projects shall be exempted from Entertainment Tax for 10 years on all such items of entertainment that are of permanent nature, and for 6 years on entertainment programmes which are temporary in nature. In addition the State Government may notify certain areas, other than special tourism zones, wherein there shall be a complete holiday from entertainment tax for a period of 10 years. 04 7. Registration and Stamp Duty Fees 7.1 All new Heritage Hotel projects shall be exempted from paying Registration Fee and Stamp Duty for the built-up area and one hectare of appurtenant land. This exemption shall be in the form of refund by the Tourism Department after the project has been commissioned. 7.2 No Registration or Stamp Duty shall be payable on Government land being allotted by Tourism Department to private-sector investors through 90-years lease or through the Development Agreement. 8. Transport Transport Department's notification No. F-22-45-2005-8 dated 22/11/2005 provides exemption to Tourist Vehicles from Motor Vehicle Taxfor 2 years on designated tourist routes as given below: - BHOPAL:- 1. Bhopal Darshan 2. Bhopal — Islamnagar— Sanchi — Udaigiri — Gyaraspur— Bhopal 3. Bhopal — Bhojpur— Bhimbetka — Pachmarhi — Bhopal 4. Bhopal — Ujjain — Indore — Omkareshwar— Maheshwar— Mandu — Bhopal 5. Bhopal —Khajuraho— Satna— Bhopal (Via Sagar) 6. Bhopal — Pachmarhi — Bhedaghat — Jabalpur — Kanha — Bandhavgarh — Bhopal 7. Bhopal — Bhedaghat—Jabalpur— Bhopal 8. Bhopal —Shivpuri —Gwalior- Bhopal 9. Ujjain Darshan 10. Pachmarhi Darshan Gwalior: - 1. Gwalior Darshan —Tighra Fort— Museum 2. Gwalior — Shivpuri — Chanderi —Orchha — Khajuraho — Panna— Chitrakoot— Satna— Bandhavgarh — Amarkantak— Jabalpur — Gwalior 3. Gwalior— Morena — Chambal Ghadiyal Sancuary—Gwalior 4. Gwalior — Shivpuri — Ujjain — Indore — Mandu — Omkareshwar — Maheshwar — Indore — Ujjain — Gwalior Jabalpur: - 1. Jabalpur— Bhedaghat —Jabalpur 2. Jabalpur— Bhedaghat—Kisli —Amarkantak— Bandhavgarh —Jabalpur 3. Jabalpur— Seoni —Chhindwara— Pachmarhi —Jabalpur 4. Jabalpur- Seoni — Pench National Park—Jabalpur 5. Jabalpur- Kanha— Kisli —Mukki — Balaghat—Seoni — Pench Udyan —Jabalpur Satna: - 1. Satna—Chitrakoot—Satna— Panna—Khajuraho — Dhubela—Orchha—Gwalior 2. Satna—Chitrakoot— Bandhavgarh —Amarkantak—Kanha— Pachmarhi —Jabalpur 3. Khajuraho Darshan Indore 1. Indore Darshan 2. Indore — Mandu —Indore 3. Indore — Omkareshwar— Burhanpur— Indore 4. Indore — Omkareshwar— Maheshwar— Indore 5. Indore—Dhar— Bagh Caves — Bawangaja— Khalghat— Maheshwar - Indore This facility shall continue and the following routes shall also be included:- 1. Pench-Bhedaghat-Jabalpur-Maihar-Chitrakoot 2. Indore-Ujjain-Badnagar-Ratlam-Mandsaur-Neemuch 9. Land Allotment 9.1 Land Bank Policy dated 23/2/2008 shall continue. Under this policy, identified plots of Government land (including buildings/other properties located on it) are made available on lease for 90 years through open competitive bidding. 9.2 The Department may instead of leasing out the land on 90 years grant development rights on identified plots of land for a period of 30 years, renewable by another 30 years, through the instrument of Development Agreement. 10. Diversion Tax Diversion Tax is payable on land when it is diverted from agricultural to tourism use. In the case of new tourism projects or when additional land is acquired for old projects, the following procedure shall be adopted :- 10.1 Diversion Premium and Fee shall be assessed at 20% of that payable for residential purpose as prescribed under section 59 of MP Land Revenue Code 1959. 10.2 A Committee comprising Principal Secretaries Tourism, Revenue, Urban Administration, and Managing Director, MP State Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. as Member Secretary shall grant this concessions on application. 11. Ecotourism and Adventure Tourism 11.1 Ecotourism and Adventure activities on all forest lands shall be organised through State Ecotourism Development Board in accordance with the guidelines of the Forest Department. Tourism Department may permit ecotourism/ adventure activity on non-forest Government/revenue land in any part of the State. The activities shall include the following:- • Camping • Trekking • Angling • Water Sports • Elephant Safari • Cycle Safari • Riding Trail • Photo Safari • Canoeing Safari • White Water Rafting • Rock Climbing/Mountaineering • Para Sailing/Para Gliding • Hot Air Ballooning... 11.2 Applications shall be invited by the Tourism Department from private-sector investors for undertaking such activities. 11.3 Government land required for such activity shall be made available on license for a nominal fee for a period of 5 to 15 years. 11.4 If the proposed activity demands significant construction of a permanent nature, the proposed investment shall be considered long term and land shall be made available through the Development Agreement. 11.5 Duration of license, fee and otherterms and conditions shall be finalised by a Committee. 12. Concessions from Energy Dept If any Tourism Project or Heritage Hotel sets up captive power plant, it shall be exempted from Electricity Duty & Cess. 13. Film Tourism Film producers have shown keen interest for location shooting in Madhya Pradesh. Producers face a lot of difficulties in coordinating with various Departments for permissions and clearances. Henceforth, MPSTDC shall coordinate with various Departments for their permissions and clearances on a best- effort basis. 14. Tourism Development Councils 15.1 State Tourism Development Council: To provide vision, leadership and ensure convergence, State Tourism Development Council shall be set up under the Chairmanship of the Hon'ble Chief Minister of Madhya Pradesh. Ministers and officers of other Departments, representatives from the tourism sector, voluntary organizations and other stakeholders shall be nominated as members of this apex body. 15.2 District Tourism Promotion Council: Efforts are being made at the local level by District Collectors and others to promote tourism related activities with local synergy. In some districts, Collectors have registered Societies to enable these activities. To bring about uniformity, Tourism Department shall prescribe the constitution of these societies and the manner in which they shall discharge their responsibilities. The Minister in-charge of the concerned district shall chair the Council. 15. Water Tourism Madhya Pradesh has a large number of dams/water bodies with beautiful forests and landscape around them. So far they have not been developed from the tourism point of view. The Water Tourism Policy envisages grant of monopoly to MP State Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. to develop water sports in the identified reservoirs and tourist infrastructure on the banks primarily through private initiative. Plans for developing Indira Sagar (Khandwa), Ban Sagar (Rewa), Gandhi Sagar (Mandsaur) and Madikheda (Shivpuri) are underway. 16. Air Connectivity within State Madhya Pradesh has 5 commercial airports at Indore, Bhopal, Khajuraho, Jabalpur and Gwalior. Indore and Bhopal airports are undergoing major expansion in terms of runway extension and new terminal buildings. However, to further improve air connectivity within the State, Tourism Department shall encourage underwriting seats for private operators and grant 100% concession on VAT on ATE 17. Interdepartmental Coordination An empowered Committee under the Chairmanship of the Chief Secretary comprising Principal Secretary Finance, Tourism, and the Secretaries of the concerned departments to resolve such matters that may require interdepartmental coordination shall be set up. 18. To Promote Sustainable Tourism Department of Tourism shall undertake necessary studies to identify such tourism activities which adversely impact sustainability and wherever necessary take steps to regulate them. To ensure community participation, effective strategy of IEC (Information, Education and Communication) shall be used. State Tourism Promotion Council shall play the crucial role of ensuring joint participation of all the Departments and stakeholders in this endeavour. 19. Skill Development and Training for Youth MP Institute of Hospitality and Training (MPIHT) at Bhopal organises vocational training programmes for youth in Front Desk Management, House Keeping and Food & Beverage Services. Besides obtaining financial assistance under Capacity Building for Service Providers (CBSP) Scheme of GUI, courses for SC, ST and OBC youth shall be conducted by collaborating with respective State departments. Self financing courses shall be launched in consultation with the local hospitality industry. 20. Special Tourism Zones Many regions in the State have huge tourism potential. It is proposed to notify such regions as "Special Enormous tourism potential of many regions in the State has remained untapped for want of adequate private and public investment. The State Tourism Promotion Council shall identify and notify such regions as "Special Tourism Zones (STZ)".The State Government shall develop infrastructure in such zones through convergence. Tourism Projects in the STZ shall be eligible forthe following exemptions:- • Exemption from Registration Fee and Stamp Duty for tourism projects. The same shall be refunded by the Department of Tourism after the commencement of the project. • Full exemption from Luxury and Entertainment Taxfor 10 years. • Discount up to 75% on prevailing license fee for FL-2/3 Liquor License and the condition of minimum Guarantee shall be waived for 10 years . • Exemption from Diversion Premium and Tax. • Exemption from Motor Vehicle Tax for 5 years for a maximum of three vehicles (out of which two should be of 5-seater capacity and one of 12-seater capacity) owned by the project. 21. MP State Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. shall act as a Single Window for implementing the provisions of the policy.. 22. "New Projects" mentioned in this Policy means all such tourism projects have either been set up or have commenced operations after 20th October 2010 i.e the day on which the New Tourism Policy 2010 came into effect. The heart of Incredible India For further details, contact: Managing Director M.P. STATE TOURISM DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION LTD. Paryatan Bhawan, Bhadbhada Road, Bhopal - 462 003. Tel: 0755-2774450 Fax: 0755-2774289 E-mail: md@mptourism.com www.mptourism.com Government of Madhya Pradesh Department of Tourism

Nagaland Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Nagaland Tourism Policy NAGALAND TOURISM POLICY Tourism in the State Nagaland's tourism resources are immense. Its history, culture and the mysticism associated with the customs and ways of its hill tribes has been the source of great curiosity to not only Indians but people all over the world. It is a land of charm, diverse in landscape and culture and offers opportunities for a whole range of tourism activities, which to date has not been fully tapped. Tourism, however, was a late starter in Nagaland as it was only in 1981, that the Department of Tourism came to its own when it was bifurcated from the department of Information and Public Relation. The last two decade or so has not witnessed much development and at present the number of tourists coming to Nagaland is negligible. The available figures show that during the last 5 years the number of domestic tourists has ranged from 13000-15000 per year, while foreign tourists has not even crossed the figure of 200-300 approximately, so far. No doubt, the state has its own constrains due to the general perceptions regarding security and law and order conditions. Though, marketing and promotional measures can partly prevail over this image, ultimately it is the visitor's experiences that matter and this is the area where the state need to put maximum attention for correction of its image. Some of the more acute constraints to the development of tourism in Nagaland are: i) Poor communication linkage with Nagaland and the region and also within the state. ii) Poor condition of tourism infrastructure. The roads are slow and inadequate, wayside amenities almost non-existent or where they exist, they lack in quality, cleanliness and hygiene and most places do not have decent affordable lodging of reasonable standard. iii) Tourism has not been given the priority it deserves in the thinking process of the government, as it has been accorded meager budget allocation coupled with thin distribution of this resource over too many schemes to satisfy the local demands. iv) Travel restrictions such as the RAP/PAP for foreign nationals and ILP for the domestic visitors has greatly limited the entry of tourists to the state. v) Lack of effective policies, lack of effective marketing, lack of private entrepreneurs etc. are the setbacks for the successful takeoff of tourism in the state. These are some of the main constraints that require to be taken cognizance of, in the policy formulation. As amply proved elsewhere, it is necessary to recognize the importance of tourism as an activity for socio-economic development for the state. A comprehensive 1 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy tourism policy highlighting the objectives of tourism development in the state needs to be promulgated by the government, and this policy enunciation precisely aims to point towards that direction. OBJECTIVES The prime objectives of the policy are: i) To provide a planned development of tourism based on promotion of domestic and international tourism. ii) Identification of tourist potential areas and development of these resources and strengthening of the existing and viable infrastructures on a selective and intensive basis for maximum benefit to the state economy. iii) To prepare and implement a master plan for integrated development and marketing of identified circuits. iv) To create and provide necessary infrastructural facilities such as power, water, roads, transportation, accommodation etc. for development of tourism in the state. v) To improve, diversify and expand the marketing of tourism products in the state. vi) To promote private entrepreneurship and gradually shift towards selective privatization of the govt. infrastructure by way of leasing out to private individuals/groups or firms and business houses etc. vii) Creation of tourism infrastructure so as to preserve the distinctive handicrafts, folk arts and culture of the state and thereby attract more tourists. viii) Promote conservation and enhancement of natural resources as regards to flora and fauna, natural beauty, forests and unique features of the state through regulated development. ix) Promotion of rural, ethnic, cultural, eco and adventure tourism. x) To create awareness about the potential of tourism and thereby, generates the growth of a tourist-friendly culture. xi) To reorganize the Department of tourism for a more effective functioning. xii) Development of human resources in tourism related activities. STRATEGY FOR DEVELOPMENT The strategy of achieving the above objectives is outlined below: i) Developing areas on a selective basis for integrated growth. ii) Improvement of tourism infrastructure and services. iii) Incentive package. iv) Marketing and overseas publicity of destinations to ensure optimum use of existing infrastructure. v) Enhancement of budget allocation in the state plan and linking of tourism activities schemes with other Departments 2 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy vi) Restructuring and strengthening of the Department. vii) Human Resource Development. Effective coordination between various government departments and agencies for developing tourism industry by: i) Constitution of a Nagaland Tourism Council to take appropriate policy decision on steps to boost the tourism sector. ii) Constitute a Coordination Committee for inter-departmental coordination. iii) Establishment of district level Coordination Committees to coordinate and regulate tourism activities at the district/village level. ACTION PLAN 1. DEVELOPING AREAS ON A SELECTIVE BASIS FOR INTEGRATED GROWTH. i) The budgetary support for development of infrastructure in tourism have been very negligible from the state fund and central assistance which is to be used only as supplementary resource, has become the main source of financing tourism development. This assistance too has been spread thinly over a large number of schemes/projects, that the desired level of development has not taken place in any area/region. Given this scenario, it will be the government's policy to ensure a most efficient use of the existing resources by avoiding the diffusion of resources thinly but to concentrate on focusing on identified circuits and destinations on a phase manner on priority basis. On completion of the project in hand, new circuits/destinations will be taken up. ii) The infrastructural development of tourism will be commensurate with the tourist destinations, identified for promotion and places where PAP relaxation has been accorded by Government of India The following circuits will be developed in a phase manner and in order of priority. 1. Dimapur - Kohima - Dimapur. 2. Dimapur - Kohima - Wokha - Mokokchung - Dimapur. 3. Mokokchung - Mon - T uensang. 4. Kohima - Phek - Zunheboto. The first priority concentration will be in the Dimapur and Kohima region. In the second phase, the tourism development in other circuits can be taken up. However, simultaneous with the major development of Dimapur and Kohima region, basic infrastructure for the other centres should be developed in phase, so that they are poised for take-off at short notice. These centres/destinations will be selected on the basis of accessibility and carrying capacity of the place, local inspirations/supports/places of natural, historical and cultural relevance. iii) Thrust areas will also be identified in the context of the indigenous development and tourists’ expectation in the area of ethnic/rural tourism, cultural tourism, adventure tourism and eco-tourism. Government will accord priority to the development of those places with potentials and where the local communities are prepared for active, involvement in developing the activity. iv) Tourism development activities are not confined to development of simple attractions only. It is closely linked with the overall development of the state and 3 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy hence requires coordinated approach in developing infrastructures such as: transportation, road, water supply, telecommunication, electricity, security etc. by all the concerned department/agencies. The state government will have to provide basic structures and other services to facilitate the development of tourism in the state. v) Development of tourism in ecologically fragile areas will be based on thorough understanding of local resources, social and economic factors and other characteristics. The planning and regulatory process will carefully go into various details that have a bearing on ecology and will specify methods for construction, incorporating the indigenous architectural style, encourage the use of eco-friendly local materials, and eco-techniques (solar energy, rain water collection and utilization, recycling of waste etc.), all of which will minimize the negative impact on environment. vi) The coordination committees constituted at the state level as well as the district levels will also administer to the effective implementation of this aspect of the policy at I (v) above. 2. IMPROVEMENT OF TOURIST INFRASTRUCTURE. I. Accommodation i) Hotels are an important vital segment of the tourism infrastructure. It will, therefore, be the endeavour of the state policy to have a list of Government approved/registered hotels/lodges under the State Tourist Trade Act, which would be expected to function within the laid down norms / guidelines of the government. These hotels/lodges will also be subjected to regular inspection by a committee, comprising of the department of tourism, food and sanitation, and the police / administration. These approved hotels will feature in all the publications of the department in the print as well as in the electronic media in India and abroad and will be eligible for all incentives announced by the Government from time to time. ii) Special Paying Guest scheme will also be introduced in some selected places/villages for providing affordable and hygienic accommodation for both domestic and foreign tourists and to take care of the seasonal flow of tourists. Selection of such places will be on need basis requirement and tourist potential area of the place. Appropriate regulatory guidelines will be brought out in this regard. iii) Some of the infrastructures set up by the department, 4 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy such as the tourist rest houses, way side amenities, tourist lodges, resorts etc. will also be leased out to interested local parties/organizations/village councils/VDBs/churches/ women's organizations/youth organizations etc., on payment of nominal rent to the department. But the management has to ensure certain minimum standard facilities and comfort to the visitors. iv) Participation of private and reputed entrepreneurs from outside the state will also be encouraged in the setting up of and management of quality and standard tourist infrastructures on a joint venture basis. v) All proposals for accommodation infrastructures to be built up, such as lodges/resorts/hotels etc. by private entrepreneurs will require the clearance of the tourism department, for strict adherence to the requirements specified at I (iv) above. II Tour Operators / Travel Agents. Travel Agents are tour operators and constitute an important sector of tourism industry and it will be the state policy to issue special permits to tour operators / travel agents who are registered with the Department of Tourism, Nagaland in the interest of promoting tourism within the state. These travel agents and tour operators will be granted all possible assistance from the state Government for accommodation, transportation, travel permits, liaisoning with the districts etc. and will be eligible for all incentives of the state government. III Introduction of the Nagaland Registration of Tourist Trade Act. There is a need to introduce the Tourist Trade Act and Rules in the state, to provide for regulation and promotion of tourism in the state by way of -registration of persons dealing with the tourists and matters therewith, and to ensure a coordinated and a regulated development of tourism in the state. IV Fairs and Festivals. i) Fairs and festivals not only reflect the rich cultural heritage of Nagaland, but could also become the biggest attraction for tourists. Places/villages which regularly observe such traditional festivals annually will be encouraged further and will be clearly shown as tourist destinations of Nagaland and the Government shall accord priority for the infrastructural development, improvement and marketing of such places. ii) It will be the endeavour of the Government to have a tie up with the NEZCC and the department of Art & Culture for making arrangement at important tourist destinations to organize cultural evenings all year round to further develop and promote distinctive cultural beauty of the area/region. iii) Closer tie-up and coordination with the state department of Art & Culture in all areas of cultural activities and linking up of all the state museums in the districts with the infrastructural development activities. V Transportation. i) In the absence of other means of transport in Nagaland (like rail, waterway, etc.,) a good network of road connectivity is the basic requirement coupled with adequate means of road transportation such as coaches, taxis and so on to facilitate comfortable movement of tourists to different destinations. For this, 5 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy the department will acquire some tourist coaches which are adequately equipped to meet the needs of tourists. ii) Government will, through NIDC. NEDFI etc., also introduce suitable scheme to encourage private tour operators/transporters to operate tourist taxis/coaches etc. within the state for hiring of such vehicles by the tourists. VI Setting up proper Felicitation Facilities at all entry Points. A visitor's first impression of a place is very much based on the facilities available in its airport, rail/bus station etc. It will be the state policy to provide transport services, information counters, telephone facilities etc. which will contribute in generating a tourist friendly atmosphere. VII Development of Inter State Circuits. Inter-state tourism circuits will be developed by linking the important places of other states across the borders of Nagaland with other circuits. In due course, networking with tourism promotion agencies in Government as well as private sector in the neighbouring states will be strengthened. 3 INCENTIVE. i) Under the State Industrial Policy of Nagaland 2000, Tourism has been accorded the status of "Priority Sector". Accordingly, Government orders will be issued making tourism activities eligible for all benefits to the industry. Only such units which comply with the prescribed norms of recognition and whose projects have been approved by the department would be eligible for these benefits, as contained in the State Industrial Policy of 2000, in area of central subsidy for small and medium scale sector, transport etc., and the state subsidy on power generation and power tariff, water supply, tax exemption etc. ii) Financial corporations like NMFC/NSFC/NEDFI/TECI etc., will be associated to finance profitable projects like hotels, restaurants, transport services, travel agents etc. All such projects, will however, be subjected to clearance from the department for location, viability and structure point of view. 4 MARKETING AND OVERSEAS PUBLICITY. Marketing of the tourism products of an area is essential in order to inform prospective tourists what the area has to offer, as well as to persuade them to visit it. Today, tourism industry is a highly competitive arena with many destinations competing against each other to attract the potential tourists. Thus, the state has to be prepared to meet this competition through an aggressive marketing strategy by: i) Production of publicity materials, such as brochures, tourist literatures, handouts, audio-visual materials/films, hosting of web sites etc. ii) Media advertising in specific journals, periodicals, hoarding, internet etc. iii) Participation in various tourism related conferences, fairs, marts held in the country and on a selective basis abroad. iv) Thrust on public relations during the first phase of tourism development by organizing FAM tours for travel writers and travel agents of other states and countries. 6 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy 5. NEED FOR CO-ORDINATION AND SYNERGY WITH OTHER AGENCIES AND RESTRUCTURING THE DEPARTMENT For developing a vibrant and a successful tourism industry, organisational structure need to be instituted, improved and augmented, as the tourism industry requires state and local level planning, provision of infrastructure, regulation, marketing and management of tourist infrastructure and attractions. The state policy will address these issues of organizational structure at three levels: i) Apex level ii) Departmental level iii) Attraction specific/local level Tourism plans should not be seen primarily as the responsibility of the Tourism Department alone. It is multi sectoral activity, involving the different segment of the Government, the policy makers, the legislators, the bureaucrats and the common people who come in touch with tourists in various ways. The state policy, therefore, would ensure the necessary linkages and synergy in the policies and programs of all concerned departmentJagencies, involved in infrastructure development. I. Apex Level a. Nagaland Tourism Council: to take policy decision on steps to boost the tourism sector and give their recommendation on tourism related problems, activities and development programs. The council will be headed by the Chief Minister and will meet at least once a year. Other members will be the Ministers of Tourism, Home, Industry, R&B, Art & Culture, Rural Development, PHED, Forest & Environment, the Chief Secretary and the Commissioner. The Commissioner/Secretary (Tourism) will be the member secretary. b. State Tourism Coordination Committee: under the chairmanship of Chief Secretary for inter-departmental coordination. Other members will be from department like PHE, Home & Tourism. In addition, the Chief Secretary/Additional CS may invite any other department as per requirement. The main function of this committee will be to coordinate inter sectoral inputs and monitor the implementation of tourism plans and policies and remove bottle necks. II. Departmental Level i) In order to achieve policy goals, the departmental organization also need to be strengthened, with the creation of a few new posts, particularly at the managerial and executive level. 7 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy ii) Tourist information offices of Nagaland will be established in Delhi and Guwahati in addition to the one in Kolkata. iii) District tourism office to be set up in all the districts of Nagaland for coordination at the district level. iv) A "Research Cell -cum- Registration Cell" will be constituted in the department of tourism. The cell will gather tourist related information and statistics to prepare a data bank and to give advice to the department from time to time as well as see to the registration of all activities under the Nagaland Registration of Tourist Trade Act. v) There will also be the implementing wing of all infrastructural activities of the Deptt., to be executed by the department. Additional technical hand will be available from the Public Works Department. III. Attraction Specific/local level Where as, Government structure is of a top down nature, it is also necessary to have "inputs from the local level in the districts as well as the villages so that the plans and programs of tourism reflect grassroots realities and private participation be encouraged. This can be achieved by: i) Constitution of District Coordination Committee at every district, to be chaired by the DC., of each district. Other members could include the members of the Town Committees, Village Councils/VDBs, concerned departments and organizations (private) involved in tourism activities. The tourist officer will be member secretary of the committee. The committee will regulate the operation and management of all tourist infrastructures and advice the government of developmental activities as per the capacity of p laces recommended. ii) Management of isolated attractions such as tourist rest houses, wayside amenities, waterfalls, picnic spots, etc., with minimum infrastructure would be in the hands of local organizations. These organizations would also take care of the cleanliness and litter management of these attractions. DC, of each district will coordinate the constitution of each committee in each of the identified tourist destinations as well as potential tourist spots. iii) All DC's will also ensure that some of the developmental activities of tourism will also be incorporated in the District Plan Fund and in the programs of RD, R&B, PHED, Power Department etc. 6. HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT. Tourism is a labour intensive activity and skilled manpower is an important requirement for sustained tourism development. It will, therefore, be the state policy to adequately lay emphasis on this vital aspect of tourism and manpower development. Training will be given due weightage to ensure efficient service and management of tourist facilities for maximum returns of investments made. This will be achieved by: i) Conducting various training programmes, seminars, and workshops for not only 8 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy the departmental staff, but also the public to meet the requirement of accommodation, catering, tourist guides, hotel management, eco-tourism, trekking management, etc. ii) Training will be held within and outside the state in collaboration with various institutes of Tourism and Travel Management of India, set up by the Ministry of Tourism all over the country. iii) Training will also be conducted in the state training institutes like ATI and SIRD, for awareness generation of the potentials of tourism, by inviting resource persons from the Indian Institute of Tourism & Travel Management (IITTMs) and the Government of India tourist offices. 7. ENHANCEMENT OF BUDGETARY ALLOCATION. I.State Plan Fund. Financing of the tourism department's development activities are primarily from two sources - State and Central. The total plan size of Nagaland has grown from Rs. 600 lakhs in the eight five years plan to Rs. 1402 lakhs in the ninth five years plan (1997 - 2002). The utilization of this, so far, is about Rs. 920.62 lakhs only and the bulk of which goes on salary component. The fund availability to the Tourism Department under the CSS was approximately Rs. 400 lakhs for the last two years. The funding was targeted towards development of wayside amenities, resorts, tourist attractions and upgradation of existing infrastructures. The revenue earnings of the Department during the last two years were Rs. 26.78 lakhs only. From the above figures, it is obvious, that, the fund availability to the department is most inadequate for the development of tourism in the state. Enhancement in the State Plan Fund is essential to meet the funding needs of the tourism development in the state. II NEC and CSS Fund. Efforts will be made to supplement funding for infrastructure from NEC and also from the Centrally Sponsored Scheme. 9 | P a g e

BIT https://bit.fieramilano.it From February 7 to 9, 2021, BIT - International Travel Exhibition returns to Milan, a historical event organized by Fiera Milano, which since 1980 has attracted tourists and travelers from all over the world to Lombardy. As in 2019, it will be held in the Fieramilanocity and MiCo pavilions, in the center of Milan (click here to see how to get there by public transport). The new formula that you see on the first day, Sunday, February 9, was also confirmed, open to the general public and on February 10 and 11 reserved for professionals in the sector, tour operators and buyers. For more than thirty years, Bit has promoted the meeting between decision makers, industry experts and buyers carefully selected and profiled from the geographical areas with the highest economic growth rate and from all sectors of the chain.

HORTI ASIA https://www.horti-asia.com/ Horti ASIA: the 7th international fair for horticultural and floricultural production and processing technology. This is the region's largest trade expo for smart horticulture in Asia showcasing the latest horticultural production innovation to meet the challenges of major growers in the next decade, mainly due to growing labor shortages, plus competition and therefore the requirement to reduce production costs. .

She Trades Globally https://www.shetrades.com/ The economic empowerment of women is not an issue that depends solely on government policy, the private sector or social change. Everyone has a critical role to play. That is why the International Trade Center (ITC) has launched the SheTrades initiative, which seeks to connect three million women entrepreneurs with the market.

World Food Fair https://singaporefoodshows.com.sg In its 17th edition, the 2020 World Food Fair will bring together more than 220 exhibitors. Get ready to enjoy a fusion of local and global flavors and a HUGE variety of products. Think groceries, healthy organic foods, ready-to-cook foods, innovative food ingredients, sauces, sandwiches, delicious yummy dishes, and many more.